UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
REGULAR SESSION
EUGENE, OREGON
CKIVERSITY
NFMBER 140
OF OREGON Bl.ILLETli\
:MARCH 1967
Second-class postage pain :tl Eltg~ne. Oregon. [s5ued eight time~ a year. Publi:shed lJy the
()"~Oll Stale Board of Higher Education, at the "Cllivcrsir)· of O,egoll, Eugone, Oro/,:oll 97403.
UNIVERSITY
OF OREGON
REGULAR
SESSION
1967-68 CATALOG
EUGENE, OREGON
, j

Table of Contents
GENERAL INFORMATION .
History of the University
Income __ .__ .
Campuses __ . .
Lihraries .
Museum and Collectinos
Official Publications
STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE ., ....
Office of Student Affairs ..
New Student ''{eek
Student Living.
Student Health Service...
Financial Aid__
Prizes and Awards._
Erb Memorial Student l.'nion ..
. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS . .
Admission .
Entrance Examinations .
Degrees
Group Requirement
Honors
Academic Procedure __
Fees and Deposits ..
Page
5
5
6
7
8
10
10
II
65
65
66
66
67
70
72
74
74
76
77
79
81
82
85
89
89
90
91
95
96
109
114
115
115
116
119
124
125
126
Fello\vshilJs..
OREGON STATE SYSTEM OF HIGHER EDUCATION .
State System of Higher Education .
State Board of Higher Education .
Officers of Administration
ACADEMIC CAIiENDAR, 1967-68 .
UNIVERSITY STAFF .
Officers _of Administration
University Faculty ..... __
GRADUATE SCHOOL .
Advanced Degrees ..
General Hegulatiolls..
Degree Requirements...
Assistantships, Scholarships,
Graduate Work in Portland ..
Research Institutes....
HONORS COLLEGE
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Interdepartmental Course's..-.
Anthropology..
_Asian Studies....
Biology .
O1emistry... . , _ .
Comparative Literature
Dentistry, Preparatory
Economics....._.....
English.
General Arts and Letters ..
General Science .
General Social Science .
Geography
Geology .
Hi-story _._ , _._ ..
Home Economics. _. _.. _._ _._ _ .
Industrial and Labor Relations _._ _._ .
Latin American Studies _ _ _.. ._ _ .
Linguistics.
Mathematics .
Medical Technology ._ _ .
l\'Iedicine, Preparatory.. ..._ _ .
Modern and Classical Languages.
Nursing, Preljaratory _ .
132
136
137
139
. 144
145
151
.... 157
157
158
162
. 170
171
171
171
175
179
. 184
186
186
187
187
194
194
195
210
[ 3 ]
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS (continued)
Pharmacy, Preparatory .
Philosophy _
Physics._
Political Science .. . .... .__ . .... ...
Psychology __
Religious Studies...
Sociology".
Speech
Bureau of 1\'1l1nicipal Research and Service
Page
211
211
214
________________________________________________ 218
_ 223
230
231
239
247
SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS
Architecture
Landscape Architecture__ ._. .... __
Urban Planning_ ..
Fin:e aiHl Ap11lied Arts __
Art Hist.ory __
Art Education __
Institttte :£or Community -Art Studies.
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATIOK __
Accounting and Business Statistics
FinatiCC and -Busilless Environment..
Marketing, Insurance, and Transportation __
Personnel and Industrial .iVfanagem.ent
Business Education and Secretarial Science....
DENTAL SCHOOL __
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION _
TeaclJer Ed ucatioll _
School Psychological Services .__
Educational Administt-ation, CllrrlCllltull. and Sll\1Cn,islon __ .
SCHOOL OF HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATIOK, Ai'(1J RECREATIOi'( _
Physical Education_.
Dance
Health Edtication ..
Recreation Management and Park Management __ ..
SCHOOL OF ]OUHNALISM __
SCHOOL OF LAW _
SCHOOL OF LIBRARIANSHIP
MEDICAL SCHOOL __
SCHOOL OF MUSIC_
l\Iusic _. __ _._ __ _.
l\Iusic Education _._._. __ _._._ _._ _.. _.. _.._.. _. __
249
251
257
259
260
265
267
269
270
274
278
282
288
291
305
306
308
315
321
326
329
336
___________________ 338
________ 341
345
352·
359
363
364
368
374
SCHOOL OF NURSING _ _ 376
DEPARTMENT OF MILITARY SCIENCE AND AEROSPACE STUDIES 377
Military Science_ 378
Aerospace Studies.. ._ _._._ _._.. 379
ENROLLMENT AND DEGREES, 1965-66 _ 381
INDEX 383
[4]
Oregon State System
of Higher Education
The Oregon State System of Higher Education was organized in
1932 by the State Board of Higher Education following a survey ·of
higher education in Oregon by the U. S. Office of Education. Member in-
stitutions are elements of an articulated system, parts of an integrated
whole. The educational program is so organized as to distribute as
widely as possible throughout the state the opportunities for general
education and to center on a particular campus specialized, technical,
and professional curricula closely related to one another.
The institutions of the State System of Higher Education are the
University of Oregon at Eugene, Oregon State University at Corvallis,
Portlar!d State College at Portland, Oregon College of Education at
Monmouth, Southern Oregon College at Ashland, Eastern Oregon Col-
lege at La Grande, and Oregon Technical Institute at Klamath Falls.
The Ur!iversity of Oregon Medical School and the University of Ore-
gon Dental School are located in Portland. The Division of Continuing
Education, representing all the institutions, has offices in Ashland, Cor-
vallis, Eugene, La Grande, Monmouth, Portland, and Salem.
At Oregon College of Education, Southern 'Oregon College, and
Eastern Oregon College, students may complete major work in teacher
education or general studies or enroll in a preprofessional program.
Southern Oregon College offers a major program in business.
Portland State College offers major work in general studies and se-
lected liberal arts and professional fields as well as certain preprofes-
sional programs.
At the University of Oregon and Oregon State University, major
curricula, both liberal and professional, are grouped on either campus
in accordance with the distinctive functions of the respective institu-
tions in the unified State System of Higher Education.
Oregon Technical Institute offers technological curricula leading
to associate degrees in technical and semiprofessional areas.
An interinstitutional booklet, Your Education, which outlines the
curricula of the several instituitons and contains other information, is
available. For a copy, write to Division of Publications, P.O. Box 5175,
Eugene, Oregon 97403.
[5]
State Board of Higher Education
Term
Expires
CHARLES R. HOLLOWAY, JR., Portland 1967
ELIZABETH H. JOHNSON, Redmond 1968
]. W. FORRESTER, JR., Pendleton .1969
JOHN W. SNIDER, Medford , 1969
PHILIP A. JOSS, Portland 1970
GEORGE LAYMAN, Newberg 1970
RALPH E. PURVINE, Salem 1971
RAY T. YASUI, Hood River ...............................•................1971
ANCIL H. PAYNE, Portland , .1972
Officers
CHARLES R. HOLLOWAY, J R President
J. W. FORRESTER, JR : Vice-President
RALPH E. PURVINE Member, Executive Committee
Roy E. LIEUALLEN, Chancellor
RICHARD L. C{)LLINS, Secretary of Board
Office of State Board of Higher Education
Post Office Box 5175
Eugene, Oregon 97403
Board members are appointed to six-year terms by the Governor of
Oregon with confirmation by the State Senate.
[6]
Oregon State System of
Higher Education Officers
Roy E. LIEUALLEN, Ed.D., L.H.D., Chancellor
ARTHUR S. FLEMMING, LL.D. JAMES H. JENSEN, Ph.D.
President, University of Oregon President, Oregon State University
DAVID W. E. BAIRD, M.D., LL.D. ELMO N. STEVENSON, Ed.D.
Dean, Medical School President, Southern Oregon College
HAROLD]. NOYES, D.D.S., M.D. AVERNO M. REMPL, Ph.D.
Dean, Dental School President, Eastern Oregon College
BRANFORD P. MILLAR, Ph.D. LEONARD W. RICE, Ph.D.
President, Portland State College President, Oregon College of Education
WINSTON D. PURVINE, A.B., LL.D.
DirectorJ Oregon Technical Institute
RICHARD L. COLLINS, M.A., C.P.A.. . Secretary of the Board;
Budget Director
HERBERT A. BORK, M.S., C.P.A.. Vice-Chancellor for Business Affairs
MILES C. ROMNEY, Ph.D.. Vice-Chancellor for Academic Affairs
JAMES W. SHERBURNE, Ph.D. Vice-Chancellor for Continuing
Education
DONALD R. LARSON, B.A. Assistant Chancellor; Director of
Public Services
CARL W. HINTZ, Ph.D Director of Libraries
JACK V. EDLING Director of Teaching Research
Former Chancellors
Oregon State System of Higher Education
WILLIAM J. KERR, D.Sc., LL.D.. 1932-1935
FREDERICK M. HUNTER, Ed.D., LL.D.. 1935-1946
PAUL C. PACKER, Ph.D., LL.D .. 1946-1950
CHARLES D. BYRNE, Ed.D.. 1950-1955
JOHN R. RICHARDS, Ph.D. .. . 1955-1961
[7 ]
University of Oregon
September 1967
S MTWT F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
October 1967
SMTWTFS
1234567
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
November 1!}67
S MT WT F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30
December 1967
S M T WT F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
January 1968
SMTWTFS
1 234 5 6
7 8 910 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
February 1968
S MTWT F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 l.3 14. 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 2B 29
Fall Term, 1967-68
August 31, Thursda.y Last day to apply
for fall-term admission without penalty
September 17-23, Sunda.y to Saturday New
Student and Registration Week
September 25, M onda.y C1asses begin
September 29, Fr·iday Last day for
payment of fees without penalty
October 6, FridaJI Last day for
registration or for addition of courses
October 13, Friday Last day for withdrawal
from courses
November 23-26, Thursday to Sunday....Thanks-
giving vacation
December 8, Friday Fall-tenn graduation
convocation
December 11-15, Monday to Friday Fall-
term examinations-
Winter Term. 1967-68
January 2, Tuesda.y " Registration
January 3, vVednesda.y Classes begin
January 5, FridaJ' Last day for
payment of fees without penalty
January 12, Friday , Last day for
registration or for addition of courses
January 19, Friday Last day for withdrawal
from courses
March 8, Frida.\' Winter-term graduation
convocation
March 11-15, Monday to Friday Winter-
term examinations
[8]
Academic Calendar
May 30, Thursday Memorial DaY,holiday
June 3.7, Monda\' to Friday Spring.
term examinations
March 26, Tuesday Classes begin
March 29, Frida.v " La~t day for
payment of fees without penalty
April 5, Friday Last day for
reg-istration or for addition of courses
April 12, Friday Last day for withdrawal
from courses
.........................Alumni Day
.........Commencement 'Day
March 1968
S M TWT F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 2728·29 30
31
Apri11968
S MTWT F S
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9101112 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30
May 1968
S MTWT F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 . 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 1516 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
Spring Term, 1967-68
March 25, Monday ..
June 8, Sntl/rda.l' .
June 9, Sundaj' .
Summer Sessions, 1968
June 17, Monda.v.
. Registration
. Registration
August 10, Saturday
]>nne 1968
S M TWT F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30
July 1968
SMTWTFS
1 234 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
June 18, Tuesday. . Classes begin
June 21, Friday Last day for payment
of summer·term fees without penalty
June 28, Friday Last day for summer·term
reg-istratiol1 or addition of courses
July 4, Thursday.. ...Independence Day, holiday
Aug-ust 9, Friday.. .....Eight·week session ends
..............Summer-term
g-raduation convocation
Aug-ust 30, Frida.v.....". ..Eleven-week session ends
Fall Term, 1968-69
Aug-ust 30, Frida.1'......... ......Last day to apply
for fall-term admission without penalty
September 22·28, SUJlda11 to Saturday New
Student and Reg-istration Week
August 1968
SMTWTFS
123
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 September 30, 111unday .
[9 ]
". Classes begin
University· of Oregon
Officers of Administration
ARTHUR S. FLEMMING, LL.D _ President
WILLIAM C. JONES, Ph.D Dearr of Administration
HARRY ALPERT, Ph.D , _.. Dean of Faculties
CHARLES T. DUNCAN, M.A _._ Associate Dean of Faculties
J AROLD A. KIEFFER, Ph.D _ Assistant to the President
DAVID W. E. BAIRD, M.D., LL.D _ Dean, Medical School
JEAN E. BOYLE, M.S., R.N Director, School of Nursing
HERMAN COHEN, Ph.D._ _ _ _ Director, Honors College
WALTER L. CREESE, Ph.D _ Dean;. School of Architecture and Allied Arts
ARTHUR A. ESSLINGER; Ph.D _ Dean, School of Health, Physical Education,
and Recreation
ORLANDO J. HOLLIS, B.S., J.D ---- ---.---.----.-----.--,-.-- Dean, School of Law
JOHN L. HULTENG, M.S _ _ _ Dean, School of Journalism
PATJL B._JACOBSON, Ph.D. Dean, School of Education; Director, Summer Sessions
CHARLES E. JOHNSON, Ph.D. .. _.. __ .. . .Dean, College of Liberal Arts
RICHARD VV'. LINDHOLM, Ph.D..._ _ __ Dean, School of Business Administration
*HAROLD J. NOYES, D.D.S., M.D._ __ _..__ .__ ._ .. . .. .__ . Dean, Dental School
tLoUIs G. TERKLA, D.M.D.. __ .__ _ __ __ .._ _._ .._ _.._ _._.Dean, Dental School
LEONA E. TYLER, Ph.D. .. _. . _.._._ _ __ ._._ _ _ _..Dean, Graduate School
ROBERT M. TROTTER, Ph.D.... » ._•••••••••• __ ••• _ •••••• Dean, School of Music
VERNON L. BARKHURST, M.A. __ .._ .. _._ ....Director of Admissions
H. PHILIP BARNHART, B.S _._ __ _.. Director of Dormitories
GEORGE N. BELKNAP, M.A _.._ University Editor
ROBERT L. BOWLIN, D.Ed _ _. .Associate Dean-of Students (Dean of Men)
J.SPENCER CARLSON, M.A._ __.._._ Director of Counseling Center
CLIFFORD L. CONSTANCE, M.A. . Registrar
JOHN A. CJwss, M.S............ . . Acting Director of Erb Memorial Union
EUGENE W. DILS, Ed.D. .... ... _. __ ._.Director of Placement Service
DONALD M. DUSHANE, M.A. . Dean of Students
ALFRED L. ELLINGSON, B.s... ._ Director of Development
LEO A. HARlUS, .M.A _..__ . . . _._.... . Athletic Director
CARL W. HINTZ, Ph.D. _.._ Librarian
J. OHVILLE LINDSTROM, B.S._.. . Director of Fiscal Affairs
WALTER N. McLAUGHLIN, B.S., C.P.A... . _ Business Manager
HERBERT L. PENNY, B.S._._............. ...Director of Informational Services
JULIAN S. REINSCHMIDT, M.D _ _ Director of Health Service
JAMES M. S II EA, M.S.... . Director of University Relations
GOLDA P. WICKHAM, B.S.. ..Associate Dean of Students (Dean of Women)
CARRYL WINES.. . Superintendent of University Press
IRWIN 1. \\'RIGHT, B.S. . Director of Physical Plant
• Retirement effective June 30, 1967.
t Appointment effective July 1,1967.
[ 10 J
University Faculty*
MAX G. ABBOTT, Ph.D., Professor of Education; Deputy Director, Center for
Advanc"!d Study of Educational Administration.
B.S. (1949), M.S. (1951), Utah State; Ph.D. (1960), Chicago. At Oregon since 1966.
HAROLD ABEL, Ph.D., Professor of Education: Director of Division of School
Psychological Services.
B.A. (1949), M.A. (1951), Ph.D. (1958), Syracuse. At Oregon since 1965.
DAVID F. ABERLE, Ph.D., Professor of Anthropology.
B.A. (1940), Harvard; Ph.D. (1950), Columbia. At Oregon since 1963.
ELEANOR K. G. ABERLE, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Anthropology.
B.A. (1946), Ph.D. (1950), Cambridge. At Oregon since 1966.
JOAN R. ACKER, M.A., Instructor in Sociology.
B.A. (1946), Hunter; M.A. (1948), Chicago. At Oregon since 1964.
MARTIN H. ACKER, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education.
B.A. (1943), Brooklyn; M.A. (1953), Ph.D. (1963), New York University. At Oregon
since 1961.
JOSEPH J. ADAMS, B.B.A., Assistant Dean, Medical School (Professor).
B.B.A. (1949), Gonzaga. At Oregon since 1951.
JOEL W. ADKINS, M.A., Assistant Professor of Psychology.
A.B. (1959), M.A. (1960), San Jose State. At Oregop since 1966.
JACK D. ADLER, M.S., Instructor in Physical Education.
B.A. (1951), M.S. (1960), Washington. At Oregon since 1966.
ROBERT E. AGGER, Ph.D., Professor of Political Science.
B.A. (1948), Williams; LL.B. (1951), Yale; Ph.D. (1954), Oregon. At Oregon since 1958.
FLORENCE D. ALDEN, M.A., Professor Emeritus of Physical Education.
A.B. (1904), Smith; M.A. (1928), Columbia. At Oregon since 1921.
GUSTAVE ALEF, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History.
B.A. (1949), M.A. (1950), Rutgers; M.A. (1952), Ph.D. (1956), Princeton. At Oregon
since 1956.
DOROTHY L. ALEXANDER, M.Libr., Science Librarian, with the Rank of Instructor.
B.S. (1962), Tougaloo; M.Libr. (1965), Washington. At Oregon since 1965.
HENRY A. ALEXANDER, JR., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Philosophy; Head of
Department.
B.A. (1947), Princeton; M.l\. (1951), Ph.D. (1955), California. At Oregon since 1964.
tROBERT L. ALLEN, Ph.D., Professor of Economics.
B.A. (1947), Redlands; M.A. (1950), Ph.D. (1953), Harvard. At Oregon since 1959.
JOSEPH M. ALLMAN, B.A., Acting Assistant Professor of Political Science.
B.A. (1960), Antioch. At Oregon siuce 1966.
HARRY ALPERT, Ph.D., Dean of Faculties; Professor of Sociology.
A.B. (1932), College of City of New York; Cert. de soc. (1933), Bordeaux; A.M. (1935),
Ph.D. (1938), Columbia. At Oregon since 1958.
BOWER ALY, Ph.D., Professor of Speech.
B.S. (1925), Southeast Missouri State; M.l\. ·(1926), Missouri; Ph.D. (1941), Columbia.
At Oregon since 1957.
* The principal administrative officials and the heads of departments and divisions of the
University of Oregon Medical School, the University of Oregon Dental School, and the Univer-
sity of Oregon School of Nursing in Portland are included in this list; for complete lists
of the faculties of these schools, see the school catalogs.
tOn sabbatical leave 1966-67.
[ 11 ]
12 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
LUCILE F. ALY, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English.
B.S. (1935), Ph.D. (1959), Missouri; M.A. (1942), Columbia. At Oregon sincc 1960.
ARTHUR K. AMOS, B.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1964), St. Martin's. At Oregon since 1966.
BARRY F. ANDERSON, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology.
B.A. (1957), Stanford; Ph.D. (1963), Johns Hopkins. At Oregon since 1963.
FRANK W. ANDERSON, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics.
B.A. (1951), M.S. (1952), Ph.D. (1954), Iowa. At Oregon since 1957.
*LESLIE P. ANDERSON, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Finance.
B.S. (1951), M.S. (1954), Ph.D. (1960), Wisconsin. At Oregon sincc 1964.
THEODORE R. ANDERSON, Ph.D:, Visiting Professor of Sociology.
B.A. (1957), Stanford. At Oregon since 1966.
FRED C. ANDREWS, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics; Director, Statistical Labo-
ratory and Computing Center.
B.S. (1946), M.S. (1948), Washington; Ph.D. (1953), California. At Oregon since 1957.
GEORGE F. ANDREWS, B.S., N.C.A.R.B., Professor of Architecture.
B.S. (1941), Michigan; N.C.A.R.B. (1954). At Oregon since 1948.
ROMAN R. ANDRUS, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Marketing.
B.S. (1958), Brigham Young; M.S. (1959), Ph.D. (1965), Columbia. At Oregon since
1966.
J. MICHAEL ARMER, Ph.D., Visiting Assistant Professor of Sociology.
B.A. (1959), Whittier; M.S., Ph.D. (1964), Wisconsin. At Oregon sincc 1965.
FRANK H. ARNOLD, M.S., Instructor in Physical Education.
B.S. (~956), Idaho State; M.S. (1960), Brigham Young. At Oregon since 1966.
ROBERT M. ATKINSON, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1960), Linfield; M.A. (1964), Orcgon. At Oregon since 1965.
FRED ATTNEAVE III, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology.
B.A. (1942), Mississippi; Ph.D. (1950), Stanford. At Oregon since 1958.
GEORGE M. AUSTIN, M.D., Professor of Neurosurgery, Medical School; Head of
Division.
A.B. (1938), Lafayettc; M.D. (1942), Pennsylvania. At Oregon since 1957.
CURTIS E. AVERY, M.A., Professor of Education.
B.A. (1925), Pomona; M.A. (1928), Yale. At Oregon since 1946.
DANIEL M. BACHMAN, M.D., Professor of Medicine, Medical School; Head of
Division of Rheumatology.
B.A. (1949), Reed; M.S. (1953), M.D. (1952), Oregon. At Oregon since 1956.
DAVID A. BAERNCOPF, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Business Statistics.
A.B. (1942), Indiana; M.A. (1956), Ph.D. (1961), Stanford. At Oregon since 1958.
ARTHUR S. BAILEY, Ph.D., Visiting Professor of Chemistry.
Ph.D. (1958), Oxford. At Oregon since 1966.
EXINE A. BAILEY, M.A., Professor of Music (Voice).
B.S. (1944), Minnesota; M.A. (1945), Diploma (1951), Columbia. At Oregon since 1951.
J. EDWIN BAILEY, B.A., Assistant University Editor Emeritus (Instructor).
B.A. (1923), Montana. At Oregon since 1938.
DAVID W. E. BAIRD, M.D., LL.D., Dean of the Medical School; Professor of
Medicine.
M.D. (1926), Oregon; LL.D. (1946), Portland. At Oregon since 1927.
ANDREW S. BA]ER, D.Sc., Associate Professor of Biology.
M.A. (1949), D.Sc. (1950), Cracow. At Oregon since 1964.
* On leave of absence 1966·67.
FACULTY 13
LOIS 1. BAKER, M.A., Law Librarian (Associate Professor).
B.A. (1927), M.A. (1932), Oregon; Cert. (1935), California. At Oregon since 1935.
ELLEN N. BALDINGER, M.A., Visiting Lecturer in Art History.
A.B. (1932), Oberlin; M.A. (1933), Bryn Mawr. At Oregon since 1962.
WALLACE S. BALDINGER, Ph.D., Professor of Art; Director, Museum of Art.
B.A. (1928), M.A. (1932), Oberlin; Ph.D. (1938), Chicago. At Oregon since 1944.
EWART M. BALDWIN, Ph.D., Professor of Geology.
B.s. (1938), M.S. (1939), Washington State; Ph.D. (1943), Cornell. At Oregon since
1947.
MARGARET M. BALDWIN, M.S., Instructor in Home Economics.
B.S. (1938), Oregon State; M.S. (1942), Cornell. At Oregon since 1966.
ROLAND C. BALL, JR., Ph.D., Associate Professor of English.
B.A. (1939), Swarthmore; M.A. (1941), Cornell; Ph.D. (1953), California. At Oregon
since 1952.
THOMAS O. BALLINGER, M.A., Professor of Art; Head, Department of Art
Education.
B.A. (1949), M.A. (1951), New Mexico. At Oregon since 1952.
BURT BROWN BARKER, LL.D., Vice-President Emeritus.
A.B. (1897), Chicago; LL.B. (1901), Harvard; LL.D.. (1935), Linfield. At Oregon since
1928.
VERNON-I.. BARKHURST, M.A., Director of Admissions, Assistant Dean of Stu-
dents, Director of Alumni Activities, with the Rank of Professor.
B.A. (1949), M.A. (1950), Oregon. At Oregon since 1959.
BRUCE A. BARNES, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
B.A. (1960), Dartmouth; Ph.D. (1964), Cornell. At Oregon since 1966.
EUGENE B. BARNES, Ph.D., Head Acquisitions Librarian (Professor).
B.A. (1941), M.A. (1943), Minnesota; Ph.D. (1947), Chicago. At Oregon since 1947.
HOMER G. BARNETT, Ph.D., Professor of Anthropology.
A.B. (1927), Stanford; Ph.D. (1938), California. At Oregon since 1939.
RALPH J. BARNHARD, M.S., Senior Instructor in Chemistry.
B.S. (1959), Otterbein; M.S. (1965), Oregon. At Oregon since !966.
H. PHILIP BARNHART, B.S., Director of University Housing, with the Rank of
Professor.
B.S. (1947), Pennsylvania State. At Oregon since 1949.
ELINORE M. BARRETT, M.A., Instructor in Geography.
B.A. (1952), M.A. (1961), California. At Oregon since 1966.
ROLAND BARTEL, Ph.D., Professor of English.
B.A. (1947), Bethel; Ph.D. (1951), Indiana. At Oregon since 1951.
WENDELL M. BASYE, A.B., LL.B., Professor of Law.
A.B. (1941), Nebraska; LL.B. (1947), Virginia. At Oregon since 1957.
BARBARA D. BATEMAN, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education.
B.S. (1954), Washington; M.A. (1958), San Francisco State; Ph.D. (1962), Illinois. At
Oregon since 1966.
EUGENIO BATISTA, M.F.A., Lecturer in Architecture.
Dip. (1924), Havana; M.F.A. (1930), Princeton. At Oregon since 1962.
GEORGE E. BATTERSON, M.A., Educational Adviser and ·Professor of General Edu-
cation, Dental School; Head of Department.
B.A. (1936), M.A. (1936), Oregon. At Oregon since 1946.
EUGENE W. BAUER, B.S., Business Manager, Dental School; Assistant to the
Dean (Associate Professor).
B.S. (1956), Lewis and Clark. At Oregon since 1947.
WINFIELD S. BAUMAN, D.B.A., Associate Professor of Finance.
B.B.A. (1953), M.B.A. (1954), Michigan; D.B.A. (1961), Indiana. At Oregon sinee 1966.
14 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
KARL L. BEACH, B.S., Assistant Professor of Military Science.
B.S. (1963), United States Military Academy. At Oregon since 1966.
EDWIN F. BEAL, Ph.D., Professor of Management.
B.A. (1931), Ohio Wesleyan; M.S. (1951), Ph.D. (1953), Cornell. At Oregon since 1959.
PHILIP E. BEAL, Ph.D., Assistant Dean of Students, with the Rank of Assistant
Professor.
A.B. (1957), Cornell College; M.A. (1961), Northwestern; Ph.D. (1965), Oregon. At
Oregon since 1963._
CHANDLER B. BEALL, Ph.D., Professor of Romance Languages; Director of Com-
parative Literature Program.
Dip. (1921), Sorbonne; A.B. (1922), Ph.D. (1930), Johns Hopkins. At Oregon since 1929.
HERBERT K. BEALS, B.A., Associate Planner, Bureau of Municipal Research and
Service, with the Rank of Assistant Professor.
B.A. (1958), Portland State. At Oregon since 1965.
JACOB BECK, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology.
B.A. (1950), Yeshiva; M.A. (1951), Ph.D. (1958), Cornell. At Oregon since 1966.
LAWRENCE J. BECK, M.F.A., Visiting Instructor in Art.
B.A. (1964), M.F.A. (1965), University of Washington. At Oregon since 1966.
PRISCILLA E. BECK, M.A., Instructor in Spanish.
B.A. (1961), Mount Holyoke. At Oregon since 1966.
CAROL B. BEDWELL, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Germanic Languages.
B.A. (1952), Wellesley; M.A. (1954), Ph.D. (1962), Indiana. At Oregon since 1962.
GLENN T. BEELMAN, M.A., Senior Instructor in Mathematics.
B.S. (1938), South Dakota State; A.M. (1962), George Washington. At Oregon since
1966.
RUDOLPH S. BEHAR, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1960), Connecticut; M.A. (1961), Hunter. At Oregon since 1961.
PAUL R. BEISTEL, M.A., Visiting Lecturer in Recreation Management.
B.A. (1938), M.A. (1962), Oregon. At Oregon since 1963.
GEORGE N. BELKNAP, M.A., University Editor, with the Rank of Associate Pro-
fessor.
B.A. (1926), M.A. (1934), Oregon. At Oregon since 1934.
STEPHEN BELKO, M.S., Associate Professor of Physical Education; Head Basket-
ball Coach.
B.S. (1939), M.S. (1947), Idaho. At Oregon since 1956.
JAMES R. BELL, M.R.P., Associate Director, Urban Planning Program, Bureau
of Municipal Research and Service, with the Rank of Professor.
B.S. (1956), M.R.P. (1957), Cornell. At Oregon 1957·60 and since 1963.
LOUIS A. BELLISIMO, Senior Instructor in Physical Education.
At Oregon since 1965.
ERWIN T. BENDER, D.D.S., Professor of Dentistry, Dental School; Superintendent
of Dental Clinics.
D.D.S. (1924), Towa. At Oregon since 1943.
PHILIP]. BENDT, Ph.D., Visiting Professor of Physics.
B.S. (1942), Massachusetts Tnstitllte Gf TechnolGgy; M.A. (1946), Ph.D. (1951), Colum-
bia. At Oregon since 1966.
GILBERT T. BENSON, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Geology.
B.S. (1952), M.S. (1953), StanfGrd; Ph.D. (1963), Yale. At Oregon since 1962.
JOHN A. BENSON, JR., M.D., Professor of Medicine, Medical School; Head of Di-
vision of Gastroenterology.
B.A. (1943), 'Wesleyan; M.D. (1946), Harvard. At OregGn since 1959.
FACULTY 15
RALPH C. BENSON, M.D., Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Medical
School; Chairman of Department.
B.A. (1932), Lehigh; M.D. (1936), Johns Hopkins. At Oregon since 1956.
E. PETER BERGQUIST, JR., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Music (Bassoon, History,
Theory).
B.S. (1958), Mannes College of Music; M.A. (1960), Ph.D. (1964), Columbia. At Oregon
since 1964.
ISAAC B. BERKSON, Ph.D., Visiting- Professor of Education.
B.A. (1912), College of City of New York; M.A:. (1914), Ph.D. (1919), Columbia. At
Oregon since 1966.
SIDNEY A. BERNHARD, Ph])., Associate Professor of Chemistry; Research Asso-
ciate, Institute of Molecular Biolog-y.
B.S. (1948), Brooklyn; M.S. (1949), Pennsylvania; Ph.D. (1951), Columbia. At Oregon
since 1961.
JOEL V. BERREMAN, Ph.D., Professor of Sociolog-y.
B.A. (1927), Willamette; M.A. (1933), Orgeon; Ph.D. (1940), Stanford. At Oregon since
1946.
NANCY T. BERRY, B.A.,.Head Resident, Dormitories, with the Rank of Instructor.
B.A. (1962), Kalamazoo. At Oregon since 1964·.
MELVIN B. BERRYHILL, M.D., Assistant Professor of Education.
B.A., M.D. (1943), Iowa. At Oregon 1960-62, 1963-64, and since 1965.
ROBER'I: J. BERTHOLF, M.A., Instructor in Eng-lish.
B.A. (1962), Bowdoin; M.A. (1963), Orcgon. At Oregon since 1964.
GERALD O. BIERWAG, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Economics.
B.A. (1958), Idaho; Ph.D. (1962) ,. Northwestern. At Oregon since1962.
EDWIN R. BINGHAM, Ph:D., Professor of History.
B.A. (1941), M.A. (1942), Occidental; Ph.D. (l951h California at Los Angeles. At Ore·
gon since 1949.
RAND! M. BIRN, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Romance Lang-uages.-
Ca~ld. Philo!' (1960); Oslo; Ph.D. (1965), Illinois. At Oregon since 1965.
RAYMOND F. BIRN, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History.
A.B. (1956), New York University; M.A. (1957), Ph.D. (1961), Illinois. At Oregon since.
1961.
HERBERT BISNO, M.S.W., R.S.W., Professor of Sociolog-y and Social Welfare.
B.A. (1946), Wisconsin; M.S.W. (1951), California; R.S.W. (1950, State of California.
At Oregon since 1952.
,FRANCIS W. BITTNER, M.A., Associate Professor of Music (Piano, Music Theory).
B.Mns. (1936), Cincinnati Conservatory of Music; M.A. (1943), New York University.
At Oregon since 1946.
FRANK G. BLACK, Professor of English.
A.B. (1921), Dickinson; A.M. (1923), Ph.D. (1936), Harvard. At Or-egon since 1936.
*CHARLENE M. BLACKBURN, B.A., Assistant Dean of Women (Instructor)
B.A. (l956),Washlmrn. At Oregon since 1960.
MARGARET D. BLAGO, B.A., Associate Reg-istrar, with the Rank of Assistant
Professor.
B.A. (1951), Linfield. At Oregon since 1960.
JOY A. BLANKSIJ,Y, Head Resident, Dormitories, with the Rank of Instructor.
At Oregon since 1966.
RUSSELL M. BLEMKER, M.D., Associate University Physician, with the Rank of
Professor.
B.A. (1926), De Pauw; M.D. (1930), Washington University. At Oregon since 1954.
ALFRED BLOOM, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Relig-ious Studies.
A.B. (1951), Eastern Baptist Seminary; B.D. (1953), S.T.M. (1953), Andover Newton;
Ph.D. (1963), Harvard. At Oregon since 1961.
*On sabbatical leave, fall term, 1966·67.
16 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
JOHN BLOOMFIELD, M.S., Instructor in Physical Education.
Dip., P.E. (1953), Sydney Teachers' College (Australia); B.S. (1962), M.S. (1964),
Oregon. At Oregon since 1965.
NOELANE E. BLOOMFIELD. M.A., Instructor in Romance Languages.
B.A. (1962), M.A. (1964), Oregon. At Oregon since 1966.
*VIRGIL C. BOEKELHEIDE, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry.
A.B. (1939), Ph.D. (1943), Minnesota. At Oregon since 1960.
GERALD K. BOGEN, D.Ed., Assodate Director of Admissions, with the Rank of
Associate Professor; Assistant Professor of Education.
B.A. (1959), Western Washington; M.S. (1961), D.Ed. (1963), Oregon. At Oregon
since 1961.
SAM BOGGS, JR., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Geology.
B.S. (1956), Kentucky; Ph.D. (1964), Colorado. At Oregon since 1965.
HOWARD T. BONNETT, JR., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Biology.
B.A. (1'958), Amherst; Ph.D. (1964), Harvard. At Oregon since 1965.
JAMES R. BOOTH, M.S., Senior Instructor in Education ; VISTA Program Co-
ordinator.
B.S. (1952), Boston University; M.S. (1956), William and Mary. At Oregon since 1962.
JOHN W. BOIICHARDT,. M.A., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
B.S. (1940), LaCrosse Teachers; ]',f.A. (1951), Iowa. At Oregon since 1948.
CONSTANCE B. BORDWELL, M.A., Assistant Professor of English and Legal
Writing.
B.A. (1931), Oregon; M.A. (1932), Washington State. At Oregon 1947-49 and since 1958.
GEORGE G. BOUGHTON, Mus.M., Associate Professor of Music (Violin).
B.F.A. (1940), Mus.M; (1943), South Dakota. At Oregon since 1945.
ELAINE C. BOWE, M.A.,Instructor in English.
B.A. (1962), Mills; M.A. (1963), Indiana. At Oregon sincc 1963.
WILLIAM J. BOWERMAN, M.S., Professor of Physical Education; Head Track
Coach.
B.S. (1933), M.S. (1951), Oregon. At Oregon since 1948.
ROBERT L. BOWLIN, Ed.D., Dean of Men, with the Rank of Associate Professor;
Assistant Professor of Education.
B.S. (1953), M.A. (1958), California State Polytechnic; D.Ed. (1964), Oregon. At Ore-
gon since 1961.
JEANE. BOYLE, M.S., R.N., Director, School of Nursing; Professor of Nursing.
B.S. (1936), M.S. (1941), Washington; R.1'j. (1936), State of Washington. At Oregon
since 1958.
CHARLES B. BRADEN, M.A., Instructor in Mathematics.
B.A. (1962), Washington State; M.A. (1964), Yale. At Oregon since 1966.
QUIRINUS BREEN, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of History.
A.B. (1920), Calvin; Ph.D. (1931),Chicago. At Oregon since 1938.
GEORGE J. BRENNER, B.S., Planning Consultant, Bureau of M unieipal Research and
Service, with the Rank of Associate Professor.
B.S. (1951), Rutgers. At Oregon since 1962.
DAVID BRINKS, Ed.D., Counselor, University Counseling Center, with the Rank
of Assistant Professor; Supervisor of Testing.
B.S. (1957), Portland State; M.Ed. (1960), Lady of the Lake; Ed.D. (1963), Utah State.
At Oregon since 1962.
JOHN L. BRISCOE, B.Arch. Engr., Reg. Archt., Professor of Architecture..
B.Arch.Engr. (1950), Oklahoma State; N.C.A.R.Il. (1955). At Oregon since 1953.
FORREST L. BRISSEY, Ph.D., Prof.essor of Education.
B.A. (1949), Montana State; M.A. (1952), Ph.D. (1955), Iowa. At Oregon since 1965.
* On sabbatical leave, spring term, 1966·67.
FACULTY 17
JACQUELINE S. BROCKWAY, M.S., Instructor in Education.
B.S. (1940), Oregon State; M.S. (1966), Oregon. At Oregon since 1966.
JAN BROEKHOFF, M.S., Instructor in Physical Education; Research Assistant in
Biology.
B.S. (1958), Amsterdam Academy of Physical Education; M.S. (1962), Oregon. At
Oregon since 1963.
MARNA L. BROEKHOFF, B.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1964), Stanford. At Oregon since 1966.
JOHN M. BROOKHART, Ph.D., Professor of Physiology, Medical School: Chairman
of Department.
B.S. (1935), M.S. (1936), Ph.D. (1939), Michigan. At Oregon since 1949.
MARTIN T. BROOKS, M.A., Assistant Dean of Students, with the Rank of In-
structor
B.S. (1962), Oregon State; M.A. (1965), Washington State. At Oregon since 1966.
WILFORD A. BROOKSBY, M.D., Associate University Physician, with the Rank of
Professor.
B.S. (1940), Brigham Voung; M.D. (1943), Northwestern; M.S. (1949), Minnesota. At
Oregon since 1955.
DARREL R. BROWN, M.B.A., Instructor in Business Administration.
B.S. (1950), Kansas; M.B.A. (1964), New Mexieo. At Oregon since 1965.
DOROTHY V. BROWN, Assistant Registrar, with the Rank of Instructor.
At Oregon since 1966.
CLIFFORD E. BRUBAKER, M.A., Instructor in Physical Education.
B.S. (1961), M.A. (1964), Ball State. At Oregon since 1966.
WAYNE B. BRUMBACH, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physical Education.
B.S. (1943), M.S. (1947), Washington; Ph.D. (1959), Oregon. At Oregon since 1956.
STANLEY W. BRYAN, M.Arch., Reg. Archt., University Architect and Planner,
with the Rank of Professor; Associate Professor of Architecture.
B.Arch. (1947), Washington; M.Arch. (1948), Massachusetts Institute of Technology;
Reg. Archt. States of Washington, Oregon, and California. At Oregon 1949-50 and since
1955.
PAUL E. BUCKNER, M.F.A., Assistant Professor of Sculpture.
B.A. (1959), Washington; M.F.A. (1961), Claremont. At Oregon since 1962.
HOWARD W. BUFORD, B.S.L.A., Visiting Professor of Planning.
B.S.L.A. (1933), Oregon State. At Oregon since 1955.
CHESTER S. BUMBARGER, M.Ed., Assistant Professor of Education; Acting Direc-
tor, Educational Service Bureau.
B.S. (1948), Oregon College of Education; M.Ed. (1956), Oregon. At Oregon since 1963.
ROBERT B. BURCKEL, M.A., Instructor in Mathematics.
B.S. (1961), Notre Dame; M.A. (1964), Vale. At Oregon since 1966.
JOHN C. BURG, M.S., Senior Instructor in Physics; Research Associate, Athletic
Activities.
B.S. (1959), M.S. (1963), Oregon. At Oregon since 1965.
JACK W. BURGNER, M.A., Associate Professor of Art.
B.S. in Ed. (1948), Eastern Illinois; M.A. (1949), Colorado State College. At Oregon
since 1954.
WILLIAM M. BURKE, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1960), M.A. (1962), Montana. At Oregon since 1965.
CHARLES D. BYRNE, Ed.D., Professor Emeritus of Education.
B.S. (1921), M.S. (1922), Wisconsin; Ed.D. (1938), Stanford. At Oregon 1955-57 and
since 1958.
WILLIAM E. CADllURY, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English.
B.A. (1956), Harvard; M.S. (1957), Ph.D. (1961), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1961.
18 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
EDWARD G. CALE, Ph.D., Visiting Professor of Economics; Research Associate,
Institute of-International Studies and Overseas Administration.
B.A. (1928), Richmond; M.A. (1932), Ph.D. (1935), Virginia. At Oregon since 1966.
DORIS H. CALKINs, B.MUS., Assistant Professor of Music (Harp).
B.Mus. (1931), Oregon. At Oregon 1931-61 and since 1966.
LEONARD CALVERT, B.A., Coordinator, Economic Opportunity Program, with the
Rank of Assistant Professor.
B.A. (1955); Oregon. At Oregon since 1965.
MALCOLM B. CAMPBELL, M.Arch., Visiting Lecturer in Architecture.
B.Arch (1956), Michigan; M.Arch. (1965), Califorliia at Berkeley. At Oregon since 1965.
ROBERT CAMPBELL, Ph.D., Professor of Economics; Head of Department.
A.B. (1947), Ph.D. (1952), California; B.S. (1950), U.S. Merchant Marine Academy.
At Oregon since 1952.
WILUAM R. CAMPBELL, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1961), San Jose State; M.A. (1963), Oregon. At Oregon since 1964.
*DOROTHY N. CANDLAND, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education.
B.S. (1940), M.S. (1949), Brigham Young; Ed.D. (1956), Stanford. At Oregon since
1961.
KENNETH A. CANTWELL, D.M.D., Professor of Dentistry, Dental School; Head
of Department of Operative Dentistry.
B.S. (1938), Utah State; D.M.D. (1943), North Pacific. At Oregon since 1936.
EDWIN H. CAPLAN, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Accounting; Assistant to the
Dean for Curriculum Development.
B.B.A. (1950), M.B.A. (1952), Michigan; C.P.A. (1952), State of Michigan; Ph.D;
(1965), California at Berkeley. At Oregon since 1964.
DONALD E. CARLSON, M.P.A., Research Assistant, Bureau of Municipal Research
and Service, with the Rank of Instructor.
B.A. (1963), Linfield; M.P.A. (1964), Syracuse. At Oregon since 1964.
HARRY]. CARLSON, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education.
B.S. (1952), M.S. (1956), New Mexico Western; Ed.D. (1963), Arizona. At Oregon
since 1962.
]. SPENCER CARLSON, M.A., Director, University Counseling Center, Associate
Dean of Students, with the rank of Professor: Associate Professor of Psy-
chology.
B.S. (1935), Oregon; M.A. (1937), Minnesota. At Oregon since 1947.
RICHARD O. CARLSON, Ed.D., Professor of Education; Research Associate, Insti-
tute for Community Studies.
B.S. (1951), M.S. (1955), Utah; Ed.D. (1957), California. At Oregon since 1963.
CARL W. CARMICHAEL, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Speech.
B.A. (1961), Westminster; M.A. (1962), Louisiana State; Ph.D. (1965), Iowa. At Oregon
since 1965.
ELLA S. CARRICK, B.A., Senior Catalog Librarian (Instructor).
B.A. (1929), Oregon. At Oregon since 1929.
GEORGE C. CARROLL, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Biology.
B.A. (1962), Swarthmore; Ph.D. (1966), Texas. At Oregon since 1966.
ROBERT ]. CARSON, M.D., Associate University Physician, with the Rank of Asso-
ciate Professor.
B.A. (1945), Reed; M.D. (1947), Oregon. At Oregon since 1966.
JOHN A. CARSTENS, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1963), Idaho State; M.A. (1965), Oregon. At Oregon since 1965.
GINO A. CASAGRANDE, B.S., Visiting Instructor in Romance Languages.
B.S. (1955), California at Berkeley. At Oregon since 1965.
* On leave of absence 1966-67.
FACULTY 19
LEONARD J. CASANOVA, Ph.B., Professor of Physical Education; Head Football
Coach.
Ph.B. (1927), Santa Clara. At Oregon since 1951.
RICHARD W. CASTENHOLZ, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Biology.
B.S. (1952), Michigan; Ph.D. (1957), Washington State. At Oregon since 1957.
KENNETH W. CHAMPION, B.S., Captain, U.S. Army; Assistant Professor of Mili-
tary Science.
B.S. (1954), Michigan State. At Oregon since 1963.
NORMAN L. CHAPMAN, B.S., Il1structor in Physical Education; Freshman Foot-
ball Coach.
B.S. (1958), Oregon. At Oregon since 1966.
WERRETT W. CHARTERS, JR., Ph.D., Professor of Education.
B.A. (1944), DePanw; Ph.D. (1952), Michigan. At Oregon since 1966.
SHANG-YI CH'EN, Ph.D., Professor of Physics.
B.S. (1932), M.S. (1934), Yenching ; Ph.D. (1940), California Institute of Technology.
At Oregon since 1949.
NICHOLAS CHICHERIN, Instructor in Slavic Languages.
At Oregon 1959-62 and sillce 1964.
HAROLD W. CHILDS, B.A., Director, Athletic News Bureau (Instructor).
B.A. (1956), University of Portland. At Oregon since 1961.
GABRIEL CHOnoS, M.A., Instructor in Music (Piano, Theory).
B.A. (1959), M.A. (1963), California at Los Angeles. At Oregon since 1963.
NED J. CHRISTENSEN, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Speech.
B.A. (1954), M.A. (1955), Brigham Young; Ph.D. (1959), Pennsylvania State. At Oregon
since 1962.
OSCAR C. CHRISTENSEN, JR., D.Ed., Assistant Professor of Education.
B.S. (1950), D.Ed. (1963), Oregon; M.Ed. (1957), Oregon State. At Oregon since 1961.
PAUL CIV1N, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics.
B.A. (1939), Buffalo; M.A. (1941), Ph.D. (1942), Duke. At Oregon since 1946.
CLARENCE W. CLANCY, Ph.D., Professor of Biology.
B.S. (1930), M.S. (1932), Illinois; Ph.D. (1940), Stanford. At Oregon since 1940.
CHAPIN D. CLARK, LL.B., LL.M., Associate Professor of Law.
B.A. (1952), LL.B. (1954), Kansas; LL.M. (1959), Columhia. At Oregon since 1962.
H. HARRISON CLARKE, Ed.D., Research Professor of Physical Education.
B.S. (1925), Springfield; M.S. (1931), Ed.D. (1940), Syracuse. At Oregon since 1953.
MARK CLARKE, M.F.A., Curator, Museum of Art (Instructor).
B.S. (1959), M.F.A. (1965), Oregon. At Oregon since 1964.
C. KEITH CLAYCOMB, Ph.D., Professor of Biochemistry, Dental School; Head of
Department.
B.S. (1947), M.S. (1948), Ph.D. (1951), Oregon. At Oregon since 1951.
BARTON E. CLEMENTS, Ed.D., Supervisor of Education Interns, with the Rank of
Assistant Professor.
B.S. (1957), Linfield; M.Ed. (1962), Eastern Oregon; Ed.D. (1964), Arizona State. At
Oregon since 1965.
ROBERT M. CLIFTON, B.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1962), California at Los Angeles. At Oregon since 1965.
HERMAN COHEN, Ph.D., Professor of Speech; Director, Honors College.'
B.A. (1948), M.A. (1949), Ph.D. (1954), Iowa. At Oregon since 1949.
MELVIN J. COHEN, Ph.D., Professor of Biology.
B.A. (1949), M.A. (1952), Ph.D. (1954), California at Los Angeles. At Oregon since 1957.
20 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
DAVID L. COLE, M.S., Curator of Anthropology; Assistant Professor of Anthro-
pology.
B.S. (1952), M.S. (1954), Oregon. At Oregon since 1959.
MAX B. COLEY, M.A., Assistant Football Coach, with the Rank of Associate Pro-
fessor; Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
B.A. (1951), M.A. (1956), San Jose State. At Oregon since 1959.
*FREDERICK M. COMBELLACK, Ph.D., Professor of Greek Literature.
B.A. (1928), Stanford; Ph.D. (1936), California. At Oregon since 1937.
BRUCE E. COMBS, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1963), M.A. (1966), Oregon. At Oregon since 1966.
NEWEL H. COMISH, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Business Administration.
B.S. (1911), Utah State; M.S. (1915), Ph.D. (1928), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1932.
EATON H. CONANT, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Management; Research Asso-
ciate.
B.S. (1956), M.S. (1958), Ph.D. (1960), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1966.
CLIFFORD L. CONSTANCE, M.A., Registrar, with the Rank of Professor.
B.A. (1925), M.A. (1929), Oregon. At Oregon since 1931.
E. DENISON COOK, B.Arch., Instructor in Architecture.
B.Arch. (1964), California at Berkelcy. At Orcgon since 1965.
JOHN W. COOK, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Philosophy.
B.A. (1953), Minnesota; Ph.D. (1960), Nebraska. At Oregon sincc 1963.
STANTON A. COOK, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Biology.
A.B. (1951), Harvard; Ph.D. (1960), California. At Oregon since 1960.
HENRY F. COOPER, M.A., Senior Instructor in Romance Languages.
B.A. (1950), Willamette; M.A. (1956), Middlebury. At Oregon since 1960.
BERND CRASEMANN, Ph.D., Professor of Physics.
A.B. (1948), California at Los Angeles; Ph.D. (1953), California. At Oregon since 1953.
WALTER L. CREESE, Ph.D., Dean of the School of Architecture and Allied Arts;
Professor of Architecture.
B.A. (1941), Brown; M.A. (1950), Ph.D. (1950), Harvard. At Oregon since 1963.
LUTHER S. CRESSMAN, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Anthropology; Research
Associate.
A.B. (1918), Pennsylvania State; S.T.B. (1923), General Theological Seminary; M.A.
(1923), Ph.D. (1925), Columbia. At Oregon since 1929.
HAROLD R. CROSLAND, Ph.D., Associate Professor Emeritus of Psychology.
A.B. (1913), Sonth Carolina; M.A. (1914), Ph.D. (1916), Clark. At Oregon since 1920.
HENRY CROES, B.A., Instructor in Germanic Lang-uag-es.
B.A. (1963), Oregon. At Oregon 1963-64, and since 1965.
JOHN C. CROFT, D.Ed., Assistant Professor of Education.
B.S. (1957), M.Ed. (1961), D.Ed. (1964), Pennsylvania State. At Oregon since 1964.
JOHN A. CROSS, M.S., Acting Director, Student Union, with the Rank of Asso-
ciate Professor.
B.P.E. (1959), British Columbia; M.S. (1960), Oregon. At Oregon since 1961.
MERRIT CROSS, B.A., Assistant Professor of English.
B.A. (1950), Stanford. At Oregon since 1965.
RANDAL L. CRUIKSHANKS, B.A., Academic Adviser, with the Rank of Instructor.
B.A. (1963), California. At Oregon since 1966.
CALVIN CRUMBAKER, Ph.D.. Professor Emeritus of Economies.
B.S. (1911), Whitman; M.A. (1927), Washington; Ph.D. (1930), Wisconsin. At Oregon
since 1930.
* On leave of absence 1966·67.
FACULTY 21
WILLIAM E. CUNLIFFE, M.A., M.S., Assistant Professor of Aerospace Studies;
B.A. (1960), M.A. (1961), Stanford; M.S. (1966), Oregon. At Oregon since 1963.
ROBERT G. CUNNINGHAM, Mus.M., Assistant Professor of Music (Woodwind In-
struments, Music Education).
B.M. (1950), Eastman School of Music; Mus.M. (1952), Oregon. At Oregon since 1954.
DAVID J. CURLAND, M.S., Senior Instructor in Romance Languages.
B.A. (1950), Califol'11ia at Los Angeles; M.A. (1963), Oregon. At Oregon since 1966.
CHARLES W. CURTIS, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics.
B.A. (1947), Bowdoin; M.A. (1948), Ph.D. (1951), Yale. At Oregon since 1963.
FREDERICK A. CUTHBERT, M.L.D., Professor of Landscape Architecture and Urban
Planning; Head of Department.
A.B. (1926), M.L.D. (192.8), Michigan. At Oregon since 1932.
JEAN V. CUTLER, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Speech.
B.A. (1955), Lynchburg; M.A. (1959), Ph.D. (1962), Illinois. At Oregon since 1962.
EDMUND CYKLER, Ph.D., Professor of Music.
B.A. (1926), California; Ph.D. (192.8), Charles (Czechoslovakia). At Oregon since 1947.
THOMAS L. DAHLE, Ph.D., Director of Continuing Education; Associate Director
of Summer Sessions; Adjunct Professor of Speech.
B.S. (1938), M.S. (1949), Wisconsin; Ph.D. (1954), Purdue. At Oregon since 1966.
WILLIAM R. DALE, M.C.P., Associate Professor of Urban Planning; Head of
Department.
B.Arch. (1958), Florida; M.C.P. (1964), Pennsylvania. At Oregon since 1966.
PIETRO D'ANGELO, Instructor in Romance Languages.
At Oregon since 1966.
JACQUELINE G. DARBY, B.S., Instructor in Biology.
B.S. (1964), Oregon. At Oregon since 1966.
FRANCIS E. DART, Ph.D., Professor of General Science.
A.B. (1937), Oberlin; M.S. (1939), Notre Dame; Ph.D. (1947), Cornell. At Oregon since
1949.
JERO;,m J. DASSO, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Real Estate.
B.S. (1951), Purdue; M.B.A. (1952), Michigan; M.S. (1960), Wisconsin. At O"egon
since 1966.
NORMAN A. DAVID, M.D., Professor of Pharmacology, Medical School; Chair-
man of Department.
A.B. (1925), M.D. (1931), California. At Oregon since 1937.
JAMES C. DAVIES, Ph.D., Professor of Political Science; Head of Department.
A.B. (1939), Oberlin; Ph.D. (1952), California. At Oregon since 1963.
RICHARD M. DAVIS, Ph.D., Professor of Economics.
A.B. (1939), Colgate; M.A. (1941), Ph.D. (1949), Cornell. At Oregon since 1954.
CLYDEE. DEBERRY, M.A., Poverty Specialist, Office of Federal Government Rela-
tions, with the Rank of Assistant Professor.
B.S. (1957), Winston-Salem; M.A. (1963), Arizona State at Flagstaff. At Oregon since
1965.
FABER B. DECHAINE, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech.
B.S. (1952), Oregon; M.A. (1953), Michigan State; Ph.D. (1963), Minnesota. At Oregon
since 1964.
JOHN E. S. DE J UNG, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education.
B.A. (1951), Montana; M.A. (1954), Ed.D. (1957), Syracnse. At Oregon since 1964.
ALBERTO M. DE LA FUENTE, B.S., Instructor in Spanish.
At Oregon since 1966.
KAY F. DENFELD, M.A., Social Science Librarian (Instructor).
B.A. (1965), Portland State; M.A. (1966), Denver. At Oregon since 1966.
22 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
CHANDRAKAUT M. DEO, Ph.D., Visiting Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
M.S. (19.61), Nagpur; Ph.D. (1965), California. At Oregon since 1966.
RICHARD H. DESROCHES, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Romance Languages.
A.B. (1947), Clark; Ph.D. (1962), Yale. At Oregon since 1957.
LER?y E. DETLING, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Biology; Curator of Herbar-
iUm.
A.B. (1921), Oregon; A.M. (French) (1923), A.M. (Botany) (1933), Ph.D. (1936),
Stanford. At Oregon 1927-30 and since 1936.
STEVEN E. DEUTSCH, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sociology.
B.A. (1958), Oberlin; M.A. (1959), Ph.D. (1964), Michigan State. At Oregon since 1966.
DAVID D. DEWEESE,.M.D., Professor of Otolaryngology, Medical School; Chair-
mall of Department of Otology, Rhinology, and Laryngology.
A.B. (1934), M.D. (.1938), Michigan. At Oregon since 1944.
·GERRlT DE WILDE, Instructor in Chemistry.
Cert. (1946), Leiden. At Oregon since 1962.
DAVID D. DIAZ, B.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1964), Louisiana State. At Oregon since 1966.
SAMUEL N. DlCKEN, Ph.D., Professor of Geography.
B.A. (1924), Marietta; Ph.D. (1930), California. At Oregon since 1947.
MILTON DIETERICH, M.Mus., Assistant Professor Emeritus of Music.
B;1\Ins. (1923), Gl'innel1; M.Mus. (1941), Eastman School of Music. At Oregon since 1946.
ROBERT S. DILL, M.A., Instructor in History.
B.A. (1956), Kent; M.A. (1958), Michigan. At Oregon since 1963.
ELlWARD DILLER, D.M.L., Assistant Professor of Germanic Languages.
B.A. (1953), California at Los Angeles; M.A. (1954), Los Angeles State; D.M.L. (1961),
Middlebury. At Oregon since 1965.
EUGENE W. DILS, Ed.D., Director of Placement, Associate Dean of Students, with
the Rank of Professor.
B.A. (1928), Washington State; M.A. (1945), Washington; Ed.D. (1952), Stanford. At
Oregon since 1958.
PASQUALE DI PASQUALE, ]H., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English.
B.A. (1955), Notre Dame; M.A. (1961), Oxford; Ph.D. (1965), Pittsburgh. At Oregon
since 1965.
KARL W. DOEHRY, M.A., Instructor in English.
M.A. (1965), Kansas. At Oregon since 1966.
LLOYD]. DOLBY, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.
B.S. (1956), Illinois; Ph.D. (1959), California. At Oregon since 1960.
PHILIP H. DOLE, M.S., Reg. Archt., Associate Professor of Archi·tecture.
·B.Arch. (1949), Harvard; M.S. (1954), Columhia; Reg. Atcht. (1958), State of New
York. At Oregon since 1956.
ROBERT M. DONNELL; M.A., Librarian, Dental School (Assistant Professor).
B.S .. (1950), Arizona State; M.A. (1962), Denver. At Oregon since 1964.
RUSSELL]. DONNELLY, Ph.D., Professor of Physics; Head of Department.
B.S. (1951), McMaster; M.S. (1953), Ph.D. (1956), Yale. At Oregon since 1966.
VEl' NON R. DOR]AHN, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Anthropo.1ogy; Head of
Department.
B.S. (1950), Ph.D. (1954), Northwestern; M.A. (1951), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1956.
CELIA A. DORHIS, M.A., Instructor in Speech.
B.S. (1964), M.A. (1965), Oklahoma. At Oregon since 1965.
CHAHLES T. DOTTER, M.D., Professor of Radiology, Medical School; Chairman
of Department.
B.A. (1941), Duke; M.D. (1944), Comell.At Oregon since 1952.
FACULTY 23
DAVID M. DOUGHERTY, Ph.D., Professor of Romance Languages; Executive
Officer, Division of Modern and Classical Languages.
A.B. (1925), Delaware; A.M. (1927), Ph.D. (1932), Harvard. At Oregon since 1947.
M. FRANCES DOUGHERTY, Ph.D" Professor of Physical Education.
B.A. (1935), M.A. (1940), Colorado State College; Ph.D. (1959), New York University.
At Oregon since 1959. .
ELISABETH R. DUBIN, Ph.D., Counselor, Counseling Center, with the Rank of
Assistant Professor.
A.B. (1937), M.A. (1939), Ph.D. (1946), Chicago. At Oregon since 1965.
ROBERT DUBIN, Ph.D., Research Professor of Sociology.
A.B. (1936), A.M. (1940), Ph.D. (1947), Chicago. At Oregon since 1954.
PAUL S. DULL, Ph.D., Professor of History.
B.A. (1935), Ph.D. (1940), \"'ashington. At Oregon since 1946.
DON E. DUMOND, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Anthropology.
B.A. (1949), New Mexico; M.A. (1957), Mexico City College; Ph.D. (1962), Oregon.
At Oregon since.1962.
CHARLES T. DUNCAN, M.A., Associate Dean of Faculties, Professor of Journalism.
A.B. (1936), M.A. (1946), Minnesota. At Oregon 1950·62 and since 1965.
K. WRIGHT DUNKLEY, M.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
B.S. (1956), Ricks; M.S. (1961), Utah. At Oregon since 1964.
MARTIN 1. DURST, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1961), Queens; M.A. (1963), Oregon. At Oregon since 1964.
DONALD M. DUSHANE, M.A., Dean of Students (Professor); Lecturer in Political
Science..
B.A. (1927), Wahash; M.A. (1937),Colnmhia. At Oregon since 1948.
EDWIN G. EBBIGHAUSEN, Ph.D., Professor of Physics and Astronomy.
B.S. (1936), Minnesota; Ph.D. (1940), Chicago. At Oregon since 1946.
FRANK B. EBERSOLE, Ph.D., Associate Professor of. Philosophy.
A.B. (1941), Heidelherg, Ohio; Ph.D. (1947), Chicago. At Oregon since 1961.
THOMAS A. EBERT, Ph.D., Instructor in Biology.
B.S. (1961), Wisconsin; M.S. (1963), Ph.D. (1966), Oregon. At Oregon since 1966.
CORWIN D. EDWARDS, Ph.D., Professor of Economics.
A.B. (1920), B.I. (1921), Missouri; B.Litt. (1924), Oxford; Ph.D. (1928), Cornell.
At Oregon since 1963.
STANLEY D. ELBERSON, M.A., Instructor in Speech.
B.A. (1951), H.E. (1953), Pacific Lutheran; M.A. (1962), Utah. At Oregon since 1965.
FLOYD T. ELLEFSON, M.Ed., Adjunct Associate Professor of Music.
B.A. (1925), Ellsworth; M.Ed. (1954), Oregon. At Oregon.since 1966.
RAYMOND T. ELL'ICKSON, Ph.D., Professor of Physics.
B.A. (1935), Reed; M.A. (1936), Oregon State; Ph.D. (1938), Chicago. At Oregon since
1948.
ALFRED L. ELLiNGSON, B.S., Director of Development, with the Rank of Professor.
B.S. (1948), Oregon. At Oregon since 1951.
ROBERT A. ELLIS, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology.
B.A. (1952), M.A. (1953), Ph.D. (1956), Yale. At Oregon since 1960.
LEONARD H. ELWELL, Ph.D., Professor of Physiology, Dental School; Head of
Department.
A.B. (1935), Kalamazoo; M.S. (1937), Kansas State; M.S. (1941), Ph.D. (1951). Michi-
gan. At Oregon since 1959.
24 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
KENNETH P. EMORY, Ph.D., Visiting Professor of Anthropology.
B.S. (1920), Dartmouth; M.A. (1923), Harvard; Ph.D. (1946), Yale. At Oregon since
1966.
ALICE H. ERNST, M.A., Associate Professor Emeritus of English.
B.A. (1912), M.A. (1913), Washington. At Oregon since 1924.
VERNON K. ESPESETH, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Education; Coordinator,
Mental Retardation Program.
B.S. (1955), North Dakota State Teachers; M.S. (1961), Ph.D. (1965), Wisconsin. At
Oregon since 1964.
ARTHUR A. ESSLINGER, Ph.D., Dean of the School of Health, Physical Education,
and Recreation; Professor of Physical Education; Acting Head of Depart-
ment of Men's Physical Education.
B.S. (1931), M.S. (1932), Illinois; Ph.D. (1938), Iowa. At Oregon since 1953.
*EUGENE EVONUK, Ph.D., Professor of Physical Education.
B.S. (1952), M.S. (1953), Oregon; Ph.D. (1960), Iowa State. At Oregon since 1965.
JACK D. EWAN, M.S., Assistant Professor of Journalism.
B.S. (1948), M.S. (1964), Northwestern. At Oregon since 1964.
BEVERLY 1. FAGOT, B.A., Academic Adviser, with the Rank of Instructor.
B.A. (1960), Occidental. At Oregon since 1965.
ROBERT F. FAGOT, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology.
B.S. (1946), Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Ph.D. (1956), Stanford. At Oregon
since 1956.
GENNAROR. F ALCONERI, M.A., Lecturer in History.
B.A. (1949), Nevada; M.A. (1958), Michigan. At Oregon since 1963.
CHARLES W. FARMER, B.A., Instructor in Music (Piano, Music History).
B.A. (1962), Long Beach State. At Oregon since 1965.
MARCIA FARMEll, S.M.M., Instructor in Music (Organ).
B.A. (1949), Occidental; S.M.M. (1953), Union Theological Seminary. At Oregon since
1966.
FRANK FARNER, Ph.D., Professor of Education; Associate Dean of the Graduate
School.
B.A. (1949), Pomona; M.A. (1957), Ph.D. (1960), Claremont. At Oregon since 1963.
VERN 1.. FARROW, D.Ed., Assistant Professor of Education.
B.C.S. (1955), B.Ed. (1956), J\I.Ed. (1960), Seattle; D.Ed. (1963), Oregon. At Oregon
since 1965.
\iVILLlAM 1.. F ASH, M.Arch., Associate Professor of Architecture.
B.Arch. (1959), J\LArch. (1960), Oklahoma State. At Oregon since 1966.
CAROLINE J. FELLER, 1\1.1..S., Assistant Professor of Librarianship.
B.A. (1957), Sarah La"Tence; M.L.S. (1958), Columhia. At Oregon since 1966.
ROBERT R. FlmENS, M.Arch., Professor of Architecture.
Dip. Arch. (1941), B. Arch. (1942), Pratt Institute; J\LArch. (1948), Massachusetts Insti·
tute of Technology. At Oregon since 1948.
EowARO N. FERGUSON, B.S., Academic Adviser, with the Rank of Instructor.
n.s. (1961), Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. At Oregon since 1966.
HOWARD W. FETZ, B.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1963), Portland State. At Oregon since 1966.
ELIZABETH FINDLY, A.M.1..S., Head Reference and Documents Librarian; Pro-
fessor of Librarianship.
A.B. (1929), Drake; B.S. in L.S. (1934), Illinois; A.M.L.S. (1945), Michigan. At Ore·
gon since 1934.
STANLEY P. FINK, B.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1964), California. At Oregon since 1966.
* On leave of absence, fall term, 1966-67.
FACULTY· 25
DAVID J. FINLAY, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Political Science.
B.A. (1956), Willamette; M.A. (1958), Ph.D. (1962), Stanford. At Oregon since 1965.
*LAWRENCE D. FISH, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education; Director, Bureau
of Educational Research.
B.A. (1942), Bethany Nazarene; lI-I.Ed. (1950), California at Los Angeles; Ed.D. (1964),
Washington State. A t Oregon since 1964.
JOSEPH R. FISZMAN, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Political Science.
B.A. (1948), St. John's (Shanghai); M.A. (1956), Emory; Ph.D. (1959), Michigan State.
At Oregon since 1959.
H. CLINE FIXOTT, D.M.D., Professor of Dentistry, Dental School; Head of
Department of Oral Roentgenology.
D.M.D. (1938), Nortll Pacific. At Oregon since 1947.
ARTHUR S. FLEMMING, A.M., LL.B., LL.D.., President; Professor of Political
Science.
A.B. (1927), Ohio Wesleyan; A.M. (1928), American University; LL.B. (1933), George
Washington; honorary degrees conferred by a number of colleges and universities. At
Oregon since 1961.
PHYLLIS M. FORD, Re.D., Associate Professor of Recreation Management.
B.S. (1949), Massachusetts; M.A. (1955), Arizona State; Re.D. (1962), Indiana. At
Oregon since 196 I.
JOHN M. FOSKETT, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology.
A.B. (1932), lI-I.A. (1935), Ph.D. (1939), California. At Oregon since 1946.
FREDERICK R. FOSMIRE, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology.
B.A. (1948), lI-I.A. (1949), Ph.D. (1952), Texas. At Oregon sineel958.
EMBERT A. FOSSUM, B.A., Colonel, U.S. Army; Professor of Military Science;
Head of Department of Military Science and Aerospace Studies.
B.A. (1933), Oregon. At Oregon since 1963.
DAVID G. FOSTER, M.F.A., Associate Professor of Art.
B.A. (1951), Illinois Institute of Technology; M.F.A. (1957), Oregon. At Oregon since
1957.
JOHN W. FOSTER, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1963), lI-I.A. (1965), Queen's University (Belfast). At Oregon since 1965.
JOHN W. FRALEY, B.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1958), Oregon. At Oregon since 1965.
PETER W. FRANK, Ph.D., Professor of Biology; Acting Director, Institute of
Marine Biology.
B.A. (1944), Earlham; Ph.D. (1951), Chicago. At Oregon since 1957.
BROWNELL FRASIER, B.A., Associate Professor of Interior Design.
B.A. (1921), Oregon. At Oregon since 1931.
WILLIAM A. FRAZIER, JR., B.S., Assistant Planner, with the Rank of Instructor.
B.S. (1963), Oregon. At Oregon since 1966.
WALTER FREAUFF, M.A., Associate Dean of Students, Armed Services, with the
Rank of Associate Professor.
B.A. (1950), M.A. (1952), Oregon. At Oregon since 1957.
LAWRENCE·H. FREEMAN, M.A.T., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1959), Wesleyan University; M.A.T. (1960), Johns Hopkins. At Oregon since 1965.
BERNARD L. FREEMESSER, M.S., Associate Professor of Journalism.
B.A. (1950), San Diego State; M.S. (1952), Oregon. At Oregon since 1955.
GERALD L. FREI, M.S., Assistant Football Coach, with the Rank of Associate Pro-
fessor; Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
B.S. (1948), M.S. (1950), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1955.
COLETTE M. FREITAG, Instructor in Romance Languages.
At Oregon siuce 1965.
* On leave of absence 1966-67.
26 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
ROBERT FRIEDMAN, Ph.D., Visiting Professor of Speech.
B.A. (1948), North Carolina; M.A. (1950), Ph.D. (1954), Missouri. At Oregon since
1965.
ARTHUR W. FRISCH, Ph.D., M.D., Professor of Bacteriology, Medical School;
Chairman of Department.
B.A. (1931), M.A. (1933), Ph.D. (1935), M.D. (1937), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1946.
*PEGGY M. FR0NE, B.A., B.L.S., Browsing Room Librarian (Instructor).
B.A. (1962), Pacific; B.L.S. (1964), British Columbia. At Oregon since 1964.
ARTHUR E.FRY, D.D.S., Professor of Dentistry, Dental School; Head of Depart-
ment of Oral Diagnosis.
D.D.S. (1940), Iowa. At Oregon since 1953.
ROBERT Y, FUCHlGAMI,.D,Ed., Ass0ciate Professor of Education,
B.A. (1956), M.A. (1958), San Jose State; Ed.D. (1964), Illinois. At Oregon since 1966.
EMIL D, FURRER, M.D" Associate Professor of Health Education.
B.A. (1926), M.D. (1929), Oregon. At Oregon since 1947.
LEONlDE M. GAINES, M.Ed., Instructor in Physical Education.
B.S. (1956), M.Ed. (1959), Illinois. At Oregon since 1966.
tJOHN F. GANGE, M.A., Professor of Political Science; Director, Institute of
International Studies and Overseas Administration.
B.A. (1932), M.A. (1934), Stanford. At Oregon since 1961.
JANE GEHRING, M.S., Assistant Professor of Art.
B.S. (1940), Michigan State 'Feachers (Ypsilanti); M.S. (1960), Oregon. At Oregon
since 1958.
ROBERT K. GERDING, M.S., Instructor in Biology.
B.S. (1961), M.S. (1966), Oregon.,At Oregon since 1966.
KENNETH S. GHENT, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics; Associate Dean of Stu-
dents.
B.A. (1932), McMaster; S.M. (1933), Ph.D. (1935), Chicago. At Oregon since 1935.
JAMES H. GILBERT, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Economics.
B.A. (1903), Oregon; Ph.D. (1907), Columbia. At Oregon since 1907.
DORWIN K. GILLESPIE, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Health Education.
B.A. (1940), Washington and Jefferson; M.S. (1953), Ph.D. (1959), Oregon. At Oregon
since 1960.
RICHARD M. GILLETTE, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
B.S. (1957), Nevada; Ph.D. (1962), Utah. At Oregon since 1962.
PHILIP C. GILMORE, M.F.A., Assistant Professor of Architecture.
B.Arch. (1948), M.F.A. (1956), Oregon. At Oregon since 1960.
SUSAN K. GILMORE, M.S., Assistant Professor of Education.
B.A. (1956), Whitworth; M.S. (1962), Oregon. At Oregon since 1964.
MARVIN D. GIRARDEAU, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics and Research
Associate.
B.S. (1952), Case Institute of Technology; M.S. (1954), Illinois; Ph.D. (1958), Syracuse.
At Oregon since 1963.
MARVIN E. GLOEGE, M.A., Planning Consultant, with the Rank of Associate Pro-
fessor.
B.A. (195'4), M.A. (1958), Washington. At Oregon since 1966.
ELIZABETH G. GLOVER, M.S., Instructor in Physical Education.
B.S. (1959), Tufts; M.S. (1963), Woman's College, North Carolina. At Oregon since
1964.
WALLACE G. GOBER, B.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (196l), Southern Oregon. At Oregon since 1965
'On leave of absence, fall term, 1966-67.
tOn sabbatical leave, winter and spring terms, 1966·67.
FACULTY 27
*LEWIS R. GOLDBERG, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology.
A.B. (1953), Harvard; M.A. (1954), Ph.D. (1958), Michigan. At Oregon since 1960.
KEITH GOLDHAMMER, Ph.D., Professor of Education; Associate Dean of the School
of Education.
B.A. (1938), Reed; M.A. (1943), Ph.D. (1954), Oregon. At Oregon since 1956.
DANIEL GOLDlUCH, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Political Science.
B.A. (1955), Antioch; M.A. (1957), Ph.D. (1959), North Carolina. At Oregon since 1963.
tGORDON G. GaLES, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Geology and Chemistry.
B.A. (1956), Harvard; Ph.D. (1961), Chicago. At Oyegon since 1966.
PETER B. GONTRUM, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Germanic Languages.
A.B. (1954), Haverford; M.A. (1956), Princeton; Ph.D. (1958), Munich. At Oregon
since 1961.
NORMAN A. GOSCH, M.D., Associate University Physician, with the Rank of Asso-
ciate Professor.
B.S. (1958), M.D. (1962), Nehraska. At Oregon since 1965.
MAR}ORIEA. Goss, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1950), Utah; M.A. (1961), Northwestern. At Oregon since 1965.
GRACE GRAHAM, Ed.D., Professor of Education.
B.A. (1933), M.A. (1936), South Carolina; Ed.D. (1952), Stanford. At Oregon since 1954.
PHILIP GRANT, Ph.D., Professor of Biology.
B.S. (1947), College of City of New York; M.A. (1949), Ph.D. (1952), Columhia. At
Oregon since 1966.
GEORGE A. GRAY, B.A., Instructor in Sociology.
B.A. (1962), Willamette. At Oregon since 1966.
JANE GRAY, Ph.D., Curator of Paleobotany, Museum of Natural History; Asso-
ciate Professor of Biolog-y.
B.A. (1951), Radcliffe; Ph.D. (1958), California. At Oregon since 1963.
MARK R. GREENE, Ph.D., Professor of Insurance; Heact, Department of Market-
ing-, Insurance, and Transportation.
A.B. (1947), M.B.A. (1949), Stanford; Ph.D. (1955), Ohio State. At Oregon 1949·52 and
since 1955.
MARVIN GREENBAUM, Ph.D., Visiting- Associate Professor of Psychology.
B.A. (1949), M.A. (1951), Ph.D. (1955), Syracuse. At Oregon since 1966.
STANLEY B. GREENFIELD, Ph.D., Professor of Eng-lish.
B.A. (1942), Cornell; M.A. (1947), Ph.D. (1950), California. At Oregon since 1959.
THELMA GREENFIELD, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English.
B.A. (1944), M.A. (1947), Oregon; Ph.D. (1952), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1961.
MONTE A. GREEH, M.D., Professor of Medicine. Medical School; Head of Di-
vision of Endocrinolog-y.
A.B. (1944), M.D. (1947), Stanford. At Oregon since 1956.
HOYT S. GREESON, A.B., Instructor in Eng-lish.
A.B. (1960), St. Mary's. At Oregon since 1964.
O. HAYES GIUFFlTH, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
A.B. {1960), California at Riverside; Ph.D. (1964), California Institute of Technology.
At Oregon since 1965.
HEHBEHT E. GRISWOLD, M.D., Professor of Medicine, Medical School; Head of
Division of Cardiovascular Renal Diseases.
B.A. (1939), Reed; M.S. (1943), M.D. (1943), Oregon. At Oregoll since 1949.
LARRY C. GROVE, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
B.A. (1960), M.A. (1961), Ph.D. (1964), Minnesota. At Oregon since 1966.
• On. sabbatical leave 1966-67.
t On leave of ahsence 1966-67.
28 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
MYRON A. GROVE, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Economics.
B.S. (1957), M.S. (1959), Oregon; Ph.D. (1964), Northwestern. At Oregon since 1963.
HAROLD E. GRUPE, D.D.S., Professor of Dentistry, Dental School; Head of De-
partment of Periodontology.
D.D.S. (1932), Baylor. AtOregon since 1960.
JEROME E. GURST, Ph.D., Visiting Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
B.A. (1960), Dartmouth; Ph.D. (1965), Stanford. At Oregon since 1966.
PAUL E. GUSHWA, B.S., Major, U.S. Air Force; Assistant Professor of Aero-
space Studies.
B.A. (1960), Florida State. At Oregon since 1<)64.
JOHN M. GUSTAFSON, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Music (Music Education).
A.B. (1947), Augustana; M.Mus. (1951), Michigan; Ph.D. (1956), Florida ·State. At
Oregon since 1956. .
FRANKLIN B. HAAR, Ph.D., Professor of Health Education; Head of Depart-
ment.
B.P.E. (1928), Spring-field; M.A. (1933), Ph.D. (1946), Pittsburgh. At Oregon since
1949.
DEMETRIOS M. HADJIMARKOS, D.D.S., Professor of Dentistry, Dental School;
Head of Department of Public Health Dentistry.
D.D.S. (1931), Athens; M.S.D. (1943), Northwestern; M.P.H. (1946), Harvard. At
Oregon since 1953.
DONALD R. HAGUE, B.S., Instructor in Biology.
B.S. (1953), Franklin & Marshall. At Oregon since 1966.
WALTHER L. HAH!,/, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Germanic Languages.
Dip. (1949), Teachers College, Berlin; M.A. (1954), Rice; Ph.D. (1956), Texas. At Ore-
gon since 1961.
ROBERT C. HALL, Associate Professor Emeritus of Journalism.
At Oregon since 1917.
ROY K. HALVERSON, M.S., Assistant Professor of Journalism.
B.S. (1957), M.S. (1963), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1966.
LEO A. HAMERLYNCK, D.Ed., Assistant Professor of Education.
B.S. (1953), M.Ed. (1956), Oregon State; D.Ed. (1962), Oregon. At Oregon since 1964.
*JOHN HAMILTON, M.Mus., Associate Professor of Music (Organ, Harpsichord,
Music History).
A.B. (1946), California; lvLMus. (1956), D.M.A. (1966), Southern California. At Ore-
gon since 1959.
PATRICIA S. HAMILTON, B.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1961), Nevada. At Oregon since 1966.
LEE C. HANDY, M.S.; Counselor, University Counseling Center, with the Rank
of InstructoL
B.S. (1961), M.S. (1963), Iowa State. At Oregon since 1966.
SUSANN G. HANDY, B.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1961), Texas. At Oregon since 1965.
WILLIAM J. HANDY, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English.
B.A. (1947), M.A. (1949), Ph.D. (1954), Oklahoma. At Oregon since 1965.
ARTHUR M. HANHARDT, JR., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Political Science;
Assistant Head of Department.
B.A. (1953), Rochester; M.A. (1958), Colgate; Ph.D. (1963), Northwestern. At Oregon
since 1963.
WILLIAM S. HANNA, JR., Ph.D., Associate Professor of History; Head of Depart-
ment.
A.B. (1949), M.A. (1954), Ph.D. (1959), California at Berkeley. At Oregon since 1965.
* On sabbatical leave 1966-67.
FACULTY 29
FREDERICK T. HANNAFORD, B.A., Reg. Archt., Professor of Architecture.
B.A. (1924), Washington State; Reg. Archt. (1931), State of Florida. At Oregon since
1946.
EVELYN R. HANNON, B.S., R.N., R.D.H., Associate Professor of Dental Hygiene,
Dental School; Head of Department.
R.D.H. (1939), Kansas City; B.S. (1951), Columbia; R.N., State of Kansas (1930),
State of California (1937); R.D.H., State of Kansas (1930), State of New York (1948).
At Oregon since 1951.
JOHN H. HANSEN, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education.
B.S. (1959), M.S. (1961), Ph.D. (1964), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1963.
EDWARD C. HARMS, JR., B.S., LL.B., Special Lecturer in Law.
B.S. (1947), LL.B. (1949), Oregon. At Oregon since 1958.
MARGARET C. HARPER, M.L.S., 'Assistant Professor, Senior Catalog Librarian.
B.A. (1960), Oberlin; M.L.S. (1961), Rutgers. At Oregon since 1966.
LEO A. HARRIS, M.A., Professor of Physical Education; Athletic Director.
A.B. (1927), M.A. (1929), Stanford. At Oregon since 1947.
*DAVID K. HARRISON, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics.
B.A. (1953), Williams; Ph.D. (1956), Princeton. At Oregon since 1963.
*THOMAS R. HART, JR., Ph.D" Professor of Romance Languages.
B.A. (1948), Ph.D. (1952), Yale. At Oregon since 1964.
DALE S. HARWOOD, JR., D.B.A., Associate Professor of Accountiflg; Head, De-
partment of Accounting and Business Statistics.
B.S. (1948), Oregon State; D.B.A. (1957), Washington. At Oregon since 1958.
ROBERT P. HASTINGS, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1960), Drew; M.A. (1961), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1961.
*EMMANUEL S. HATZANTONIS, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Romance Lan-
guages.
B.A. (1952), College of City of New York; M.A. (1953), Columbia; Ph.D. (1958), Cali-
fornia. At Oregon 1959·61 and since 1962.
FREDERICK P. HAUGEN, M.D., Professor of Anesthesiology, Medical School;
Head of Division.
B.A. (1933), M.D. (1935), Oregon. At Oregon since 1948.
RAY HAWK, D.Ed., Professor of Education; Assistant to the President; Director
of Federal Government Relations.
B.S. (1947), M.S. (1948), D.Ed. (1949), Oregon. At Oregon since 1950.
WALLACE S. HAYDEN, B.Arch., Reg. Archt., Professor of Architecture.
B.Arch. (1928), Oregon; Reg. Archt. (1935), State of Oregon. At Oregon since 1930.
RICHARD B. HAYWARD, M.C.P., Planning Consultant, Bureau of Municipal Re-
search and Service, with the Rank of Associate Professor.
B.S. (1941), B.L.A. (1946), Massachusetts; M.C.P. (1959), Massachusetts Institute of
Technology. At Oregon since 1961.
ARTHUR C. HEARN, Ed.D., Professor of Education.
A.B.( 1934), M.A. (1937), Ed.D. (1949), Stanford. At Oregon since 1950.
LINDA S. HEARN, M.A., Instructor in Physical Education.
B.S. (1962), M.A. (1965), Texas Woman's University. At Oregon since 1965.
ALFRED HEILPERN, M.L., Acquisition Librarian (Senior Instructor).
B.A. (1956), M.L. (1957), Washington. At Oregon since 1957.
RONALD W. HENDERSON, D.Ed., Assistant Professor of Education.
A.A. (1957), B.A. (1960), Sacramento; M.Ed. (1962), Ed.D. (1966), Arizona. At Oregon
since 1966.
JOHN H. HENDRICKSON, M.Mus., Audio-Visual Librarian (Senior Instructor).
B.Mus. (1952), M.Mus. (1957), Oregon. At Oregon since 1957.
* On leave of absence 1966·67.
30 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
L. RALPH HENNINGS, M.A., Instructor in Speech.
B.A. (1960), M.A. (1964), San Diego State. At Oregon since 1964.
LEE C. HENRY, M.S., Instructor in Accounting.
B.S. (1964), M.S. (1966), Pennsylvania State. At Oregon since 1966.
EDWARD HERBERT, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.
B.S. (1948), Connecticut; Ph.D. (1953), Pennsylvania. At Oregon since 1963.
ROBERT T. HERBERT, Ph.D., Visiting Assistant Professor of Philosophy.
B.A. (1952), M.A. (1954), Ph.D. (1962), Nehraska. At Oregon since 1966.
JOHN D. HERSHBERGER, M.A., Instructor in Speech; Production Manager, Division
of Broadcast Services.
B.S. (1964), Bntler; M.A. (1965), jvIiami of Ohio. At Oregon since 1965.
CAROLE JEAN HICKMAN, B.A., Instructor in Geology.
B.A. (1964), Oherlin. At Oregon since 1966.
RICHARD J. HIGGINS, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics.
B.S. (1960), Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Ph.D. (1965), Northwestern. At
Oregon since 1965.
TERRELL L. HILL, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry.
A.B. (1939), Ph.D. (1942), California. At Oregon since 1957.
RICHARD J. HILLS, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education; Research Associate,
Center for Advanced Study of Educational Administration.
B.S. (1951), Black Hills Teachers; M.A. (1956), Wyoming; Ph.D. (1961), Chicago. At
Oregon since 1964.
CLARENCE HINES, D.Ed., Professor of Education; Associate Dean of the School
of Education; Associate Director, Eugene Summer Sessions.
B.A. (1925), Drury; M.A. (1929), Missouri; D.Ed. (1950), Oregon. At Oregon since
1958.
CARL W. HINTZ, Ph.D., University Librarian; Professor of Librarianship.
A.B. (1932), De Pauw; A.B.L.S. (1933), A.M.L.S. (1935), Michigan; Ph.D. (1952),
Chicago. At Oregon since 1948.
ERNEST H. HIXON, D.D.S., Professor of Dentistry, Dental School; Head of De-
partment of Orthodontics.
D.D.S. (1945), Iowa State; M.S. (1949), Iowa; At Oregon since 1961.
J. ROBERT HLADKY, A.Mus.D., Associate Professor of Music (Violoncello, Music
History) .
B.Mus. (1950), Oklahoma State; M.Mus. (1952), A.Mus.D. (1959), Eastman School of
Music. At Oregon since 1961.
GEORGE M. HODGE, JR., M.S., Professor of Architecture; Assistant to the Dean
of the School of Architecture and Allied Arts.
B.S. (1949), M.S. (1950), Illinois. At Oregon since 1964.
.CLARENCE V. HODGES, M.D., Professor of Urology, Medical School; Head of
Division.
B.S. (1937), Iowa State; M.D. (1940), Chicago. At Oregon since 1948.
HUBERT H. HOELTJE, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of English.
B.A. (1919), M.A. (1926), Ph.D. (1932), Iowa. At Oregon since 1947.
PAUL S. HOLBO, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History.
B.A. (1951), Yale; M.A. (1955), Ph.D. (1961), Chicago. At Oregon since 1959.
HAZEL E. HOLBOKE, M.Ed., Senior Instructor in Education.
B.S. (1951), Oregon College of Education; M.Ed. (1957), Oregon. At Oregon since 1962.
ORLANDO J. HOLUS, B.S., J.D., Dean of the School of Law; Professor of Law.
B.S. (1926), J.D. (1928), Oregon. At Oregon since 1928.
EDWARD G. HOLLMAN, M.A., M.S., Social Science Librarian (Instructor).
B.S. (1947), B.A. (1949), M.A. (1951), Missouri; M.S. (1955), Illinois. At Oregon
1960-61 and since 1963.
FACULTY 31
GARY L. HOLLOWAY, M.U.P., Assistant Planner, Bureau of Municipal Research
and Service, with the Rank of Instructor.
B.A. (1963), San Fernando Valley State; M.U.P. (1966), Washington. At Oregon since
1966.
CHARLES N, HOLMAN, M.D., Associate Dean of the Medical School; Medical
Director and Administrator of Ho~pitals and Clinics; Professor of Medicine.
B.A. (1931), M.D. (1936), Oregon. At Oregon since 1937.
GEORGE HOPKINS, B.A., Professor of Piano.
Teachers Cert. (1918), Peabody Conservatory; B.A. (1921), Oregon. At Oregon 1919-23
and since 1925.
ROBERT D. HORN, Ph.D., Professor of English.
B.A. (1922), M.A. (1924), Ph.D. (1930), Michigan. At Oregon since 1925.
JAMES M. HOTCHKISS, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Education.
B.A. (1953), Wichita; Ph.D. (1966), Southern California. At Oregon since 1966.
THOMAS HOVET, JR., Ph.D., Professor of Political Science.
A.B. (1948), Washington; M.A. (1949), New York University; Ph.D. (1954), New
Zealand. At Oregon since 1965.
CHARLES G. HOWARD, A.B., J.D., Professor Emeritus of Law.
A.B. (1920), J.D. (1922), Illinois. At Oregon since 1928.
JOHN R. HOWARD, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sociology.
B.A. (1955), Brandeis; M.A. (1961), New York University; Ph.D. (1965), Stanford. At
Oregon since 1964.
ROSALIE D. HOWARD, M.Ed., Counselor, University Counseling Center, with the
Rank of Instructor.
B.S. (1962), Idaho; M.Ed. (1965), Oregon. At Oregon since 1965.
GRAHAM HOYLE, D.Sc., Professor of Biology.
B.Sc. (Chemistry, Physics) (1944), B.Sc. (Zoology, Botany) (1950), London; D.Sc.
(1955), Glasgow. At Oregon since 1962.
JANE YEN-CHENG Hsu, B.A., Catalog Librarian (Senior Instructor).
B.A. (1946), Gingling Girls' College (Nanking). At Oregon since 1956.
HARLOW E. HUDSON, Assistant Professor of Architecture.
At Oregon 1938-47 and since 1960.
RALPH R. HUESTIS, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Biology.
B.S.A. (1914), McGill; M.S. (1920), Ph.D. (1924), California. At Oregon since 1924.
CARLL. HUFFAKER, .Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Education.
B.S. (1915), Chicago; M.A. (1922), Ph.D. (1923), Iowa. At Oregon since 1927.
MARGARET E. HUGHES, B.S., Librarian of the Medical School, with the Rank of·
Professor.
B.S. (1937), Minnesota. At Oregon since 1946.
JOHN L. HULTENG, M.S., Dean of the School of. Journalism; Professor of J our-
nalism.
Ph.B. (1943), North Dakota; M.S. (1947), Columbia. At Oregon since 1955.
DWIGHT HUMPHREY, M.A., Catalog Librarian (Instructor).
A.B. (1934), B.S. in L.S. (1939), M.A. (1951). Southern California. At Oregon since
1963.
JAMES E. HUMPHREYS, M.A., Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
B.A. (1961), Oberlin; M.A. (1964), Yale. At Oregon since 1966.
DONALD L. HUNTER, B.S., Head, Audio-Visual Department, Library (Associate
Professor) .
·B.S. (1945), Nebraska. At Oregon since 1946.
JAMIE G. HUNTER, LL.B., Assistant Professor of Law.
B.S. (1961), Yale; LL.B. (1964), Stanford. At Oregon since 1966.
32 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
LINDA B. HUNTER, M.A., Instructor in History.
B.A. (1962), Wellesley; M.A. (1963), Stanford. At Oregon since 1966.
STEPHEN C. HUNTER, M.S., Instructor in History.
B.A. (1961), Claremont; M.S. (1963), London School of Economics. At Oregon since 1966.
ERNEST A. HURLEY, D.M.D., Registrar, Dental School; Associate Professor of
Dentistry.
D.M.D. (1951), Oregon. At Oregon since 1951.
ROBERT 1. HURWITZ, M.M., Instructor in Music (Theory).
A.B. (i961) , Brooklyn; M.M. (1965), Indiana. At Oregon since 1965.
TYRA T. HUTCHENS, M.D., Professor of Clinical Pathology and Radiology
(Radioisotopes), Medical School; Chairman of Department of Clinical
Pathology.
B.S. (1943), M.D. (1945), Oregon. At Oregon since 1953.
SHARON L. HUTTON, Head Resident, Dormitories, with the Rank of Instructor.
B.S. (1965), Eastern Oregon. At Oregon since 1966.
ADRIANA C. HWANG, B.A., Instructor in Romance Languages.
B.A. (1964), Portland State. At Oregon since 1966.
JOHN E. HWANG, M.A., Instructor in Romance Languages.
B.A. (1962), M.A. (1963), Stanford. At Oregon since 1966.
RAY HYMAN, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology; Assistant Head of Department.
A.B. (1950), Boston; M.A; (1952), Ph.D. (1953), Johns Hopkins. At Oregon since 1961.
JOSEPH A. HYNES, JR., Ph.D., Associate Professor of English.
A.B. (1951), Detroit; A.M. (1952), Ph.D. (1961), Michigan. At Oregon sinee 1957.
JAY M. JACKSON,.Ph.D., Professor of Sociology.
B.A. (1948), M.A. (1950), McGill; Ph.D. (1953), Michigan. At Oregon since 1963.
RUTH F. JACKSON, M.A., Senior Instructor in English.
B.A. (1929), M.A. (1933), Oregon. At Oregon since 1955.
HUGH D. JACOBS, M.A., Instructor in Education; Intern Supervisor.
B.A. (1959), M.A. (1963), Central Washington State. At Oregon since 1966.
LESTER W. JACOBS, M.B.A., Instructor in Business Administration.
B.S. (1964), California; M.B.A. (1966), Oregon. At Oregon since 1966.
LEONARD D. JACOBSON, M.D., Assistant Professor of Health Education.
B.A. (1937), M.D. (1941), Oregon. At Oregon since 1962.
PAUL B. JACOBSON, Ph.D., Dean of the School of Education; Director of Sum-
mer Sessions; Professor of Education.
B.A. (1922), Luther (Iowa); M.A. (1928), Ph.D. (1931), Iowa. At Oregon since 1947.
ROBERT C. JAMES, M.F.A., Associate Professor of Art.
A.B. (1952), California at Los Angeles; M.F.A. (1955), Cranbrook Academy. At Oregon
since 1955.
VICTOR K. JENSEN, M.S.W., Director of Field Placement Program, with the Rank
of Assistant Professor.
B.A. (1953), New Mexico; M.S.W. (1959), Washington. At Oregon since 1965.
LUTHER G. JERSTAD, M.A., Academic Adviser, with the Rank of Instructor.
B.A. (1958), Pacific Lutheran; M.A. (1962), Washington State. At Oregon 1962 and
since 1966.
BERTRAM E. JESSUP, Ph.D., Professor of Philosophy.
B.A. (1927), M.A. (1935), Oregon; Ph.D. (1938), California. At Oregon since 1936.
GEORGE S. JETTE, B.L.A., Professor of Landscape Architecture.
B.L.A. (1940), Oregon. At Oregon since 1941.
CARL L. JOHANNESSEN, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Geography.
B.A. (1950), M.A. (1953), Ph.D. (1959), California. At Oregon since 1959.
FACULTY 33
THEODORE B. JOHANNIS, JR., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Sociology.
B.A. (1948), M.A. (1948), Washington State; Ph.D. (1955), Florida State. At Oregon
since 195.3.
CARL L. JOHNSON, Ph.D., Professor of Romance Languages.
-B.A. (1924), M.A. (1925), Iowa; Ph.D. (1933), Harvard. At Oregon since 1935.
CHARLES E. JOHNSON, Ph.D., C.P.A., Dean of College of Liberal Arts; Professor
of Accounting.
B.A. (1942), M.B.A. (1948), Ph.D. (1952), Minnesota; C.P.A. (1949), District of Co-
lumbia. At Oregon since 1952.
DIXON C. JOHNSON, M.A., Assistant Dean of Students, with Rank of Instructor.
B.S. (f964), Oklahoma State. At Oregon since 1965.
DONALD N. JOHNSON, B.A., Associate Director of Planning Assistance Program,
Bureau of Municipal Research and Service, with the Rank of Professor.
B.A. (1946), Reed. At Oregon since 1959.
G. BENTON JOHNSON, JR., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Sociology; Assistant
. Head of Department.
B.A. (1947), North Carolina; M.A. (1953), Ph.D. (1954), Harvard. At Oregon since
1957.
GLORIA E. JOHNSON, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English.
B.A. (1944), Barnard; M.A. (1946), Ph.D. (1954), Columbia. At Oregon since 1959.
LEROY JOHNSON, JR., M.A., Assistant Curator of Anthropology; Assistant Pro-
fessor of Anthropology.
B.A. (1958), M.A. (1961), Texas. At Oregon since 1965.
LYMAN T. JOHNSON, M.A., Associate Professor of Architecture.
B.A. (1957), M.A. (1959), California at Los Angeles. At Oregon since 1966.
FAITH E. JOHNSTON, M.S., Assistant Professor of Home Economics.
B.S. (1929), Kansas State Teachers (Pittsburgh); M.S. (1933), Kansas State. At Oregon
since 1947. .
CATHERINE M. JONES, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Business. Education.
B.A. (1937), Iowa State Teachers; M.S. (1945), Oregon; M.Bus.Ed. (1952), Ed.D.
(1964), Colorado. At Oregon since 1946.
DONALD L. JONES, M.S., Assistant Director, Bureau of Municipal Research and
Service, with the Rank of Associate Professor.
B.S. (1954), M.S. (1962), Color.ado. At Oregon since 1963.
HOLWAY R. JONES, M.A., Head Social Science Librarian (Associate Professor).
B.A. (1948), B.L.S. (1951), M.A. (1957), California. At Oregon since 1963.
MARY V. JONES, M.A.T., M.A., Instructor in Romance Languages.
B.A. (1951), North Carolina; M.A.T. (1958), Johns Hopkins; DiplOme (1961), Sorbonne;
M.A. (1963), Middlehury. At Oregon since 1965.
WILLIAM C. JONES, Ph.D., Dean of Administration; Professor of Higher Edu-
cation; Director, Institute of College Teaching.
A.B. (1926), Whittier; M.B.A. (1929), Southern California; Ph.D. (1940), Minnesota.
At Oregon 1941-44, 1951·53, and since 1954.
JOSEPH G. JORGENSEN, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Anthropology.
B.S. (1956), A.M. (1960), Utah; Ph.D. (1964), Indiana. At Oregon since 1965.
ELLIS B. JUMP, D.M.D., Ph.D.,Professor of Anatomy, Dental School; Head of
Department.
A.B. (1932), Dartmouth; D.M.D. (1936), Harvard; Ph.D. (1944), Chicago. At Oregon
since 1947.
ANTHONY L. KADLEC, M.F.A., Assistant Professor of Speech.
B.A. (1952), Montana; M.F.A. (1957), Utah. At Oregon since 1964.
SlOMA KAGAN, Ph.D., Professor of International Business.
Diplom.-Ingenieur (1931), Technische Hochschule (Berlin); liLA. (1949), American Uni·
vcrsity; Pb.D. (1954), Columhia. At Oregon since 1960.
34 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
PAUL E. KAMBLY, Ph.D., Professor of Education.
B.Ed. (1930), Illinois State Normal; M.S. (1934), Ph.D. (1939), Iowa. At Oregon since
1946.
*SYLVAN N. KARCHMER, M.F.A., Professor of English.
B.F.A. (1949), M.F.A. (1950), Texas. At Oregon since 1950.
M. ALLAN KAYS, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Geology.
B.A. (1956), Southern Illinois; M.A. (1958), Ph.D. (1960), Washington University. At
Oregon since 1961.
JOHN F. W. KEANA, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
B.A.-(1961), Kalamazoo; Ph.D. (1965), Stanford. At Oregon since 1965.
HERMAN KEHRLI, M.A., Director, Bureau of Municipal Research and Service,.
with the Rank of Professor; Associate Professor of Political Science.
B.A. (1923), Reed; M.A. (1933), Minnesota. At Oregon since 1933.
J AROLD A. KEITH, M.Ed., Instructor in Education and Wrestling Coach.
B.S. (1956), M.Ed. (1961), Oregon State. At Oregon since 1966.
ROBERT E. KEITH, M.Arch., Associate Director of Urban Planning Program,
Bureau of Municipal Research and Service, with the Rank of Professor.
B.S. (1944), Kansas State; M.Arch. (1951), Oregon. At Oregon since 1963.
HOMER T. KELLER, M.M., Professor of Music (Theory and Composition).
B.M. (1937), M.M. (1938), Eastman School of Music. At Oregon since 1958.
CARDINAL L. KELLY, M.A., C.P.A., Professor Emeritus· of Business Administra-
tion.
Ph.B. (1911), Chicago; M.A. (1923), Ohio State; C.P.A., State of Nebraska (1922),
State of Oregon (1945). At Oregon since 1922.
ROBERT L. KELLY, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1959), St. Benedict's; M.A. (1962), Kansas. At Oregon since 1963.
WILLIAM J. KELLY, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1957), Brown; M.A. (1966), New York University. At Oregon since 1966.
EDWARD C. KEMP, JR., M.L.S., Acquisition Librarian (Assistant Professor).
A.B. (1951), Harvard; M.L.S. (1955), California. At Oregon since 1955.
JAMES C. KEMP, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics.
A.B. (1955), Ph.D. (1960), California. At Oregon since 1961.
ROBERT E. KEMPER, M.A., Assistant Professor of Librarianship.
B.A. (1958), Western State; M.A. (1963), Denver. At Oregon since 1966.
GORDON L. KENSLER, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Art Education; Research
Associate, Institute for Community Studies.
B.F.A. (1949), M.F.A. (1951), Art Institute of Chicago; Ed.D. (1964), Stanford. At
Oregon since 1966.
JAMES KEZER, Ph.D., Professor of Biology.
B.A. (1930), Iowa; M.S. (1937), Ph.D. (1948), C01'1lell. At Oregon since 1954.
CHULSOON KHANG, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Economics.
B.A. (1959), Michigan State; M.A. (1962), Ph.D. (1965), Minnesota. At Oregon since
1966.
JAROLD A. KIEFFER, Ph.D., Assistant to the President, with the Rank of Professor;
Associate Professor of Political Science.
B.A. (1947), Ph.D. (1950), Minnesota. At Oregon since 1963.
CHONG LIM KIM, M.A., Instructor in Political Science.
B.A. (1959), Seoul National University; M.A. (1964), Oregon. At Oregon sincc 1965.
DANIEL P. KIMBLE, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology.
B.A. (1956), Knox; Ph.D. (1961), Michigan. At Oregon since 1963.
* On leave of absence, winter and spring terms, 1966-67.
FACULTY 35
ROBERT E. KIME, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Health Education.
B.S. (1954), M.S. (1958), Wisconsin State (La Crosse); Ph.D. (1963), Ohio State. At
Oregon since 1963.
*GERALD A. KING, JR., B.A., Acting Assistant Professor of Sociology.
B.A. (1961), Texas Christian. At Oregon since 1966.
DONALD H. KIRSCH, B.S., Professor of Physical Educaation; Head Baseball
Coach; Freshman Basketball Coach.
B.S. (1943), Oregon. At Oregon since 1947.
JOANNE M. KITCHELL, B.A., Editor, Center for Advanced Study of Educational
Administration, with the Rank of Instructor.
B.A. (1950), Oregon. At Oregon since 1966.
LAURENCE R. KITTLEMAN, JR., Ph.D., Curator of Geology, Museum of Natural
History, with the Rank of Assistant Professor.
B.S. (1953), Colorado College; M.S. (1956), Colorado; Ph.D. (1962), Oregon. At Ore·
gon 1959·60 and since 1962.
EDWARD D. KITTOE, M;A., Assistant Professor of English.
B.A. (1931), M.A. (1936), Oregon. At Oregon since 1936.
GLENNIE M. K1TTOE, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1924), Wichita; M.A. (1939), Oregon. At Oregon 1946·49 and since 1957.
ALBERT R. KITZHABER, Ph.D., Professor of English.
B.A. (1939), Cae; M.A. (1941), Washington State; Ph.D. (1953), Washington. At Ore· "
gon since 1962.
ANNABEL R. KlTZHABER, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1938), Idaho; M.A. (1940), 'Vashington State. At Oregon since 1963.
THEODORE W. KLEINSASSER, M.F.A., Assistant Professor of Architecture.
A.B. (1951), M.F.A. (1956), Princeton. At Oregon since 1965.
PAUL KLEIN SORGE, Ph.D., Professor of Economics; Director, Institute of Indus-
trial and Labor Relations.
A.B. (1927), Ph.D. (1939), Stanford; M.B.A. (1929). Harvard. At Oregon since 1948.
LEROY H. KLEMM, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry.
B.S. (1941), Illinois; M.S. (1943), Ph.D. (1945), Michigan. At Oregon since 1952.
JAMES R. KLONOSKJ, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Political Science.
B.S. (1947), M.A. (1948), Minnesota; Ph.D. (1958), Michigan. At Oregon since 1961.
tCHARLES E. KLOPFENSTEIN, B.A., Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
B.A. (1962), Oregon. At Oregon since 1966.
JOSEPH E. KN1GHT, B.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1964), San Francisco. At Oregon since 1966.
PHYLLIS L. KNIGHT, B.S., Assistant Dean of Women, with the Rank of Instructor.
B.S. (1965), Oregon. At Oregon since 1965.
ERNESTO R. KNOLLlN, M.A., Professor Emeritus of Physical Education.
B.A. (1914), M.A. (1929), Stanfol·d. At Oregon since 1929.
RICHARD M. KOCH, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
B.A. (1961), Harvard; Ph.D. (1964), Princeton. At Oregon since 1966.
THOMAS KOENIG, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
B.S. (1959), Sonthern Methodist; Ph.D. (1963), TIlinois. At Oreg"on since 1963.
ROBERT D. KOLER, M.D., Professor of Medicine, Medical School; Head of Divi-
sion of Hematology and Experimental Medicine.
B.A. (1945), M.D. (1947), Oregon. At Oregon since 1953.
TONY N. KOM, M.L.A., M.S., Planning Consultant, Bureau of Municipal Re-
search and Service, with the Rank of Assistant Professor.
B.S. (1953), Washington State; M.S. (1954), Rutgers; M.L.A. (1960), California. At
Oregon since 1964.
* On leave of absence, fall and winter terms, 1966-67.
t On leave of absence 1966·67.
.-._._"...- '-,.-~-~-"'......,,~....,....,..,= ......)>'"'!'...~:_~.__ .~,~_k ...........,.,,!!1~~,........."'li""""·_:~1
 
~ 
36 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON 
THOMAS KOPLIN, Ph.D., Professor of Economics. 
B.A. (1947), Oberlin; Ph.D. (1952}, Cornell. At Oregon since 1950. 
JERZY KOSTROWICKI, Ph.D., Visiting Professor of Geography. 
M.S. (1947), Ph.D. (1951), Warsaw. At Oregon since 1966. 
LAVERNE KRAUSE, B.S., Visiting Assistant Professor of Art. 
B.S. (1946), Oregon. At Oregon since 1966. 
JOHN W. KREITZ, M.S., Lieutenant Colonel, U.S. Air Force; Professor of Aero­
space Studies. 
B.B.A. (1954), Minnesota; M.S. (1956), Colorado. At Oregon since 1964. 
EDMUND P. KREMER, J.U.D., Professor Emeritus of Germanic Languages. 
J.U.D. (1924), Frankfort on Main. At Oregon since 1928. 
*ELWOOD A. KRETSINGER, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech. 
B.A. (1939), Southeastern State (Oklahoma); M.A. (1941), Oklahoma; Ph.D. (1951), 
Southern California. At Oregon since 1952. . 
CLARICE KRIEG, A.M., Head Catalog Librarian (Professor). 
B.A. (1932), Iowa; B.S. in L.S. (1933), A.M. (1935), Illinois. At Oregon since 1941. 
WILLIAM W. KRIPPAEHNE, M.D., Kenneth A. J. Mackenzie Professor of Surgery, 
Medical School; Chairman of Department. 
I
 
B.S. (1943), Washington; M.D. (1946), Oregon. At Oregon since 1953. 
HAROLD J. KUGELMASS, B.S., Instructor in English. 
B.A. (1964), College of City of New York. At Oregon since 1966. 
DANIEL H. LABBY, M.D., Professor of Medicine, Medical School; Head of Divi­
sion of Diabetes and Metabolism. 
B.A. .(935), Reed; M.D. (1939), Oregon. At Oregon since 1947. 
FRANK R. LACY, J.D., LL.M., Professor of Law. 
A.B. (1946), Harvard; J.D. (1948), Iowa; LL.M. (1958),.New York. At Oregon 1949-55 
and since 1957. 
ROBERT L. LACY, M.F.A., Visiting Professor of English. 
B.J. (1962), Texas; M.F.A. (1966), Iowa. At Oregon since 1966. 
JOHN E. LALLAS, Ed.D., Director, Office of Planning and Institutional Research, 
with the Rank of Professor; Associate Professor of Education. 
B.A. (1947), Washington; B.A. (1952), Western Washington; Ed.D. (1956), Stanford. 
At Oregon since 1957. 
JOANNE K. LAMBETH, M.Ed., Instructor in Education. 
B.S. (1952), Eastern Oregon; M.Ed. (1965), Oregon. At Oregon since 1966. 
EDNA LANDROS, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Emeritus of Classical Languages. 
A.B. (1913), Kansas; A.M. (1921), Arizona; Ph.D. (1935), Oregon. At Oregon since 
1928. 
ROBERT G. LANG, D. Phil., Assistant Professor of History. 
A.B. (1955), Columbia; D.Phil. (1963), Oxford. At Oregon since 1964. 
ROBERT L. LANG, D.D.S., Professor of Dentistry, Dental School; Head of De­
partment of Crown and Bridge. 
B.S. (1939), Portland; M.A. (1941), D.M.D. (1944), Oregon. At Oregon since 1952; 
VINCENT LANIER, Ed.D., Professor of Art Education. 
B.A. (1947), M.A. (1948), Ed.D. (1954), New York University. At Oregon since 1966. 
LARRY D. LARGE, B.S., Admissions Counselor, with the Rank of Instructor. 
B.S. (1964), Portland State. At Oregon sinee 1965. 
tALLAN R. LARRABBEE, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 
B.S. (1957), Bucknell; Ph.D. (1962), Massachusetts Institnte of Technology. At Oregon 
since 1966. 
DAN R. LARSON, B.A., Instructor in English. 
B.A. (1963), Moorhead State. At Oregon since 1965. 
* On leave of absence, spring term, 1966-67. 
t On leave of absence 1966-67. 
37 FACULTY 
RAYMOND L. LARSON, M.B.A., Instructor in Accounting. 
B.A. (1957), M.B.A. (1963), Washington State. At Oregon since 1965. 
CATHERINE M. LAURIS, B.A., Managing Editor, University of Oregon Books, with 
the Rank of Instructor. 
B.A. (1940), Oregon. At Oregon since 1966. 
DOUGLAS W. LAWDER, JR., B.A., Instructor in English. 
B.A. (1957), Kenyon. At Oregon since 1966. 
PATRICIA A. LAWRENCE, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History of Art. 
B.A. (1956), M.A. (1957), Ph.D. (1962), California. At Oregon since 1962. 
*JOHN V. LEAHY, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 
B.A. (1960), Ph.D. (1965), Pennsylvania. At Oregon since 1966. 
ROBERT W. LEARY, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology. 
A.B. (1944), A.M. (1948), Stanford; Ph.D. (1956), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1956. 
IRA n LEE, M.M.E., Associate Professor of Music (Music Education). 
B.M.E. (1946), M.M.E. (1947), Colorado. At Oregon since 1950. 
ROBERT W. LEEPER, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology. 
B.A. (1925), Allegheny; M.A. (1928), Ph.D. (1930), Clark. At Oregon sincc 1937. 
HARLAN W. LEFEVRE, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics. 
B.A. (1951), Reed; M.S. (1957), Idaho; Ph.D. (1961),.Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1961. 
MAURICE R. LEGRiS, M.A., Instructor in English. 
B.A., B.Ph. (1954), Ottawa; M.A. (1957), North Carolina. At Oregon since 1965. 
*CHARLEY A. LEISTNER, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech; Head of Depart­
ment. 
B.A. (1949), Georgetown College; M.A. (1950), Baylor; Ph.D: (1958), Missonri. At 
Oregon since 1962. .' 
HERBERT C. LEMQN, M.D., Associate University Physician, with the Rank of Pro­
fessor. 
B.A. (1952), M.D. (1960), Nebraska. At Oregon since 1964. 
ALBERT LEONG, B.A., Acting Assistant Professor of Slavic Languages. 
B.A. (1961), Chicago. At Oregol1 since 1966. 
ESTHER J. LEONG, B.A., Visiting Lecturer in Art History. 
B.A. (1962), M.A. (1964), Chicago.' At Oregon since 1966. 
*WOLFGANG A. LEPPMANN, Ph.D., Professor of Germanic Languages; Head of 
Department of German and Russian. 
B.A. (1948), M.A. (1949), McGill; Ph.D. (1952), Princeton. At Oregon since 1954. 
ESTHER H. LESER, B.A., Instructor in French and German. 
Dip!. (1944), Sacre-Coeur; B.A. (1960), Marylhnrst. At Oregon since 1965. 
DON S. LEVI, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Philosophy. 
B.A. (1956), Wisconsin; M.A. (1961), Ph.D. (1964), Harvard. At Oregon since 1964. 
GERSON L. LEVIN, Ph.D., Visiting Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 
B.A. (1961), Pennsylvania; M.A. (1962), Ph.D. (1965), Chicago. At Oregon since 1966. 
PETER M. LEWiNSOHN, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology. 
B.S. (1951), Allegheny; M.A. (1953), Ph.D. (1955), Johns Hopkins. At Oregon since 
1965. 
GENE R. LEWIS, M.M., M.A., Instructor in Music (Brass Instruments). 
B.M. (1954), Texas Western; M.M. (1958), Manhattan SchOOl of Music; Prof. Dip., 
M.A. (1960) , Columbia. At Oregon sinee 1965. . 
HOWARD P. LEWIS, M.D., Professor of Medicine, Medical School; Chairman of 
Department. 
B.S. (1924), Oregon State; M.D. (1930), Oregon. At Oregon since 1932. 
* On leave of absence 1966-67. 
38 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
PAUL M. LEWIS, M.A., Lecturer in Romance Languages; Assistant University
Editor, with the Rank of Assistant Professor.
B.J.(l948), Missouri; M.A. (1961), Oregon. At Oregon since 1966.
EDWARD LlCHTENSTEIN, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology.
B.A. (1956), Duke; M.A. (1957), Ph.D. (1961), Michigan. At Oregon since 1966.
MARVIN E. LICKEY, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology.
B.A. (1959), Oberlin; M.A. (1962), Ph.D. (1964), Michigan. At Oregon since 1966.
HANS A. LINDE, LL.B., Professor of Law.
B.A. (1947), Reed; LL.B.(l950), California. At Oregon 1954 and since 1959.
RICHARD W. LINDHOLM, Ph.D., Dean of the School of Business Administration;
Professor of Finance.
A.B. (1935), Gustavus Adolphus; M.A. (1938), Minnesota; Ph.D. (1942), Texas. At
Oregon since 1958.
HOWARD A. LINDSTROM, M.A., Assistant Head, Audiovisual Media Center (Assist-
ant Professor).
B.S. (1957), Southern Oregon; M.A. (1966), San Jose State. At Oregon since 1966.
]. ORVILLE LINDSTROM, B.S., Director of Fiscal Affairs, with the Rank of Pro-
fessor.
B.S. (1932), Oregon. At Oregon since 1932.
ARTHUR P. LITCHMAN, Director of Public Relations and Promotion, Athletic De-
partment, with the Rank of Associate Professor.
At Oregon since 1956.
RICHARD A. LITTMAN, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology; Head of Department.
A.B. (1943), George Washington; Ph.D. (1948), Ohio State. At Oregon since 1948.
WALTER e LOBITZ, ] R., M.D., Professor of Dermatology, Medical School; Head
of Division.
B.S. (1939), B.M. (1940), M.D. (1941), Cincinnati. At Oregon siuce 1959.
ROBERT R. LOCKARD, M.A., Social Science Librarian (Senior Instructor).
B.A. (1952), Colorado State College of Education; M.A. (1956), Denver. At Oregon
since 1961.
ROBIN B. LODEWICK, M.L.S., Catalog Librarian (Instructor).
B.A. (1959), Brooklyn; M.L.S. (1961), Rutgers. At Oregon since 1961.
HENRY L. LOEB, Ph.D., Visiting Associate Professor of Mathematics.
B.S. (1949), Wisconsin; M.A. (1958), Columbia; Ph.D. (1965), California at Los An·
geles. At Oregon since 1966.
FRANK H. LOGGAN, B.A., Lecturer in ] ournalisrtl.
B.A. (1926), Oregon. At Oregon since 1966.
ALFRED L. LOMAX, M.A., Professor Emeritus of Business Administration.
B.B.A. (1923), Oregon; M.A. (1927), Pennsylvania. At Oregon since 1919.
AVARD e LONG, M.D., eM., Associate University Physician, with the Rank of
Associate Professor.
B.Sc. (1938), New Hampshire; M.Sc. (1940), Cornell; M.D., C.M. (1944), McGill. At
Oregon since 1965.
RICHARD ]. LONG, M.S., Reference Librarian (Instructor).
B.S. (1949), Pennsylvania State; M.S. (1966), Oregou. At Oregon since 1966.
VAL R. LORWIN, Ph.D., Professor of History.
B.A. (1927), Ph,D. (1953), Cornell; M.A. (1929), Ohio State. At Oregon since 1957.
GEORGE ]. LOSCALZO, M.A., Instructor in Mathematics.
B.S. (1955), St. Joseph's; M.A. (1966), Oregon. At Oregon siuce 1966.
] OHN LOUGHARY, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education.
B.S. (1952), Oregon; M.A. (1956), Ph.D. (1958), Iowa State. At Oregon 1962-64, and
since 1965.
FACULTY 39
GLEN A. LOV.E, Pb.D., Assistant Professor of Engi,ish; Director of English Com-
position.
B.A. (1954), M.A. (1959), Ph.D. (1964), Washington. At Oregon since 1965.
LLOYD L. LOVELL, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education.
B.A. (1947), Lawrence; M.S. (1951), Minnesota; Ph.D. (1955), Cornell. At Oregon
since 1959.
HOWARD C. LOVERING, B.A., Planning Technician, Bureau of Municipal Research
and Service, with the Rank of Instructor.
B.A. (1962), Washington. At Oregon since 1966.
RONALD J. LOVINGER, M.L.A., Assistant Professor of Landscape Architecture.
B.F.A. (1961), Illinois; l\1.L.A. (1963), Pennsylvania. At Oregon since 1965.
RAYMOND N. LOWE, Ed.D., Professor of Education.
B.S.Ed. (1940), Massachusetts State (Fitchburg); M.A. (1948), Ecl.D. (1951), North-
western. At Oregon since 1955.
FRANKLIN LOWENTHAL, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
B.S. (1959), City College of New York; M.S. (1962), Ph.D. (1965), Stanford. At Oregon
since 1965.
Kuo HWA Lu, Ph.D., Professor. of Biostatistics, Dental School; Head of De-
partment.
B.S. (1945), National Central University, Chungking; M.S. (1948), Ph.D. (1951), Minne-
sota. At Oregon since 1960.
ERNEST H. LUND, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Geology.
B.S. (1944), Oregon; Ph.D. (1950), Minnesota. At Oregou siuce 1957.
GERALD H. LUNDY, M.S., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1950), M.S. (1958), Oregon. At Oregon since 1964.
CHRIS J. LUNESKI, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Accounting and Business Statis-
tics.
A.B. (1956), Johns Hopkins; M.A. (1959), Ph.D. (1965), Minnesota. At Oregon since
1961.
DONLYN LYNDON, M.F.A., Associate Professor of Architecture; Head of Depart-
ment.
A.B. (1957), M.F.A. (1959), Princeton. At Oregon since 1964.
ARTHUR E. MACE, Ph.D., Professor of Business Statistics.
B.A. (1938), Amherst; Ph.D. (1947), Chicago. At Oregon since 1964.
JOHN MACGREGOR, B.A., Assistant Professor of Sociology.
B.A. (1961), Maine. At Oregon since 1965.
JACK P. MADDEX, JR., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History.
B.A. (1963), Princeton; Ph.D. (1966), North Carolina. At Oregon since 1966.
BRUNO V. MADRID, M.Mus., Instructor in Physical Education.
B.Mus. (1955), Santo Tomas; M.Mus. (1963), Oreg@n.At Oregon since 1966.
DAVID B. MAHLER, Ph.D., Professor ofDental Materials, Dental School; Head of
Department.
B.S. (1944), M.S. (1948), Ph.D. (1956), Michigan. At Oregon since 1956.
EUGENE A. MAlEH, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics.
B.A. (1950), M.A. (1951), Ph.D. (1954), Oregon. At Oregon since 1961.
STODDARD MALARKEY, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English.
A.B. (1955), Reed; l\1.Ed. (1960), Oregon State; Ph.D. (1964), Oregon. At Oregon 1961-
64, and since 1965.
GREGORY P. MALTBY, M.S., Assistant Professor of Education.
B.S. (1955), M.S. (1956), Illinois State. At Oregon since 1966.
THERESA M_ MALUMPHY, M.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
B.S. (1954), State Teachers College (Bridgewater, Mass.); M.S. (1957), Wisconsin. At
Oregon since 1959.
40 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
DOROTHY M. MANNING, M.L., Catalog Librarian (Instructor).
B.S. in Ed. (1948), New York College of Education (Buffalo); M.L. (1963), Washington.
At Oregon since 1963.
HAROLD D. MANNING, M.A., Instructor in Romance Languages.
B.A. (1961), M.A. (1964), Brigham Young. At Oregon since 1964.
THOMAS W.MAPP, B.A., LL.B., Associate Professor of Law.
B.A. (1950), Rochester; LL.B. (1956), Illinois. At Oregon since 1964.
RAYMOND MARIELS, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.S. (1960), Portland State; M.A. (1963), Oregon. At Oregon since 1963.
MARGARET MARKLEY, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Senior Catalog Librarian (Assistant
Professor) .
A.B. (1933), Southwest Missouri State; B.S. in L.S. (1941), Illinois. At Oregon since
1945.
ELISABETH A. MARLOW, M.A., Instructor in Romance Languages.
Dipl6me (1953), Ecole de Hautes Etudes Commerciales (Paris); M.A. (1958), Oregon.
At Oregon since 1958.
MALCOLM M. MARQUIS, M.D., Associate University Physician, with the Rank of
Professor.
B.S. (1953), Oregon State; M.D. (1961), Oregon. At Oregon since 1963.
*THOMAS E. MARSHALL, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Romance Languages.
B.A. (1945), M.A. (1946), Ph.D. (1959), California. At Oregon since 1953.
*GENE E. MARTIN, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Geography.
B.A. (1949), M.A. (1952), Washington; Ph.D. (1955), Syracuse. At Oregon since 1956.
GEORGE B. MARTIN, D.Ed., Visiting Professor of Education.
B.S. (1930), M.A. (1938), Ed.D. (1944), California. At Oregon since 1966.
WALTER T. MARTIN, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology; Head of Department.
B.A. (1943), M.A. (1947), Ph.D. (1949), Washington. At Oregon since 1947.
MELTON C. MARTINSON, M.S., Assistant Professor of Education.
B.S. (1953), River Ralls (Wisconsin); M.S. (1960), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1965.
MARIE R. MASON, M.A., Senior Instructor in Mathematics.
B.A. (1921), Oregon; M.A. (1929), Columbia. At Oregon since 1943.
JOSEPH D. MATARAZZO, Ph.D., Professor of Medical Psychology, Medical School;
Chairman of Department.
B.A. (1946), Brown; M.S ..(1950), Ph.D. (1952), Northwestern. At Oregon since 1957.
THEODORE K. MATTHES, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
B.S. (1955), California Institute of Technology; Ph.D. (1960), Columbia. At Oregon
since 1962.
ESTHER E. MATTHEWS, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education.
B.S. (1940), Massachusetts State; NLEd. (1943), Ed.D. (1960), Harvard. At Oregon
since 1966.
FRED A. MATTHIAS, B.B.A., Business Manager, Medical School, (Associate Pro-
fessor) .
RB.A: (1949), Oregon. At Oregon since 1956.
BRIAN W. MATTSON, B.S., Associate Planner, Bureau of Municipal Research and
Service, with the Rank of Assistant Professor.
B.S. (1957), Michigan State. At Oregon since 1964.
ROBERT H. MATTSON, D.Ed., Associate Professor of Education.
B.A. (1949), Montana; M.A. (1950), Iowa; D.Ed. (1959), Oregon. At Oregon since 1957.
STANLEY R. MAVEETY, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English; Assistant Head of
Department.
B.S. (1943), Northwestern; M.A. (1950), Columbia; Ph.D. (1956), Stanford. At Oregon
since 1955.
* On leave of absence 1966-67.
FACULTY 41
LAWRENCE C. MAVES, JR., M.Mus., Assistant Professor of Music (Violin, Theory).
B.Mus. (1954), M.Mus. (1959), Oregon; Diploma (1958), Juilliard School of Music. At
Oregon since 1958.
EDWARD L. MAYO, M.A., Visiting Associate Professor of English.
B.A. (1932), M.A. (1936), Minnesota. At Oregon since 1966.
ROBERT M. MAZO, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry; Research Associate, Institute
of Theoretical Science.
B.A. (1952), Harvard; M.S. (1953), Ph.D. (1955), Yale. At Oregon since 1962.
HAROLD V. McABEE, D.Ed., Educational Program Director, with the Rank of
Instructor, Tongue Point Job Corps Center.
A.B. (1943), Willamette; M.Ed. (1950), Washington; B.S. (1952), Southern Oregon;
D.Ed. (1957), Oregon. At Oregon since 1965.
ALEXANDER R. McBIRNEY, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Geology.
B.S. (1946), U.S. Military Academy (West Point); Ph.D. (1961), California at Berkeley.
At Oregon since 1965.
IAN E. MCCARTHY, Ph.D., Professor of Physics.
B.S. (1950, Ph.D. (1955), University of Adelaide (Australia). At Oregon since 1965.
JOEL W. MCCLURE, JR., Ph.D., Professor of Physics.
B.S. (1949), M.S. (1951), Northwestern, Ph.D. (1954), Chicago. At Oregon 1954·56 and
since 1961.
ROBERT R. MCCOLLOUGH, M.A., M.S., Head Humanities Librarian; Associate
Professor of Librarianship.
B.A. (1940), M.A. (1942), Wyoming; M.S. (1950), Columbia. At Oregon since 1950.
BAYARD H. MCCONNAUGHEY, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Biology.
B.A. (1938), Pomona; M.A. (1940, Hawaii; Ph.D. (1948), California. At Oregon since
1948.
DAVID J. MCCOSH, Professor of Art.
Grad. (1927), Art Institnte of Chicago. At Oregon since 1934.
REYBURN R. MCCREADY, M.A., Reference Librarian (Senior Instructor).
B.A. (1950), John Brown; M.A. (1961), Denver. At Oregon since 1961.
DAVID K. McDANIELS, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics.
B.S. (1951), Washington State; M.S. (1958), Ph.D. (1960), Washington. At Oregon
since 1963.
PATRICIA N. R. McDANIELS, B.A., Humanities Librarian (Instructor).
B.A. (1955), Whitman. At Oregon since 1966.
JUNE K. McFEE, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Art Education; Director, Institute
for Community Art Studies.
B.A. (1939), Washington; M.Ed. (1954), Central Washington; Ed.D. (1957), Stanford.
At Oregon since 1965.
MALCOLM McFEE, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Anthropology.
B.A. (1956), San Jose State; M.A. (1958), Ph.D. (1962), Stanford. At Oregon since
1965.
MICHAEL E. MCGOLDRICK, M.A., Visiting Assistant Professor of Economics.
B.A. (1959), M.A. (1962), Stanford. At Oregon since 1965.
PHILIP 1. MCHUGH, B.S., Assistant Football and Basketball Coach, with the Rank
of Assistant Professor; Instructor in Physical Education.
B.S. (1957), Oregon. At Oregon since 1958.
ALLAN D. MACKENZIE, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History of Art.
B.A. (1952), San Jose State; M.A. (1955), California; Ph.D. (1965), New York Univer·
sity. At Oregon since 1966.
MICHAEL P. MCKINNEY, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1965), Hanston; M.A. (1966), Indiana. At Oregon since 1966.
WALTEH N. MCLAUGHLIN, B.S., C.P.A., Business Manager, with the Rank of Pro-
fessor.
B.S. (1949), Oregon; C.P.A. (1954), State of Oregon. At Oregon since 1954.
42 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
ADELL McMILLAN, M.S., Assistant Director for Programs, Student Union, with
the Rank of Assistant Professor.
B.A. (1955), Whitman; M.S. (1963), Oregon. At Oregon since 1955.
PATRICIA A. H. McNEILL, M.S., Senior Instructor in Biology.
B.S. (1961), M.S. (1964), Manchester. At Oregon since 1966.
CORINNE C. McNEIR, M.S. in L.S., Documents Librarian, with the Rank of Assist-
ant Professor.
B.A. (1930), Rice; M.S. in L.S. (1957), Louisiana State. At Oregon since 1961.
W AWO F. McNEIR, Ph.D., Professor of English.
B.A. (1929), Rice; M.A. (1932), Ph.D. (1940), North Carolina. At Oregon since 1961.
JAMES R. MCWILLIAMS, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Germanic Languages.
B.A. (1951), M.A. (1957), Ph.D. (1963), California. At Oregon since 1960.
MELVIN F. MEAD, M.Ed., Instructor in Education.
B.S. (1950), M.Ed. (1960), Oregon. At Oregon since 1966.
THOMAS C. MEADOR, M.A., Instructor, Division of Broadcast Services.
B.A. (1964), M.A. (1965), Michigan State. At Oregon since 1965.
PAUL B. MEANS, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Religion.
B.A. (1915), Yale; B.Litt. (1923), Oxford; Ph.D. (1935), Columbia. At Oregon since
1941.
HOSHANG P. MEHTA, Ph.D., Visiting Professor of Education.
B.A. (1937), Karachi; Ph.D. (1943), Poona; M.A. (1947), Calcutta. At Oregon since
1966.
PERIN H. MEHTA, Ph.D., Visiting Associate Professor, University Counseling
Center.
B.A. (1946), M.A. (1948), Bombay; liLA. (1950), Patna; M.A. (1953), Ph.D. (1954),
Columbia. At Oregon since 1966.
NORMAN D. MEINKE, M.A., Instructor in English.
. B.A. (1959), San Francisco State; M.A. (1962), Oregon. At Oregon since 1966.
JOHN R. MENNINGER, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Biology; Research Associate,
Institute of Molecular Biology.
B.A. (1957), Ph.D. (1964), Harvard. At Oregon since 1966.
WAYNE V. MERCHEN, M.U.P., Assistant Planner, Bureau of Municipal Research
and Service, with the Rank of Assistant Professor.
B.A. (1960), Fresno State; M.D.P. (1964), Washington. At Oregon since 1964.
LEROY C. MERRITT, Ph.D., Dean, School of Librarianship; Professor o(Librarian-
ship.
B.A. (1935), Wisconsin; Ph.D. (1942), Chicago. At Oregon since 1966.
ERNST MERZRATH, Instructor in Mathematics; Research Assistant, Statistical
Laboratory and Computing Center.
Staatsex (1965), Hamburg. At Oregon since 1965.
*KENNETH T. METZLER, B.S., Editor, Old Oregon, with the Rank of Associate
Professor.
B.S. (1956), Oregon. At Oregon since 1960.
MARY C. MEYER, M.A., Head Circulation Librarian (Assistant Professor).
B.A. (1959), M.A. (1961), Minnesota. At Oregon since 1961.
RAYMOND F. MIKESELL, Ph.D., IN. E. Miner Professor of Economics.
B.A. (1935), M.A. (1935), Ph.D. (1939), Ohio State. At Oregon since 1957.
FRED N. MILLER, M.D., Professor Emeritus of Health Education.
B.A. (1914), M.A. (1916), Lafayette; M.D. (1924), Chicago. At Oregon since 1925.
GRACE E. MILLER, M.A., Instructor in Home Economics.
B.A. (1938), Drake; "LA. (1954), Oregon. At Oregon since 1966.
* On sabbatical leave 1966-67.
FACULTY 43
JAMES A. MILLER, A.Mus.D., Assistant Professor of Music (Voice).
B.A. (1952), Goshen; M.Mus. (1956), A.Mus.D. (1963), Michigan. At Oregon since 1965.
MARIAN H. MILLER, M.D., Associate University Physician, with the Rank of Pro-
fessor.
B.A. (1925), M.D. (1930), Oregon. At Oregon since 1931.
SUSAN J. MILLER, M.Ed., Senior Instructor in Education.
B.S. (1955), ilLEd. (1962), Oregon. At Oregon since 1962.
WALTER L. MILLER, M.S., Instructor in Education.
B.S. (1948), M.S. (1951), Oregon. At Oregon since 1966.
EDWARD MILOWICKI, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1958), Wilkes; M.A. (1962), Duquesne. At Oregon since 1963.
JOHN B. MINER, Ph.D., Professor of Management.
A.B. (1950), Ph.D. (1955), Princeton; M.A. (1952), Clark. At Oregon since 1960.
RALPH E. MINER, M.A., Research Associate, Bureau of Municipal Research and
Service, with the Rank of Associate Professor.
B.A. (1950), San Jose State; M.A. (1961), Oregon. At Oregon silJce 1964.
ARTURO MIRO-CAYUELA, B.A., Visiting Lecturer in Romance Languages.
B.A. (1950), Granada; Lic. (1955), Barcelona. At Oregon since 1966.
JOYCE M. MITCHELL, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Politcial Science.
B.A. (1952), Pomona; M.A. (1954), California at Los Angeles; Ph.D. (1964), Cali·
fornia. A t Oregon since 1960.
WILLIAM C. MITCHELL, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Political Science.
B.A. (1950), Michigan State; M.A. (1951), Illinois; Ph.D. (1960), Harvard. At Oregon
since 1960.
ARTHUlI MITTMAN, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education.
B.A. (1947), M.S. (1950), Ph.D. (1958), Iowa. At Oregon since 1963.
HIROSHI MIYAjI, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Japanese.
B.A. (1952), Kyoto; M.A. (1961), Ph.D. (1965), Stanford. At Oregon since 1965.
WALTER R. MOBERLY, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Biology.
B.A. (1962), California; M.A. (1%4), Ph.D. (1966), Michigan. At Oregon since 1966.
FRED J. MOHR, B.A., Special Assistant to the Dean of the Graduate School, with
the Rank of Assistant Professor.
B.A. (1956), Oregon. At Oregon since 1962.
ERNEST G. MOLL, A.M., Professor Emeritus of English.
A.B. (1922), Lawrenee; A.M. (1923), Harvard. At Oregon sinee 1928.
WILLIAM MONTAGNA, Ph.D., D.Sc., Professor of Experimental Biology, Medical
School; Head of Division.
B.A. (1936), Ph.D. (1944), Cornell; D.Sc. (1960), Bethany. At Oregon since 1963.
KIRT E. MONTGOMERY, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech.
A.B. (1930), Carroll; M.A. (1939), Ph.D. (1948), Northwestern. At Oregon 1941-43 and
since 1945.
PATRICIA MONTGOMERY, M.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
B.P.H.E. (1951), Toronto; M.S. (1957), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1958.
JUDITH A. MOOMAW, M.A., Catalog Librarian, with the Rank of Instructor.
B.A. (1%1), Nebraska; M.A. (1965), Michigan. At Oregon since 1%5.
CARLISLE MOORE, Ph.D., ProfessOl- of English.
B.A. (1933), M.A. (1934), Ph.D. (1940), Princeton. At Oregon since 1946.
J OSEPillNE S. MOORE, B.s., Manager of News Bureau, with the Rank of Assistant
Professor.
B.S. (1931), Oregon. At Oregon since 1946.
JENNELLE V, MOORHEAD, M.S., Professor of Health Education.
B.A. (1925), Willamette; M.S. (1948), Oregon. At Orego" since 1946.
44 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
ROBERT W. MORRIS, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Biology.
A.B. (1942), Wichita; M.S. (1948), Oregon State; Ph.D. (1954), Stanford. At Oregon
since 1955.
VICTOR P. MORRIS, Ph.D.,H. T. Miner Professor Emeritus of Business Admin-
istration.
B.A. (1915), M.A. (1920), Oregon; Ph.D. (1930), Columbia. At Oregon 1919-20 aud
since 1926.
ANDREW F. MOURSUND, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics; Head of Department.
B.A. (1923), M.A. (1927), Texas; Ph.D; (1932), Brown. At Oregon since 1931.
EARL E. MOURSUND, M.Arch., Reg. Archt., Associate Professor of Architecture.
B.S. (1949), Texas; J\1.Arch. (1951), Cranbrook Academy; Reg. Archt. (1951), State of
Texas. At Oregon since 1955.
Lu~u V. MOURSUND, M.A., Instructor in Mathematics.
Ph.B. (1929), M.A. (1930), Brown. At Oregon 1956-57 and since 1961.
THOMAS F. MUNDLE, M.A., Assistant Professor Emeritus of English.
M.A. (1923), St. Andrews. At Oregon since 1940.
CORLEE MUNSON, M.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
B.A. (1948), Colorado State College; M.S. (1956), Washington. At Oregon since 1959.
FREDERICK W. MUNZ, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Biology.
B.A. (1950), Pomona; M.A. (1952), Ph.D. (1958), California at Los Angeles. At Orcgon
since 1959.
GORDON J. MURPHY, M.S., Instructor in Biology.
B.S. (1953), Oregon State; M.S. (1958), Soutlt Dakota. At Oregon 1962-64, and since
1965.
JAMES D. MURRAY, B.S., Division of Broadcast Services (Instructor).
B.S. (1961), Lewis & Clark. At Oregon since 1966.
ERNEST MUSTER, Instructor in Architecture.
At Oregon since 1961.
WILLIAM E. NAFF, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Oriental Languages.
B.A. (1953), M.A. (1959)-, Ph.D. (1965), Washington. At Oregon since 1962.
LARRY L. NEAL, M.S., Instructor in Recreation Management.
B.S. (1961), M.S. (1962), Oregon. At Oregon since 1965.
LUCILLE R. NEEDHAM, M.S., Instructor in Business Administration.
B.S. (1945), M.S (1948), Oregon. At Oregon 1946-55,1960, and since 1963.
JOHN R. NELSON, JR., M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1959), Hamilton; M.A. (1962), Maine. At Oregon since 1962.
LOIS E. NELSON, M.S., Assistant Professor of Home Economics.
B.S. (1948), North Dakota State; M.S. (1950), Cornell. At Oregon since 1959.
R. PAUL NELSON, M.S., Associate Professor of Journalism.
B.S. (1947), M.S. (1955), Oregon. At Oregon sil,"e 1955.
KARL J. NESTVOLD, M.S., Assistant Professor of Journalism.
B.S. (1954), Wyoming; M.S. (1960), Orgeon. At Orcgon since 1961.
MARTHA M. NEWELL, M.P.S., Counselor, Office of Student Affairs, with the Rank
of Instructor.
B.A. (1947), M.P.S. (1947), Colorado; B.D. (1959), Yale. At Oregon since 1963.
FRANCES S. NEWSOM, M.A., Architecture and Allied Arts Librarian (Senior In-
structor).
B.A. (1928), Oregon; M.A. (1953), Denver. At Oregon since 1950.
ROGER A. NICHOLLS, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Germanic Languages; Acting
Department Head.
B.A. (1949), Oxford; Ph.D. (1953), California. At Oregon since 1963.
FACULTY 45
MERRILL S. NICHOLSON, B.A., Major, U.S. Air Force; Assistant Professor of
Aerospace Studies.
B.A. (1950), Ohio University. At Oregon since 1965.
FRANCIS B. NICKERSON, D.Ed., Associate Dean of Students, with the Rank of Pro·
fessor; Associate Professor of Education.
B.S. (1940), M.S. (1954), D.Ed. (1958), Oregon. At Oregon since 1963.
MARGARET A. NIELSEN, M.A., Editor, Bureau of Educational Research and Serv·
ice, with the Rank of Instructor.
A.B. (1928), Nehraska; M.A. (1931), Northwestern. At Oregon since 1965.
]ERRvL. NIELSON, B.A., Assistant Professor of Interior Architecture; Special
Assistant to the Dean for Curriculum.
B.A. (1958), \Vashington. At Oregon since 1962.
CVRUS R. NIMS, B.Arch., Planning Consultant, Bureau of Municipal Research
and Service, with the Rank of Associate Professor.
B.Arch. (1947), Oregon. At Oregon since 1963.
CHARLES T. NISBETT, M.B.A., Instructor in Economics.
B.S. (1958), Kalamazoo; M.B.A. (1959), Bloomington. At Oregon sinee 1966.
IVAN M. NIVEN, Ph.D., Professor of Mathen;atics.
B.A. (1934), M.A. (1936), British Colnmbia; Ph.D. (1938), Chicago. At Oregon since
1947.
C. MAX NIXON, B.F.A., Associate Professor of Applied Design.
B.F.A. (1939), Kansas. At Oregon 1956-57 and since 1958.
PIETRO W. NOBILE, Assistant Professor in Romance Languages.
Dottore in Materie Letterarie (1959), Salerno (Italy). At Oregon since 1964.
W. SCOTT NOBLES, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech.
B.A. (1947), Southeastern State (Oklahoma); M.A. (1948), Western Reserve; Ph.D.
(1955), Louisiana State. At Oregon since 1955.
WALLIS C. N OSU:R, B.B.S., Assistant Dean of Students, with the Rank of In-
structor.
B.D.S. (1960), Oregon. At Oregon since 1966.
AARON NOVICK, Ph.D., Professor of Biology; Director, Institute of Molecular
Biology.
B.S. (1940), Ph.D. (1943), Chicago. At Oregon since 1959.
EDWARD NOVITSKI, Ph.D., Professor of Biology; Head of Department.
B.S. (1938), Purdue; Ph.D. (1942), California Institute of Technology. At Oregon since
1958.
*HAROLD]. NOVES, D.D.S., M.D., Dean of the Dental School; Professor of Dentis-
try; Clinical Professor of Dental and Oral Medicine, Medical School; Head
of Division.
Ph.B. (1923), Chicago; B.S. (1928), D.D.S. (1928), Illinois; M.D. (1933), Rush. At
Oregon since 1946.
RICHARD M. NovEs, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry; Head of Department.
A.B. (1939), Harvard; Ph.D. (1942), California Institute of Technology. At Oregon
since 1958.
ROBERT E. NVE, Ph.D., Professor of Music Education.
B.E. (1932), State Teachers College (Milwaukee, Wis.); M.A. (1942), Ph.D. (1949),
Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1950.
VERNICE T. NVE, M.A., Associate Professor of Education.
. B.S. (1944), Florence State Teachers (Alabama); M.A. (1948), George Peabody. At Ore-
gon since 1956.
VERLIN H. ODELL, M.Ed., Placement Counselor, with the Rank of Assistant Pro-
fessor.
B.S. (1947), Upper Iowa University; M.Ed. (1954), Oregon. At Oregon since 1965.
* Retirement effcctive June 30, 1967.
46 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
ROBERT O. OFFICER, B.S., Athletic Trainer, with the Rank of Assistant Professor;
Instructor in Physical Education.
B.S. (1943), Oregon. At Oregon since 1950.
ALAN B. O'LEARY, B.A., Assistant Dean of Students, with the Rank of Instructor.
B.A. (1965), Oregon. At Oregon since 1966.
LoUIS A. OLIVIER, M.A., Instructor in Romance Languages.
B.A. (1962), Utah; M.A. (1963), Johns Hopkins. At Oregon since 1966.
RICHARD W. OLMSTED, M.D., Professor of Pediatrics, Medical School; Chairman
of Department.
B.A. (1941), Dartmouth; M.D. (1944), Harvard. At Oregon since 1962.
GUHU]. OLSON, M.S., R.N., Associate Professor of Nursing.
B.S. (1936), Battle Creek; M.S. (1947), Western Reserve; R.N. (1936), State of Ohio.
At Oregon since 1942.
EVA M. O'NEIL, M.Ed., Instructor in Education.
B.S. (1929), Idaho; M.Ed. (1954), Oregon. At Oregon since 1964.
KARL W. ONTHANK, M.A., Professor Emeritus of Social Science; Counselor,
University Mothers and Dads.
B.A. (1913), M.A. (1915), Oregon. At Oregon since 1916.
HENRY OSWOV, D.Ed., Assistant to the Dean of Faculties, with the Rank of A&so-
ciate Professor.
B.A. (1939), Western Washington; M.Ed. (1950), D.Ed. (1961), Oregon. At Oregon since
1965.
GEORGE J. OTTO, M.U.P., Associate Planner, Bureau of Municipal Research and
Service, with the Rank of Assistant Professor.
B.A. (1954), M.U.P. (1960), Washington. At Oregon since 1960.
HAROLD J. OWEN, M.Mus., Assistant Professor of Music (Composition, Theory).
B.Mus. (1955), M.Mus. (1957), Southern California. At Oregon since 1966.
B. DEAN OWENS, M.S., Counselor, Placement Service, with the Rank of Instructor.
B.S. (1963), M.S. (1965), Oregon. At Oregon since 1963.
*ANGELA J. PALANDRl, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Oriental Languages.
B.A. (1946), Catholic University, Peking; M.A. (1949), J\f.L.S. (1954), Ph.D. (1955),
Washington. At Oregon 1954·56 and since 1962.
tGUIDO A. PALANDRI, B.A., B.L.S., Catalog Librarian (Assistant Professor).
B.A. (1949), Oregon; B.L.S. (1954), California. At Oregon 1954-56 and since 1960.
CHARLES S. PALMERLEE, A.B., B.D., Counselor, Office of Student Affairs, with
the Rank of Instructor.
A.B. (1942), California; B.D. (1959), Pacific School of Religion. At Oregon since 1962.
K WANGJAI PARK, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics.
B.A. (1958), Harvard; Ph.D. (1965), California. At Oregon since 1966.
ROBERT S. PARKER, M.A., Assistant Coordinator, Urban Planning, Bureau of
Municipal Research and Service, with the Rank of Associate Professor.
B.A. (1948), Reed; M.A. (1950), Washington. At Oregon since 1966.
WILLIAM H. PARKS, M.A., Instructor in Finance.
B.A. (1957), M.A. (1960), Michigan State. At Oregon since 1965.
MARILYN R. PARRISH, M.S., Instructor in Physical Education.
B.S. (1949), Oregon State; M.S. (1965), Oregon. At Oregon since 1965.
CECIL B. PASCAL, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Classics; Head, Department of
Classics, Chinese and Japanese.
B.A. (1949), M.A. (1950), California at Los Angeles; M.A. (1953), Ph.D. (1956), Har-
vard. At Oregon since 1960.
* On leave of absence 1966-67.
to" sabbatical leave 1966-67.
FACULTY 47
GERALD R. PATTERSON, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology.
B.S. (1949), M.S. (1951), Oregon; Ph.D. (1956), Minnesota. At Oregon since 1957.
CLYDE P. PATTON, Ph.D., Professor of Geography.
A.B. (1948), M.A. (1950), Ph.D. (1953), California. At Oregon since 1958.
HUlBERT PAUL, M.L.S., Acquisition Librarian, with the Rank of Instructor.
B.A. (1963), Sophia (Tokyo); M.L.S. (1965), California at Berkeley. At Oregon since
1965.
*ROllERT PAUL, M.A., Instructor in Philosophy.
B.A. (1958), M.A. (1959), Oregon. At Oregon since 1963.
LUCILE V. PAYNE, B.A., Associate Editor of Old Oregon, with the Rank of Assist-
ant Professor.
B.A. (1939), Indiana State. At Oregon since 1966.
MICHAEL D. PAYNE, B.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1962), Southern Oregon. At Oregon since 1965.
ARTHUR PEARL, Ph.D., Professor of Education.
A.B. (1947), M.A. (1949), Ph.D. (1960), California at Berkeley. At Oregon since 1965.
ANTHONY A. PEARSON, Ph.D., Professor of Anatomy, Medical School; Chairman
of Department.
B.S. (1928), Furman; M.A. (1930), Ph.D. (1933), Michigan. At Oregon since 1946.
MICHAEL R. PEASE, B.Arch., Assistant Professor of Architecture.
B.Arch. (1961), California. At Oregon since 1964.
ARNO L. PEITERSON, M.B.A., C.P.A., Assistant Professor of Accounting.
B.S. (1937), M.RA (1949), Orcgon; C.P.A. (1955), State of Oregon. At Oregon since
1946.
ANIELA E. PELCH, M.S., Assistant Professor of Home Economics.
B.S. (1952), M.S. (1954), Arizona. At Oregon since 1964.
ROLAND ]. PELLEGRIN, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology; Director, Institute for
Community Studies.
B.S. (1947), M.A. (1949), Louisiana State; Ph.D. (1952), North Carolina. At Oregon
since 1961.
HERBERT L. PENNY, B.S., Director of Informational Services, with the Rank of
Associate Professor.
B.S. (1947), Oregon; Cert. (1948), Grenohle. At Oregon since 1961.
VICTOR A. PERKES, Ed.D., Acting Assistant Professor of Education.
B.A. (1954), M.A. (1960), San Jose State; Ed.D. (1966), Stanford. At Oregon since
1966.
JOHN W. PERRIN, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History.
B.A. (1956), M.A. (1957), Michigan Statc; Ph.D. (1964), Wisconsin. At Oregon since
1964.
MIRIAM A. PERRY, B.A., Catalog Librarian (Senior Instructor).
B.A. (1935), Oregon; Libr. Cert. (1936), California. At Oregon 1936·41 and since 1958.
GEORGE P. PETERSEN, M.Ed., Assistant Professor of Education; Head of Business
Education Department, Sbuth Eugene High School.
B.A. (1949), M.Ed. (1953), Oregon. At Oregon since 1955.
*WARNER L. PETICOLAS, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry.
B.S. (1950), Texas Technological; Ph.D. (1954), Northwestern. At Oregon since 1966.
*DONALD L. PETING, M.Arch., Assistant Professor of.Architecture.
B.Arch. (1962), Illinois; M.Arch. (1963), California. At Oregon since 1963.
NILKANTH M. PHATAK, Ph.D., Professor of Pharmacology, Dental School; Head
of Department.
B.S. (1931), M.S. (1935), California; Ph.D. (1939), Cincinnati. At Oregon since 1940.
* On leave of ahsence 1966-67.
48 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
lONE F. PIERRON, M.S., Associate Professor of Librarianship.
B.A. (1936), Puget Sound; B.A. in Lib. (1937), Washington; M.S. (1960), Oregon. At
Oregon since 1948.
STANLEY A. PIERSON, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History.
. B.A. (1950), Oregon; A.M. (1951), Ph.D. (1957), Harvard. At Oregon since 1957.
BEllNARD PIROFSKY, M.D., Professor of Medicine, Medical School; Head of Di-
vision of Immunology, Allergy, and Infectious Diseases.
A.B. (1946), M.D. (1950), New York Ul1'iversity. At Oregon since 1956.
DONALD M. PITCAIRN, M.D., Professor of Medicine, Medical School; Head of
Division of Chest Diseases.
B.A. (1944), Harvard; M.D. (1945), Oregon. At Oregon since 1949.
HELMUT R. PLANT, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of German.
B.A. (1957), Fairmont; M.A. (1961), Ph.D. (1964), Cincinnati. At Oregon since 1966.
GEORGE M. PLATT, LL.B., Associate Professor of Law; Research Attorney, Bureau
of Municipal Research and Service.
B.S. (1948), LL.B. (1956), Illinois. At Oregon since 1966.
KENNETH POLK, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Sociology.
B.A. (1956), San Diego State; M.A. (1957), Northwestern; Ph.D. (1961), California at
Los Angeles. At Oregon since 1960.
EAllL POMEROY, Ph.D., Beekman Professor of Northwest and Pacific History.
B.A. (1936), San Jose State; M.A. (1937), Ph.D. (1940), California. At Oregon since
1949:
CAROLINE H. POMMARANE, B.S., Registrar, Medical School, with the Rank of
Assistant Professor.
B.S. (1928), Nebraska. At Oregon since 1943.
JANICE 1. POOLE, B.F.A., B.L.S., Reference Librarian, with the Rank of Instructor.
B.F.A. (1963), Utah; B.L.S. (1956), British Columbia. At Oregon since 1965.
ALBERT L. PORTER, Ph.D., Visiting Professor of Business Management.
B.S. (1942), Michigan Technological; M.B.A. (1948), Ph.D. (1961), Stanford. At Oregon
since 1966.
ANNETTE M. PORTER, Ph.D., Counselor, University Counseling Center, with the
Rank of Assistant Professor.
B.A. (1937), Washington; Ph.D. (1943), Minnesota. At Oregon since 1960.
DONALD R. PORTEll, D.D.S., Professor of Dentistry, Dental School; Head of De-
partment of Pedodontics.
D.D.S. (1951), M.S. (1953), Michigan. At Oregon since 1953.
KENNETH W. PORTER, Ph.D., Professor of History.
B.A. (1926), Sterling; M.A. (1927), Minnesota; Ph.D. (1936), Harvard. At Oregon
1951·52 and since 1958.
MICHAEL 1. POSNER, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology.
B.S. (1957), M.S. (1959), Washington; Ph.D. (1962), Michigan. At Oregon since 1965.
OTTO P. POnCHA, B.S., Visiting Lecturer in Architecture.
B.S. (1958), Cincinnati; Reg. Archt., Indiana, Oregon.. At Oregon since 1964.
JOHN L. POWELL, Ph.D., Professor of Physics; Head of Department.
B.A. (1943), Reed; Ph.D. (1948), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1955.
PERRY J. POWERS, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Romance Languages; Head of
Department.
B.A. (1941), Oregon; Ph.D. (1947), Johns HOIlkins. At Oregon since 1946.
HERBERT J. PREHM, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education.
B.S. (1959), Concordia Teachers' College (T1linois); M.S. (1962), Ph.D. (1964), Wis·
consin. At Oregon since 1965.
ROBERT V. PRESTHUS, Ph.D., Professor of Political Science.
B.A. (1940), M.A. (941), Minnesota; Ph.D. (948), Chicago. At Oregon since 1966.
FACULTY 49
EDWARD T. PRICE, Ph.D., Professor of Geography; Head of Department.
B.S. (1937), Califomia Institnte of Technology; Ph.D. (1950), California. At Oregon
since 1963.
*WARREN C. PIlICE, M.A., Professor of Journalism.
B.A. (1929), M.A. (1938), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1942.
HENRY O. PRUDEN, M.B.A., Instructor in Business Administration.
B.S. (1961), Chico State; M.B.A. (1965), Califo1'11ia at Berkeley. At Oregon since 1965.
tJESSIE L. PUCKETT, M.S., Associate Professor of Physical Education.
B.S. (1931), M.S. (1937), Oregon. At Oregon since 1952.
H. CHARLES PYRON, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Management.
B.A. (1959), M.A. (1960), Redlands; Ph.D. (1963), Purdne. At Oregon since 1965.
JOHN H. QIJINER, B.S., Special Lectl1l'er in Architecture.
B.S. (1923), Oregon State. At Oregon sincc 1957.
HOWARD L. RAMEY, M.F.A., Director of Financial Aids; Assistant Dean of Stu-
dents; with the Rank of Assistant Professor.
B.A. (1948), Oregon; M.F.A. (1950), Yale. At Oregon since 1951.
MARJORY RAMEY, B.A., Social Adviser, Dormitories, wtih the Rank of Assistant
Professor.
R.A (1947), Orgeon. At Oregon since 1962.
KENNETHD. RAMSING, D.B.A., Assistant Professor of Management; A.ssistant
Dean, Division of Undergl'aduate Studies, School of Business Administration.
n.s. (1960), Oregon State;!\I.B.A. (1962), D.B.A. (J965), Oregon. At Oregon since
1962. '
RICHARD J. RANKIN, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education.
B.A (1953), M.A (1954), Ph.D. (1957), California. At Oregon since 1966.
GALEN R. RAIlICIC, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Journalism; Director of Com-
munications Research.
B.A (1948), Denver; M.A. (1951), Ph.D. (1963), Stanford. At Oregon since 1962.
DEAN F. REA, M.A., Assistant Professor of Journalism.
B.A (1949), Sonthwest Missouri State; n.]. (1950), M.A. (1951), Missouri. At Oregon
since 1966.
EDWARD VV. REED, Ph.D" John B. Rogers Professor of Banking and Finance.
B.Erl. (1936), Southern Illinois; M.A. (1937), Ph.D. (1947), Illinois. At Oregon since
J 958.
GllEGOJlY W. REED, B.S., Special Assistant to Student Conduct Program, with the
Rank of Instructor.
At Oregon since 1965.
HENRY G. REENTS, J H., M.B.A., Instructor in Business Administration.
B.S. (1965), Oregon; M.B.A. (1966), California. At Oregon since 1966.
J AlI-IES E. REINMUTH, M.S., Instructor in Business Statistics.
B.A. (1963), 'Washington; M.S. (1965), Oregon State. At Oregon since 1966.
JULIAN S. RElNSCHlI-IIDT, M.D., Director, Student Health Service, with the Rank
of Professor.
B.A. (1950), M.D. (1953), Vanderhilt. At Oregon since 1963.
FRANCIS]. REITHEL, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry,
B.A. (1936), Reed; M.A. (1938). Ph.D. (1942), Oregon. At Oregon since 1946.
JAMES A. REITHEH, B.S., Instructor in English.
B.s. (1961), St. Cloud. At Oregon since 1962.
DANIEL P. REMINGTON, .M.A., Lecturer in Marketing.
B.S. (1951), M.A. (1955), Minnesota. At Oregon since 1964.
* On sabbatical leave 1966-67.
t On sabbatical leave, winter and spring terms, ] 966-67.
50 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
EDWARD R. REUTEH, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
B,S, (1948), Washington State; M,S, (1949), Ph.D. (1957), Illinois, At Oregon since
1958.
EUDALDO R. REYES, M.A., Assistant Director for Activities, Student Union, with
the Rank of Instructor.
B.A. (1952), Philippines; M.A. (1955), Cornell. At Oregon since 1966.
WILLIAM P. RHODA, D.Ed., Professor of Physical Education.
B.S. (1939), Pennsylvania State; lIl.S. (1947), D.E,!. (1951), Oregon. At Oregon since
1948.
STUAI<T U. R'CH, D.B.A., Professor of Marketing; Director, Forest Industries
Management Center.
B.A. (1942), Wabash; M.B.A. (1950), D.B.A. (1960), Harvard. At Oregon since 1963.
LARRY E. RICHARDS, NLB.A., Acting Assistant Professor of Business Statistics.
B.A. (1962), M.B.A. (1963), Washington. At Oregon since 1966.
W. DWAINE RICHINS, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Business Economics.
B.A. (1936), Brigham Young; M.B.A. (1938), LOllisiana State; Ph.D. (1950), Wash"
ington. At Oregon since 1949.
MONTANA H. RICI-IA1WS, M.Ed., Instructor in Education.
B.F.A. (1935), lILEd. (1942), Oklahoma. At Oregon since 1966:
NORMAN H. RICKLES, D.D.S., Professor of Dentistry, Dental School; Head of
Department of General and Ora! Pathology; Director, Oral Tumor Registry.
D.D.S. (1947), Washington; M.S. (1951), California. At Oregon since 1956.
DAVID N. RINEHAI/T, B.Arch., Assistant Professor of Architecture.
B.A. (1951), Indiana; I1.Arch. (1957), Pennsylvania. At Oregon since 1966.
BERNICE M. RISE, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Reader's Consultant and Browsing Room
Librarian Emeritus (Assistant Professor).
B.A. (1923), Oregon; B.S. ill L.S. (1928), Columhia. At Oregon since 1923.
MAX D. RISINGER, M.A., Associate Professor of Music (Music Education).
B.Ed. (l935),'Western Illinois State; liLA. (1942), Iowa. At Oregon since 1954.
PAUL L. RISLEY, Ph.D., Professor of Biology.
A.B. (1927), A1hion; M.A. (1929), Ph.D. (1931), Michigan. At Oregon since 1945.
NORVAI. ]. RITCH"\", M.S., Administrative Assistant, Athletic Department; As-
sistant Professor of Physical Education.
B.S. (1953), M.S. (1956), Oregon. At O,'efion since 1956.
WILLIAM J. ROBERT, LL.M., Professor of Business Law; Head of Department of
Finance and Business Environment.
B.A. (1939), LL.B. (1941), Oregon; LL.M. (1957), New York Univcrsity. At Oregon
since 1950.
HAROLD M. ROBINSON, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1960), liLA. (1963). Nevada. At Oregon since 1964.
HORACE \\:. ROBINSON, M.A., Professor of Speech; Acting Head of Department.
B.A. (1931), Oklahoma City; ;>1.1\, (1932), Iowa. At Oregon since 1933.
JOHN A. ROBINSON, B.S., Assistant Football Co'ach; Instructor in Physical Edu-
cation.
B.S. (1960), Oregon. At Oregon since 1960.
*WILLIA~1 S. ROBINSON, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology.
A.B. (1936), California at Los Angeles; ,\.M. il937), Ph.D. (1940), Colnmbia. At Ore-
gon since 196:?
JACK ROCHI':, B.S., Assistant Football Coach, with the Rank of :\ssociate Profes-
sor ; .-\ssistant Professor of Physical Educatioll.
B.S. (1940), Santa Clara. At Orgeon since 1951.
GORDON \\1. ROCKETT, M.A., Acting Assistant Professor of English.
B.A. (1961), "LA. (1963), Oklahoma. At Oregon since 1966.
* On leave of ahsence 1966-67.
FACULTY 51
Roy H. RODGERS, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Sociology.
B.A. (l951), Wheaton; M.A. (1957), North Carolina; Ph.D. (1962), Minnesota. At
Oregon since 1963.
LYNN S. RODNEY, Ph.D., Professor of Recreation Management; Head of Depart-
ment of Recreation and Park Management.
B.A. (1936), M.A. (1938), Washington State; Ph.D. (1955J, Michigan. At Oregon since
1955.
ALAN W. ROECKER, Ph.M., Head Science Librarian; Professor of Lihrarianship.
Ph.B. (1938), B.L.S. (1950), Ph.M. (1943), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1950.
STEPHEN B. ROEDER, Ph.D., Instructor in Physics.
B.A. (1961), Dartmouth; Ph.D. (1965), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1966.
DONALD R. ROGERS, M.B.A., Academic Adviser, with the Rank of Instructor.
B.S. (1957), Lewis ancl Clark; C.P.A. (1958), M.B.A. (1965), Oregon. At Oregon since
1963.
RONALD C. ROMIG, M.D., Associate University Physician, with the Rank of Pro-
fessor.
B.S. (1919), Idaho; M.D. (1926), Rush. At Oregon 192G·3D and since 1961.
RICHAIW B. Rm,IM, B.A., Counselor Supervisor, with the Rank of Instructor.
B.A. (1958), California at Santa Barhara. At Oregon since 1965.
MILES C. ROMNEY, Ph.D., Professor of Education.
B.S. (1935), Utah State; Ph.D. (1947), Columhia. At Oregon sincc 1952.
LEON AIm RORER, Ph.D., Visiting Assistant Professor of Psychology.
B.A. (1954), Swarthmore; Ph.D. (1963), Minnesota. At Oregon since 1966.
STANLEY L. ROSE, M.A., Acting AssistantProfessor of Romance Languages.
B.A. (1958), Arizona; M.A. (1960), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1965.
STANLEY L. ROSEN, B.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1962), City College of New York. At Oregon since 1965.
KENNETH A. Ross, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics.
B.S. (1956), Utah; M.S. (1958), Ph.D. (1960), Washington. At Oregon since 1964.
LAWRENCE W. Ross, ]R., ].D., Assistant Professor of Business Law.
A.B. (1949), M.A. (1949), Snacnse; J.D. (1952), Chicago. At Oregon since 1963.
MARION D. Ross, M.Arch., Reg. Archt.; P1'Ofessor of Architecture; Head of
Department of Art History.
B.S. (1935), Pennsylvania Statc; lILArch. (1937), Harvard. Reg. Archt. (1946) State
of Louisiana. At Oregon since 1947.
VICTORIA A. Ross, M.F.A., Associate Professor Emeritus of Art.
B.A. (1927), Oregon; M.F.A. (1939), Southern California. At Oregon since 1920.
]. DAVID ROWE, B.A., Planning Consultant, Bureau of Municipal Research and
Service, with the Rank of Associate Professor.
B.A. (1955), Park. At Oregon since 1959.
W ALl.ACE M. RUFF, M.S., Professor of Landscape Architecture.
B.S. (1934), Florida; M.S. (1950), California. At Oregon since 1952.
]. FRANCIS RUJ,fl>,-JEL, Ph.D., Professor of Education; Associate Dean of Students.
B.A. (1933), Iowa State Teachers; M.A. (1947), Ph.D. (1950), Iowa. At Oregon since
1950.
PHILIP ]. RUNKEL, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology; Associate Director, Center
for Advanced Study of Educational Administration.
B.S. (1939), Wisconsin State (Stevens Point); M.A. (1954), Ph.D. (1956), Michigan.
At Oregon since 1964.
BRUCE P. RYAN, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Speech.
B.S. (1953), Southern Oregon; ~r.A. (1957), ''''''estern Michigan; Ph.D. (1964), Pitts-
hurgh. At Oregon since 1965.
C. BRY AN RYAN, M.F.A., Associate Professor of Art.
B.S. (1939), M.F.A. (1940), Oregon. At Oregon since 1946.
52 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
GAYLORD A. RYBOLT, JR., M.A., Acting Assistant Professor of Education.
B.A. (1958), M.A. (1960), Southern Illinois; Ph.D. (1966), Missouri. At Oregon since
1966.
HUGH D. SACKER, M.A., Visiting Professor of German.
B.A. (1950), Camhridge; M.A. (1953), Basel. At Oregon since 1966.
MARTIN L. SAGE, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry; Research Associate,
Institute of Theoretical Science.
A.B. (1955), Comell; A,M. (1958), Ph.D. (1960), Harvard. At Oregon since 1961.
*RALPH J. SALISBURY, M.F.A., Associate Professor of English.
B.A. (1949), M.F.A. (1951), Towa. At Oregon since 1960.
KEITH B. SALMONSON, B.S., Senior Instructor in Biology.
B.S. (1948), Michigan State. At Oregon since 1964.
H. ROYCE SALTZMAN, D.M.A., Associate Professor of Music (Church Music).
B.A. (1950), Goshen; M.Mus. (1954)" Northwestern; D.M.A. (1964), Southern Cali-
fornia. At Oregon since 1964.
Roy]. SAMPSON, Ph.D., Professor of Transportation; Acting Head, Department
of Personnel and Industrial Management.
B.S. (1946), Tennessee Polytechnic; M.B.A. (1948), Ph.D. (1951), California. At Oregon
since 1959.
ADOLPH A. SANDIN, Ph.D., Professor of Education.
B.A. (1933), Central Washing·ton College of Education; M.A. (1938), \Vashiugton; Ph.D.
(1943), Columhia. At Oregon since 1950. '
JULIO M. SAN JOSE, D.Arch., Assistant Professor of Architecture.
Dip.Arch. (1957), Madrid; 1I.A,'ch. (1958), Oregon; D.Arch. (1959), Madrid; Dip.T.P.
1962), A.M.T.P.T. (1963), London. At Oregon since 1963.
GEORGE SASLOW, Ph.D., M.D., Professor of Psychiatry, Medical School; Chair-
man of Department.
Sc.n. (1926), Ph.D. (1931), New York rniversity; M.D. (1940), Harvard. At Oregon
since 1957,
BHIM S. SAVARA, D.M.D., Professor of Dentistry, Dental School; Director of
Child Study Clinic.
F.Sc. (1942), Lahore, 'India; B.D.S.'.(l946), Punjah;L.D.S. (1947), Royal College of
Surgeons; M.S. (1950), Illinois; D.J\r.S. (1957). Oregon. At Oregon since 1950.
LUCYANNE SAWYEH, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (l96(l) , :Massachusetts; M.A. (1963). Kcvada. At O"egun since 1963.
CHRISTOPHER J. SAYERS, 'M.S., Visiting Assistant Professor of Architecture.
Dip. Arch. (1961), N01'thern Polytechnic, London; ]\{.S. (1966), Columhia. At Oregon
since 1966.
OSCAR F. SCHAAF, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education; Head of Mathe-
matics Department, South Eugene High School.
B.A. (1942), Wichita; A.M. (1946), Chicago; Ph.D. (1954), Ohio State. At Oregon
since 1954.
BENSON SCHAEFFER, Ph.D., Assistallt Professor of Psychology.
B.A. (1962), M.A. (1964), Ph.D. (1966), California. At Oregon since 1966.
WALTER E. SCHAFER, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sociology.
B.A. (1961), M.A. (1962), Ph.D. (1965), )'{ichigan. At O"egon since 1965.
BRADLEY T. SCHEER, Ph.D., Professor of Biology.
B.S. (1936), California Institute of Technology; Ph.D. (1940), Calif01nia At Oregon
since 1950.
JOHN A. Scm:LDIAN, Ph.D., ProfessOl' of Chemistry.
A.B. (1948), Temple; M.A. (1949), }'h.D. (1951), Princeton. At Oregon since 1958.
JACK S. SCHENDEL, D.Ed., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
B.A. (1954), M.A. (1960), Fresno State; D.Ed. (1963). Oregon. At Orgeon since 1962.
* On sabbatical leave 1966·67.
FACULTY 53
.CHARLES P. SCHLEICHER, Ph.D., Professor of Political Science.
A.B. (1928), College of Pacific; M.A. (1931), Hawaii; Ph.D. (1936), Stanford. At Ore-
gon since 1947.
CLARENCE W. SCHMINKE, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education; Assistant Di-
rector of Teacher Education.
B.A. (1950), M.A. (1954), Iowa State Teachers; Ph.D. (1960), Iowa. At Oregon since
1960.
MARTIN SCHMITT, B.S., B.S. in L.S., Curator of Special Collections, Library
(Professor) .
B.S. (1938), B.S. in L.S. (1939), Illinois. At Oregon since 1947.
RUTH T. SCHROCK, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1936), San Diego State; M.A:(1965), Oregon. At Oregon since 1965.
JOSEPH P. SCHWfTTER, Ph.D., Visiting Professor of Management.
. B.A. (1936), Sarnen; Ph.D. (1949), Firbourg. At Oregon since 1966.
KENNETH W. SCOOPMIRE, B.S., Pharmacist, Student Health Service, with the Rank
of Instructor.
B.S. (1952), Idabo State. At Oregon since 1965.
FRANCES G. Sco'n, Ph.D., Visiting Associate Professor of Education.
B.A. (1953), M.A. (1954), Texas; Ph.D. (1960), California. At Oregon since 1966.
KAREN M. SElDEL, B.A., Assistant Planner, Bureau of Municipal Research and
Service, with the Rank of Instructor.
B.A. (1957), Knox. At Oregon since 1966.
SANDRA D. SEKERES, M.Ed., Instructor in Physical Education.
B.S. (1963),M.Ed. (1964), Ohio. At Oregon since 1966.
JAMES R. SELIG, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.S. (1957), Georgetown; M.A. (1959), North Carolina. At Oregon since 1963.
LESTER G. SELIGMAN, Ph.D., Professor of Political Science.
B.A. (1939), Pb.D. (1947), Chicago. At Oregon since 1953 .
• VELLO SERMAT, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology.
B.A. (1957), Toronto; M.S. (1959), Ph.D. (1961), Yale. At Oregon since 1963.
ROSE M. SERVICE, M.A., Social Science Librarian, with the Rank of Assistant Pro-
fessor.
A.B. (1944), Miehigan State Normal (Ypsilanti); M.A. (1950), M.A. (1955), Minnesota.
At Oregon sincc 1961.
FREDERICK]. SEUBERT, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Accounting.
B.A. (1942), Baldwin·Wallace; B.M.E. (1946), Florida; M.B.A. (1947), Pennsylvania;
Ph.B. (1954), Cornell. At Orgeon since 1957.
OTTILIE T. SEYBOLT, M.A., Associate Professor Emeritus of Speech.
A.B. (1910), Mount Holyoke; M.A. (1915), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1928.
JOSEPH SHABTAI, Ph.D., Visiting Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
M.S. (1951), Ph.D. (1957), Hebrew University, Jerusalem. At Oregon since 1964.
LESLIE L. D. SHAFFER, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Management.
B.A. (1935), California at Berkeley; M.S. (1960), Ph.D. (1962), Illinois. At Oregon
since 1965.
JAMES M. SHEA, M.S., Director of University Relations, with the Rank of Pro-
fessor.
A.B. (1950), Missouri; M.S. (1956), Oregon. At Oregon since 1958.
GUY SHELLENBARGER, M.A., .Supervisor of Student Teaching, with the Rank of
Associate Professor.
B.A. (1935), M.A. (1951), Oregon. At Oregon since 1965.
GEORGE SHEPERD, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education.
B.A. (1955), M.A. (1958), Colorado State (Greeley); Ed.D. (1965), Illinois. At Oregon
since 1965.
• On leave of absence 1966·67.
54 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
JOHN R. SHEPHERD, Ph.D., Professor of Speech; Director, Division of Broadcast
Services and Televised Instruction.
B.A. (1946), M.A. (1947), Stanford; Ph.D. (1952), Southern California. At Oregon since
1957.
PETER R. SHERMAN, M.S., Senior Instructor in Mathematics.
B.S. (1947), M.S. (1949), Orgeon; B.D. (1952), Pacific School of Religion. At Oregon
since 1960.
RONALD E. SHERIUFFS, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Speech.
B.A. (1955), M.A. (1957), San Jose State; Ph.D. (1'964), Southern California. At Oregon
since 1965.
IRMA Z. SHERWOOD, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English.
A.B. (1940), Barnard; M.A. (1942), Ph.D. (1945), Yale. At Oregon 1946·48, 1954·55,
1962-64, and since 1965.
JOHN C. SHERWOOD, Ph.D., Professor of English.
B.A. (1941), Lafayette; M.A. (1942), Ph.D. (1945), Yale. At Oregon since 1946.
J. ARNOLD SHOTWELL, Ph.D., Director, Museum of Natural History; Professor of
Biology.
B.S. (1947), M.S. (1950), Oregon; Ph.D. (1953), California. At Oregoll since 1947.
DAVID L. SHRADER, M.A., Instructor in Music (Percussion Instruments).
B.A. (1961), M.A. (1963), Iowa State. At Oregon since 1965.
BARRY N. SIEGEL, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Economics.
B.A. (1951), Ph.D. (1957), California. At Oregon since 1961.
PETER O. SIGERSETH, D.Ed., Ph.D., Professor of Physical Education.
B.A. (1928), Minot State Teachers (North Dakota); M.A. (1936), North Dakota; D.Ed.
(1944), Oregon; Ph.D. (1955), Iowa. At Oregon 1941·44 and since 1947.
ANN G. SIMONDS, Ph.D., Assistant Profe~sor of Anthropology.
B.A. (1959), Ph.D. (1964), California. At Oregon since 1966.
PAUL E. SIMONDS, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Anthropology.
B.A. (1954), M.A. (1959), Ph.D. (1963), California. At Oregon since 1962.
PAUL B. SIMPSON, Ph.D., Professor of Economics.
B.A. (1936), Reed; Ph.D. (1949), Cornell. At Oregon 1949-53 and since 1955.
WILLIAM T. SIMPSON, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry; Research Associate, Insti-
tute of Theoretical Science, Institute of Molecular Biology.
A.B. (1943), Ph.D. (1948), California. At Oregon sillce 1963.
FRANK P. SII'E, M.S., Associate Professor Emeritus of Biology.
B.S. CAgri.) (1916), B.S. (Educ.l (1918), Missouri; M.S. (1923), Iowa State. At Oregon
since 1932.
BECKY L. SISLEY, M.S.P.E., Instructor in Physical Education.
-B.A. (1961), Washington; M.S.P.E. (1964), North Carolina. At Oregon since 1965.
WILLIAM R. SISTROM, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Biology.
A.B. (1950), Harva'rd; Ph.D. (1954), California. At Oregon sillce 1963.
KEITH D. SKELTON, B.s., LL.B., Associate Professor of Business Law.
B.S. (1939), Edinhoro State Teachers (Pennsylvania); LL.B. (1949), Washington. At
Oregon 1958, 1961-62, and since 1963.
EMERY SKINNER, M.A., Instructor in Education.
B.A. (1951), Idaho State; M.A. (1954), Colorado State. At Oregun since 1964.
KORNEL SKOVAJSA, B.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1959), St. Thomas (St. Paul, Minn.). At Oregon since 1963.
COLIN M. SLADE, Ph.D., Adjunct Associate Professor of Psychology.
B.A. (1949), M.A. (1951), Ph.D. (1955), Syracuse. At Oregon since 1964.
RICHARD L. SLEETER, M.D., Professor of Pediatrics, Medical School; Director of
Crippled Children's Division. -
B.A. (1940), Oregon; M.D. (1943), Washington University. At Oregon since 1953.
FACULTY 55
CLARENCE SLOAT, M.A., Assistant Professor of English.
B.A. (1958), M.A. (1960), Idaho State. At Oregon since 1966.
ALFRED G. SM[TH, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Anthropology.
A.B. (1943), Michigan; M.A. (1947), Ph.D. (1956), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1962.
BRYAN C. SMITH, M.S., Instructor in Health Education.
B.S. (1959), M.S. (1960), Oregon. At Oregon since 1965.
DONALD T. SMITH, M.A., M.S., Assistant University Librarian (Associate Pro-
fessor) .
B.A. (1949), M.A. (1950), Wesleyan; M.S. (1951), Colnmbia. At Oregon since 1963.
EVERETT G. SMITH, JR., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Geography.
B.A. (1953), M.A. (1956), minois; Ph.D. (1962), Minnesota. At Oregon since 1965.
FREDERICK C. SMITH, B.B.A., Alumni Field Secretary, with the Rank of Assistant
Professor.
B.B.A. (1937), Oregon. At Oregon since 1966.
RICHARD A. SMITH, M.S., Assistant Professor of Architecture.
B.Arch. (1956), Michigan; M.S. (1962), Minnesota. At Oregon since 1962.
RICHARD J. SMITH, M.Ed., Instructor in Physical Education; Gymnastics Coach.
B.S. (1949). M.Ed. (1953), Springfield. At Oregon since 1962.
RICHARD K. SMITH, M.B.A., Instructor in Business Law.
B.A. (1939), J.D. (1941), Iowa; M.B.A. (1947), Harvard. At Oregon since 1966.
• ROBERT E. SMITH, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Economics.
B.A. (1943), Southern California; Ph.D. (1963), California at Los Angeles. At Oregon
since 1962.
ROBERT W. SM[TH, Ph.D., Professor of History.
B.A. (1937), Chicago; M.A. (1940), Ph.D. (1942), Califo1'l1ia at Los Angeles. At Oregon
since 1947.
WARREN E. SMITH, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Health Education.
B.S. (1941), Oregon; M.A. (1947), Michigan; Ed.D. (1957), Stanford. At Oregon
since [963.
WILLIAM E. SNELL, M.D., Professor of Orthopedic Surgery, Medical School;
Head of Division.
B.S. (1943), M.D. (1954), Oregon. At Oregon since 1951.
MARSHALL L. SNYDER, Ph.D., Professor of Bacteriology, Dental School; Head of
Department.
Ph.B. (1930), Brown; M.S. (1932), Ph.D. (1935), Colorado. At Oregon since 1946.
ARNOLD L. SODER WALL, Ph.D., Professor of Biology.
B.A. (1936), Linfield; M.A. (1937), minois; Ph.D. (1941), Brown. At Oregon since 1941.
JAY V. SOEDER, M.F.A., Assistant Professor of Art.
B.S. (1948), Indiana State Teachers; B.F.A. (1950), M.F.A. (1950), Chicago Art In-
stitute. At Oregon since 1957.
HELEN L. SOEHREN, M.A., Assistant Professor of English.
B.A. (1935), M.A. (1938), Oregon. At Oregon since 1942.
JOHN W. SOHA, M.B.A., C.P.A., Associate Professor of Marketing.
B.B.A. (1936), Pnget Sound; M.B.A. (1950), Michigan; C.P.A. (1942), State of Wash-
ington. At Oregon since 1951.
LLOYD R. SOHENSON, Ph.D., Professor of History.
B.A. (1938), North Dakota; M.A. (1945), Ph.D. (1947), Illinois. At Oregon since 1947.
RICHARD A. SORENSON, B.S., Assistant Dean of Men, with the Rank of Instructor.
At Oregon since 1965 .
. EDMUND F. SOULE, Ph.D., Music Librarian (Assistant Professor).
B.Mus. (1939), M.A. (1946), Pennsylvania; B.NIns. (1948), Yale; Ph.D. (1956), East-
man; M.A. in L.S. (1966), Denver. At Oregon since 1966.
• On leave of absence 1966-67.
56 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
AMEDEF. M. SOURDRY, M.S., Associate Professor of Landscape Architecture.
B.S. (1939), Arizona; M.S. (1949), California. At Oregon since 1966.
VERNON S. SPnACUE, Ph.D., Professor of Physical Education; Special Assistant to
the Dean.
B.S. (]937) , Oregon; M.A. (1942), Ph.D. (1951), Michigan. At Oregon since 1946.
ELBA G. STAFFORD, M.A., Instructor in Physical Education.
B.A. (1953), liLA. (1965), Chico State. At Oregon since 1966.
FRANKLIN '0/. STAHL, Ph.D., Professor of Biology; Research Associate, Institute
of Molecular Biology.
A.B. (1951), Harvard; Ph.D. (1956), Rochester. At Oregon since 1959.
BETTY MAE STAMM, B.A., Acquisitions Librarian (Senior Instructor).
B.A. (1927), Oregon. At O"egon since 1926.
DAVID R. STANNARD, B.A., Assistant Professor of Art.
B.A. (1948), Redlands. At Oregon since 1965.
LLOYD '0/. STAPLES, Ph.D., Professor of Geology; Head of Department.
A.B. (1929), Columhia; M.S. (1930), Michigan; Ph.D. (1935), Stanford. At Oregon
since 1939.
JAMES U. STARCK, Instructor in Art.
At Oregon since 1961.
D. GLENN STARLIN, Ph.D., Professor of Speech; Associate Dean of the College of
Liberal Arts.
B.A. (1938), Idaho; M.A. (1939), Ph.D. (1951), Iowa. At Oregon since 1947.
ALBF.RT STARR, M.D., Professor of Cardiopulmonary Surgery, Medical School;
Head of Division.
B.A. (1946), M.D. (1949), Columhia. At Oregon since 1957.
DAVID E. STEINF.R, M.A., Instructor in Speech.
B.A. (1957), Grinnell; M.A. (1963), Michigan. At Oregon since 1964.
JOE K. STEPHENS, M.A., Visiting Instructor in Philosophy.
B.A. (1958). Texas; M.A. (1962), \\'ashington. At Oregon since 1964.
WENDELL H. STEPHENSON. Ph.D., Litt.D., LL.D., Professor of History; Special
Assistant to the President.
A.B. (1923), A.M. (1924), Indiana; Ph.D. (1928), Michigan; Litt.D. (1950), Duke;
LL.D. (1953), N01'th Ca1'Olilla. At Oregon since 1953.
THEODORE STERN, Ph.D., Professor of AnthrOFology; Assistant Curator of Eth-
nology.
B.A. (1939), Bowdoin; A.M. (1941), Ph.D. (1948), Pennsylvania. At Oregon since 1948.
FRED L. STETSON, M.A., Professor Emeritus of Education.
B.A. (1911), M.A. (1913), Washington. At Oregon since 1913.
ARTHUR H. STILLMAN, M.B.A., Professor Emeritus of Business Administration.
B.A. (1928), 01'egon; J\LB.A. (19.17), \\'ashington. At Oregon since 1922.
HAROLD vV. STOKE, Ph.D., Professor of Education.
B.A. (1924), Marion; M.A. (1925), Southern California; Ph.D. (1930), ]olms Hopkins.
At Ol-egon since 1966.
NONDA P. STONE, M.Ed., Instructor in Education.
B.S. (1945). Oregon College of Education; lYLE,!. (1955), Oregon. At Oregon since 1965.
CHARLES J. STOUT, D.M.D., ProfesSOl' of Dentistry, Dental School; Head of
Department of Prosthetics.
B.S. (1943), Ouachita; B.A. (1947), D.M.D. (1947), Oregon. At Oregon since 1955.
JAMES C. STOVALL, M.A., Professor of Geology.
n.s. (1927), M.A. (1929), Oregon. At Oregon since 1934.
WILLIAM C. STRANGE, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English.
B.A. (1952), Whitman; M.A. (1953), Montana; Ph.D. (1963), Washington. At Ore!fon
since 1960.
FACULTY 57
G. DOUGLAS STRATON, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Religious Studies; Head of
Department.
A.B. (1938), Harvard; B.D. (1941), Andover Newton; Ph.D. (1950), Columhia. At Ore-
gon since 1959.
GEORGE STREISINGER, Ph.D., Professor of Biology; Research Associate, Institute
of Molecular Biology.
B.S. (1950), Cornell; Ph.D. (1954), Illinois. At Oregon since 1960.
HAROLD K. STROM, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Transportation; Director,
Transport and Logistics Research Center.
B.A. (1957), M.B.A. (1958), Washington; Ph.D. (1964), California at Los Angeles. At
Oregon since 1965.
KARL R. STROMBERG, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics.
B.A. (1953), M.A. (1954), Oregon; Ph.D. (1958), Washington. At Oregon since 1960.
GEORGE W. STRUBLE, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics; Associate Di-
rector, Statistical Laboratory and Computing Center.
A.B. (1954), Swarthmore; M.S. (1957), Ph.D. (l961),\Visconsin. At Oregon since 1961.
ROBERT S. SUMMERS, B.S., LL.B., Associate Professor of Law.
B.S. (1955), Oregon; LL.B. (1959), Harvard. At Oregon since 1960.
CLARA SHU-VI SUN, M.A., Visiting Lecturer in Chinese.
REd. (1947), Peking; M.A. (1952), Marquette. At Oregon since 1966.
NORMAN D. SUNDBERG, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology.
B.A. (1947), Nehraska; liLA. (19491, Ph.D. (1952), Minnesota. At Oregon since 1952.
RALPH C. SUNDERLAND, B.S., Chief Budget Officer, with the Rank of Associate
Professor.
B.S. (1957), Oregon State. At Oregon since 1966.
RAYMOND R. SUSKIND, M.D., Professor of Environmental Medicine and Derma-
tology, Medical School; Head of Division of Environmental Medicine.
A.B. (1934), Columbia; M.D. (1943), Long Island. At Oregon since 1962.
JOHN E. SUTTLE, Eel.D., Associate Professor of Education.
B.S. (1948), Ed.D. (1960), Texas; ~r.Ed. (1952), Colorado. At Oregou since 1959.
KESTER SVENDSEN, Ph.D., Professor of English; Head of Department.
B.A. (1934), Olarleston; M.A. (1935), Pb.D. (1940), North Carolina. At Oregon since
1959.
PAUL SWADENER, M.B.A., Instructor in Insurance.
B.S. (1960), M.B.A. (1962), Indiana. At Oregou since 1965.
KENNETH C. SWAN, M.D., Professor of Ophthalmology, Medical School; Chair-
man of Department.
B.A. (1933), M.D. (1936), Oregon. At Oregon since 1944.
ROY L. SWANK, M.D., Ph.D., Professor of Medicine, Medical School; Head of
Division of Neurology.
B.S. (1930), Washington; Ph.D. (1935), M.D. (1936), Northwestern. At Oregon since
1953.
KENNETH W. SWEENEY, B.S., Associate Pianner, Bureau of Municipal Research
and Service, with the Rank of Assistant Professor.
B.S. (1959), Iowa. At Oregon since 1966.
DONALD F. SWINEHART, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry.
B.S. (1939), Capital; M.S. (1941), Ph.D. (1943), Ohio State. At Oregon since 1946.
DAN]. T ANNACITO, A.B., Instructor in English.
A.B. (1964), Boston College. At Oregon since 1965.
ROBERT F. T ATE,Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics.
M.S. (1949), North Carolina; B.A. (1944), Ph.D. (1952), California at Berkeley. At
Oregon since 1965.
JAMES N. TATTERSALL, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Economics.
B.A. (1954), M.A. (1956), Ph.D. (1960), Washington. At Oregon since 1957.
58 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
NORA W. TEETER, M.A., Social Science Librarian (Instructor).
B.A. (1945), M.A. (1965), Oregon. At Oregon since 1966.
DfRK P. TEN BRINKE, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Education; Head of Science
Department, South Eugene High School.
B.S. (1943), M.A. (1953), Ph.D. (1964), Minnesota. At Oregon since 1956.
SANFORD S. TEP'n:R, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Biology.
B.S. (1938), College of City of New York; M.S. (1939), Cornell; Ph.D. (1950), Cali·
fornia. At Oregori since "1955.
*LoUls G. TERKLA, D.M.D., Dean of the Dental School; Professor ofDentistry.
D.M.D. (1952), Oregon. At Oregon since 1952.
JANE THACHER, Professor Emeritus of Piano.
At Oregon since 1916.
W. F. GOODWIN THACHER, M.A., Professor Emeritus of English.
A.B. (1900), M.A. (1907), Princeton. At Oregon since 1914.
EDWAIW P. THATCHEII, M.A., Science Librarian (Assistant Professor).
B.A. (1940), Swarthmore; M.A. (1940), B.S. in L.S. (1952), Minnesota. At Oregon
since 1952.
J. FRANK THIBEAU, B.A., Assistant Planner, Bureau of Municipal Research and
Service, with the Rank of Instructor.
B.A. (1959). Portland State. At Oregon since 1965.
ARTHUR L. THOMAS, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Accounting.
B.A. (1952), M.B.A. (1956), Cornell; Ph.D. (1963), Michigan. At Oregon since 1963.
ANDREW THOMPSON, Ph.D., Counselor, University Counseling Center; Assistant
Professor of Education.
B.A. (1956), M.A. (1959), Ph.D. (1963), Minnesota. At Oregon since 1965.
DONALD L. THOMPSON, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Marketing; Assistant Dean,
Division of Graduate Studies, School of Business Administration.
B.S. (1951), Pennsylvania; M.S. (1958), San Francisco State; Ph.D. (1963), California.
At Oregon sincc 1963.
WALTER N. THOMPSON, M.A., Assistant Professor ofAl'chitecture.
B.A. (1963), California; M.A. (1964), Pennsylvania. At Oreg~n since 1966.
JOHN D. THORPE, B.S., Director of Married Student Housing, with the Rank of
Assistant Professor.
B.S. (1950), Oregon. At Oregon since 1962.'
PETER L. THORPE, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English.
B.A. (1957), M.A. (1961), Ph.D. (1963), Washington. At Oregon sincc 1966.
HERBERT W. TITUS, LL.B., Associate Professor of La\\'.
B.A. (1959), Oregon; LL.B. (1962), Harvard. At Orcgon since 1966.
HAROLD C. TODD, B.A., Captain, U.S. Army; Assistant Professor of Military
Science.
B.A. (1953), Illinois. At Oregon since 1962.
WILBERT R. TODD, Ph.D., Professor of Biochemistry, Medical School; Acting
Chairman of Department.
B.S. (1928), Ph.D. (1933), Wisconsin.
JOHN B. TOELKEN, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English.
B.S. (1958), Utah State; M.A. (1959), Washington State; Ph.D. (1964), Oregon. At
Orcgon 1960-64 and sincc 1966.
Kr';NNETH C. TOLLENAAR, M.A., Research Associate, Bureau of Municipal Re-
search and Service, with the Rank of Professor.
B.A. (1950), Reed; liLA. (1953), Minnesota. At Oregon since 1966.
VLADlMIR TOLSON, Th.D., Assistant Professor of Slavic Languages.
Th.D. (1939), Greek·Orthodox Academy, Paris. At Oregon since 1961.
• Appointment effective Jnly I, 1967.
FACULTY 59
THOMAS]. TOMANEK, Ph.D., Visiting Assistant Professor of Romance Languages.
Ph.D. (1955), Prague. At Oregon since 1966.
SAUL TOOBERT, Ph.D., Supervisor of Group Counseling and Training, University
Counseling Center, with the Rank of Associate Professor.
B.A. (1947), California; Ph.D. (1965), Oregon. At Oregon since 1963.
DONALD E. TOPE, Ph.D., Professor of Education.
B.A. (1928), Western State College (Colorado); M.A. (1929), Ph.D. (1934), Iowa. At
Oregon since 1951.
] ACK E. TRIPLETT, ]R., M.A., Acting Assistant Professor of Economics; Assistant
Director of Institute of Industrial and Labor Relations.
A.B. (1958), M.A. (1961), California at Berkeley. At Oregon since 1965.
RICHARD TROMBLEY, M.Mus. Instructor in Music (Flute, History).
B.S. (1961), Juilliard; M.Mus. (1962), Manhattan School of Music. At Oregon since
1963.
ROBEllT M. TROTTEU, Ph.D., Dean of the School of Music; Professor of Music
(Theory and History).
n.Mus. (1943), Northwestern; M.A. (1947), Chicago; Ph.D. (1957), Southern California.
At Oregon since 1963.
DONALD R. THUAX, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics.
B.S. (1951), M.S. (1953), Washington; Ph.D. (1955), Stanford. At Oregon since 1959.
MONTE E. TUBB, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Music (Education).
B.A. (1956), Arkansas; M.Mus. (1960), Indiana. At Oregon siuce 1966.
MIRIAM L. TUCK, Ed.D., P.H.N., Professor of Health Education.
B.S. (1954), New York University; M.A. (1956), Ed.D. (1961), Columbia; R.N. (1945),
State of New York; P.R.N. (1947), California at Berkeley. At Oregon since 1962.
GEORGE S. TURNBULL, M.A., Professor Emeritus of Journalism.
A.B. (1915), liLA. (1932), Washington. At Oregon since 1917.
GENEV1EVEG.TuRNIPSEED, M.A., Director Emeritus of Dormitories.
A.M. (1922), B.S. (1922), Iowa; M.A. (1930), Columhia. At Oregon since 1930.
LEONA E. TYLER, Ph.D., Dean of the Graduate School; Professor of Psychology.
B.S. (1925), M.S. (1939), Ph.D. (1941), Minnesota. At Oregon since 1940.
RICHARD L. UNRUH, M.Arch., Associate University Architect and Planner, with
the Rank of Associate Professor; Assistant Professor of Architecture.
B.A. (1952), Willamette; B.Arch. (1956), Massachusetts Institute of Technology;
l\LArch. (1963), Pennsylvania. At Oregon since 1963.
DENoRVAL UNTHANK, ]H., B.Arch., Visiting Lecturer in Architecture.
B.Arch. (1952), Oregon. At Oregon since 1965.
LVIN \\T. URQUHART, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Geography.
B.A. (1953), M.A. (1958), Ph.D. (1962), California at Berkeley. At Oregon since 1963.
ORDA'r< UTSEY, D.Ed., Associate Professor of Education.
B.A. (1952), College of Idaho; M.Ed. (1958), D.E,l. (1963), Oregon. At Oregon since
1963.
OBERT S. V AGNEH, M.A., M.Mus., Professor of Music; Director of Bands.
B.A. (1935), M.A. (1938), Colorado State College; I1I.Mus. (1942), Michigan. At Oregon
since 1950.
DWARD A. VAN AELSTYN, B.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1956), Portland. At Oregon since 1962.
AMES M. V AN BUSKIRK, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
B.S. (1954), Wisconsiu State (Snperior); M.S. (1955), Ph.D. (1962), Wisconsin. At
Oregon since 1962.
TANLEY C. VANCE, Ph.D., H. T. Miner Professor of Business Administration;
Head of Department of Personnel and Industrial Management.
B.A. (1937), St. Charles; M.A. (1944), Ph.D. (1950), Pennsylvania. At Oregon since
1960.
60 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
WENDELL L. VAN LOAN, D.Ed., Professor of Education.
B.S. (1928), M.S. (1933). Oregon; D.Ed. (1942), Stanford. At Oregon 1930·43, and since
1965.
DONALD P. V AN ROSSEN, 1>LEd., Assistant Professor of Physical Education;
Swimming Coach.
B.S. (1953), M.Ed. (1954), Illinois. .I\t Oregon since 1958.
FRANCES V AN VOORHIS, M.S., Assistant Professor of Home Economics.
B.S. (1932), Minnesota; M.S. (1949), Iowa State. .l\t Oregon since 1944.
WILBUR N. VAN ZILE, D.D.S., Professor of Dentistry, Dental School; Head of
Department of Oral Surgery.
D.D.S. (1928), California. At Oregon since 1959.
DENNIS L. VETTRUS, B.A., Assistant Director of Dormitories, with the Rank of
Assistant Professor.
B ..I\. (1961), Denver. At Ol"egon since 1963.
ANDREW M. VINCENT, Professor of Art.
Grad. (1929), Chicago Art Institute School. At Oregon sincc 1929.
*PETER H. VON HIPPI;L, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry.
B.S. (1952), M.S. (1953), Ph.D. (1955), Massachusetts Institnte of Technology. At Ore·
gon since 1966.
PAUL R. WALDO, M.A., Instructor in Speech.
B.S. (1958), Portland State; M.A. (1960), Michigan. At Oregon since 1964.
MAX WALES, M.A., Professor of Journalism.
B.A. (1933), Washburn; M.A. (1956), Iowa. At Oregon since 1957.
DANIEL P. \VALKER, Ph.D., Visiting Professor of History.
B.A. (1935), M.A. (1940), Ph.D. (1940), Oxford. At Ol"egon since 1966.
JANET E. WALKER, B.A., Head Resident, Dormitories, with the Rank of In-
structor.
B.A. (1964), Eastel'n Ol"egon. At Oregon since 1965.
DWIGHT T. W ALLACl;, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Anthropology.
A.B. (1950), Ph.D. (1957), California. At Oregon since 1961.
GREGOHY H. WANNll-:H, Ph.D., Professor of Physics.
Ph.D. (1935), Basel. At Oregon 1959 and since 1961.
LEWIS E. WAIm, JR., Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics; Director of Academic Ad-
vising; Assistant Dean, College of Liberal Arts.
B.1\. (1949), Califomia; M.S. (1951), Ph.D. (1953), Tnlane. At Ol"egon since 1959.
HUGH E. \VARREN, Ph.D., Visiting Assistant Pl"Ofessor of Mathematics.
B.S. (1963), Stanford; Ph.D. (1966), Michig-an. At Ol"eg-on since 1966.
PAUL R. "liVASHKE, Ph.D., Professor of Physical Education.
A.n. (1927), 'ATestern State Teachers (Michigan); A.M. (1929), Michigan; Ph.D. (1943)
New York University. At Oreg"ol1 since 1930.
ROBERT F. \VATKINS, D.M.D., Associate Profes~or of Dentistry, Dental School;
Head, Department of Endodontia.
D.M.D. (1949), Oregon. At Oregon since 1949.
W. GRANT W ATKINSON, M.B.A., Instl"Uctor in Business Administration.
B.S. (1964), Oregon State; 1\1.1\.A. (1966), Oregon. At Ol"egon since 1966.
DONALD A. WATSON, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Finance; Acting Director,
Bureau of Business and Economic Research.
B.A. (1947), M.A. (1948), Ph.D. (1951)., Iowa. At Oregon since 195(,.
EDWARD G. \VATSClN, M.A., Associate.Planner, Bureau of Municipal Research and
Service, with the Rank of Assistant Professor.
B.A. (1943), Reed; M.A. (1948), \Vashington. At Oregon since 1962.
* On leave of absence 1966-67.
FACULTY 61
MARSHALL n. WATTLES, Ph.D., Professor of Economics.
B.A. (1938), Southwest Missouri State; M.A. (1941), Missouri; Ph.D. (1950), Ohio
State. At Oregon since 1950.
MARIAN P. W ATIS,. B.A., B.S. in L.S., Reference Librarian Emeritus.
B.A. (1921), Oregon; B.S. in L.S. (1934), Illinois. At Oregon since 1921.
RUTH WAUGH, M.S., Senior Instructor in Education; Coordinator of DeBusk
Center.
B.S. (1957), Southern Oregon; M.S. (1963), Oregon. At Oregon since 1963.
GARY D. WEATHERFORD, LL.B., Assistant Professor of Law.
B.A. (1958), Redlands; B.D. (1961), LL.B., Yale. At Oregon since 1966.
A. KINGSLEY WEATHERHEAD. Ph.D., Associate Professor of English; Associate
Dean of the College of Liberal Arts.
M.A. (1949), Cambridge; M.A. (1949), Edinburgh; Ph.D. (1958), Washington. At Ore-
gon since 1960.
CARL C. WEBB, M.A., Associate Professor of Joumalism.·
B.S. (1932), M.A. (1950), Oregon. At Oregon since 1943.
LORA M. WEBB, B.S., Special Assistant to Foreign Student Adviser, with the
Rank of Instructor.
B.S. (1931), Oregon. At Oregon since 1966.
VINSON M. \VEBER, D.D.S., Professor of Dentistry, Dental School; Head of De-
partment of Postgraduate Education.
A.B. (1936), Oherlin; M.A. (1940), Michigan; D.D.S. (1946), Western Reserve. At Ore-
gon since 1947.
CHRISTOF A. WEGEI.1N, Ph.D., Professor of English.
M.A. (1942), North Carolina; Ph.D. (1947), Johns Hopkins. At Oregon since 1952.
GEORGE D. WEIGHT, M.S., Instructor in Business Finance.
B.S. (1961), Utah; M.S. (1964), Oregon. At Oregon since 1965.
DANIEL F. \VEILL, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Geology.
B.A. (1956), Corilell; M.S. (1958), TIlinois; Ph.D. (1962), California. At O"egon sinee
1966.
ADOLPH WEINZfRL, M.D., P1'Ofessor of Public Health and Preventive Medicine,
Medical School; Chairman of Department.
B.S. (1922), M.D. (1925), O"egon; C.P.H. (1932), M.P.H. (1939), Johns Hopkins. At
Oregon since 1937.
ROBERT L. WEISS, Ph.D., Visiting Associate Professor of Psychology.
B.A. (1952), Ph.D (1958), State University of New York. At Orcgon since 1966.
SEFTON R. \VELLINGS, M.D., Ph.D., Professor of Pathology, Medical School;
Chairman of D.epartment.
B.S. (1951), M.D. (1953), Washington; Ph.D. (1961), California. At Oregon since 1961.
DAVID K. WELLS, B.S., Captain, U.S. Army; Assistant Professor of Military
Science.
B.S. (1956), O,·egon. At Oregon since 1964.
DONALD O. WELLS, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics.
B.S. (1955), M.S. (1956), Ph.D. (1962), Stanford. At Oregon since 1961.
ARNOLD M. \VESTLlNC, B.S., Planning and Public \Vorks Consultant, Bureau of
Municipal Research and Service, with the Rank of Professor.
B.S. (1943), \Vashington. At Oregon since 1947.
FRANKLIN S. \\1RICHER, M.S., Catalog Librarian (Instructor).
B.A. (1955), M.S. (1961), TIlinois. At Oregon since 1966.
VIRGINIA]. WHITFIELD, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Music (Education).
B.Mus. (1934), l\1.Mus. (1946), Colorado; Ed.D. (1962), Cailfornia at Los Angeles. At
Oregon since 1965.
62 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
GOLDA P. \VICKHAM, B.S., Dean of \Vomen and Associate Dean of Students, with
the Rank of Professor.
B.S. (1931), Oregon. At Oregon since 1944.
MAliGAliET J. WIESE, M.A., Assistant Professor of Home Economics; Head of
Department.
B.S. (1941), Iowa State; M.A. (1945), Iowa. At Oregon since 1947.
JACK WILKINSON, Professor of Art; Head of Department of Fine and Applied
Arts.
Grad. (1937), California School of Fine Arts. At Oregon' since 1941.
OLIVER M. \VILLARD, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English.
B.A. (1927), Stanford; A.M. (1931), Ph.D. (1936), Harvard. At Oregon since 1946.
RUTH A. WILLARD, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education.
B.A. (1943), M.A. (1945), Iowa; Ed.D. (1952), California. At Oregon since 1952.
ASTRID M. WILLIAMS, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Germanic Languages.
B.A. (1921), M.A. (1932), Oregon; Ph.D. (1934), lvIarburg. At Oregon since 1935.
DANIEL A. WILLIAMS, B.S., Assistant Director of Dormitories, with the Rank of
Assistant Professor.
n.s. (1962), Oregon. At Oregon since 1963.
HOWEL WILLIAMS, D.Sc., D.Le., Visiting Professor of Geology.
B.A. (1920), M.A. (1922), D.Sc. (1928), Liverpool; D.1.C. (1924), Royal School of
Mines. At Oregon since 1966.
MILDRED H. WILLIAMS, D.Ed., Adjunct Associate Professor of Education; Head
of Social Studies Department, South Eugene High School.
B.A. (1925), M.A. (1930), D.Ed. (1954), Oregon. At Oregon since 1930.
WILLIAM B. WILLINGHAM, M.A., Program Director, PL-3.
B.A. (1957), liLA. (1963), Indiana. At Oregon since 1965.
NEIL E. Wll_SON, M.Mus., Associate Professor of Music (Voice).
B.F.A. (1952), M.lII11s. (1955), New Mexico. At Oregon since 1961.
ROBERT R. \VILSON, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1956), M.A. (1958), Chicago. At Oregon since 1963.
DONALD E. WIMBER, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Biology.
B.A. (1952), San Diego State; M.A. (1954), Ph.D. (1956), Claremont. At Oregon
since 1963.
CARRYL H. WINES, Superintendent of University Press, with the Rank of
Associate Professor.
At Oregon since 1962.
GARY WmEN, M.A., Instructor in Physical Education.
B.A. (1958), Huron; M.A. (1960), Michigan. At Oregon since 1965.
RALPH M. WlRFS, B.S., Instructor in English.
B.S. (1960), Oregon College of Education. At Oregon since 1966.
*JOHN R. WISH, M.B.A., Assistant Professor of Marketing.
n.s. (1956), M.B.A. (1962), Ohio State. At Oregon since 1966.
HERBERT P. WISNER, M.A., Instructor ill Biology.
B.A. (1949), M.A. (1950), Syracuse. At Oregon since 1966.
HARRY F. VV()LCOTT, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Education.
B.S. (1951), California; NT.A. (1959), San Francisco State; Ph.D. (1964), Stanford. At
Oregon since 1964.
RAYMOND G. WOLFE, JR., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.
A.B. (1942), M.A. (1948), Ph.D. (1955), California. At Oregon since 1956.
HUGH B. WOOD, Ed.D., Professor of Education.
B.S. (1931), Toledo; M.A. (1935), Colorado; Ed.D. (1937), Columbia. At Oregon since
1939.
• On leave of absence 1966·67.
FACULTY 63
KENNETH S. WOOD, Ph.D., Professor of Speech; Director, Speech and Hearing
Clinic.
B.S. (1935), Oregon State; M.A. (1938), Michigan; Ph.D. (1946), Southern California.
At Oregon since 1942.
MAIlEL A. WOOD, M.S., Professor Emeritus of Home Economics.
B.S. (1925), Oregon State; M.S. (1930), Columbia. At Oregon sincc 1932.
JOHN E. WOODHA){, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History.
B.A. (1960), Birmingham-Southern; M.A. (1963), Ph,D. (1964), Duke. At OEcgon since
1964.
JANET G. WOODRUFF, M.A., Professor of Physical Education.
B.S. (1926), M.A. (1929), Columbia. At Oregon since 1929.
WILLIAM C. WOODS, M.M., Associate Professor of Music (Piano, History).
B.M. (1948), M.M. (1949), Southern California. At Oregon since 1950.
RICHARD K. WOODWARD, M.D., Associate University Physician, with the Rank of
Professor.
B.S. (1955), M.D. (1960), Oregon. At Oregon since 1961.
EDNA P. WOOTEN, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physical Education.
B.S. (1945), M.A. (1946), Ph.D. (1961), Ohio State. At Oregon since 1965.
CHARLES R. B. WRIGHT, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics.
B.A. (1956), M.A. (1957), Nebraska; Ph.D. (1959), Wisconsin. At Oregon since 1961.
EMMA G. WRiGHT, AB., B.s., in L.S., Senior Acquisition Librarian (Assistant
Professor) .
A.B. (1925), Miami (.ohio); B.S. in L.S. (1939), Illinois. At Oregon since 1946.
IRWIN 1. WRIGHT, B.S., Director of Physical Plant, with the Rank of Professor.
B.S. (1926), Kansas State. At Oregon since 1947.
LEAVITT O. WRIGHT, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Romance Languages.
A.B. (1914), Harvard; B.D. (1917), Union Thcological Seminary; M.A. (1925), Ph.D.
(1928), California. At Oregon since 1926.
MORRIS YAROWSKY, M.F.A, Visiting-1I:ssistant~Professorof Art.
A.B. (1955), Dartmouth; M.F.A. (1963), California College of Arts and Crafts. At
Oregon since 1965.
JOAN YEATMAN, M.A., Instructor in English.
B.A. (1961), Southwestern Louisiana; M.A. (1962), Dukc. At Oregon since 1963.
HILDA S. F. YEE, M.Ed., Counselor Supervisor, Dormitories, with the Rank of
Instructor.
B.Ed. (1958), M.Ed. (1960), Hawaii. At Oregon since 1962.
BERTllAM YOOD, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics.
B.S. (1938), Ph.D. (1947), Yale; lILS. (1939), California Institute of Technology. At
Oregon since 1953.
PHILIP D. YOUNG, B.A, Acting Assistant Professor of Anthropology..
B.A. (1961), Illinois. At Oregon since 1966.
RICHAllD O. YOUNG, M.Ecl., M.A., Counselor, University Counseling Center with
the Rank of Assistant Professor. .
B.Ed. (1954), Toledo; M.Ed. (1958), M.A. (1964), Michigan. At Oregon sincc 1965.
LOIS J. YOUNGEN, M.!\., Assistant Professor of Physical Education.
B.S. (1955), Kent; liLA. (1957), Michigan State. At Oregon sincc 1960.
JAN ZACH, Professor of Art.
At Oregon since 1958.
MAllTIN G. ZAN1NOV1CH, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Political Science.
B.A. (1953), M.A. (1959), Ph.D. (1964), Stanford. At Oregon since 1966.
L. HAllMON ZEIGLER, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Political Science; Research
Associate, Center for Advanced Study of Educational Administration.
B.A. (1957), Emory; M.A. (1958), Ph.D. (1960), Illinois. At Oregon since 1964.
64 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
CHARLES F. ZIEBAI<TH, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Transportation.
B.A. (1931). M.A (1932), \Vashington State; Ph.D. (1952), Chicago. At Oregon since
1946.
ROBEliT C. ZI LLEI<, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology; Research Associate, Center
for Advanced Study of Educational Administration.
B.A. (1947), Northern Michig-an; M.A. (1948), Ph.D. (1956), Michigan. At Oregon
since 1966.
WJLUAM A. ZIi\IMEIUJAN, B.S., Associate Dean for Business Affairs, Medical
School (Professor).
B.S .. (1939), Oregon. At Oregon since 1940.
JAMES E. ZINSER, B.S., Instructor in Economics.
B.S. (1962), Bradley. At Oregon since 1966.
JAMES A. ZUMBRUNNEN, B.S., Assistant Professor of Military Science.
B.A. (1965), Washington State. 1\t Oregon since 1966.
ARNULF ZWEIG, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Philosophy.
B.A. (1952), Rochester; Ph.D. (1960), Stanford. At Oregon since 1956.
IGeneral Information
History of the University
THE UNIVERSITY OF OREGON was established by an act of the Oregon
Legislature in 1872, but did not open its doors to students until four years later,
in 1876. The founding of the University grew out of a Federal grant, authorized
in the Donation Act of September 27, 1850, of two townships of land "to aid in the
establishment of a university in the territory of, Oregon." The territory then in-
cluded the entire Oregon Country; it was specified that one of the townships was
to be located north of the Columbia.
On July 17, 1854, the grant was changed by an act reserving two townships
each for the newly separated \iVashington and Oregon territories. This grant was
confirmed on February 14, 1859, when the Act of Congress admitting Oregon into
the Union provided for a grant of seventy-two sections of land for the establish-
ment and support of a state university. The Legislature, by an act of June 3, 1859,
committed the people of Oregon to the application of the proceeds from this grant
"to the use and support of a state university."
The settlement of Oregon and the accumulation of fUllds from the sale of these
University lands progressed slowly. In 1850 the population of the entire Oregon
Country was only 13,294. In 1860 the population of the state was 52,465, and in
1870, 90,993. There were already five denominational colleges in the state ill 1860,
and the United States census of 1870 reported that there were twenty "classical,
professional and technical" institutions ("not public") in Oregon. The creation of
a state nnivel'sit0' was deferred.
Howevel:, after a fund of $31,635 11ad accumulated from the sale of University
lands, the Legislature on October 19, 1872 passed an act "to create, organize and
locate the University of the State of Oregon." Eugene was chosen as a site after
the Lane County delegation ill the Legislatnre had offered to provide a building
and campus worth $50,000. The Union University Association of Eugene, the
organization promoting- the institution, was given two years in which to construct
this building.
Construction of the building, Deady Hall. began in May 1873. However, the
genesis of the University and the economic trouhles of 1873 coincided, and it was
only aftet· an intense struggle to keep the enterprise alive and a two-year extension
of time for completion that the conditions specified in the act creating the Uni-
ver3ity were declared fulfilled. The site and building were accepted by the state on
July 28, 1876, and the University opened its first session on October 16, 1876. The
first class was graduated in June 1878.
Deady Hall was the nucleus around which other University buildings later
arose; Villard Hall, the second campus structure, was built in 1885.
The first University courses were limited almost elltirely to classical and
literary subjects; the demand for a broader curriculum was, however, gradually
met by the addition of scientific and professional instruction. Around the original
libera! arts college were organized the professional schools, beginning with the
School of Law, established as a night law school in Portland in 1884 (in 1915 the
School of Law was moved to Eugene and reorganized as a regular division of the
University). The 'Medical Scbool was established in Portland in 1887. The Grad-
uate School was organized in 1900, the School of Music in 1902, the School of
Education in 1910, the School of Architecture and Allied Arts and the School of
Business Administration in 1914, the School of JOl11'llalism in 1916, and the School
[ 65 ]
66 GENERAL INFORMATION
of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation in 1920. The Dental School, located
in Portland, became a part of the University in 1945; its previous history as a pri-
vately supported institution dates from 1893. The School of Nursing, located on
the Medical School campus in Portland, was organized in 1960 (a degree curricu-
IUI11 in nursing has been offered by the University since 1926; from 1932 to 1960
the program was administered through the Department of Nursing Education of
the Medical School). The Honors College was established in 1960.
Since its founding, the following men have served the University as president:
John Wesley Johnson; 1876-1893; Charles H. Chapman, 1893-1899; Frank Strong,
1899-1902: Prince Lucien Campbell, 1902-1925; Arnold Bennett Hall, 1926-1932;
Clarence Valentine Boyer, 1934-1938; Donald Milton Erb, 1938-1943; Orlando
John Hollis, acting president, 1944-1945; Harry K. Newburn, 1945-1953; Victor
Pierpont Morris, acting president, 1953-1954; O. Meredith Wilson, 1954-1960;
William C. Jones, acting president, 1960-1961; Arthur S. Flemming, since 1961.
Income
THE STATE LAW creating the Board of Higher Education specified that this
body was to "have and exercise control of the use, distribution and disbursement
of all funds, appropriations and taxes, now or hereafter in possession, levied and
collected, received or appropriated for the use, benefit, support and maintenance
of institutions of higher education." Under this act, effective July 1, 1931, the
Board administers all funds for all state-supported higher-educational activities,
including the University of Oregon, on the hasis of a unified budget.
Funds for the support of higher education in Oregon are derived primarily
from the following sources: state appropriations for the operation of the institu-
tions; specified sums from the national government assigned for definite purposes
by Congressional acts; income from student tuition and fees; and· other sources
such as gifts" grants, sales, service charges, etc.
University of Oregon Development Fund. An integrated and continuing
program to obtain financial support of the academic work of the University from
private donors is operated through the University of Oregon Development Fund,
a nonprofit organization incorporated under the Jaws of the state of Oregon. The
fund is administered through a Board of Directors, including a:lumni, faculty mem-
bers, students, and other friends of the institution. Information conceming the pro-
gram and concerning University needs for which private support is essential may.
be obtained from Richard C. \iVilliams, Director of Development.
Campuses
THE MAIN CAMPUS of the University of Oregon is located in Eugene (popu-
lation 75,300), 109 miles south of Portland, at the head of the Willamette Valley.
Eugene is a progressive city with excellent schools, numerous churches, ami strong
civic and social organizations. The climate is mild, with moderate winters and
cool summers. The average annual rainfall is 380 inches, with the heaviest rain-
fall in the winter months, November, December, and January.
The Eugene campus occupies about 187 acres of land in the eastern part of the
city. The campus is bisected by Thirteenth Avenue. The first University build-
ings were erected north of Thirteenth, on what is known as the "old campus."
Later expansions have been principally to the south and east.
Most of the buildings on the old campus are arranged in a quadrangle: Fenton
Hall, Deady Hall, Villard Hall, Lawrence Hall, Allen Hall, and Friendly Hal!.
Johnson Hall (the Administration Building) is located across Thirteenth Avenue,
LIBRARIES 67
facing the north quadrangle. South of Johnson Hall is an integrated group of
buildings, including Gerlinger Hall (the women's gymnasium), Hendricks Hall,
and Susan Campbell Hall.
A new quadrangle to the west includes Commonwealth Hall, north of Thir-
teenth Avenue, and, to the south, Condon Hall, Chapman Hall, the Museum of
Art, Prince L. Campbell Hall, and the University Library. The Education Build-
ing and the Music Building are located south of this quadrangle.
Until the 1920s the east boundary of the campus was, roughly, University
Street. Significant expansion beyond this boundary began with the erection of
McArthur Court (the student athletic center) and the John Straub Memorial
Building (a men's dormitory), and continued in the 1930s with the erection of
the Physical Education Building. More recent additions in this area are the Sci-
ence Building, the Anthropology Building, Emerald Hall (a temporary structure
housing administrative and student-affairs offices), the Donald M. Erb Memorial
Union, several dormitories, and the Student Health Service Building.
Since the end of World War II, extensive temporary housing facilities for
married students have been erected on or near the campus. These facilities in-
clude houses and apartments east of the main campus and row-house apartments
occupying a 30-acre tract about six blocks southwest of the campus. A permanent
housing project for married students has been developed on the west side of
Eugene.
There are three notable works of sculpture on the campus. "The Pioneer,"
by Alexander Phimister Proctor, stands on the old campus, facing Johnson Hall;
it was given to the University in 1919 by Joseph N. Teal. "The Pioneer Mother,"
also by Proctor, is located in the women's quadrangle; it was given to the Uni-
versity in 1932 by Vice-President Emeritus Burt Brown Barker, in memory of
his mother. "Prometheus" (1958), by Jan Zach, north of the Museum of Art, is
the gift of alumnae and student members of Gamma Phi Beta.
The Medical School, the Dental School, and the School of Nursing are located
on an IOI-acre campus in Portland's southwest hills, overlooking the city. For
further informatfon see the Medical School, Dental School, and School of Nursing
catalogs. .
Libraries
CARL W. HINTZ, Ph.D University Libraria!l
DONALD T. SMITH, M.A., M.S Assistant University Librarian
LOIS BAKER, M.A. .. Law Librarian
EUGENE B. BARNES, Ph.D Head Acquisition Librarian
ELIZABETH FINDLY, A.~LL.S .. .. Head Reference Librarian
DON L. HUNTER, B.S..... .. Head, Audiovisual Media Center
HOLWAY R. JONES, B.L.S., M.A.............. .. Head Social Science Librarian
CLARICE E. KRIEG, B.S. in L.S., A.M............................. .. Head Catalog Librarian
ROBERT R. MCCOLLOUGH, M.S., M.A __ Head Humanities Librarian
MARY CLAIRE MEYER, :M.A __ _.Head Circulation Librarian
ALAN W. 'ROECKER, B.L.S., Ph.M..................... ...Head Science Librarian
MARTIN SCllmTT, B.S., B.S. in L.S.;..... .. Curator of Special Collections
MARGARET MARKLEY, A.B., B.S. in L.S.. . Senior Catalog Librarian
MARCIA C. BLEVINS, M.S.. . ....Acquisition Librarian
KAY F. DENFELD, M.A....... __ .. __ . . .. Social Science Librarian
PEGGY :MARIE FRONE J B.A., B.L.S. .Readers' Consultant and Browsing Room Librarian
JAMES H. GRITTON, B.C.S., M.A., J.D.... .. .....Assistant Law Librarian
MARGARET C. HARPER, M. L.S....................................... .Senior Catalog Librarian
ALFRED HEILPERN, M.L Acquisition Librarian
JOHN H. I-IENDRICKSON. M.nfus... . _ Audiovisual Librarian
EDWARD G. HOLLMAN, M.A., M.S. in L.S.............. . Social Science Librarian
JANE Y. C. Hsu, B.A __ .. __ . Catalog Librarian
DWIGHT H. HUMPHREY, B.S. in L.S., M.A .. __ .. __ __ __ __..Catalog Librarian
68 GENERAL INFORMATION
EDWARD C. KEMP, M.L.S , Acquisition Librarian
HOWARD LINDSTROM, 1\LA... .Assistant IIead, Audiovisual Media Center
ROBERT R. LOCKARD, M.A Social Science Librarian
ROBIN B. LODEWICK, M.L.S............................................. .. Catalog Librarian
RICHARD J. LONG, M.S............................. .. Reference Librarian
R. R. MCCREADY, M.A............................... .. Reference Librarian
CORINNE McNEIR, M.S. in L.S.......................... .. Documents Librarian
DOROTHY M. MANNING, M.L. Catalog Librarian
MYRA M. MAYO, M.A............ . Scienee Librarian
JUDITH A. MOOMAW, M.A............... ..Catalog Librarian
FRANCES NEWSOM, M.A... .. Architecture and Allied Arts Librarian
"GUIDO PALANDRI, B.A., B.L.S. . , Catalog Librarian
HUlBERT PAUL, lVI.L.S. __ "._._ __ .Acquisition Librarian
MIRIAM A. PERRY, B.A., Lib. Cert..... .. Catalog Librarian
MARGARET G. PETERSON, M.A..................................... . Graphic Artist
JANICE POOLE, B.F.A., -B.L.S _ . __ __ . __ .Reference Librarian
SABIKE JERSTAD, M.A _. _._._ _. .__ __ _._ __ .Acquisition Librarian
PATRICIA'N. McDANIELS, M.L __ .. __ .. __ Humanities Librarian
ROSE MARIE SERVICE, :M.A.................................................. .. Social Science Librarian
EDMUND F. SOULE, B.M., Ph.D............................................ .. Music Librarian
BETTY MAE STAMM, B.A...................................................... . Acquisition Librarian
MIYAKO TAKENO, M.A., M.S............................................ .. CataIDg Librarian
EDWARD p. THATCHER, M.A................................... . __ _ Science Librarian
FRANKLIN SCOTT WHICHER, :N'I.S............. . _._ .. __ .._ _. Catalog Librarian
ROBERT M. DONNELL, M.A Dental School Librarian
.MARGARET E. HUGHES, B.S................................... .. c.1VIedical Sehool Lihrarian
THE SERVICES of the University of Oregon Library are organized in broad
subject divisions: Social Science, Science, Humanities, and General Reference.
Each of the divisions has its own reading areas, conveniently integrated with its
book collections. All University students have free access to the book stacks.
The services of the subj ect divisions are supplemented by the Audiovisual
Media Center, which provides facilities for the production, preservation, and use
of recordings, slides, films, and similar materials, and by the Special Collections
Division, which is responsible for the development and care of collections of Pacific
Northwest historical materials, rare books, manuscripts, and University archives.
The University Library was founded in 1882 through a gift of books, worth
$1,000, selected and purchased by Henry Villard of New York City. Before 1882
the only library available to students was a collection of about 1,000 volumes owned
by the Laurean and Eutaxian student literary societies; this collection was made
a part of the University Library in 1900. In 1881 Mr. Villard gave the University
$50,000 as a permanent endowment; a provision of the gift was that at least $400 of
the income should be used for the purchase of nontechnical books for the Library.
In addition to the general Library collections, the University has a number
of specialized libraries with permanent collections. The holdings of the several
libraries are shown below:
General Library...................... .. ..
Law Library... . .
Gertrude Bass Warner Memorial Library
Bureau of Municipal Res.earch and Service Library ...
Medical SchDDI Library .
Dental School Library ..
Total ..
952,404
63,189
984
19,297
98,732
9,906
1,144,512
Other materials in the University Library include: 84,170 maps; 140,501
photos, pictures, and prints; 12,076 sound recordings; 88,493 slides; 651 film
strips; 496 motion picture films; 102,700 uncataloged pamphlets; and 913, 485
manuscripts.
The Library's facilities for undergraduate work are excellent, and strong
" On sabbatical leave 1966·67.
LIBRARIi<:S 69
collections for advanced study and research are being built in the various fields of
liberal and professional scholarship. All of the books in the libraries of the insti-
tutions of the Oregon State System of Higher Education are available to the
students and faculty of the University.
Some of the Library's resources of particular value for advanced study are:
a collection of source materials on English life and letters in the seventeenth cen-
tury; a collection of books, reports, and periodicals on English opinion and politics
of the nineteenth century, including considerable material on English liberalism
in its relation to public education; materials on the history of American education
in the nineteenth century; a collection of pamphlets on the English corn laws; the
Overmeyer Collection of published works on the Civil War; a collection of BaJ-
zaciana; unusually extensive and complete files of psychological periodicals; an
extensive collection of Oregon and Pacific Northwest manuscripts, photographs,
maps, pamphlets, books, and newspapers. The noncurrent records of the Univer-
sity of Oregon are deposited with the Library as University archives.
The Burgess Collection of manuscripts, incunabula, and rare books is the gift
of Miss Julia Burgess, late professor of English at the University, and of friends
of the institution.
The Ernest Haycox Memorial Library, housed in a special room in the
Library, consists of books and other materials accumulated by the late Mr.
Ernest Haycox, '23, for background and reference use during his twenty-five-year
career as a writer.
The Douglass Room, established through a bequest from the late Matthew
Hale Douglass, former librarian of the University, contains record and tape col-
lections of music, poetry, plays, and speeches. The room is equipped with phono-
graphs with earphone attachments for individual listening.
The Philip Brooks Memorial Library, the gift of Mrs. Lester Brooks, is a ref-
erence collection of standard sets of American and English authors; it is housed
in a special room on the third floor of the Library building.
The Adelaide Church Memorial Room, a "browsing room". for recreational
reading in the Student Union, is operated as a department of the University Li-
brary. Collections maintained in this room include the Pauline Potter Homer
Collection of fine editions, illustrated books, books with fine bindings, and ex-
amples of the work of private presses.
The Bureau of Municipal Research and Service Library, housed in Common-
wealth Hall, contains books, pamphlets, and other materials dealing with problems
of local government.
The Law Library, housed in Fenton Hall, contains complete case reports of
the National Reporter System, complete state reports from Colonial times to the
establishment of the Reporter System, a substantial collection of English and
Canadian case law, compilations of state and Federal statute law, standard legal
digests and encyclopaedias, etc. Its periodical collection includes about 300 titles.
An excellent collection of publications relating to Oregon territorial and state
laws includes an extensive file of Oregon Supreme Court briefs.
The Gertrude Bass Warner Memorial Library of books on the history, litera-
ture, life, and particularly the art of Oriental countries is the gift of Mrs. Warner.
The School of Architecture and Allied Arts has a reference collection in
Lawrence Hall. The collection includes the architecture library of the late Ion
Lewis, Portland architect, given in 1929 by Mr. Lewis, and the library of \Villiam
Whidden, given by his heirs.
The University Library issues a semiannual periodical, the CALL NUMBER,
containing articles and notes of a broadly bibliographical nature, with special
reference to its own collections.
Service. During the regular sessions the main Library is open on Mondays,
Tuesdays, Wednesdays, and Thursdays from 8 :00 a.m. to 11 :00 p.m.; on Fridays
70 GENERAL INFORMATION
from 8 :00 a.m. to 10 :00 p.m.; on Saturdays from 8 :00 a.m. to 5 :00 p.m.; and on
Sundays from 2 :00 to 10 :00 p.m. The Reserve Book Room is open on Mondays,
Tuesdays, Wednesdays, and Thursdays from 8 :00 a.m. to I :00 a.m:; on Fridays
and Saturdays from 8 :00 a.m. to 10 :00 p.m.; on Sundays from 10 :00 a.m. to 10 :00
p.m. In addition, the Reserve Book Room is open until I :00 a.m. on the two Fridays
and Saturdays preceding final examinations. During vacation periods the Library
is open from 8 :00 a.m. to 5 :00 p.m. Books other than reference books and those
especially reserved for use in the Library may be borrowed for a period of two
weeks, with the privilege of renewal if there is no other demand. Library privileges
are extended to all University students and staff members, and may be granted to
other persons upon application.
Library Fines and Charges. The following regulations govern Library fines
and charges:
(1) A fine of 25 cents per day is charged for each overdue book, recording, or other Li-
brary material other than reserve books and material circulated by special permission (maximum,
$10.00).
(2) The following fines are charged for violation of rules governing reserve books and
material circulated by special permission: (a) for overdue books, 25 cents an hour or fraction
thereof (maximum, $10.00), until the material is returned or reported lost (a maximum charge
of $1.00 an hour may be made in case of flagrant violation of the rules); ell) for failure to
return books to proper department desk, 25 cents.
(3) Books needed for use in the Library are subject to recall at any time. A maximum fine
of $1.00 a day may be imposed for failure to return promptly.
(4) Borrowers losing Library _materials are charged: (a) the replacement cost of the
material, (h) the amount of fine incurred up to the time the material is -reported missing (maxi-
mum, $10.00), and (c) a service charge of $3.00 fO!' each title.
(5) \Vhen a lost" book, for which the borrower has been billed, is returned before a replace-
ment has been ordered, a refund not exceeding the replacement cost may be made. In cases
where a replacement has been ordered, any refunds to the borrower are at the discretion of thc
librarian.
Instruction. The University Library also offers a service course to acquaint
students with its resources and to aid them in the use of these resources.
Unified Facilities. The library collections at the state institutions of higher
education in Oregon have been developed to meet special needs on each campus;
but the book stock of the libraries, as property of the state, circulates freely to per-
mit the fullest use of all books. The library facilities of the several institutions are
coordinated through a director of libraries. The current director is also the li-
brarian of the University of Oregon. A union catalog of the libraries of the State
System is maintained in the Oregon State University Library, and an author list
of books in the Oregon State University Library is maintained in the University
of Oregon Library.
Museums and Collections
MUSEUMS AND COLLECTIONS maintained at the University include the
Miniature Wagon Museum, the Museum of Art and the Museum of Natural His-
tory. Art exhibits are also shown in the gallery on the second floor of the Student
Union.
Museum of Art
WALLACE S. BALDINGER, Ph.D ....
MARK CLARKE, M.F.A...
. _._ _ D irector
........._ Curator
The Museum of Art, housing the Murray Warner Collection of Oriental Art
and other University art collections, was erected in 1930. The building and the
MUSEUMS AND COLLECTIONS 71
garden court adjoining it, both dedicated to the memory of Prince Lucien Camp-
bell, fourth president of the University, were financed through gifts.
The Warner Collection was given to the University in 1921 by Mrs. Gertrude
Bass Warner as a memorial to her husband, Major Murray Warner, with whom
she had been collecting works of Oriental art from the time of their marriage in
China in 1904 until his death in 1920. Mrs. Warner continued until her death in
1951 to augment and improve the collection and direct its exhibition. She also
established a museum reference library for studies in Oriental art; the collection
is now known as the Gertrude Bass Warner Memorial Library.
The Murray Warner Collection includes 3,196 accessioned objects, represent-
ing principally the cultures of China and Japan, but including some works of art
from Korea, Cambodia, Mongolia, and Russia.
The Haseltine Collection of Pacific Northwest Art, currently being developed
and placed on permanent loan to the Museum of Art, now comprises more than 150
paintings and sculptures.
The first-floor galleries of the Museum of Art are reserved for the showing
of traveling exhibitions, the display of special study material, and exhibitions of
Northwest artists. A program of statewide services which includes circulating ex-
hibitions and acquisitions for the permanent collections, is financed principally
through a Friends of the Museum organization; membership in it is open to the
public.
Museum of Natural History
J. ARNOLD SHOTWELL, Ph.D ...
DAVID L. COLE, M.S .
LEROY DETL1NG, Ph.D .
JANE GRAY, Ph.D __
LERoy JOHNSON, JR., Ph.D ...
LAURENCE R. KITTLEMAN, Ph.D .. _
.. . .. .. Director; Curator of Fossil Vertebrates
______ Curator of Anthropology
. Curator of the Herbarium
______ .__ ... Curator of Palaeobotany
. """"'._.. '. ._.i\ssistant Curator of Anthropology
__. . .__ .__ . .Curator of Geology
The Museum of Natural History is primarily a research department devoted
to studies of the history of the earth, plants, animals, and man as found in Oregon.
The know ledge gained in these studies is made available to the public through
displays, publications, a public-school loan program, a museum information ser-
vice, and loans to other institutions. As a repository, the Museum of Natural
History maintains large collections of fossils, plants, animals, rocks, and the
objects used by primitive man.
In addition to storage and display areas, the Museum of Natural History has
a preparation laboratory and shop, an archaeology laboratory, palaeoecology lab-
oratories including facilities for the study of sedimentation and pollen, and draft-
ing, illustration, and darkroom areas, for staff and graduate-student research.
The former Condon Museum of Geology and the Museum of Vertebrate
Zoology are integrated into the Museum of Natural History. The anthropological
collections are designated by state law as the Oregon State Museum of Anthro-
pology.
The Herbarium of the Museum of Natural History maintains a large collec-
tion of plants of Oregon and the Northwest, including the Howell, Leiberg, and
Cusick collections. The palaeobotanical collections include fossil leaves and pol-
len from many localities. Tertiary fossil vertebrates represent all stages of the
history of the fauna of Oregon. Skins and skeletons of mammals and birds are
available for study. The artifacts of primitive man in Oregon are well represented
in the large archaeological collections. The collections also include specimens
illustrating the material culture of primitive peoples of many parts of the world.
The collections are continually augrnentt!d through an intensive field program and
gifts.
72 GENERAL INFORMATION
The displays of the museum are open daily. Large groups should make ap-
pointments in advance to avoid congestion. During the academic year the museum
is open Monday through Friday from 8 :00 a.m. to 5 :00 p.m. and on Saturday
and Sunday from 1 :30 p.m. to 5 :00 p.m. The museum is not open on week ends in
the summer.
Miniature Wagon Museum
IVAN L. COLLINS .. D irector
The Miniature 'Wagon Museum, located in Erb Memorial Union, houses more
than fifty miniatures of wagons, carriages, and other horse-drawn equipment used
in America in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. The miniatures are
authentic reproductions one-eighth actual size. Many of the wagons are displayed
in recreated historical settings, including recorded sound effects of the era.
Reference works, photographs, and other research materials are available for
study.
Official Publications
THE 1932 LEGISLATIVE ACT placing all the Oregon state institutions of
higher education under the control of one Board provided that all public announce-
ments pertaining to the several institutions "shall emanate from and bear the
name of the Department of Higher Education and shall be conducted in such a
way as to present to the citizens of the state and prospective students a fair and
impartial view of the higher educational facilities provided by the state and the
prospects for useful employment in the various fields for which those facilities
afford preparation." Official publications of the University of Oregon include:
University of Oregon Bulletin. The UNIVERSITY OF OREGON BULLETIN is
published nine times a year by the State Board of Higher Education. Included
in the BULLETIN are the official catalogs of the University and its several divisions.
University of Oregon Books. Scholarly studies published by the University
appear under the imprint, UNIVERSITY OF OREGON BOOKS. Some studies also carry
a serial designation, UNIVERSITY OF OREGON MONOGRAPHS.
Comparative Literature. COMPARATIVE LITERATURE, a quarterly journal, is
published by the University of Oregon in cooperation with the Comparative Lit-
erature Section of the Modern Language Association of America.
Oregon Law Review. The OREGON LAW REVIEW is published quarterly
under the editorship of the faculty of the School of Law as a service to the mem-
bers of the Oregon bar and as a stimulus to legal research and productive scholar-
ship on the part of students.
Oregon Business Review. The OREGON BUSINESS REVIEW is published
monthly by the Bureau of Business and Economic Research. Its primary purpose
is to report and interpret current business and economic conditions in Oregon and
the Pacific Northwest.
Call Number. The CALL NUMBER is published semiannually by the Univer-
sity of Oregon Library. It contains articles and notes of a broadly bibliographical
nature, with special reference to the Library's own collections.
Northwest Review. The NORTHWEST REVIEW, issued three times a year, is
devoted to creative writing, art, criticism, and comment; the work of Pacific
Northwest contributors is particularly welcome.
OFFICIAL PUBLICATIONS 73
Northwest Folklore. NORTHWEST FOLKLORE, published semiannually, pub-
lishes research articles and notes, with special reference to the folklore of the
Pacific Northwest.
Curriculum Bulletin. The Curriculum Bulletin is published ten times a year
by the School of Education. Each issue presents a single topic of interest to school
teachers and administrators.
Physical-Education Microcards. The University issues, through the School
of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation, several microcard series in the
fields of health, physical education, recreation, and related subjects. The series
include dissertations, theses, and other unpublished research materials, and out-of-
print scholarly books and periodicals.
Municipal Research Bulletins. The publications of the Bureau of Municipal
Research and Service, intended primarily as a service to city officials in the state
of Oregon, are issued in four series, INFORMATION BULLETINS, LEGAL BULLETINS,
FINANCE BULLETINS, and SPECIAL BULLETINS, published for the most part in
mimeographed form.
Academic Regulations
Admission
TO BE ADMITTED to the University of Oregon a student must be of good
moral character and must present evidence of acceptable preparation for work at
the college level. Every person wishing to earn credit in the regular sessions of
the University must send to the Office of Admissions: (1) an application on an
official University form; (2) a $10.00 application fee (this fee is not refundable) ;
(3) official transcripts of all hig-h-school and colleg-e records.
Application and transcripts of records should be filed well before the appli-
cant intends to enter the University; late filing may delay or prevent registration.
If a student fails to submit the required documents in complete and satisfactory
form, his admission and registration may be canceled. All records submitted, filed,
and accumulated in the Admissions and Registrar's Offices become the property of
the University.
Students planning to enter the University in the fall term should send their
applications for admission to the Office of Admissions not later than August 31.
A late-filing fee of $10.00 is charged if applications are filed later than this date.
Entrance Deposit. Each student admitted for fall-term matriculation is re-
quested to send an entrance deposit of $25.00 to the University Business Office.
This deposit is retained as the student's general $25.00 deposit to cover loss of or
damage to the University property, etc. (see page 86). If the student does not
actually register in the fall, winter, or spring term, the entrance deposit is forfeited.
Admission to Freshman Standing
To be admitted to freshman standing in the University, a student must be a
graduate of a standard or accredited high school and, in addition, meet certain
qualitative educational standards. The qualitative requirements for residents of
Oregon differ from those for nonresident students:
Resident Students. To be eligible for admission with freshman standing in the
fall term, a student who is a resident of Oregon must: (l) have a 2.25 grade-
point average in all high-school subjects taken for graduation; or (2) attain a
satisfactory score (887) on the College Entrance Examination Board Scholastic
Aptitude Test; or (3) achieve a GPA of 2.00 on a full load of studies (at least 9
term hours) in a regular collegiate summer session, including a course in English
composition and two or more courses from the fields of literature, social science,
or science.
To be eligible for admission on the basis of high-school grades in the winter
or spring terms, a resident student must have a high-school GPA of 2.00 or a satis-
factory score (880) on the Scholastic Aptitude Test.
Nonresident Students. To be eligible for admission with freshman standing,
a student who is not a resident of Oregon must: (1) have a 2.75 grade-point
average in all high-school subjects taken for graduation; or (2) have a 2.25 high-
school GPA combined with a satisfactory score on the Scholastic Aptitude Test;
or (3) achieve a GPA of 2.25 on 12 term hours of work in a regular collegiate
summer session, including a course in English composition and two or more
courses from the fields of literature, social science, or science.*
• A nonresident student who is not eligible for admission under the stated conditions may
be admitted if a faculty committee determines that he can probably pursue University studies
with profit. .
[ 74 J
ADMISSION 75
Early Admission. A high-school student who is a resident of Oregon, has a
cumulative GPA of 2.50 or a Scholastic Aptitude Test score of 950 at the end of the
first half of his senior year, and is recommended by his high-school principal will
be granted admission to the University before graduation. On application to the
Director of Admissions a nonresident high-school student will be granted ad-
mission before graduation on the basis of a 3.00 GPA or a 2.50 GPA and a Scholastic
Aptitude Test score of 1,000 at the end of the first half of his senior year. Enroll-
ment in the University after early admission is contingent on graduation from
high school and submission of a complete high-school transcript.
Credentials. A student applying for admission to freshman standing must
send to the Office of Admissions: (1) an application on an official University form;
(2) a $10.00 application fee (this fee is not refundable) ; (3) records of all school
.work taken beyond the eighth grade, certified by the proper school official on the
official form used by his high school for this purpose; ami (4) certified results of
the following College Entrance Examination Board tests: (a) Scholastic Aptitude
Test, (b) achievement test in English composition, (c) achievement test in level
I mathematics, and (d) achievement test in a foreign language, if he has studied a ,
foreign language for two years in high school.* See also ENTRANCE EXAMINA-
TIONS, page 76.
Scores on the College Entrance Examination Board tests are used primarily
as a basis for advising and placement. As indicated above, however, students may
satisfy the University's qualitative standards for admission through a satisfactory
score on the Scholastic Aptitude Test.
Advanced Placement Program. Students who have completed college-level
studies in high school under the Advanced Placement Program sponsored by the
College Entrance Examination Board, and who have received satisfactory grades
in examinations administered by the Board, may be granted credit toward a bache-
lor's degree in comparable University courses on admission to freshman standing.
For further information, see page 135.
Admission of Transfer Students
Transfer students are persons admitted to the Ulliversity of Oregon after
having been registered in any other institution of collegiate grade or in a depart-
ment or center of extension work, including the Division of Continuing Educa-
tion of the Oregon State System of Higher Education.
A transfer student must present evidence that he was in good standing when
he left the college or university previously attended, and must meet certain
qualitative standards of scholastic attainment. The qualitative requirements for
residents of Oregon differ from the requirements for nonresidents: resident stu-
dents-a grade-point average of 2.00 covering all previous college work; non-
resident students-a GPA of 2.25.t Students who present fewer than 12 term hours
of collegiate credit must meet the requirements for freshman standing.
The amount of transferred credit granted depends upon the nature and quality
of the applicant's previous work, evaluated according to the academic requirements
of the University. Records from fully accredited institutions are evaluated before
admission is granted.
Credit transferred from an accredited junior college may be counted only as a
part of the first 93 term hours earned toward a baccalaureate degree.
No advanced standing is granted at entrance for work done in nonaccredited
collegiate institutions. However, after three terms of satisfactory work in the Uni-
.X- Information concerning scheduled test dates and the location of testing centers may be
obtained from "high-school counselors or from the College Entrance ExaminatiDIl Board, Box
592, Princeton, N.J., or 1947 Center St., Berkeley, Calif.
t See note (*), page 74.
76 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
versity, an undergraduate student transferring from a nonaccredited institution
may, on petition, receive credit in University of Oregon courses to which courses
taken at the unaccredited institution are approximately equivalent; validating ex-
aminations may be required. Petitions for such credit may be based only on regu-
larly organized college-level courses.
Transfer students must send to the Office of Admissions: (1) an application
on an official University form; (2) a $10.00 application fee (this fee is not refund-
able) ; (3) complete official records of all school work beyond the eighth grade;
and (4) a certified score on the College Entrance Examination Board Scholastic
Aptitude Test. College records must be certified by the registrar of the institution
providing the record; if the student's high-school record is adequately shown on his
college transcript, he need not obtain another record direct from his high school. If
a student has taken the Scholastic Aptitude Test on a previous occasion, he need
not take it again, but may obtain and submit a transcript of his score from the
College Entrance Examination Board.
Admission to Major Programs. Several University.schools and departments
have special requirements for the admission of transfer students as majors and
for the granting of transfer major credit-in addition to the general require-
ments of the University. These requirements are frequently set in accordance
with the standards of natIonal professional accrediting organizations. Where there
are such special requirements, they are stated in school and department sections in
this Catalog.
Admission of Special Students
An applicant may experience difficulty in obtaining complete and official cre·-
dentials to document his application. When such deficiencies or irregularities of
credentials prevent proper classification, the Director of Admissions may admit
the applicant as a special student.
The Director may also, with the concurrence of the Scholastic Deficiencies
Committee and the dean of the college or school in which the applicant wishes to
study, admit as a special student an undergraduate who is a resident of Oregon and
who does not meet regular admission requirements. Exceptions to admission re-
quirements for nonresident undergraduates require the approval of a faculty com-
mittee. Special-student status is not granted to an upper-division applicant with
less than a 2.00 GPA.
A special student should qualify for regular standing as soon as possible, by
satisfactory University work and by the removal of any entrance deficiencies; if
his grades when admitted were below a C average, he must raise his cumulative
average to that level before being granted regular standing. A student may not
continue for more than 45 term hours of University work under special-student
classification without explicit permission (which is seldom granted). A special
student may earn credits toward a degree; to qualify for a degree, however, he
must complete at least 45 term hours of work after he has been granted regular
standing. (In case a regular student changes to special status, work done while he
is a special student will not apply toward a degree.)
Admission to Graduate Standing
For requirements and procedures for admission to graduate study see GRAD-
UATE SCHOOL, page 115 ff.
Entrance Examinations
TO PROVIDE THE FACULTY with a basis for reliable advice and assist-
ance to students in planning their programs and, in certain cases, for determi-
DEGREES 77
nation of eligibility for enrollment, the University requires all entering under-
graduate students to submit certified scores on the College Entrance Examination
Board Scholastic Aptitude Test; freshman students are required to submit, in
addition, scores on the College Board achievement tests in the following fields:
English composition, level I mathematics, a foreign language (if the student has
studied a foreign language for two years in high school).
It is important that students whose eligibility for enrollment may be deter-
mined in part by test scores take these examinations no later than the College
Board's March or May test dates. All entering students are expected to take the
tests before they arrive on the campus; however, students whose scores will be
used for counseling purposes only may apply to the University Counseling Center
for permission to take the tests at a special campus administration.
All entering students, undergraduate and graduate, are also required to take a
physical examination and provide evidence of immunization to certain contagious
diseases (see page 95). The physical examination is given by a physician chosen
by the student, who provides an examination report to the University Student
Health Service.
Degrees
WHEN REQUIREMENTS for degrees are changed, special arrangements may
be made for students who have taken work under the old requirements. In general,
however, a student will be expected to meet the requirements in force at the time
he plans to receive a degree. The University grants the following degrees:
Honors College-B.A. (Honors College).
Liberal Arts-B.A., B.S., M.A., M.S., M.F.A., Ph.D.
Architecture and Allied Arts-B.A., B.S., B.Arch., B.I.Arch., B.L.A., B.F.A.,
M.A., M.S., M.Arch., M.F.A., M.L.A., M.U.P.
Business Administration-B.A., B.S., B.B.A., M.A., M.S., M.B.A., D.B.A.
Dentistry-M.S., D.M.D.
Education-B.A., B.S., B.Ed., M.A., M.S., M.Ed., D.Ed., Ph.D.
Health, Physical Education, and Recreation-B.A., B.S., B.P.E., M.A., M.S.,
D.Ed., Ph.D.
Journalism-B.A., B.S., M.A., M.S.
Law-B.A., B.S., LL.B., J.D.
Librarianship-M.L.S.
Medicine-M.A., M.S., Ph.D., M.D.
Music-B.A., B.Mus., M.A., M.Mus., D.M.A.
Nursing-B.A., B.S., M;S.
The M.A. and M.S .. degrees are also granted on the completion of programs
of interdisciplinary studies.
Requirements for Bachelor's Degree
Requirements for a bachelor's degree include (a) lower-division requirements
(which the student is expected to satisfy during his freshman and sophomore
years) and (b) general requirements which must be satisfied before the degree is
conferred.
78 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
Lower-Division Requirements. The lower-division requirements for a
bachelor's degree are as follows:
(l ) Written English:
(a) For freshmen who receive low ratings on a placement examination
given to all entering students: Corrective English (Wr 10), offered
on the campus through the Division of Continuing Education of the
Oregon State System of Higher Education (students register sepa-
rately and pay a special fee for this remedial instruction).
(b) For all students: English Composition (Wr 121, 122, 123),9 term
hours. (With the consent of the head of the Department of English,
all or part of this requirement may be waived for students who dem-
onstrate superior ability in writing.) .
(2) Physical education: 5 terms in activity courses unless excused.* (One or
more terms of this requirement may be waived on the basis of proficiency
examinations.)
(3) Health education: HE 150 or HE 250. (This requirem~nt may be
waived on the basis of a proficiency examination.)
(4) Group requirement-see pages 79-81.
(5) Grade-point average on completion of 93 hours of work: minimum, 2.00.
General Requirements. The general requirements for a bachelor's degree
arc as follows:
(l) Total credit:
(a) For B.A., B.S.. B.B.A., B.Ed., B.P.E., or B.Mus.degree: minimulTl,
186 term hours.
(b) For B:Arch., B.I.Arch., or B.L.A. degree: minimum, 220 term hours.
(c) For LL.B. degree: minimum, 263 term hours.
(2) Work in upper-division courses: minimum, 62 term hours.
(3) Work in the major:
(a) Minimum: 36 term hours, including at least 24 hours in upper-di-
vision courses.
(b) Any additional requirements of the major school or department
(satisfaction must be certified by the dean or department head).
(4) Work in residence: minimum, 45 term hours of the last 60 presented for
the degree.t
(5) For the B.A. degree, work in language and literature : 36 term hours,t
including attainment of proficiency in a foreign language equivalent to
*" Students who have eompleted six months of active military service in the Armed Forces of
the United States arc exempt from 3 terms of the physical-education requirement; to qualify for
exemption. such students must file ofticial documentary evidence of their service.
t Only University of Oregon work completed on the Eugene campus of the University or
at the Medical School, the Dental School, or the School of Nursing in Portland may be counted
for the satisfaction of this requirement. (Work in continuing education courSes is not work in
residence.) ~
:t:-For the purpose of determining distribution of hours for the B.A. or B.S. degree, the
instructional fields of the College of Liberal Arts are classified as follows:
Lmtgaage a.nd Literature: General Arts and Letters, English, Modern and Classical
Languages, Speech.
Social Science: General Social Science, Anthropology, Economics, Geography, History,
Home Economics, Philosophy, Political Science, Psychology, Religious Studies, Sociology.
Science: General Science, Biology, Chemistry, Geology, Mathematics, Nursing, Physics.
DEGREES 79
that attained at the end of two years of college study of the language.*
(6) For the B.S. degree, work in science or in social science: 36 term hours.t
(7) Restrictions:
(a) Correspondence study: maximum, 60 term hours.
(b) Law, medicine, dentistry: maximum, 48 term hours in professional
courses toward any degree other than a professional degree.
(c) Performance (individual study) : maximum for all students except
music majors, 12 term hours; maximum for music majors toward
the B.A. degree, 24 term hours-of which not more than 12 hours
may be taken in the student's freshman and sophomore years.
(d) No-grade courses: minimum of 150 term hours in graded courses.
(8) Grade-point average:
(a) Covering all graded college work: minimum, 2.00.
(b) Covering all graded work taken at the University of Oregon: mini-
mum, 2.00.
The occasional student who wishes to earn a second bachelor's degree must
satisfy the requirements listed above and, in addition, must earn at least 36 term
hours in courses on the Eugene campus after meeting all requirements for the first
degree (45 hours if his first degree was not granted by the University of Oregon).
Advanced Degrees
The requirements for graduate degrees are listed under GRADU~\TE SCHOOL.
The requirements for the degree of Doctor of Jurisprudence are listed under
SCHOOL OF LAW. The requirements for the degree of Doctor of 'Medicine are listed
in the Medical School Catalog, the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Den-
tal Medicine in the Dental School Catalog.
Application for Degree
All students who intend to receive a degree from the University must make
application by filing the proper form in the Registrar's Office, at least four weeks
in advance of the expected graduation date; late application will delay graduation.
All University academic and financial obligations must be satisfied before any
degree will be conferred.
Group Requirement
TO INSURE breadth of liberal education, all candidates for a bachelor's degree
are required to complete work selected from restricted lists of sequences in
each of three groups-arts and letters, social science, science. Courses which may
be taken for the satisfaction of the group requirement are numbered 100 to 120,
200 to 220, and 300 to 310. The requirement, for majors in the College of Liberal
Arts and for majors in the professional schools, is as follows:
... The language requirement for the B.A. degree may be met in anyone of the following
ways: (1) two years (normally 24 term hours) of college work in a foreign language; (2)
one year of college work-at the second-year or higher level; or (3) examination, administered by
the Division of Modern and Classical Languages, showing language competence equivalent to
that attained at the end of two years of college study. The requirement may not be met by exami-
nation after the completion of a student's junior year.
t See note (t), p. 78.
80 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
Majors in Liberal Arts-(a) one sequence numbered 100-120 or 200-220 in
each of the three groups; (b) an additional sequence numbered 100-120, 2oo-220, or
300-310 in each of the three groups.
Majors in Professional Schools-(a) one sequence numbered 100-120 or 200-
220 in each of the three groups; (b) an additional sequence numbered 100-120,
200-220, or 300-310 in anyone of the three groups.
At least one sequence selected for the satisfaction of the arts and letters group
requirement must be a sequence in literature.
. Each of the group sequences must total at least 9 term hours; each sequence
in the science group must include laboratory work or total 12 term hours.
. When two sequences are taken in social science or in science for the satisfac-
tion of the requirement, the sequences must be in different departments.
Enrollment in group sequences designated "H.C." is restricted to students in
the Honors College.
Sequences which may be taken for the satisfaction of the group requirement
are listed below:
Arts and Letters Group
General Arts and Letters
Literature (RC.) (AL 101, 102, 103)
"Intro. to Jap. Lit. (AL 301, 302, 303)
"Lit. of Ancient World (AL 304, 305, 306)
"Intro. to Chinese Lit. (AL 307, 308, 309)
Art
tSurvey of Vis. Arts (ArH 201, 202, 203)
or Hist. of \'iestern Art (ArH 204, 205,
206)
Hist. of Oriental Art (ArH 207, 208, 209)
English
Survey of Eng. Lit. (Ellg ·101, 102, 103)
or Intra. to Lit. (Eng 104, 105, 106) or
World Lit. (Eng 107, 108, 109)
Shakespeare (Eng 201, 202, 203)
""Three terms chosen from: Tragedy (Eng
301). Epic (Eng 303), Comedy (Eng
304), Satire (Eng 305), Lit. of the Eng.
lish Bible (Eng 306, 307)
Foreign Languages
tIntro. to Homer (CL 101, 102), lBtro. to
to Plato (CL 103)
Cicero's Orations (CL 104), Virgil's
Aeneid (CL lOS), Terence (CL 106)
t2nd Yr. German (GL 101, 102, 103)
Foreign Languages (continued)
t2nd Yr. Norwegian (GL 104, lOS, 106)
t2nd Yr. Swedish (GL 107, 108, 109)
t2nd Yr. Chinese (OL 101, 102, 103)
t2nd Yr. Japanese (OL 104, 105, 106)
t2nd Yr. French (RL 101, 102, 103)
t2nd Yr Italian (RL 104, 105, 106)
t2nd Yr. Spanish (RL 107, 108, 109)
t2nd Yr. Russian (SL 101, 102, 103)
Read. in Russian Lit. (SL 201, 202, 203)
"Livy (CL 301), Virgil's Eclogues &
Georgics (CL 302), Horace's Odes (CL
303)
"Survey of German Lit. (GL 301, 302, 303)
'Survey of French Lit. (RL 301, 302, 303)
'Survey of Spanish Lit. (RL 304, 305, 306)
'Survey of Italian Lit. (RL 307, 308, 309)
Music
tIntro. to Music & Its Lit. (Mus 201, 202,
203) Or History of Music (Mus 204,
205, 206)
Philosophy
,History of Philosophy (Phi 301, 302, 303)
Speech
,Theory & Lit. of Rhetoric (Sp 301, 302,
303)
Social Science Group
General Social Science
Soc. Sc. & Soc. Policy (SSc 104, 105,
106)
Intro. to Soc. Sc. (H.C.) (SSc 201, 202,
203)
Anthropology
Gen. Anthropology (Anth 101, 102, 103)
Intro. to Cult. Anth. (Anth 207, 208, 209)
'Society & Culture (Anth 301, 302, 303)
Economics
Principlcs of Econ. (Ee 201, 202, 203)
Geography
Int"o. Geography (Geog lOS, 106, 107)
World Regional Geog. (Geog 201, 202,
203)
"Geog. of Oregon (Geog 301), Gcog. of
North America (Geog 302, 303)
* Courses numbered 300-310 satisfy only second-sequence requirements.
t Courses marked with a dagger (t) do not satisfy the "literature" requirement in arts
and letters. '
, Courses marked with a double dagger (n sati5fy only second·sequence requirements and
do not satisfy the Uliterature" requirements in arts and letters.
HONORS 81
History
IIist. of 'Vest. Civiliz. (Hst 101, 102, 103)
History (H. C.) (Hst 107, 108, 109)
Hist. of U.S. (Hsi 201, 202, 203)
"Europe since 1789 (Hst 301, 302, 303)
"English History (Hst 304, 305, 306)
Philosophy
Problems of Phil. (Phi 201, 202, 203)
Intra. to Phil. (H.C.) (PhI 207, 208, 209)
'Social & Pol. Phil. (PhI 304, 305, 306)
Political Science
American Govts. (PS 201, 202, 203)
Ameriean Govts. (PS 201,202), Interna-
tional Relations (PS 205)
Intro. to Pol. Sc. (PS 206, 207, 208)
Psychology
Learning & Thinking (Psy 211) or Per-
ception (Psy 212); Motivation & Phys·
iological Psych. (Psy 214) or Social
Psych. (Psy 215); Human Develop. &
Individual DilL (Psy 217) or Personal-
ity (Psy 218)
Religion
Great Religions (R 201, 202, 203)
'Religions of Mankind (R 301, 302, 303)
Sociology
Gen. Sociology (Soc 204, 205, 206)
"Princ. of Sociology (Soc 300; and two
courses chosen from: American Soci-
ety (Soc 301), World Population & Soc.
Structure (Soc 303), The Community
(Soc 304), Contemporary Social Proh-
lems (Soc 305)
Science Group
General Science
Physical Sc. Survey (GS 104, lOS, 106)
Physical Sc. (H.C.) (GS 204, 205, 206)
Biology
Gen. Biology (Bi 101, 102,103)
Biological Sc. (H.e.) (Bi 204,205, 206)
Chemistry
Elementary Chem. (Ch 101, 102, 103)
tGeneral them. (Ch 104, lOS, 106); and
a minimum of two terms of lab.
tGeneral Chern. (Ch 204, 205, 206); alld
a minimum of two terms of lah.
Geology
Gen. Geology (Geol 101, 102, 103)
tGeologic Hist. of Life (Gcol 301, 302, 303)
Mathematics
Intro. College Math. (Mth 104, 105, 106)
Intro. College Math. (Mth 104, lOS), Cal-
culus with Analytic Geometry (Mth
200)
Intro. College Math. (Mth 104 01' Mth
lOS), Calculus with Analytic Geometry
(il-Ith 200, 201)
Mathematics (continued)
Precalculns Math (il-Ith 115), Calculus
with Analytic Geometry (Mth 200,201)
Precalculus Math (Mth 115), Analytic
Geometry & Calculus (Mth 204, 205)
Calcnlus with Analytic Geometry (Mth
200, 201, 202 OJ' Mth 201, 202, 203)
Fund. of Math. (H.e.) (Mth 107, 108,
109)
Analytic Geometry & Calculus (Mth 204,
205, 206)
Physics
Essentials of Physics (Ph 101, 102, 103);
and Gen. Physics Lab. (Ph 204, 205,
206)
Descriptive Astronomy (Ph 104, lOS, 106)
General Physics (Ph 201, 202, 203)
Psychology
Learning & Thinking (Psy 211 or Per-
ception (Psy 212); Motivation & Phys-
iological Psych. (Psy 214), or Social
Psych. (PSy 215); Human Develop. &
Individual Diff. (Psy 217) or Personal-
ity (Psy 218); ""d Psych. Lab. (Psy
213, Psy 216, Psy 219)
Honors
THE UNIVERSITY OF OREGON offers special programs of study as a
challenge to students of superior scholastic ability, and provides official recognition
for students completing regular degree programs. with outstanding scholastic
records. Recognition of outstanding scholarship is also provided through election
to. membership in several honor societies.
* Courses numbered 300-310 satisfy only second-sequence requirements.
t Cou-rses which may be taken with General Chemistry to satisfy the laboratory require-
ment include: Introductory Chemistry Laboratory (Ch 107); Inorganic Qualitative Analysis
(Ch 108); Introductory Volumetric Analysis (Ch 109); Inorganic Qualitative Analysis (Ch
207) ; Introductory Gravimetric Analysis (Ch 208); Introductory Volumetric Analysis (Ch 209).
t May be offered for the satisfaction of the science group requirement only by majors in
the College of Liberal Arts.
82 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
Honors College. The University of Oregon Honors College offers a four-
year program of study leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts (Honors Col-
lege). For further information, see pages 132 ff.
Recognition for High Scholarship. Candidates for the bachelor's degree
who achieved a cumulative grade-point average of 3.75-4.00 receive the award
of "Recognition for Highest Scholarship"; candidates who achieve a cumulative
grade-point average of 3.50-3.74 receive the award of "Recognition for High.
Scholarship."
Master's Degree with Honors. Candidates for the master's degree who pass
a final examination with exceptional merit may, by vote of the examining com-
mittee, be awarded the degree with honors.
Honor Societies. University of Oregon chapters of several national scholas-
tic honor societies recognize exceptional distinction in scholarship through elec-
tion to membership. Among these societies are: Phi Beta Kappa (liberal arts),
Sigma Xi (science), Order of the Coif (law), Kappa Tau Alpha (journalism),
Beta Gamma Sigma (business administration), Pi Kappa Lambda (music), Alpha
Lambda Delta (freshman women), Phi Eta Sigma (freshman men).
Academic Procedure
THE REGULAR ACADEMIC YEAR throughout the Oregon State System
of Higher Education is divided into three terms of approximately twelve weeks
each. The summer session supplements the work of the regular year (see special
announcements). Students may enter at the beginning of any term. It is important
that freshmen and transferring students entering in the fall term be present for
New Student Week (see page 90). A detailed calendar for the current year will
be found on pages 8-9.
Students' are held responsible for familiarity with University requirements
governing such matters as routine of registration, academic standards, student
activities, organizations, etc. Complete academic regulations are included each
year in the separately published Time Schedule of Classes, a copy of which is
furnished each student at registration.
When regulations are changed, the changed regulations are effective on
the date of their publication, unless a later date is indicated on publication.
Registration Procedure
A registration period is set aside, with published dates, preceding the be-
ginning of classes in each term or session. Complete registration instructions are
contained in the Time Schedule. Students are officially registered and entitled to
attend classes only when they have completed the prescribed procedures, includ-
ing the payment of term fees.
Students are advised to register in person if possible. However, registration
in absentia may be arranged through faculty advisers or department repre-
sentatives, in cases where the student's presence is not possible. and where proxy
registration is feasible.
Students planning to register in a term of the regular academic year after
absence of a term or more or after earning a degree or after attending only a
summer session should notify the Registrar's Office several weeks before regis-
tration, in order to allow time for the preparation of registration materials. If
notice is not given, registration will be delayed, and the student may become
subj ect to penalties.
ACADEMIC PROCEDURE 83
All regular students are required to file offidal transcripts of any academic
work taken at other institutions since their first enrollment in the University; a
student's official records must be kept complete at all times. Exceptions are made
only for "special students," who are formally admitted under individual arrange-
ments, and for summer "transient" students, who are not formally evaluated and
admitted. Any failure to file all required records is considered a breach of ethics,
and may result in the cancellation of admission, registration, and credits.
Academic Advising
Academic advising is regarded by the University as an extension of the
teaching function and, therefore, as an important responsibility of the faculty.
Academic advisers attempt to comml,l11icate to students, particularly freshmen,
the meaning of higher education and its significance to the student. Advisers also
explain University academic requirements and assist individual students in build-
ing programs which satisfy these requirements.
The Office of Academic Advising coordinates a program of lower-division
advising in which each student is assigned a faculty adviser, who normally
teaches in the student's major field. The student must have his program reviewed
at least annually by his adviser, and should consult with his adviser whenever he
has academic problems.
Advisers for all students who have chosen a field of major study are assigned
by maj or schools and departments, advisers for other students, by the Office of
Academic Advising.
Definitions
A TERM HOUR represents three hours of the student's time each week for one
term. This time may be assigned to work in classroom or laboratory or to outside
preparation. The number of lecture, recitation, laboratory, or other periods re-
quired per week for any course may be found in the Time Schedule of Classes
published each term.
A COURSE is a subject, or an instructional subdivision of a subject, offered
through a single term.
A YEAR SEQUENCE consists of three closely articulated courses extending
through the three terms of the academic year.
A CURRICULUM is an organized program of study arranged to provide inte-
grated culturaJ or professional education.
Course Numbering System
Courses in University of Oregon catalogs are numbered in accordance with
the course numbering plan of the Oregon State System of Higher Education. The
plan, as it applies to University courses, is as follows:
1· 49. Remedial courses which carry no credit toward a degree.
50- 99. Beginning courses in subjects laught in high scbool which carry credit toward a
bachelor's degree.
100-299. Lower-division courses.
100-120, 200-220. Surveyor foundation courses which satisfy tbe group require-
ment.
300-499. Upper-division courses_
300-310. Upper·division cour~es which satisfy the group requirement.
400-410. Upper·division courses which may be taken through successive terms
under the same number, credit being gratlted according to the amount of work
84 ACADEMIC REGULA TIONS
done. Certain numbers in this bracket are reserved for special types of work: 401.
Research or other supervised original work; 403, Thesis; 405, Reading and Con-
ference;* 407, Seminar.
400-499, with designation (G) or (g). Upper-division courses which may he taken
for graduate credit. Courses which may be taken for graduate major credit are
designated (G) ; courses which may be taken for graduate minoT or service-course
credit only are designated (g).
500-599. Graduate courses. Seniors of superior scholastic achievement may be admitted to
SOO courses on the approval of the instructor.
500-510. Graduate courses which may be taken through successive terms under
the same number, credit being granted according to the amount of work done.
Certain numbers in this bracket are reserved for special types of work: SOL Re-
search or other supervised original work;t 503, Thesis;t 50S, Reading and Catl~
ference; 507, Seminar.
500-599, with designation (p). Courses in a professional field offered at a level
of intellectual maturity suitable for graduate students who have earned a bach-
elor's degree in a field other than their graduate professional field.
600-699. Courses of a highly professional or technical nature, which count toward a pro-
fessional degree only (not toward advanced academic degrees such as M.A., M.S.,
Ph.D.).
Grading System
The quality of student work is measured by a system of grades, points, and
grade-point averages.
Grades. Student work is graded as follows: A, exceptional; E, superior; C,
average; D, inferior; F, failed; INC., incomplete; \"1, withdrawn. Students ordi-
narily receive one of the four passing grades or F. When the quality of the work
is satisfactory, but some minor yet essential requirement of the course has not been
completed, for reasons acceptable to the instructor, a report of INC may be made
and additional time (normally not more than three terms) granted for completion
of the work. Students may withdraw from a course by filing the proper forms in
the Registrar's Office in accordance with University regulations.
No-Grade Courses. Certain University courses are designated no-grade
courses. Students in these courses receive marks of "pass" (P) or "not pass"
(N). For a bachelor's degree from the University, a student must receive at
least 150 term hours of credit in courses for which grades are given.
Grade-Point Average. Grade points are assigned in relation to the level of
the grade given, as follows: A, 4 points per term hour; E, 3 points per term hour;
C, 2 points per term hour; D, 1 point per term hour; F, 0 points per term hour.
The grade-point average (GPA) is the quotient of total points divided by total term
hours for which grades are received. Marks of INC, W, P, and N are disregal-ded
in the computation of the grade-point average.
Credit by Examination
On petition to the Academic Requirements Committee, a student may be per-
mitted to take examinations in undergraduate courses in which he is not enrolled,
and receive credit in the courses on the basis of successful performance in the ex-
aminations. The rules governing credit by examination are as follows:
(l) The student's petition must have the approval of the dean or head of the
division offering the course.
(2) Arrangements for the examination must be completed at least one month
before the examination date.
* Only students eligihle for honors work may register for Reading and Conference (405),
t In all divisions except the School of Law, Research (SOl) and Thesis (503) are classified
as no·grade courses (see below).
FEES AND DEPOSITS 85
(3) The student must pay, in advance, a special-examination fee of $1.00 per
credit hour.
(4) A student is allowed only one opportunity to qualify for credit by exam-
ination in any given course.
(5) Credit by examination is recorded with a mark of "pass" (P), and may
not be counted toward the satisfaction of the residence requirement.
(6) Credit by examination may be earned only in courses whose content is
identified by title in the University of Oregon Catalog; credit by examination may
not be earned for research (401), thesis (403), reading and conference (405), or
seminars (407), in laboratory courses or courses including laboratory work, or in
courses in which practice is an essential part.
(7) A student may not receive credit by examination in courses (a) in which
he has previously enrolled and failed, at the University of Oregon or elsewhere,
(b) which would substantially duplicate credit which he has already received,
(c) which are more elementary than courses in which he has previously received
credit, or (d) which are at the lower-division level in his native language other
than English. For good cause, and with the approval of the head of the division
offering a course, the Academic Requirements Committee may allow exceptions
to the provisions of rule (7).
Students may also receive credit by examination in certain courses through
the Advanced Placement Program (see page 135). Honors College students who
have prepared for comprehensive honors examinations through independent study
may receive credit in honors courses on the basis of these examinations (see pages
132-133) .
Scholarship Regulations
The administration of the regulations governing scholarship requirements is
vested in the Committee on Scholastic Deficiency of the faculty. This committee
may disqualify a student from attending the University when it appears that his
work is of such character that he cannot continue with profit to himself and with
credit to the University. In general, profitable and creditable work means substan-
tial progress toward meeting graduation requirements. Any term or cumulative
grade-point average below 2.00 is considered unsatisfactory, and may bring the
student's record under review by the committee. Further details on committee pro-
cedures are published each year in the Time Schedule of Classes.
Fees and Deposits
STUDENTS AT THE UNIVERSITY OF OREGON,* Oregon State Univer-
sity, and Portland State College pay the same fees. In the fee schedule printed be-
low, regular fees are those paid by all students under the usual conditions of un-
dergraduate or graduate study; regular fees are payable in full at the time of
registration. Special fees are paid under the special conditions indicated.
The Board of Higher Educatioil. rese"'1.'es the right to 111ahe changes in the fee
schedule ~vithout notice.
Payment of the stipulated fees entitles all students enrolled for academic
credit (undergraduate and graduate, full-time and part-time) to all services main-
tained by the University for the benefit of students. These services include: in-
... Except students at the lVledical School, the Dental School, and the School of Nursing.
The fee schedules for these students are published in the separate catalogs of these schoals.
86 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
struction in University courses;* use of the University Library; use of laboratory
and course equipment and materials in connection with courses for which the stu-
dent is registered; medical attention at the Student Health Service; use of gym-
nasium equipment (including gymnasium suits and laundry service) ; a subscrip-
tion to the student daily newspaper; admission to athletic events; admission to
concert and lecture series sponsored by the University. No reduction in fees
is made to students who may not desire to take advantage of some of these privi-
leges.
The 1966-67 fee schedule is as follows:
Regular Fees
Undergraduate Students. Undergraduate students who are residents of Ore-
gon and who are enrolled for a total of 8 term hours of work or more during
the regular academic year pay tuition and fees totaling $110.00 a term or $330.00
for the three-term academic year.
Undergraduate students who are not residents of Oregon and who are
enrolled for a total of 8 term hours of work or more during the regular academic
year pay, in addition, a nonresident fee of $190.00 a term, or a total of $300.00
a term or $900.00 for the three-term academic year. For regulations governing
the assessment of the nonresident fee, see page 88.
Graduate Students. Graduate students enrolled for a total of 8 term hours
of work or more pay tuition. and fees totaling $110.00 a term; students employed
as teaching or research assistants pay a reduced fee of $32.00 a term. Graduate
students do not pay a nonresident fee.
Part-Time Students. Undergraduate or graduate students who enroll for 7
term hours of work or less pay a special part-time fee (see SPECIAL FEES, below).
Deposits
All persons who enroll for academic credit (except staff members) must make
a general deposit of $25.00, payable once each year at the time of first registration.
The deposit is required for protection of the University against loss of or damage
to institutional property such as dormitory and laboratory equipment, military uni-
forms, Library books, and locker keys, and against failure to pay promptly nominal
fines and assessments, such as Library fines, campus traffic fines, and Health Serv-
ice charges. If at any time charges against this deposit become excessive, the stu-
dent may be called upon to re-establish the original amount.
See also ENTRANCE DEPOSIT, page 74.
Special Fees
The following special fees are paid by University students under the con-
ditions indicated:
Part-Time Fee per term, $28.00 to $98.00
Students (undergraduate or graduate) who enroll for 7 term hours of work or less
pay, instead of regular registration fees, a part·time fee in accordance with the fol-
lowing scale: 1-2 term hours $28.00; 3 term hours, $42.00; 4 term hours, $56.00;
5 term hours, $70.00; 6 term hours, $84.00; 7 term homs, $98.00. Students enrolled
for 7 term hours or less do not pay the nonresident fee. Payment of the part· time fee
entitles the student to all services maintained by the University for the benefit of
students.
Staff Fee per term hour, $3.00
With the approval of the President's Offiee, staff members enrolled in University
• Speeial fees,_ in addition to regular fees, are eharged for individual instruction in musieal
performance. See SCHOOL OF MUSIC.
FEES AND DEPOSITS
courses pay a special staff fee of $3.00 pcr term hour. Full-time staff members (aca-
demic or civil service) may enroll under this fee for a limited amount of work for
credit, generally for not more than 3 term hours of work in au-y term; staff members
employed half·time or more, but less than full-time, may enroll under this fee for a
maximum of 10 term hours of work.
87
Auditor's Fee _ . _ _ _._._._ __ .. __ ._ _per term, $28.00 to $110.00
An auditor is a person who has obtained permission to attend elasses without receiving
academic credit; such a person is not considered an enrolled student. Auditors attend-
ing classes carrying a total credit of 8 term hours or more pay a fee of $110.00 a term;
auditors attending classes carrying a total credit of-7 term hours or less pay fees in
accordance with the part· time fee scale (see above).
Application Fee _ _.. __ .._ _._ $10.00
See page 74.
Late-Registration Fee _._ _ _ minimum, $5.00
A full-time student who registers after the scheduled registration dates of any term
pays a late·registration fee of $5.00 for the first late day plus $1.00 for each late day
thereafter.
Change-of-Program F ee , _.._ _._ _ $1.00
A student may be required to pay this fee for each change in his official program.
Reinstatement Fee _ _ _$2.00
If for any reason a student has his registration canceled during a term for failure to
comply with the regulations of the institution, but is later allowed to continue his work,
he must pay the reinstatement fee.
Special Examination Fee _ _ per term hour, $1.00
A student pays a fee of $1.00 per term hour for the privilege of taking an examina-
tion for advanced credit, or other special examinations.
Graduate Qualifying Examination Fee _ $I.OO to $15.00
Paid by students taking the Graduate Record Examination or other standard tests of
ability to do graduate work.
Transcript F ee_ _ _ _ _.._ , _ $1.00
For a transcript of his University academic record, a student pays a fee of $1.00 for
the first copy and 50 eent,s each for additional copies furnishcd at tbe same time.
Check Irregularity Penalty.._ _ _ per business day, $1.00
Penalty assessed when a check in payment for institutional charges is returned be·
cause of irregularity for· which the student is responsible (NSF, illegi-ble signature,
etc.) :Maximum pcnalty, $5.00.
Late-Application Fee .
Placement Service Fee..
Music Course Fees .
Library Fines and Charges
Refunds
. See page 74
........See page 90
..SCHOOL OF MUSIC
. See page, 70
Fee Refunds. Students who withdraw from the University and who have
complied with the regulations governing withdrawals are entitled to' certain re-
funds of fees paid, depending on the time of withdrawal. The refund schedule has
been established by the State Board of Higher Education, and is on file in the
University Business Office. All refunds are subject to the following regulations:
(1) Any claim for l'efund must be made in writing before the close of the term in which
the claim or}ginated.
(2) Refunds in all cases are calculated from the date tbe student officially witbdraws from
the University, not from the date when the student ceased attending classes, except in unusual
cases when formal withdrawal has becn delayed througb causes largely beyond the control of the
student.
88 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
Deposit Refunds. The $25.00 general deposit, less any deductions which may
have been made, is refunded about six weeks after the close of the academic year.
Students who discontinue their work at the University before the end of the year
may receive refunds, upon petition to the Business Office, about six weeks after
the close of the fall or winter terms.
Regulations Governing Nonresident Fee
Under the regulations of the Oregon State Board of Higher Education, a
minor student whose parent or guardian is a bona fide resident of Oregon quali-
fies for enrollment under the resident fee; a student whose domicile is independent
of his parent or guardian qualifies for enrollment under the resident fee if he pre-
sents convincing evidence that he established his domicile in Oregon six months
prior to his first registration.
All other students are required to pay the nonresident fee, with the following
exceptions: (1) a student who holds a degree from an accredited college or uni-
versity (however, a nonresident student with a bachelor's degree enrolled in a
curriculum at the University of Oregon Medical or Dental School leading to the
degree of Doctor of Medicine or Doctor of Dental Medicine is required to pay the
nonresident fee) ; (2) a student attending a summer session; (3) a student paying
part-time fees.
A student who has been classified as a nonresident may be reclassified as a
resident:
(l) In the case of a minor, if his parent or guardian has moved to Oregon
and has established a bona fide residence in the state, or
(2) In the case of a student whose domicile is independent of that of his
parent or guardian, if the student presents convincing evidence that he has estab-
lished his domicile in Oregon and that he has resided in the state for an entire
school year immediately prior to the term for which reclassification is sought, and
that he has no intention of moving out of the state after completion of his school'
~~ .
A student whose official record shows a domicile outside of Oregon is prima
facie a nonresident and the burden is upon the student to prove that he is a resident
of Oregon. If his scholastic record shows attendance at a school outside of Oregon,
he may be required to furnish further proof of Oregon domicile.
If any applicant has questions concerning the rules governing the administra-
tion of these policies, he should consult the Office of Admissions.
Student Life and Welfare
Office of Student Affairs
DONALD M. DUSHANE, M.A..... . Dean of Students
VERNON L. BARKHURST, M.A.___ _.Director of Admissions; Associate Dean of Students
ROBERT L. BOWLIN, D.Ed. . Associate Dean of Students( Dean of Men)
]. SPENCER CARLSON, M.A. __ .... ...Director of Counseling Center; Associate Dean of Students
CLIFFORD L. CONSTANCE, i\I.A . _. Registrar
EUGENE W. DILS, Ed.D. . Director of Placement Service; Associate Dean of Students
DANIEL P. DODD, n. So._ .. . .Admissions Counselor
WALTER FREAUFF, M.A. . Associate Dean of Students, Armed. Services
KENNETH S. GHENT, Ph.D Associate Dean of Students; International Student Adviser
FRANCIS B. NICKERSON, D~Ed.. ... .Associatc Dean of Students; Student Relations Officer
KARL W. ONTHANK, M.A Counselor, University Mothers and Dads
]. FRANCIS RUMMEL, Ph.D Associate Dean of Students, Graduate Students
GOLDA P. WICKHAM, B.S. . Associate Dean of Students (Dean of Women)
HOWARD L. RAMEY, M.F.A. .. __ Assistant Dean of Students; Director of Financial Aids
W. A. BROOKSDY, M.D... . Psychiatric Consultant, Counseling Center
ROSALIE HOWARI>, M.Ed... . Supervisor of Reading·Study Laboratory
KENNETH S. WOOI>, Ph.D. . Director of Speech and Hearing Clinic
DAVID BRINKS, Ed.D... . Supervisor of Testing Services. Counseling Center
ANDREW THOMPSON, Ph.D. ._ .....Counselor, Counseling Center
SAUL TOOBERT, D.Ed. ..Supervisor of Group Counseling & Training, Counseling Center
SUE K. GILMORE, Ph.D. . Counselor, Counseling Center
ANNETTE j\[. PORTE.R, Ph.D... . Counselor, Counseling Center
ELIZABETH DUBIN, Ph.D..... . __ . . Counselor, Counseling Center
RICHARD O. YOUNG, Ed.S... . Vocational Counselor, Counseling Center
LEE C. HANDY, lVI.S. . Counselor, Counseling Center
PERIN H. MEHTA,' Ph.D.. ......Visiting Associate Professor, Counseling Center
PHILIP E. BEAL, Ph.D. . Assistant Dean of Men
*CHARLENE :rvI. DLACKBURN, B.A....... . Assistant Dean of Women
J\.IARGARET BLAGG. B.A. ..Associate Registrar
WILLIAM BYRON BLEVINS, M.Ed. . Assistant Dean of Students
GERALD K. BOGEN, D.Ed... ...Associate Director of Admissions
MARTIN THOMAS BROOKS, M.A. . Assistant Dean of Students;
Assistant Director of Financial Aids
DOROTHY V. BROWN _...... ,.Assistant Registrar
ROBERT L. CARL, D.S :. ..Research Assistant
DIXON JO~NSON, B.S Assistant Dean of Students. International Students
PlIYLLIS L. KNIGHT, B. S. . Assistant Dean of \Vomen
MARTHA MAE NEWELL, M.P.S., B.D.. . Counselor, Student Affairs
VERLIN H. ODELL, 1'LEd. . Placement Counselor
ALAN BRIAN O'LEARY, B.A. . Assistant Dean of Students
BENJAMIN D. OWENS, .i\1.S... . Placement Counselor
RICHARD A. SORENSON, B.S... Assistant Dean of Men
CHARLES S. PALMERLEE, A.B., B.D... .. Counselor, Student Affairs
GREGORY \"1. REED, B.S... ...... Special Assistant to Student Condtict Program
LORA M. WEBB, B.S. . ..Assistant to International Student Adviser
AT THE UNIVERSITY OF OREGON, an integrated program of student
counseling and supervision of student life and group activities is administered
• On sabbatical leave, fall term, 1966·67.
[89 ]
90 STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE
through the Office of Student Affairs. The Dean of Students is assisted by asso-
ciate deans with special responsibilities for: women's affairs, men's affairs, the
University Counseling Center, and graduate placement. The Office of Admis-
sions and the Registrar's Office also operate under the general direction of the
Dean of Students.
The dean and his associates maintain close personal contacts with individual
students and with student organizations, and are available at all times for advice
and help on all matters pertaining to their welfare. -
University Counseling Center. The University Counseling Center provides
facilities for testing and counseling University students, to help them in making
wise choices in their studies and in solving academic and personal problems. A
special fee of $5.00 is charged for the full educational and vocational testing serv-
ice of the Counseling Center.
Speech and Hearing Clinic. The Speech and Hearing Clinic, operating in
conjunction with the Counseling Center, provides diagnosis, consultation, and
treatment in connection with speech and hearing problems of University students.
Students may be referred to the clinic either by the Counseling Center or by faculty
advisers, or they may contact the clinic without a referral.
Reading-Study Laboratory. Some students, although they may not clearly
recognize their disability, fail to get the most from their University work because
of difficulties in reading. Frequently these difficulties are correctable. The Reading-
Study Laboratory, operating in conjunction with the Counseling Center, provides
an opportunity for scientific diagnosis and correction of student reading difficulties.
International Student Adviser. A member of the staff of the Office of Stu-
dent Affairs serves as a special adviser to students from abroad who are attending
the University, to assist them with personal problems and with adjustments to the
customs and procedures of American educational systems. The international
student adviser is prepared to give advice and help in connection with visas, gov-
ernment regulations, scholarships, employment, and general orientation to Amer-
ican life. He is also prepared to advise American students planning study abroad.
University Placement Service. The University maintains a central Place-
ment Service for the assistance of graduating students and alumni seeking new
or better positions. The Placement Service serves students in all schools and
departments in the University, including those trained in business and technical
fields as well as in education and the liberal arts.
Students who have taken, or are currently enrolled for, at least 12 term
hours of University work, and who are completing degree requirements, are
provided initial placement service without charge. Alumni, graduate students whose
undergraduate work was at another institution, and former registrants who desire
to use this service are charged a fee of $5.00 per year. Registration forms may be
obtained upon request.
New Student Week
NEW STUDENT WEEK, a program of orientation for entering undergradu-
ate students, is held annually the week before classes begin. During this period,
new students are made familiar with the aims of higher education, the principles
governing the wise use of time and effort, methods of study, and the ideals and
traditions of the institution. Every effort is made to assist new students in getting
the best possible start in their work.
STUDENT LIVING 91
Partial directions concerning New Student Week and registration procedure
are sent to each student who is accepted for admission. Full instructions regarding
registration are published in the Time Schedule of Classes which is distributed
on campus each term. This publication is not mailed to entering students. Another
publication designed to orient students is the Student Handbook, distributed to
registering students at the beginning of each term.
Student Living
COMFORTABLE, healthful, and congenial living conditions contribute much
to the success of University life and work. Living conditions of the right kind
aid students to do their best in their studies and contribute, through the experi-
ences of group life, to the building of character and personality. Hence the
University is vitally concerned with student housing. Halls of residence are main-
tained on the campus by the institution, and the living conditions of students re-
siding outside the dormitories are closely supervised.
Many students live in fraternity and sorority houses accommodating groups
of from twenty to sixty persons. Admission to these groups is by invitation only.
Students also live in private homes and rooming houses near the campus. In sev-
eral cooperative houses, groups of students enjoy the benefits of group living
while keeping expenses at a minimum.
University Dormitories
The University maintains six dormitories, accommodating 3,143 students,
mostly in double rooms. Living conditions are comfortable and conducive to suc-
cessful academic accomplishment and to participation in the wholesome activities
of campus life.
Robert S. Bcon Hall houses 736 students in eight units, each assigned to men
or to women: Caswell, DeBusk, Ganoe, Henderson, Moore, Parsons, Thornton,
and \Villcox. Each unit has its own lounge and dining room.
Carson Hall, a five-story building, houses 320 women students, principally in
rooms accommodating two occupants. Most of the furniture is of built-in construc-
tion.
Virgil D. Earl Hall houses 327 students in five units, each assigned to men or
to women: McClure, Morton, Sheldon, Stafford, and Young. Each unit has its own
lounge, dining hall, and recreational area.
lalllcs T-V. H ami/tall houses 832 students in ten units, each assigned to men or
to women: Boynton, Burgess, Cloran, Collier, Dunn, McClain, Robbins, Spiller,
Tingle, and Watson. Each unit has its own lourige, dining hall, and recreation area.
lolm Straub Hall houses 278 students in six units, each assigned to men or to
women: Alpha, Gamma, Hale Kane, Barrister Inn, Omega, and Sherry Ross. Each
unit has its own club room. Multiple living units accommodate two students in a
study room and four sharing a sleeping porch. A limited numbel' of single rooms
are available on a priority basis. .
loshua l. 111a/toll Hall houses 650 students in ten units, each assigned to men
or to women: Adams, Clark, DeCou, Douglass, Dyment, Hawthorne, McAlister,
Schafer, Smith, and Sweetser. Each unit has its own lounge, dining hall, and recre-
ational area.
Linen (blankets, sheets, pillows, pillow cases), water glasses. ashtrays, study
lamps, desks, wastebaskets, wardrobe, and laundry facilities are provided in all
92 STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE
dormitories. Student occupants must furnish towels and irons. Ironing boards are
provided in all living units, as is storage space for luggage and trunks.
University Dining Halls. The University maintains dining halls for students
in Straub Hall, Earl Hall, Walton Hall, Carson Hall, Hamilton Hall, and Bean
Hall. Students living in dormitories take their meals in assigned dining halls.
Men and women dine together in all dining rooms.
Room·Reservations. Students who plan to live in the dormitories should
make room reservations as early as possible before the opening of the'school year.
Contracts for dormitory accommodations are for room and board for the entire
school year. Application must be made on an official form, and must be accompa-
nied by a room deposit of $50.00, which will be applied to the first term's room
and board payment.
*Dormitory Living Expenses. Board and room costs in University dormi-
tories are approximately $307 for the fall term, $246 for the winter term, and $227
for the spring term-a total of approximately $780 for the academic year. The
charges are based on the following rates:
Board, per month. .. __ .. __ ._ .
Room, multiple occupancy, per term:
Fall term. . .
Winter term
Spring term _ _ __ _..
Room, single occupancy, per term:
Fall term ..
\\Tinter ternl __ _
Spring term .
$ 61.50
134.00
90.00
75.00
201.00
135.00
112.50
Board and room charges are payable at the beginning of each term. If a
student is unable to make the total payment at the beginning of the term, arrange-
ment may be made for payment in two installments, the first at the beginning of
the term and the second on a fixed date later in the term.
Students who do not pay board and room charges within ten days after
payment is due are assessed a late-penalty fee of $1.00 for the first day (after ten)
and $1.00 for each additional day until a maximum charge of $5.00 is reached. If
dormitory charges are not paid within ten days after they are due, the student's
registra tion may be canceled.
Dormitory Deposit Refund. The $50.00 room deposit will be refunded if ad-
mission to the University is not granted, or if dormitory reservations are cancelled
in writing by August 1 for fall term or 14 calendar days before the term begins for
winter and spring. Refunds will be made within twenty days after cancellation is
received.
Fraternities and Sororities
Fraternities and sororities provide comfortable living accommodations under
University supervision. Members are chosen during stated rushing periods. Board
and room costs are approximately the same as for students living in University
dormitories. .
.In the summer, after formal notice of admission has been received, new
women students receive from the Office of the Dean of Women full information
and instructions pertaining to sorority rush. New men students eligible to rush will
receive from the Office of the Dean of Men complete instructions and informa-
tion regarding fraternity rush.
• The board and room costs listed here are based on the 1966-67 rates. When this Catalog
was printed the 1967-68 rate schedule had not been determined.
STUDENT LIVING 93
Fraternities on the Oregon campus are organized into the Interfraternity
Council, which is a member of the National Interfraternity Conference. Sororities
are organized into the Panhellenic Council, which is a member of the National
Panhellenic Congress.
Sororities at the University are: Alpha Chi Omega, Alpha Delta Pi, Alpha Gamma Delta,
Alpha Omicron Pi, Alpha Phi, Alpha Xi Delta, Chi Omega, Delta Delta Delta, Delta Gamma,
Delta Zeta, Gamma Phi Beta, Kappa Alpha Theta, Kappa Kappa Gamma, Pi Beta Phi, Sigma
Kappa, Zeta Tau Alpha.
Fraternities at the University ';re: Alpha Tau Omega, Beta Theta Pi, Chi Phi, Chi Psi,
Delta Chi, Delta Tau Delta, Delta Upsilon, Kappa Sigma, Lambda Chi Alpha, Phi Delta
Theta, Phi Gamma Delta, Phi Kappa Psi, Phi Sigma Kappa, Pi Kappa Alpha, Pi Kappa Phi,
Sigma Alpha Epsilon, Sigma Chi, Sigma Nu, Sigma Phi Epsilon, Tau Kappa Epsilon, Theta
Chi.
Cooperative Houses
The cooperative houses at the University of Oregon offer students with
financial difficulties the advantages of intellectual and social comradeship to be
found in group living. Under general Univel'sity housing regulations freshman
students are required to live in the residence halls unless, for financial reasons,
University permission is granted to live in cooperative houses. By sharing house-
keeping responsibilities, members of cooperative houses are able to save about
$20.00 a month on room and board costs.
There are four cooperative houses for women: Highland, Laurel, Rebec, and
University. Ann Judson House, owned and maintained by the Baptist Church, is
open for membership to young women of all religions. There are also three houses
for men: Campbell Club, Philadelphia House, and Aldersgate. Applications for
membership and requests for further information should be addressed t~ the Dean
of Women or the Dean ·of Men.
Off-Campus Housing
The University Housing Office, Carson Hall, maintains a list of approved
private rentals for single and married students. Students requesting rental infor-
mation should indicate the type of quarters they desire. The Housing Office does
not make individual rental arrangements; students would be wise to arrive in
Eugene before the beginning of the session to locate suitable housing (see Housing
Regulations) .
Housing for Married Students
Housing for married students is provided in 716 furnished and unfurnished
family-dwelling units owned and operated by the University. The units include a
wide variety of accommodations. The rents range from $42.50 to $76.00 per month.
Application should be made to the University Housing Office, Carson Hall.
The married-student housing program is intended primarily to accommodate
married graduate students working toward advanced degrees. To be eligible for
married-student housing, students must be enrolled for course work, as follows:
graduate assistants, 0.5 FTE, 5 term hoUl's ; graduate assistants, 0.3FTE, 9 hours;
other graduate students, 9 hours; undergraduate students, 12 hours.
Maximum tenant occupancy is restricted to the following: I-bedroom apart-
ments-2 adults and 1 child under the age of one; 2-bedroom apartments-2 adults,
2 children over the age of one, and 1 child under the age of one. Occupancy is re-
stricted to the members of one family.
94 STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE
Social Activities
Rules governing the social activities of the various living organizations are
established by the Student Activities Committee, composed of faculty and stu-
dent numbers. The rules are published in the Student Handbook, copies of which
arc available in the administrative office oLthe Student UiI1ion and in the offic.e
of the Dean of Students.
Housing Regulations
(l) Freshman students are required to live in University residence halls (see,
however, under COOPERATIVE HOUSES, above.)
(2) Other undergraduate students under 21 years of age are required to
live either in the residence halls or in houses maintained by organized University
living groups (fraternities, sororities, cooperatives), unless their parents request
in writing that they be permitted to live off campus, in quarters found on the
approved list maintained by the Housing Office.
(3) "Married students and students living with relatives in the Eugene com-
munity are excepted from rules (l) and (2) ; other exceptions are rare, and are
made only with permission frolU the Office of Student Affairs.
(4) Students who rent off-campus quarters are expected to remain in
these quarters for at least one term. If the student does not plan to stay for a
£ull term, he should make certain that this is understood by his landlord before a
rental agreement is made. Oregon law provides that a tenant or landlord wish-
ing to terminate a rental agreement must give a 30-day written notice (unless
otherwise agreed).
(5) All students living in the residence -halls must take their meals in the
dining rooms of the residence halls.
(6) All housing in the residence halls is taken on a year basis; all other cam-
pus housing (fraternity, sorority, and cooperative) is taken on a term basis. Stu-
dents may not move during a term without special permission from the Dean of
Men or the Dean of Women.
(7) All students enrolled in the University (with the exceptions noted above)
are subject to University housing regulations, including students enrolled for part-
time study.
Student Expenses
The average expenses incurred by students at the University during an aca-
demic year are shown in the table below. Some students \vith ample means spend
more; but many students find it possible to attend the University at a lower
cost. Board and room estimates are based on charges in the halls of residence. The
incidental item will vary greatly with the individual. The expenses of the fall term
are listed also, since there are expenses during this term not incurred during the
winter and spring terms.
Institutional fees (for Oregon residents)
Books, supplies, etc.
Board and room _
Incidentals
Total
Fall
Term
$110.00
80.00
307.00
100.00
$597.00
Academic
Year
$ 330.00
150.00
783.00
300.00
$1,563.00
STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE 95
It should be remembered that, in making an estimate of the cost of a year at
the University, a student usually has in mind the amount he will spend from the
time he leaves home until he returns at the close of the year. Such an estimate
would include travel, clothing, and amusements-items which vary according to
the thrift, discrimination, and habits of the individual. These items are not.
included in the table.
Student Health Service
JULIAN S. REiNSCHMIDT, M.D.. . Director of Health Service
RUSSELL M. BLEMKER, M.D. . __ .. __ . Associate University Physician
ROBERT ]. CARSON, lII.D;.. . Associate University Physician
NORMAN A. GOSCH, IVLD... . Associate University Physician
MARIAN G. HAYES, I\I.D _.......... . _ Associate University Physician
HERBERT C. LEMON, 1\I.D... .Associate University Physician
AVARD C. LONG, M.D _.. .._Associate University Physician.
1fALCOLM 1,1. MARQUIS, J\f.D... . Associate University Physician
RICHARD K. WOODWARD, M.D._. _ _._ .._ Associate University Physician
THROUGH THE STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE the University strives to
safeguard the health of its students. This is accomplished through health education,
complete medical examinations for the detection of remedial defects, constant
vigilance against incipient disease, medical treatment of acute diseases, and the
maintenance of hygienic student living conditions.
The student health services in the institutions in the Oregon State System of
Higher Education are supported by student registration fees and such charges as
are necessary. Every student registered fo"r credit is entitled to all the services of
the Student Health Service.
The Student Health Service facility is new, designed and equipped to meet
the rapidly changing concepts in medical treatment and tIle rapid growth of the
University; it consists of out-patient departments, a 44-bed hospital, including a
modern isolation unit of four private beds, and the necessary laboratory, emer-
gency, and administrative facilities. In general, medical services offered include:
(I) general medical· attention and treatment, including minor surgery (major
surgery and other procedures requiring general anesthesia and specialists' services
are referred); (2) IS-day free hospitalization in the Student Health Service fa-
cility during one academic year if recommended by a Health Service physician;
( 3) 24-hour daily emergency service; (4) routine laboratory procedures, including
X-ray and clinical laboratory; (5) a pharmacy; (6) limited psychiatric and coun-
seling services on an out-patient basis, supervised by a psychiatrist; (7) physical
therapy..
Charges are ·made against the breakage deposit for prescriptions, X-ray,
laboratory procedures, and services, such as immunizations and physical therapy,
but every attempt is made to keep these as low as possible.
All expenses of, or connected with, surgical operations or specialized services
must be borne by the student, including the services of a special nurse, where
deemed necessary. Under no circumstances will the Health Service payor be re-
sponsible for bills from private physicians or private hospitals.
The privileges of the Health Service are not available to members of the
faculty.
Physical Examination and Immunizations. For protection of the public
health, the Board of Higher Education requires of all students, as a condition for
admission to the University: (l) a physical examination by a licensed M.D. or
D.O. chosen by the student, and presentation of a record of this examination on an
96 STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE
official form provided by the University; (2) an intradermal tuberculin test within
three months of registration; and (3) proof, to the satisfaction of the University
physician, of (a) immunization against smallpox within five years and (b) diph-
theria~tetanus immunization within four years.· (In addition, poliomyelitis immu-
nization is recommended.)
If the student is enrolled in the University at the close of a five-year period
following the first physical examination, a second examination is required; a sec-
ond examination may be required after a shorter interval, at the discretion of the
University physician.
Students who decline immunizations because of religious conviction may be
admitted, but only on the condition that they or (in the case of minor students)
their parents or guardians agree in writing to assume all expenses incident to their
care or quarantine, should they acquire smallpox, diphtheria, or tetanus while
students at the University. This does not exempt them from the physical examina·
tion or the intradermal tuberculin test. However, the student may choose to
have a chest X-ray in lieu of the skin test but must submit an annual chest X-ray
report to remain in school.
Financial Aid
FOR STUDENTS who need financial aid, the University provides assistance
in finding part-time and summer employment, loans from special funds supported
by private donors, and scholarships and fellowships supported both by state funds
and by private endowment. Federal and state educational aid is available for vet-
erans of the Korean conflict; under certain conditions, children of deceased veter-
ans of the two world wars and the Korean conflict may qualify for Federal edu-
cational grants.
Student Employment
Many students earn a large part of their University expenses by work in the
summers and during the academic year; some students are entirely self-supporting.
The University assists those seeking part-time and vacation jobs through the Stu-
dent Employment Service. Students wishing part-time jobs on the campus or in
the Eugene community are advised to write to the Employment Service a few
weeks before the opening of the fall term; in most cases, however, definite com-
mitments for employment are made only after personal interviews with prospective
employers.
The University participates in the work-study program established under the
Federal Economic Opportunity Act of 1964.
Loan Funds
The University of Oregon administers student loan funds totaling more than
$421,500. These funds are available for two types of loans: regular loans for a
period of six months to two years, and emergency loans of small amounts for a
period of ninety days or less.
The loan funds held in trust by the University are governed by uniform prin-
ciples and policies, administered by a Student Loan Committee. Applications for
loans are made through the Office of Student Affairs. The following regulations
govern student loans:
(-I) Any student who has been enrolled in the University for at least one term and has a
cumulative GPA of at least 2.00 may obtain an emergency loan for a period of three months or
less; to be eligible fo< a long-term loan a student must have a GPA of 2.25.
FINANCIAL AID 97
(2) The serviee charge for cmergeney loans of $10.00 Or less is 50 cents for one month,
75 cents for two months, and $1.00 for three months. The service charge for emergency loans
of more than $10.00 is $1.00 for one month, $1.25 for two months, and $1.50 for three months.
The service charge for -all overdue emergency loans is 50 cents a month until paid in f!Jtll.
(3) The interest rate for long-term loans is 4 per cent per year.
(4) No more than $800 will be lent to any individual from University long-term loan funds.
(5) It is the policy of the University to encourage repayment of loans as soon as the
hot"fower is able to pay. The maximum loan period is two years, with the privilege of renewal if
_-..t.he.~·,borrower has in every way proved himself worthy of this consideration. Payment of loans
in monthly installments as SOon as possible after graduation is encouraged. The interest on
renewed loans is 4 per cent a year if the borrower is still -a student at the University; the ratl'
of interest on renewals made after the student leaves the University is 6 per cent.
(6) The University does not accept various forms of collateral which most money lenders
require for the security of loans. The only security accepted for long-term loans is the signature
of two responsible property owners, in addition to that of the student borrower. The cosigners
must submit evidcnce of their ability to pay the note-by filing a financial statement or by giving
bank references. One cosigner must qualify by bank rcference. It is desirable that one of the
cosigners be the parent or guardian of the borrower. If a student is married, his or her spouse
must sign the loan application.
(7) The signature of the borrower is the only security required for an emergency loan.
Foreign students must also obtain the signature of the international student adviser.
(8) In considering applications, the members of the Student Loan Committee give weight
to the following considerations: (a) the student's scholastic record; (b) his reputation for. re-
liability, honesty, and industry; (c) need for aid and probability of wise expenditure; (d) amount
of present indebtedness; (e) ability to repay; (f) effort which the student has made to assist
himself.
(9) Except in the case of a few funds which are specifically restrieted to University stu-
dents at Eugcne, studcnts at the Medical School, the Dental School, and the School of Nursing
are eligible for loans from University student loan funds on the same basis as students on thE"
campus at Eugene.
The first University loan fund was founded in 1901 through the generosity ot
William M. Ladd of Portland. Other early contributors were A. S. Roberts of
The Dalles and the Class of 1904. Although for a number of years the total amount
of the fund was only a little over $500, its benefits were large. Through it many
students were enabled to complete their University work who otherwise could not
have done so. In 1909 Senator R. A. Booth of Eugene became interested in the
loan fund and through his efforts a number of others made substantial donations.
Among these early donors were: Theodore B. Wilcox and J. C. Ainsworth of
Portland, John Kelly of Eugene, W. B. AyeI' of Portland, the classes of 1911 and
1913, Mrs. Ellen Condon McCornack, Ben Selling of Portland, and the estate of
the late D. P. Thompsor. of Portland. In recent years the University smdent loan
funds have grown very i'apidly through gifts, bequests, and accumulated interest.
Loans are also available to University of Oregon students and students in
other institutions from funds administered through agencies outside the Univer-
sity. Information concerning these funds may be obtained in the Office of Student
Affairs.
Special University loan funds administered under conditions differing from
those stated above include the following:
Guaranteed Student Loans. Banks and other lenders provide low-cost, long-
term loans to students through a program of reserve funds held by state guarantee
agencies or private nonprofit agencies such as United Student Aiel Funds, Inc.
Guarantee funds are provided by the Federal government under the Higher Edu-
cation Act of 1%5, by states, by industry, by educational institutions, and others.
Undergraduate students may borrow up to $1,000 a year, graduate students up
to $1,500 a year~to a total of $7,500. Repayments start nine months after gradua-
tion and may extend for a period of up to ten years, depending on the total amount
borrowed. Interest is at no more than six per cent per year. Borrowers who qualify
may apply to have interest paid by the Federal government up to six per cent per
year until repayments begin, and up to three per cent during the period of repay-
98 STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE 
ment. Further information and application forms may be obtained from banks or 
from the Director of Financial Aids, Office of Student Affairs. 
Jackson Journalism Loan Fund. The interest from a $15,000 endowment 
fund, bequeathed to the University by the late Mrs. C. S. Jackson, widow of the 
founder of the Oregon Journal, provides no-interest loans to men students ma­
joring in journalism. 
National Defense Loan Fund. Under the National Defense Education Aet 
of 1958 funds have been provided for national defense loans for students at the 
University. For students who enter the teaching profession on the primary, sec­
ondary, or higher-education level, one-tenth of the total indebtedness will be for­
. given for each fl111 year of teaching up to a maximum of 50 per cent of the loap-. 
Further information may be obtained in the Office of Student Affairs. 
Mary Spiller Scholarship Loan Fund. The Mary Spiller Scholarship Loan 
Fund of $5,000 has been established by the State Association of University of 
Oregon Women in honor of Mrs. Mary P. Spiller, the first woman member of 
the faculty. The income from the fund is available for scholarship loans. 
Scholarships and Fellowships 
Scholarships and fellowships are available to University students of ability 
and promise. Most of these awards have been established through the generosity 
of private donors.. Most of the scholarships listed below have a value at least 
equal to the Oregon state fee scholarships, and are open to competition by all stu­
dents or by specified groups of students. A number of partial scholarships and 
special funds for the assistance of needy students are also available; informa­
tion concerning these funds may be obtained from the Office of Student Affairs. 
Scholarship and fellowship awards are administered through a faculty Com­
mittee on Scholarships and Financial Aid. A student applying for a particular 
scholarship is given consideration for all scholarships for which he may be eligible. 
Application for any scholarship administered by the University of Oregon 
may be made on a form furnished by the Oregon State System of Higher Educa­
tion ; copies of the form may be obtained from high-school principals. ·Further in­
formation may be obtained from the Director of Financial Aids, Office of Student 
Affairs.. Applications should be filed not later than March 1. 
Fellowships and scholarships offered to students at the University of Oregon 
Medical School, Dental School, and School of Nursing are listed in the separate 
catalogs of these schools. 
General 
State Fee Scholarships for Oregon Residents. The Oregon State Scholar­
ship Commission awards annually a limited number of scholarships to residents 
of Oregon for study in the institutions of the Oregon State System of Higher 
Education. These scholarships cover a portion of the regular fees charged by the 
institutions-at the University, $78 a term or $234 an academic year. To be 
eligible, an entering freshman must rank in the upper half of his high-school 
graduating class; a student who has been previously enrolled in. an institution 
of higher education must have a grade-point average of 2.50; all applicants, to 
be eligible, must be in need of financial assistance. Application should be made on 
forms available in the offices of high-school principals and of scholarship officers 
of the institutions of the State System, and should be submitted to the scholar­
ship committee of the institution in which the student wishes to enroll. The schol­
arships include: (1) scholarships open tostate-wide competition and (2) scholar­
ships awarded to students residing in each of the counties and legislative districts 
FIN ANCIAL AID 99 
of thestate. The state-wide scholarships are apportioned to the several institu­
tions of the State System, and are equal in number to 2.5 per cent of the enroll­
ment of the institution; at least 50 per cent are awarded to freshmen; the schol­
arships are awarded for a period of one year, but may be canceled- at the end 
of any term in which the recipient fails to make a GPA of 2.50. The county and 
legislative district scholarships are four-year awards for study in any State Sys­
tem institution chosen by the student, but maybe canceled if the student fails to 
maintain a 2.50 GPA; they are transferable to any other institution of the State 
System after one year at the initially chosen institution. One new county scholar­
ship is awarded annually in each county of the state; the number of new legis­
lative district scholarships in each district is equal to the number of legislative 
seats in the district. 
State Fee Scholarships for Nonresident Students. A limited number of 
,state scholarships are awarded annually to residents of the United States who 
are not residents of Oregon, for study in the institutions of the Oregon State 
System of Higher Education. These scholarships cover a portion of the regular 
fees charged by the institutions-at the University, $100, $150, or $190 a term. 
State Fee Scholarships for Foreign Students. A limited number of state 
scholarships are awarded annually to students from foreign countries attending 
the institutions of the Oregon State System of Higher Education. These scholar­
ships cover a portion of the regular fees charged by the institutions-at the 
University, a maximum of $268 a term for undergraduates, $78 a term for graduate 
students. 
State Cash Scholarships. A limited number of cash scholarships, with a 
maximum value of $500, are awarded annually by the Oregon State Scholarship 
Commission to especially able graduates of Oregon high schools who are in need 
of financial assistance; the scholarships may be used in any accredited institu­
tion of higher education in the state of Oregon. A student may hold both a state 
cash scholarship and a state fee scholarship. Application forms may be obtained 
only from Oregon high-school principals; applications are transmitted by high­
school principals to the State Scholarship Commission. 
University Assistantships. Teaching and research assistantships are awarded 
annually by the University to qualified graduate students. For stipends and 
application procedure, see GRADUATE SCHOOL. 
Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corps Scholarships.. A number of 
scholarships are awarded annually to outstanding cadets in the A.F.R.O.T.e. 
four-year program. These scholarships cover fees, a $25 term book allowance, 
and a subsistence pay of $50 a month. Funds are provided by the United States 
Air Force. 
Army Reserve Officer Training Corps Scholarships. Financial assistance 
is offered to outstanding young men in the Army R.O.T.e. program who plan 
Army careers. Each scholarship covers fees and cost of textbooks, plus $50 a 
month subsistence pay. During a six-week summer training period at the end of 
the junior year, this pay is increased to $120. Scholarships may be awarded for 
either two or four years. 
Robert A. Booth Fellowship in Public Service. This fellowship, supported 
by a bequest from the lateRobert A. Booth of Eugene, Oregon, is awarded an­
nually to an outstanding graduate of an accredited college or university. The 
award, between $250 and $500, is made on the basis of scholarship, character, 
personality, and interest in public service as a career. 
Coca Cola Scholarship. This scholarship, at present approximately $400, is 
awarded bienniatly to a graduating senior of the University of Oregon, as an aid 
100 STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE
to postgraduate study at the University. In choosing a Coca Cola scholar, a faculty
committee gives consideration to scholastic record, character, good citizenship, and
promise as a graduate student. The scholarship is endowed through a gift from
Jolm G. Foster of Eugene, Oregon.
Coed Housing Alumnae Scholarships. One or more fee scholarships, sup-
ported by Portland alumnae of the women's cooperative houses, are awarded
annually to freshman women students who live in cooperative houses.
Coop Housing-Janet Smith Scholarships. Three $75 scholarships are
awarded annually to members of women's cooperative houses on the University
campus. The scholarships are named in memory of the late Miss Janet Smith,
adviser to the cooperative houses.
Cowden Scholarship. A $200 scholarship, supported through an endowment
provided by Norton Cowden, Class of '14, is awarded annually to a worthy stu-
dent who is in need of financial assistance.
Leon A. Culbertson Scholarships. Scholarships ranging from $330 to $1,000
are supported through interest on an endowment under the will of the late Leon A.
Culbertson, Class of '23. Ten or more new scholarships are awarded each yea,r, and
are renewable for a total period of four years. Awards are based on character,
financial need, and promise of achievement.
Colonel Harry L. Dale Scholarship. Under the terms of the will of the late
Colonel Harry L. Dale, worthy students from Baker High School, Oregon, at-
tending the University of Oregon may receive payment of University fees or of
fees plus board, through the University of Oregon Development Fund. Candidates
are nominated by a committee from Baker on the basis of personal integrity, poten-
tial value as citizens, scholarship, leadership, character, and need. The scholarships
are paid in three annual installments and are renewable.
Bernard Daly Scholarships. Under terms of the will of the late Dr. Bernard
Daly of Lakeview, Oregon, worthy young men and women of Lake County, Ore-
gon may receive a portion of their college expenses from the Bernard Daly Edu-
ce.tional Fund. The fund is administered by a board of trustees, including a
representative of the University of Oregon; the board selects the scholars annually
after a qualifying examination held in Lake County.
Delta Delta Delta Scholarships. Two scholarships are awarded annually by
the Delta Delta Delta sorority to University women students, one for $175 and one
for $100. The awards are made on the basis of need, scholarship, and record of
student activities. The scholarships are financed by the local Delta Delta Delta
chapter and by alumnae groups.
Development Fund Schola,rships. A number of $500 to $1,000 scholarships
are awarded annually by the University of Oregon Development Fund. Approxi-
mately 60 per cent of the scholarships are awarded on the basis of merit and 40 per
cent on the basis of need. These scholarships are available to both in-state and
out-of-state students.
William Frager-Skull and Dagger Scholarship. A $110 scholarship is
offered jointly by Samuel Frager of Albany, Oregon, and Skull and Dagger,
sophomore service organization, to a University man for financial assistance dur-
ing his junior year. The scholarship is a memorial to William Frager, Class of '39,
who died in service in World War II.
General Motors Scholarship. Each year the General Motors Corporation
provides funds for one scholarship to be awarded to a University of Oregon fresh-
man of outstanding merit, chosen by the University Scholarship Committee.
FINANCIAL AID 101
Consideration is given to academic record, participation in extracurricular activi-
ties, and evidence of responsibility and leadership. The scholarships vary in amount
from $200 to $2,000, depending on the need of the recipient, and are renewable
through the student's undergraduate years, provided he maintains an outstanding
scholastic record.
Jennie Beatie Harris Scholarship. Two $250 scholarships are awarded
annually to full-time women students on the basis of scholastic record, character,
good citizenship, and financial need. The scholarships are supported by income
from the Jennie Beatie Harris Loan Fund established by the State Association
of University of Oregon Women.
Holmes Scholarship. A $300 scholarship, supported by Harry and David
Holmes of Medford, is awarded annually to a graduate of a Jackson County,
Oregon high school who is in financial need and shows high scholastic promise.
Herbert Crombie Howe Scholarship. This scholarship is endowed through
a gift from Mrs. Herbert Crombie Howe in memory of her husband, a member of
the faculty of the Department of English from 1901 until his death in 1940, and
for many years faculty representative to the Pacific Coast Intercollegiate Athletic
Conference. It is awarded to students injured in athletic competition, to help them
continue their education.
Maurice Harold Hunter Scholarship. The Maurice Harold Hunter Leader-
ship Scholarship, covering full tuition ($330), is awarded annually to the junior
man in the University, a resident of the state of Oregon, who is judged to have
made the most notable contribution, through his own achievements and good
example,toward the development of qualities of leadership among his fellow
students. The names of the recipients are engraved on a permanent plaque, which
is displayed in the Browsing Room in the Student Union. The scholarship is
supported through gifts to the University by Honorary Chancellor and Mrs.
Frederick Maurice Hunter and Dr. and Mrs. Arthur Francis Hunter, in honor of
their son and brother, Captain Maurice Harold Hunter, Class of '41. Captain
Hunter was killed in action in Burma on January 31, 1945.
Kwama and Phi Theta Scholarships. Kwama and Phi Theta award schol-
arships ranging in value from $150 to $200 to women students. Funds for the sup-
port of the scholarships are provided through the service projects of the two hon-
orary societies.
Lowe Scholarships. Two $150 scholarships, supported by Mr. and Mrs.
George K. Lowe of Eugene, Oregon, are awarded annually to University men stu-
dents on the basis of scholastic ability and performance, character, citizenship,
interest and proficiencyin sports, and need of financial assistance.
Karl W. Onthank Scholarships. Three $500 scholarships are awarded annu-
ally to out-of-state students and five $300 scholarships to in-state students, in
honor of Karl W. Onthank, Class of '16 and member of the University faculty
since 1916.
Order of the 0 Scholarship. A $1,000 scholarship is awarded annually to
the outstanding high-school athlete from the state of Oregon who enters the
University of Oregon. The award is supported through work projects under-
taken by the Order of the 0, a campus varsity lettermen's organization.
Oregon Dads Scholarships. The Oregon Dads organization awards annually
the $500 Donald M. Erb Memorial Scholarship and fifteen or more scholarships
ranging in value from $100 to $330 to freshman students graduating from Oregon
high schools. Recipients of the scholarships are chosen on the basis of academic
record, financial need, and promise of successful University work. High-school
102 STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE
I·
students may apply for Oregon Dads scholarships during their senior year or dur-
ing the two years following their graduation.
Oregon Mothers Scholarships. The Oregon Mothers organization awards
annually five $500 scholarships and ten or more fee scholarships to freshman
students graduating from Oregon high schools. Recipients of the scholarships are
chosen on the basis of academic record, financial need, and promise of successful
University work. High-school students may apply for Oregon Mothers scholar-
ships during their senior year or during the two years following their graduation.
Orides Mothers-Janet Smith Scholarships. Two fee scholarships are
awarded each year to senior Orides girls. Funds for the scholarships are given by
the Orides Mothers Club and friends of the late Miss Janet Smith.
Phi Gamma Delta Scholarship. The Phi Gamma Delta Scholarship, a me-
morial to Robert C. Jones, is a $135 award given annually to a junior student who
is outstanding in scholarship, leadership, and prospects for future service. Mr.
Jones, Class of '43, was killed on December 26, 1944 in the Battle of the Bulge.
The scholarship has been endowed by Mrs. Eleanor Jones Mumm and Mr. and
Mrs. Frank C. Jones.
Quota International Scholarship. The Eugene, Oregon chapter of Quota
International awards a fee scholarship to a junior woman.
Marjorie Thompson Reynolds Scholarship. A scholarship covering tuition
and fees is awarded annually to an upper-division member of a University sorority.
The scholarship, supported by Eugene City Panhellenic, is a memorial to the late
Mrs. Marjorie Reynolds.
Rockwell Scholarships. Two $250 scholarships, endowed through a be-
quest. from the late Mrs. Mary E. Rockwell, are awarded annually "to assist
worthy, ambitious, and needy young men and women to acquire an education" at
the University of Oregon, "so that they may be better fitted and qualified to ap-
preciate and help to preserve the laws and institutions of this country."
Loretta Showers Rossman Scholarships. One or two scholarships, varying
from $250 to $500, are awarded annually to worthy students in memory of Loretta
Showers Rossman, a graduate of the University of Oregon in the Class of '10.
Rotary Club Scholarships. Three scholarships covering tuition and fees are
awarded annually to freshmen from the Eugene, Oregon area, on the basis of
scholarship, character, and need. The scholarships are supported by the Rotary
Club of Eugene.
Silva Scholarship. A $300 scholarship, endowed by Julio W. Silva of Eugene,
is awarded annually to a graduate ofa Lane County, Oregon high school, prefer-
ably a student from the Eugene-Springfield area. The award is made on the basis
of scholarship, leadership, character, and need.
Richard Shore Smith Memorial Scholarship. A $600 scholarship is awarded
annually to a University man on the basis of scholastic performance, character,
leadership, interest and proficiency in sports, and need. The scholarship is sup-
ported by the income from an endowment given to the University by Dr. and Mrs.
Donald B. Slocum of Eugene, Oregon as a memorial to Mrs. Slocum's father, the
late Richard Shore Smith, Class of '01.
Mary Spiller Scholarship. A scholarship of approximately $250 is awarded
annuaily to a woman student who has been enrolled in the University for three full
terms ; the award is on the basis of scholastic record, character, good citizenship,
and financial need. The scholarship is supported by income from the Mary Spiller
FINANCIAL AID 103
Endowment Fund and the Mary Spiller Loan Fund, memorials to the first woman
teacher in the University.
Joseph Kinsman Starr Scholarships. Approximately twenty scholarships,
varying from $300 to $700 according to financial need, are awarded annually to
University men students in memory of Joseph Kinsman Starr, a graduate of the
University of Oregon School of Law in the Class of '07. For eligibility, students
must have strong academic records, must be residents of communities of popula-
tion of 5,000 or less, and must be descendants of early American pioneers.
William W. Stout Scholarships. Several scholarships, ranging in amount
from $750 to $1,250, are awarded annually to worthy students who need financial
assistance to get the maximum benefit from their education. The scholarships are
supported through a bequest from the late Vvilliam W. Stout of California.
C. P. Tillman Scholarship. The C. P. Tillman Scholarship, about $100, is
awarded annually to a University freshman residing in the Eugene-Springfield
area, on the basis of ability and financial need. The scholarship is supported by an
endowment bequeathed to the University by the late C. P. Tillman of Eugene,
Oregon.
Max Tucker Scholarships. Two or three $1,000 scholarships are awarded
annually to University of Oregon students from a fund established by the will of
the late Max Tucker of Lebanon, Oregon. In the selection of Tucker scholars,
special consideration is given to graduates of Lebanon High School.
Zimmerman Scholarships. The Joseph P. and Eva Zimmerman scholarships,
of varying amounts, are awarded to seniors and graduate students. The scholar-
ships are supported through a bequest of the late Miss Lois Zimmerman, Class
of '28,and is named in memory of her father and mother.
Liberal Arts
Colonial Dames of America Scholarship. A $300 scholarship, supported
by the Colonial Dames of America, is awarded annually to a student who in-
tends to teach American history and who is in need of financial assistance.
ThGmas Condon Fellowship in Paleontology. The Thomas Condon Fel-
lowship is awarded by the Department of Geology as an aid to graduate study in
the field of paleontology. The fellowship is endowed through a bequest from
the late Mrs. Ellen Condon McCornack, and is named in memory of her father,
Dr. Thomas Condon, pioneer Oregon geologist and a member of the University
faculty from 1876 until his death in 1906.
Judy Ellefson Speech Scholarship. A $100 scholarship is awarded annually
to an upper-division student whose primary interest is in the field of speech and
drama. The scholarship is named in memory of the late Miss Judy Ellefson, Class
of '55, and is supported by her family and friends.
F. G. G. Schmidt Fellowship in German. A $250 fellowship, supported by a
gift from the late Dr. F. G. G. Schmidt, a member of the University faculty from
1897 until his death in 1945, is awarded annually to a worthy graduate student
majoring in German.
Stafford Scholarships in Chemistry. Two $500 scholarships are awarded an-
nually to junior or senior majors in chemistry from funds provided by the Crown
Zellerbach Foundation. The donor stipulates: (1) that candidates be selected on
the basis of achievement and promise; (2) that financial need not be a considera-
tion in the selection process; (3) that candidates be chosen without discrimination
104 STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE
as to race, creed, sex, or country of origin; (4) that no person who has previously
held a Crown Zellerbach Foundation grant be considered. The awards are named
in honor of Orin Fletcher Stafford, member of the faculty of the University De-
partment of Chemistry from 1902 until his death in 1941.
Architecture and Allied Arts
Maude 1. Kerns Scholarship. A $100 scholarship is awarded annually to a
junior, senior, or graduate student majoring in art education. The scholarship is
supported by gifts to the University from friends and students of Miss Maude 1.
Kerns, Class of '99 and member of the University faculty from 1921 to 1947.
Ion Lewis Scholarship in Architecture. A $3,000 traveling scholarship
is awarded, when funds are available, toOregon architects, draftsmen, or advanced
architectural students who are under 30 years of age. Award is made on the basis
of character, ability, promise, and need of travel. The scholarship is supported by a
trust fund established by the late Ion Lewis of Portland, Oregon.
Ina McClung Art Scholarships. Several scholarships of varying amounts up
to $500 are awarded annually to students in the School of Architecture and Allied
Arts from the income of an endowment established by Mrs. Katherine H. Mc-
Clung. The scholarships are named in memory of the late Miss Ina McClung,
Class of '95.
Northwest Plaster Bureau Scholarship. A $250 scholarship is awarded
annually by the Northwest Plaster Bureau, Inc. to an architecture student recom-
mended by the architecture faculty and the dean of the school.
Oil Heat Institute Scholarship. A $300 scholarship is awarded annually by
the Oil Heat Institute to a senior student in architecture.
Ellen M. Pennell Scholarships. Several scholarships; covering regular fees,
are awarded for- a term or a year to students in the School of Architecture and
Allied Arts. They are endowed through a bequest from Mrs. Ellen M. Pennell,
for many years a member of the University Library staff.
Women's Architectural League Scholarship. Scholarships in varying
amounts, supported by the Women's Architectural League, are awarded annually
to a student of architecture, preferably from the Portland, Oregon vicinity.
Business Administration
Autzen Foundation Scholarship. The Autzen Foundation provides an an-
nual award of $500 to an upper-division student in business administration. The
award is made on the basis of scholarship, qualities of leadership, and probable
success in a business career.
Cole, Clark and Cunningham Scholarship. The firm of Cole, Clark and
Cunningham Insurance, Portland, Oregon, awards a $400 scholarship annually to
a deserving senior male student majoring in Business Administration. The recipi-
ent is selected by the Business Administration Day Committee of the School of
Business Administration.
Eppstein Scholarship for Insurance Education. An annual $200 scholarship
is awarded to a business-administration major in the field of insurance. The schol-
arshipis a memorial to the late Arthur M. Eppstein, and is supported through a
gift from agents of the Oregon Automobile Insurance Company, of which Mr.
Eppstein was president. The award is made on the basis of scholarship, need,
character, and professional aptitude for work in property and casualty insurance.
FINANCIAL AID 105
First National Bank of Oregon Scholarship. The First National Bank of
Oregon awards annually two $500 scholarships to students of junior standing with
an interest in finance and who are Oregon residents. The award is based on leader-
ship ability and scholastic achievement.
Haskins and Sells Scholarship. A $500 scholarship "to stimulate higher
academic achievement on the part of students majoring in accounting, and to en-
courage promising students to major in this field" is awarded annually to an
accounting student from funds provided by the Haskins and Sells Foundation.
Haskins and Sells Teaching Fellowship in Accounting. A $2,50(} fellow-
ship is awarded each year by the Haskins and Sells foundation to a graduate stu-
dent preparing for a career in college teaching of accounting. For eligibility, an
applicant should have completed the requirements for a master's degree.
H. T. Miner Research Fellowship. An award of $1,800 is made annually to
a student planning graduate work in the School of Business Administration. The
award is supported through the H. T. Miner Fund.
Insurance Society Scholarship. A $200 scholarship is awarded annually to
a student in the School of Business Administration majoring in risk and insurance.
Funds are provided by the Insurance Society.
Republic Carloading and Distributing Company Scholarship. The Repub-
lic Carloading and Distributing Company awards annually a $300 scholarship to an
entering freshman student planning to major in the field of traffic management and
transportation in the School of Business Administration. The scholarship is re-
newable each year until the student's graduation, provided he maintains a satis-
factory academic record.
Weyerhaeuser Fellowship. The Weyerhaeuser Company Foundation offers
, a $2,250. fellowship to outstanding graduate students in business administration
majoring in forest industries management. The award is made through the Forest
Industries Management Center to encourage advanced professional training for
this field.
Journalism
Arlyn E. Cole Memorial Scholarship. This award is presented annually by
Cole and Weber, il11 advertising and public relations firm, in memory of the late
Arlyn E. Cole, a founder of the firm. It provides a financial grant and summer
internship experience to an outstanding junior in the field of advertising.
Crown Zellerbach Scholarships. Two $500 scholarships are awarded annual-
ly by the Crown Zellerbach Foundation to upper-division students majoring in
journalism. Scholarship, character, and journalistic ability <j.re the maj or criteria
for selection; financial need is not a criterion. Candidates must be United States
citizens and preferably residents of the Pacific Northwest.
Eugene Advertising Club Scholarship. A $200 scholarship is given annually
by the Eugene Advertising Club to an undergraduate journalism major whose
field of emphasis is advertising. Criteria for selection are scholarship, ability, char-
acter, and need. Preference is given to Lane County, Oregon students.
Eugene Register-Guard Allen Scholarships. Two $500 scholarships are
awarded annually by the Eugene Register-Guard to journalism students, on the
basis of scholastic achievement, journalistic ability, and financial need. Candidates
must intend to make newspaper work their career. The scholarships are named
in memory of Eric W. Allen, first dean of the School of Journalism and member
of the University faculty from 1912 until his death in 1944.
106 STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE
Howard Hillis Scholarship. A $300 scholarship, named in honor of Howard
Hillis, is awarded annually to a freshman student who intends to major in jour-
nalism. Funds for the scholarship are provided by the Oregon Scholastic Press
and friends of the School of Journalism.
Jackson Foundation Scholarship in Journalism. Two $1,000 scholarships
are awarded annually to students in the School of Journalism by the Jackson
Foundation of Portland. The awards are based upon scholastic achievement, pro-
fessional promise, and financial need. The J ackson Foundation was established by
the family of the founder of the Oregon]oumal.
Mainwaring Memorial Scholarship. The family of the late Bernard Main-
wiring, editor and publisher of the Salem Capital]ournal, awards annually a $300
fee scholarship to a student majoring in journalism in the news-editorial or news-
paper management field. Scholarship, character, and contribution to the OREGON
DAILY EMERALD are the bases' for the selection.
Minneapolis Star Scholarship. A $400 scholarship is awarded annually to the
outstanding student in journalism completing junior-year studies. The award is
based on scholastic and professional achievement. The scholarship is provided by
the Minneapolis Star.
Oregon Industrial Advertising Scholarship. A $300 scholarship is awarded
annually by the Oregon chapter of the Association of Industrial Advertisers to
an undergraduate journalism major planning a career in advertising, whose
scholastic record, demonstrated ability in advertising, and character warrant a
high expectancy of success in and contribution to the field.
Oregon Newspaper Publishers Association Scholarships. Up to eight
scholarships, ranging from $100 to $200, are provided through the Journalism
Scholarship Fund of the Oregon Newspaper Publishers Association. The scholar-
ships are awarded by the School of Journalism faculty to journalism majors or
premajors who intend to enter the newspaper field.
Pendleton East Oregonian Scholarship. The Pendleton East Oregonian
awards annually a fee scholarship to a Pendleton student majoring in journalism.
Register-Guard 20-Year Club Scholarship. A $100 scholarship is awarded
annually by the 20-Year Club of the Eugene Register-Guard to a sophomore or
junior student in journalism who shows promise of achievement in the field,
whose home is in the circulation area of the Register-Guard, and who has a need
for financial assistance.
Sweet Memorial Scholarship. A $300 scholarship, named in memory of the
late Miss Florence Sweet, is awarded annually to a freshman student who intends
to major in journalism. Miss Sweet was adviser to the Pendleton High School
Lantern and president of the National Association of Journalism Directors. Funds
for the scholarship are provided by the Oregon Scholastic Press and friends of
the School of Journalism.
Law
American College of Trial Lawyers Scholarship. A $500 scholarship is
provided annually by the Oregon members of the American College of Trial
Lawyers for a law student who giv,es promise of becoming a competent advocate
after his admission to the bar.
James D. Barnett Scholarship. A $300 Barnett scholarship is awarded an-
nually by the faculty of the School of Law to a needy and worthy student. The
scholarship is supported through the income of an endowment fund, established
FINANCIAL AID 107
by Mrs. Winifred Barnett Allendoerfer and Professor Carl Allendoerfer, in
memory of Dr. James D. Barnett, member of the University faculty from 1908
until his death in 1957.
Henry E. Collier Law Scholarships. Several scholarships are awarded an-
nually, on the basis of financial need and good moral character, to worthy men
students in the School of Law who intend to make the practice of law their life
work. The scholarships are supported by the income of a $50,000 trust fund estab-
lished under the will of the late Henry E. Collier, Portland attorney. No recipient
may be awarded more than $500 in anyone year.
Lane County Lawyers Wives Association Scholarship. A scholarship
covering fees for one term is awarded annually by the Lane County Lawyers
Wives Association to a second- or third-year law student on the basis of finan-
cial need and academic achievement.
Lorien,ne Conlee Fowler Law Scholarship. The Lorienne Conlee Fowler
Scholarship is awarded, on the basis of need and scholastic record, to a woman
student entering the School of Law; the scholarship may be renewed as long as the
recipient continues to makie satisfactory progress toward a professional law degree.
The award consists of the income of a $5,000 trust fund established by Dr. Frank
E. Fowler, Class of '20, in memory of his wife, Mrs. Lorienne Conlee Fowler.
Herbert B. Galton Scholarship. A $200 scholarship is provided annually by
Herbert B. Galton, a Portland attorney and a member of the Class of '38, to be
awarded to a second-year student, for use during his third year in the School of
Law, on the basis of academic performance, production for the OREGON LAW
REVIEW, and interest in the field of labor law demonstrated by writings published
'11, the REVIEW.
Charles G. Howard Law Scholarships. Several scholarships, of varying
amounts, are awarded annually on the basis of satisfactory academic progress,
financial need, and the applicant"s effort to solve his own financial problems, to
second- and third-year students in the School of Law. The scholarships are sup-
ported through a trust fund established by members of Phi Alpha Delta, legal
raternity, and are named in honor of Charles G. Howard, professor emeritus of
aw, and a member of the faculty of the School of Law since 1928.
James T. Landye Scholarship. A $300 scholarship is awarded annually by
he trustees of the James T. Landye Scholarship Fund to a needy and worthy
tudent of outstanding scholastic ability who aspires to be a lawyer, and who is
ntering upon his second or third year of study in the School of Law. The scholar-
hip is financed from the income from a fund contributed by the friends of the late
ames T. Landye, a Po'rtland lawyer and a member of the Class of '34.
Law School Alumni Scholarships. Twelve $330 scholarships are provided by
he Law School Alumni Association for award to deserving members of the enter-
ng class of the School of Law whose prelegal academic records are of B-average
uality or higher. The recipients of these scholarships are selected by the president
f the association and the dean of the school.
Paul Patterson MemGnal Fellowship. A $1,250 fellowship is awarded annu-
lly to a student completing his second year in the School of Law who best exem-
lifies the high qualities of integrity, leadership, and dedication to public service
hich characterized the late governor of Oregon, Paul L. Patterson, Class of '26.
he fellowship is supported through gifts from alumni and· friends of the Uni-
ersity.
Womens Association of the Multnomah County Bar Scholarship. An an-
ual schGlarship of $300 is provided each year by the Womens Association of the
108 STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE
Multnomah County Bar for award to a third-year law student on the basis 0
financial need and academic achievement.
Medicine*
Kenneth A. J. Mackenzie Memorial Scholarship. A $1,000 scholarship i
awarded annually for the study of medicine to the outstanding premedical studen
at the University of Oregon in his last year of premedical studies. The studen
receives $200 during his last year of premedical work at the University and $20(
each year at the University of Oregon Medical School if he continues to maintait
a high scholastic record. If the student does not maintain a high scholastic recon
at the Medical School, his scholarship is transferred to an outstanding member 0
his Medical School class who took his premedical work at the University. Thl
scholarships are a memorial to Dr. Kenneth A. ]. Mackenzie, former dean of thl
Medical School; they are endowed through a bequest from the late Mrs. Mildre<
Anna Williams.
John J. Rogers Premedical Scholarship. A $500 scholarship is awardee
annually to a premedical student. The scholarship is supported by Mrs. John J
Rogers of Eugene, Oregon.
Music
Maud Densmore Memorial Music Scholarship. The Maud Densmore Mem
orial Music Scholarship, approximately $250, is awarded annually to an upper·
division student in music at the University. The scholarship is supported by the
Eugene Women's Choral Club.
Eugene Women's Choral Club Scholarship. The Eugene Women's Chora
Club awards anr.ually a $120 scholarship for vocal-music instruction in the Uni
versity to a graduate of a Lane County, Oregon high school. The award, which i:
made on the basis of vocal activity, character, and financial need, may be divide<
between two applicants.
Byron Hoyt Music Scholarship. Annual scholarships sponsored by Byror
Hoyt's Sheet Music Service of Portland is awarded to a graduate of a high schoo
in Oregon who has participated in the school's band, orchestra, or choir and whc
intends to prepare for teaching music in the schools. Awards range from $50 tc
$250.
Mu Phi Epsilon Scholarships. These scholarships, covering fees for privatt
instruction in performance, are awarded by the members of the Eugene, Oregor
alumnae chapter and patronesses of Mu Phi Epsilon to women students in the
School of Music.
Musicians' Union, Local 689,Scholarship. The School of Music award!
annually a $120 scholarship for woodwind, brass, or percussion instruction in the
University to a graduate of a Lane County, Oregon, high school. The scholarshiI
is supported by funds provided by the Musicians' Mutual Association, Local 689
American Federation of Musicians.
Performing Assistantships. The School of Music awards annually to enter
ing freshman students several $500 assistantships for skilled instrumentalists t
assist in various performing capacities as needed. These assistantships may b
renewed annually up to a period of four years.
Phi Beta Scholarships. Several scholarships, covering fees for private in
struction in performance, are awarded by alumnae and patroness groups of Ph
• See also University of Oregon Medical School Catalog.
PRIZES AND AWARDS 109
Beta, women's national professional fraternity for music and drama, to women
students in the School of Music on the basis of talent, scholarship, and worthiness.
School of Music Grants-in-Aid. These grants, covering fees for private
instruction in performance, are awarded, on the basis of financial need and talent,
to students in the School of Music. '
Physical Education
Faculty Scholarship in Women's Physical Education. The faculty of the
division of physical education for women awards biennially a fee scholarship to
an upper-division woman student who is preparing for a teaching career in health,
physical education, or the dance.
Physical Education Scholarship for Men. The Service Course Committee
for Men of the School of Physical Education awards a $100 scholarship each term
to an undergraduate physical education major in recognition of high academic
and professional achi.evement.
Women's Physical-Education Scholarship. The Association of Oregon
Physical Education Alumnae awards annually one to three $100 awards to select-
ed women majors in physical education.
Prizes and Awards
DISTINCTION in scholarship is recognized at the University through degrees
with honors, through election to honor societies, and through prizes and awards.
A statement of the requirements for degrees with honors will be found elsewhere
in this Catalog. There are also essay and oratorical prizes, and awards for profi-
ciency in special fields and for all-round distinction in student life.'
. I
General
Carson Hall Mothers Cup. A cup, presented by the Portland, Oregon
Mothers Club, is awarded annually to the outstanding girl residing in Carson Hall.
Citizenship Award. An award is made annually to the University of Oregon
living organization that makes the greatest contribution to citizenship. The name
of the organization is engraved on a silver punch bowl which is retained by the
organization that wins it three times. The Department of Military Science and
Aerospace Studies sponsors the award.
Gerlinger Cup. The Gerlinger Cup, given by Mrs. George Gerlinger, former
regent of the University, is awarded by a committee of faculty, town, and student
women to the best all-round woman of the junior class.
Koyl Cup. The Koyl Cup, the gift of Charles W. Koyl, Class of '11, is award-
ed each year to the man who, in the opinion of a committee of the faculty, is the
best all-round man of the junior class. -
Library Day Prizes. The Coop Book Store, the Friends of the University of
Oregon Library, and other donors award prizes on Library Day each spring for
the best personal libraries of University students.
Oregon Dads Honors for Leadership. In recognition of outstanding leader-
ship in high school, superior qualities of character and scholarship, and unusual
promise for leadership in public affairs, the Oregon Dads award annually to se-
lected high-school seniors certificates of Special Honors for Leadership. Recipi-
110 STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE
ents in need of financial assistance to continue their education at the University
may also be awarded scholarships.
Otegon Dads Honors for Scholarship. The University of Oregon Dads
award annually certificates of Special Honors for Scholarship to a limited num-
ber of high-school graduates, in recognition of outstanding scholarship records in
high school, superior qualities of character and leadership, and unusual promise for
success in University studies. Recipients in need of financial assistance may also be
awarded scholarships. .
Phi Beta Kappa Prize. This prize, consisting of books to the value of $25,
is offered annually by the Alpha of Oregon chapter of Phi Beta Kappa. The
award is made, on the basis of scholarship, to a student completing lower-division
work. The books are chosen by the student in consultation with a committee of
the chapter. .
Liberal Arts
Philo Sherman Bennett Prize. A prize of from $15 to $50, supported by
a bequest from Philo Sherman Bennett of New Haven, Connecticut, is awarded
for the best essay on the principles of free government.
Julia Burgess Poetry Prize. The Julia Burgess Poetry Prize of $25 is
awarded annually for the best original poem submitted by an undergraduate. In-
formation concerning the award may be obtained from the head of the Department
of English. The prize is endowed through a bequest from the late Julia Burgess,
member of the University faculty from 1907 until her death in 1942.
L. S. and D. C. Cressman Prize in Anthropology. A $75 prize is offered
annually for the best essay in any subfield of anthropology submitted by a cur-
rently enrolled graduate student. It is expected that the essay be written especially
for the prize competition and be suitable for publication, both in content and
form. The prize is supported through funds provided by Dr. and Mrs. Luther S.
Cressman.
DeCou Prize in Mathematics. A prize of $100 is awarded annually to a
junior or senior student for excellence in the field of mathematics. The prize is
named in memory of Edgar E. DeCou, a member of the University faculty from
1902 until his death in 1947, and in memory of his son, Edgar J. DeCou.
Delta Phi Alpha Award. A volume of German literature is awarded each
year by the University chapter of Delta Phi Alpha, national German honor
society, to the most outstanding student in German literature.
Failing-Beekman Prizes. These prizes are awarded annually to members of
the senior class who have demonstrated during their University career the greatest
ability in public speaking. The first prize of $100 is the gift of Henry Failing of
Portland; the second prize of $75 is the gift of C. C. Beekman of Jacksonville,
Oregon.
Lejeune W. Griffith Theater Award. A $25 award is presented annually to
the outstanding senior who contributed most during his University career to the
collective theater arts: acting, directing, playwriting, designing, and technical
theater. The award is supported through gifts from Mrs. Lejeune W. Griffith,
Class of '48.
Haycox Short-Story Prizes. The Ernest Haycox Memorial Short-Story
Prizes, $100 and $50, are awarded annually for the best original short stories of
high literary quality submitted by undergraduate or graduate students. Informa-
tion concerning this award may be obtained from the head of the Department of
PRIZES AND AWARDS III
English. The prizes are supported through gifts from Mrs, Ernest Haycox in
memory of her husband, a graduate of the University in the Class of '23.
Dr. and Mrs. Arthur F. Hunter Literary Award. An award of $50 is given
annually for the best piece of creative writing (fiction, poetry, or drama) by a
senior or graduate student in the creative writing program of the Department of
English. The award is supported by gifts from Dr. and Mrs. Arthur F. Hunter.
Jewett Prizes. These prizes, amounting to more than $200, are awarded an-
nually in a series of public-speaking contests. Funds for the prizes were given to
the University in memory of the late W. F. Jewett by his wife, Mrs. Mary Jewett.
Richard L. Neuberger Memorial Award. An award of $50 is given annually
for outstanding work in fiction, poetry, or drama by a student in a creative writing
class. The award is supported by a gift from Mr. and Mrs. Jonathan Benjamin.
Pi Delta Phi Award. The University chapter of Pi Delta Phi, national French
honor society, presents book prizes each year to the students who Rave made
the greatest progress in undergraduate courses in French.
George Rebec Prize in Philosophy. A $100 U.S. savings bond is awarded
annually to the undergraduate student who submits the best essay on <L philosophi-
cal topic. The prize is named in honor of Dr. George Rebec, member of the Univer-
sity faculty from 1912 until his death in 1944.
Sigma Delta Pi Awards. Book prizes are awarded each year by the Univer-
sity Gamma chapter of Sigma Pi, national Spanish honor society, to students
in advanced courses in Spanish who make the greatest progress during the year.
Sigma Xi Graduate Research Prize. A prize of $25 is awarded annually by
the Oregon chapter of Sigma Xi to the graduate student, working in one of the
fields from which Sigma Xi selects its members, who submits the most outstanding
piece of research.
John Watson Vogan Spanish Essay Prizes. Prizes are awarded annually to
the students presenting the best essays written in the Spanish language. The prizes
are supported by an endowment established by Mrs. Grace Dawson Vogan of
Portland as a memorial to her husband, the late J ohnWatson Vogan.
Alicia Woods Poetry Prize. The Alicia Woods Poetry Prize of $15 is
awarded annually for an outstanding original poem submitted by an undergraduate.
Information concerning the award may be obtained from the head of the Depart-
ment of English. The prize is supported from an endowment provided by friends
of the late Alicia Woods, M.A., Oregon, 1958.
Architecture
LeRoy Flemming Kerns Award. An award of $100 is given annually to an
architecture student for demonstrated originality and creativity. The award is sup-
ported by Miss Maude 1. Kerns, Class of '99 and a member of the University
:aculty from 1921 to 1947, and is named in memory of her brother.
John Lee-Rick Bullis Memorial Fund. Income from a trust fund established
by the parents and friends of John Philip Lee, Class of '65, is awarded annually to
a third-year student in architecture in recognition of high potential in his field.
Business Administration
Beta Gamma Sigma Award. Each year the name of the sophomore student
in business with the highest cumulative grade average is engraved on a plaque
112 STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE
placed in the corridor of Commonwealth Hall by Beta Gamma Sigma, honorary
business fraternity.
. Business Education Award of Merit. The United Business Education Asso-
ciation and National Association for Business Teacher Education award is pre-
sented to the senior in business education chosen for outstanding achievement in
his field of study.
Cornish Award in Marketing. An award of approximately $30 is presented
annually to a junior student in business administration who is specializing in
marketing and merchandising. The award is. supported through a gift from Dr.
Newell H. Cornish, professor emeritus of business administration.
Erickson, Eiseman & Company Awards. Five $25 awards are made annu-
ally to students in accounting, for the purchase of books, periodicals, or other ac-
counting materials. Funds for the awards are provided by Erickson, Eiseman &
Company, Portland accounting firm.
Oregon State Society of Certified Public Accountants' Prize. This award,
consisting of accounting books to the value of $50, is made each year to the out-
standing student in accounting.
Phi Chi Theta Award. The name of the sophomore woman student in busi-
ness with the highest cumulative grade-point average is engraved each year on a
plaque placed in the corridor of Commonwealth Hall by Phi Chi Theta, national
women's business fraternity.
Phi Chi Theta Key. The Phi Chi Theta Key is awarded annually, on the
basis of high scholastic standing and student activities, to a woman in the senior
class of the School of Business Administration.
Wall Street Journal Award. The Wall Street Journal awards annually to a
student in finance and investments a medallion and a year's subscription to the
Journal.
Journalism
William G. Gurney Memorial Award. The' name of the male student in
journalism who, in his junior year, shows the greatest promise as a writer is
recorded annually on a plaque in the Allen Seminar Room. The award is made
jointly by Sigma Delta Chi, national professional journalism fraternity, and
Alpha Tau Omega, social fraternity, in honor of William G. Gurney, a journalism
student who was killed while on duty in the Air Force Reserve Officers Training
Corps in 1953.
Harpham Award in Journalism. An award of $25 is given annually for the
best journalistic writing or term paper by a foreign student in the School of Jour-
nalism. Funds for the award are provided by Mr. and Mrs. Everett H. Harpham
of Eugene, Oregon.
Hillsboro Argus Award. The name of the senior woman in journalism hav-
ing the highest scholastic average for her four years of undergraduate work is
engraved each year on a plaque in the Allen Seminar Room. The plaque is a gift
from the Hillsboro, Oregon, Argus.
Sigma Delta Chi Scholarship Award. Recognition for exceptional scholar-
ship is made annually to journalism senior majors by Sigma Delta Chi, profes-
sional journalism fraternity.
T. Neil Taylor Awards in Journalism. Awards of $50, $25, and $15 are given
annually for the three best senior theses presented by majors in journalism. Funds
PRIZES AND AWARDS 113
for the awards are provided by an endowment established by the late T; Neil
Taylor of Oakland, California, University journalism graduate in the Class of '31.
Turnbull-Hall Award. Each year the name of the outstanding senior member
of the staff of the OREGON DAILY EMERALD is engraved on a plaque which hangs in
the EMERALD news room. The plaque was presented in 1931 by George Turnbull
and Vinton H. Hall.
Law
American Jurisprudence Prizes. The Lawyers Cooperative Publishing
Company and the Bancroft-Whitney Compapy award annually separately bound
topics from American Jurisprudence to those students having the best scholastic
records in the several courses in the School of Law covering the topics included in
American Jurisprudence.
Bancroft-Whitney Prize. The Bancroft-Whitney Company, law publisher,
awards annually a legal publication to the senior law student who hasmaintained
the highest grade average throughout his work in the School of Law.
Bender-Moss Prize. The Bender-Moss Company, law publisher, awards
annually a set of Wharton's Criminal Evidence and of Schweitzer's C:yclopedia
of Trial Practice to the senior law student who has earned the highest grades in
pleading and practice courses during his three years of law study.
Bureau of National Affairs Prize. The Bureau of National Affairs awards
annually a year's subscription to United States Law Week to the member of the
graduating class of the School of Law who, in the judgment of the school facuhy,
has made the most satisfactory scholastic progress during his final year in the
school.
Nathan Burkan Memorial Prizes. The American Society of Composers,
Authors, and Publishers awards a $150 first prize and a $50 second prize for the
best papers submitted by students in the graduating class of the School of Law on
the subject of copyright law.
Corpus Juris Secundum Prizes. The American Law Book Company makes
available each year three selected titles of Corpus Juris Secundum to be awarded
to the student in the first-, second-, and third-year classes who, in the opinion of
the faculty, has made the most significant contribution toward over-all legal
scholarship.
Lane County Bar Association Prizes. The Lane County Bar Association
awards a $65 first prize, a $40 second prize, and a $25 third prize for the best pres-
entations made by law students in an annual oral case-analysis contest. The case
analyses are presented at the regular luncheon meetings of the association during
the academic year.
Lawyers Cooperative Prize. The Lawyers Cooperative Publishing Company
awards annually a copy of Ballantine's Law Dictio1lGry to the law student doing
the best work in the course in Legal Bibliography.
Oregon District Attorneys' Association Prize. A book prize for legal
writing in the field of criminal law is provided each year by the Oregon District
Attorneys' Association for award to a law student or a practicing member of the
Oregon State Bar who is adjudged to have produced the best piece of legal writing
for publication in the OREGON LAW REVIEW.
West Publishing Company Prizes. The West Publishing Company awards
. annually a selected title from the Hornbook Series to the student with the high-
114 STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE
est cumulative grade-point average in each of the three classes in the School of
Law.
Physical Education
Physical-Education Honor Awards. The faculty of the School of Health,
Physical Education, and Recreation presents certificates each year in recognition
of outstanding Qualities of sound scholarship, high idealism, and professional
accomplishment in the fields of physical education, health education, and recrea-
tion.
Erb Memorial Student Union
JOHN A. CROSS, M.S.
CHRIS F. KARP, B.S .
ADELL McMILLAN, M.S .
EUDALDO REYES, M.A .
____Acting Director
......... _._ __ Assistant Director
...Program Director
. Activities Director
I-
THE ERB MEMORIAL STUDENT UNION is a building dedicated to making
the extracurricular work of students an integral part of their education. It provides
group meeting rooms, a lounge, soda bar, cafeteria, and dining room, an art
gallery, a large ballroom, and a Browsing Room, a branch of the University Li-
brary. Student activity offices are on the third floor. For recreation there is a "lis-
tening room" for classical music, a room for jazz, a piano practice room, a "combo"
practice room, a sixteen-lane bowling alley, billiard tables, and table tennis
and shuffleboard facilities. Also housed in the building are the offices of the
Y.M.CA., a branch of the U.s. Post Office, and a six-chair barber shop.
The Student Union was built solely through gifts from alumni and friends of
the University, student building fees, and the sale of bonds to be retired from future
building fees. The building is named in memory of Dr. Donald M. Erb, President
of the University from 1938 until his death in 1943.
Graduate School
LEONAE. TYLER, Ph.D., Dean of the Graduate School.
FRANK FARNER, Ph.D., Associate Dean of the Graduate School.
FRED J. MOHR, B.A., Special Assistant to the Dean.
Graduate Council
LEONA E. TYLER (chairman), PAUL CrvIN, C. L. CONSTANCE, R. M. DAVIS,
FRANK FARNER, T. L. HILL, C. W. HINTZ, P. L. KLEINSORGE, R. H. MATT-
SON, AARON NOVICK, EARL POMEROY, J. W. SHERBURNE, L. R. SORENSON,
R. M. TROTTER, CHRISTOF WEGELIN.
THE PRIMARY AIM of undergraduate education is to prepare the student for
cultured living and intelligent citizenship, and to acquaint him with techniques
leading to a professional career. In graduate study the dominant aim is the develop-
ment of the scholar, capable of original thinking and of creative achievement in
the advancement and extension of knowledge. Hence, a graduate degree indicates
more than the mere completion of a prescribed amount of advanced study; it in-
dicates that the student has shown both promise and performance in some field of
independent scholarship.
At the University of Oregon, all study beyond the bachelor's degree, except
strictly professional work in law, medicine, and dentistry, is administered through
the Graduate School. The formulation of the graduate programs of individual
students and the working out and direction of these programs are the responsi-
bilities of the instructional department, subject, however, to the general rules and
requirements of the Graduate School.
Research. Through its Office of Scientific and Scholarly Research and with
advice and assistance from the faculty Research Committee, the Graduate School
administers the University's program for the encouragement and approval of re-
search by members of its faculty and the University's interdisciplinary research
institutes (see pages 126-131).
i\dvanced I)egrees
THE UNIVERSITY OF OREGON offers through the Graduate School work
leading to advanced degrees in the liberal arts and sciences, and in the professional
ficlds of architecture and allied arts, business administration, dental sciences (at
the Dental School in Portland), education, health, physical education, and recrea-
tion, journalism, medical sciences (at the Medical School in Portland), music,
and nursing (at the School of Nursing in Portland). The degrees granted, and
the fields in which programs of study leading to the respective degrees are
currently offered, are listed below:
Doctor of Philosophy: anthropology, biology, chemistry, comparative litera-
ture, economics, education, English, geography, geology, Germanic languages,
l1ealth, physical education, and recreation, history, mathematics, medical sciences,
[)hilosophy, physics, political science, psychology, Romance languages, sociology,
speech.
Doctor of Business Administration: business administration.
Doctor of Education: education, health and physical education.
Doctor of Musical Arts: Music.
[ 115 ]
116 GRADUATE SCHOOL
*Master of Arts: anthropology, art, biology, business administration, chem-
istry, Classical languages, comparative literature, economics, education, English,
geography, geology, Germanic languages, health, physical education, and recrea-
tion, history, journalism, library science, mathematics, medical sciences, music,
philosophy, physics, political science, psychology, Romance languages, sociology,
speech.
*Master of Science: art, biology, business administration, chemistry, dental
sciences, economics, education, geography, geology, health, physical education,
and recreation, journalism, library science, mathematics, medical sciences, nursing,
physics, political science, psychology, sociology, speech.
Master of Architecture: architecture.
Master of Fine Arts: drawing and painting, sculpture, ceramics, weaving,
creative writing.
Master of Business Administration: marketing, insurance, and transportation,
personnel and industrial management, finance and business environment, account-
ing and business statistics.
Master of Education: education.
Master of Landscape Architecture: landscape architecture.
Master of Library Science: librarianship.
Master of Music: music. education, performance and music literature, compo-
sition.
Master of Urban Planning: urban planning.
General Regulations
THE UNIVERSITY recognizes two classes of graduate students: (1) students
enrolled in the Graduate School for work toward a graduate degree, and (2) un-
classified graduate students. Students of the first class follow programs organized
in conformity with the rules stated below. Students of the second class enroll for
courses in which they are interested, with the understanding that the University
is under no implied obligation to accept credit earned as credit toward a graduate
degree. Whether a student is adequately prepared to enroll in any graduate course
is determined by the instructor in charge and by the head of the department or
school concerned.
Admission. For admission as a graduate student for work toward a grad-
uate degree the student must meet minimum University requirements and be ac.-
cepted by the department or school in which he wishes to work. The general
University requirements for graduate admission, summarized below, may be sup-
plemented by special requirements of departments and schools. Beginning in the
fall term, 1967-68, former University students (graduates and undergraduates)
must be admitted to graduate status.
An applicant should address inquiries concerning graduate admission to the
department or school in which he plans to study, not to the Graduate School or
the Office of Admissions.
Documel1ts Supporting Applica.tiol1. An applicant for admission as a graduate
student must submit: (l) two copies of an application on an official University
form, and (2) two copies of an official transcript of his college record. One copy of
these credentials should be sent to the department or school in which the applicant
plans to study and the other to the Office of Admissions.
* See also "Interdisciplinary Master's Programs'" page 120.
GENERAL REGULATIONS 117
Minimum Requirements for Admission. Minimum University requirements
for graduate admission are as follows:
Admission for Work towaI·d a Graduate Degree. Graduation from an accred-
ited college or university with a cumulative undergraduate grade-point average
of 2.75 or higher is required for admission for work toward a graduate degree. A
student who has completed 12 or more term hours of graduate work at another
institution with a GPA of 3.00 or higher is admitted without reference to his
undergraduate GPA if the work is accepted by his major department or school as
applicable toward a graduate degree. A student whose academic record does not
meet these standards may be granted admission on a provisional basis for not more
than 36 term ~ours of graduate work.
Admission as an Unclassified Student. Students having a baccalaureate de-
gree and wishing to attend classes, but who do not wish to conform to a degree
program or have not been accepted by a department, may be admitted to the Gradu-
ate School as unclassified students. Students in this category are advised through
a separate procedure and must have permission from the instructor to enroll
in any graduate course. If a department later decides to accept an unclassified
student in a degree program, he is treated as though he were an transfer from
another school. This may include acceptance, at the department's discretion, of up
to 12 graduate credit hours earned as an unclassified student toward a graduate
degree.
Continuous Enrollment. A graduate student who has been admitted for work
toward a graduate degree is required to enroll in the University each term during
the regular academic year from the time of first enrollment until the completion
of all degree requirements, including the submission of thesis or dissertation, the
passing of all examinations, and the awarding of the degree. His enrollment is
either as a student in residence or as a student on leave of absence.
Leave of absence is granted for a stated period of time, normally not to ex-
ceed one calendar year. A graduate student on leave of absence is expected neither
to make use of University facilities nor to place demands upon the faculty, and
therefore pays no fees during the leave period.
Failure to maintain continuous enrollment, either in residence or on leave of
absence, is considered evidence that the student has withdrawn from the Univer-
sity. If he wishes to resume his studies, he must formally apply for readmission,
and must satisfy requirements for admission in effect at the time of application.
Reservation of Graduate Credit. The Graduate School encourages superior
students to begin their graduate studies as early in their careers as feasible. A stu-
dent at the University of Oregon who needs not more than 48 term hours in order
to complete requirements for a bachelor's degree (i.e., who has senior standing)
and who has a cumulative GPA of 3.00 may petition the dean of the Graduate School
for the reservation of credit in specified graduate courses. A "Reservation of
Credit" form, available in the office of the Graduate School, must be filed not later
than two weeks after the beginning of the term in which the courses involved are
taken. Credit may not be reserved for courses taken during a period of more than
three terms. A student who has been granted reservation of credit is assigned a
graduate adviser to assist him in planning his graduate work.
Course Registration Requirements. The maximum course load for a grad-
uate student devoting all of his time to graduate study in a regular term or in an
eleven-week summer session is 16 term hours; the maximum for a teaching or re-
search assistant is 12 term hours. The maximum course load for an eight-week
summer session is 13 term hours. Credit for work taken in excess of these maxi-
mums cannot be applied toward a degree.
All graduate students using campus facilities or studying under the supervision
118 GRADUATE SCHOOL
of a member of the faculty are required to register for a minimum of 3 term
hours of course work.
All graduate students holding half-time teaching or research assistantships
are required to register for a minimum of 6 term hours of course work; students
holding three-tenths-time assistantships are required to register for a minimum
of 9 term hours of course work.
Students working for a master's degree with thesis are required to register
for a minimum of 9 term hours in Thesis (503) before completing the program
for the degree. Students working for a doctor's degree are required to register
for a minimum of 18 term hours in Thesis before completing the program for the
. degree. (This regulation is effective for students who receive their degrees after
September 1, 1966.)
Grade Requirement. A graduate student is required to earn at least a B
'grade average to qualify for a graduatedegree. A grade-point average of less than
3.00 at any time during the student's graduate studies is considered unsatisfactory,
and may result in disqualification by the dean of the Graduate School after con-
sultation with the student's major department or school. Disqualification means
reduction to postbaccalaureate standing. A course in which the student earns a
grade of D will not carry graduate credit, but will be included in the computation
of the student's GPA. F grades will also be included in the GPA computation.
In all divisions except the School of Law, Research (501) and Thesis (503)
are classified as no-grade courses, and are disregarded in the calculation of the
student's GPA.
Graduate Courses. All courses numbered in the 500s carry graduate credit,
as do. those in the 400s which have been approved by the Graduate Council. Ap-
proved courses in the 400s are designated in this Catalog by (G) or (g) following
the course title. Courses designated (G) may form a part of either a major or
a minor; courses designated (g) may be taken only toward a minor or as graduate
service courses. Graduate students taking courses in the 400s are expected to do
work of a higher order and broader scope than the work of undergraduate students
in the same courses. Undergraduate enrollment in the 400 courses designated (G)
is generally restricted to seniors; undergraduate enrollment in 400 courses desig-
nated (g) is generally restricted to juniors and seniors.
Courses numbered in the 500s and designated (p) represent instruction
offered at a level of intellectual maturity suitable for graduate students who
have earned a bachelor's degree in a field other than their professional field. Such
courses carry credit toward a master's degree, but this credit may not be counted
toward the minimum requirement of 30 term hours in the major.
Off-Campus Graduate Courses. Graduate students at the University of Ore-
gon may, with the consent of their advisers, take courses carrying graduate credit
at Oregon State University and at the Oregon College of Education. Students
register for these courses on the Eugene campus. Grades are transmitted by the
instructor to the University Registrar and recorded on the student's University
of Oregon transcript.
Fees and Deposits. Regular fees and tuition for students in the Graduate
School, for both residents and nonresidents, total $110.00 per term. Students hold-
ing graduate or research assistantships or fellowships which involve teaching or
research duties pay a special reduced fee of $32.00 per term. For 7 term hours of
work or less, students pay the regular part-time fee ranging from a minimum of
$28.00 for 2 term hours to a maximum of $98.00 for 7 term hours. Payment of
graduate fees entitles the student to all services maintained by the University for
the benefit of students.
Graduate students must make a $25.00 deposit once each year at the time of
first registration, as a protection to the University against the loss of or damage to
institutional property.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 119
A new graduate student, who has not been previously enrolled in the Univer-
sity of Oregon, pays a $10.00 application fee; this fee, which is not refundable,
must be sent to the Office of Admissions with the student's application for admis-
sion. A student who is applying for a teaching or research assistantship may defer
formal application for admission and payment of the application fee until negotia-
tions for the assistantship are completed.
A new graduate student, who has not been formerly enrolled in the University
of Oregon, and who plans to enroll in the fall term must also make a $25.00
entrance deposit on receipt of his notice of admission to the University; when he
enrolls and completes registration, this deposit becomes his $25.00 general deposit
(see above). If the student does not complete his registration, the entrance deposit
is forfeited. .
A special fee of $20.00 is paid by all students who are granted doctor's degrees,
to cover the cost of reproduction of their theses on microfilm or microcards.
Degree Requirements
Master of Arts. Master of Science
Credit Requirements. For a master's degree, the student must complete an
integrated program of study totaling not less than 45 term hours in courses ap-
proved for graduate credit. Integration may be achieved either through a depart-
mental major or through a program of interdisciplinary studies (see page 120).
For the master's degree with a departmental major, a minimum of two-thirds
of the work (30 term hours) must be in the major.
Residence Requirement. The residence requirement for the master's degree
is 30 term hours of work on the Eugene campus or at the Medical School, Dental
School, or School of Nursing in Portland.*
Transferred Credit. Credit earned at other accredited institutions, or in the
Division of Continuing Education of the Oregon State System of Higher Educa-
tion, may be counted toward the master's degree under the following conditions:
(1) the total of transferred credit may not exceed 15 term hours; (2) the courses
must be revelant to the degree program as a whole; (3) the transfer must be ap-
proved by the student's major department and the Graduate School; (4) the grades
earned must be A or B. Graduate credit is not allowed for correspondence courses.
Credit granted for work done at another institution is tentative until validated by
work in residence (see also "Time Limit" below).
Language Requirements. For the M.A. degree, the student must show, by
examination or by adequate undergraduate courses (completion of the second-year
college course), a reading knowledge of French, German, or Russian, or any other
language the Graduate Council may have approved for the student's department or
school. By petition to the dean of the Graduate School, a student may substitute
another language. A foreign student whose native tongue is not English may, on
the recommendation of his department, substitute a reading and speaking knowl-
edge of English for satisfaction of the language requirement. There are no lan-
guage requirements for the M.S. and professional degrees unless specified by the
school or department.
* M.B.A. and M.Ed. programs, which are now being phased out, permit the use of eredit
from the Portland Continuation Center to count as residence work. Candidates for the M.S.
degree with a major in health, physical education, and recreation may apply, toward the satis-
faction of the residence requirement, a maximum of 18 term hours earned in courses in the
Portland summer session taught by members of the University "faculty.
120 GRADUATE SCHOOL
Course Requirements. For the M.A. or M.S. degree with a departmental
major, at least one year sequence in the 500-599 series is required.
Time Limit. All work toward the master's degree (including work for which
credit is transferred from another institution, thesis, and the final examination)
must be completed within a period of seven years.
Examinations. Qualifying and final examinations may be required in any
field at the discretion of the department or school. The conduct and content of
these examinations are departmental or school responsibilities.
Thesis. In some fields, all candidates for the master's degree are required to
present a thesis; in others the thesis is optional.
A student who writes a thesis should apply to his department for information
on the various steps involved and the minimal standards expected. The student
should also can at the Graduate School to learn the University rules regarding
thesis style and format, number of copies required, abstracts, etc. Copies of theses
will not be accepted by the Graduate School unless they meet specified standards
of form and style.
Interdisciplinary Master's Programs
In addition to specialized graduate work in the traditional fields of learning,
the University provides opportunities for integrated interdisciplinary studies lead-
ing to the M.A. or M.S. degree-including both programs planned in the light
of the individual student's interests and established programs of interdisciplinary
studies organized and administered through interdepartmental faculty commit-
tees.
Graduate students pursuing a program of interdisciplinary studies may supple-
ment courses offered by the several departments and schools with individualized
studies, for which they may enroll under the following course numbers:
ISt 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
ISt 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Established interdisciplinary programs have been approved by the Graduate
Council in the following fields: international studies, overseas administration,
Asian studies, juvenile correction, teaching, public affairs, and industrial and labor
relations.
The requirements for an M.A. or M.S. degree in interdisciplinary studies are
the same as those for the departmental master's degree, except those requirements
relating to major or minor fields.
The program is supervised by the Committee on Interdisciplinary Studies, of
which Dr. Lloyd R. Sorenson, professor of history, is chairman.
Graduate Program for Teachers. A special program of graduate study for
students working toward the satisfaction of the Oregon state requirement of a
fifth year of college work for final high-school teacher certification is offered as
one of the University's programs of interdisciplinary studies. Enrollment is open
to any person eligible for admission to the Graduate School; the student must,
however, have a reasonable background of undergraduate study in the fields in
which he proposes to work, and must complete prerequisites for specific courses.
The requirements for a master's degree in the program for teachers are as fol-
lows:
(l) A total of between 45 and 51 term hours in graduate courses, distributed
in accordance with (a) and (b) below:
(a) A total of 36 term hours in subject fields (work in liberal arts depart-
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 121
ments or professional schools other than edC1cation), distributed in accordance
with one of the following options:
Option 1. Between 15 and 21 term hours in each of two subject fields.
Option 2. A minimum of 36 term hours in any field in which the University
offers major work toward the master's degree.
Option 3. A minimum of 36 term hours in the composite field of social studies
or the composite field of science. A program in social studies may include
work in the fields of anthropology, economics, geography, history, political
science, psychology, and sociology. A program in science may include work
in the fields of biology. chemistry, geology, mathematics, and physics.
In each of the options listed above, at least 6 term hours of work must be taken
in 500 courses. The student's program.must be planned to provide well-rounded
knowledge, and must not be made up of scattered, unrelated courses.
For Options 1 or 2, 18 term hours in each of the subject fields involved must be
presented as an undergraduate prerequisite. For Option 3, the prerequisite is 36
term hours in the composite field involved.
(b) Between 9 and 15 term hours in graduate courses in the field of edu-
cation, the number of hours to be determined on the basis of the amount of work
in education completed by the student as an undergraduate.
(2) Satisfaction of the regular requirements of the Graduate School for the
M.A. or M.S. degree without thesis. The combined total of work transferred from
other accredited institutions and work done in the Division of Continuing Educa-
tion of the Oregon State System of Higher Education cannot exceed 15 term hours.
Master of Business Administration
The requirements for the degree of Master of Business Administration are
listed under SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION.
Master of Education
The Master of Education is a professional degree in the field of education.
Programs of study leading to this degree are designed to provide graduate train-
ing for teachers in either the elementary or the secondary schools. At the discre-
tion of the faculty of the School of Education, the candidate may be required to
submit a report of a field study. A written comprehensive final examination in the
student's field of specialization is required.
The residence requirement for the M.Ed. degree is 24 term hours of graduate
work on the University campus or in the Portland summer session of the General
Extension Division.
Master of Fine Arts
The degree of Master of Fine Arts is granted for attainments and proven
creative ability in the arts. The primary requirement is the satisfactory com-
pletion of a creative project of high quality. All candidates must, however, satisfy
minimum requirements of residence and study.
Early in his M.F.A. program, the student takes a qualifying examination as
prescribed by the major school or department. This examination may cover any
work done at another institution which is to be part of the M.F.A. program.
The student plans his M.F.A. program with the assistance of a major adviser
and such faculty members as may be designated by his school or department. The
program must include at least 18 hours in formal graduate courses dealing with
the history and theory of his genre or with the critical investigation of its standard
----------------- -----
122 GRADU ATE SCHOOL
or classic works; this work may include related studies outside the student's
major field; with the approval of the student's advisory committee, this require-
ment may be satisfied by comprehensive examinations.
For the M.F.A. degree, at least two years of full-time work beyond the
bachelor's degree are required, of which at least one year must be spent in
residence on the Eugene campus of the University of Oregon.
Every candidate for the M.F.A. degree must submit an extended creative
work or proj ect of high professional character. It is expected that the preparation
of an acceptable project will require the greater part of an academic year. Three
clear copies of the proj ect or of a report on the proj ect as prescribed by the
candidate's major school Dr department and approved by the adviser, must be
distributed by the student to the members of his examining committee not less
than four weeks before the time set for his final examination.
The final examination for the M.F.A. degree may be written in part, but must
include an oral examination, open to all members of the faculty and to advanced
graduate students. The date of the oral examination is publicly announced at least
one week before it is held. The examining committee consists of the candidate's
advisory committee and other members, including at least one not directly con-
nected with the major department or school.
Master of Architecture
The requirements for the degree of Master of Architecture are listed under
SCH.QOL OF ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS.
Master of Landscape Architecture
The requirements for the degree of Master of Landscape Architecture are
listed under SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS.
Master of Urban Planning
The requirements for the degree of Master of Urban Planning are listed
under SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS.
Master of Library Science
The requirements for the degree of Master of Library Science are listed under
SCHOOL OF LIBRARIANSHIP.
Master of Music
The requ'irements for the degree of Master of Music are listed under SCHOOL
OF MUSIC.
Doctor of Philosophy
General Requirements. The degree of Doctor of Philosophy is granted
primarily for attainments and proven ability. Requirements of time and credit are
secondary; but no candidate will be recommended for the degree until he has
satisfied the minimum requirements of residence and study.
It is recommended that a student not take all his undergraduate and all his
Ph.D. work at the University of Oregon.
Qualifying Examination. Early in his doctoral program, the student takes a
qualifying examination as prescribed by the major school or department. This
examination may cover any work done at another institution for which trans-
fer credit is requested. An exceptionally good performance on the final exami-
nations for the master's degree may be accepted as satisfying the qualifying-
examination requirement.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 123
Doctoral Program. The student plans his doctoral program with the assist-
ance of his major adviser. As soon as he has passed his qualifying examination,
his program is presented for approval to an advisory committee, appointed by the
dean of the Graduate School. The committee determines the amount of work the
stuuent is expected to do outside his major school or department, in light of his
background and objectives.
Residence. For the Ph.D. degree, at least three years of full-time work be-
yond the bachelor's degree are required, of which at least one year must be spent
in residence on the Eugene campus of the University of Oregon or at the Univer-
sity of Oregon Medical School in Portland.
Language Requirement. For the Ph.D., the student must demonstrate by
formal examinations a reading knowledge of two foreign languages. Ordinarily,
the two languages are selected from French, German, and Russian; languages
other than French, German or Russian may be approved on petition to the Graduate
School. Beginning with the fall term 1967-68, English may not be used as a foreign
language by any students. With the approval of the Graduate Council, a school or
dep<trtment may accept an appropriate substitute for one of the two foreign
languages.
Comprehensive Examinations. The student working toward the Ph.D. de-
gree must pass a group of comprehensive examinations (oral or written or both)
not less than one academic year before he expects to complete work for the de-
gree. These examinations are expected to cover all areas of concentration and
may cover any supporting area jf this seems desirable to the advisory committee.
Advancement to candidacy is contingent on passing these examinations. The stu-
dent is not eligible to take the examinations until he has satisfied the language
reauirement and has taken substantially all the course work for the degree.
The final examination for a doctor's degree must be taken not later than three
calendar years after advancement to candidacy. Failure to complete requirements
for the degree within this period will result in invalidation of the student's com-
prehensive examinations.
Thesis. Every candidate for the Ph.D. degree must submit a thesis embodying
the results of research, and showing evidence of originality and ability in inde-
pendent investigation. The thesis must be a real contribution to knowledge, based
on the candidate's own investigations. It must show a mastery of the literature
of the subject, and be written in creditable literary form. It is expected that the
preparation of an acceptable thesis will require at least the greater part of an
academic year.
Three clear copies of the thesis, including the original copy, approved and
signed by the adviser, must be distributed by the student, unbound, to the members
of his examining committee not less than four weeks before the time set for his
final examination; at the conclusion of the examination, these copies, with required
revisions, if any, are deposited in the Graduate Office. Copies of the thesis will
not be accepted by the Graduate Office unless they. meet satisfactory standards of
form and style. Seven copies of an abstract of the approved thesis (not longer
than 600 words) must be filed in the Graduate Office four weeks before the
examination.
Final Examination. The final examination f.or the Ph.D. degree may be
written in part, but must include an oral examination of at least two hours'
duration. The oral examination is open to all members of the faculty and to
advanced graduate students. The date of the oral examination is publicly an-
nounced at least one week before it is held. The examining committee consists of
the candidate's advisory committee and other members, including at least one not
directly connected with the major department or school. The committee is noml-
124 GRADUATE SCHOOL
nated by the major department or school, subject to the approval of the dean of
the Graduate School.
In the oral examination the candidate is expected to defend his thesis and
to show a satisfactory knowledge of his major field. The written examination, if
given, is expected to cover aspects of the major field with which the thesis is not
directly concerned.
Doctor of Business Administration
The requirements for the degree of Doctor of Business Administration are
listed under SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION".
Doctor of Education
General Requirements. The degree of Doctor of Education is granted in
recognition of mastery of theory, practice, and research in professional education
or in health and physical education. In addition to a primary area of specialization,
the student's plan of study should include work in supporting areas of education,
foundation areas, a research area, and some nom:ducation courses related to his
program. There is no specific foreign language requirement for the D.Ed. degree;
however, a student whose fields of training or whose research project calls for a
reading knowledge of one or more foreign languages may be required to demon-
strate the needed linguistic ability. With the exceptions indicated in this section,
the general requirements with respect to the qualifying examination, residence,
comprehensive examinations, thesis, and final examinations for the D.Ed. degree
are the same as those listed above for the Ph.D. degree.
Thesis. The doctoral dissertation may be either a report of research which
makes an original contribution to knowledge or a study in which the student deals
with knowledge already available and produces a constructive result of importance
and value for educational practice. The dissertation proposal should be developed
early in the doctoral program.
Advancement to Candidacy. Advancement to candidacy for the D.Ed. de-
gree is based on proficiency shown in comprehensive examinations and the reC-
ommendation of a doctoral advisory committee. The comprehensive examinations
may be taken only after the student has (1) been admitted to the degree program,
(2) completed approximately two-thirds of the total course work in his program,
(3) obtained approval of his dissertation proposal by his advisory committee, and
(4) received the consent of his adviser to take the examinations.
Doctor of Mus"ical Arts
The requirements for the degree of Doctor of Musical Arts are listed under
SCHOOL OF MUSIC.
Assistantships, Scholarships, Fellowships
TEACHING AND RESEARCH assistalltships, scholarships, and feIlowships
are available to well-qualified graduate .students. All persons holding these
positions must enroll in the Graduate School,and are expected to enter a program
leading to an advanced degree. Applications should be made before March 1.
The University will welcome the submission of Graduate Record Examina-
tion scores by students applying for assistantships, scholarships, or feIlowships.
For information about this examination, write to Educational Testing Service,
Princeton, N.J. or 4640 Hollywood Blvd., Los Angeles 27, Calif.
GRADUATE WORK IN PORTLAND 125
Teaching Assistantships. Nearly all schools and departments award gradu-
ate teaching assistantships. Stipends range from $1,800 to $2,600 for an academic
year. Teaching assistants are allowed to register for a maximum of 12 term hours
of course work. Duties, which are limited to 15 hours a week, consist of reading
papers, supervising laboratory and quiz sections, etc.
Research Assistantships. A nuinber of departments and schools employ
graduate research assistants, who work under the supervision of faculty members.
Funds come from research grants and contracts. Stipends, fees, and enrollment
limitations are the same as for teaching assistants; augmented service in the sum-
mer may substantially increase the annual stipend.
Other Scholarships and Fellowships. Other scholarships and fellowships
available to University graduate students are listed on pages 98-109. See especially
Robert A. Booth Fellowship in Public' Service, Coca Cola Scholarship, Thomas
Condon Fellowship in Paleontology, Maud Densmore Music Fellowship, Haskins
and Sells Teaching Fellowship in Accounting, Ion Lewis Scholarship in Archi-
tectqre, F. G. G. Schmidt Fellowship in German, Weyerhaeuser Fellowship,
and Zimmerman Scholarships.
Special Fellowship Programs. Graduate students at the University of Ore-
gon are eligible for fellowship awards granted by the National Science Founda-
tion, the National Institutes of Health, the Woodrow Wilson Foundation, and
other national agencies, and for fellowships awarded under the National Defense
Education Act. The University participates in the National Science Foundation
traineeship program and in the N.S.F. program of summer fellowships for gradu-
ate assistants. Information concerning these programs may be obtained in the
Graduate Office.
Loans. Graduate students are eligible for loans from University loan funds
(see pages 96-98) and from funds available under the National Defense Education
Act of 1958. The University also participates in United Student Aid Fund, Inc.
Graduate Work in Portland
GRADUATE WORK leading to degrees from the University is offered in Port-
land at the University of Oregon Medical School, the University of Oregon
Dental School, and the University of Oregon School of Nursing, and through
the Division of Continuing Education of the Oregon State System of Higher
Education.
Medical School. The Medical School offers graduate instruction leading to
the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in the medical sciences (anatomy, bacteriology, bio-
chemistry, medical psychology, pathology, pharmacology, and physiology). Grad-
uate degrees earned at the Medical School are conferred by the University, on
the recommendation of the faculty of the Medical School.
Dental School. The Dental School offers graduate work leading to the M.S.
degree for students planning careers in dental education and research. Graduate
major programs are offered in the fields of anatomy, bacteriology, biochemistry,
dental materials, oral pathology, orthodontics, pedodontics, pharmacology, and
physiology. Graduate degrees earned at the Dental School are conferred by the
University, on the recommendation of the faculty of the Dental School.
School of Nursing. The School of Nursing offers graduate work leading to
the M.S. degree to prepare qualified professional nurses for teaching positions
in nursing. Graduate degrees earned in the School of Nursing are conferred by
the University, on the recommendation of the faculty of the School of Nursing.
126 GRADUATE SCHOOL
Portland Center. Part of the requirements for a master's degree from the
University may be completed in the Portland Center of the Division of Continuing
Education of the State System of Higher Education, in fields where adequate
course offerings are available for an integrated program.
Research Institutes
SEVERAL INTERDISCIPLINARY INSTITUTES administered through
the Graduate School provide opportunities for graduate training and research in
addition to those offered by the schools and departments. Institute staff members
hold joint appointments in related teaching departments. Graduate students who
intend to do thesis research work in one of the institutes must satisfy the graduate
degree requirements of the related department through which they will receive
their degree.
Students who wish to work in any of the institute fields may obtain detailed
information concerning the programs and available financial aid from the institute
directors.
Institute of Molecular Biology
AARON NOVICK, Ph.D., Director of the Institute of Molecular Biology; Professor
of Biology.
SIDNEY A. BERNHARD, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.
JOHJ:i R. MENNlNGER, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Biololl;Y.
WILLIAM T. SIMPSON, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry.
FRANKLIN W. STAHL, Ph.D., Professor of Biology.
GEORGE STREISINGER, Ph.D., Professor of Biology.
ASSOCIATES
EDWARD HERBERT, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.
FRANCIS J. REnHEL, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry.
EDWARD NovnsKI, Ph.D., Professor of Biology.
JOHN A. SCHELLMAN, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.
WILLIAM R. SISTROM, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Biology.
RAYMOND G. WOLFE, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry.
The Institute of Molecular Biology is a center for research and research
instruction in areas of biology where understanding is found in terms of the
properties of macromolecules, particularly nucleic acids and proteins. Staff mem-
bers hold joint appointments in a department (biology, chemistry, or physics).
Current research projects in the institute are concerned with such topics as
genetic recombination and mutation in bacteria and bacterial viruses, the genetic
control of protein synthesis, the regulation of the rate of protein formation, molecu-
lar structural aspects of biological specificity, biocatalysis, and biological coding.
The institute sponsors seminars, special lectures, visiting professorships,
and instruction in research, but does not conduct a formal teaching program.
Members of the institute staff offer courses in their fields of competence through
the departments with which they are affiliated.
Research instruction is offered at both the graduate and postdoctoral levels.
With the approval of the department concerned, graduate students in biology,
chemistry, or physics may do research in the institute as a part of their programs
RESEARCH 127
leading to graduate degrees. Research advisers may be members either of the in-
stitute staff or of a departmental faculty.
Institute of Theoretical Science
ROBERT M. MAZO, Ph.D., Director of Institute of Theoretical Science; Professor
of Chemistry.
MARVIN D. GIRARDEAU, JR., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics.
IAN E. MCCARTHY, Ph.D., Professor of Physics.
MARTINL. SAGE, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
WILLIAM T. SIMPSON, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry.
ROBERT L. ZIMMERMAN, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics.
ASSOCIATES
TERRELL L. HILL, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry.
Jo~ W. MCCLURE, Ph.D., Professor of Physics.
JOHN L. POWELL, Ph.D., Professor of Physics.
GREGORY H. W ANNIER, Ph.D., Professor of Physics.
The Institute of Theoretical Science provides a center for research leading'
to the understanding of natural processes in terms of logically constructed con-
ceptual systems, and to the synthesis of the specialized research of physicists,
chemists, and other natural scientists.
Theoretical science may be defined to include: (1) the discovery and descrip-
tion of the fundamental laws which govern the behavior of the elementary con-
stituents of natural systems; (2) the theoretical description of complex systems,
arising through the mutual interaction of a large number of simple systems of
which we have a basic theoretical understanding; and (3) the utilization of the
conceptual and analytic tools of the theoretical scientists in applied research.
Graduate students with adequate preparation in one of the science departments
may elect thesis research in the institute. The institute also sponsors postdoctoral
fellowships and visiting professorships.
Statistical Laboratory and Computing Center
FRED c. ANDREWS, Ph.D., Director of the Statistical Laboratory and Computing
Center; Associate Professor of Mathematics.
GEORGE W. STRUBLE, Ph.D., Associate Director; Assistant Professor of Mathe-
matics.
GERALD KING, Ph.D., Research Associate; Assistant Professor of Sociology.
HENRY L. LOEB, Ph.D., Research Associate; Visiting Associate Professor of
Mathematics.
TED K. MATTHES, Ph.D., Research Associate; Assistant Professor of Mathe-
matics.
DONALD R. TRUAX, Ph.D., Research Associate; Assistant Professor of Mathe-
matics.
ROBERT F. TATE, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics.
The Statistical Laboratory and Computing Center conducts research in the
development of new statistical and numerical procedures and provides a consulting
service for graduate students and members of the faculty in the fields of statistical
12B GRADUATE SCHOOL
and numerical analysis. Computing facilities include an IBM 360, Model 50, and
an IBM 1620. The electronic computers are available to the faculty and students
of the University for research and instruction. The staff offers seminars in pro-
gramming for these machines.
Institute of International Studies
and Overseas Administration
JOHN F. GANGE, M.A., Director of Institute of International Studies and Over-
seas Administration; Professor of Political Science.
CLARENCE E. THURBER, Ph.D., Deputy Director of Institute of International
Studies and Overseas Administration.
EDWARD G. CALE, Ph.D., Research Associate, Institute of International Studies
and Overseas Administration: Visiting Professor of Economics.
JOHN E. DEVINE, M.A., Diplomat in Residence; Visiting Professor, Institute of
International Studies and Overseas Administration.
The Institute of International Studies and Overseas Administration is re-
sponsible for the development and coordination of University activities in the
field of international affairs. Its primary functions are: (1) to develop programs
of research, teaching, and administration, in cooperation with private and gov-
ernmental agencies, and to arrange for the conduct of these programs by Univer-
sity personnel, both on the campus and overseas; (2) to assist the Committee on
International Studies and Overseas Administration in the administration of
graduate· study in international affairs and to provide research training for
graduate students; and (3) to serve as the University's center for other faculty
and student activities concerned with international affairs.
The institute supervises a graduate study program leading to the Master of
Arts in international studies (a two-year degree program) and cooperates with
major departments in supervising Ph.D. programs for students who elect an
emphasis on international affairs within their chosen disciplines.
The institute sponsors and encourages faculty research in international affairs
and assists in providing 'opportunities for joint faculty and student research proj-
ects on campus and overseas. Research assistantships are available in the institute;
research and research training bases have been established in many foreign
countries.
The institute also conducts graduate seminars to provide opporttU1ities for
students and members of the faculty to share ideas and experiences with visiting
lecturers, special consultants, and among themselves. In addition to its campus
programs, the institute arranges for advanced students opportunities for overseas
study and for administrative experience on foreign projects.
The institute supports the University's annual Summer World Affairs Pro-
gram and the program of the Oregon High School International Relations League.
Center for Social Service Training and Research
MARTIN H. ACKER, Ph.D., Co-Director of the Center for Social Service Training
and Research ; Associate Professor of Education.
KENNETH POLK, Ph.D., Co-Director of the Center for Social Service Training
and Research; Assistant Professor of Sociology.
The Center for Social Service Training and Research administers programs
of graduate instruction and research conducted by the University in the fields of
juvenile correction, rehabilitation counseling, and related areas.
RESEARCH 129
Rehabilitation Counseling. The program in rehabilitation counseling in-
cludes a two-year program of graduate work leading to a master's degree. The
program, offered through the School of Education, is designed to provide the
student with a well-rounded background for professional employment as a coun-
selor in a state or private agency concerned with the problems of physically or
mentally handicapped persons. Courses in psychology, education, and sociology
are supplemented by study of medical, legal, and other aspects of rehabilitation
and by supervised experience in rehabilitation agencies. Financial assistance to
full-time students in this program is available through traineeships provided by
the U. S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare.
Juvenile Correction. In the field of juvenile correction, the University offers,
through the Center for Social Service Training and Research, a two-year inter-
disciplinary program of graduate studY,.leading to the master's degree, to prepare
students for professional careers in the prevention and correction of juvenile
delinquency in a variety of institutions and agencies. The research program in-
cludes studies of the causes, prevention, and correction of juvenile behavioral
problems.
Institute for Community Studies
ROLAND J. PELLEGRIN, Ph.D., Director of Institute for Community Studies and
the Center for the Advanced Study of Educational Administration; Professor
of Sociology.
MAX G. ABBOTT, Ph.D., Deputy Director, Center for the Advanced Study of
Educational Administration; Professor of Education.
ROBERT A. ELLIS, Ph.D., Director, Center for Research on Occupational Plan-
ning; Professor of Sociology.
KEITH GOLDHAMMER, Ph.D., Associate Director, Center for the Advanced Study
of Educational Administration; Professor of Education.
PHILIP J. RUNKEL, Ph.D.;.Associate Director, Center for the Advanced Study
of Educational Administration; Professor of Psychology.
The Institute for Community Studies conducts and encourages research in
the behavioral and social sciences, education, and related areas. Most projects
carried on under the auspices of the institute have a community orientation,
focusing on the structure and functioning of the community as a social and political
system. Emphasis is on the policy-formulation processes in the economy, govern-
ment, education, and other institutional areas of the community.
The institute provides facilities for individual research by members of the
faculty and for cooperative projects, together with opportunities for continuing
communication, criticism, and reports of progress by participating scholars. It
also provides research training for graduate students in connection with institute
projects, with emphasis on the development of specific research designs as a basis
for graduate dissertations.
The Center for the Advanced Study of Educational Administration, a division
of the institute, was established in 1964 with funds granted by the Research and
Development Center Program of the United States Office of Education. The pro-
gram of the center is concerned with the internal organization and functioning
of public educational institutions and educational systems and with the relation-
ships of these institutions and systems to the larger environments in which they are
located.
The Center for Research on Occupational Planning, also a division of the
institute, was established in 1965 under contract with the Division 'of Vocational
and Technical Education of the United States Office of Education. This center
conducts nationwide research on occupational choice and planning.
130 GRADUATE SCHOOL
As divisions of the iQ,5titute,' both centers draw upon the services of staff
members and graduate students in the behavioral sciences and in the field of
education.
Bureau of Business and Economic Research
DONALD A. WATSON, Ph.D., Acting Director, Bureau of Business and Economic
Research; Associate Professor of Finance.
PAUL L. KLEINSORGE, Ph.D., Associate Director; Director of Institute of In-
dustrial and Labor Relations; Professor of Economics.
JEANETTE F. LUND, M.A., Research Assistant.
ROBERT B. FISCHER, B.A., Graduate Research Assistant.
EDWARD M. SIENKIEWICZ, B.A., Research Assistant.
W. THOMAS TRULOVE, B.S., Graduate Research Assistant.
The Bureau of Business and Economic Research conducts and encourages
research in business, economics, and related fields. Studies undertaken by the
bureau or for which it provides assistance in research design and facilities are
financed through University funds and through grants from foundations, govern-
ment agencies, and the business community.
The bureau publishes the monthly Oregon Business Review, the Oregon
Economic Statistics, and monographs reporting the results of business and eco-
nomic research.
The bureau works in close cooperation with the Institute of Industrial and
Labor Relations.
Institute of Industrial and Labor Relations
PAUL L. KLEINSORGE, Ph.D., Director of Institute of Industrial and Labor Rela-
tions; Associate Director of Bureau of Business and Economic Research;
Professor of Economics.
DONALD A. WATSON, Ph.D., Acting- Director, Bureau of Business and Economic
Research; Associate Professor of Finance.
ROBERT DUBIN, Ph.D., Research Professor of Sociology.
EATON H. CONANT, Ph.D., Associate Director; Associate Professor of Manage-
ment.
JACK E. TRIPLETT, JR., Ph.D., Assistant Director; Assistant Professor of Eco-
nomics.
The Institute of Industrial and Labor Relations conducts a program of re-
search, public service, and graduate study in the field of industrial relations; see
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS for information on graduate study. The institute's re-
search program -includes studies in manpower resources, labor mobility, wage
structures, personnel problems, management and labor organizations, communica-
tions in labor relations, labor legislation, and collective bargaining. The approach
is interdisciplinary, involving the cooperative efforts of scholars in the several
social sciences and related professional schools. In its research program, the
institute is closely associated with the Bureau of Business and Economic Research.
Research assistantships are available for graduate students.
The institute also sponsors programs in labor education and management,
including regular. campus courses, evening classes through the Division of Con-
tinuing Education, special seminars, and conferences, and provides an informa-
tion service on problems of industrial relations.
RESEARCH
Institute for College Teaching
131
WILLIAM C. JONES, Ph.D., Director of the Institute for College Teaching; Dean
of Administration; Professor of Higher Education.
The programs of the Institute for CoIlege Teaching include: (1) the con-
duct of research on various problems relating to college teaching, the improve-
ment of the quality of college teaching, the preparation of college teachers, and
related professional problems of direct concern to college teachers; (2) the or-
ganization, supervision, and coordination of systematic programs of carefully
supervised teaching experiences for students preparing for college teaching ca-
reers; (3) the preparation and presentation of courses and seminars dealing with
the nature, structure, history, philosophy, and organization of institutions of
higher learning. .
The institute, with the cooperation of members of the faculties of the several
schools and departments, offers a seminar concerned with the broad problems of
high,er education and college teaching:
*ISt 507. Higher Education Seminar. 1 hour.
Jones, staff.
* No-grade course.
Honors College
THARLES E. JOHNSON, Ph.D., Dean of the College of Liberal Arts.
HERMAN COHEN, Ph.D., Director of the Honors College; Assistant Dean of th
College of Liberal Arts.
THE HONORS COLLEGE offers a four-year undergraduate program leadinJ
to the degree of Bachelor of Arts (Honors College). The College program i
designed to provide full opportunity for the superior student to develop his highes
potential in liberal education and specialized training; it is open to students major
ing in liberal arts or in professional schools.
Honors College Center. An Honors College Center has been established il
Friendly Hall.' The center includes small study rooms, a colloquium meetinJ
room, a small library, the office of the Honors College, and a common room wher'
students may meet and talk informally.
Admission
Application for admission to the Honors College is invited from student
in the top tenth of their high-school classes, who have had four years of work il
English, three years in social science, and two years each in mathematics, sci
ence, and foreign language. Students of exceptional ability who lack some of thes,
qualifications, but who believe'they are capable of honors work at the Univer
sity, are also invited to apply.
Freshman applicants must submit scores on College Entrance Examinatiol
Board tests, including aptitude tests and achievement tests in English, mathe
matics, and a foreign language. With the approval of the director of the Honor
College, the examination in foreign language may be waived in special cases, e.g.
if the student's high school does not offer adequate work in th~ field.
Students applying for admission to the Honors College must also make sepa
rate application for admission to the University. Both University and Honor
College application forms may be secured from the Office of Admissions.
Admission of transfel' students and students already enrolled in the Universit,
is based on the student's college records.
Curriculum and Requirements
The degree of Bachelor of Arts (Honors College) is conferred on student:
who satisfy the following requirements:
(1) Proficiency in a foreign language equivalent to that reached in the sec
ond-year college course.
(2) A satisfactory record on comprehensive examinations in each of six con
areas. It is recommended that the student take these examinations during hi:
lower-division years. The courses which prepare for the comprehensive examina·
tions are:
(a) History-History (Honors College) (Hst 107, 108, 109).
(b) Literature-Literature (Honors College) (AL 101,102,103).
(c) Social Science-Introduction to the Social Sciences (SSc 201, 202
203);* or Principles of Economics, honors section (Ec 201, 202,20).
* SSe 201, 202, 203 satisfies prerequisite requirements for upper-division courses in anthro
pology, geography, political science, psychology, and sociology.
[ 132 ]
MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 133
(d) Science-Physical Science (Honors College) (GS 204, 205, 206); or
Biological Science (Honors College) (Bi 104, 105, 106) ; or General
Chemistry, honors section (Ch 204, 205, 206) ; or General Physics, honors
section (Ph 201, 202, 203).
(e) Philosophy-Introduction to Philosophy (Honors College) (PhI 207,
208, 209).
(f) Mathematics-Fundamentals of Mathematics (Honors College) (Mth
107, 108, 109) ; or Analytic Geometry and Calculus, honors section (Mth
204,205,206).
Students may prepare for the comprehensive examinations in the core areas by
taking the designated courses or through independent study. A student who pre-
pares without formal course work, and passes the comprehensive examination,
may receive credit in the correspondi,ng course. A student who receives full
college credit, through the Advanced Placement Program, for a course included
in the Honors College core program satisfies the requirement in that field and
is excused from the comprehensive examination. With the consent of his adviser,
a liberal arts major may omit one of the six core areas and a professional-school
major may omit two.
(3) Honors work in English composition--one term of Expository Writing
(Wr 226), two terms of Composition Tutorial (Wr 231, 232).
(4) Two terms in Colloquium (HC 404) in the junior or senior year. Collo-
quia provide seminarctype instruction for students of varying backgrounds, focus-
ing for one term on a common topic outside the students' major fields.
(5) Completion of an honors program in the ,student's major; see MAJOR
REQUIREMENTS, below.
(6) Satisfactory performance in a final comprehensive oral examination
covering the student's major and related work.
Honors College students must also satisfy general University requirements
for the B.A. degree (other than the group requirement).
In addition to the courses listed above, the Honors College curriculum
includes honors work in English composition, honors sections in several other
fields (including basic design, foreign languages, literature, United States history,
speech, accounting, statistics, and health education), and opportunities for work in
departmental honors seminars, research projects, and reading and conference.
The Honors College student takes approximately two-thirds of his work in
honors classes and the remainder in regular University courses.
Major Requirements
The major programs planned by departments and schools for students in
the Honors College provide for independent study and generally allow greater
flexibility in the satisfaction of course requirements than the regular under-
graduate programs of the divisions. The special requirements of the several divi-
sions for majors enrolled in the Honors College are listed below.
General Arts and Letters. At least 9 term hours in seminar, reading and
conference, thesis, or research (or a combination), leading to the preparation of
senior honors thesis.
General Social Science. (1) Of the four upper-division year sequences
required of all majors, at least one at the 400 level; (2) at least 9 term hours in
seminar, reading and conference, thesis, or research (or a combination), leading
to the preparation of senior honors thesis.
134 HONORS COLLEGE
Anthropology. Senior honors thesis, requiring one or more terms for com-
pletion, for a maximum of 6 term hours.
Architecture a,nd Allied Arts. Honors reading and conference.
Asian Studies. Senior honors thesis utilizing materials in a foreign language
germane to the region with which the thesis is concerned. (The final oral examina-
tion will cover the thesis.)
Biology. Honors thesis based on original observations or experiments, for
which credit may be obtained under Bi 401. A maximum of 8 hours of credit for
research and a maximum of 4 hours of credit for thesis is allowed. (Honors stu-
dents may be admitted to graduate courses in the department.)
Business Administration. Major programs developed in consultation with
school honors adviser.
Chemistry. (1) Ch 204, 205, 206, Ch 207, 208, 209 for satisfaction of freshman
chemistry requirement; (2) Mth 204, 205, 206; (3) in senior year, research and
honors thesis.
Economics. (1) Honors sections of Ec 201, 202, 203 and SSc 201, 202, 203 ;
(2) at the option of the student and the instructor, 1 term hour each term in
reading and conference related to the work of each upper-division economics
course for which the student is enrolled; (3) Mth 204, 205, 206 unless specifically
exempted by student's advisor; (4) either Mth 423,426,427 or Mth 441, 442, 443;
(5) Ec 375, 376, 377 before senior year; (6) 9-hour sequence in economics at the
400 level; (7) honors seminar 1n the fall and winter terms of the senior year; (8)
senior honors essay. (Seniors completing their honors essay enroll for three credit
hours 1n Ec 401 in the spring term.)
Education. (1) Honors section of Ed 315; (2) reading and conference, 3
term hours, culminating in an essay..
English. 9 term hours of independent study in a literary period, type, etc., ap-
proved by the department honors committee, culminating in winter term of senior
year in a scholarly or critical honors essay.
Geography. (1) Geog481,482,483; (2) Geog421,422,423; (3) Geog491,
492, 493; (4) junior and senior honors seminars; (5) at student's option, senior
honors thesis. Recommended: Geol 101, 102, 103.
Geology. (1) Year sequence in calculus or statistics; (2) Geo1 311, 312, 313,
Geol 406, Geol 411; (3) additional year sequence in geology, mathematics, or
other science; (4) senior honors thesis based on original research, for 3 term
hours of credit.
History. Complete requirements for a major in history, including (l) junior
honors seminar, 9 term hours; (2) senior honors essay, 7 term hours; (3) oral
examination over two ofthe following fields: (a) Greece and Rome, (b) mediaeval
Europe, (c) Renaissance and Reformation, (d) Europe 1500-1789, (e) Europe
since 1789, (f) United States, (g) Far East, (h) Latin America.
Journalism. (1) J 485, J 487; (2) senior thesis (J 403), 6 term hours; (3)
, examination before faculty committee on thesis and professional course work.
Law. (1) Independent reading of four to six books about the law-history,
biography, jurisprudence, fiction, etc.-selected with the approval of the faculty;
(2) completion of law school work counted toward the B.A. degree with a GPA
of 2.25 or higher.
MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 135
Mathematics. (1) Mth 204, 205, 206 (preferably honors section) ; (2) Mth
412, 413, 414, Mth 431, 432, 433; (3) an oral examination, ordinarily in the senior
year, covering advanced topics assigned by the student's adviser.
Medicine. (1) Three years of work in the Honors College; (2) completion
of the first-year professional program in medicine with a scholastic rank in the
upper half of his class.
Modern and Classical Languages. (1) Normally, in the junior year, semi-
nar in the literature of the student's principal language; (2) in the senior year,
honors thesis, essays, or other evidence of serious and coherent work approved by
·the department honors committee.
Music. (1) 9 term hours of independent study of a musical period, style,
genre, COmposer, etc.; (2) honors essay. in spring term of senior year.
Philosophy. (I) Senior honors essay, following intensive study of some aspect
!of philosophy either in connection with a senior seminar or, when recommended,
Ion a tutorial basis, with 9 term hours of credit; (2) a comprehensive written ex-
·amination.
Physics. Maximum of 18 term hours of credit in independent study (research,
· reading and conference, thesis).
Political Science. (1) Spring term of junior year, honors seminar, 3 term
:hours; (2) fall term of senior year, reading and conference, 3 term hours; (3)
winter term of senior year, honors essay, 3 term hours.
Psychology. (1) Honors seminar; (2) honors thesis. (It is strongly recom-
mended that honors students take Mth 425, 426 or Mth 441, 442, 443 in the junior
year; advanced laboratory courses required of all majors.
Sociology. (1) Soc 311, Soc 334, Soc 342, Soc 470 (students planning to do
graduate work are urged to substitute Soc 411, Soc 412, Soc 413 for Soc 311) ;
(2) minimum of 12 term hours in a substantive area of sociology; (3) examina-
tion covering ten maj or works in the field of sociology; (4) honors thesis involving
sociological analysis (maximum credit, 9 term hours).
Speech. (1) Honors seminar during junior year; (2) honors readings, fall
term of senior year; (3) honors thesis, prepared during winter and spring terms
of senior year.
Advanced Placement Program
Students who complete college-level work in high school under the Ad-
vanced Placement Program sponsored by the College Entrance Examination
Board and who receive satisfactory grades in examinations administered by
the Board may, on admission to the University, be granted credit toward a bach-
elor's degree in comparable University courses.
The fields included in the Advanced Placement Program are: English com-
position and literature, American history, European history, biology, chemistry,
physics, mathematics, French. German, Spanish, and Latin.
I
L
College of Liberal Arts
CHARLES E. JOHNSON, Ph.D., Dean of the College of Liberal Arts.
GLENN STARLIN, Ph.D., Associate Dean.
A. KINGSLEY WEATHERHEAD, Ph.D., Associate Dean.
HERMAN COHEN, Ph.D., Director of the Honors College; Assistant Dean.
LEWIS E. WARD, JR., Ph.D., Director of Academic Advising; Assistant Dean.
DAVID A. BAERNCOPF, Ph.D., Acting Director of Academic Advising.*
THE COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS gives form to man's study of his world,
his history, and himself. Programs centered in the three great disciplines of the
natural sciences, the social sciences, and the humanities emancipate his mind and
extend that knowledge which is indispensable to the good life of free men.
The instructional divisions of the college are: Anthropology, Biology, Chem-
istry, Economics, English, Geography, Geology, History, Home Economics,
Mathematics, Modern and Classical Languages, Philosophy, Physics, Political
Science, Psychology, Religious Studies, Sociology, and Speech. All the divisions,
except the departments of Home Economics and Religious Studies, offer major
curricula leading to baccalaureate and graduate degrees.
Also administered through the college are special programs in Asian studies,
comparative literature, general arts and letters, general science, general social
science, industrial and labor relations, and Latin American studies; preparatory
programs in dentistry, medical technology, medicine, nursing, and pharmacy; and
the Bureau of Municipal Research and Service and the Museum of Natural
History.
Entrance Requirements. There are no entrance requirements, beyond the
general entrance requirements of the University, for students intending to choose
a major within the College of Liberal Arts.
Students int~nding to major in any of the natural sciences are, however, ad-
vised to present at least two units of high-school mathematics and two units of
high-school science. Experience has proved that students who lack this preparation
are handicapped in University work in science. Students planning to major in
chemistry, mathematics, or physics or planning to prepare themselves for entrance
to a medical school will find it to their advantage to take intermediate algebra,
plane geometry, and trigonometry in high school.
Degree Requirements. For a bachelor's degree with a major in the College
of Liberal Arts, a minimum of 186 term hours of University work is required,
including:
(1) A minimum of four sequences in liberal arts courses numbered from 100
to 120 or 200 to 220, in satisfaction of the general University lower-division group
requirement (for a complete statement of the regulations governing this require-
ment, and a list of group courses, see pages 7}>-81).
(2) In addition, two sequences in liberal arts courses numbered from 100 to
120,200 to 220, or 300 to 310.t Of the total of six sequences elected for the satis-
faction of requirements (1) and (2), two must be chosen from each of the three
• From July 1, 1966 to Dec. 31, 1966.
t Requirement (2) does not apply to students who are admitted to the University of Ore-'
gon Medical School or Dental School from other accredited institutions and who are candidates
for a baccalaureate degree from the University of Oregon_
[ 136]
INTERDEPARTMENT AL COURSES 137
groups: arts and letters, social science, and science; the two sequences in social
science and in science must be from different departments. (For a list of group
courses see pages 80-81) .
(3) A minimum of 62 term hours in upper-division courses.
(4) A minimum of 36 term hours in the student's major field, at least 24 of
which must be in upper-division courses. Some departments require more than the
36-hour minimum. For certain interdepartmental majors the major requirement
is approximately 72 term hours of work distributed in several departments.
Honors College. Through the Honors College, the University offers a four-
year program of liberal education for selected superior students, leading to the
degree of Bachelor of Arts (Honors College). The Honors College also super-
vises the University's participation in' the Advanced Placement Program spon-
sored by the College Entrance Examination Board. See page 135.
Interdepartmental Courses
Arts and Letters*
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
AL 101, 102, 103. Literature (Honors College). 3 hours each term.
Intensive study of selected works of Occidental literature. Combellack,
G. Johnson, Moll, Nicholls, Powers, Wegelin.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
AL 301, 302, 303. Introduction to Japanese Literature. 3 hours each term.
Fall: origins through Fuj iwara (twelfth century A.D.), with emphasis on the
Tale of Genji; winter: mediaeval (Kamakura, Muromachi, Tokugawa) lit-
erature including drama (no, kabuki, bunraku), haiku, and ukiyo writing;
spring: literature since the Meiji Restoration (1868). All readings in English.
Naff.
AL 304,305,306. Literature of the Ancient World. 3 hours each term.
Fall: Homer to Aeschylus; winter: Sophocles to Plutarch; spring: Latin lit-
erature from Plautus to Apuleius. Lectures and readings in English. Special
attention to influence of Greek and Latin writers on English literature. Com-
bellack, Pascal.
AL 307, 308, 309. Introduction to Chinese Literature. 3 hours each term.
Ancient Chinese literature and Confucian classics, with emphasis on poetry:
later prose, poetry, and literary criticism; the development of drama and
fiction. Readings and lectures in English. Sun.
AL 314, 315, 316. Introduction to Germanic Literature. 3 hours each term.
In English. Lectures and assigned readings covering the whole range of
German literature.
AL 321,322,323. Classic Myths. 1 hour each term.
The three major myths of the classical world: Troy, Thebes, and the Golden
Fleece. Lectures and readings in English. Black, Pascal.
AL 331, 332, 333. Survey of Russian Literature. 3 hours each term.
Russian literature from 1825 to 1917, with extensive reading in the works of
Gogol, Dostoevsky, and Tolstoy. Leong.
AL 340,341,342. Russian Culture and Civilization. 3 hours each term.
Main currents of Russian intellectual, literary, and artistic life. Leong.
• For major program in general arts and letters, see pages 170·171.
138 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
I'
AL 351, 352, 353. Scandinavian Literature in Translation. 3 hours each term.
Outstanding works of Scandinavian literature, studied in translation. Fall
Norwegian; winter: Swedish; spring: Danish. Prerequisite: upper-divisio
standing. Williams.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
AL 405. Reading and Conference. (g) Hours to be arranged.
AL407. Seminar. (g) Hours to be arranged.
AL 421, 422, 423. Modern Russian Short Story, Poetry, Drama. (g) 3 hour
each term.
Fall: the short story-Gogol, Turgenev, Dostoevsky, Tolstoy, Chekhm
Gorky, Soviet authors; winter: poetry-evolution of Russian poetry from th
beginnings into the Soviet period; spring: drama-modern Russian dram
from the eighteenth century. Knowledge of Russian not required; but Russia
majors must do selected readings in the original. Leong.
AL 450,451. Descriptive Linguistics.. (g) 3 hours each term.
Study of the general internal structure of languages. Prerequisite: senior a
graduate standing, three years of college language study; or consent of in
structor. Miyaj i.
AL 477, 478, 479. Dante and His Times. (g) 3 hours each term.
Historical and literary background of the Divine Comedy; study of the poer
and of Dante's minor works; Petrarch and Boccaccio. Lectures and reading
in English. Beall.
GRADUATE COURSES
AL 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged,
AL 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
AL 514,515, 516. Introduction to Comparative Literature. 3 hours each term.
Study of significant examples of literature illustrating influences, themes, an
movements that cross linguistic frontiers; opportunity for individual researc
on problems involving two or more literatures.
AL 586, 587. Comparative Literary Criticism. 3 hours each term.
Designed to familiarize the student with the more important approaches t
the criticism of literature current in the twentieth century; practical experi
mentation with methods and texts; readings, discussion, and analysis of liter
ary works. Forms a year sequence with Eng 585.
General Science*
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
GS 104, 105, 106. Physical-Science Survey. 4 hours each term.
General introduction to the physical sciences; principles of astronomy, physic!
and chemistry, geologic processes, and man's relation to them. Special ern
phasis on scientific method. 4 lectures. Ebbighausen, Ellickson.
GS 204, 205, 206. Physical Science (Honors College). 4 hours each term.
Introduction to certain basic concepts, terms, and methods of modern physic~
science, with emphasis on the interrelations of the physical sciences with eac
other and with other fields of knowledge. Dart.
UPPER·DIVISIONCOURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
GS 411, 412, 413. History of Science. (g) 2 hours each term.
Lectures, readings, and discussions of selected topics in the history of sciencl
considered as a part of the cultural history of Western civilization in th
period 1500-1900.
* For major program in general science, see page 171.
ANTHROPOLOGY
General Social Science*
139
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
ic 104,105, 106. Social Science and Social Policy. 3 hours each term.
ic 201,202,203. Introduction to the Social Sciences (Honors College). 3
hours each term.
A study of some fundamental concepts in the social sciences. Satisfies pre-
requisite requirement for upper-division courses in anthropology, geogra-
phy, political science, psychology, and sociology. Allman, Dumond, MacGreg-
or, Urquhart.
Anthropology
'ofessors: D. F. ABERLE, H. G. BARNETT, L. S. CRESSMAN (emeritus), K. P.
EMORY, THEODORE STERN.
;s~ciate Professors: V. R. DORJAHN (department head), D. E. DUMOND, A. G.
SMITH.
;sistant Professors: D. L. COLE, LERoy JOHNSON, J. G. JORGENSEN, MALCOLM
McFEE, ANN G. SIMONDS, P. E. SIMONDS, D. T. WALLACE, P. D. YOUNG.
;sociate: KATHLEEN G. ABERLE.
~llows: J. H. BODLEY, G. D. BUELOW, L. S. CORDELL, L. H. DONALD, INGRID M.
GRAM, D. K. GRAYSON, J. F. HOFMEISTER, H. F. HOLLYER, B. L. ISAAC, K. E.
KNUDSON. C. D. LAUGHLIN, JR., F. D. McEvoy, J. C. MILES, MARGERY J.
MOORE, M. J. MORATTO, F. E. POIRIER, L. A. ROBBINS, C. T. SHELDON, JR.,
R. M. WAGNER, K. R. WEBER, R. E. WIEST.
;sistants: G. A. BAILEY, JEANETTE E. CARTER, G. H. CLARK, C. N. COLE, A. G.
I FANTEL, CARLOS FERNANDEZ, E. L. FROST, D. L. HARDESTY, R. C. KISTE,
M. D. LIEBER, C. A. HEIDENRICH, L. T. HUBBARD, R. L. A. MACE, F. E.
MILLER, W. E. OVERHOLT, A. B. PERLIN, J. C. RIDDELL, M. L. Roy, E. G.
SCHWIMMER, R. n. SINGH, SHELDON SMITH, ALEXANDER SONEK, JR., J. C.
STEEN, J.D. STEWART, ROBERT TONKINSON:, JEROME WEISS.
~E COURSES offered by the Department of Anthropology are planned to pro-
le a broad and deep understanding of human nature and society for students
l
other fields, as well as integrated programs for majors in anthropology.
A high-school student planning to major in anthropology is advised to take
o years of high-school mathematics, preferably algebra. He should also come to
~ University with a sound background in English, so that he can read with un-
standing and express himself with clarity.
Majors in anthropology are required to take the following lower-division
rses: General Anthropology (Anth 101, 102, 103) or Introduction to Cultural
thropology (Anth 207, 208, 209); a year sequence in psychology.
At the upper-division level the following courses are required for majors:
oples of the World (Anth 314, 315, 316) ; Physical Anthropology (Anth 320,
, 322) ; World Prehistory (Anth 411, 412, 413) ; and one area course at the
(G) level. Students planning to do graduate work should take two years of
rman and two years of a second foreign language, preferably French or Spanish.
insure a broad liberal education, it is strongly recommended that the student
it his undergraduate work in anthropology to a maximum of 51 term hours.
The department offers graduate work leading to the Master of Arts and Doc-
of Philosophy degrees. Graduate instruction includes work in the fields of
haeology, ethnology, linguistics, and physical anthropology. To qualify for a
ter's degree, students must demonstrate a basic competence in all these fields.
* For major program in general social science, see pages 171·172.
140 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
The carefully selected anthropological collections of the Museum of Natun
History provide excellent material for class instruction, particularly in the cultur
of the American Indian.
Secondary-School Teaching of Social Studies. For certification as a teache
of social studies in Oregon high schools, the Oregon State Department of Educa
tion requires (1) the satisfaction of certain minimum standards of subject prepara
tion and (2) the recommendation of the institution at which the student complete
his subject preparation.
To meet the state standards in social studies and the requirements for recom
mendation by the University of Oregon, a major in anthropology must complet
the following program, selected from the fields of history, geography, politic.
science, economics, and sociology or anthropology, with a 2.50 GPA or higher: (1
work in anthropology required for a major in the field; (2) 27 term hours in his
tory; (3) 9 term hours in a third field; (4) at least one course in each of tw
additional fields. The program must include a minimum of 36 term hours in upper
division courses.
For further information, the student should consult the member of the anthro
pology faculty who serves as adviser for prospective teachers.
Honors. See HONORS COLLEGE, pages 132 ff.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Anth 101, 102, 103. General Anthropology. 3 hours each term.
Fall: man as a living organism; biological evolution; fossil man; winter
prehistoric cultures; spring: organization and functioning of culture. 2 lec
tures, 1 discussion period. McFee, Simonds.
Anth 207, 208, 209. Introduction to Cultural Anthropology. 3 hours each term.
The meaning of culture; its significance for human beings; its diverse form
and degrees of elaboration among different groups of men; its processes (
growth and expansion. 2 lectures; 1 discussion period. Smith.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Anth 301, 302, 303. Society and Culture. 3 hours each term.
An introductory course in cultural anthropology for upper division student
not majoring in anthropology. Peoples from different parts of the worl
are examined in detail, with emphasis on comparative social organizatiOl
Not open to majors or to students who have taken Anth 207. 208, 209, Ant
314, 315, 316, or a comparable course in cultural anthropology. Prerequisite
upper-division standing. Dumond.
Anth 314,315,316. Peoples of the World. 3 hours each term.
Historical treatment of world culture areas, exclusive of Europe. Region,
variations in culture, their backgrounds, and their significance in conterr
porary world affairs. Materials drawn from Africa, Asia, Oceania. and th
Americans. Prerequisite: upper-division standing. Young.
Anth 320, 321, 322. Physical Anthropology. 3 hours each term.
Processes and theory of evolution as applied to man and his relatives. Fall
comparative osteology of humans and other primates; fossil record of earl
primates; winter: man's place among the primates; fossil man; principle
in human evolution; spring: variability in fossil and modern man; morpho1c
gical and genetic criteria of variability; factors in population change; bloo
groups. Prerequisite: upper-division standing or consent of instructo:
Simonds.
Anth 323. Laboratory in Physical Anthropology. 2 hours.
Optional laboratory work for students enrolled in Anth 320, 321, 322. Obsci
vation and measurement of skeletons; anthropometry; comparative primat
anatomy. Simonds.
ANTHROPOLOGY 141
lOth 401. Research. Hours to be arranged.
,nth 403. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
,nth 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
,nth 407. Seminar. (g) Hours to be arranged.
,nth 408. Field Work in Anthropology. (G) Hours to be arranged.
,nth 411, 412; 413. World Prehistory. (g) 3 hours each term.
Survey of the main developments in world prehistory. Fall: methods of
archaeology; geological and biological background of paleolithic man; the
Old World paleolithic; winter: Old World villag-e and urban development;
spring: New World hunting and gathering; agricultural-village life, urban
society. Prerequisite: upper-division standing. Wallace.
,nth 414. Race and Culture. (G) 2 hours.
Racial classifications and comparisons; the biological base of culture; atti-
tudes toward race in human relations. Prerequisite: 9 hours in anthropology
or consent of instructor. Jorgensen, Simonds.
,nth 415. Socialization in Primitive Society. (G) 2 hours.
Methods of child rearing, education, and social control among primitive peo-
ples. Prerequisite: 9 hours in anthropology or consent of· instructor. J orgen-
sen, Stern.
,nth 416. History of Anthropology. (G) 2 hours.
A nontheoretical exposition of the beginnings and specialized developments
within the fields of archaeology, physical anthmpology, ethnology, and lin-
guistics. Prerequisite: 9 hours in anthropolog-y or consent of instructor.
Aberle, Stern.
nth 417, 418, 419. The America,n Indian. (G) 3 hours each term.
Indian life in Central, South, and North America before white contact; con-
temporary Indian life where groups still survive. Prerequisite: 9 hours in
anthropology or consent of instructor. Jorg-ensen, Stern, Young.
nth 423, 424, 425. Peoples of the Pacific. (G) 3 hours each term.
Life and customs among the native groups of the South Pacific, including
Polynesia, Micronesia, Melanesia, Australia, and Indonesia. Prerequisite:
9 hours in anthropology or consent of instructor. Smith.
nth 426, 427, 428. Peoples of Africa. (G) 3 hours each term.
The cultures of Negro Africa; their history and development; the problems
of contemporary Africa. Fall: South and East Africa; winter: Central and
West Africa; spring: the problems of modern Africa. Prerequisite: 9 hours
in anthropology or consent of instructor. Dorjahn.
nth 434, 435, 436. Peoples of the Near East. (G) 3 hours each term.
The ethnic groups of North Africa and Southwestern Asia; Islam and
Islamic social structure as a unifying force; the relations of the Near East
with Negro Africa and Asia. Prerequisite: 9 hours in anthropology or con-
sent of instructor.
nth 437. Peoples of Interior Asia. (G) 3 hours.
Cultures of Interior Asia: paleo-Siberians, Mongols, Manchus, Kirkhiz,
Kazaks, and other peoples of Asiatic Russia. Prerequisite: 9 hours in anthro-
pology or consent of instructor.
nth 438,439,440. Peoples of Southern and Eastern Asia. (G) 3 hours each
term.
Introduction to the cultures of India and Pakistan, China, and Southeast
Asia; development of distinctive culture config-urations; interrelationships
of culture; impact of westernization; ethnic and linl!:uistic factors. Fall: South
Asia; winter: the Chinese culture sphere; spring: Southeast Asia. Prere-
quisite: 9 hours in anthropology or consent of instructor. Stern.
142 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Anth 441, 442, 443. Linguistics. (G) 3 hours each term.
Nature and forms of language; the relation of language and culture; lingui
tic structure and change. Sound patterning (phonetics and phonemics) ar
grammatical structuring (morphology and syntax). Techniques of linguist
recording and analysis, working with a native speaker. Prerequisite: seni,
standing; Anth 207, 208, 209 or two years of a foreign language; consent,
instructor. Smith, Stern.
Anth 444. Religion and Magic of Primitives. (G) 3 hours.
The religions and systems of magic of primitive peoples as reflections of the
thought processes; supernatural systems in the life of. primitive people. Pr
requisite: 9 hours in anthropology or consent of instructor. McFee, Stern.
Anth 445. Folklore and Mythology of Primitives. (G) 3 hours.
Unwritten literature as an expression of the imaginative and creative thougl
of primitive people. Prerequisite: 9 hours in anthropology or consent of il
structor. McFee, Stern.
Anth 446. Art Among Primitives. (G) 3 hours.
The artist and aesthetic expression among primitive peoples. Prerequisit(
9 hours in anthropology or consent of instructor. McFee, Stern.
Anth 450, 451,452. Cultural Dynamics. (G) 3 hours each term.
Evaluation of approaches to the problem of cultural changes; analysis of ir
vention and intergroup cultural borrowing; agents and conditions promotir
change; mechanics of cultural growth; application of techniques for inducin
change. Prerequisite: 9 hours in anthropology or consent of instructor. Ba:
nett.
Anth 453. Primitive Value Systems. (G) 3 hours.
A comparative presentation and analysis of the differing world views of var
ous primitive peoples. The basic premises and tenets revealed by an ethn
group in its interpretations of its experiences. Prerequisite: 9 hours of anthn
pology or senior standing in social science. Barnett.
Anth 454. Applied Anthropology. (G) 3 hours.
Study of case material in which anthropological assumptions, theories, ar
techniques have been applied to effect desired changes in intergroup relation
Problems of cross-cultural communication, conflict, and adjustment. Pre
requisite: 9 hours in anthropology or senior standing in social scienc
Barnett.
Anth 455..Anthropo1ogy and Native Administration. (G) 3 hours.
Survey of present policies and techniques of native administration; applie<
tion of anthropological facts and theory to the solution of practical problem!
the impact of external demands on native cultures; satisfaction of socia
economic, and psychological needs. Principal areas studied are Oceania an
Africa, with some attention to parts of North America and Asia. Prerequisitt
9 hours of anthropology or senior standing in social science. Barnett.
Anth 456,457,458. Language, Culture, and Behavior. (G) 3 hours each term.
How people interact through verbal and nonverbal signals, codes, message
and networks; an integration of anthropology with information theory ar
social psychology. Prerequisite: 9 hours in anthropology or consent of ir
structor. Smith.
GRADUATE COURSES
*Anth 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
Anth 502. Research Methods in Anthropology. Hours to be arranged.
Orientation of graduate students to basic research tools, particularly t~
explicit inductive methods of statistical and other types of formal analysl
needed to formulate and conduct research. Three terms are required of majoj
in the first year of graduate study. Jorgensen.
*Anth 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.··
* N(}ograde course.
ANTHROPOLOGY
'Anth 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
\nth 506. Special Problems. Hours to be arranged.
\nth 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Theory and Method in Archaeology. Dumond, Johnson, Wallace.
Culture and Personality. Aberle.
Anthropological Theory. Barnett.
Field Methods in Ethnology. Barnett.
Innovation. Barnett.
The Negro in the New World. Dorjahn.
Primate Behavior. Simonds.
Fossil Man. Simonds.
Evolution and Race. Simonds.
Primitive Primates. Simonds.
Modern Mexico. Dumond.
Basic Physical Anthropology. Simonds.
Basic Archaeology, Wallace.
Archaeology of the Circumpolar Region. Dumond.
Archaeology of Western North America. Cressman, Dumond, Wallace.
,
143
\nth 511. Culture, Society, and the Individual. 3 hours.
A review and evaluation of the concepts of culture and society, as the terms
are employed by anthropologists. The relationships between culture and so-
ciety, between culture and the individual, and between society and the indi-
vidual. Prerequisite: graduate standing in the social sciences. Barnett.
\nth 512. The Beginnings of Civilization. 3 hours.
The change from a food-gathering to a food-producing economy; significance
for cultural and social development. Prerequisite: graduate standing in the
I social sciences. Wallace.
I
\nth 514. Primitive Social Organization. 3 hours.
Primitive social organization, with particular reference to kinship and sodali-
l ties. Prerequisite: graduate standing in social science. Aberle.nth 515. Primitive Political Systems. 3 hours.
Government in primitive societies, considered from a cross-cultural perspec-
tive. Special attention to political innovations under colonial rule,and to the
new nationalistic administrations in Africa and Asia. Prerequisite: graduate
standing in social science. Doriahn.
nth 516. Primitive Economic Systems. 3 hours.
Production, consumption, distribution, and exchange in primitive societies.
Special attention to property, the economic surplus, change in economic sys-
tems, and relationships between nonpecuniary economies and the world econ-
omy. Prerequisite: graduate standing in social science. Aberle, Dorjahn.
nth 520, 521, 522. Advanced Physical Anthropology. 4 hours each term.
Observations and measurements of skeletons; morphological observations
and anthropometry of the living. Genetic and morphological analysis of race.
Dentition, biometric statistics, blood-group genetics and techniques. 2 three-
hour laboratory periods. Prerequisite: Anth 320, 321, 322 or consent of in-
structor. Cole, Simonds.
nth 523, 524,525. Archaeology of the New World. 3 hours each term.
Early man in the Americas. Fall: North America; winter: Meso-America;
Spring: South America. Dumond. Wallace.
nth 530, 531, 532. Cultural Ecology. 3 hours each term.
Interrelationships of environment, technology, and social organization. In
second and third terms, preparation and comparative analysis of case reports.
Aberle.
* No-grade course.
144 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Asian Studies
THE CURRICULUM IN ASIAN STUDIES is a program of area traininl
through selected courses dealing with Asian culture. The primary emphasis is UPOI
the Chinese culture sphere, with special attention to Japan. The program is de
signed to provide necessary basic knowledge for students interested in commercial
governniental, journalistic, or educational work relating to the region, for student
preparing for graduate work in Asian studies, or for those who wish to broadel
their understanding of the interrelated world in which they live. The curriculun
is administered by an advisory committee, of which G. Ralph Falconeri, assistan
professor of history, is chairman.
The-major in Asian studies leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree. Normally
a candidate is required to take two years of either Chinese or Japanese; anothe:
language may, however, be substituted if it is germane to the region or countr,
in which the student has a special interest. The major requirements are as follows
(1) All majors must take the following: Far East in Modern Times (Hst 0:
PS 391, 392,393) ; Eastern and Southeastern Asia (Geog 451) ; Peoples of South
ern and Eastern Asia (Anth438, 439, 440).
(2) The candidate must take 39 term hours of work from groups (a) an(
(b) below; for the satisfaction of this minimum requirement, not more than 2,
term hours may be selected from group (b).
(a) Lecture-seminar group: History of Oriental Art (ArH 207, 208, 209)
Introduction to Japanese Literature (AL 301, 302, 303) ; Introduction to Chinesl
Literature (AL 307, 308, 309) ; Southern Asia in Modern Times (PS 337, 33~
339) ; Epochs in Oriental Art (ArH 446, 447, 448) ; Government and Politics 0
the Far East: China (PS 460, 461) ; History of China (Hst 494, 495, 496) ; His
tory of Japan (Hst 497, 498, 499); Seminar: Religious Philosophy of Chin;
(R 407); Seminar: Religions in Japan (R 407); Seminar: Japanese Histori
ography (Hst 407); Seminar: China's Modern Revolution (Hst 407) ; othe
approved seminars and colloquia.
(b) Language-course group: Chinese and Japanese language instruction; fo:
courses, see page 201.
Honors. See HONORS COLLEGE, pages 132 ff.
Graduate Study. The University also offers an interdisciplinary progral1
of graduate- study in Asian studies in conjunction with courses in a departmenta
field of specialization. The program leads to two M.A. degrees, one in a depart
mental field and the second in interdisciplinary Asian studies. The student com
pletes 45 term hours of work in his departmental field together with 30 tern
hours in Asian studies, including a seminar in the Asian field. His thesis applie:
the methodology of a departmental discipline to an Asian subject. The candida!!
must demonstrate mastery, equivalent to the attainment expected after two year:
of college study, in an Asian language relevant to his program.
Center for Japanese Studies. Graduate study and research in Japanes.
culture and civilization is sponsored through the University Center for Japanes.
Studies. The program of the center includes the direction of the work of grad
uate students who choose Japan as an area of concentration for the M.A. degree
in Asian studies. Through the center, advanced students are provided an oppor
tunity to pursue part of their studies in Japan.
BIOLOGY
Biology
145
Professors: EDWARD NOVITSKI (department head), C. W. CLANCY, M. J. COHEN,
: P. W. FRANK,* PHILIP GRANT, GRAHAM HOYLE, R. R. HVESTIS (emeritus),
JAMES KEZER, AARON NOVICK, P. L. RISLEY, B. T. SCHEER, J. A. SHOTWELL,
A. L. SODERWALL, F. W. STAHL, GEORGE STREISINGER.t
Associate Professors: A. S. BAJER, R. W. CASTENHOLZ, S. A. COOK,* L. E. DET-
LING, JANE GRAY, R. W. MORRIS, F. W. MUNZ, F. P. SIPE (emeritus), W. R.
SISTROM, S. S. TEPFER, D. E. WIMBER.
Assistant Professors: H. T. BONNETT, G. C. CARROLL, B. H. MCCONNAUGHEY,
J R. MENNINGER, W. R. MOBERLY.
Senior Instructors: P. A. McNEILL, K. B. SALMONSON.
Instructors: J. G. DARBY, T. A. EBERT, R. K. GERDING, D. R. HAGUE, G. J.
MURPHY, H. P. WISNER.
Associates: C. C. ASHLEY, Z. M. BAJER, KATHLEEN CHURCH, A. D. KEITH, H. H.
GOLDIN, C. G. JENSEN, LAWREN,CE JENSEN, MAKATO KOBAYASHI, M. E.
MYSZEWSKI, V. R. MEENAKSHI, RALLAPALLI RAMAMURTHI, HIROSHI.
WASHIO.
Assistants: A. V. ALPERT, B. S. ANDERSON, K. M. BIGLER, D. E. BILDERBACK, J. E.
BOERNER, C. H. BRINKMAN, M. L. CANFIELD, P. R. CARROLL, DIANA CHIL-
DRESS, J. G. COLBURN, T. J. CONNORS, T. J. Cox, W. J. DAVIS, FRED DELCO-
MYN, G. H. DERSHAM, ELIZABETH EHRLICH, B. J GIESEL, J. T. GIESEL, K. L.
GRAHAM, R. H. GRAY, G. C. GRIGG, L. N. HALFEN, J. C. HICKMAN, J. W.
JACKLET, M. H. KAPLAN, A. J KARPOFF, D. A. KIEFER, G. H. KRASILOVSKY,
R. D. LONGLEY, S. K. MCCAUSLAND, A. E. MCCOUBREY, N. D. McKENZIE,
G. S. MICKLE, B. J MOBERLY, M. W. MUMBACH, R. A. OLSEN, J. B. PALMER,
L. M. PASZTOR, M. L. PATTON, A. N. PETERSON, C. M. PETERSON, D. J
PHILLIPS, L. H. PIKE, Z. V. POSPISIL, J. S. RASEY, J. C. RAYMOND, E. B.
RIDGEWAY, N. R. SAVAGE, J. A. SCHACHT, M. J. SCHNEIDER, A. 1. SELVERSTON,
. ELIZABETH S. SHELDON, K. E. SILLIMAN, C. D. SMITH, P. T. SPIETH, J P.
STRINGER, 1. H. THORNEYCROFT, M. R. TROY, BENJAMIN WALCOTT, C. D.
WlIITE, R. L. WHITE, A. O. WILLOWS, P. T. WISE, R. W. WISE, T. L. \VIT-
TENBERG, A. J. WOOD, L. H. YAMAOKA, J W. YOON.
THE DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY offers an undergraduate program planned
to provide an understanding of the living world as a part of a liberal education, to
prepare students for professional careers in industry, government, and secondary
education, and to provide preparation for graduate work leading to careers in
higher education, research, and the medical sciences.
Modern biology is a quantitative science; students planning to specialize in
biology should include in their high-school preparation as much mathematics as
possible, including at least algebra and geometry. Preparation in English is essen-
tial, and work in French, German, chemistry, and physics is highly desirable.
The course requirements for majors are as follows: General Biology (Bi 101,
102, 103 or Bi 104, 105, 106) ;+ General Chemistry (Ch 104, 105, 106 Dr Ch 204,
205,206) ; Analytical Laboratory (Ch 107, 108, 109 or Ch 207, 208, 209) ; mathe-
matics through Mth 106; General Physics (Ph 201, 202, 203, Ph 204, 205, 206) ;
Organic Chemistry (Ch 334, 335, 336) ; Introduction to Genetics (Bi 422) ; Cellu-
lar Physiology (Bi 311) ; 4 terms of upper-division work selected from zoology,
botany, and microbiology courses (Bi 355, Bi 356, Bi 361, Bi 362, 363, 364, Bi 332,
Bi 333, Bi 334, Bi 320, Bi 381, 382, Bi 481, 482). Students who intend to do graduate
work are urged to include calculus and two years of a foreign language (French,
German, or Russian) in their programs.
• On sabbatical leave 1966-67.
t On leave of absence 1966-67.
:I: This requirement may be waived for students with superior high-school backgrounds, as
indicated by Advanced Placement Program record or by special departmental examinations.
146 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Students who plan to enter medical or dental school for their senior year may
substitute courses in anatomy and physiology for 8 hours of upper-division biology
electives. Premedical and predental students should make sure that their programs
meet the requirements of the schools they plan to enter, as well as those of the
department. Vertebrate Zoology (Bi 362, 363, 364), may be substituted for Com-
parative Anatomy (Bi 355), and Vertebrate Embryology (Hi 356), to meet
medical"school entrance requirements.
Secondary-School Teaching of Biology. For certification as a teacher of
biology in Oregon high schools, the Oregon State Department of Education re-
quires (1) the satisfaction of certain minimum standards of subject preparation and
(2) the recommendation of the institution at which the student completes his sub-
ject preparation.
To meet the state standards in biology and the requirements for recommenda-
tion by the University of Oregon, the student should complete the major program
outlined above. The mathematics and physics requirements will be liberalized for
students who enter student teaching in the senior year; these students should com-
plete Introductory College Mathematics (Mth 105) and General Ecology (Bi
372), and may substitute Essentials of Physics (Ph 101, 102, 103) for General
Physics (Ph 20 I, 202, 203). Laboratory and Field Methods in Biology (Bi 496,
497) satisfies the certification requirements for Special Secondary Methods' (Ed
408) .
For further information, the student should consult the member of the biology
facul ty who serves as adviser for prospective teachers.
Honors. See HONORS COLLEGE, pages 132 ff.
Graduate Work. The department offers graduate work leading to the Master
of Arts, Master of Science, and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Candidates for
higher degrees are expected to meet undergraduate major requirements, as de-
termined by their undergraduate records and by examination, before advancement
to candidacy for the degree. Students taking a master's degree prior to doctoral
work are advised to gain proficiency in French, German, or Russian, and to take
the M;A. degree.
Facilities are available for graduate study in botany (plant morphology, cy-
tology, anatomy, taxonomy, and physiology), ecology (plant and animal), genetics,
marine biology, microbiology, physiology (comparative, general, and mammalian),
and zoology' (cytology, embryology, invertebrate, and vertebrate).
Institute of Marine Biology. The University operates for the Oregon State
System of Higher Education an Institute of Marine Biology at Charleston on Coos
Bay on the Oregon Coast. The institute is located in a setting providing access to
an unusual variety of richly populated marine and terrestrial habitats. Under the
guidance of an advisory committee, the institute serves all units of the State
System. A program of undergraduate and g;raduate studies is offered during the
summer session.
Institute of Molecular Biology. A program of research and research instruc-
tion in areas of biology where phenomena can be understood in terms of the struc-
ture of molecules is conducted through the University of Oregon Institute of
Molecular Biology. See INSTITUTE OF MOLECULAR BIOLOGY (page 126).
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Bi 101, 102, 103. General Biology. 4 hours each term.
Principles of life science, illustrated by studies of selected organisms. 3 lec-
tures; 1 three-hour laboratory period.
Bi 104,105,106. Biological Science (Honors College). 5 hours each term.
Selected studies of biological principles, with emphasis on methods of obser-
BIOLOGY 147
vation, comparison, analysis, experiment, and synthesis III oiological science.
3 lectures; I discussion; I two-hour laboratory period.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
(Bi 101,102,103 or equivalent is prerequisite to all upper-division courses in biology.
Other Prerequisites are indicated in the course descriptions.)
Bi 311. Cellular Physiology. 3 hours.
CeIlular phenomena common to all organisms, including chemical processes
of metabolism and membrane processes. Prerequisite: Ch 334. Menninger.
Bi 312, 313. Human Physiology. 3 hours each term, faIl and winter.
Required for majors in physical education, elective for others qualified. 2 lec-
tures; I three-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: one year of chemistry.
SoderwaIl.
Bi 320. Cell Replication and Control Mechanisms. 3 hours.
Structure and properties of macromolecules common to all living matter, and
the control of their synthesis. Prerequisite: Bi 311. Stahl.
Bi 332,333. Plant Morphology. 4 hours each term, faIl and winter.
Comparative study of the structure and life histories of representatives of the
important plant phyla. FaIl: ferns, fern allies, and seed plants; winter: algae,
fungi, liverworts, and mosses. 3 lectures; 2 three-hour laboratory periods.
Tepfer, Castenholz.
Bi 334. Systematic Botany. 4 hours.
Principles of plant classification; common plant families; coI1ection and iden-
tification of Oregon plants. Cook.
Bi 355. Comparative Anatomy. 4 hours.
Systematic study, dissection, and identification of vertebrate structures and
anatomical relations. 2 lectures; 2 three-hour laboratory periods. Not open to
students who have credit for Bi 362, 363, 364. Morris.
Bi 356. Vertebrate Embryology. 4 hours.
Fertilization, morphogenesis, and differentiation of organ systems of verte-
brates. 2 lectures; 2 three-hour laboratory periods. Not open to students who
have credit for Bi 362, 363, 364. Risley.
Bi 361. Essentials of Invertebrate Zoology. 4 hours.
Morphology, anatomy, and general biology of the major phyla of invertebrate
animals. 2 lectures; 2 three.hour laboratory periods. McConnaughey.
Bi 362, 363, 364. Vertebrate Zoology, 4 hours each term.
An integrated presentation of morphological, developmental, and functional
features of the vertebrates. 2 lectures; 2 three-hour laboratory periods. Pre-
requisite: Bi 101, 102, 103 and consent of instructor, or Bi 104, lOS, 106. Not
open to students who have credit for Bi 355, Bi 356. Morris, Munz.
Bi 372. General Ecology. 4 hours.
. Examination of the interrelationships between organisms and environment;
designed for nonmajors and for majors who do not plan further work in
ecology: 3 lectures; I field trip a week.
Hi 381, 382. Introduction to Bacteriology. 3 hours each term.
Basic principles and techniques of bacteriology; role of bacteria and other
micro-organisms in transformations of organic matter and in physical and
chemical transformations in soil and water; their importance to man. 2 lec-
tures; 2 two-hour laboratory periods. Prerequisite: general chemistry. Mc-
Connaughey.
Bi 391, 392. Human Anatomy, 3 hours each term.
Gross anatomy; the skeletal and muscular structure; the circulatory, respira-
tory, digestive, and neural systems and their functioning in physical activities.
2 lectures; I three-hour dissection period. Prerequisite: junior standing.
Sigerseth.
148 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
·Bi 401. Research. Hours to be arranged.
·Bi 403. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
·Bi 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
·Bi 407. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
UPPER·DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
·Bi 408. Laboratory Projects. (G) Hours to be arranged.
Special laboratory training in research methods.
Bi 414, 415,416. Comparative Physiology. (G) 4 hours each term.
Physiology of. excitation, conduction, and muscular contraction in animals ;
nutrition, digestion, circulation, metabolism, excretion, and integration in the
major animal phyla, in relation to ecology and the evolution of physiological
function. 3 lectures; 1 discussion period. Prerequisite: organic chemistry,
general physics, invertebrate zoology.
Bi 418, 419, 420. Comparative Physiology Laboratory. (G) 2 hours.
Laboratory work to accompany Bi 414, 415, 416. Emphasis on techniques of
physiological investigation. Restricted to students intending to specialize in
physiology or closely related fields.
Bi 422. Introduction to Genetics. (G) 4 hours.
An introduction to the fundamental principles of genetics. 3 lectures, 1 dis-
cussion period. Prerequisite: general chemistry and college algebra (Mth
105). Clancy, Novitski.
Bi 423. Genetics Laboratory. (G) 3 hours.
Fundamental principles of genetics illustrated by experiments with Drosophila
and other organisms. 1 lecture, 2 three-hour laboratory periods. Prerequisite:
Bi 422. Clancy.
Bi 424. Human Genetics. (G) 3 hours.
The immunogenetics of the blood groups and transplantation incompatibili-
ties; sex determination and the sex ratio; spontaneous and induced mutation;
radiation effects; the genetics of populations; selection, eugenics, and the
genetic aspects of the human races. 3 lectures. Prerequisite: Bi 422. Novitski.
Bi 426. Ev{)lution. (G) 3 hours.
Theories of biological variation, race, and species formation. 3 lectures. Pre-
requisite: Bi 422 or equivalent; senior or graduate standing.
Bi 428, 429. Cytology. (G) 4 hours each term, winter and spring.
Microscopic and submicroscopic structure of cytoplasm, and its relation to
cell function; structure and behavior of chromosomes and other nuclear com-
ponents. Methods of study and experimental procedures. 2 lectures, 2 three-
hour laboratory periods. Wimber.
Bi 431. Microtechnique. (G) 2-4 hours.
Paraffin, squash technique, and handling of live cells. Theory and practice of
light microscopes, photomicrography, and microcinematography. Two lec-
tures. Prerequisite: senior standing; Bi 434. Baj er.
Bi 432. Fungi. (G) 4 hours.
Structure, physiology, and classification of fungi. 2 lectures; 2 three-hour
laboratory periods. Carroll.
Bi 433. Algae. (G) 4 hours.
Structure, life histories, and ecology of representative fresh-water and marine
algae. 2 lectures; 2 three-hour laboratory periods. Castenholz.
Bi 434. Plant Anatomy. (G) 4 hours.
Comparative study of the structure and development of cells, tissues, and
organs of seed plants. 2 lectures; 2 three-hour laboratory periods.
* No.grade· course.
BIOLOGY 149
Bi 435. Methods of Pollen Analysis. (G) 3 hours, spring term, alternate years.
A lecture-laboratory course concerned with the morphology of pollen, tech-
niques of collection and preparation of pollen for study, and methods of pollen
analysis. 2 three-hour combined lecture and laboratory meetings each week.
Gray.
Bi 436. Cenozoic Paleobotany. (G) 3 hours, spring term, alternate years.
Distribution and dispersal of angiosperms and gymnosperms from the Cre-
taceous to the present as deduced from the fossil record. Major emphasis on
the Tertiary, with world-wide coverage, but with principal examples, where
possible, drawn from the Pacific Northwest. Emphasis on biogeographical and
paleoecological aspects. Gray.
Bi441. Plant Physiology. (G) 4 hours.
Growth, respiration, water relations, and functions of plant organs. 3 lectures,
1 three-hour laboratory period. Prerequisites: Bi 311, Ch 336.
Bi 455. Histology. (G) 4 hours.
Systematic study, description, and identification of microscopic structures of
vertebrate tissues. 2 lectures; 2 three-hour laboratory periods. Prerequisite:
Bi 355, Bi 356, or Bi 362, 363, 364. Kezer.
Bi 463. Parasitology. (G) 4 hours.
Biological relationships of parasite and host, and the effect of such relation-
ships on. each. 2 lectures; 2 three-hour laboratory periods. Offered alternate
years. McConnaughey.
Bi 471, 472, 473. Principles of Ecology. (G) 4 hours each term.
Fall: introduction to the ecosystem; interrelations between organisms and the
physical environment, with emphasis on examples from higher plants. Winter:
study of population; growth, structure, and species interactions. Spring:
ecosystem energetics and structure, with intensive study of a few selected
examples. 3 lectures; field work. Prerequisite: general chemistry, college
algebra, and consent of instructor. Cook, Frank.
Bi 475. Aquatic Biology. (G) 3 hours.
The ecology of fresh-water organisms. 2 lectures; 1 field trip and laboratory
period. Prerequisite: Bi 372 or Bi 471. Offered alternate years. Castenholz,
Frank.
Bi 481,482. Microbiology. (G) 5 hours fall, 3 hours winter.
Physiology and biochemistry of micro-organisms. The laboratory work is de-
voted to the isolation of various types of bacteria from nature and to the study
of their physiologies. The lecture material covers: the cytology of bacteria,
growth of bacteria, aspects of bacterial metabolism and control mechanisms.
3 lectures and 2 laboratory periods during the fall term; 3 lectures only, win-
ter term. Prerequisite: Bi 311, 320, Ch 461, 462, 463 or the equivalent prepara-
tion and consent of instructor. Sistrom.
Bi 491, 492, 493. Historical Biogeography. (G) 3 hours each term.
Fall: classification of mammals and mammalian morphology, with emphasis
on comparative osteology. Winter: history of mammals; principles involved
in their chronological distribution. Spring: biogeography and paleoecology.
2 lectures; 1 three-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: senior standing in
biology, geology, or anthropology. Offered alternate years. Shotwell.
Bi 495. History of Biological Ideas. (G) 3 hours.
Lectures, readings, and discussion of the historical origin and present status
of leading biological ideas, and the contribution of biological thought to con-
temporary culture. Grant.
Bi 496, 497. Laboratory and Field Methods in Biology. (G) 2 hours each term,
fall and spring.
Designed especially for biology teachers in the secondary schools. Field collec-
tion, identification, and culturing of living material; utilization of this material
in the biology teaching laboratory. Field trips for exploration of the various
kinds of habitats found in the Pacific Northwest. Prerequisite: consent of
instructor. Must be taken in sequence. Murphy.
150 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
GRADUATE COURSES
*Bi 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
*Bi 502. Supervised College Teaching. Hours to be arranged.
*Bi 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
*Bi 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
*Bi 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Animal Physiology.
Biophysics.
Botany.
Ecology.
Genetics.
Molecular Biology.
Radiation Biology.
Devefopmental Biology.
Bi 510. Endocrinology Laboratory. 1-3 hours.
Laboratory work to accompany Bi 511, Bi 512, or Bi 513, conducted on a
project basis.
Bi 511. Vertebrate Endocrinology. 3 hours.
The morphology and physiology of glands of internal secretion; their role in
normal body function of the vertebrates. Soderwall.
Bi 512. Physiology of Reproduction. 3 hours.
Biochemical, histochemical, physiological, and other experimental approaches
to problems in the physiology of reproduction. Soderwall, Risley.
Bi 513. Comparative Endocrinology. 3 hours.
The morphology and physiology of neurosecretory and other endocrine struc-
tures of the invertebrates and lower vertebrates. Scheer.
Bi 516, 517. Neurophysiological Basis of Behavior. 3 hours each term.
Physiology of the neuromuscular systems of animals, with emphasis on phylo-
genetic development and the evolution of animal behavior. Cohen, Hoyle.,.,
Bi 519. Neurophysiology Laboratory. 3 hours.
Laboratory work to accompany Bi 516, 517, with emphasis on the electrical
techniques for study of nerve and muscle function. Cohen, Hoyle.
Bi 520, 521, 522. Advanced Genetics. 2 hours each term.
Selected topics from the following: gene action, mutation, chromosome me-
chanics, population genetics, statistical methods, radiation genetics. 2 lectures.
Novitski.
Bi 523. Principles of Electron Microscopy. 2-4 hours.
The theory and application of techniques, for fixation, embedding, microscope
operation, negative and positive staining, and metal shadowing. McNeill.
Bi 526. Developmental Genetics. 3 hours.
Selected topics from the field of developmental and biochemical genetics.
Lectures, discussion, and student reports on current literature. Prerequisite:
general genetics, cellular physiology. Clancy.
Bi 531. Experimental Plant Morphogenesis. 4 hours.
Lectures and laboratory work demonstrating experimental modifications of
plant growth; the significance of these modifications in relation to normal
growth and development. Prerequisites: Hi 332, Bi 441, or consent of instruc-
tor. Bonnett.
Bi 537, 538, 539. Advanced Systematic Botany. 3 hours each term.
Classification, distribution, and speciation of seed plants of the Pacific North-
west. Prerequisite: Bi 332, 333, Bi 334. Offered alternate years.
• No-grade course.
CHEMISTRY 151
Bi 541. Advanced Plant Physiology. 3 hours.
Lectures on special aspects of plant respiration, salt metabolism, the photo-
chemical reactions of photosynthesis, and on the role, mechanism of action,
and metabolism of plant growth-substances. Prerequisite: plant physiolpgy,
cel1ular physiology.
Bi 544. Plant Physiology Laboratory. 2 or 3 hours.
Laboratory work in techniques used in plant-physiology research, with special
emphasis on plant-tissue cultures. Prerequisite: plant physiology, biochem-
istry.
.Bi 545. Physiology and Ecology of Algae. 3 hours.
Comparative physiology of freshwater and marine algae; ecological signifi-
cance of physiological processes; annual cycles and limiting factors. Emphasis
on experimental and theoretical approaches to the solution of ecological prob-
lems. 3 lectures. Offered alternate years. Castenholz.
Bi 551. Biology of Fishes. 4 hours.
The anatomy, development, and biology of fishes. Morris.
Bi 565. Experimental Embryology. 4 hours.
Problems and techniques of experimental morphogenesis and development.
Lectures and laboratory work. Prerequisite: Bi 356. Grant.
Bi 597, 598, 599. Advanced Biology. 3 hours each term.
Lectures, Teadings, and discussions of basic principles and recent advances
in selected aspects of biological science, with special attention to the neec1s
and problems of secondary-school teachers. Tepfer.
COURSES OFFERED ONLY IN SUMMER SESSIONS
Bi 417. Introduction to Mammalian Physiology. (g) 4 hours.
Bi 439. Field Botany. (G) 4 hours.
Bi 459. Field Ornithology. (G) 3 hours.
*Bi 461, 462. Invertebrate Zoology. (G) 4 hours each term.
*Bi 467. Marine Invertebrate Types. (g) 3 hours.
*Bi 468. Invertebrate Embryology. (G) 4 hours.
*Bi 476. Biology of Marine Organisms. (G) 8 hours.
*Bi 477. Planktonology. (G) 4 hours.
*Bi 478. Marine Ecology. (G) 4 hours.
Bi 590. Recent Advances in Biology. 4 hours.
Chemistry
Professors: R. M. NOYES (department head), A. S. BAILEY, S. A. BERNHARD, V.
BOEKELHEIDE, T. L. HILL, L. H. KLEMM, A. H. KUNz (emeritus), R. M.
MAzo, W. L. PETICOLAs,t F. ]. REITHEL,]. A. SCHELLMAN, W. T. SIMPSON,
D. F. SWINEHART, P. H. VON HIPPEL.t
Associate Professors: L. ]. DOLBY, EDWARD HERBERT, O. P. MALHOTRA, R. G.
WOLFE.
Assistant Professors: O. H. GRIFFITH, ]. E. GURST,]. F. W. KEANA, C. E. KLOP-
FENSTEIN,t T. W. KOENIG, A. R. LARRABEE, M. L. SAGE, ]. S. SHABTAI.
Senior Instructor: R. ]. BARNHARD.
Instructor: GERRIT DE WILDE.
* Offered at the Institute of Marine Biology.
t On leave of absence 1966-67.
152 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Associates; FRANCES ACHEE, P. M. BAYLEY, JACK CARMICHAEL, R. G. COFFEY,
DAVID EDWARDS, CARL ELLIGER, WALTER GODCHAUX III, FRITZ GRAF, DON-
ALD HAGUE, B. A. HESS, THOMAS HOOKER, ADIEL LITAN, DENNIS POSTLE-
THWAITE, J. T. ROBBINS, GLORIA SAGE, P. S. SANTHANAM, F. CHARLOTTE
SCHELLMAN, PAULHEINZ SCHWEITZER, ELMAR STURM, JAN WIECZOREK,
REINHARD ZELL.
Assistants; S. D. ADAMSON, E. H. ADLER, P. H. ANDERSON, T. E. BARKLOW, T. L.
BARR, BARBARA A. BARTUSEK, DENNIS BEETHAM, G. V. BETTONEY, D. P
BLATTLER, W. A. BLOCH, JR., R. L. CHRISTENSEN, C. C. CONTAXIS, W. L.
CRANOR, R. T. CRUTHOFF, E. M. CUSTER, M. L. DEINZER, CAROLYN DENNY,
R. j. DINERSTEIN, L. O. EDWARDS, J. G. EISKAMP, SHERVIN ESFANDIARI,
BRUNO FANCONI, R. D. FEINMAN, SALLY R. FOUCH, V. A. FRIED, L. \V. GAY,
RICHARD GORDON, PAOLO GRAMACCIONI, G. W. GRIBBLE, E. M. HERSHBERGER,
H. ]. HOFRICHTER, JUDITH HOLT, T. A. HYLTON, j. L. lVEY, R. D. JACQUOT,
S. \V. JOHN, \V. O. JOHNSON, D. M. KAPLAN, SEIKO KATAGIRI,]. E. KEIZER,
M.]. KELLY, SHOW-JY Ho LAu,]. A. LAWSON II, P. D. LORD, L. F. LOWDEN,
S. L. LoWE, R. A. MACQUARRIE, V. S. MADISON, M. H. MALLON, K.' S. MAR-
SHALL, F. P. MASON, D. R. McCoy, T. M. MCGUIRE, R. J. MILLIGAN, C. Y.
MOK, MARGARET]. MORRIS, R. W. MORRIS, ]. E. NOTTKE, R. M. NEWTON,
D. D. O'RELL, E. W. PAUL, WENDELL PEPPERDINE, WILSON RADDING, C. E.
RAMEY, J. \V. RAYMONDA, R. M. RODIA, T. L. ROSENBERRY, SUSAN ROTT-
SCHAFER, YAN FENG SHEN, PAUL STEIN, D. R. TAYLOR, D. C. TOMPKINS,
S. R. TWEDT, A. S. WAGGONER, ELLEN E. WEDUM, R. A. WIELESEK, G. M.
WHITE,]. F. WITTE, R. A. WOLF, W. R. WOODWARD, C. C. WRIGHT.
UNDERGRADUATE COURSES in chemistry are designed primarily to pro-
vide a broad knowledge of the field as a part of the program of liberal education
offered by the College of Liberal Arts. They are also designed to provide a sub-
stantial foundation in chemistry for students interested in (1) advanced work in
chemistry or other sciences, (2) teaching in colleges or secondary schools, (3) a
career in industrial chemistry, and (4) premedical or predental studies.
The high-school preparation of a prospective chemistry major should include
as much mathematics as possible. One year each of algebra and geometry is a
minimum. Students entering with insufficient preparation in mathematics must
remedy their deficiencies in elementary courses offered by the University. Suh-
stantial preparation in English, social science, literature, and foreign languages
is expected. High-school work in chemistry and physics is desinble but not
required.
The department offers Honors General Chemistry with accompanying labora-
tory (Ch 204, 205, 206 and Ch 207,208, 209). Registration is open to Honors Col-
lege students and to a selected group of superior students. Selection is made chiefly
on the basis of excellence of background in mathematics.
The recommended curriculum for majors includes the following courses in
chemistry and related fields (variations in order may be approved by the de-
partment) :
Freshman Year. General Chemistry (Ch 104, 105, 106 with Ch 107, 108,
109, followed in a subsequent year by Ch 320, or Ch 204,205,206 with Ch 207, 208,
209) ; a year sequence in mathematics (mathematics placement is determined by
high .school records supplemented by College Board scores) ; German.
Sophomore Year. Organic Chemistry (Ch 334, 335, 336) ; Organic Chemistry
Laboratory (Ch 340, 341, 342) ; General Physics (Ph 201, 202, 203, Ph 204, 205,
206) ; Calculus with Analytical Geometry (Mth 200, 201, 202), if not taken in thl.'
freshman year; German. '
Junior Year. Physical Chemistry (Ch 441, 442, 443); Physical-Chemical
Measurements (Ch 446, 447, 448) ; Biochemistry (Ch 461, 462, 463) for students
intending to do graduate work in this field.
CHEMISTRY 153
Senior Year. Research (Ch 401) ; an additional sequence in chemistry at
the senior level.
The additional advanced sequence in the sel110r year may be elected from
such courses as Physical-Inorganic Chemistry (Ch 411,412), Biochemistry (Ch
461, 462, 463, Ch 464), Chemical Thermodynamics (Ch 551, 552), Advanced
Organic Chemistry (Ch 531, 532, 533). Students who are particularly interested
in biochemistry may take Ch 461, 462, 463 in their junior year.
The recommendations for the major outlined above meet the specifications
of the Committee on Undergraduate Training of the American Chemical So-
ciety. Upon notification by the Department of Chemistry, the society issues cer-
tificates to students who successfully complete the recommended curriculum.
Students who desire a less specialized major, without American Chemical So-
ciety certification, may omit German and the extra chemistry sequence in the
senior year.
Students who do not earn a grade of C or better in first-year chemistry
courses are not permitted to enroll in second-year courses; however, they have
the option to repeat the first-year chemistry course in which they received a grade
lower than C.
To be recommended for the bachelor's degree with a major in chemistry, a
student must have earned a minimum CPA of 2.00 in courses in chemistry, physics.
and mathematics.
To be eligible for enrollment in upper-division courses in chemistry, transfer
students who plan a major in chemistry must have a college GPA of 2.75 or higher.
Secondary-School Teaching in Chemistry. For certification as a teacher
of chemistry in Oregon high schools, the Oregon State Department of Education
requires (l) the satisfaction of certain minimum standards of subject preparation
and (2) the recommendation of the institution at which the student completes his
I
subject preparation.
To meet the state standards in chemistry and the requirements for recom-
.mcndation by the University of Oregon, the student is advised to take the follow-
ing courses: General Chemistry (Ch 104, 105, 106) ; General Chemistry Labora-
tory (Ch 107) ; Inorganic Qualitative Analysis (Ch 108) ; Introductory Volu-
metric Analysis (Ch 109); Organic Chemistry (Ch 334, 335, 336); Organic
Chemistry Laboratory (Ch 337, 338) ; Quantitative Analysis (Ch 320). These
courses provide acquaintance with several fields of chemistry. The program does
not satisfy the requirements for a bachelor's degree with a major in chemistry.
Normally, students intending to teach chemistry in secondary schools meet the
requirements for a bachelor's degree with a major in general science. Additional
courses for secondary-school teachers are offered in the summer sessions.
~For further information, the student should consult the member of the
chemistry faculty who serves as adviser for prospective teachers.
Bonors. See HONORS COLLEGE, pages 132 ff.
Undergraduate Research Fellowships. Through a grant from the National
Science Foundation, the department offers a number of undergraduate research
participation fellowships to qualified junior and senior chemistry majors. The
stipends are, on the average, $200 for the academic year and $600 for the summer
months. Inquiries about the program should be addressed to the department head.
Graduate Study. The Department of Chemistry offers graduate work leading
to the Master of Arts, Master of Science, and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. De-
tailed information is published in the Graduate School Catalog.
The department is prepared to accept Ph.D. candidatesfor work in the follow-
ing fields of chemistry: physical chemistry,chemical physics, organic .chemistry,
theoretical chemistry, biochemistry, and inorganic chemistry.
154 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Ch 101, 102, 103. Elementary Chemistry. 4 hours each term.
A brief presentation of some of the major areas of chemistry. Does not satisfy
prerequisite for upper-division courses in chemistry. 3 lectures, 1 discussion
period fall term; 2 lectures, 1 discussion period, 1 three-hour laboratory win-
ter and spring.
Oh 104,105, 106. General Chemistry. 3 hours each term.
An introduction to the field of chemistry, providing an understanding of the
structures of atoms, molecules, and ions and their interactions, and a founda-
tion for the further study of chemistry. 3 lectures. Prerequisite: Mth 95 or
equivalent.
Ch 107. Introductory Chemistry Laboratory. 2 hours fall.
Experiments related to fundamental chemical principles. 1 lecture-discussion
and 1 three-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: Mth 95 or equivalent.
Ch 108. Inorganic Qualitative Analysis. 2 hours spring.
. The separation and identification of cations and anions by semi-micro methods.
Planned to accompany Ch 106. Prerequisite: Ch 107, grade of C or better in
Ch 105. 1 three-hour laboratory period; 1 quiz period.
Ch 109. Introductory Volumetric Analysis. 2 hours winter.
Introduction to titrimetric techniques for the estimation of selected species.
Planned to accompany Ch 105. Prerequisite: Ch 107, with grade of C or
higher-. 1 three-hour laboratory period; 1 quiz period.
Ch 204, 205, 206. General Chemistry. 3 hours each term.
First-year college chemistry for selected students with excellent back-
grounds in high-school chemistry, physics, and mathematics. Quantitative
and theoretical aspects of the subject emphasized, with less descriptive ma-
terial than in Ch 104, 105, 106. Open to Honors College students and other
well-prepared students. Selection is based chiefly on mathematics preparation.
3 lectures.
Ch 207. Inorganic Qualitative Analysis. 2 hours fall.
The separation and identification of cations and anions by semi-micro methods.
Planned to accompany Ch 104 or Ch 204. Intended primarily for Honors
College students and prospective chemistry majors. Admission limited to
selected students. 2 three-hour laboratory periods.
Ch 208. Introductory Gravimetric Analysis. 2 hours spring.
The separation and gravimetric determination of selected inorganic species.
Planned to accompany Ch 106 or Ch 206. Intended primarily for Honors
College students and prospective chemistry majors. Admission limited to
selected students. 2 three-hour laboratory periods.
Ch 209. Introductory Volumetric Analysis. 2 hours winter.
The quantitative estimation of selected molecular species by titration pro-
cedures. Planned to accompany Ch 105 or Ch 205. Intended primarily for
Honors College students and prospective chemistry majors. Admission limited
to selected students. 2 three-hour laboratory periods.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Ch 320. Quantitative Analysis. 4 hours spring.
Laboratory work devoted mainly to volumetric analysis. Satisfies the require-
ments in quantitative analysis for admission to medical or dental schools. Not
intended for chemistry majors. 2 lectures; 2 three-hour laboratory periods.
Prerequisite: Ch 106 or Ch 206; Ch 109 or Ch 209.
Ch 334, 335, 336. Organic Chemistry. 3 hours each term.
Comprehensive study of the chemistry of the compounds of carbon. 3 lectures.
Prerequisite: Ch 106 and Ch 108 or Ch 206 and Ch 208 with a grade of C
or better.
CHEMISTRY ISS
Ch 337, 338. Introductory Organic Laboratory. 2 hours each term, fall· and
winter.
Introduction to the principles and techniques of laboratory practice in or-
ganic chemistry. Prerequisite: Ch 109 or Ch 209 with a grade of C or better.
1 lecture; 1 three-hour laboratory period.
Ch 340, 341, 342. Organic Chemistry Laboratory. 2-3 hours per term.
A survey of the principles and techniques fundamental to laboratory practice
in organic chemistry, including aspects of both qualitative and quantitative
organic analysis. Prerequisite: Ch 108 or Ch 208 with a grade of C or better.
Required for chemistry majors; open to Honors College students and, by
selection, to others desiring a more intensive training in laboratory practice
than is provided in Ch 337, 338. 1 lecture; 2 three-hour laboratory periods.
Ch 401. Research. Hours to be arranged.
For advanced undergraduates. An introduction to the methods of chemical
investigation.
Ch 403. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Open only to students eligible to work for the bachelor's degree with honors
in chemistry.
Ch 40S. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
Ch 409. Special Laboratory Problems. (G) Hours to be arranged.
I
Provides laboratory instruction not classifiable as research; laboratory work
covered in other courses is not duplicated. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
eh 411, 412. Physical-Inorganic Chemistry. (G) 3 hours each term, fall and
, winter.
A comprehensive study·of the structure, properties, and reactions of atomic
and molecular species in the various states of aggregation. Prerequisite:
three years of college chemistry.
Ch 416. Kinetics in Solution. (G) 3 hours.
Theories of rates of homogeneous reactions in solution; application to the
elucidation of the mechanisms of chemical reactions. Prerequisite: physical
chemistry. Offered alternate years.
h 441, 442, 443. Physical Chemistry. (g) 4 hours each term.
Comprehensive study of the theoretical aspects of physical-chemical phe·
nomena. Atomic and molecular properties; macroscopic systems in equi-
librium; nonequilibrium macroscopic systems. 4 lectures. Prerequisite: two
years of college chemistry (except for physics majors), one year of calculus.
446,447,448. Physical-Chemical Measurements. (g) 2 hours each term.
Analytical applications of electrical and optical instruments; techniques of
physical chemistry, including basic electronic, potentiometric, electrical,
optical spectroscopic, and high-vacuum methods; experiments include thermo-
dynamic and kinetic measurements and a short research project. Prerequisite:
Ch 108, Ch 109 or Ch 208, Ch 209; Ch 441, 442, 443 (may be taken con-
currently). 2 three-hour laboratory periods.
h 461,462,463. Biochemistry. (G) 3 hours each term.
Chemical interpretation of biological phenomena; study of compounds having
biological significance. 3 lectures. Prerequisite: Ch 108, Ch 109 or Ch 208,
Ch 209; knowledge of organic and physical chemistry and biology.
h464. Biochemistry Laboratory. (G) 3 hours fall.
Designed to illustrate approaches currently being used in research in enzyme
kinetics, enzyme rmrification, structure of nucleic acids and peptides, protein
synthesis in cell-free systems, nucleic acid coding, and biochemical pathways
in bacterial mutants. 2 three-hqur laboratory periods; lone-hour conference.
Selected students may continue laboratory work in winter and spring terms
under Ch 409.
156 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
GRADUATE COURSES
*Ch 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
"'Ch 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Ch 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
*Ch 507. Seminar. 1 hour each term.
Seminars offered in physical chemistry, organic chemistry, and biochemistn
Ch 508. Special Topics in Theoretical Chemistry. 2 or 3 hours.
Topics in thermodynamics (equilibrium and nonequilibrium), statistica
thermodynamics, or quantum chemistry.
Ch 531, 532, 533. Advanced Organic Chemistry. 3 hours each term.
Advanced general. survey of organic chemistry; structural theory, synthesei
scope and mechanism of reactions.
Ch 534, 535, 536. Special Topics in Organic Chemistry. 2 or 3 hours each term.
Discussion of advanced topics selected from: carbocyclic and heterocyclic com
pounds, surface reactions and catalysis, stereochemistry, physical-organi
concepts. .
Ch 541, 542, 543. Chemical Kinetics. 3 hours each term.
The work of each term is selected from such topics as: classical kinetic theor
of gases, statistical mechanics, statistical thermodynamics, chemical kinetic
in the gas phase and in solution, catalysis. Offered alternate years.
Ch 544, 545, 546. Quantum Chemistry. 2 or 3 hours each term.
Topics of chemical interest discussed in terms of the quantum theory. Intrc
duction to wave mechanics, discussion of chemical bonding and the origin c
the theory of resonance, andtopics from atomic and molecular spectra.
Ch 551, 552. Chemical Thermodynamics. 3 hours each term, fall and winter.
The laws of thermodynamics and their applications to gases, liquids, solid:
phase equilibria, solutions, electrolytes, chemical equilibria, electrochemi:strJ
surfaces, elasticity, external fields, etc.
Ch 553, 554. Statistical Thermodynamics. 3 hours each term, fall and winter.
Molecular interpretation of the properties of equilibrium systems; principle
and applications to gases, crystals, liquids, phase transitions, solutions, e1ec
trolytes, gas adsorption, polymers, chemical equilibria, etc. Offered alternat
years. Students may take Ph 451, 452, 453 when Ch 553, 554 are not offeree
Ch 561, 562, 563. Enzymes and Intermediary Metabolism. 2 or 3 hours eac
term.
Enzyme kinetics and detailed consideration of glycolysis, biological oxidatiol
lipid metabolism, and selected biological synthesis.
Ch 564, 565, 566. Physical Biochemistry. 2 or 3 hours each term.
The physical properties of biological macromolecules; proteins, nucleic acid:
and viruses. The relationship between the molecular conformation and th
special chemical, physical, and biological properties of these various macrc
molecules. Prerequisites: calculus and a knowledge of the elements of solt
tion thermodynamics.
COURSES OFFERED ONLY IN SUMMER SESSIONS
Ch 419. Advanced General Chemistry. (g) 4 or 5 hours.
Ch 429. Survey of Analytical Chemistry. (g) 4 or 5 hours.
Ch 439. Survey of Organic Chemistry. (g) 4 or 5 hours.
* No-gr~de .C;:OUfse.
COMPARATIVE LITERATURE
Comparative Literature
157
THE UNIVERSITY OFFERS a program of graduate study in comparative
literature, leading to the M.A. and Ph.D. degrees. The program is administered
by a faculty committee drawn from the Department of English and the Division
of Modern and Classical Languages. Dr. Chandler B. Beall, professor of Romance
languages, is chairman of the committee.
While the student's program includes courses and seminars in comparative
literature, the greater portion of his work is selected from advanced offerings in
the classics and in English, German, Romance, and Slavic literatures. Command
of at least two foreign languages, ancient or modern, is required for admission.
Doctoral candidates must work in at least three literatures, one of which may
be English, and must demonstrate competence in three foreign languages, one of
which must be Latin or Greek.
COMPARATVE LITERATURE, the official journal of the American Comparative
Literature Association, is published quarterly by the University of Oregon.
Dentistry, Preparatory
THE COUNCIL ON DENTAL EDUCATION of the American Dental Asso-
ciation has established the following minimum requirements for admission to
approved dental schools: at least 90 term hours of collegiate courses, including one
year of English, one year of general chemistry, one year of biology or zoology,
one year of physics, and one-half year of organic chemistry; a grade-point average
of at least 2.00.
The University offers a three-year predental curriculum, which satisfies these
requirements, to prepare students for admission to the University of Oregon Dental
School and other accredited dental schools. The completion of this curriculum
and two years of dental-school work satisfies all requirements for a bachelor's
degree from the University with a major in general science. With the proper
choice of electives in the predental curriculum, the student may qualify for a
bachelor's degree with a major in biology.
Students who expect to complete the requirements for a bachelor's degree at
the Dental School should satisfy, in their predental program, all requirements
for the degree (including general University requirements and requirements for
a major in the College of Liberal Arts) that cannot be satisfied with work taken
at the Dental School. For general University requirements for a bachelor's degree.
see pages 76 ff.
Although a bachelor's degree is not prerequisite to a professional degree in
dentistry, the University of Oregon Dental School and most other dental schools
recommend that their students qualify for this degree in addition to the pro-
fessional degree.
Predental students are advised to begin correspondence with the University
of Oregon Dental School or the dental school they plan to attend during the spring
term of their first year at the University. Aptitude tests given by the American
Dental Association should be taken not later than the fall term one year before
admission; applications to take this test must be made well in advance of the
scheduled date of the test. Predental students should consult the Dental School
Catalog for dates.
The following courses satisfy both the science requirements for admission to
the University of Oregon Dental School and, with additional science instruction
atthe Dental School, the requirements for a major in general science :
158 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Term Hours
Mathematics (ahove level of Mth 10) 12
General Chemistry (Ch 104, IDS, 1(6)............................... 9
Introductory Chemistry Laboratory (Ch l(7), Inorganic Qualitative
Analysis (Ch 108), Introductory Volumetric Analysis (Ch l(9).................. 6
Organic Chemistry (Ch 334, 335, Ch 337)................................................................ 9
General Biology (Bi 101, 102, 103).......................... 12
Upper·division biology (Bi 355, Bi 356 recommended)............................................ 8
General Physics (Ph 201, 202,203, Ph 204, 205, 206)............................................ 15
One term of Sculpture (Art 293) or Jewelry (Art 257) is recommended as an
elective.
Economics
Professors: ROBERT CAMPBELL (department head), R. L. ALLEN,* CALVIN CRUM-
BAKER (emeritus), R. M. DAVIS, C. D. EDWARDS, J. H. GILBERT (emeritus),
P. L. KLEINSORGE, H. T. KOPLIN, R. F. MIKESELL, V. P. MORRIS (emeritus),
B. N. SIEGEL, P. B. SIMPSON, M. D. WATTLES.
Associate Professors: G. O. BIERWAG, M. A. GROVE, R. E. SMITH,t J. N. TATTER-
SALL.
Assistant Professors: CHULSOON KHANG, M. E. MCGOLDRICK, J. E. TRIPLETT, JR.
Instructor: J. E. ZINSER.
Fellows: K. A. BLACKERBY, J. E. BURNS, J. M. COOPER, R. L. FERRAR, D. E. GALLO,
G. J. LONG, E. F. MAERTENS, J. W. MITCHELL, J. M. NEWTON, J. M. OTT,
D. M. REES, E. O. STEPHENS, D. B. STEWART, C. M. STROH.
Assistants: D. S. ALLEN, F. J. ALESSIO, S. L. BARSBY, B. BEN-ZION, M. H. BEST,
P. E. CHURCH, A. B. CULVER, J. M. FRIEDMAN, D. A. HALL, C. T. HAWORTH,
L. E. JOHNSON, D. A. JOLLY, G. J. LANDRY, D. C. SCHEEL, D. R. SCHLOW,
N. W. SCHROCK, G: M, SMITH, R. B. SWANSON, J. P. VENIERIS, C. H. WICK-
HAM.
UNDERGRADUATE COURSES IN ECONOMICS are designed primarily to
provide a broad knowledge of the field as a part of the program of liberal education
offered by the College of Liberal Arts. They are also designed to give a substantial
foundation in economics to students interested in (1) professional graduate train-
ing in economics, (2) professional careers in business, law, and government, and
(3) secondary-school teaching.
. Major Requirements. The following courses are required for an under-
graduate maj or in economics:
Lower Dhrision. Principles of Economics (Ec 201, 202, 203) ; 12 term hours
of work in mathematics chosen from Mth 104, 105, 106,200,201,202,203,204,205,
206 (this requirement may not be satisfied with advanced placement credit for Mth
104, 105, 106) ; 6 term hours of work in statistics. The statistics requirement may
be satisfied with Introduction to Business Statistics (BS 232), Elementary Infer-
ence in Business Statistics (BS 333) or Elements of Statistical Methods (Mth
425,426).
Upper Division. Economic Theory (Ec 375, 376, 377). In addition, majors
must complete 27 term hours of work in upper-division courses in economics, at
least 18 of which must be in year sequences. (Ec 318, Ec 319, Ec 320 is not con-
sidered a year sequence.)
Suggested programs of study for economics majors planning to attend gradu-
ate school or to enter careers in business, law, government, or secondary-school
teaching may be obtained from the Department of Economics:
* On sabbatical leave 1966·67.
t On leave of absence 1966·67.
ECONOMICS 159
Secondary-School Teaching of Social Studies. For certification as a teacher
of social studies in Oregon high schools, the Oregon State Department of Educa-
tion requires (I) the satisfaction of certain minimum standards of subject prepara-
tion and (2) the recommendation of the institution at which the student completes
his subject preparation.
To meet the state standards in social studies and the requirements for recom-
mendation by the University of Oregon, a major in economics must complete the
following program, selected from the fields of hisfory, geography, political sci-
ence, economics, and sociology or anthropology, with a 2.50 GPA or higher: (1)
work in economics required for a major in the field; (2) 27 term hours in history;
(3) 9 term hours in a third field; (4) at least one course in each of two additional
fields. The program must include a minimum of 36 term hours in upper-division
courses.
For further information, the student should consult the member of the eco-
nomics faculty who serves as adviser for prospective teachers.
Honors. See HONORS COLLEGE, pages 132 ff.
Graduate Work in Economics. The Department of Economics offers gradu-
ate work leading to the degrees of Master of Arts, Master of Science, and Doctor
of Philosophy. For the general requirements see GRADUATE SCHOOL, pages 115 ff.
A candidate' for the Ph.D. degree in economics must select four fields for
concentrated study, including economic theory, and must pass a written compre-
hensive examination in each field and an oral examination covering the four fields.
One field may be in another department or school of the University. A working
knowledge of statistics is required for admission to candidacy for the degree.
A candidate for the Ph.D. degree in another discipline may present a field of
economics as a cognate subject, provided he has had proper preparation, including
a background in economic theory, to support the field of special interest.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Ec 201, 202, 203. Principles of Economics. 3 hours each term.
Principles that underlie production, exchange, distribution, etc. Special sec-
tion for Honors College students. Prerequisite: sophomore standing. Allen,
Bierwag, Campbell. Kleinsorge, Koplin, Smith, ·Wattles.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Ec 318. Money and Banking. 3 hours fall.
Operations of commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System, and the Treas-
ury that affect the United States monetary system. Prerequisite: Ec 201,202,
203 or consent of instructor.
Ec 319. Taxation and Fiscal Policy. 3 hours winter.
Principles and problems of government financing. Expenditures, revenues,
debt, and financial administration. Prerequisite: Ec 201, 202, 203 or consent
of instructor. Grove.
Ec 320. International Finance. 3 hours spring.
The nature of foreign-exchange markets; techniques of international pay-
ments; exchange rates and their determination; problems of an international
monetary standard; international banking facilities; economic aspects of
major international organizations. Prerequisite: Ec 201, 202, 203 or consent
of instructor.
Ec 375, 376, 377. Economic Theory. 3 hours each term.
Systematic study of the concepts and methods of current economic analysis,
with special atttention to the neoclassical school. Includes work in the fields of
value and distribution, fluctuations, employment, etc. Required of all majors.
Prerequisite: Ec 201,202,203. Bierwag, Khang, Koplin, Triplett.
160 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Ec 401. Research. Hours to be arranged.
Ec 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
Ec 407. Seminar. (g) Hours to be arranged.
Ec 411, 412, 413. Monetary and Banking Theory. (G) 3 hours each term.
Analysis of the nature of money, effects of changes in the money supply,
monetary controls used by the Federal Reserve System and the Treasury,
international repercussions of domestic monetary policies, international bank-
ing agencies; critique of various monetary policies. Prerequisite: Ec 201,
202, 203. Siegel, Simpson.
Ec414, 415, 416. Regional Economics. (G) 3 hours each term.
Economic analysis applied to regional proble~s, with emphasis on problems
and techniques relevant to the Pacific Northwest economy. Fall: economics
of land use and resource conservation; winter: theory of location of economic
activities; regional social accounting, balance of payments, comparative cost
studies; spring: application of analytical tools to study of regional specializa-
tion in the United States economy and to problems of regional growth and
stability; urban and metropolitan structure and problems. Prerequisite:
Ec 201, 202, 203. Tattersall, Allen.
Ee 417. Contemporary Economic Problems. (g) 3 hours fall.
Contemporary economic conditions and problems; analysis of economic poli-
cies and practices affecting such problems.
Ec 418. Econ(}my of the Pacific Northwest. (g) 3 hours spring.
Historical development and present industrial structure of the Pacific North-
west economy. Analysis of recent income changes, locational factors influ-
encing development of major industries, relations with other regions, impact
of Federal and state government policy. Simpson, Tattersall.
Ec 429, 430, 431. Public Finance. (G) 3 hours each term.
Critical analysis of taxes as sources of public revenue, with emphasis on
tax theories and incidence. Effects of expenditure, tax, and debt J.lolicies of
government upon the total economy. Prerequisite: Ec 201,202,203. Grove.
Ec 432, 433, 434. The Economics of Public Policy. (G) 3 hours each term.
Application of economic principles and techniques to public policy issues;
function of the economist in the formulation and implementation of public
policy. Case studies involving systematic treatment of economic issues. in-
cluding precise formulation and weighing of alternatives; compilation and
analysis of relevant data. Mikesell. Smith.
Ec 440, 441, 442. International Economics. (G) 3 hours each term.
Theory of international trade; problems in balance-of-payments adj ustments
during critical periods; commercial policies of the more-important nations:
international economic organizations in theory and practice. Prerequisite:
Ec 201,202,203. Allen, Wattles, Mikesell.
Ec 444. Labor Economics. (G) 3 hoursfall.
Economic analysis applied to the labor market, with particular emphasis on
wage determination, the relation between wages and prices, and the relation
between wages and employment. Prerequisite: Ec 201. 202, 203. Kleinsorge,
Smith, Triplett.
Ec445. Organized Labor. (G) 3 hours winter.
Theories of the labor movement; history of the American labor movement;
aims, methods, and policies of trade unions, conservative and radical; the im-
pact of labor organizations on the American economy. Prerequisite: Ec 201.
202, 203. Kleinsorge, Smith. Triplett.
Ec446. Labor Legislation. (G) 3 hours spring.
Analysis of labor legislation in the United States and of court decisions in
leading btbor cases ;problems;fadng employee;-elnpIO'yeti and'public-that call
ECONOMICS 161
for regulation through public authority. Prerequisite: Ec 201, 202, 203.
Kleinsorge, Smith, Triplett.
Ec 447, 448, 449. Collective Bargaining. (G) 2 hours each term.
Major techniques of negotiation; union and management policies; strikes and
lockouts. Methods of settling labor disputes, including grievance procedures,
conciliation, fact finding, and arbitration. Prerequisite: Ec 444 or consent of
instructor. Kleinsorge, Triplett.
Ec 450, 451, 452. Comparative Economic Systems. (g) 2 hours each term.
An analytical comparison of capitalism and other economic systems. Pre-
requisite: Ec 201,202,203. Smith, Wattles.
Ec 454, 455, 456. Economic History of Modern Europe. (G) 3 hours each term.
The economic development and economic institutions of modern Europe. Fall :
from the beginning of the sixteenth century to the beginnings of the Indus-
trial Revolution in Britain; winter: late eighteenth century to end of nine-
teenth century; spring: twentieth century. Lorwin.
Ec 460,461,462. Industrial Organization and Public Policy. (G) 3 hours each
term.
First term: Business policies, market organization, methods of competition,
and distributive relationships, with particular attention to large diversified in-
dustrial enterprises. Second term: The nature and application of the antitrust
laws. Third term: Unsolved problems in the relations of government to busi-
ness; comparison of American and foreign policies. Prerequisite: Ec 201, 202,
203. Either of first two terms may be taken separately-both are requisite for
the third term. Edwards, Smith. .
Ec 463. Economics of Regulated Industries. (G) 3 hours winter.
Analysis of economic characteristics of industries in which the decision-
making process is regulated by government administration rather than by
competition: a description and evaluation of administrative procedures em-
ployed. Industries covered include transportation and the production of elec-
tricity, natural gas, and crude oil. Smith.
Ec 464, 465, 466. Quantitative Economic Analysis. (G) 3 hours each term.
The use of mathematical techniques in economic analysis. Consumption and
production theory, programming, input-output; general equilibrium; mul-
tiplier, accelerator, growth, and inventory models. Prerequisite: Ec 201, 202,
203; Mth 104, 105,106 or equivalent. Khang, Simpson.
Ec 470,471,472. History of Economic Thought. (G) 3 hours each term.
The evolution of man's ideas about economic matters; the classical school and
the development of modern economic thought. Campbell, Davis.
Ec 480,481,482. Mathematical Economics. (G) 3 hours each term.
Construction and fitting of mathematical models of economic life. Prerequi-
site: Mth 104, 105, 106; Ec 201, 202, 203. Simpson.
Ec 483,484,485. National Income and Business Cycles. (G) 3 hours each term.
Theory and practice of social accounting, index numbers, measure of business
cycle stages, leading and lagging series, behavior of labor cost, productivity,
and other economic measures of business fluctuations.' Prerequisite: Ec 201,
202,203. Simpson.
Ec 487, 488, 489. American Economic History. (G) 3 hours each term.
All phases of the economic development of the United States. Peterson,
Tattersall.
Ec 490,491, 492. Development of Industrial Economies. (G) 3 hours ~ach
term.
Comparative study of economic growth in. the advanced industrial nations:
North America, Western Europe, Japan, U.S.S.R. Analysis of differential
national and regional growth rates; sources of economic growth; structural
characteristics of developing economies; problems in measurement of long-
term growth trends. Prerequisite: Ec 201, 202, 203. Tattersall.
162 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
GRADUATE COURSES
*Ec 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
*Ec 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Ec 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Ec 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Economic History. Tattersall, Allen.
Industrial Organization and Control. Edwards, Smith.
History of Economic Thought. Campbell, Koplin.
Labor Economics. Kleinsorge, Triplett.
International Economics. Mikesell, Wattles.
Money and Credit. Siegel.
Quantitative Economics. Simpson, Bierwag, Khang.
Public Finance. Grove.
Ec 514, 515, 516. Regional Economic Analysis. 3 hours each term.
Analysis of the structure of economic regions, theories of regional and inter-
regional relations,· location of economic adivity, central place theory and
land and natural-resource use patterns, techniques of analysis, empirical
studies, and regional policies. Allen, Tattersall.
Ec 524, 525, 526. Economic Growth and Development. 3 hours each term.
Economic, cultural, and political factors in economic development with spe-
cial emphasis on low-income countries. Theory of economic development;
case studies in economic gTowth; measures for accelerating development of
poor countries; special problems of underdeveloped countries. Prerequisite:
Ec 201, 202, 203; 12 term hours in upper-division social science. Mikesell.
Ec 558,559,560. Advanced Economic Theory. 3 hours each term.
Intensive examination of the basic principles of price and distribution theory
and of income and employment analysis. Koplin, Siegel, Davis.
Ec 561, 562, 563. Income and Employment Theory. 3 hours each term.
Theory of output as a whole; theories of growth and fluctuations in the eco-
nomic system, with emphasis on recent literature. Davis, Koplin.
Ec 575, 576, 577. Price and Distribution Theory. 3 hours each term.
Modern developments in the theory of price determination, income distribu-
·tion, and economic welfare. Davis, Koplin.
English
Professors: KESTER SVENDSEN (department head), ROLAND BARTEL, F. G. BLACK,
S. B. GREENFIELD, H. H. HOELTJE (emeritus), R. D. HORN, S. N. KARCH-
MER, A. R. KITZHABER, W. F. McNEIR, E. G. MOLL (emeritus), CARLISLE
MOORE, J. C. SHERWOOD, vV. F. G. THACHER (emeritus), A. K. WEATHER-
HEAD,C. A.-WEGELIN.
Associate Professors: R. C. BALL,t W. E. CADBURY,· ALICE H. ERNST (emeritus),
JOHN HAISLIP, W. J. HANDY, J. A. HYNES, S. R. MAVEETY (assistant depart-
ment head), E. L. MAYo, R. J. SALISBURY,t O. M. WILLARD.
Assistant Professors: LUCILE ALY, CONSTANCE BORDWELL, MERRIT CROSS, PAS-
QUALE DI PASQUALE, THELMA GREENFIELD, GLORIA JOHNSON,E. D. KITTOE,
R. L. LACY, G. A. LOVE (director of composition), STODDARD MALARKEY, T. F.
MUNDLE (emeritus), G. W. ROCKETT, IRMA SHERWOOD, CLARENCE SLOAT,
HELEN SOEHREN, W. C. STRANGE, P. L. THORPE, J. B. TOELKEN.
Senior Instructor: RUTH JACKSON.
Instructors: A. K. AMOS, R. M. ATKINSON, R. S. BEHAR, R. ]. BERTHOLF, MARNA
BROEKHOFF, M. K. BROWNING, W. M. BURKE, W. R. CAMPBELL, ]. A. CAR-
* No-grade course.
tOn sabbatical leave 1966-67.
ENGLISH 163
STENS, R. M. CLIFHJN, B. E. COMBS, D. D. DIAZ, K. W. DOERRY, M. 1. DURST,
H. W. FETz, S. P. FINK, BELVA FINLAY, ]. W. FOSTER, ]. W. FRALEY, L. H.
FREEMAN, ELAINE GEORGE, W. G. GOBER, MARGARET GONTRUM, MARJORIE
GOSS,. H. S. GREESON, SUE HAMILTON, S. HANDY, R. P. HASTINGS, W. ].
KELLY, GLENNIE M. KITTOE, ANNABEL KITZHABER, GEORGE KLEIN, ]. E.
KNIGHT, HAROLD KUGELMASS, D. R. LARSON, D. W. LAWDER, M. R. LEGRIS,
G. H. LUNDY, M. P. MCKINNEY, R. P. MARIELS, N. D. MEINKE, E. ]. MILO-
WICKI, ]. R. NELSON, M. D. PAYNE, ]OAN PIERSON, ]. A. REITHER, H. M.
ROBINSON, HELEN ROCKETT, LELAND RYKEN, LUCY SAWYER, RUTH SCHROCK,
CAROLYN STARK, DORIS STRINGHAM, D.]. TANNACITO, C. H. TAYLOR, E. A.
VAN AELSTYN, R. R. WILSON, R. M. WIRFS, ROBERT WYATT, ]OAN YEATMAN.
Fellows: E. R.ANDERSON, B. E. COMBS, NAN COPPOCK, DENNIS EBERLE, HOWARD
FETZ, R. ]. GERVAIS, ]. W. GRIFFITH, MAX KIEFFER, H. F. KUHN, CAROL
McNAIR, MARY NAUMER, LELAND RYKEN, R. ]. SPENDAL, POLLY STEWART,
R. C. WESTOVER, ANN M. WOLFF.
Assistants: D. W. ACKERSON, R. W. ADAMS, L. H. BACKSTEDT, ]. M. BLAKE,
C. R. DEEMER, LONI DEMAREST, ROSALIE Fox, P. E. GILLESPIE, ]. L. KURTZ,
T. S. LONG, REGINA LUNDERGAN, H. O. NICHOLS, MANORMA PANDIT, ANN
PRENGAMAN, H. ]. ROBERTS, D. S. ROSE, ]. B. SANDERS, L .T. SPARKS, M. R.
STAEHELI, KAY STEWART, LAURA SWAILS, INGRID WENDT, G. L. WILSON.
THE DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH offers instruction in English and Amer-
ican literature and in writing. Its lower-division courses are designed to supply the
training essential for good writing, to serve as an introduction to humanistic
studies, and to impart the fundamental knowledge requisite for a major in English.
Its upper-division courses are designed to develop an intelligent and just apprecia-
tion of literature, to give some insight into the continuity of literature and the
interrelation of literary movements, and to provide the opportunity for a well-
rounded knowledge of the history of English and American literature and of the
English language.
Major Requirements. The Department of English expects its majors to ac-
quire, in addition to a knowledge of English literature, a general knowledge of
'philosophy and history and a reading knowledge of at least one foreign language.
[
The general major requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Arts in the Depart-
ment of English are as follows:
(1) Satisfaction of the University language requirements for the B.A. degree.
(2) English History (Hst 304, 305, 306), U. S. History (Hst 201, 202, 203),
History of Western Civilization (Hst 101, 102, 103), or History (Honors Col-
lege) (Hst 107, 108, 109).
(3) Survey of English Literature (Eng 101, 102, 103), Introduction to Lit-
erature (Eng 104, 105, 106), World Literature (Eng 107,108,109), or Literature
(Honors College) (AI. 101,102,103); and Shakespeare (Eng 201,202,203) .
. (4) A total of 36 hours in upper-division courses in the department, in-
cluding 3 hours in the Middle Ages, 9 in other literature before 1800, and 9 in
literature since 1800 (these hours need not be taken in per'iod courses). Within
the framework of these requirements, the student should construct, subject to his
adviser's approval, a balanced and coherent program consistent with his per-
sonal interests and vocational needs. Programs centering on English literature,
American literature, or creative writing are suggested, but other patterns are
not excluded. Prospective high-school teachers must satisfy state certification
requirements (see SCHOOL OF EDUCATION).
Secondary-School Teaching of English. For certification as a teacher of
English in Oregon high schools, the Oregon State Department of Education re-
quires (l) the satisfaction of certain minimum standards of subject preparation
164 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
, /
and (2) the recommendation of the institution at which the student completes his
subject preparation.
. Completion of the requirements for a major in English at the University
satisfies the state standards for undergraduate preparation and the requirements
for recommendation by the University of Oregon, provided that the student in-
eludes in his program English Composition for Teachers (Wr 411), Literary
Analysis for Teachers (Eng 488), Modern English Grammar (Eng 492), work in
American literature, and at least one term of speech. The Department of English
will approve enrollment in student teaching only' if the student's work in English
courses is of high quality.
Nonmajors who plan to teach English must complete a total of 42 term hours
in English and speech, including the courses listed above and work in world
literature.
For permanent certification, after a fifth year of preparation, the student must
take work in literary criticism, additional work in English language and grammar,
and literature courses to remedy deficiencies in his undergraduate preparation.
It is recommended that students complete the interdisciplinary master's program
for teachers during the fifth year of preparation.
For further information, the student should consult the member of the English
faculty who serves as adviser for prospective teachers.
Honors. See HONORS COLLEGE, pages 132 ff.
Graduate Work. The Department of English offers graduate work in Eng-
lish literature, American literature, and linguistics, leading to the Master of
Arts and Doctor of Philosophy degrees, and a graduate program in creative
writing leading to the M.A. or Master of Fine Arts degree. A Ph.D. program in
comparative literature, administered by a committee representing the Department
of English and the Department of Foreign Languages, offers opportunity for
advanced study of several literatures in their originallanguaes (see page 157).
Except for candidates in creative writing, a thesis is not required in the M.A.
program. All M.A. candidates take a written examination on a selected list of
literary works.
The program leading to an M.F.A. in creative writing includes studies in
English and American literature, in aesthetics, and in the history and criticism of
art, music, and drama, and the production of a sustained piece of writing of high
literary merit.
For the Ph.D. degree, the department recommends an elementary knowledge
of Latin or Greek in addition to the required reading knowledge of two mod-
ern languages.
Literature
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
"'Eng 52. Corrective Reading. 1 hour any term.
Designed for students who have difficulties in reading at the college level.
Methods for increasing speed and comprehension. Jackson.
tEng 101, 102, 103. Survey of English Literature. 3 hours each term.
Study of the principal works of English literature based on reading selected to
represent great writers, literary forms, and significant currents of thought.
Provides both an introduction to literature and a background that will be use-
ful in the study of other literatures and other fields of cultural history. Fall :
Anglo-Saxon beginnings to the Renaissance; winter: Milton to W ords-
worth; spring: Byron to the present. Bowe, Campbell, Greeson, Mundie,
Schrock, 1. Sherwood, Willard, Wilson, Yeatman.
• N<>-grade course.
t A student may register for only one of the three sequences: Eng 101, 102, 103; Eng 104,
105, 106; Eng 107, 108, 109.
ENGLISH 165
*Eng 104, 105, 106. Introduction to Literature. 3 hours each term.
Study of literature and the nature of literary experience through the reading
of great works of prose and poetry, drawn from English and other literatures.
Works representing the principal literary types are read in their entirety when
possible, with emphasis on such elements as structure, style, characterization,
imagery, and symbolism. Behar, Bertholf, Burke, Campbell, Carstens, Diaz,
Durst, Foster, Fraley, Goss, S. Greenfield, S. Handy, Hastings, Kugelmass,
Larson, Malarkey, Nelson, Payne, Reither, Robinson, Sawyer, Van Aelstyn.
*Eng 107, 108,109. World Literature. 3 hours each term.
Study of the literary and cultural foundations of the Western world through
the analysis of a selection of masterpieces of literature, ancient and modern,
read in chronological order. The readings include continental, English, and
American works. Browning, Clifton, S. Handy, Milowicki, H. Rockett.
Eng 201,202,203. Shakespeare. 3 hours each term.
Study of the important plays-comedies, histories, and tragedies. Required fDr
majors. Black, T. Greenfield, Horn, Johnson, McNeir, Mariels, Maveety,
Pierson, Reither, G. Rockett, ]. Sherwood, Strange, Svendsen, Van Aelstyn.
Eng 253, 254, 255. Survey of American Literature. 3 hours each term.
American literature from its beginnings to the present day. Black, Cross,
Legris.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Eng 301. Tragedy. 3 hours.
A study of the nature of tragedy and of tragic expression in various literary
forms. Strange, Van Aelstyn, Wegelin.
Eng 303. Epic. 3 hours.
The heroic spirit in Western European literature, with emphasis on English
literature. J. C. Sherwood, Strange.
Eng 304. Comedy. 3 hours.
The comic view in both dramatic andnondramatic forms. Main emphasis on
English masters, but with attention also to classical and continental writers.
Principal theories of the comic and of comic literary forms and types. Horn,
Strange.
Eng 305. Satire. 3 hours.
Satire, or criticism through ridicule, as a major type of literary expression.
Examples from various literary forms-dramatic, narrative, and poetic-and
from ancient and foreign literatures as well as English. Special emphasis on
contemporary satire. J. Sherwood, Thorpe.
Eng 306, 307. The Literature of the English Bible. 3 hours each term.
Study of the literary qualities of the English Bible, with some reference to its
influence on English and American literature. Maveety.
Eng 320, 321, 322. English Novel. 3 hours each term.
From Richardson and Fielding to the present. Black, Hynes.
Eng 323. American Satire. 3 hours.
Satire in American literature; its nature, development, and significant con-
tributions to the interpretation of American life. Love.
Eng 391, 392, 393. American Novel. 3 hours each term.
Development of the American novel from its beginnings to the present.
Cross, W. Handy.
Eng 394, 395, 396. Twentieth-Century Literature. 3 hours each term.
A critical survey of British, American, and some European literature from
1890 to the present; significant works of poetry, drama, and fiction studied in
relation to intellectual and historical developments. Cadbury, W. Handy,
Hynes, Moore, Thorpe, Weatherhead.
• Seepage 164, note (t).
166 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Eng 403. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Eng 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
Eng 407. Seminar. (G) Hours to be arranged.
Eng 411, 412, 413. English Drama. (G) 3 hours each term.
The development of English dramatic forms from the beginnings to Sheridan.
Horn, Strange.
Eng 414, 415, 416. History of Literary Criticism. (G) 3 hours each term.
Studies in the theory and practice of literary criticism from Plato and Aris-
totle to the present. J. C. Sherwood.
Eng 420,421,422. Modern Drama. (G) 3 hours each term.
Fall: growth of the modern theater in Europe from beginnings in romanticism
through naturalism to symbolism and the poetic theater before 1914; winter:
European and American drama between 1915-1940, the experimental theater
and its effect on realism; spring: international developments in drama from
1941 to the present. Ball.
Eng 425. Early English Literature. (g) 3 hours.
The literature of the Middle Ages, in relation to the social and literary ideas
of the period. Di Pasquale, S. Greenfield, Toelken.
Eng 428. Chaucer. (g) 3 hours.
As much of Chaucer's work read as time permits. Di Pasquale, S. Greenfield,
Malarkey.
Eng 430, 431, 432. Literature of the Renaissance. (G) 3 hO\1rs each term.
Fall: Renaissance thought; winter: Renaissance epic and prose narrative;
spring: English lyric from Wyatt to Herrick. Thelma Greenfield, McNeir,
Maveety.
Eng 434. Spenser. (G) 3 hours.
McNeir.
Eng 436. Advanced Shakespeare. (g) 3 hours each term.
Intensive study of selected plays. Not open to majors or to students who have
had any term of Eng 201, 202, 203.
Eng 44D, 441, 442. Seventeenth-Century Literature. (G) 3 hours each term.
Poetry and prose from Jonson through the Restoration studied in relation to
the trends of thoug-ht and feeling- which characterize the century. G. Rockett,
Svendsen.
Eng 444. Milton's Minor Poems and Prose. (G) 3 hours.
The Poems of 1645 and the major prose works on liberty, education, and
politics. Svendsen.
Eng 445. Milton's Major Poems. (G) 3 hours.
Paradise Lost, Paradise Regained, and Samson Agonistes. Svendsen.
Eng 450,451,452. Eighteenth-Century Literature. (G) 3 hours each term.
The prose and poetry of the century studied in relation to the social, political,
and aesthetic ideas which gave the period its peculiar character. Horn, Thorpe.
Eng 455. Pope. (G) 3 hours.
J. C. Sherwood.
Eng 460, 461, 462. The Romantic Poets. (G) 3 hours each term.
Fall: Wordsworth and Coleridge; winter: Scott, Byron, and others ; spring:
Keats, Shelley, and others. Bartel, Strange.
Eng 463, 464, 465. The Later Nineteenth-Century Poets. (G) 3 hours each
term.
Fall: Tennyson and Browning; winter: Arnold, the pre-Raphaelites, Swin-
ENGLISH 167
burne, and others; spring: Morris, Thomson, Thompson, Hopkins, and others.
Cadbury.
Eng 470,471,472. Nineteenth-Century Prose. (G) 3 hours each term.
Main currents of thought as reflected in Carlyle, Mill, Newman, Ruskin,
Huxley, Arnold, Pater. Moore.
Eng 477, 478, 479. Nineteenth-Century American Literature. (G) 3 hours each
term.
An intensive study of the American literary tradition. Fall: the beginnings
of national literature; winter: transcendentalism and anti-transcendentalism;
spring: realism and naturalism. Cross.
Eng 481,482,483. Major American Writers. (G) 3 hours each term.
Intensive study of two or three major authors each term, such as Hawthorne,
Emerson, Whitman, Melville, James, Twain, Dickinson, Frost, Eliot, Heming-
way, Faulkner. W. Handy.
Eng 487. Yeats and Joyce. (G) 3 hours.
The principal works of Yeats and Joyce, considered against the background
of the Irish Renaissance. J. C. Sherwood.
Eng 488. Literary Analysis for Teachers. (g) 3 hours.
For students interested in teaching high-school English. Training in compre-
hension and analysis of fiction, poetry, and drama from English and American
literature. Bartel.
Eng 491. History of the English Language. (g) 3 hours.
A general view of modern English vocabulary, grammar, pronunciation, and
spelling. Recommended for students preparing for the teaching of English in
the secondary schools. Willard.
Eng 492. Modern English Grammar. (g) 3 hours.
Comprehensive study of the grammar of modern English, for prospective
teachers of English; examination of traditional, structural, and transforma-
tional theories. A. Kitzhaber, Sloat, Willard.
GRADUATE COURSES
*Eng SOL Research. Hours to be arranged.
*Eng 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Eng 50S. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Eng 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Eng 511, 512, 513. Old English. 3 hours each term.
Linguistic study; selected readings in prose and poetry, including entire Beo-
wu,lf. S. Greenfield.
Eng 514, 515, 516. Old Icelandic. 3 hours each term.
Linguistics; selected readings in the sagas, skaldic poetry, and the Elder Edda.
Eng 517. Middle English. 3 hours.
The English language from the time of the Norman Conquest to the early
modern period; dialectical differences. Di Pasquale.
Eng 518. Chaucer's Troilus and Criseyde. 3 hours.
Detailed study of the poem, its sources, and its influence. Di Pasquale, S.
Greenfield, Malarkey.
Eng 519. The Pearl Poet. 3 hours.
Detailed study of Pearl and Gawain; collateral readings in dream visions and
romances. Di Pasquale, S. Greenfield, Malarkey.
Eng 520, 521, 522. History and Structure of the English Language. 3 hours
each term.
Covers the same features of the language as Eng 491, but with a more detailed
* No-grade course.
168 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
consideration of historical background and recent theories. Fall; meaning and
vocabulary; winter: pronunciation and spelling; spring: grammar and usage.
Willard.
Eng 530, 531, 532. Shakespeare. 3 hours each term.
Fall: representative comedies of Shakespeare's early, middle, and late periods;
winter: historical plays; spring: tragedies. Thelma Greenfield, McNeir.
Eng 540. Problems and Methods of Litera,ry Study. 3 hours fall.
Bibliography and the methods of literary research as an introduction to grad-
uate work. Required for graduate students in English. Cadbury.
Eng 585. Modern English Literary Criticism. 3 hours.
British and American critical theory and practice, 1900 to the present. Forms
a year sequence with AL 586, 587. Weatherhead.
Eng 588, 589. Modern Poetry. 3 hours each term.
Fall: British poetry from Hopkins to the present; winter: American poetry
from the imagists to the present. Weatherhead.
Eng 590, 591, 592. Modern Fiction. 3 hours each term.
Major tendencies in the fiction of the past hundred years. Fall: the rise ,and
development of realism; winter: naturalism; spring: postnaturalism. Wegelin.
COURSES OFFERED ONLY IN SUMMER SESSIONS
Eng 423, 424. Types of Prose Fiction. (G) 3 hours each term.
Eng 508. Workshop. Hours to be arranged.
Writing
The Department of English offers required and elective courses in writing
for all University students, to help them develop an ability to express themselves
clearly in good English.
Undergraduate English majors may plan a program emphasizing creative
writing; students planning to emphasize creative writing are advised to complete
at least 6 term hours of \;Yr 221, 222, 223. The department also offers a graduate
program in creative writing, leading to the M.A. or M.F.A. degree.
English Composition (Wr 121, 122, 123) is a freshman sequence required of
all students in the University; each term's work must be taken in its sequential
order. A student who demonstrates, througlf examination, that his writing ability
meets the standard aimed at in English Composition may be excused from all or
part of this required sequence. Students who do superior work in the first two
terms of English Composition may be permitted to substitute \;Yr 224, \;Yr 226, or
Wr 227 for Wr 123. .
Students whose placement examination indicates inadequate preparation may
not register for English Composition until they either (1) pass Corrective English
(Wr 10), offered through the Division of Continuing Education of the State
System of Higher Education, or (2) improve their writing proficiency by private
study and achieve a satisfactory score on a second English placement examination.
Students failing to pass this second examination must then pass Corrective
English (\;Yr 10) before they may register for English Composition.
LOWER·DIVISIONCOURSES
W r 97, 98. English as' a Second Language. 3 hours each tenn.
Composition for students whose native language is not English. Admission to
Wr 98 only on recommendation of instructor. Bordwell.
, Wr 121, 122, 123. English Composition. 3 hours any term.
The fundamentals of English composition; frequent written themes. Special
attention to rhetorical effectiveness in papers. Love, staff.
ENGLISH 169
Wr 221, 222, 223. Introduction to Imaginative Writing. 3 hours each term.
An introductory sequence for students interested in the techniques of writing
and in the development of a critical appreciation of the art of writing in its
varied forms. Fall: general consideration of style; winter and spring-: criti·
cism, essentials of the short story, fundamentals of playwriting and poetry
writing. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Karchmer, Lacy, Lawder, Mari-
els, Meinke, Salisbury.
Wr 224. Business and Professional Correspondence. 3 hours.
Study of modern practices in business correspondence, primarily for students
of business administration. Analysis and writing of the principal types of
correspondence. Prerequisite: Wr 121, 122, 123. Kittoe.
Wr 226. Expository Writing. 3 hours.
Practice in various forms of expository writing. Soehren, staff.
Wr 227. Scientific and Technical Writing. 3 hours.
Practice in scientific and technical expository writing. Emphasis on the or-
ganization, form, and style of scientific, technical, and professional reports,
articles, abstracts, summaries, memoranda, and correspondence. Kittoe.
Wr 231, 232; Composition Tutorial. 1 hour each term.
Tutorial instruction in English composition for students in the Honors
College. Staff.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Wr 316. Advanced Expository Writing. 3 hours.
Soehren.
Wr 321, 322, 323. Play Writing. 3 hours each term.
Creative experiment in the writing of plays, with incidental study of models.
Analysis and discussion of student work. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
Haislip, Karchmer. •
Wr 324, 325, 326. Short-Story Writing. 3 hours each term.
For students interested in creative writing or in professional writing for maga-
zines. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Karchmer, Lacy, Mayo, Salisbury.
Wr 341, 342, 343. Poetry Writing. 3 hours each term.
Verse writing; study of various verse forms as media of expression. Analysis
of class work. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Mayo, Salisbury.
Wr 404. Writing and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Wr 430, 431, 432. Senior Creative Writing. 3 hours each term.
An advanced sequence in short story, poetry, and playwriting for seniors.
Prerequisites: consent of instructor and nine hours of creative writing at 300
or 400 level. Karchmer, Salisbury.
Wr 451, 452, 453. Projects in Writing. 3 hours each term.
For students who desire advanced instruction and practice in writing short
stories, novels, television dramas, nonfiction, etc. Prerequisite: consent of in-
structor. Karchmer, Salisbury.
UPPER·DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
Wr 411. English Composition for Teachers. (g) 3 hours.
For students planning to teach English in high school. Practice in wntmg
and a review of the rules of composition. Recommended for satisfaction of the
high-school teaching requirement in English. Aly, Kitzhaber.
Wr 420, 421, 422. Novel Writing. (G) 3 hours each terms.
Designed to provide apprentice training in writing of novels, and to develop
a critical grasp of fiction problems. Sustained work on a writing project
continued through the year. Indivitlual assigned readings. Prerequisite: con-
sent of instructor. Lacy.
170 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Sp 464, 465, 466. History of the Theater. (G) 3 hours each term.
For description, see p. 247. Cutler, DeChaine.
Wr 494. Theory of Fiction Writing. (G) 3 hours.
Introduction to literary theory and its application to imaginative writing.
Designed for M.A. and M.F.A. candidates in writing, but open to others.
Haislip, Karchmer, Salisbury.
GRADUATE COURSES
*WI' 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Wr 504. Writing and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
WI' 530, 531, 532. Graduate Creative Writing. 3 hours each term.
A graduate level sequence for M.A. and M.F.A. candidates interested in
forms other than the novel: short story, poetry, playwriting. Prerequisites:
admission to the M.A. or the M.F.A. program in creative writing and consent
of the instructor. Haislip, Karchmer, Salisbury.
Sp 511. Eighteenth-Century Rhetorical Theory. 3 hours.
For description, see page 242. Cohen.
Sp 551, 552, 553. Theory of Dramatic Production. 3 hours each term.
For description, see page 247. Robinson.
COURSE OFFERED ONLY IN EXTENSION
WI' 10. Corrective English. No credit.
General Arts and Letters
THE CURRICULUM IN GENERAL ARTS AND LETTERS is designed for
students who wish to build a program of general studies around a core of literature.
The work of the first two years serves as an introduction to the main aspects of
Western culture. In the last two years the more intensive study of the history of
ideas, of literary movements, and of art forms serves to interpret modern trends in
civilization. ,
The curriculum is administered by a committee. Dr. Frederick M. Combellack,
professor of Greek literature, is chairman of the committee and adviser of majors
in general arts and letters.
The major in general arts and letters leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree.
The following courses are required:
Lower Division. (1) Literature (Honors College) (AL 101, 102, 103), or
World Literature (Eng 107, 108, 109), or Survey of English Literature (Eng
101, 102, 103), or Introduction to Literature (Eng 104, 105, 106), or any sequence
in foreign literature which has a prerequisite of two years (or equivalent) of for-
eign language in college. (2) Shakespeare (Eng 201, 202, 203), or Survey of the
Visual Arts (ArH 201, 202, 203), or History of Western Art (ArH 204, 205,
206), or Introduction to Music and Its Literature (Mus 201, 202, 203). (3) At
least one year of work in a foreign language beyond the first-year college level.
(4) One of the following sequences in history: History of Western Civilization
(Hst 101, 202, 103); History (Honors College) (Hst 107, 108, 109); English
History (Hst 304, 305, 306).
Upper Division. (l) Literature of the Ancient World (AL 304, 305, 306).
(2) Dante and His Times (AL 477, 478, 479). (3) One of the following sequences
in philosophy: History of Philosophy (PhI 301, 302, 303) ; Philosophy in Litera-
ture (PhI 431, 432). (4) History of Literary Criticism (Eng 414, 415, 416) or
Aesthetics (PhI 441, 442, 443) .
• No-grade course.
GENERAL SCIENCE 171
In addition the student must complete four upper-division year sequences, each
totaling at least 6 term hours, chosen from the departments of the College of
Liberal Arts that offer majors; however, two of the sequences may be chosen
from sequences in the history of art and music. If a required course is not offered
in the student's senior year, he may, with the consent of the adviser, substitute an-
other upper-division sequence in the same general field of study.
The student's program of study should form an integrated whole. The elec-
tives should support the objectives of this program.
For interdepartmental courses in general arts and letters, see pages 137-138.
Honors. See HONORS COLLEGE, pages 132 ff.
General Science
THE CURRICULUM IN GENERAL SCIENCE is intended for students who
wish to build a program of cultural studies around a central interest in science as an
aspect of civilization, for students preparing for professional careers in science
(such as medical research) for whom a departmental science major may be too
narrow and highly specialized, and for prospective science teachers. The standard
three-year premedical or predental curriculum, followed by a year of work in a
medical school or two years of work in a dental school, meets all of the require-
ments for the bachelor's degree in general science. .
The general science major leads to the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Sci-
ence degree. The special requirements are: (1) Four one-year sequences, one in
each of four sciences, selected from Bi 101, 102, 103 or Bi 104, 105, 106, Ch 104, lOS,
106 or Ch 204, 205, 206 with laboratory, Geol 101, 102, 103, mathematics courses
numbered 100-120 or 200-210, and Ph 201,202, 203 with laboratory; (2) a mini-
mum of 24 upper-division hours in the sciences in which lower-division sequences
have been taken, including not less than 9 term hours in each of two sciences.
For interdepartmental courses in general science, see page 138.
Secondary-School Teaching of General Science. For certification as a
teacher of general science in Oregon high schools, the Oregon State Department
of Education requires (1) the satisfaction of certain minimum standards of sub~
ject preparation and (2) the recommendation of the institution at which the stu-
dent completes his subject preparation.
The University's major program in general science satisfies these require-
ments only if lower-division sequences in biology, chemistry, and physics are
elected. For further information, the student should consult the adviser of general
science majors.
General Social Science
THE PROGRAM IN GENERAL SOPAL SCIENCE includes a series of
courses of broad interdepartmental scope and a major curriculum in general social
science leading to the bachelor's degree.
The curriculum in general social science is designed for students who wish
broad cultural training, and for prospective teachers for whom a departmental
major may be too highly specialized. In addition to satisfying the general Univer-
sity requirements, students following this program must take a minimum of 72
hours in social science courses. This work must include four lower-division year
sequences, one in each of four of the following fields: anthropology, economics,
geography, history, philosophy, political science, psychology, religion, sociology..
Introduction to the Social Sciences (Honors College) (SSc 201,202,203) may be
172 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
substituted for anyone of the four required sequences. The upper-division work
must include two one-year sequences (not less than 18 hours) in one social science
department, and one one-year sequence (not less than 9 hours) in each of two
other social science departments.
For interdepartmental courses in general social science, see page 139.
Secondary-School Teaching of Social Studies. For certification as a teacher
of social studies in Oregon high schools, the Oregon State Department of Educa-
tion requires (1) the satisfaction of certain minimum standards of subject prepara-
tion and (2) the recommendation of the institution at which the student completes
his subj ect preparation.
To meet the state standards in social studies and the requirements for recom-
mendation by the University of Oregon, a major in general social science must
complete the following program, selected from the fields of history, geography,
political science, economics, and sociology or anthropology, with a 2.50 GPA or
higher: (1) 36 term hours of work in one field; (2) 18 term hours in history (in-
cluding one upper-division sequence) ; (3) a 9-hour sequence in each of two addi-
tional fields; (4) at least one course in a fifth field. If history is chosen for the 36-
hour concentration, the student must complete 18 hours in one of the two additional
fields (3, above), including 9 hours in upper-division courses.
For further information, the student should consult the adviser of general
social science majors.
Honors. See HONORS COLLEGE, pages 132 ff.
Geography
Professors: C. P. P ATTOR (department head), S. N. DICKEN, J. S. KOSTROWICKI,
E. T. PRICE.
Associate Professors: C. L. JOHANNESSEN, G. E. MARTIN,* E. G. SMITH, A. W.
URQUHART.
Instructor: E. M. BARRETT.
Fellows: S. E. DEMARS, M. W. DONLEY, C. R. MARTINSON, JANE PYLE, J. Q.
RESSLER, G. D. SCHILL, L. STEWART, M. R. WILSON.
Assistants: B. E. BECHTOL, W. CROWLEY, A. H. GREENBERG, E. A. HOERAUF, E. G.
MciNTIRE, J. A. OLSON, R. T. RICHARDSON, SUSAN K. WILLIAMS, PAUL
ZIERER.
THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY serves: (1) professional major stu-
dents; (2) nonprofessional major students who wish to build a broad cultural
education around a central interest in geography; and (3) students majoring in
other fields who wish some acquaintance with the contribution of geography to
the understanding of the world and its problems.
The department offers work for major students in four fields of specialization:
(l) cultural geography, including economic, urban, arid population geography; (2)
physical geography, including climatology and geomorphology; (3) regional
geography; and (4) techniques and methodology, including cartography, the in-
terpretation of aerial photographs, and field geography.
Major Curriculum in Geography. A total of 45 term hours in geography
courses, including 36 hours in upper-division courses, is required for a major in
geography. It is recommended that the student limit his major work to approxi-
mately 54 term hours and elect work in such related fields as anthropology, biology,
economics, geology, history, planning, political science, and sociology.
• On leave of absence 1!f66-67.
GEOGRAPHY 173
The student's work in geography must include a minimum of 9 term hours in
each of the following four groups: (1) physical geography-Geog 105, Geog 481,
482, 483; (2) cultural geography-Geog 107, Geog 433, Geog 434, Geog 435, Geog
491,492,493; (3) regional geography-Geog 106, Geog 201, 202, 203, Geog 301,
Geog 302, 303, Geog 451, 452, 453, Geog 461, 462, 463, Geog 471, 472, 473; (4)
geographic techniques-Geog 407, Geog 421, 422, 423, Geog 484, Geog 485, 486.
For the B.S. degree, the student must complete 21 hours of additional work
in science, including a 9-hour upper-division sequence requiring a prerequisite.
Secondary-School Teaching of Social Studies. For certification as a teacher
of social studies in Oregon high schools, the Oregon State Department of Educa-
tion requires (l) the satisfaction of certain minimum standards of subj ect prepara-
tion and (2) the recommendation of the institution at which the student completes
his subject preparation.
To meet the state standards in social studies and the reclUirements for recom-
mendation by the University of Oregon, a major in geograp'hy must complete the
following program, selected from the fields of history, geography, political science,
economics, and sociology or anthropology, with a 2.50 GPA or higher: (1) work in
geography required for a major in the field; (2) 27 term hours in history; (3)
9 term hours in a third field; (4) at least one course in each of two additional
fields. The program must include a minimum of 36 term hours in upper-division
courses.
For further information, the student should consult the member of the geogra-
phy faculty who serves as adviser for prospective teachers.
Honors. See HONORS COLLEGE, pages 132 ff.
Graduate Study. The department offers graduate work leading to the M.A.
and Ph.D. degrees. To qualify for the master's degree the student must com-
plete successfully 45 term hours of graduate work, of which 36 hours must be
in the field of geography. All master's candidates must complete the following
courses or their equivalent: Geog 421, 422, 423; Geog 481, 482, 483; Geog 484;
Geog 485, 486; Geog 491, 492, 493. Nine term hours in seminars (Geog 507), in-
cluding work in both physical and cultural geography, are required for candidates
for the M.A. degree. For general requirements for graduate degrees see pp. 115 ff.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Geog 105, 106, 107. Introductory Geography. 3 hours each term.
A general introduction to the field of geography, in sequence as follows:
Geog 105, physical geography; Geog 106, regional survey of the world; Geog
107, cultural geography.
Geog 201,202,203. World Regional Geography. 3 hours each term.
Physical, political, and regional economic geography. Fall: Europe; winter:
Latin America ; spring : Asia.
UPPER.DIVISION COURSES
Geog 301. Geography of Oregon. 3 hours fall.
Physical and cultural geography of Oregon. Dicken.
Geog 302,303. Geography/ of North America. 3 hours each term, winter and
spring.
Physical and cultural geography of the North American continent north of
Mexico. \\Tinter: western United States and western Canada; spring: eastern
United States and eastern Canada. Dicken.
Geog 401. Research. Hours to be arranged.
Geog 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Geog 407. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
174 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
UPPER.DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
Geog 421, 422, 423. Geographic Field Methods. (G) 2 hours each term.
Research techniques in geography applied to special areas and problems.
First term: introduction to tools and techniques of geographic field investiga-
tion; second term: research design, use of air photographs, maps, and other
documents; third term: data gathering and analysis, report writing. Pree
requisite: 9 hours of geography. Johannessen, Martin, Price.
Geog 433. Political Geography. (G) 3 hours.
Impact of political institutions upon the landscape; resources and political
decisions; relation of formal and informal groups to political areas.
Geog 434. Economic Geography. (G) 3 hours.
Location factors in primary and secondary industries, and the distribution of
these industries over the earth. Prerequisite: 6 hours in lower-division
geography courses or consent of the instructor.
Geog435. Urban Geography. (G) 3 hours.
World distribution of great cities; urban patterns, forms, and functions;
systems of urban land classification; forces affecting urban land use; geo-
graphic aspects of city planning. Prerequisite: 6 hours in lower-division
geography courses or consent of instructor.
Geog 451. Eastern and Southeast Asia. (G) 3 hours.
Geog 452. Southwestern Asia. (G) 3 hours.
Geog 453. Mrica. (G) 3 hours.
Physical and cultural processes that have shaped the landscapes of the Afro-
Asian world.
Geog 461. Andean America. (G) 3 hours.
Geog 462. Brazil and Argentina. (G) 3 hours.
Geog 463. Middle America. (G) 3 hours.
Physical and cultural processes that have shaped the landscapes of Latin
America.
Geog 471. Atlantic and Mediterranean Europe. (G) 3 hours.
Geog 472. Central and Eastern Europe. (G) 3 honrs.
Geog 473. SGviet Union. (G) 3 hours.
Physical and cultural processes that have shaped the landscapes of Europe and
the Soviet Union.
Geog 481,482,483. Physical Geography. (G) 5 hours each term, fall and winter;
3 hours spring.
Systematic study of the elements. of the physical landscape. Fall: geomor-
phology; winter: climatology; spring: biogeography. Prerequisite: 9 hours
of geography. Urquhart, Patton, Johannessen.
Geog 484. Interpretation of Aerial Photographs. (G) 3 hours.
Introduction to the use and interpretation of map and air photographs. Dicken.
Geog 485,486. Cartography. (G) 3 hours each term.
Study of maps; introduction to map proiections; the map base; map content
and design; map interpretation. Prerequisite: 9 hours of geography. J ohan-
nessen, Patton.
Geog 491, 492, 493. Cultural Geography. (G) 3 hours each term.
Systematic study of the elements of the cultural landscape; origin and spread
of ways of living; treatment of culture by geographers. Prerequisite: 9 hours
of geography.
GRADUATE COURSES
*Geog 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
*Geog 502. Supervised College Teaching. Hours to be arranged.
*Geog 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
" N ...grade course.
GEOLOGY 1~
Geog 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Geog 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Geomorphology. Dicken, Urquhart.
Climatology. Patton.
Biogeography. Johannessen.
Urban Geography.
Rural Settlement. Martin, Price.
Historical Geography. Dicken.
Middle America. Johannessen.
Andean America. Martin.
Africa. Urquhart.
Europe. Patton.
Soviet Union.
Geog 555. History of Geographic Thought. 3 hours.
Development of concepts of the earth and of man's relation to it; ends and
means of geographic study.
Geology
Professors: L. W. STAPLES (department head), E. M. BALDWIN, ]. C. STOVALL,
HOWEL WILLIAMS.
Associate Professors: M. A. KAYS, E. H. LUND, A. R. McBIRNEY, D. F.WEILL.
Assistant Professors: G. T. BENSON, SAM BOGGS, JR.
Instructor: CAROLE HICKMAN.
Fellows: M. M. GODCHAUX, R. L. LENT, H. D. SMITH, D. B. STOESER.
Assistants: T. L. BEZZERIDES, G. W. BODE, J. G. CHAMP, J. EHLEN, T. D. FOUCH,
D. H. GARDNER, R. R. JOHNSON, C. K. KIM, M. L. KLOHN, C. R. MEYNINK,
L. G. MOSSEL, D. R. O'BRIEN, B. L. PETERSON, E. G. SOPER, B. L. STEPP,
R. L. STEWART.
THE DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY serves three classes of students: (1)
professional major students; (2) nonprofessional major students who wish to
build a broad cultural education around a central interest in geology; and (3)
students majoring in other fields who wish some acquaintance with the contribu-
tions of geological studies to the understanding of the world and its problems.
High-school students planning to major in geology at the University are
advised to include in their high-school course: algebra, plane geometry, trig-
onometry, geography, science (physics, chemistry, or general science).
Major Curriculum in Geology. The following courses are required for an
undergraduate major in geology:
Lower Division. General Geology (GeoIIOI, 102, 103) ; Introductory College
Mathematics (Mth 104, 105,106) ; General Chemistry (Ch 104, 105, 106, Ch 107,
108, 109) ; General Physics (Ph 201, 202, 203, Ph 204, 205, 206).
Upper Division. Mineralogy (Geol 311, 312, 313); Introduction to Pale-
ontology (Geol 331, 332) ; Principles of Stratigraphy (Geol 392) ; Field Methods
(Geol 393); Field Geology (GeoI406); Seminar (GeoI407), three terms; Eco-
nomic Geology (Geol 421, 422, 423) ; Lithology (Geol 411) or Petrology and
Petrography (Geol 414, 415, 416) ; Structural Geology (Geol 491).
Geophysics-Geochemistry Option. Undergraduate majors may elect an
option in geophysics-geochemistry, in preparation for graduate work in this
or other fields of quantitative geology. The requirements for this option differ
from the requirements of the regular major program in geology in the following
176 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
respects: (l) Calculus with Analytical Geometry (Mth 200, 201, 202) or Analytic
Geometry and Calculus (Mth 204, 205, 206) is required; (2) either Advanced
General Physics (Ph 320, 321, 322) or Quantitative Analysis (Ch 320) is re-
quired; (3) Principles of Economics (Ec 201, 202, 203), Vertebrate Paleon-
tology (Geol 333), and Economic Geology (Geol 421, 422, 423) are not required.
Paleontology Option. Undergraduate majors may elect an option in inverte-
brate paleontology. The requirements for this option differ from the requirements
of the major curriculum in geology in the following respects: (1) Principles of
Economics, and Economic Geology are not required; (2) General Biology (Bi 101,
102, 103) is required, and Invertebrate Zoology (Bi 461, 462), offered at the Insti-
tuteof Marine Biology, may be substituted for Field Geology; (3) an additional
12 term hours of work must be elected from: Comparative Anatomy (Bi 355),
Principles of Ecology (Bi 471, 472, 473), Historical Biogeography (Bi 491, 492,
493), Micropaleontology (Geol 440).
Honors. See HONORS COLLEGE, pages 132 ff.
Graduate Study. The department offers graduate work leading to the Master
of Arts, Master of Science, and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. A satisfactory
rating on a Graduate Record Examination and on a qualifying examination are
required for admission to candidacy for a graduate degree. All candidates are
required to write a thesis. Suggested minor fields are: chemistry, physics, biology,
or mathematics.
FacUities. The Condon Museum of Geology contains extensive collections of
rocks, minerals, and fossils; its resources are supplemented by working collections
for classroom and laboratory use. The varied geological terrain of the state of
Oregon offers an exceptionally interesting field laboratory. Field trips are con-
ducted during the regular academic year. Field camps in various parts of the
state are operated during the summer months.
Center for Volcanology. The Department of Geology includes a Center for
Volcanology; Dr. A. R. MeBirney, associate professor of geology, is director. Re-
search and graduate instruction are conducted in several fields dealing with the
products and processes of volcanism. The state of Oregon possesses a variety of
volcanic features, providing exceptional opportunities for study of volcanic rocks
and structures,
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
GeollOl, 102, 103. General Geology. 4 hours each term.
Earth materials, processes, and forms; formation of economic mineral de-
posits; the main events in earth history. Lectures, laboratory, and field trips.
Geol29l. Rocks and Minerals. 3 hours',
Common minerals and rocks; origin, lore, and properties of precious, semi-
precious, and ornamental stones; economically important rocks and minerals.
2 lectures; 1 three-hour laboratory period,
Geo1292. Elementary Areal Geology. 3 hours.
A study of regional geology primarily for nonmajors; areal distribution of
sedimentary, igneous, and metamorphic rocks in Oregon. Field studies of se-
lected areas, with emphasis on the relationships between rock type, structure,
and topography. 1 lecture; 6 hours field work. Prerequisite: Geol 101, 102, 103.
Stovall. '
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Geol 301, 302, 303. Geologic History of Life. 3 hours each term.
Fall:' origins and early history of life, as revealed by the fossil remains of
GEOLOGY 177
animals and plants; winter: geologic history of vertebrates ; spring: geologic
history of the mammals. Intended for nonmajor juniors and seniors. Stovall.
Geol3ll, 312, 313. Mineralogy. 4 hours each term.
Descriptive and determinative mineralogy; geometric and X-ray crystallog-
raphy; optical mineralogy. Prerequisite: Ch 104, 105, 106; Ch 108, 109; Geol
101, 102. Staples. .
Geol 331, 332, 333. Introduction to Paleontology. 3 hours each term.
Structure and evolution of invertebrates and vertebrates, and their distri-
bution in geologic time. Prerequisite: Geol 103. Hickman.
Geol 352. Geology of Oregon. 3 hours.
.Lectures, assigned reading, and field trips, to acquaint the student with some
of the salienHeatures of the geology of the state. Baldwin.
Geo1392. Principles of Stratigraphy. 3 hours.
Genesis and subsequent history of stratified rocks; sedimentation, induration,
weathering; the methods of correlating such formations. Prerequisite: Geol
101,102,103. Baldwin.
Geol 393. Field Methods. 3 hours.
Elementary topographic mapping; use of field instruments; field mapping of
selected areas. Boggs.
Geol401. Research. Hours to be arranged.
Geol 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Geo1406. Field Geology. Hours to be arranged.
Prerequisite: Geol 393, HEc 250, consent of instructor. Staples.
Geo1407. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Current Geological Literature.
Classical Geological Literature.
Engineering Geology.
Geological Report Writing.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
Geol4ll. Lithology. (g) 3 hours.
The origin, occurrence, and classification of the principal rock types. Labora-
tory examination and classification of rocks in hand specimens. 2 lectures;
. 1 laboratory period. Prerequisite: Geol 312. Lund.
Geol4l4, 415, 416. Petrology and Petrography. (G) 4 hours each term.
Origins, occurrences, and classifications of rocks. Laboratory work in both
megascopic and microscopic examination of rocks. Prerequisite: Ph 201, 202,
203; Geol 311, 312, 313. Kays, Lund.
Geo1421, 422, 423. Economic Geology. (G) 3 hours each term.
The general principles of the formation of metallic and nonmetallic economic
geologic deposits; principal economic deposits, domestic and foreign. 2 lec-
tures; 1 laboratory period. Prerequisite: Ec 201, 202, 203; Geol 311, 312, 313.
Kays.
Geo1440. Micropaleontology. (G) 3 hours.
Survey of microfOSsil groups; stratigraphic distribution; methods of separa-
tion from matrices; classification. 1 lecture; 2 laboratory periods. Prerequi-
site: Geol 331, 332. Youngquist.
Geol451. Pacific Coast Geology, (G) 3 hours.
The general geology of the west coast of the United ·States and Canada from
Alaska to southern California; special problems of the region. Prerequisite:
Geol 101, 102, 103; senior or graduate standing. Baldwin.
Geo1473. Photogeology. (G) 3 hours.
. Geologic interpretation of stereographic pairs of vertical aerial photographs.
2 lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory· period. Prerequisite: Geol 101, 102, ·103.
'Benson.
178 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Geo1491. Structural Geology. (G) 4 hours.
Origin, interpretation, and mapping of major and minor geologic structures.
3 lectures, 1 laboratory period. Prerequisite: Geol 101, 102. Benson.
Geo1493. Petroleum Geology. (G) 3 hours.
Origin and accumulation of petroleum, methods of locating oil and gas,
organization of exploratory programs, current economic and political factors
affecting petroleum industry. 3 lectures. Prerequisite: Geol 392, Geol 491.
Boggs.
GRADUATE COURSES
*Geo1501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
*Geol 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Geol 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Geo1506. Advanced Field Geology. Hours to be arranged.
Geo1507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Regional geologic studies.
Geol 511, 512, 513. Advanced Microscopy and Instrumentation. 4 hours each
term.
Microtechniques in connection with the petrographic microscope, goniometer,
X-ray diffractometer, and spectroscope; chemical microscopy; photomicro-
graphy. Prerequisite: Geol 313. Staples, Kays.
Geo15l4, 515, 516. Advanced Petrology and Petrography. 3 hours each term.
Advanced petrographic methods and study of topics related to the origin and
genetic relations of igneous and metamorphic rocks; microscopic examination
of rock suites selected for study of petrologic principles and problems. Pre-
requisite: Geol 414, 415, 416. McBirney.
Geol 520. Advanced Economic Geology. 3 hours.
Theories of the origin of mineral deposits; study of examples illustrating
general principles. Student reports on selected types of deposits. Review of
current literature. Prerequisite: Geol 421, 422, 423. Kays.
Geol 523. Advanced Regional Stratigraphy. 3 hours.
Stratigraphic framework of the United States and other countries. Pre-
requisite: Geol 392. Baldwin.
Geol 524. Advanced Sedimentation. 3 hours.
Genesis, transportation, and deposition of sediments; geologic processes in-
volved in formation of sedimentary rocks. Prerequisite: Geol 392, Geol 414.
Boggs.
Geo1525. Advanced Sedimentary Petrology. 3 hours.
Application of mechanical, optical, and other techniques to the interpretation
of depositional and diagenetic history of sedimentary rocks. Prerequisite: Geol
524. Boggs.
Geol 531, 532, 533. Advanced Paleontology. 3 hours each term.
Fall: scope and nature of paleontologic literature, procedures in taxonomy,
current paleontologic research; winter: history and development of evolution
theories, mechanics of organic change, population dynamics, paleoecological
studies and applications; spring: detailed study.of selected fossil groups. Pre-
requisite: Geol 331, 332.
Geol551. Advanced Physical Geology. 3 hours.
Comprehensive appraisal of earth materials and processes, based on the study
of original sources in classical and current literature of geology.
Geol 561, 562, 563. Geochemistry and Geophysics. 3 hours each term.
Application of physico-chemical principles to geologic processes on and
within the earth; special emphasis on thermodynamics and its application to
* No·grade course.
HISTORY 179
geologic problems; methods of geophysics for the determination of the na-
ture of the interior of the earth. Prerequisite: calculus and physical chem-
istry, or consent of instructor; physical chemistry may be taken concur-
rently. Weill.
Geol 591, 592, 593. Advanced Structural Geology. 3 hours each term.
Theories of the origin of geologic structures observed in deformed rocks.
Comparative study and classification of structures; theoretical and experi-
mental studies. Prerequisite: Geol 491. Benson.
COURSES OFFERED ONLY IN SUMMER SESSIONS-
Geo1408. Workshop. (g) Hours to be arranged.
Geo1455. Studies in Physical Geology. (g) 3 hours.
Geo1456. Regional Geology of North America. (g) 3 hours.
History
iProfessors: E. R. BINGHAM, QUIRINUS BREEN (emeritus), P. S. DULL, V. R.
. LoRWIN,* EARL POMEROY, K. W. PORTER, R. W. SMITH, L. R. SORENSON,
W. H. STEPHENSON.
Associate Profesosrs: W. S. HANNA (department head), GUSTAVE ALEF, R. F.
BIRN, S. A. PIERSON.
Assistant Professors: P. S. HOLEo, R. G. LANG, J. P. MADDEX, J. W. PERRIN, J. E.
WOODHAM.
Instructors: R. S. DILL, LINDA HUNTER, STEPHEN HUNTER.
Lecturer: G. R. FALCONERI.
Associate: MABEL E. MCCLAIN (emeritus).
Fellows: S. B. AVERY, A. S. BAKER, M. A. BURKHOLDER, R. A. GATES, K. R. HAL-
VORSEN, BURNS RAUSHENBUSH, J. F. SCHECK, D. W. THOMAS, D. A. VAN
OTTEN.
Assistants: ROBERTA G. BAILEY, H. W. BURMEISTER, R. E. BURTON, D. K. BUSE,
D. S. CHANDLER, S. E. CONWAY, T. R. Cox, JULIE S. CUTHBERT, J. C. DOERR,
E. R. DREGER, R. C. FREY, W. T. HALL, S. W. HAYCOX, RUTH L. HERMAN,
T. R. HEWSON, S. W. INGE, ''''.T. A. JACOBS, C. R. JENSEN, D. A. JOHNSON,
KATHERINE JORGANSEN, B. H. KIKUCHI, B. T. LEWIS, F. D. MAHAR, R. L.
MARTINEK, M. L. REYNOLDS, MARY S. RIGHTMIRE, W. G. ROBBINS, C. E.
ROBERTS, SUE A. SEXAUER, P. A. SHROYER, P. K. SIMPSON, L. E. STUART,
J. C. TILLAPAUGH, C. E. THOMASON, D. K. TSCHOGL. .
HE DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY offers instruction in American, Euro-
pean, arid East Asian history, and major programs designed for general education
and in preparation for public school teaching and for graduate study and research.
Requirements for the Bachelor's Degree. For a bachelor's degree with a
ajor in history, a student must complete a balanced program approved by his
epartmental adviser. Specific requirements are as follows:
(1) Satisfaction of the University requirement for the B.A. degree.
(2) Forty-two term hours in history courses, of which 24 must be upper-
ivision, including at least 9 hours of 400-level courses (15 upper-division hours
11st be taken at the University of Oregon).
(3) History of Western Civilization (Hst 101, 102, 103), or History (Honors
ollege) (Hst 107, 108, 109), 0/', with consent of adviser, 15 hours of upper-divi-
ion European history, including courses both before and after 1600.
* On sabbatical leave 1966·67.
180 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
(4) A year sequence in United States history.
(5) Not less than two terms (6 hours) of upper-division courses in each (
two fields selected from the following: (a) Europe before 1600, (b) Europe afte
1600, (c) United States, Far East, or Latin America.
(6) At least one term of Seminar (Hst407) or Colloquium (Hst 408).
(7) A 2.25 grade-point average in history courses.
History majors should take work in allied fields that will contribute to
well-balanced liberal education. The department recommends work in foreig
.language and literature extending, if possible, beyond the second-year level an
leading to a thorough reading knowledge of a language.
Secondary-School Teaching of Social Studies. For certification as a teache
of social studies in Oregon high schools, the Oregon State Department of Educa
tion requires (1) the satisfaction of certain minimum standards of subj ect prepara
tion and (2) the recommendation of the institution at which the student complete
his subject preparation.
To meet the state standards in social studies and the requirements for recom
mendation by the University of Oregon, a major in history must complete th
following program, selected from the fields of history, geography, political sciencl
economics, and sociology or anthropology, with a 2.50 GPA or higher: (1) work i
history required for a major; (2) 27 term hours in a second field; (3) 9 ten
hours in a third field; (4) at least one course in each of two additional fields. Th
program must include a minimum of 36 term hours in upper-division courses.
For further information, the student should consult a member of the histor
faculty who serves as adviser for prospective teachers.
Honors. See HONORS COLLEGE, pages 132 ff.
Graduate Work. The department offers graduate instruction leading to th
degrees of Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy. For requirements fo
graduate degrees, see GRAnuATE SCHOOL, pages 115 ff. A detailed statement (
departmental requirements may be obtained in the department office.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Hst 101, 102, 103. History of Western Civilization. 3 hours each term.
Origins and development of Western civilization from ancient times to tl1
present. Alef, Birn, Dill, S. Huriter, Perrin, Sorenson.
Hst 107, 108, 109. History (Honors College). 3 hours each term.
Significant events, ideas, and institutions in the development of Western civil:
zation. Alef, Birn, Dill, S. Hunter, Lang, Perrin, Pierson.
Hst 201,202,203. History of the United States. 3 hours each term.
From colonial times to the present. Bingham, Holbo, L. Hunter, Madde}
Porter, Stephenson.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Hst 301, 302, 303. Europe since 1789. 3 hours each term.
Political, social, economic, and cultural trends from the French Revolution t
the present. Fall: 1789 to 1870; winter: 1870 to 1918; spring: 1918 to th
present. Pierson.
Hst 304, 305, 306. English History. 3 hours each term.
A general survey, covering political, economic, social, intellectual, and r(
Iigious developments. Lang, Smith.
Hst 350,351,352. Hispanic America. 3 hours each term.
A survey of Hispanic America with.emphasis on political and cultural history
the Spanish colonial period; the wars for independence and the early reput
HISTORY 181
lican years; internal development of the modern states and inter-American
relations. Holbo, Woodham.
Hst 391, 392, 393. Far East in Modern Times. 3 hours each term.
Political, economic, and diplomatic history of China, Japan, and Korea, with
some attention to Asiatic Russia and the Philippines, from the middle of the
nineteenth century to the present. DuIl, Falconeri.
Hst 403. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Hst 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Hst 407. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Junior Honors Seminar.
Senior Seminar.
Hst 408. Senior Colloquium in American History. 3 hours each term.
Study of significant historical writings from colonial times to the present,
with emphasis on methods and interpretations. Prerequisite: consent of in-
structor. Stephenson.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
Hst 411. History of Greece. (G) 3 hours fall.
Political, social, and· cultural history of the Hellenic world from the My-
cenaeans to Alexander the Great. Dill.
Hst 412, 413. History of Rome. (G) 3 hours each term, winter and spring.
Winter: history of Rome from its earliest beginnings to the end of the Re-
public; spring: the period of the Empire. Dill.
Hst 420. Historical Method. (G) 3 hours faIl.
Introduction to methods of historical research and writing.
Hst 421, 422, 423. Middle Ages. (G) 3 hours each term.
History of Europe from the decline of the Western Roman Empire to the
Renaissance. Fall: to the Carolingians; winter: to 1100; spring: to 1300.
Perrin.
Hst 424, 425. Early Modern Europe. (G) 3 hours each term.
Rolitical, economic, and cultural history of Europe from the Counter-Re-
formation to the French Revolution. Europe overseas, the rise of absolutism,
the Age of Reason, and enlightened despotism. Eirn.
Hst 430, 431. Renaissance. (G) 3 hours each term, fall and winter.
FaIl: the renaissance in Italy; winter: the northern Renaissance.
Hst 432. Reformation. (G) 3 hours spring.
The Protestant and the Roman Catholic reforms of the sixteenth century.
Hst 434, 435, 436. Western Institutions and Ideas. (G) 3 hours each term.
Intensive study of selected ideas and institutions that have influenced the his-
tory of Western civilization. Prerequisite: a college-level introductory course
in European history. Sorenson.
Hst 437, 438. History of Germany. (G) 3 hours each term.
First term: from the death of Frederick the Great (1786) through World
War I; second term: the Weimar Republic, the Nazi era, World War II, and
the postwar development of East and West Germany.
Hst 439, 440. Cultural and Intellectual History of Modern Europe. (G) 3
hours each term.
Major issues in the cultural and inteIlectual life of Europe since 1815. Concen-
tration on the interaction between ontological inquiry, aesthetic expression,
and social or political experience. Pierson.
Hst 441, 442, 443. History of France. (G) 3 hours each term.
Hst 441 : Old Regime, revolutionary and Napoleonic era, nineteenth centu,v to
1870; Hst 442: Third Republic, 1870-1940; Hst 443: since 1940. Larwin.
182 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Hst 444, 445. Twentieth-Century Europe. (G) 3 hours each term.
The revolutionary consequences of World War I for society, politics, and the
economy; the new democratic governments and the challenge of Bolshevism,
Fascism, and Nazism; World War II and its aftermath; the Soviet satellites;
rebuilding the European economy.
Hst 447, 448, 449. History of Russia. (G) 3 hours each term.
Fall: the Kievan state and the emergence of Muscovy; winter: creation of
the· Russian Empire, political, social and economic developments; spring:
revolutionary Russia, 1861 to the present. Alef.
Hst 454, 455, 456. Economic History of Modern Europe. (G) 3 hours each
term.
The economic development and economic institutions of modern Europe. Fall :
from the beginning of the sixteenth century to the beginnings of the Industrial
Revolution in Britain; winter: late eighteenth century to end of nineteenth
century; spring: twentieth century. Lorwin.
Hst 457. The Era of American Sectional Conflict. (G) 3 hours.
Forces, events, and persons that contributed to unity and particularism in the
United States during the first half of the nineteenth century. Maddex.
Hst458. The Era of the Civil War. (G) 3 hours.
Intensive study of the critical decade before the Civil War and of the course of
that conflict. Maddox.
Hst 459. The Era of Reconstruction. (G) 3 hours. Maddex.
Problems of the tragic era following the Civil War; continuing effects to the
end of the nineteenth century. Maddex.
Hst 460, 461, 462. History of American Thought and Culture. (G) 3 hours
each term.
Main currents of American intellectual and cultural life from colonial times
to the present. Prerequisite: Hst 201, 202, 203 or consent of instructor.
Bingham.
Hst 463. History of Canada. (G) 3 hours.
A survey of the growth of Canada from colony to nation, emphasizing the
period after confederation. Smith.
Hst 464. History of Mexico. (G) 3 hours.
Political, social, economic and intellectual trends and problems from 1810
to the present. Woodham.
Hst 465. British Empire. (g) 3 hours.
History of the British Empire since 1815; colonial nationalism and the de-
velopment of the Commonwealth. Smith.
Hst 466. Tudor 'England. (G) 3 hours.
The political, social, economic, and intellectual development of England
through the reigns of the Tudor sovereigns, 1485-1603. Lang, Smith.
Hst 468. Victorian England. (G) 3 hours.
Social, political, economic, and intellectual history of England from 1815 to
1900. Smith. .
Hst 469. Twentieth-Century England. (G) 3 hours.
Social, political, economic, and intellectual changes in Great Britain in the
twentieth century. Smith.
Hst 470, 471. Social Factors in American History. (G) 3 hours each term.
Effect of the varied character of the population on American history and
culture. First term: national and racial-influences; second term: religious
factors. Porter.
Hst 473,474,475. American Foreign Relations. (G) 3 hours each term.
The origins, character, and consequences of American foreign policies from
the Revolutionary War to the present. Holbo.
HISTORY 183
Hst 476, 477. History of the West. (G) 3 hours each term.
The American frontier. First term: the early American frontier; second term:
the Great Plains and the Far West. Porter, Pomeroy.
Hst 478. History of the Pacific Northwest. (G) 3 hours.
Detailed study of the building of civilization in the Pacific Northwest. Pre-
requisite: Hst 201, 202 or consent of instructor. Bingham, Porter.
Hst 479. Forces and Influences in American History. (G) 3 hours.
Geographic irifluences; influence of the frontier; inheritance and tradition;
economic forces; nationalism; sectionalism; manifest destiny; democracy.
Hst 480,481,482. The United States in the Twentieth Century. (G) 3 hours
each term.
Fall: to 1921; winter: 1921-41; spring: since 1941. Pomeroy.
Hst 484, 485, 486. Early History of the American People. (G) 3 hours each
term.
From the discovery of America to Washington's administration. Hanna.
Hst 487, 488, 489. American Economic History. (G) 3 hours each term.
The"economic development of the United States.
Hst494, 495, 496. History of China. (G) 3 hours eachterm.
Fall: from legendary times through the T'ang Dynasty (618-907); winter:
from the Sung Dynasty (960-1276) to the "Second Treaty Settlement" of the
Manchus in 1860; spring: 1860 to the present. Dull, Falconeri.
IHst 497, 498, 499. History of Japan. (G) 3 hours each term.
I History of Japan, from its beginnings to the present. Dull, Falconeri.
I
GRADUATE COURSES
Research. Hours to be arranged.
Supervised College Teaching. Hours to be arranged.
Hst 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
st 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
st 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Greek and Roman History. Dill.
European History. Alef, Birn, S. Hunter, Lorwin, Perrin, Pierson, Shanahan,
Sorenson.
European Social and Economic History. Lorwin.
English History. Lang, Smith.
American History. Bingham, Hanna, Holbo, Maddex, Pomeroy, Porter,
Stephenson.
Latin American History. L. Hunter, Woodham.
History of the Far East. Dull, Falconeri.
Historical Theory. Sorenson.
st 508. Colloquium: Hours to be arranged.
Roman History. Dill.
Middle Ages. Perrin.
English Historians. Smith.
Seventeenth-Century England. Lang.
Age of Enlightenment. Birn.
Interpretations of American History. Hanna, Porter.
Southern History. Maddex.
American Diplomacy. Holbo.
Interpretations of Latin-American History. Woodham.
Japanese History. Dull, Falconeri.
st 530, 531, 532. European History: Problems and Interpretations. 3 hours
each term.
Readings, reports, and group discussions of major trends, problems, and inter-
* No-grade course.
184 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
pretations in modern European history. Hst 530: Renaissance and Reforma-
tion; Hst 531 : the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries; Hst 532: 1789 to the
present.Birn, Lorwin, Pierson.
Hst 59!. Japanese Political Evolution since 1912. 3 hours.
. Japanese political institutions and ideologies from 1912 to the present, and
their relation to domestic and foreign policies. Prerequisite: Hst 497, 498, 499
or consent of instructor. Dull.
COURSES OFFE~EDONLY IN SUMMER SESSIONS
Hst418, 419. Studies in Western Civilization. (g) 3 hours each term.
Hst 490. Problems of the Pacific. (g) 3 hours.
Home Economics
Professor: MABEL A. WOOD (emeritus).
Assistant Professors: MARGARET]. WIESE (department head), FAITH JOHNSTON,
LOIS E. NELSON, ANIELA E. PELCH, FRANCES VAN VOORHIS.*
Instructors: SALLY L. HANSEN, MARGARET M. BALDWIN, GRACE E. MILLER.
THE UNIVERSITY offers elective courses in three main areas of home eco-
nomics: clothing, textiles, and related arts; foods and nutrition; and family life
and home administration. The courses are designed to prepare students for better
home and community living as a part of their liberal education. The University
does not offer major work in home economics; in the Oregon State System of
Higher Education, major studies in the field are allocated to the School of Home
Economics at Oregon State University.
Lower-division instruction in home economics offered at the University of
Oregon and at Oregon State University is essentially the same. It is recommended
that students intending to major in the field enter the institution where major
work is offered at the beginning of their freshman year; they may if they wish,
however, spend their freshman and sophomore years at the University of Oregon,
and transfer to Oregon State University at the beginning of the junior year, with
out loss of credit and with fundamental requirements for upper-division standing
fully met.
The foods and clothing laboratories of the Department of Home Economics
are designed and equipped in accordance with the best modern standards for in-
struction in these fields.
Secondary-School Teaching of Home Economics. For certification as a
teacher of home economics in Oregon high schools, the Oregon State Department
of Education requires (I) the satisfaction of certain minimum standards of subj~ct
preparation and (2) the recommendation of the institution at which the student
completes his subject preparation.
The University of Oregon offers an undergraduate program which satisfies
the state standard, but does not offer the additional subject preparation required
for permanent certification after a fifth year.of study.
For further information, the student should consult the member of the home
economics faculty who serves as adviser for prospective teachers.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
REc 121, 122, 123. Clothing Construction. 2 hours each term.
Principles of clothing construction. HEc l2i: basic skills in use of patterns,
fabrics, and equipment. HEc 122: selection, management, and construction,
• On sabbatical leave 1966·67.
HOME ECONOMICS 185
using silk and manmade fibers. HEc 123: planning and construction of a lined
wool suit or coat. It is recommended that the sequence be preceded by HEc
124, 125, 126 or taken concurrently.
HEc 124, 125, 126. Clothing Selection. 1 hour any term.
Aesthetic and economic factors in the selection of clothing. HEc 124: aesthetic
principles of line, color and texture. HEc 125: expression of individuality
through clothing. HEc 126: problems of consumer buying of clothing;
clothing expenditures of college students and the family.
HEc 127. Textiles. 2 hours any term.
Designed to develop a basic consumer understanding of the characteristics of
fibers and fabrics; selection, purchase, and care of fabrics and household
linens. Suggested parallel for HEc 121.
HEc 128. Clothing Selection. 3 hours any term.
Covers in one term the work of HEc 124, 125, 126. For students who wish to'
take three hours of Clothing Selection in one term. A total of three hours of
credit can be earned either in HEc 128, or in HEc 124, 125, 126.
HEc 222. Family Relationships. 2 hours any term.
. Values and goals of modern family life; family roles of men and women;
choice of a marriage partner; adjustment to family life.
HEc 225. Nutrition. 3 hours any term.
Scientific study of foods; choice of foods for the maintenance of health;
common nutritional problems; evaluation of nutritional information provided
in the mass media.
Ec 226, 227,228. Foods. 3 hours each term..
Scientific approach to food preparation; nutritional, managerial, and aesthetic
aspects of meal planning. 2 recitations; 2 two-hour laboratory periods.
Ec 250. Camp Cookery. 1 hour any term.
Fundamental principles of cookery applied to simple meals in home and camp.
1 three-hour laboratory period. Open to men only.
UPPER.DIVISION COURSES
Ec 325. Child Care. 3 hours any term.
Current concepts of growth and development; prenatal care; behavior and
development of the preschool child; the needs of the young child in the
family; adult-child relationships.
Ec 331. Home Planning and Furnishing. 3 hours any term.
Principles involved in the planning and furnishing of a home in the con-
temporary world; scientific, aesthetic,' and traditional factors.
Ec 339. Household Management. 3 hours any term.
Management principles applied to home life; work simplification; choice, use,
and care of basic household equipment.
Ec 340. Consumer Problems. 3 hours any term.
The consumer's role in the marketing system; emphasis on decision-making
and buying problems, evaluation of information sources and programs for
consumer protection.
Ec 430. Personal and Family Finance. 3 hours any term.
Management of personal and family income, including budgeting, use of con-
sumer cerdit, insurance, social security, sivings and investments, taxes, home
ownership, and estate planning.
186 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Industrial and Labor Relations
THE UNIVERSITY offers an interdisciplinary program of graduate study i
industrial and labor relations, leading to the Master of Arts or Master of Scien(
degree. The program is administered by the Institute of Industrial and Lab<
Relations (see page 130).
The student's program must include work in at least three disciplines,wit
at least 18 term hours in one of the three disciplines, and must include a minimUl
of 15 term hours in 500-level courses. Before advancement to candidacy for
degree, a student must submit a satisfactory score on the Miller Analogies Tel
or a comparable objective test.
The following University courses are especially relevant to the gradua1
program in industrial and labor relations:
Economics-Contemporary Economic Problems (Ec 417); Labor Economi(
(Ec 444) ; Organized Labor (Ec 445) ; Labor Legislation (Ec 446) ; Collecth
Bargaining (Ec 447, 448, 449) ; Comparative Economic Systems (Ec 450, 45
452) ; American Economic History (Ec 487, 488, 489) ; Development of Industri:
Economics (Ec 490, 491, 492) ; Seminar: Labor Economics (Ec 507).
Education-Seminar: Work Evaluation (Ed 407) ; Educational and Vo<:<
tional Guidance (Ed 488).
History-American Economic History (Hst 487, 488, 489).
Journalism-Seminar: Industrial Editing (J 407) ; The Press and Socie1
(J 450) ; Publicity and Public Relations (J 459); Public Relations Problen
(J 483) ; Journalism and Public Opinion (J 494).
Law-Agency (L 427); Labor Law (L 476).
Political Science-Administrative Organization and Behavior (PS 412, 413)
Theory of Democracy (PS 456, 457) ; The Supreme Court in American Goven
ment (PS 484, 485, 486) ; Seminar: Constitutional Law (PS 507) ; Seminal
Comparative Labor Movements (PS 507).
Production and Industrial Management-Personnel Management (PIM 412)
Wage and Salary Administration (PIM 413) ; Problems in Personnel Manage
ment (PIM 414); Seminar in Collective Bargaining (PIM 507) ; Personnel A(
ministration (PIM 534); Personnel Psychology (PIM 535); Organizationl
Conflict and Change (PIM 536).
Sociology-Seminar: Sociology of Professions (Soc 407) ; Economic Soc
ology (Soc 407); Problems of Change in Underdeveloped Areas (Soc 407)
Theory of Small Groups (Soc 430) ; Group Dynamics (Soc 431) ; Sociology ~
Work (Soc 446); Industrial Sociology (Soc 447); Sociology of Occupatio~
(Soc 448) ; Theory of Organization (Soc 541).
The Institute of Industrial and Labor Relations provides advice and assis
ance to doctoral candidates who are interested in work in industrial relations as
minor field or as a supplement to their major program.
Latin American Studies
THE UNIVERSITY offers undergraduate. and graduate programs in Lat
American studies. Students enrolled in these programs complete regular maj
requirements in a department of the College of Liberal Arts or a profession
school, with additional studies providing an emphasis on the Latin American ar
An interdisciplinary committee advises students in the planning of their ar
studies; Dr. Daniel Goldrich, associate professor of political science, is chairm
of the committee.
LINGUISTICS 187
The special requirements for a B.A. degree with emphasis on Latin American
Idies are: (1) two years of college study of Spanish or Portuguese or equiva-
It; (2) a minimum of 27 term hours in Latin American area courses, other
In language, of which at least 18 term hours must be outside the student's
Ljor field.
The special requirements for a M.A. or Ph.D. degree with an emphasis on
.tin American studies are: (1) competence in Spanish or Portuguese, to be
monstrated by examination; (2) a minimum of 21 term hours in graduate
Llfses in Latin American studies, including 9 hours in an interdisciplinary semi-
r; (3) a thesis on a Latin American topic, for which a maximum of 9 hours of
ldit may be applied toward requirement (2).
Linguistics
-IE UNIVERSITY offers an undergraduate interdisciplinary curriculum in
guistics, leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree. The requirements are as
lows: (I) two years of either French or German, and one year of Greek, Latin,
Issian, Japanese, or Chinese; (2) 24 term hours of work in general theory of
19uage; (3) Symbolic Logic (Phi 461, 462) or Philosophy of Language (Phi
~) ; (4) linguistic electives, 6-9 term hours. The program is administered by an
erdepartmental committee representing the departments of Anthropology and
19lish and the Division of Modern and Classical Languages; Dr. Oliver M. Wil-
'd, associate professor of English, is chairman of the committee.
Mathematics
fessors: A. F. MOURSUND (department head), F. W. ANDERSON, F. C. AN-
DREWS, PAUL CIVIN, C. W. CURTIS, K. S. GHENT, D. K. HARRISON,· I. M.
NIVEN, L. E. WARD, JR.,t BERTRAM YDOD.
sociate Professors: H. L. LOEB, E. A. MAIER, K. A. Ross, K. R. STROMBERG,;
G. W. STRUBLE, R. F. TATE, D. R. TRUAX,; c. R. B. WRIGHT.
sistant Professors: B. A. BARNES, C. M. DED, R. M. GILLETTE, L. C. GROVE,
J. E. HUMPHREYS, R. M. KOCH, J. V. LEAHY,· GERSON LEVIN, FRANKLIN
LoWENTHAL, T. K. MATTHES, J. M. VAN BUSKIRK, H. E. WARREN.
ior Instructors: G. T. BEELMAN, MARIE R. MASON, P. R. SHERMAN.
tructors: C. B. BRADEN, R. B. BURCKEL, G. J. LOSCALZO, ERNST MERZRATH,
LULU MOURSUND.
ociate: S. E. DICKSON.
lows: R. L. BOHAC, D. S. BROWDER, M. E. CHRISTIE, C. V. COMISKY, R. E.
DRESSLER, THERON FRIEDMAN, R. M. GRASSL, M. M. HOLTE, B. ]. JONES,
N. C. MEYER, M. L. OSBORNE, F. A. RICHEN,]. E. SCHNEIDER.
istants: R. L. BERNHARDT III, T. C. BURROWES, W. CHANG, A. ]. CLEMONS,
L. M. COWAN, R. S. CUNNINGHAM, ]. B. EAGLE, C. C. FAST, C. E. FORD,
T. V. FOSSUM, J. M. FRANKLIN, K. R. FULLER, H. R. GAGE, G. A. GISLASON,
RITA HALL, R. R. HALLETT, R. W. HONERLAH, W. M. HUBBERT, R. F. JOHN-
SONBAUGH, D. H. KELKER, M. R. W. KERVIN, R. A. KREISS, ALICE ].
LADuKE, D. G. LAMET, L. C. LEINBACH, G. G. MICHAEL, ]. A. MINSKY,
L. K. MOHLER, D. S. NEWPORT, L. E. OCHS, ]R., W. A. PARKER, W. E.
PFAFFENBERGER, ]. P. PIER, R. G. POND, P. S. PUTTER, R. W. RYDEN, H. ].
SCHMIDT, ]R., ]. H. SCHULTZ, ]R., G. M. SEITZ, S. M. SIMMONS, ]ONATHAN
* On leave of absence 1966·67.
tOn sabbatical leave, fall tenn, 1966-67.
t On sabbatiealleave 1966-67.
188 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
STAFFORD, MOLLY R. STAFFORD, M.]. STECHER, T. A. SWANSON, L. D. TUC}
ER, D. R. TURNIDGE, E. D. TYMCHATYN, R. L. WAGONER; H. D. WARNE
C. C. WHITE, D. D. WILLIAMS, M. ]. ZERGER.
MATHEMATICS COURSES at the University are designed to provide t1
training in rigorous thinking and analytical processes which is fundamental to
liberal education; to provide basic mathematical and statistical training for stl
dents in the social, biological, and physical sciences and in the professional school:
to prepare prospective teachers of mathematics; and to provide advanced ar
graduate work for students specializing in the field.
Preparation for Major Work. Students planning to major in mathematics:
the University should take high-school courses in algebra (at least one and on,
half years) and plane geometry and, if possible, courses covering trigonometl
and more advanced topics.
Majors usually begin University work in mathematics with IntroductOl
College Mathematics (Mth 104, 105, 106), Preparation for Calculus (Mth 115
Calculus with Analytical Geometry (Mth 200, 201, 202, 203), or Analytic Geon
etry and Calculus (Mth 204, 205; 206), the latter sequence being reserved f(
Honors College and other especially well-prepared freshmen whose high-sch04
program included trigonometry. Students not prepared for one of these sequence
must make up their deficiencies in one or both of the following courses: Elemen'
of Algebra (Mth 10), Intermediate Algebra (Mth 95).
Students normally may enter Mth 200,201,202, 203 upon completion of M1
105 or Mth 115.
Science Group Requirement. Correlated sequences which satisfy the scien(
group requirements are listed on page 81.
Mth 200, 201, 202, 203 (or Mth 204, 205, 206) is the recommended sequenc
for all well-prepared students. Mth 104, lOS, 106 is the standard sequence for stl
dents who enter with one and one-half years of high-school algebra, and who i
tend to major in mathematics, the physical sciences, or architecture, or to ta
more than one year's work in college mathematics. Fundamentals of Mathemati
(Honors College) (Mth 107, 108, 109) provides a distinctive approach to colle
mathematics for students in the Honors College. The department will recomme
suitable sequences in the light of the individual student's interests and mathemati
placement-test score.
Requirements for Bachelor's Degree. To qualify for a bachelor's degr
with a major in mathematics, a student must complete 48 term hours of work
the field, including Calculu.s with Analytical Geometry (Mth 200, 201, 202, 20
or Analytic Geometry and Calculus (Mth 204, 205, 206), and at least 30 te
hours in upper-division mathematics courses exclusive of Mth 425, 426, 427. N
more than 15 hours selected from Mth 441, 442, 443, Mth 447, 448, 449 may
counted toward the minimum major requirement.
Students preparing for graduate work in mathematics should include in th
programs: Mth 411, Mth 415, 416, 417; Mth 418, Mth 419; Mth 431, 432, 43
and Mth 447, 448, 449. Students preparing for graduate work in statistics sho
follow the same program. Attainment of a reading knowledge of at least one
the following languages is highly recommended: French, German, Russian.
Secondary-School Teaching of Mathematics. For certification as a teach
of mathematics in Oregon high schools, the Oregon State Department of Educ
tion requires (l) the satisfaction of certain minimum standards of subject prepar
tion and (2) the recommendation of the institution at which the student complet
his subject preparation.
To meet the state standards in mathematics and the requirements for Wlqu
fled recommendation by the University of Oregon, students should satisfy t
MATHEMATICS 189
~quirements for a bachelor's degree with a major in mathematics, and should
lc1ude in their programs: Calculus (Mth 313), Fundamentals of Algebra (Mth
n, 342, 343), Fundamentals of Geometry (Mth 344, 345), and Fundamentals
f Statistics (Mth 346). Regular session cotjrses with similar content and special
pper-division and graduate courses offered during summer sessions are acceptable
lbstitutes for these courses.
Nonmajor students who wish to prepare for the teaching of mathematics as a
~cond field should include Fundamentals of Algebra (Mth 341, 342, 343) and
'undamentals of Geometry (Mth 344, 345) in their programs.
For further information, the student should consult the member of the mathe-
latics faculty who serves as adviser for prospective teachers.
Honors. See HONORS COLLEGE, pages 132 ff.
Graduate Work. The Department of Mathematics offers graduate work
~ding to the Master of Arts, Master of Science, and Doctor of Philosophy de-
rees. Candidates for the Ph.D. degree are accepted in such fields as number
leary, algebra, analysis, topology, topological algebra, and probability and sta-
tstics. Students interested in graduate work should consult the head of the de-
artment concerning departmental requirements.
Statistical Laboratory and Computing Center. A Statistical Laboratory
ill Computing Center is operated under the auspices of the Graduate School, in
ose cooperation with the Department of Mathematics. IBM 1620 and 360 e1ec-
'onic computers are available for research and teaching. See pages 127-128.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
[th 95. Intermediate Algebra. 4 hours.
Fundamentals of algebra. Intended for students entering with less than two
years of high-school algebra; not open for credit for students entering with
four years of high-school mathematics including trigonometry.
th 104, 105, 106. Introductory College Mathematics. 4 hours each term.
Elements of mathematical logic and set theory, college algebra, trigonometry,
analytic geometry, and elementary calculus. Prerequisite: one and one-half
years of high-school algebra or Mth 95.
th 107, 108, 109. Fundamentals of Mathematics (Honors College). 4 hours
each term.
A terminal course. Selected topics from number theory, combinatorics, graph
theory, infinite sets and other areas; does not prepare students for Mth 204.
Prerequisite: enrollment in the Honors College.
th 115. Preparation for Calculus. 4 hours.
Selected topics from algebra, trigonometry, and other areas. For entering
sttjdents who have had a considerable amount of high-school mathematics and
whose placement scores indicate a need for a brief course in precalculus mathe-
matics. Prerequisite: placement score just below that required for Mth 200
or consent of department.
th 121, 122, 123. Mathematics for Elementary Teachers. 3 hours each term.
Basic concepts of arithmetic, elementary algebra, and elementary geometry.
Emphasis on the real number system and deductive process within the system.
Open only to prospective elementary teachers.
th 124. Mathematics of Finance. 4 hours.
Simple and compound interest and discount, annuities, periodic-payment plans,
bonds, depreciation, mathematics of insurance. and other topics related to busi-
ness. Prerequisite: Mth 104.
th 200, 201, 202, 203. Calculus with Analytical Geometry. 4 hours each term.
Standard sequence for students of physical, biological, and social sciences.
190 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Prerequisite: high-school trigonometry and a high placement score; ,
Mth 115; or Mth 104, 105, 106; or Mth 104 with a grade of A or B and co
sent. Not open to students who have credit for Mth 204, 205, 206.
Mth 204, 205, 206. Analytic Geometry and Calculus. 5 hours each term.
A unified treatment of analytic geometry and calculus; equivalent of Mth 2(
201,202,203. Special section for Honors College and other superior studenl
Prerequisite: high-school trigonometry and a high placement score; or M
115; or Mth 104 with a grade of A or B and consent.
Mth 233. Introduction to Numerical Computation. 3 hours.
Basic principles of computation; programming a computer in an algebr;;
language. Prerequisite: Mth 104 or equivalent.
Mth 290. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Selected topics not covered in the regular lower-division courses. For st
dents of high ability.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Mth 313. Calculus. 4 hours.
Foundations of the calculus. For prospective high-school teachers. Pr
requisite: calculus and consent of instructor.
Mth 319. Number Theory. 3 hours.
Divisibility, congruences, number theoretic functions, Diophantine equatior
Prerequisite: year sequence in calculus or consent of instructor.
Mth 341,342,343. Fundamentals of Algebra. 3 hours each term.
Algebraic topics, for prospective secondary-school teachers of mathemati<
Inequalities, congruences, bases of the number system, foundations of algebr
set theory, Boolean algebras, elementary matrix and group theory. Prereql
site: year sequence in calculus or consent of instructor.
Mth 344, 345. Fundamentals of Geometry. 3 hours each term.
Geometric topics, for prospective secondary-school teachers of mathemati<
Length, area, volume, and the related limit problem. Ruler and compass co
structions, locus problems. Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries. Coon
nate and noncoordinate techniques in the plane and in space. Prerequisit,
year sequence in calculus or consent of instructor.
Mth 346. Fundamentals of Statistics. 3 hours.
Topics in probability and statistics, for prospective secondary-school teache
of mathematics. Probability and random variables on finite sets. Binomial al
hypergeometric distributions. Random number tables. Frequency distributio
and histograms. Algebra of elementary statistical distributions. Tests of h
potheses and linear estimates. Prerequisite: year sequence in calculus or co
sent of instructor.
Mth 354. Mathematical Logic and Set Theory. 3 hours.
Topics in mathematical logic and set theory. Propositional calculus, algeb
of sets, functions and relations, cardinal numbers, ordinal numbers, point se
on the real line. Prerequisite: calculus or consent of instructor.
Mth 403. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Mth 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
Mth 407. Seminar. (g) Hours to be arranged.
Mth411. Introductory Linear Algebra. (g) 3 hours.
Computational matrix algebra. Vector spaces, systems of linear equatiOl
matrices, determinants, characteristic roots, quadratic forms and diagon
zation. Prerequisite: Mth 202 or Mth 205, or consent of instructor.
Mth 412. Linear Algebra. (g) 3 hours.
Proofs of theorems on basis and dimension in abstract vector spaces;
MATHEMATICS 191
transformations, the minimal polynomial; determinant of a linear transforma-
tion; characteristic roots and vectors; orthogonal, unitary, and symmetric
transformations. Prerequisite: Mth 411.
fth 413. Geometric Algebra. (G) 3 hours.
Introduction to the classical linear groups and geometrics associated with
them. Prerequisite: Mth 412.
1:th 414. Introduction to Hilbert Space. (G) 3 hours.
Geometry of infinite dimensional Hilbert space; bounded linear operators and
their adjoints; spectral theorem for self-adjoint and unitary operators. Pre-
requisite: Mth 412.
fth 415,416,417. Introduction to Abstract Algebra. (G) 3 hours each term.
Sets, relations, mappings; introduction to the theory of groups, rings, fields,
polynomial rings; linear algebra and matrix theory. Prerequisite: Mth 411
or consent of instructor.
fth 418. DifferentialEquations. (g) 3 hours.
Linear differential equations, applications, systems of equations. Prerequisite:
Mth 200,201,202,203 or Mth 204, 205, 206, Mth 411.
1:th 419. Functions of Several Variables. (g) 3 hours.
Infinite series, power series, partial differentiation, multiple integrals, and
other related topics. Prerequisite: Mth 200, 201, 202, 203 or Mth 204, 205, 206.
ith 420. Vector Analysis. (g) 3 hours.
Vector operations, divergence theorem, Stokes' theorem, applications. Pre-
requisite: Mth 419 or equivalent.
fth 421. Functions of a Complex Variable. (g) 3" hours.
Cauchy's theorem, residues, contour integration. Prerequisite: Mth 419 or
consent of instructor
ith 422. Fourier Series. (g-) 3 hours.
~ Pointwise and mean convergence, orthogonal functions, applications to par-tial differential equations.th 425, 426, 427. Elements of Statistical Methods. (g) 3 hours each term.
A basic sequence in statistical analysis; not intended for mathematics majors.
Presentation of data; sampling theory; tests of significance; analysis of vari-
ance and covariance; regression and correlation; sequential analysis; design
of experiments; distribution-free techniques. Prerequisite: Mth 95 or equiva-
lent; junior standing.
th 428. Scientific and Statistical Computation. (G) 3 hours.
Numerical computation, including programming a computer in algebraic
language and numerical error control. Prerequisite: Mth 418 or concurrent
registration in a 400-level analysis or statistics course.
th 429, 430. Numerical Analysis. (G) 3 hours each term.
Approximation theory, finite difference calculus, numerical integration,
matrix methods, numerical solution of differential equations. Prerequisite:
Mth 428 and one term in analysis.
th 431,432,433. Advanced Calculus. (G) 3 hours each term.
A rigorous treatment of topics introduced in elementary calculus or more-
advanced topics basic to the study of real and complex vari,\bles. Prerequisite:
calculus and upper-division mathematics sequence.
th 438. Introduction to Topology. (G) 3 hours.
Elements of set theory, metric and topological spaces, connectedness and
compactness; emphasis on those concepts of topology which are fundamental
to advanced calculus.Prerequisite : calculus.
th 441, 442,443. Introduction to Statistical Theory. (g) 3 hours each term.
Designed primarily for nonmajors who have a working knowledge of calculus
and for mathematics majors intending to take no further work in statistics.
192 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Topics covered include: elementary theory of probability, sampling theof)
estimation, hypothesis testing, sequential and nonparametrie methods, ele
mentary decision theory. Prerequisite: calculus.
Mth 444. Computing. (g) 4 hours.
Introduction of the principles of digital computers; analysis of data-process in;
systems; programming languages and techniques; selected advanced topic
of current interest. Prerequisite: Mth 233.
Mth 445. System Programming. (g) 4 hours.
Study of computer operating systems, input and output systems, assemble
and compiler construction. Prerequisite: Mth 444.
Mth 447, 448, 449. Mathematical Statistics. (G) 3 hours each term.
Combinatorial probability; development of distribution theory from the theor:
of probability; derivation of sampling distributions; introduction to theory 0
statistical estimation and inference. Prerequisite: calculus and upper-divisiOi
mathematics sequence.
GRADUATE COURSES
*Mth 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
*Mth 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Mth 50S. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Mth 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Algebraic Geometry. Humphreys, Leahy.
Applied Mathematics. Lowenthal, Yood.
Banach Algebras. Yood.
Commutative Algebra. Anderson, Harrison.
Complex Variable Theory. Koch, Lowenthal.
Computing. Struble.
Differential Geometry. Koch, Leahy.
Fourier Analysis. Ross.
Function Algebras. Civin.
Groups and Representations. Curtis, Grove, Wright.
Harmonic Analysis. Ross, Stromberg.
Homological Algebra. Anderson, Harrison.
Knot Theory. Van Buskirk.
Lie Algebras and Algebraic Groups. Curtis, Humphreys.
Noncommutative Rings. Anderson, Curtis, Harrison.
Number Theory. Niven.
Numerical Analysis. Loeb, Struble.
Selected Topics for Mathematics Teachers. Ghent, Maier, Moursund.
Statistics and Stochastic Processes. Andrews, Matthes, Tate, Truax.
Topics in Functional Analysis. Civin, Ross, Stromberg, Yood.
Topological Semi-Groups. Ward.
Topology. Gillette, Van Buskirk, Ward.
Mth 541, 542, 543. Abstract Algebra. 3 hours each term.
Group theory, fields, Galois theory, algebraic numbers, matrices, rings, alg
bras.
Mth 544, 545, 546. Structure of Rings and Algebras. 3 hours each term.
Topics selected from: rings with minimum condition, algebras over a comm
tative ring, rings without finiteness assumptions, and nonassociative rings an
algebras.
Mth 547, 548, 549. Algebraic Number Theory. 3 hours each term.
Algebraic, irrational, transcendental, and normal numbers; approximation
algebraic and transcendental numbers by rationals.
Mth 551,552,553. Theory of Functions of a Real Variable. 3 hours each term.
Measure and integration, Hilbert and Banach spaces, and related topic
* No-grade course.
MATHEMA TICS 193
Mth 554, 555, 556. Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable. 3 hours each
term.
The theory of Cauchy, power series, contour integration, analytic continua-
tion, entire functions, and related topics.
Mth 557, 558, 559. Topics in Classical Analysis. 3 hours each term.·
Fourier series, Fourier transforms, integral equations, linear operations In
Hilbert space, spectraLtheory.
Mth 561, 562, 563. Modern Theories in Analysis. 3 hours each term.
Measure theory, Banach spaces and algebras, analysis in topological groups;
modern functional analysis, with emphasis on the connections with classical
analysis and on applications to harmonic analysis.
Mth 571, 572, 573. Topology. 3 hours each term.
General and point set topology, introduction to algebraic topology.
Mth 581, 582, 583. Theory of Estimation and Testing Hypotheses. 3 hours
each term.
Classical theory of testing and estimation, BAN estimates, moment estimates,
sequential analysis.
Mth 584,585,586. Theory of Probability. 3 hours each term.
Elements of measure theory, probability in abstract spaces, random variables,
independence, cumulative distribution functions, characteristic functions, mo-
ments, convergence of distributions, the central limit problem, Infinitely die
visible distributions; applications to statistics.
Mth 587, 588. Stochastic Processes. 3 hours each term.
A non-measure-theoretie introduction to the theory of stochastic processes;
processes discrete in space and time, discrete in space and continuous in time,
continuous in space and time; applications.
Mth 591, 592, 593. Advanced Mathematical Statistics. 3 hours each term.
Topics selected from: analysis of variance and design of experiments; multi-
variate analysis; sampling from finite populations; nonparametrie methods.
th 594. Theory of Games. 3 hours.
The theory of games, with special emphasis on zero-sum two-person games.
th 595, 596. Statistical Decision Theory. 3 hours each term.
Statistical decision theory based on the theory of games; sequential decision
theory; comparison of experiments.
COURSES OFFERED ONLY IN SUMMER SESSIONS AND EXTENSION
th 10. Elements of Algebra. No credit (extension).
th 457 458,459. Foundations of Mathematics. (g) 3-4 hours each term (sum-
mer sessions).
th 468,469. Probability and Statistics. (g) 3-4 hours each term (summer
sessions) .
th 478, 479. Algebra. (g) 3~4 hours each term (summer sessions).
th 487,488,489. Geometry. (g) 3-4 hours each term (summer sessions)
th 498, 499. Analysis. (g) 3-4 hours each term (summer sessions).
th 578,580. Algebra. 3-4 hours each term (summer sessions).
th 589. Geometry. 3-4 hours (summer sessions).
th 598, 599. Analysis. 3-4 hours each term (summer sessions).
194 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Medical Technology
THE UNIVERSITY offers a four-year program in medical technology, leading
to the bachelor's degree. The program includes three years of work on the Eugene
campus and one year at the Medical School in Portland. During his three years
on the Eugene campus, the student must satisfy (1) all general University degree
requirements, for majors in professional schools, that cannot be satisfied with work
taken at the Medical School, and (2) the special science requirements for admis-
sion to the fourth-year program at the Medical School. The following recommend-
ed courses satisfy the science requirements:
Ternt Hours
Mathematics (above Mth 10)........................... 12
General Biology (Bi 101, 102, 103).................. 12
General Chemistry (Ch 104, 105, 106)........ 9
Inorganic Qualitative Analysis (Ch 108) 2
Intro. Volumetric Analysis (Ch 109) 2
Organic Chemistry (Ch 334, 335, Ch 337, 338).................................... 10
Quantitative Analysis (Ch 320)................ 4
Essentials of Physics (Ph 101, 102, 103) . 9
Intro. to Bacteriology (Bi 381, 382)..................... 6
Upper-division biology _ _........ . _................................ 6
For an outline of the fourth-year program, see the University of Oregon
Medical School Catalog.
Medicine, Preparatory
THE UNIVERSITY offers a premedical program which satisfies the require-
ments for admission to American medical schools, including the University oj
Oregon Medical School in Portland. The program is supervised by a special
advisory committee, of which Dr. Bradley T. Scheer, professor of biology, is
chairman.
Medical schools have varying admission requirements. The requirements oj
the several schools are listed in Admission Reqllil'ements for American .Iv!edical
Colleges, an annual volume published by the Association of American Medical
Colleges; students planning to seek admission to a particular school should' con-
sult this volume, and plan their premedical studies to satisfy any special require-
ments of the school.
Nearly all medical schools require applicants to take the Medical College
Admissions Test. The test is given twice each year, in October and May; stu-
dents are advised to take the test in May of the calendar year before they plan to
enter medical school. Application for permission to take the test must be made
about a month before the scheduled date. Application blanks may be obtained in
the Office of Admissions.
The University of Oregon Medical School requires that .the student mus1
have earned a B.A. or B.S. degree before entrance or must complete the work
for the degree at the University of Oregon, or at the institution at which he received
his premedical preparation, before entering upon the work of the third year at
the Medical School. Under University of Oregon regulations, a maximum oj
48 term hours of work in medicine may be counted as credit earned in residence
toward the bachelor's degree.
Students who expect to complete the requirements for a bachelor's degree a1
the Medical School should satisfy, in their premedical program, all requirement!
for the degree (including general University requirements and requirements fOl
a major in the College of Liberal Arts) that cannot be satisfied with work taker
at the Medical School.
MODERN AND CLASSICAL LANGUAGES 195
Many students elect a departmental major in the College of Liberal Arts
(history, biology, chemistry, physics, etc.) ; these students should consult their
departmental adviser at the beginning of their junior year concerning major re-
quirements. Students may also elect a more general program leading to a major
in general science.
The following courses satisfy both the science requirements for admission
to the University of Oregon Medieal School and, with additional science instruc-
tion at the Medical School, the requirements for a major in general science:
4_
12
IS
10
7-8
Term Hours
12
9
Mathematics (above level of Mth 10) .. .
General Chemistry (Ch 104, lOS, 106) ...._
Inorganic Qualitative Analysis (Ch 108), Introductory Volumetric Analysis
(Ch 109) ._ . .___ .._ _. .. __ _ .
General Biology (Bi 101, 102, 103) ._ __ _._._ __ .
General Physics (Ph 201, 202, 203, Ph 204, 205, 206) _
Organic Chemistry (Ch 334, 335, Ch 337, 338) _._ _. __ ._. .._ _. __
Advanced biology (comparative anatomy, embryology, or genetics) . .
Transfer students will be expected to take Quantitative Analysis (Ch 320),
5 term hours.
Scholarships. For special scholarships for premedical students, see page 108.
Honors. See HONORS COLLEGE, pages 132 ff.
Modern and Classical Languages
D. M. DOUGHERTY, Executive Officer of the Division
Classics, and "Chinese and Japanese
Professor: F. M. COMBELLACK.*
Associate Professor: C. B. PASCAL (department head).
Assistant Professors: C. M. BLACK, EDNA LANDROS (emeritus), HIROSHI MIYAJI,
W. E. NAFF, ANGELA PALANDRI.*
nstructor : J. L. REAVIS.
ecturer: CLARA SUN.
ellows: BARBARA BUONO, DAVID GILMOUR, MARGARET LAMBERTI, PRUDY
SCHROEDER.
Assistants: JANE ·M.ARCHIBALD, F. C. LORISH, YOKO MCCLAIN, M. J. MOFFITT,
J. F. POWERS, TSENG-WEN SHEN.
German and Russian
Professors: W. A. LEPPMANN (department head),* E. P. KREMER ,(emeritus),
R. A. NICHOLLS (acting head), H. D. SACKER.
ssociate Professors: P. B. GONTRUM, W. L. HAHN, ASTRID M. WILLIAMS.
ssistant Professors: CAROL B. BEDWELL, ALBERT LEONG, J. R. MCWILLIAMS,
H. R. PLANT,* VLADIMIR TOLSON.
nstructor~: NICHOLAS CHICHERIN, PAUL JUSWIGG, ESTHER H. LESER, HOWARD
PURVIS, VERA SIMONIN.
ellows: W. K. BARROWS, MARY BOWEN, CARL CALENDAR, G. A. FETZ, G. D.
FRANKLIN, BRITTA HALVORSEN, OTMAR JONAS, BETH E. MAVEETY, G. M.
MOORAD, A. J. ODMARK, JR., J. R. REECE, ANNE C. SCHMIDT, D. L. WILLIAMS,
D. S. WOLFE.
* On leave of absence 1966·67.
196 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Assistants: A. D. BEHN, D. P. BENSELER, MEREDITH BOGGS, KAREN M. BUHR-
MANN, HENRY CROES, VALERIE J. HALL, ROSEMARY IMBERT, HANS KASDORF,
R. H. MCCULLOCH, JOSEPHINE E. MAYER, D. A. MILLER, JUDY L. TORVEND,
JOHN WALTER.
Romance Language
Professors: C. B. BEALL, D. M. DOUGHERTY, T. R. HART,* C. L. JOHNSON, L. O.
WRIGHT (emeritus).
Associate Professors: P. J. POWERS (department head), E. S. HATZANTONIS,*
T. E. MARSHALL,* D. G. SIMONIN.
Assistant Professors: RANDI M. BIRN, P. W. NOBILE, S. L. ROSE, R. H. DES-
ROCHES, T. J. TOMANEK.
Senior Instructors: H. F. COOPER, D. J. CURLAND.
Instructors: PRISCILLA E. BECK, NOELENE BLOOMFIELD, G. A. CASAGRANDE, HAY
CHAN DAM, ADRIANA CORTES-HWANG, PIETRO D'ANGELO, MARIE T. FAVERO,
COLETTE FREITAG, ALBERTO DE LA FUENTE, ]. E. HWANG, M. VIRGINIA JONES,
ELISABETH K. MARLOW, L. A. OLIVIER, JR.
Lecturers: P. M. LEWIS, ARTURO MIRO-CAYUELA.
Fellows: STEPHEN ARNOLD, BARBARA A. BOOHAR, CAROLE J. BUBASH, H. KAY
CAPRON, VALERIE D. CLARK, MARILYN J. CONLEY, SUSAN M. CULVER, G. S.
GIAUQUE, JANET GILLESPIE, ANNEM. HILTON, THOMAS HINES, D. D. Mc-
WILLIAMS, D. E. MARSTON, MARGARET MORRIS, BARBARA G. MURPHY, JEAN
D. NOLAND, MARY M. NORVAL, J. E. RIVERS, JR.
Assistants: GRACIELA G. BATISTA, BENEDICT BEITcISHOO, R. E. BUTLER, JR.,
GLORIA J. CAHAN, ADRIANA J. CHIODO, R. H. ESTUPINIAN, STEPHANIE
FECHNER, MARY D. FROHNMAYER, JANICE F. GERVAIS, KAREN L. HENRY,
REITA M. HRIBERNICK, PHYLLIS J. KAFF, ESTHER H. LESER, E. L. LOPEZ,
W. 1. LUSETTI, H. D. MANNING, L. B. MARCUS, C. A. MOORE, W. V. NORVAL,
C. E. PERRY, LINDA L. PETERSON, JANE W. ROMIG, KAREN S. ROYCE, SANDRA
L. SMITH, C. C. STATHATOS, T. G. TEN EYCK, MARY L. WAGNER.
THE DIVISION OF MODERN AND CLASSICAL LANGUAGES includes
the Department of Classics, and Japanese and Chinese, the Department of German
and Russian, and the Department of Romance Languages. The departments offer
instruction in Chinese, French, German, Greek, Italian, Japanese, Latin, Norwe-
gian, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, and Swedish. The undergraduate course offer-
ings provide: (1) an introduction to the nature and structure of language as a
basic aspect of human culture; (2) an introduction to the principal literatures of
the world; (3) major programs in Greek, Latin, French, German, Italian, Spanish,
Russian, and Japanese; (4) a reading knowledge of languages required of candi-
dates for advanced degrees; and (5) proficiency in the speaking, understanding,
and writing of French, German, Italian, Russian, and Spanish.
A fully equipped language laboratory provides practice in speaking and under-
standing the modern languages through the use of tapes and of recordings made
by native speakers.
Major Requirements. Major requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree
are as follows:
Classics. Twenty-four term hours in Greek or Latin beyond the second-year
sequence; History of Greece (Hst 411), History of Rome (Hst 412, 413). Majors
in Greek or Latin are normally expected to take work in the other Classical lang-
uage or in French or German.
Ja.pa.nese. Fifteen term housr beyond the second-year sequence; 15 term hours
in Chinese; Introduction to Japanese Literature (AL 301, 302, 303) ; History oj
• On leave of absence 1966-67.
MODERN AND CLASSICAL LANGUAGES 197
apan (Hst 497,498,499). Majors in Japanese are expected to develop a strong
econdary field such as English, a European language and literature, or one of the
ocial sciences.
French, German, Italian, Russian, or Spanish. Thirty term hours beyond the
econd-year sequence-normally survey of literature, composition and conversa-
ion, and two additional upper-division year sequences (at least one a literature
equence) .
Romance Languages, Modern Languages, Classical and 1110dern Languages.
fhirty term hours beyond the second-year sequence in one language and 15 term
lours beyond the second-year sequence in a second language,including two upper-
livision literature sequences in the first language and one in the second.
Secondary-School Teaching of Foreign Languages. For certification as a
eacher of French, German, Spanish, or Latin in Oregon high schools, the Oregon
;tate Department of Education requires (1) the satisfaction of certain minimum
tandards of subject preparation and (2) the r~commendationof the institution at
vhich the student completes his subject preparation.
Completion of 45 term hours of work in anyone of these languages satisfies
he state standards for undergraduate preparation and the requirements for rec-
lmmendation by the University of Oregon. The Division of Modern and Classical
~anguages will, however, approve enrollment for student teaching only if the stu-
lent's course work in the language he plans to teach is of high quality, if he has at-
ained reasonable oral and written control of the language, if he has completed
~d 315, and if he has completed or is enrolled in Ed 408.
For permanent certification, after a fifth year of preparation, the student must
:omplete an additional 15 term hours in linguistics, culture and civilization, and
lhonetics (phonetics not required for certification in Latin). The following courses
Lre recommended: French, RL 429, 430, RL 331, 332; German, GL 340, 341,342,
fhonetics; Spanish, RL 432, 433, RL 350, 351; Latin, Hst 411, Hst 412, 413; all
tmguages, AL 450, 451.
It is recommended that, if possible, the student complete the five-year program
or permanent certification before he begins teaching, and that, during the fifth
ear, he satisfy the requirements for the interdisciplinary master's degree in teach-
g.
For further information, the student should consult a member of the faculty
f the Division of Modern and Classical Languages who serves as adviser for
rospective teachers.
Honors. See HONORS COLLEGE, pages 132 ff.
Graduate Study. The Division of Modern and Classical Languages offers
rograms of graduate study leading to the degree of Master of Arts in Greek,
atin, Classical languages, German, French, Spanish, Romance languages, and
omparative Literature, and to the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in Romance
nguages, Germanic languages, and Comparative Literature. For the master's de-
ree, courses are offered in the languages and literatures of Greece, Rome, France,
ermany, Spain, and Spanish America; preferably, the student's program should
clude work in two of these fields. For the doctorate in Romance languages, op-
ortunities for advanced study are provided in the French and Spanish fields,
pplemented by offerings in Italian, German, Portuguese, Proveni;al, and Classi-
al languages. The program for the doctorate.in Germanic languages includes
dvanced study of literature and philology, supplemented by courses in English
terature and philology and in Romance and Classical languages and literatures.
The graduate program in Comparative Literature is administered by a commit-
e representing the Department of English and the Division of Modern and Clas-
ica1 Languages; it offers opportunity for advanced study of several literatures,
198 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
in their original languages. The doctoral programs are intended primarily to pre
pare college te'achers and research scholars. Doctoral studies may center in tho
investigation of a single problem, the results of which are embodied in the disserta
tion, or may be more broadly cultural, with less emphasis on research.
The resources of the University Library for research in Classical languages
French, Spanish, and German are adequate for the division's graduate programs
in some fields they are outstanding. The Library's holdings of learned periodical:
are extensive; the quarterly journal, COMPARATIVE LITERATURE, is edited in thl
department.
Classics, and Chinese and Japanese
GREEK
LOWER·DIVISION COURSES
CL 50, 51. Beginning Greek. 4 hours each term.
The fundamentals of the Attic Greek language. Black, Pascal.
CL 52. Introduction to Xenophon. 4 hours.
Reading of the first four books of Xenophon's Anabasis. Black, Pascal.
CL 101, 102. Introduction to Homer. 4 hours each term.
Reading of Books I-VI of the Iliad. The Homeric dialect; practice with th,
Homeric meter. Lectures on the Homeric Age. Combellack, Black, Pascal.
CL 103. Introduction to Plato. 4 hours.
Reading of the Etlthyphro, Crito, and Apology. Combellack, Black, Pascal.
CL 231, 232. New Testament Readings. 4 hours each term.
Selected readings from the Gospels and Paul's Epistles. May be followed b~
CL 103 or CL 316 to complete ayear sequence.
UPPER·DIVISION COURSES.
AL 304, 305, 306. Literature of the Ancient World. 3 hours each term.
For description, see page 137. Combellack.
AL 321, 322, 323. Classic Myths. I hour each term.
For description, see page 137. Pascal.
CL 314, 315. Introduction to Homer. 4 hours each term.
For de~cription, see CL 101, 102. Not open to students who have complete(
that sequence. Combellack.
CL 316. Introduction to Plato. 4 hours.
For description, see CL 103. Not open to students who have completed tha
course. Combellack.
CL 317. Euripides. 3 hours.
Reading of Alcestis and Electra. Lectures on Greek stage antiquities. Combe!
lack.
CL 318. Herodotus. 3 hours.
Reading of selections from Herodotus' HisforJ'. Study of the Ionic dialecl
Combellack.
CL 319. Aristophanes. 3 hours.
Reading of The Frogs and one or two other plays. Aristophanes as a literal':
critic. Lectures onGreek comedy. Combellack.
CL 320. Sophocles. 3 hours.
Reading, in alternate years, of the Trojan and the Theban plays. Combellad
CL 321. Demosthenes. 3 hours.
Reading of the De corona·. Lectures on the Attic orators. Combellack.
MODERN AND CLASSICAL LANGUAGES 199
:L 351,352,353. Greek Prose Composition. 1 hour each term.
:L 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
:L 407. Greek Seminar. (G) Hours to be arranged.
:L 411. Thucydides. (G) 3 hours.
Reading of selections from the History of the Peloponnesian War. Lectures
on fifth-century Athens. Combellack.
:L412. Aeschylus. (G) 3 hours.
Reading of the Oresteia.. Pascal, Combellack.
:L 413. Theocritus. (G) 3 hours.
Reading of Theocritus and selections from other Greek bucolic poets. Lec-
tures on ancient pastoral poetry and its influence. Pascal, Combellack.
:L 414. Plato's Republic. (G) 3 hours.
Reading of the Republic, with special attention to Plato's literary art and to
his attitude toward literature. Pascal, Combellack.
:L 415. Aristotle's Ethics. (G) 3 hours.
Reading of the Nicomachean Ethics. Lectures on ancient ethical theories and
on Aristotle's relationship to Plato. Combellack.
:L416. Greek Lyric Poetry. (G) 3hours.
Readings from the lyric poets, including some elegiac poets. Combellack.
GRADUATE COURSES
CL 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
:L 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
:L 507. Greek Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
L 517,518,519. Studies in Greek Literature. Hours to be arranged.
Introduction to methods and materials for research in the classics; special
attention to literary problems. Study of one of the following: Homer's
Odyssey, Sophocles, Thucydides, Plato's Republic, Alexandrian poetry.
Combellack.
LATIN
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
L 60, 61, 62. First-Year Latin. 4 hours each term.
Fall and winter: fundamentals of Latin grammar; spring: selected readings
from Caesar.
L 104. Cicero's Orations. 4 hours.
Reading of selected orations, with close study of classical Latin forms and
constructions as exemplified in Cicero's speeches.
L 105. Virgil's Aeneid. 4 hours.
Reading of the first six books of the Aeneid. Practice in reading Latin hexa-
meter;
106. Terence. 4 hours.
Reading of a representative comedy of Terence. Survey of the early Roman
theater.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
301. Livy. 3 hours.
Reading of Books I and II, with attention to Livy's prose style and especially
his narrative technique. Pascal.
'it No-grade Course.
200 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
CL 302. Virgil's Eclogues and Georgics. 3 hours.
Selected readings from the earlier poetic works of Virgil. Pascal.
CL 303. Horace's Odes. 3 hours.
Selected odes from the four books. Special attention to Horace's empIa)
ment of the lyric form to express national ideals as well as personal thougl
and emotion. Pascal.
AL 304, 305, 306. Literature of the Ancient World. 3 hours each term.
For description, see page 137. Combellack.
AL 321, 322, 323. Classic Myths. 1 hour each term.
For description, see page 137. Pascal.
CL 341. Horace's Satires and Epistles. 3 hours.
Reading of selections from the Satires and Epistles. Study of the Horatia
technique of satire. Pascal.
CL 342. Pliny and Martial. 3 hours.
Selected letters of Pliny and epigrams of Martial. Development of Silv(
Latin as seen in a representative prose writer and poet; the literary and hi~
torical trends in Rome of the first and early second century A.D. Pascal.
CL 343. Tacitus' Agricola and Germania. 3 hours.
Close study of Tacitean style in the earlier works. Pascal.
CL 345. Ovid's Metamorphoses. 3 hours.
Reading of some 6f the major myths. Study of Ovid's storytelling techniqu
Pascal. .
CL 346. Petronius' Cena Trima1chionis. 3 hours.
Reading of the entire Cena. Petronius' role in the development of the pical
esque novel. Special attention to the colloquial Latin spoken by the chal
acters in the CC>la. Pascal.
CL 347, 348, 349. Latin Composition. 1 hour each term.
Survey of classical Latin syntax; extensive practice III prose compositioJ
Designed for majors and prospective teachers. Pascal.
CL 361. Cicero's Philosophical Works. 3 hours.
Reading of the Tusculan Disputatians and the De officiis. Cicero's role as a
eclectic philosopher. Black.
CL 362. Lucretius. 3 hours.
Reading of Book I and other selections from the De rerum natura. Revie'
of ancient atomic theory. Close study of the Lucretian hexameter. Black.
CL 363. Catullus. 3 hours.
Reading and analysis of both the "personal" and Alexandrian poems. Tl
political and social background of Catullus' poetry. Black.
CL 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
CL 408. Latin Seminar. (G) Hours to be arranged.
CL 447, 448, 449. Latin Prose Composition. (G) I hour each term.
Composition of continuous Latin prose based on an intensive study of stylist
models from classical literature. Prerequisite: CL 347, 348, 349 or gradua
standing.
CL 461. Propertius and Tibullus. (G) 3 hours.
Reading of works of Propertius and Tibullus. Comparison of the poetic styli
of these two Augustan poets. Combellack.
CL 462. Juvenal. (G) 3 hours.
Reading of the selected satires. Juvena]'s relation to the R,oman tradition I
satire. Pascal.
MODERN AND CLASSICAL LANGUAGES 201
:L 463. Tacitus' Annals. ( G) 3 hours.
Reading of the first six books of the Annals. Analysis of Tacitus' style. His
importance as an interpreter of the early empire. Pascal.
GRADUATE COURSES
CL 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
:L 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
:L 508. Latin Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
:L 511, 512, 513. Readings in Mediaeval Latin. Hours to be arranged.
:L 514,515,516. Studies in Latin Literature. Hours to be arranged.
Intensive study of one of the following, with special attention to literary prob-
lems: Latin epic, Augustan elegy. Combellack, Pascal.
CHINESE AND JAPANESE
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
)L 50, 51,52. First-Year Chinese. 5 hours each term.
Colloquial Chinese (Peking); approximately half the year devoted to the
oral-aural approach to conversation, and the other half to the reading and
writing of materials in Chinese characters. Palandri, Sun.
)L 60, 61, 62. First-Year japanese. 5 hours each term.
Colloquial Japanese (Tokyo); approximately half the year devoted to the
oral-aural approach to conversation, and the other half to the reading and
writing of materials in characters and the syllabaries. Miyaj i.
)L 101,102, 103. Second-Year Chinese. 5 hours each term.
Continuation of OL 50, 51, 52, with the systematic addition of new characters
and styles; designed to increase fluency in conversation, reading, and writing.
Palandri, Sun.
L 104, 105, 106. Second-Year japanese. 5 hours each term.
Continuation of OL 60, 61, 62, with the systematic addition of new characters
and styles; designed to increase fluency in conversation, reading, and writing.
Naff.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
L 301,302,303. Introduction to japanese Literature. 3 hours each term.
For description, see page 137. Naff.
L 307, 308, 309. Introduction to Chinese Literature. 3 hours each term.
For description, see page 137. Palandri, Sun.
L 311,312,313. Third-Year Chinese. 3 hours each term.
Advanced readings in contemporary Chinese; introduction to classical, docu-
mentary, and historical texts. Palandri, Sun.
L314, 315, 316. Third-Year japanese. 5 hours each term.
Advanced readings in modern documentary and literary Japanese; use of
standard reference materials and introduction to the classical language. Miyaji.
L 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
UPP'ER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
L 411, 412, 413. Classical japanese. (g) 3 hours each term.
Reading from each of the major periods of premodern Japanese (archaic,
classical, mediaeval, and early modern) as a preparation for research or lite-
rary studies in materials written up to 1900. Naif.
'" N a-grade course.
202 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
German and Russian
GERMAN
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
GL 50, 51, 52. First-Year German. 4 hours each term.
Designed to provide a thorough grammatical foundation and an elemental'
reading knowledge of German, as well as an understanding of the spoke
language. Diller, staff.
GL 53, 54. First-Year German. 6 hours each term, winter and spring.
A two-term sequence covering the work of GL 50, 51, 52. For students wh
wish to begin German in the winter term.
GL 101, 102, 103. Second-Year German. 4 hours each term.
Review of grammar and composition; reading of selections from representa
tive authors; conversation. Special section for" Honors College student~
Bedwell, staff.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
GL 301, 302, 303. Survey of German Literature. 3 hours each term.
German literature from the Middle Ages to the present; readings from repre
sentative authors. One section conducted in German. Prerequisite: two year
of college German. McWilliams, Williams.
GL 307, 308, 309. German Literature of the Twentieth Century. 3 hours eac
term.
Introduction to the prose, poetry, and drama of the modern period. Particula
attention to literal-Y trends (naturalism, neoromanticism, expressionism, post
world \Var II literature) and experimental forms of the period. Emphasis 0
representative authors including Hauptmann, Thomas Mann, Rilke, Hess(
Kafka, Brecht. Bedwell, Diller.
AL 314,315,316. Introduction to Germanic Literature. 3 hours each term.
For description, see page 137. Gontrum.
GL 320,321,322. Scientific German. 3 hours each term.
Intensive practice in grammar, followed by the reading of texts in the stu
dent's major field. Intended principally for graduate students. Nicholls.
GL 334, 335, 336. German Composition and Conversation. 3 hours each term.
Extensive practice in speaking and writing. Required of German majors. Con
ducted in German. Prerequisite: two years of-college German. Diller, M<
Williams.
GL 340, 341, 342. German Culture and Civilization." 2 hours each term.
Historical and political backgrounds of German literature and art. Prerequ:
site: reading knowledge of German.
GL 403. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
GL 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
GL 407. Seminar. (g) Hours to be arranged.
GL411, 412, 413. The Age of Goethe. (G) 3 hours each term.
Readings in the main dramatic works of Lessing, Schiller, Kleist, and Goethe
Goethe's lyric poetry and selections from his prose. The spring term is devote
to the study of Faust. Prerequisite: Surveyof German Literature. Leppmann
GL414, 415, 416. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century. (G) 3 hoUl
each term. '
Selections from significant authors from the death of Goethe to the /lowerin
of naturalism. Plays of Hebbel and Grillparzer; Heine and the Young Gel
MODERN AND CLASSICAL LANGUAGES 203
mans; the novels and N ovellen of Keller; the rise of naturalism and the
young Hauptmann. Prerequisite; Survey of German Literature. Hahn.
L 424, 425, 426. Advanced German Composition and Conversation. (G) 2
hours each term.
Systematic review of grammar; historical survey of the German language;
translation of modern literary texts into German; writing of original themes.
Conducted in German. Normally required of German majors. Leppmann,
Hahn.
L 427,428,429. German Romanticism. (G) 3 hours each term.
Readings in the works of Tieck, F. Schlegel, Novalis, Hoffmann, Miirike, and
Eichendorff. Special emphasis on the romanticists' contributions to literary
criticism, to music, and to the study of the German past. Prerequisite: Survey
of German Literature. Hahn.
L 430,431, 432. The German Lyric. (G) 3 hours each term.
Study of German lyric poetry from the Middle Ages to the present, with read-
ings from all major authors. Special emphasis on the Lied and the ballad and
on the contemporary lyric poetry of George, Hofmannsthal, Rilke. Gontrum.
GRADUATE COURSES
;L 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
L 50S. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
L 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Humanism alld the Reformation.
The German Baroque.
History of the German Language.
L 514, SIS, 516. Middle High German. 3 hours each term.
Literary and linguistic study of representative texts; the Nibelungenlied,
I Minnesang, popular and courtly epics and lyrics, didactic works. Sacker.
L 517. Modern German Drama. 3 hours.
Analysis of the structural elements of naturalistic and expressionistic drama,
I
and of the work of Brecht, Borchert, Durrenmatt, and Frisch. Gontrum.
L 520. Contemporary German Lyric. 3 hours.
Problems of form in the longer poetic works of Rilke and George; Hofmanns-
thaI, Trakl, and Benn. Gontrum.
L 524,525,526. German Literature 1500-1750. 3 hours each term.
The impact of Luther on German literature; seventeenth-century German
literature; the German Enlightenment, and its relation to the Enlightenment
in England and France. Gontrum.
L 527,528, 529. Goethe and Schiller. 3 hours each term.
Extensive reading of the works of Goethe and Schiller; special attention to
Goethe's scientific, political, and aesthetic views and to Schiller's critical
writings. Nicholls.
530,531,532. Germanic Philology. 3 hours each term.
Introduction to Gothic; comparative Gothic and Old High German grammar;
Old High German literature. Plant.
533, 534, 535. History of the German Language. 3 hours each term.
Phonological, morphological, semantic, and syntactic development of German
from the oldest records to the present; dialects and dialect geography; loan
words from other languages; religious, philosophical, scientific, and other
specialized vocabularies. Plant.
536. Lessing. 3 hours.
Detailed study of Lessing's dramas, his theoretical and philosophical writings,
and his contribution to German classicicism.
* No·grade course.
204 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
GL 537. Sturm und Drang. 3 hours.
The dramatic works of the Storm and Stress writers, and their contributio
to a new understanding of literature.
GL 538. Holderlin and Jean Paul. 3 hours.
Holderlin's development as a lyrical poet; the main themes and images of h:
odes. Jean Paul as a forerunner of romanticism, especially in connection wit
the novel and basic concepts of literature. The instruction may cover bot
or either of these authors.
GL 540,541,542. German Drama of the Nineteenth Century. 3 hours eac
term.
Analysis of the dramas of Kleist, Buchner, Grabbe, Grillparzer, and Hebbel
special emphasis on dramatic technique and on the individual contributior
of these writers to the genre. Fall: Kleist; winter: Grillparzer; spring
Biichner, Grabbe, Hebbel. Nicholls.
GL 543, 544, 545. Contemporary German Lyric. 3 hours each term.
Fall: Rilke; winter: George and Hofmannsthal; spring: Benn, Trakl, an
contemporaries. Detailed and intensive study of these writers' poetry in term
of themes, form, and imager.y.
GL 546, 547, 548. Modern German Novel. 3 hours each term.
Fall: Thomas Mann; winter: Hermann Hesse; spring: Kafka and Musi
Detailed study of these writers or of other novelists of comparable statun
with emphasis on the nature of the genre and its gradual transformation <I
well as on narrative style and technique.
GL 550,551,552. Modern German Drama. 3 hours each term.
Fall: Gerhart Haptmann, Arthur Schnitzler; winter: Wedekind and the EJ(
pressionists; spring: Brecht, Durrenmatt, Frisch. Intensive study of the dr.
matic works of these writers, particularly in terms of new dramatic technique:
RUSSIAN
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
SL 50, 51, 52. First-Year Russian. 4 hours each term.
The elements of the Russian language. Elementary reading, composition, an
conversation. Tolson, V. Simonin.
SL 60,61,62. Intensive Russian. 6 hours each term.
The elements of the Russian language. Elementary reading, composlt1ol
and conversation. Covers in one year the material of SL 50, 51, 52, SL 10
102.
SL 101,102,103. Second-Year Russian. 4 hours each term.
Continued study of grammar and composition; reading of representati
works by great authors. Tolson, Steussy.
SL 201, 202, 203. Readings in Russian Literature. 3 hours each term.
Study in Russian of selected literary masterpieces of the modern period. Sa
as SL 311, 312, 313, but may not be counted for upper-division credit. Leong.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
SL 311, 312, 313. Readings in Russian Literature. 3 hours each term.
For description, see SL 201, 202, 203. Not open to students who have complet
that sequence. Leong.
SL 314,31$,316. Russian Composition and Conversation. 3 hours each term.
Exercises in pronunciation, comprehension, and composition; ample oppo
tunity for conversation. Conducted in Russian. Prerequisite: two years
college Russian or equivalent. Chicherin.
,MODERN AND CLASSICAL LANGUAGES 205
SL 331, 332, 333. Russian Pronunciation and Phonetics. 2 hours each term.
Study of the fundamentals of Russian pronunciation, with attention to each
student's difficulties. Prerequisite: two years of college Russian or equivalent.
AL 331, 332, 333. Survey of Russian Literature. 3 hours each term.
Russian literature from 1825 to 1917, with extensive reading in the works of
Gogol, Dostoevsky, and Tolstoy. Leong.
AL 340, 341, 342. Russian Culture and Civilization. 3 hours each term.
Main currents of Russian intellectual, literary, and artistic life.
SL 403. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
SL 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
SL 407. Seminar. (g) Hours to be arranged.
SL 411, 412, 413. The Russian Novel. (g) 3 hours each term.
Fall: Pushkin, Gogol, Goncharov, Turgenev; winter: Dostoevsky; spring:
Tolstoy. Prerequisite: SL 311, 312, 313 or equivalent.
SL 414, 415, 416. History of Russian Language. (g) 3 hours each term.
History of the Russian language from proto-Slavic to contemporary standard
Russian based on the Moscow dialect. Emphasis on Old Church Slavonic and
Old Russian. Prerequisite : thr~e years of college Russian or equivalent.
AL 421,422,423. Modern Russian Short Story, Poetry, Drama. (g) 3 hours
each term.
Fall: the short story-Gogol, Turgenev, Dostoevsky, Tolstoy, Chekhov,
Gorky, Soviet authors; winter: poetry-evolution of Russian poetry from
the beginnings into the Soviet period, with selected readings; spring: drama-
modern Russian drama from the eighteenth century. Knowledge of Russian
not required; but Russian majors must do selected readings in the original.
Offered alternate years.
SL 461,462,463. Advanced Russian Composition and Conversation. (g) 2
hours each term.
Extensive oral practice and composition of original themes. Conducted in
Russian. Normally required of Russian majors. Prerequisite: SL 314, 315,
316 or equivalent. Tolson.
SCANDINAVIAN
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
GL 60, 61, 62. First-Year Norwegian. 3 hours each term.
Designed to give a thorough grammatical foundation in idiomatic Norwegian,
with emphasis on both the reading and the speaking of the language. Vvillianis.
GL 70,71,72. First-Year Swedish. 3 hours each term.
Designed to give a thorough grammatical foundation in idiomatic Swedish,
with emphasis on both the reading and the speaking of the language. Williams,
Leser.
GL 104, 105, 106. Second-Year Norwegian. 3 hours each term.
Review of grammar, composition, conversation; study of selections from rep-
resentative authors. Williams.
GL 107, 108,109. Second-Year Swedish. 3 hours each term.
Review of grammar, composition, conversation; study of selections from rep-
resentative authors. Williams.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
AL 351, 352, 353. Scandinavian Literature in Translation. 3 hours each term.
For description, see page 138. Williams.
206 COLLEG-E OF LIBERAL ARTS
Romance Languages
FRENCH
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
RL 50, 51, 52. First-Year French. 4 hours each term.
An introduction to French, stressing reading and speaking. Exercises in ele-
mentary composition and grammar. Jones, staff.
RL 53,54. First-Year French. 6 hours each term, winter and spring.
Covers in two terms the work of RL 50, 51, 52. For students who wish to begin
French in the winter term. Leser.
RL 101, 102, 103. Second-Year French. 4 hours each term.
Study of selections from representative authors; review of grammar; con-
siderable attention to oral use of the language. Special section for Honors
College students. Desroches, staff.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
RL 301, 302, 303. Survey of French Literature. 3 hours each term.
French literature from the Middle Ages to the present; readings from repre-
sentative authors. Conducted in French. Prerequisite: two years of college
French or equivalent. Desroches, Johnson, Marlow, Olivier.
RL 314, 315, 316. French Composition and Conversation. 3 hours each term.
Exercises in pronunciation, comprehension, and composition. Ample oppor-
tunity for conversation. Conducted in French. Prerequisite: two years of col-
lege French or equivalent. Cooper, Manning, lvIarlow, Olivier.
RL 331, 332, 333. French Pronunciation and Phonetics. 2 hours each term.
A thorough study of the fundamentals of French pronunciation, with personal
attention to each student's difficulties. Prerequisite: two years of college
French or equivalent. Freitag, Jones.
RL 403. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
RL 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
RL 407. Seminar. (G) Hours to be arranged.
RL 411, 412,413. Seventeenth-Century French Literature. (G) 3 hours each
term.
Systematic study of the principal movements, types, and writers in seven-
teenth-century French literature, with special attention to Pascal, Corneille,
Moliere, and Racine. Prerequisite: Survey of French Literature. D. G. Simo-
nin.
RL 417, 418, 419. Nineteenth-Century French Literature. (G) 3 hours each
term.
The masterworks of prose fiction and selected works of the great poets and
playwrights of the century. One term devoted to each type. Prerequisite:
Surveyof French Literature. Johnson.
RL 423, 424, 425. Twentieth-Century French Literature. (G) 3 hours each
term.
Study of the writers and dominant literary currents in France since 1900.
Readings, lectures, and recitations. Conducted in French. Prerequisite: Sur-
vey ofFrench Literature. Birn, Marshall.
RL 429,430,431. French Culture and Civilization. (G) 3 hours each term.
The political and social backgrounds of French literature; introduction to
French music and art. Prerequisite: RL 301, 302, 303, or RL 314, 315, 316,
or equivalent. D. G. Simonin.
MODERN AND CLASSICAL LANGUAGES 207
RL 467,468,469. Advanced French Composition. (G) 2 or 3 hours each term.
Translation of modern literary texts into French, and writing of original
themes. Conducted in French. Normally required of French majors. Pre-
requisite: RL 314,315,316 or equivalent. Dougherty, Marlow.
GRADUATE COURSES
*RL 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
RL 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
RL 507. French Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
RL 514,515,516. Eighteenth-Century French Literature. 3 hours each term.
Study of the principal authors of the Enlightenment, particularly in their rela-
tionships to European currents of thought; emphasis on Montesquieu, Vol-
taire, Rousseau, and the Encyclopaedists. Desroches.
RL 517, 518, 519. Sixteenth-Century French Literature. 3 hours each term.
A general survey of literature in the Renaissance, with emphasis on Margue-
rite de Navarre, Rabelais, Marot, Ronsard, Du Bellay, d'Allbigne, and Mon-
taigne. Beall.
RL 538, 539, 540. Old French Readings. 2 hours each term.
Study of the principal mediaeval genres; epic, romance, ciJronicles. lyric
poetry, and drama. Special attention to works of fourteenth and fifteenth cen-
turies. Dougherty.
RL 544. Francois Villon. 3 hours.
Study of the entire-work of Villon. Dougherty.
RL 545. Ronsard. 3 hours.
Study of the evolution of Ronsard's poetic genius, and of his role in acclimat-
ing classical and Italian verse in France. Particular attention to style and to
characteristic Renaissance themes and motifs. Beall.
RL 546. Moliere. 3 hours.
Study of the principal comedies of Moliere.
RL 547. Voltaire. 3 hours.
Study of Voltaire's sOClal satire and historical prose. Beall.
RL 548. Baudelaire. 3 hours.
Study of all the works of Baudelaire. Johnson.
RL 549. Paul Valery. 3 hours.
Intensive study of representative works of Paul Valery. Marshall.
ITALIAN
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
RL 70,71, 72. First-Year Italian. 4 hours each term.
Grammar, pronunciation, composition, and translation of modern authors.
Casagrande, staff.
RL 73, 74. First-Year Italian. 6 hours each term, winter and spring.
Covers in two terms the work of RL 70, 71, 72. Ten Eyck.
RL 104, 105, 106. Second-Year Italian. 4 hours each term.
Study of selections from representative authors. Composition, pronunciation,
grammar. Casagrande, D'Angelo.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
RL 307, 308, 309. Survey of Italian Literature. 3 hours each term.
Survey of Italian literature from the Middle Ages to the present; readings
* No-grade course.
208 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
from representative texts. Prerequisite: two years of college Italian or
equivalent. Nobile.
RL 374, 375, 376. Italian Composition and Conversation. 3 hours each term.
Instruction in Italian grammar and current idiomatic patterns; extensive
exercises in oral communication and written composition. Conducted in Italian.
Prerequisite: two years of college Italian or equivalent. Casagrande.
RL 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
AL 477, 478, 479. Dante and His Times. (g) 3 hours each term.
For description, see page 138. Beall.
RL 480, 481, 482. Italian Renaissance Literature. (G) 3 hours each term.
Study of tragedy, comedy, epic, lyric, novella, historical and political prose,
courtesy books, criticism. Italy's role as the literary teacher of the rest of
Renaissance Europe. Beall.
RL 483, 484, 485. Nineteenth-Century Italian Literature. (G) 3 hours each
term.
Main currents and major figures of the post-baroque period; systematic and
critical study of the lyric poetry, novel, and drama of the nineteenth and early
twentieth century. Prerequisite: RL 371,372,373. Nobile.
RL 486, 487, 488. Twentieth-Century Italian Literature. (G) 3 hours each
term.
The main trends in criticism, poetry, drama, and the novel from D'Annunzio,
Pirandello, and Svevo to the present. Prerequisite: RL 307, 308, 309. Hatzan-
tonis.
PORTUGUESE
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
1_ RL 471,472,473. Portuguese and Brazilian Literature. (G) 3 hours each term.
Comparative structure of Portuguese. Reading of contos, writers of the
classical period and of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, and Brazilian
literature. Prerequisite: facility in Spanish, Italian, French, or Latin. Rose.
RL 474,475,476. Brazilian Novel. (G) 3 hours each term.
An historical and critical study of the Brazilian novel of the nineteenth and
twentieth centuries. Prerequisite: a reading knowledge of Portuguese. Rose.
SPANISH
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
RL 60,61,62. First-Year Spanish. 4 hours each term.
An introduction to Spanish, stressing speaking and reading. Exercises in ele-
mentary composition. Curland, staff.
RL 63,64. First-Year Spanish. 6 hours each term, winter and spring.
Covers in two terms the work of RL 60, 61, 62. For students who wish to
begin Spanish in the winter term. Cortes-Hwang.
RL 107,108,109. Second-Year Spanish. 4 hours each term.
Intensive oral and written exercises designed to help the student acquire an
accurate and fluent use of Spanish. Study of selections from representative
authors. Special section for Honors College students. Tomanek, staff.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
RL 304, 305, 306. Survey of Spanish Literature. 3 hours each term.
Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to the present; readings from repre-
sentative texts. Prerequisite: two years of college Spanish or equivalent.
Beck, Rose.
MODERN AND CLASSICAL LANGUAGES 209
RL 347, 348, 349. Spanish Composition and Conversation. 3 hours each term.
Fundamentals of pronunciation. Extensive oral and written practice. Con-
ducted in Spanish. Prerequisite: two years of college Spanish. de la Fuente,
Cortes-Hwang.
RL 350, 351. Spanish Pronunciation and Phonetics. 2 hours each term.
Scientific study of Spanish sounds, rhythms, and intonation. Supervised prac-
tice, with individual use of recording equipment. Prerequisite: consent of in-
structor. Curland.
RL 403. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
RL 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
RL 407. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
RL 432, 433, 434. Hispanic Culture and Civilization. (G) 3 hours each term.
Intellectual, cultural, and historical backgrounds of Hispanic literatures. Fall:
the mediaeval and Golden Age periods; winter: the eighteenth and nineteenth
centuries; spring: the twentieth century. Conducted in Spanish. Prerequisite:
RL 304, 305, 306. Offered alternate years. Cayuela-Miro.
RL 438, 439, 440. Nineteenth-Century Spanish Literature. (G) 3 hours each
term.
Reading and study of representative works in drama, poetry, and prose from
the romanticists to the Generation of 1898. Conducted in Spanish. Prerequi-
site: Survey of Spanish Literature.
RL 441,442,443. Modern Spanish Literature. (G) 3 hours each term.
Modern Spanish literature beginning \~ith the Generation of 1898. Principal
types and authors. Extensive reading of texts. Conducted in Spanish. Pre-
requisite: Survey of Spanish Literature. Beck.
RL 444, 445, 446. Spanish-American Literature. (G) 3 hours.each term.
Study of the principal authors of Spanish America since the beginning of the
sixteenth century. Selections from the works of Ercilla, SOl' Juana, Bello,
Heredia, Sarmiento, Dario, Silva, Nervo, Gonzalez Prada, Mistral, and
others. Prerequisite: Survey of Spanish Literature. Tomanek.
RL 451, 452, 453. Spanish Literature of the Golden Age. (G) 3 hours each term.
Study of the outstanding authors of Spain's classical period: Garcilaso, Cer-
vantes, Lope de Vega, Calderon, Quevedo, Gongora, and others. Prerequisite:
survey of Spanish Literature. Powers.
RL 461,462,463. Advanced Spanish Composition and Conversation. (G) 2 or
3 hours each term.
Normally required of Spanish majors. Prerequisite: RL 347, 348, 349 or
equivalent. Conducted in Spanish. Cayue1a-Miro, Nobile.
GRADUATE COURSES
*RL 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
RL 50S. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
RL 508. Spanish Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
RL 541,542,543. Old Spanish Readings. 2 hours each term.
Study of representative texts of the three centuries preceding the Golden Age.
Development of the principal genres: the chronicle, the ballad, the romance.
Detailed study of El Libro de Buen Amor, El Conde Lucanor, and A111adis de
Gaulo. Hart.
RL 554,555,556. Drama of the Golden Age. 3 hours each term.
Interpretation and criticism of selected comedies of Lope de Vega, Calderon,
Tirso de Molina. Ruiz de Alarcon, Augustin Moreto, and Rojas Zorilla. Con-
ducted in Spanish. Powers.
.. No·grade course.
210 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
RL 557, 558, 559. The "Modernista" Movement. 3 hours each term.
Interpretation and criticism of the work of leading Spanish American
"modernista" writers: Marti, Silva, Julian del Casal, Gutierrez Najera, Dario,
Lugones, and others. Tomanek.
RL 561,562,563. Spanish-A.merican Novel. 3 hours each term.
Study of the novel as a literary form in Spanish America.
RL 564. The Enlightenment in Spain. 3 hours fall.
Study of the several genres, especialIy the essay, in eighteenth-century Span-
ish literature. with special attention to: Feij60, Jovellanos, Cadalso, Malen-
dez Valdes, Forner, Moratin, Torres Villarroel, and the Fabulistas.
RL 565. Realismo. 3 hours winter.
Study of the realistic and naturalistic novel in the Spanish nineteenth century,
with special attention to the works of Benito Perez Gald6s.
RL 566. Romanticismo y Costumbrismo. 3 hours spring.
Study of the origins and manifestations of romanticism in Spain and of the
tendency known as costu111bris111o, which coincided with the romantic move-
ment. Special attention to the works of Larra, Mesonero Romanos, and
Becquer.
ROMANCE PHILOLOGY
GRADUATE COURSES
RL 520, 521, 522. Old French. 3 hours each term.
Phonology and morphology. Reading of principal literary monuments. His-
tory of French literature through the thirteenth century. Dougherty.
RL 523, 524, 525. Vulgar Latin and Old Proven\;al. 2 hours each term.
RL 535, 536, 537. Old Spanish. 3 hours each term.
Phonology, morphology, and syntax of early texts; ecclesiastical glosses,
legal documents, Auto de los Reyes illa.90s, the Roncesvalles fragment, the
Cantoar de Mia Cid, ancient ballads. Hart.
Nursing, Preparatory
Professor: JEAN E. BOYLE (director).
Associate Professor: GURLI J. OLSON (in charge of prenursing program).
Assistant Professor: RUTH BRANCONr.
THE UNIVERSITY offers on the Eugene campus a three-term prenursing cur-
riculum to prepare students for admission to the University of Oregon School of
Nursing located on the campus of the Medical School in Portland. The student
enters the School of Nursing in the summer term after her freshman year. The
total nursing curriculum, leading to the B.S. degree, requires four academic years
and one summer term for completion.
The requirements for admission to the School of Nursing are as follows:
(I) Completion of a required freshman program at the University of Oregon,
or at any accredited junior college, college, or university whose program is accept-
able for transfer of credit to the University of Oregon..
(2) A grade-point average of at least 2.00 for the freshman-year program.
(3) A satisfactory rating on the National League for Nursing Prenursing
and Guidance Examination. This examination should be taken early in the stu-
PHARMACY, PREPARATORY 211
dent's freshman year; application to take the examination should be made well in
advance. Prenursing students should consult their prenursing adviser or write to
the School of Nursing concerning examination dates.
Initial application for admission to the School of Nursing should be made in
January of the student's freshman year. A transcript showing completion of the
prenursing requirements should be filed at the close of the spring term in June.
Because of the professional nature of nursing and the responsibility of the pro-
fession to the public, the faculty of the school has established high standards of
student selection.
The required freshman prenursing program is outlined below:
Term Hours
Chemistry (Ch 101, 102, 103 or Ch 104, 105, 106) .
English Composition (Wr 121, 122, 123) ..
Literature (Eng 101, 102, 103 or Eng 104, lOS, 106 or
Eng 107, 108, 109) ..
Social science group __ .__ .__ .. _
Nutrition (REc 225) ..
Fundamentals of Speech (Sp 121) .
Physical education . ..
Electives-Background for Nursing (Nul' 121) recommended ..
12
9
9
9
2
3
3
3
For a detailed outline of the total nursing program, see the School of Nursing
Catalog; copies of the Catalog may be obtained by writing to: Director, Univer-
sity of Oregon School of Nursing, 3181 S.W. Sam Jackson Park Road, Portland,
Oregon.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSE
Nur 121. Background for Nursing. 3 hours.
The historical background of modern social and health movements; the rela-
tion of these to the evolution of nursing as a profession. Olson.
Pharmacy, Preparatory
THE UNIVERSITY OF OREGON offers a one-year prepharmacy program
to prepare students for admission to the Oregon State University School of
Pharmacy or other accredited pharmacy schools. The following courses are
required:
Term Hours
Introductory College Mathematics (Mth 104, lOS, 106) 12
General Biology eBi 101, 102, 103) 12
General Chemistry (Ch 104, lOS. 106, Ch 108, Ch 109).. 13
English Composition (Wr 121, 122, 123) 9
Physical Education 3
The professional program in pharmacy at Oregon State University is a four-
year curriculum fol1owing one year of preprofessional work.
Philosophy
Professors: B. E. JESSUP, J. T. WISDOM.
Associate Professors: HENRY ALEXANDER (department head), F. B. EBERSOLE.
Assistant Professors: JOHN COOK, R. T. HERBERT, D. S. LEVI, ARNULF ZWEIG.
Instructors: ROBERT PAUL,* J. K. STEPHENS.
Fel1ow: R. M. DAVIS.
• On leave of absence 1966·67.
212 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Assistants: ]. G. ALEXANDER, ALAN DREXGSOX, VI. ]. HOLLY, G. K. KEDL, B. ].
KELLENBERGER, NORMAN MARSHALL, F. C. MOTLEY, ]. D. NAJlIJ\WUR, ARTHUR
ROSEN HOLM, C. E. VAN ANTWERP, R. E. '-IVALTON.
THE DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY offers a major program leading to
the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree. The lower-division courses in
philosophy provide an introductory survey; the upper-division courses provide a
more intensive study of selected philosophical problems and authors.
The minimum major requirement is 4S'ferm hours of work in philosophy with
grades of C or better, including 36 hours in upper-division courses. The 4S-hour
requirement must include History of Philosophy (Phi 301, 302, 303), Symbolic
Logic (Phi 461, 462) or History of Logic (Phi 466, 467), and 6 hours of courses on
the works of specific authors. Courses of study must be arranged in consultation
with department advisers.
The department also offers a graduate program leading to the Master of Ar-ts
and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Programs are arranged in consultation with
the department head.
Honors. See HoxoRS COLLEGE, pages 132 ff.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Phi 201, 202, 203. Problems of Philosophy. 3 hours each term.
An introduction to philosophical problems through the study of philosophical
classics. Phi 201 is a prerequisite for Phi 202. Phi 201 and 202 are prerequisites
for Phi 203.
Phi 207, 208, 209. Introduction to Philosophy (Honors College). 3 hours each
term.
Introduction to the study of some significant problems of philosophy and
philosophical methods; concerned primarily with topics in logic, ethics,
metaphysics, and theory of knowledge. Open only to students in the Honors
College.
Phi 221. Elementary Logic. 3 hours.
An introduction to the study of reasoning. How to recognize, analyze, criti-
cize, and construct the main types of argument and proof.
Phi 222. Elementary Aes.thetics. 3 hours.
An elementary study of aesthetic fact and value, and of the relation of aesthetic
interest to other human interests, such as the moral, the intellectual, and the
religious. ] essup.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Phi 301, 302, 303. History of Philosophy. 3 hours each term.
Survey of Western philosophy from the Greeks to the twentieth century.
Phi 304, 30S, 306. Social and Political Philosophy. 3 hours each term.
A survey of the major social and political theories from Plato through Marx.
Inquiry into such ideas as justice, natural law, natural rights, and the social
contract.
Phi 328, 329. Modern American Philosophy. 3 hours each term.
Intensive study of selected works of major American philosophers from the
late nineteenth century to the present.
Phi 361, 362. Ethics. 3 hours each term.
Study of the most important traditional ethical theories; modern philosophical
analysis of moral terms and statements.
Phi 40S. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
PHILOSOPHY 213
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
Phi 407. Seminar. (G) Hours to be arranged.
Philosophy of Mathematics. Levi.
Locke. Cook.
Philosophy of History. Paul.
Kant. Zweig.
Berkeley. Levi.
Kierkegaard. Jessup.
Wittgenstein. Cook.
Philosophy of Religion. Cook.
Leibniz. Paul.
Phi 411, 412. Philosophy of Science. (G) 3 hours each term.
Analysis of basic concepts of science, such as "explanation," "chance," "caus-
ation," etc. Nature of mathematics and its relation to science.
PhI413,414. Philosophy of Mind. (G) 3 hours each term.
Analysis of some basic concepts of psychology, such as "mind" and "behav-
ior"; discussion of the mind-body problem and of methodological issues in
psychology.
Ph1415. Plato. (G) 3 hours.
Analysis of Plato's major dialogues.
Ph1416. Aristotle. (G) 3 hours.
Aristotle's major writings on theory of knowledge, metaphysics, and ethics.
Phi 417. Hume. (G) 3 hours.
Hume's writings on knowledge, morals, and religion.
Ph1418. Kant. (G) 3 hours.
Kant's writings on knowledge, morals, and religion. Zweig.
Phi 431, 432. Philosophy in Literature. (G) 3 hours each term.
Selective study of major philosophical ideas and attitudes expressed in the
literature of Europe and America. Jessup.
Phi 435. Existentialism. (G) 3 hours.
The basic ideas of the Christian and atheistics divisions of the existentialist
movement; reading of selected works of Kierkegaard, Jaspers, Heidegger, and
Sartre; some attention to precursors and to the general modern philosophical
situation which negatively has generated the existentialist "rebellion." Jessup.
Phi 441, 442, 443. Aesthetics. (G) 3 hours each term.
Systematic study of the meaning and value of aesthetic experience in everyday
life and in the arts-painting, music, literature, etc. Jessup.
Phi 452. Philosophy of Language. (G) 3 hours.
Examin~tion of philosophical theories of language and meaning; ideals and
methods of clarification; definition, analysis; philosophy as study of lan-
guage. Selected readings. Ebersole.
Phi 453, 454. Analytic Philosophy. (G) 3 hours each term.
A critical study of recent analytic philosophy, with special emphasis on the
writings of the logical positivists and their predecessors and of contemporary
British "linguistic" philosophers.
Phi 461, 462. Symbolic Logic. (G) 3 hours each term.
A consideration of the critical results of mathematical logic; e.g., the com-
pleteness and undecidability of the predicate calculus, the essential incomplete-
ness of elementary number theory, set and recursive function theory. Offered
alternate years. Not offered 1967-68.
Ph1465. Logical Theory. (G) 3 hours.
Formal and informal logic; proof; acceptability of logic; measuring-, com-
puting, formalizing and arguing, contradiction and paradox.
214 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Phi 466, 467. History of Logic. (G) 3 hours each term.
A study of writers in the philosophy of logic; e.g., Plato, Aristotle, the Stoics,
Ockham, Frege, Strawson. Offered alternate years.
GRADUATE COURSES
*Phl 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Phi 505. Reading: and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Phi 507. Seminar. HQurs to be arranged.
Aristotle. Levi.
Metaphysics. Alexander.
Analytic Aesthetics. Jessup.
Ph1511, 512, 513. Problems of Knowledge. 3 hours each term.
Examinations of attempts at philosophical analysis and justification of knowl-
edge; perception, memory, induction, the self and other selves.
Phi 514, 515, 516. Ethical Theory. 3 hours each term.
An examination of contemporary ethical theory.
Physics
Professors: R. J. DONNELLY (department head), BERND CRASEMANN, S. Y.
CH'EN, F. E. DART, E. G. EBllIGHAUSEN, R. T. ELLICKSON, 1. E. MCCARTHY,
J. W. MCCLURE, J. L. POWELL, G. H. WANNIER.
Associate Professors: M. D. GIRARDEAU, J. C. KEMP, H. W. LEFEVRE, D. K.
McDANIELS.
Assistant Professors: R. J. HIGGINS, K. J. PARK, D. O. WELLS, R. L. ZIMMERMAN.
Senior Instructors: J. C. BURG, J. V. RADOSTITZ
Instructor: S. B. W. ROEDER.
Associates: R. M. BAHNSEN, R. A. CRAIG, E. F. GIBSON, R. J. HARDY, J. B. MEHL.
Fellows: J. C. COOPER, D. D. DAVIS, W. 1. GLABERSON, P. E. KOBLAS, V. O.
KOSTROUN, A. J. MORD, P. E. PARKS, R. G. STAFFORD, G. A. STRINGER, J. B.
SWEDLUND, D. VV. TERWILLIGER.
Assistants: R. W. AMAN, G. A. BARNES, K. W. BATTLESON, R. L. BOWERS, D. L.
BRIDGES, C. A. BURKE, YUNG-KWANG CHANG, CHI-SHISH CHEN, S. D.
CLOUD, R. G. CUTLER, P. A. DEUTCHMAN, ]. F. DOAR, K. W. DOLAN, B. D.
EVANS, D. E. GILBERT, J. A. GLAZE, Y. N. GORADIA, Q. A. HOLMES, J. A.
HUGHES, J. T. HUNT, B. D. JOHNSON, H. D. KAEHN, D. W. KNEFF, J. W.
LEONARD, A. T. LONSETH, M. T. LUNNON, TSU-HUEI LID, R. B. MILLER,
G. A. Moss, T. C. OWEN, C.]. PILUSO,]. RUVALDS, WERNER S,CHULZ, D. M.
STRAYER, D. K. TAN, D. H. TANIMOTO, D. G. TONN, H. S. WAFF, W. R.
WYLIE, CHENG-CHIH YAN, W. M. ZINIKER.
COURSES OFFERED by the Department of Physics are planned to provide
basic training for professional physics majors, for persons who wish to obtain a
broad liberal arts education centered around a major in physics, for major students
in other science fields, for premedical and predental students, and for students
planning to teach the physical sciences in the secondary schools.
Preparation for Major Work. Students planning to major in physics at the
University should take as much mathematics in high school as possible. Students
entering with insufficient preparation in mathematics must remedy their deficien-
cies in elementary courses offered by the University. Substantial preparation in
• No-grade course.
PHYSICS 215
English and a foreign language is expected. High-school work in chemistry and
physics is desirable but not required.
Requirements for Bachelor's Degree. To qualify for a bachelor's degree
with a major in physics, a student must complete 39 term hours of work in the
field, including General Physics (Ph 201, 202, 203), General Physics Laboratory
(Ph 204, 205, 206), and at least 24 term hours in upper-division physics courses
including Advanced General Physics (Ph 320, 321, 322). All physics maj ors must
complete a year sequence in differential and integral calculus and a year sequence
in chemistry, including laboratory.
Students preparing for graduate work in physics should include in their pro-
grams: Electricity and Magnetism (Ph 431,432,433), Modern Physics (Ph 411,
412, 413), a year sequence in advanced mathematics (Mth 418, 419, 420), alld at
least one additional upper-division sequence in physics.
Science Group Requirement. Anyone of the following sequences will satisfy
the science group requirement; Essentials of Physics and General Physics Labora-
tory (Ph 101, 102, 103, Ph 204, 205, 206) ; Descriptive Astronomy (Ph 104, 105,
106); General Physics (Ph 201, 202, 203).
Secondary-School Teaching of Physics. For certification as a teacher of
physics in Oregon high schools, the Oregon State Department of Education re-
quires (1) the satisfaction of certain minimum standards of subj ect preparation
and (2) the recommendation of the institution at which the student completes his
subj ect preparation.
For information concerning subject preparation required to meet state stand-
ards in physics and to obtain the recommendation of the University of Oregon, the
student should consult the member of the faculty of the Department of Physics who
serves as adviser for prospective teachers.
Honors. See HONORS COLLEGE, pages 132 ff.
Graduate Work. The Department of Physics offers a program of graduate
work leading to the M.A., M.S., and Ph.D. degrees, with a variety of opportunities
for research. Research in the Department of Physics currently includes theoretical
and experimental work in solid state physics, nuclear physics, the physics of fluids,
and atomic physics.
A placement examination is given entering graduate students in the fall. The
examination covers only the field of mechanics and electricity. Students who show
.... lack of preparation in either of these fields are required to take the necessary
undergraduate courses, without graduate credit.
Course requirements for a master's degree in physics include: acceptable
undergraduate preparation; two year-long course sequences in physics, one
of which must be a 500 sequence; and one of the following sequences in mathe-
matics: Advanced Calculus (Mth 431, 432, 433), Applied Mathematics Seminar
(Mth 507), Theory of Functions of a Real Variable (Mth 551, 552, 553), Theory
of Functions of a Complex Variable (Mth 554, 555, 556), Topics in Classical
Analysis (Mth 557, 558, 559).
LOWER·DIVISION COURSES
Ph 101, 102, 103. Essentials of Physics. 3 hours each term.
Fundamental principles of physics, intended for students not majoring in
science; requires less mathematical preparation than Ph 201, 202, 203. 3 lec-
tures. Prerequisite: Mth 95. Roeder.
Ph 104, 105, 106. Descriptive Astronomy. 4 hours each term.
Descriptive treatment of both the solar and stellar systems, including the
earth, moon, sun, planets, comets and meteors, properties of individual stars,
star clusters, bright and dark nebulae, double and multiple stars, variable
216 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
stars, our galaxy, the extragalactic system, and the expanding universe. Occa-
sional viewing of celestial objects with a telescope. 4 lectures. Ebbighausen.
Ph 201, 202, 203. General Physics. 4 hours each term.
First-year college physics for science majors. 4 lectures. 2 sections. Pre-
requisite: for standard section, Mth 104, 105 or equivalent, or consent of in-
structor; for Honors section, prior study of calculus or concurrent registra-
tion in Mth 200 or Mth 204. Dart, McClure, Donnelly.
Ph 204,205,206. General Physics Laboratory. 1 hour each term.
Planned to accompany Ph 101, 102, 103 or Ph 201, 202, 203. 1 two-hour labo-
ratory period. Burg.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
(Unless an exception is noted in the course descriPtion, general physics and calculus
are prerequisite to all upper-division and graduate courses.)
Ph 320, 321, 322. Mechanics and Thermal Physics. 4 hours each term.
Fundamental principles of Newtonian mechanics; brief introduction to La-
grange's equations; thermodynamics and kinetic theory of gases; introduction
to statistical mechanics. 4 lectures. McCarthy.
Ph 401. Research. Hours to be arranged.
Ph 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Ph 409. Special Laboratory Problems. Hours to be arranged.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
Ph 407. Seminar. (G) Hours to be arrahged.
Ph 411, 412, 413. Modern Physics. (G) 3 hours each term.
Brief introduction to special relativity. The experimental foundations of
quantum physics. Basic ideas and methods of elementary quantum mechanics,
with applications to atomic physics. Introductory nuclear physics. Prerequi-
site: Ph 320, 321,322 or consent of instructor. Powell.
Ph 417,418. Atomic and Nuclear Physics. (g) 3 hours each term.
Atomic structure, elements of spectroscopy. Radioactivity, nuclear reactions,
nuclear structure; selected topics in quantum physics. Designed for students
preparing for secondary-school teaching. 3 lectures.
Ph 427, 428, 429. Electronics. (G) 3 hours each term.
An introduction to electronic circuits and techniques of special relevance to
measurements in present-day experimental physics. Linear passive networks:
response to DC, AC, and transient signals. Non-linear circuit elements, tubes
and transistors: introduction to their behavior and simple applications. Opera-
tionalamplifiers: their use in measurement, control, and analog computing.
Digital measurement techniques. Basic microwave techniques. 2 lectures; 1
three-hour laboratory. Higgins.
Ph 431, 432, 433. Electricity and Magnetism. (g) 3 hours each term.
Advanced undergraduate study of electromagnetic phenomena, with emphasis
on vector methods; Maxwell's equations and electromagnetic waves. Pre-
requisite: Ph 320, 321, 322 or consent of instructor. \,yells.
Ph 434, 435, 436. Advanced Physical Measurements. (G) 1 or 2 hours each
term.
Primarily for advanced students interested in experimental physics. Selected
topics in electronics and in nuclear and solid state physics instrumentation.
Course material adapted to students' interests when possible. Lectures and
laboratory.
Ph 441, 442, 443. Optics. (G) 4 hours each term.
Theory of optical images, aberrations; effects of apertures, optical instru-
ments; interference, diffraction, polarization, double refraction, optical ac-
tivity, dispersion, absorption, scattering, theory of reflection, the nature of
light. Kemp.
PHYSICS 217
Ph 444. Spectrochemical Analysis. ( G) 3 hours.
Methods of excitation, qualitative analysis, photographic photometry, meth-
ods of quantitative analysis, analysis of absorption spectra, practical applica-
tions to various fields of industry and research. 2 lectures; I three-hour labora-
tory period. Ch'en.
Ph 471, 472, 473. Introduction to Theoretical Physics. (G) 3 hours each term.
Elementary quantum mechanics; the Schroedinger equation, wave functions
and wave packets. uncertainty principle, hermitian operators, one-dimensional
problems, the WKBJ approximation, angular momentum and spin, the hydro-
gen atom, identical particles, approximate methods, scattering theory, electro-
magnetic radiation. Prerequisite: Ph 320, 321, 322 and concurrent registration
in Ph 411, 412, 413 or consent of instructor. McDaniels.
Ph 481,482,483. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics. (G) 3 hours each term.
Elementary quantum mechanics; the Shroedinger equation, wave functions
and wave packets, uncertaihty principle, hermitian operators, one-dimensional
problems, the WKBJ approximation, angular momentum and spin, the hydro-
gen atom, identical particles, approximate methods, scattering theory, electro-
magnetic radiation. Prerequisite: Ph 320, 321,322 and concurrent registration
in Ph 411, 412, 413; or consent of instructor. Wells.
GRADUATE COURSES
~Ph 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
~Ph 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Ph 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Ph 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Experimental Solid State Physics.
Nuclear Physics.
Advanced Quantum Theory.
Elementary Particles.
Liquid Helium.
Ph 517, 518, 519. Quantum Mechanics. 3 hours each term.
Matter waves and Schrodinger equation; statistical interpretation; measure-
ment process; uncertainty relations; complementarity; classical limit and
WKB approximation; scattering; symmetries and conservation laws; identi-
cal particles and permutation symmetry; approximation methods; Dirac equa-
tion; field quantization and radiation theory; recent advances. Girardeau.
Ph 524, 525, 526. Nuclear Physics. 3 hours each term.
Interaction of radiation with matter; detectors; accelerators; properites of
nuclei; weak and electromagnetic interactions; elements of nuclear structure,
including the two-nucleon system and modela of complex nuclei; basic theory
of nuclear reactions; subnuclear particles. 3 lectures. Prerequisite: an intro-
ductory course in quantum mechanics, such as Ph 481, 482, 483. Crasemann.
Ph 538, 539, 540. Theoretical Mechanics. 3 hours each term.
Lagrangian and Hamiltonian mechanics; .rigid bodies; special relativity;
canonical transformations; Hamilton-Jacobi theory; small oscillations; con-
tinuous systems and fields. 3 lectures. McClure.
Ph 541, 542, 543. Theoretical Nuclear Physics. 3 hours each term.
Theory of nuclear' reactions and their use in obtaining information about
nuclear structure. 3 lectures. Powell.
Ph 544, 545, 546. Electromagnetic Theory. 3 hours each term.
Microscopic form of Maxwell's equations; derivation and solution of the wave
equation; relativistic formulation; motion of charges in given fields; propaga-
.. No-grade course.
218 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
tion and diffraction; radiation by given sources; coupled motion of sources
.nd fields; the electromagnetic field in dense media. 3 lectures. Powell.
Ph 551, 552, 553. Atomic Spectra. 3 hours each term.
Relation of observed spectra to the theory of atomic and molecular structure.
quantum mechanical model, electron configurations, spectral terms. Zeeman
effect, Stark effect, hyperfine structure, X-ray spectra; spectral line shape;
rotational, vibrational, and electronic band spectra of diatomic molecules.
Ch'en.
Ph 554, 555, 556. Experimental Spectroscopy. I hour each term.
Spectroscopic instruments (prismatic and grating); flame, are, and spark
spectra of elements; analysis of series lines in atomic spectra; Zeeman effect,
analysis of band spectra of diatomic molecules, absorption spectra, Raman
spectra, and photographic photometry. 1 three-hour laboratory period.
Ch'en.
Ph 578, 579, 580. Solid State Physics. 3 hours each term.
Crystallography; thermal, electrical, optical, and magnetic properties of
solids; band theory; metals, semiconductors, and insulators; defects in solids.
3 lectures. Prerequisite: Ph 471, 472, 473 or equivalent. Higgins, Wannier.
Ph 593, 594, 595. Statistical Physics. 3 hours each term.
Thermodynamics, statistical mechanics, kinetic theory; applications to gases,
liquids, solids, atoms, molecules, and the structure of matter. Wannier.
Political Science
Professors: J. C. DAVIES (department head), R. E. AGGER, A. S. FLEMMING,
J. F: GANGE, THOMAS HOVET, JR., W. C. MITCHELL,* R. V. PRESTHUS, C. P.
SCHLEICHER,t L. G. SELIGMAN.
Associate Professors: DANIEL GOLDRICH, HERMAN KEHRLI, J. A. KIEFFER, J. R.
KLONOSKI, L. H. ZEIGLER.
Assistant Professors: J. M. ALLMAN, D. J. FINLAY, J. R. FISZMAN, A. M. HAN-
HARDT, JR., JOYCE M. MITCHELL,* M. G. ZANINOVICH.
Fellows: JUDY BERTELSEN, G. W. BRADLEY, L. R. FAST, R. M. JACKSON, KAREN
LINDENBERG, A. D. MCCUNE, S. L. MARGULIES, KATHLEEN O'BRIEN, J. E.
PULKRABEK, C. R. SCHULLER, S. B. THOMPSON.
Assistants: M. A. BAER, B. H. BARLOW, B. H. BRONFMAN, P. M. BULLARD, JR.,
D. E. CRAWFORD, H. W. CUMMINS, M. N. FOISY, E. N. GONZALES, E. J.
HOGAN, J. L. HUTTER,]' B. JENKINS, K. F. JOHNSON, M. R. KING, JEANNE
KNUTSON, ROBERTA KOPLIN, LAWRENjCE LAHM, D. M. MCCORMICK, R. B.
PRATT, L. AHMED SHEIKH, M. P. SULLIVAN.
THE UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM in political science is designed: (1) to
provide a systematic understanding of the political process; (2) to provide a
basic background to students preparing for careers in government, law, journal-
ism, and the teaching of social studies; (3) to prepare students for graduate work
leading to professional careers in political science.
At the lower-division level, the department offers three terms of work in
American governmental politics (PS 201,202,203), with an alternative, for the
third term, of international relations (PS 205), and Introduction to Political
Science (PS 206, 207, 208), a year sequence concerned with basic concepts and
methods.
The advanced courses offered by the department fall into three groups-(l)
Political theory and method: PS 311 ; PS 430, PS 431, PS 432; PS 433, 434, 435 ;
PS 456, 457; PS 470; PS 492,493. (2) Comparative politics: PS 312; PS 330, 331,
• On sabbatical leave 1966-67.
t On leave of absence, fall term, 1966.
POLITICAL SCIENCE 219
332; PS 337, 338, 339; PS 351; PS 412, 413; PS 414, 415, 416; PS 424, PS 425,
PS 426, PS 427, PS 428; PS 460, 461; PS 463, 464; PS 467, 468, 469; PS 475;
PS 482; PS 483; PS 484, 485, 486; PS 487, 488, 489; PS 490, 491; PS 494, 495,
~96. (3) International relations: PS 320, 321, PS 322; PS 391, 392, 393; PS 420,
m; PS 422; PS 440, 441, 442.
Undergraduate majors in political science build their programs on a base of
1 minimum of 9 term hours of lower-division courses in political science or Intro-
duction to Social Science (Honors College) (SSc 20 I, 202, 203). Introduction to
Political Analysis. (PS 311), Introduction to Comparative Politics (PS 312),
one term of World Politics (PS 320), and two additional terms of work in poli-
tical theory are required of all majors. Courses presented in satisfaction of the
minimum 36-hour major requirement must be completed with a grade average of C
or better.
Secondary-School Teaching of Social Studies. For certification as a teacher
of social studies in Oregon high schools, the Oregon State Department of Educa-
tion requires (1) the satisfaction of certain minimum standards of subject prepara-
tion and (2) the recommendation of the institution at which the student completes
llis sUbj ect preparation.
To meet the state standards in social studies and the requirements for recom-
mendation by the University of Oregon, a major in political science must complete
the following program, selected from the fields of history, geography, political
science, economics, and sociology or anthropology, with a 2.50 GPA or higher: (l) "
work in political science required for a major in the field; (2) 27 term hours in
history; (3) 9 term hours in a third field; (4) at least one course in each of two
additional fields. The program must include a minimum of 36 term hours in upper-
division courses.
For further information, the student should consult the member of the political
science faculty who serves as adviser for prospective teachers.
Honors. See HONORS COLLEGE, pages 132 ff.
Master's Degree. Normally, full-time advanced study for one calendar year
Deyond the bachelor's degree wiII prepare a student for the final comprehensive
written examination for the master's degree. A thesis is optional.
Doctor's Degree. Full-time study for two years beyond the bachelor's degree
is normally required in preparation for the preliminary comprehensive examination
for the Ph.D. degree. During these years the student is expected to take regular
courses, seminars, and reading courses to prepare himself for the examina-
tion. After s;ltisfaction of the language requirement and the preliminary examina-
tion, the student is expected to write a thesis. For advanced studies in political sci-
ence, graduate students may draw upon the resources of the Center for Advanced
Study.of Educational Administration, the Institute for Comparative Experimental
Research on Behavioral Systems, and the Institute of International Studies and
Overseas Administration.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
PS 201, 202. American Governments. 3 hours each term, fall and winter.
General introduction to the politics and policies of American national govern-
ment, utilizing the concepts and understandings of modern political science.
Klonoski, staff.
PS 203. American Governments. 3 hours spring.
Introduction to.American state and local government with emphasis on com-
parative political behavior in states and communities. Zeigler, staff.
PS 205. International Relations. 3 hours.
An introduction to the intellectual tools for the analysis ,of relations among
nations; the nature of international relations. Finlay.
220 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
PS 206, 207, 208. Introduction to Political Science. 3 hours each term.
What political science is about: its basic concerns, fields, and methods 0
study. J. AHman, staff.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
PS 311. Introduction to Political Analysis. 3 hours fall.
Theoretical analysis of political action and systems, their nature, types, anI
functioning. Particular attention is paid to certain processes of action, in
eluding political socialization, the distribution of benefits and costs, integra,
tion and stability. Required of majors. W. Mitchell.
PS 312. Introduction to Comparative Politics. 3 hours, winter or spring.
Analysis of major concepts and approaches in the study of comparative gov·
ernmentand politics. Required of majors. Hanhardt.
PS 320, 321. World Politics. 3 hours each term, fall and winter.
Systematic analysis of the nature of international society, and of the motivat·
ing and conditioning factors which explain interaction among states anc
other international entities. Required of majors. Schleicher.
PS 322. American Foreign Policy. 3 hours spring.
Contemporary foreign relations of the United States; objectives, world anc
domestic factors affecting American foreign policy, governmental institution!
concerned with development and execution of foreign policy, major issue!
and problems. Schleicher.
PS 337,338,339. Southern Asia in Modern Times. 3 hours each term.
The political forces, institutions, and international relations of the inde·
pendent countries extending from Pakistan to the Philippines; emphasis or
common problems and trends. Schleicher.
PS 340. Introduction to Public Policy. 3 houts.
An introduction to policy making as it reflects the sources and means oj
effective political action, the political resources and patterns of power in the
society. Questions of initiation and change, interest-group patterns, and mode!
of policy resolution are compared in various policy areas. ]. Mitchell.
PS 351. Introduction to Public Administration. 3 hours, fall.
Examination of various approaches to and conceptions of public administra·
tion; application of various theories of administration to the study of public
organizations; substantive problems of organizations; structure and internal
administration; personnel and finance. Presthus.
PS 391, 392, 393. Far East in Modern Times. 3 hours each term.
Political, economic, and diplomatic history of China, Japan, and Korea, witb
some attention to Asiatic Russia and the Philippines, from the middle of the
nineteenth century to the present. DuH, Fa1coneri.
PS 403. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
PS 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
PS 407. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Field Studies in Public Administration.
Politics of Public Administration. Presthus.
Politics of Developing Nations. Davies, Goldrich.
Publics and Political Leadership. J. Mitchell.
Studies in the Judicial Process. Klonoski.
UPPE'R-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
PS 412, 413. Administrative Organization and Behavior. (G) 3 hours each
term, winter and spring.
Theories of bureaucratic organization analyzed in different contexts; organi-
zational theory considered, including small groups, the nature of authority,
and decision making; research findings from several social sciences brought to
bear; implications of large-scale organization for the individual reviewed
POLITICAL SCIENCE 221
in an attempt to understand the kinds of accommodations individuals make
to complex structures. Presthus.
S 414, 415, 416. Political Parties and Public Opinion. (G) 3 or 4 hours each
term.
Analysis of the structure and functions of political parties and public opinion
to provide an understanding of the broad area of politics in various contexts
and of the critical role of politics in society; the interrelationship of general-
ization and political experience. Seligman.
S 420, 421. International Organization. (G) 3 hours each term, fall and winter.
The organization of interaction among nations; institutional structures, pat-
terns of communications, processes of collaboration and integration; special
attention to the United Nations and to problems arising from the UN system.
Hovel.
S 422. International Law. (G) 3 hours spring.
Introduction to international public lawas an aspect of international organi-
zation; international law and the political process; the International Court
of Justice. Hovet.
'S 424. Government and Politics of Great Britain. (G) 3 hours.
Governmental institutions and political processes in Great Britain.
'S 425. Government and Politics of France. (G) 3 hours.
Governmental institutions and political processes in France.
'S 426. Government and Politics of Germany. (G) 3 hours.
Governmental institutions and political processes in Germany. Hanhardt.
S 427, 428. Government and Politics of the Soviet Union. (G) 3 hours each
term, fall and winter.
Governmental institutions and political processes in the Soviet Union. Fisz-
man.
S 430. Political Theory: General Issues. (G) 3 hours fall.
Various approaches suggested by selected political theorists, past and present;
problem of knowledge as it relates to politics for practitioner and scientist;
various modes of transmitting ideas about the nature of political experience;
relation between political knowledge and political activity. Zaninovich.
S 431. Political Theory: Values and Utopias. (G) 3 hours winter.
Assumptions about man's nature and their implications for development of
political theories; growth and character of associative experience and how this
condtions the nature of political order; problems and methods of legitimation
and transforming of unstructured power into proscribed authority; range of
institutional forms resulting from different conceptions of the authority system.
Zaninovich.
S 432. Political Theory: Causes of Political and Social Change. (G) 3 hours
spring.
Function of participation with respect to problems of political order; various
theories of citizenship, freedom, and obligation that relate to this; causes and
sources of socio-political dynamics with special focus upon problems of
continuity and radical change; nature of political leadership and its role in
both change and stability; function of operative ideals in the structure of
political order. Zaninovich.
S 433, 434, 435. Political Theory: The American Tradition. (G) 3 hours each
term.
The development of American thought about government and its proper rela-
tion to life, liberty, and property.
S 440, 441, 442. Foreign Policies of the Major Powers. (G) 3 hours each term.
A systematic and comparative study of the foreign policies of the major
world powers, in the light of the general world situation and the internal
geographical, social, and institutional situations of each country. Hovet.
222 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
PS 456,457. Theory of Democracy. (G) 3 hours each term.
The internal functioning of democracy as a type of political system; socia
economic, and psychological conditions which affect its development an
maintenance. W. Mitchell. .
PS 460, 461. Government and Politics of the Far East: China. (G) 3 hoUl
each term.
The political organization of modern China and the political behavior (
significant groups and elites within Communist China. The historical an
ideological background, revolutions, the problems facing the present regirnt
the relationships with other Communist states. Special emphasis on the trea1
ment of various classes and groups in terms of ideology as well aspolitic~
practice. Fiszman. .
PS 463, 464. Government and Politics of Latin America. (G) 3 hours eac
term.
Scope of government, regimes and power structures, political ideologies (
dominant and aspiring leadership groups, and external sources of influenc
in Latin America; sources of stability and instability in Latin America
politics. Goldrich.
PS 467,468,469. Federal Public Administration. (G) 3 hours each term.
Evolution of the Presidency, the executive departments, and various ind<
pendent agencies in the United States government; emphasis on the manne
in which the President and his aides exercise their leadership and managemer
responsibilities; analysis of the strengths and weaknesses of the system; pre
posals for change; relationships between the President and Congress, an
the President and the departments. Kieffer.
PS 470. Political Behavior. (G) 3 hours.
Political behavior of individuals examined in the light of psychological an
sociological theory; types of political institutions and kinds of governmer
adapted to the needs and behavioral tendencies of people living in modern in
dustrial and technological society. Davies.
PS 475. Political Revolution. (G) 3 hours.
Analysis of causes of revolution, using historical, psychological, and sociolog
ical data to explain how violent changes in political power come abou
Analysis of specific past revolutions in the search for common phenomena an
general· theory. Davies.
PS 482. Legislative Politics. (G) 3 hours.
The study of legislative operations in various governmental. settings; thei
functions and exercises of power, composition, decision making, and influenc
in the political system. J. Mitchell.
PS 483. Allocation of Justice. (G) 3 hours.
Study of the nature of justice and how it is administered by police, lawyen
district attorneys, juries, and judges. Klonoski.
PS 484,485,486. The Supreme Court in American Government. (G) 3 hour
each term.
The judicial process analyzed with primary emphasis on policies and politic
of the Supreme Court of the United States. Klonoski.
P S 488, 489. The Policy Process. (G) 3 hours each term.
Systematic study of the factors involved in policy making. Sources of de
mands, nature of decisions, problems of effectuation, and political consequence
compared in various policy areas. J. Mitchell.
PS 490,491. Community Politics. (G) 3 hours each term, winter and spring.
Systematic treatment of concepts, theories, and findings in studies of smal;
medium, and large communities as political systems, with emphasis 01
American communities.
PS 492, 493. Political Decision Making. (G) 3 hours each term.
The process of agreeing upon a course of group action; stages in the decision
PSYCHOLOGY 223
making process, from individual preference formation through political par-
ticipation to conflict resolution; methods of changing outcomes of a political
process; special attention to the role of the mass media, power structures,
political organizations, mass movements, and periods of crisis, as they effect
changes in the decision-making process.
S 494. Federal Education Policy. (G) 3 hours.
Factors in the development of education policy, with particular reference to
the Federal government. Flemming.
S 495. Federal Welfare Policy. (G) 3 hours.
Factors in the development of health and welfare policy, with particular
reference to the Federal government. Flemming.
S 496. National Security Policy. (G) 3 hours.
Factors in the development of national security policy, with special emphasis
upon decision making, and the implications and consequences of such policies
here and abroad. Flemming, J. Mitchell.
GRADUATE COURSES
?S 1501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
"S 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
S 50S. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
S 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Africa. Finlay.
Comparative Communist Systems. Fiszman.
Comparative Community Politics. Agger, Goldrich.
Comparative Labor Movements. Fiszman.
Comparative Political Behavior. Davies.
Comparative Political Elites. Seligman.
Comparative Studies in Public Administration.
Constitutional Law and the] udicial Process. Klonoski.
Contemporary Political Theory. W. Mitchell.
International Politics. Schleicher.
International Relations Theory. Schleicher, Finlay.
Leadership and Responsibility in U.S. Government. Kieffer.
Politics of Public Administration. Presthus.
Policy Implementation Abroad. Gange.
Political Behavior. Presthus.
Political Development in the Newer Nations. Davies, Goldrich.
Political Revolution. Davies.
The Political System. W. Mitchell.
Scope and Methods of Political Science. Zeigler, Davies.
Theories of American Politics. W. Mitchell.
United States Foreign Policy. Schleicher.
Psychology
ofessors: R. A. LITTMAN (department head),t FRED ATTN EAVE, R. F. FAGOT
(acting department head), F. R. FOSMIRE,:j: RAY HYMAN, R. W. LEEPER,
PHILIP RUNKEL, G. R. PATTERSON, N. D. SUNDBERG, LEONA E. TYLER, R. C.
ZILLER.
ssociate Professors: J Acon BECK, J. S. CARLSON, H. R. CROSLAND (emeritus),
L. R. GOLDBERG,t MARVIN GREENBAUM, D: P. KIMBLE, R. W. LEARY, P. M.
LEwrSOHN, EDWARD LICHEN STEIN, M. 1. POSNER, C. M. SLADE, R. L. WEISS.
sistant Professors: ]. W. ADKINS, B. F. ANDERSON, R. O. JOHNSON, M. E.
LrCKEY, LEONARD RORER, BENSON SCHAEFFER, VELLO SERMAT.§
* N a-grade course.
t On sabbatical leave 1966-67.
tOn sabbatical leave, fall term, 1966-67.
§ On leave of absence 1966·67.
224 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Instructors: G. B. FOGELSON, W. L. JOHNSON, NANCY E. HAWKINS.
Fellows: G. E. ATWOOD, G. D. COOVER, R. D. DILLER, J. G. ELLS, CAROLYN
HENDRICKSON, G. J. MILES, D. C. MOSHER, LINDA J. ROGERS, MARl
SHAFFER, B. V. UPDYKE, ARNOLD WELL.
Assistants: GARNET BEACH, J. F. BECKER, J. S. BOISES, N. W. P. Cox, EILEEN
CROWLEY, N. R. DENNY, W. E. EICHELMAN, LYNN F. GOLDING, DAI
GOLDSCHMIDT, D. P. GOSTNELL, E. G. GREENE, G. L. GREGOR, R. P. GRE<
VICH, JR., MOHAMMAD HAMID, JEANNETTE P. HANBY, H. L. HAWKINS, J.
KEESEY, DANIEL LANGMYER, J. L. LEWIS, T. A. MCCULLOUGH, B. M. Mm
MAN, R. K. OLSON, JEANETTE SILVEIRA, L. L. PARKER, BETHENE A. PETI
SON, G. H. ROID, D. L. SLYE, MANARD STEWART, SHELDON ZACK.
THE UNDERGRADUATE COURSES in psychology offered by the Univ(
sity are designed to serve several different obj ectives: to provide a sound ba:
for later professional or graduate training in psychology; to satisfy the needs
students, majors and nonmajors, who are interested in psychology primarily
a part of a broad liberal education; and to provide a background in psychologi<
principles and techniques as intellectual tools for work in other social and biolo!
cal sciences and in such professional fields as education, business, law, a:
journalism.
Lower-Division Program. The lower-division courses are intended to faci
tate the several objectives of the psychology curriculum. The six lecture cours
at the lower-division level are offered in pairs: fall, Psy 211, Psy 212; wintl
Psy 214, Psy 215; spring, Psy 217, Psy 218. For a general introduction to ps
chology or for preparation for advanced courses, a student should take one of t
courses in each pair in sequence. Psychology Laboratory is integrated with t
two paired lecture courses offered each term: Psy 213 with Psy 211, Psy 21
Psy 216 with Psy 214, Psy 215; and Psy 219 with Psy 217, Psy 218. Sophomo
standing is required to enroll in these introductory sequences.
For satisfaction of the social science or science group requirement, a stude
must elect a sequence including one of the two paired lecture courses offered ea
term. To satisfy the science group requirement, the student must also take t
related laboratory courses. (A student may take a lower-division sequence
psychology to satisfy the social science or the science group requirement, but n
both.) I
Anyone of the several patterns will ordinarily provide adequate preparati
for upper-division courses in psychology. Students should consult their advise
in making their selections from the paired offerings each term.
Major Requirements. Majors in psychology are required to take at Ie
three lower-division courses in psychology or equivalent and either the low
division laboratory sequence (Psy 213, 216, 219) or an upper-division laborat
course. The minimum major requirement is 36 term hours in psychology, includi
at least 24 upper-division hours. The courses presented in satisfaction of the,
hour minimum requirement must be completed with a grade average of C or bett
Students who do not plan on graduate work in psychology may arrang
program of courses which will prepare them for a career in teaching, social s
vice, or other professions. Such a program should be planned in consultation w
the Department of Psychology.
Honors. See HONORS COLLEGE, pages 132 ff.
Preparation for Graduate Study. A bachelor's degree is seldom a sufficr
qualification for professional work in psychology; even the simpler professio
positions require at least a master's degree.
Students should not undertake graduate work unless their grades in und
graduate psychology and related courses have averaged better than B.
PSYCHOLOGY 225
Prospective graduate students in psychology are advised to take only the
inimum of 36 hours in psychology required for an undergraduate major (a sug-
sted maximum is 42 hours)-leaving time for work in such related fields as an-
ropology, biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, and sociology. Preparation
r graduate work should include courses in quantitative methods and foreign lang-
ges. All prospective graduate students should take the Quantitative Methods in
;ychology (Psy 313) and at least one upper-division laboratory course and are
:ongly urged to take at least two terms of statistics in the Department of
athematics. A student who intends to work for a Ph.D. degree should acquire a
ading knowledge of two foreign languages; languages with particular relevance
r psychologists are German, French, Russian, and Japanese.
Graduate Work. The department offers graduate work leading to the degrees
Master of Arts, Master of Science, and Doctor ot Philosophy. Candidates for
aduate work are accepted in the following fields: General experimental, physio-
gical and comparative, mathematical, clinical, developmental, social and per-
nality, and assessment. The department maintains a general experimental
boratory, rat and monkey laboratories, a child-study center, and a psycho10gcia1
:nil:.
All students beginning graduate work in psychology, regardless of prior gradu-
e training, are required to take a series of core seminars (see Psy 507, below)
lich provide a breadth of background in psychology as well as an introduction
research. A thesis is required for all advanced degrees. Further information
ncerning the core program and other requirements may be obtained on request
the department. For general regulations governing graduate work at theUni-
rsity, see GRADUATE SCHOOL, pages 115 ff.
All students applying for admission for graduate work in psychology must
ovide scores on the Graduate Record Examination, including psychology, verbal,
ld quantitative scores (the score on the Miller Analogies Test is also desirable)
Id three letters of recommendation on special forms provided by the department.
etailed information on admission, including application forms and information
l awards and assistantships may be obtained from the Department of Psychology.
Clinical Program. The department's clinical program stresses the model of a
nica1 psychologist as a producer of knowledge through research as well as a pro-
sional person who can apply psychological principles to bring about constructive
avior change. During the first two years the clinical student completes a core
gram which includes work in experimental psychology and quantitative meth-
s as well as courses in clinical concepts and methods. This will include supervised
ivity in the University Psychology Clinic during the second year.
Beyond the core program, clinical students have great freedom in choosing
tudy program. The student must pass a clinical preliminary examination which
ludes material from personality theory, assessment and diagnostics, psycho-
rapy and behavior modification, and psychopathology. A one-year clinical
ernship wherein the student applies and broadens his knowledge in a clinical
ting under competent supervision is also required.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
y 211. Learning and Thinking. 3 h~urs fall.
An introduction to the principles underlying the acquisition, retention, and
utilization of information and behavior. Anderson, Leeper, Littman, Posner.
y 212. Perception. 3 hours fall.
Introduction to principles and evidence concerning the way in which we sense
and perceive the world around us. Attneave, Beck, Leeper.
213. Psychology Laboratory. 1 hour falL
Introduction to research methods; designed to familiarize the student with
226 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
scientific approaches to problems in psychology. Integrated with Psy 211 al
Psy 212. Psy 213, 216, and 219 must be taken in sequence. Anderson.
Psy 214. Motivation and Physiological Psychology. 3 hours winter.
Introduction to the basic issues concerning the relationship of the brain
behavior. Special emphasis on the role of physiological factors in motivat.
behavior, Adkins, Kimble, Leary, Lickey, Littman.
Psy 215. Social Psychology. 3 hours wiriter.
Introduction to social psychology as that part of general psychology COl
cerned with how the individual behaves in relation to his culture. The featur'
of human nature which man shares with other animals and those features whi,
are unique; special attention to the social behavior of animals, to langual
and communication, and to man's attitude towards social Issues. Fosmil
Runkel, Zil1.er.
Psy 216. Psychology Laboratory. 1 hour winter.
For description, see Psy 213. Integrated with Psy 214 and Psy 215. Psy 21
216, and 219 must be taken in sequence. Anderson.
Psy 217. Human Development and Individual Differences. 3 hours spring.
An introductory survey of the changes in human behavior throughout tl
lifespan. Development of psychological processes in man from conception
senescence; emphasis on the origin of individual differences in the areas COl
sidered. Littman, Patterson, Schaeffer, Tyler.
Psy 218. Personality. 3 hours spring.
A general survey of principles in the development, structure, function, al
alteration of adult character and personality. Leeper, Lewinsohn, Lichtenstei
Sundberg.
Psy 219. Psychology Laboratory. 1 hour spring.
For description, see Psy 213. Integrated with Psy 217, 218. Psy 213, 216, al
219 must be taken in sequence. Anderson.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Psy 313. Quantitative Methods in Psychology. 4 hours.
Methods which psychologists have devised for summarizing, describing, ar
interpreting information from field observations, clinical work, interview
sensory judgments, learning trials, tests, and experiments. Lectures and supe
vised workshops. Fagot, Hyman, Schaeffer.
PSY 401. Research. Hours to be arranged.
Psy 403. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Open only to students elegib1e to work for honors.
Psy 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Open only to students elegible to work for honors.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
Psy 407. Seminar. (g) Hours to be arranged.
Opportunity for smal1 groups of students to pursue further the subject matt,
of an upper-division course or to explore in depth a specific topic arising 01
of material covered in a course.' The seminars offel'ed vary from year .
year, depending upon interests and needs of students and Upon availability,
faculty. Typical offerings are:
Perception. Attneave.
Perception of Form. Beck.
Thinking. Anderson.
Human Performance. Posner.
Neuropsychology. Kimble.
Psychopathology. Fosmire.
Group Processes. Zil1er.
Mathematical Models. Fagot.
PSYCHOLOGY 227
iy 417,418. Laboratory in Advanced Psychological Statistics. (G) I hour
each term.
Designed to familiarize the student with the principal applications of statisti-
cal methods in psychological t:esearch. Emphasis on correlational methods,
including partial and multiple correlation, analysis of variance, and design of
experiments. Prerequisite: enrollment in Mth 426, 427 or completion of this
sequence or equivalent. Fagot.
;y 421. Principles and Methods of Psychological Assessment. (g) 3 hours.
Application of psychological methods to the study of the individual; theo-
retical and statistical rationale of test construction and interpretation; prob-
lems involved in the prediction of human behavior; survey of psychological
assessment techniques. Prerequisite: Psy 313 or Mth 425, or equivalent.
Goldberg.
;y 436. Character and Personality. (g) 3 hours.
An intensive study of selected topics in personality theory and related re-
search. Prerequisites: 9 hours in psychology or consent of instructor. Breger,
Leeper, Lewinsohn, Lichtenstein, Sundberg.
;y ~37. Social Psychology. (g) 3 hours.
The relationship of the individual to his social environment, especially in his
participation in small groups; social perception and motivation as shown in
the acquaintance process, power and dependence, roles in the group, and the
part played by the group in attitude change. Materials and issues treated in
terms of basic psychological concepts. Fosmire, Runkel, Ziller.
y 439. Somatopsychology (G) 3 hours.
Psychological effects of marked physical deviations, including physical dis-
ability and chronic illness. Application of basic principles of motivation, per-
ception, learning, socialization, and adjustment to the behavior and situa.tion
of disabled persons. Prerequisite: 9 hours in psychology.
y 441. Group and Individual Differences. (G) 3 hours.
Basic principles for quantitative assessment of human characteristics; re-
search findings concerning intelligence, achievement, aptitudes, interests, and
personality; group differences related to sex. age, social class, race, nation-
ality. Psy 313 or equivalent recommended as preparation for this course.
Sundberg, Tyler.
y 449. Occupational Choice and Psychology of Careers. (g) 3 hours.
Theories of occupational choice and their importance for the theory of coun-
seling; factors related to vocational development and the patterning of
careers; sources of vocational information, and its evaluation and uses in
educational counseling situations. Sundberg, Tyler.
y 450. Abnormal Psychology. (g) 3 hours.
Various forms of unusual behavior, including anxiety states, hysteria, hyp-
notic phenomena, and psychoses. Normal motives and adjustments considered
in their exaggerations in the so-called neurotic person. Psy 313 is recom-
mended as preparation for this course. Fosmire, Lewinsohn, Lichtenstein.
y 451. Physiological Psychology. (g) 3 hours.
Study of relationships between nervous system-functions and behavior. Em-
phasis on neuropsychological analysis of stimulus processing, motivation,
learning. Adkins, Kimble, Lickey.
y 460. Developmental Psychology. (g) 3 hQurs.
Study of the development of behavior and psychological activity through the
prenatal period, infancy, childhood, adolescence. Topics include development
of language and cognition, socialization, emotional development, and the
development of motor capabilities. Emphasis on social influences. Litt-
man, Patterson, Schaeffer.
y 465. Motivation. (g) 3 hours.
Conceptions of motivation; human and animal research on instinct, arousal,
228 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
motivational physiology, learned motives, conflict and stress, and organiz:
tion of dispositions. Adkins, Leeper, Littman.
Psy 470. Animal Psychology. (g) 3 hours.
Survey of learning, motivation, and perception in selected species of animal
phylogenetic comparison and the modern viewpoint. Concurrent enrollme
in Psy 471 normally required. Adkins, Kimble, Leary.
Psy 471. Laboratory in Animal Psychology. (g) 2 hours.
Laboratory experience with rats and monkeys. Prerequisite: Psy 313. A
kins. Kimble, Leary.
Psy 490. Psychology of Learning. (g) 3 hours,
Survey of fundamental concepts of conditioning, rote learning, discriminatio
problem solving, memory, and motor skill. Theory and experimental liter
ture. Psy 313 strongly recommended as preparation for this course. Anderso
Littman, Posner.
Psy 491. Laboratory in Learning. (g) 2 hours.
Laboratory work in design, conduct, and analysis of experiments in learnin
Prerequisite: Psy 313. Adkins, Anderson, Posner.
Psy 492. Psychology of Perception. (g) 3 hours.
Survey of fundamental concepts of vision, audition, somesthesis, etc. Psych
physiological factors and psychpphysical methodology. Psy 313 strongly re
ommended as preparation. Attneave, Beck.
Psy 493. Laboratory in Perception. (g) 2 hours.
Laboratory work in design, conduct, and analysis of experiments in perce
tion. Prerequisite: Psy 313. Attneave, Beck.
GRADUATE COURSES
*Psy 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
*Psy 502. Advanced Psychology Laboratory. Hours to be arranged.
*Psy 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
*Psy 50S. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
ical perspective. Topics vary from year to year. Leeper, Littman.
Psy 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Seminars offered vary from year to year, depending on faculty interes
Typical offerings are: .
Human Performance. Posner.
Neural Basis of Learning. Lickey.
Theories of Choice Behavior. Fagot.
Inferential Processes in Perception. Beck.
Physiological Models in Motivation. Adkins.
Learning Theory Approaches to Psychopathology. Schaeffer.
Behavior Modification. Patterson.
Group Psychotherapy. Clinical Staff.
Milieu Therapy. Clinical Staff.
Game Theory. Sermat.
The following seminars are available primarily for first-year gradm
students:
Core Quantitative Methods I & II. Fagot, Hyman.
Core Experimental Design. Fagot, Hyman.
Core Comparative. Leary.
Core Learning. Posner.
Core Perception. Attneave.
Core Physiological. Kimble.
Core Developmental. Littman, Schaeffer.
Core History and Systems. Leeper, Littman.
* No-grade course.
PSYCHOLOGY 229
Core Personality. Leeper; Lewinsohn, Lichtenstein.
Core Psychopathology. Fosmire, Lewinsohn.
Core Social. Runkel, Ziller.
Psy508. Clinical Work with Children. 3 hours any term.
Work in the University Psychology Clinic. Enrollment limited. Prerequisite:
Psy 530, 531 ; consent of instructor. .
Psy 509. Practicum Experience. Hours to be arranged.
Work in selected agencies providing diagnostic and counseling services. En-
rollment limited. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
Psy 521. History and Systems of Psychology. 3 hours.
Analysis of selected psychological problems in an historical and methodolog-
ical perspective. Topics vary from year to year. Leeper, Littman.
Psy 524. Individual Intelligence Testing. 4 hours.
Supervised practice in the administration, scoring, and interpretation of the
Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children and the Wechsler Adult Intelligence
Scale. Prerequisite: Ed 424 or Psy 421.
Psy 525. Individual Intelligence Testing. 2 hours.
Supervised practice in the administration, scoring, and interpretation of the
Stanford-Binet Intelligence Scale. Prerequisite: Ed 424 or Psy 421.
Psy 527. The Counseling Process. 3 hours.
General orientation to' counseling; theories of counseling; settings and roles
of counselors; interviewing and the counseling process; tests and assessment;
ethics and values. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Sundberg.
Psy 530,531,532. Foundations of Clinical and Counseling Practice. 3 hours.
Basic concepts and principles of psychological work with individuals; the
roles of clinicians and counselors in different settings; clinical and counseling
research; case study methods. Psy 530 required of all candidates for the Ph.D.
degree in clinical and counseling psychology.
Psy 533. Advanced Personality Assessment. 3 hours.
.Principles and practice of psychological assessment. Supervised individual
I
practice in clinic-laboratory; covers intelligence testing, including Wechsler
and Stanford-Binet tests, and a variety of personality tests. Goldberg, Lewin-
sohn, Lichtenstein, Sermat.
Psy 535. Advanced Social Psychology. 3 hours.
Social behavior in relation to current psychological theory and research.
Hyman, Runkel, Ziller.
Psy537, 538, 539. Personality Theory and Research. 4 hours fall; 2 hours each
term, winter and spring.
Intensive study of selected aspects of the various theories of personality which
have been developed by academic, clinical, apd psychiatric writers. Problems
of formulating a theory and conducting research in the field of personality.
Review selected studies. Patterson.
Psy 543, 544. Measurement: Theory and Application. 3 hours each term.
Nature of measurement; logic of measurement; the role of measurement in
psychological theory; theory and applicatiofl of psychological scaling meth-
ods. Prerequisite: Mth 426 or equivalent. Fagot.
Psy 545. Theory and Construction of Tests. 3 hours.
Basic theory of test scores; reliability and validity of tests; methods of stand-
ardizing and equating test scores; problems of norms and units; weighting
and differential prediction; item analysis. Prerequisite: Mth 426 or equivalent.
Psy 546. Factor Analysis. 3 hours.
Systematic and critical development of the theory of factor analysis; applica-
tions in psychology. Prerequisite: Mth 426 or equivalent.
230 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Psy 560. Advanced Physiological Psychology. 3 hours.
Theory of nervous-system function in learning, motivation, and perception.
Detailed study of special areas. Kimble, Lickey.
Psy 566. Advanced Psychology of Perception. 3 hours.
Basic problems and phenomena of perception. Attneave, Beck.
Psy 570. Advanced Animal Psychology. 3 hours.
Special topics in animal learning, motivation, and species comparison. Leary.
Psy 572, 573, 574. Advanced Psychology of Learning and Thinking. 3 hours
each term.
Detailed study of special topics in learning, thinking and problem solving. An-
, derson, Leeper, Littman, Posner.
Religious Studies
Professor: P. B. MEANS (emeritus).
Associate Professors: DOUGLAS STRATON (department head), ALFRED BLOOM,
Assistant Professor: STEPHEN C. REYNOLDS.
THE DEPARTMENT OF RELIGIOUS STUDIES is nonsectarian in spirit,
the aim being to acquaint students with the far-reaching influence of religion in
the cultural history of-the world. Its courses are planned in accordance with the
same standards of scholarship recognized in other departments of the University.
Through these courses, the University seeks to develop an understanding of
the nature and processes of religious thought and experience, and to relate these
to the problems of our time. The courses are also intended to meet the needs of
students whose major work in other fields fits them for positions of leadership,
and who can become effective and influential in the religious and spiritual life of
their communities through a better understanding of the power of religion in men's
lives and in the destiny of civilization.
LOWER.DIVISION COURSES
*R 201, 202, 203. Great Religions of the World. 3 hours each term.
Study of the Hindu-Buddhist, Confucian-Taoist, Zoroastrian, Judeo-Christian,
and Islamic philosophic and religious systems. Special attention to the phi-
losophy of these religions as shown in their classic scriptures; concluding
resume of their present organization and major sectarian divergencies;
analysis of their world views and conceptions of God, man, ethics, human
destiny, and salvation. Must be taken in sequence.
R 224, 225, 226. The Bible and Civilization. 3 hours each term.
Survey of the social and religious history of Israel through the time of Jesus.
The growth of ethical and religious ideas, the origin and teachings of major
Old and New Testament books; the historical background of Christianity,
and the life and teachings of Jesus. Must be taken in sequence.
CL 231,232. New Testament Readings. 4 hours each term.
For description, see page 198.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
*R 301, 302, 303. Religions of Mankind. 3 hours each term.
Major living and historical religions of mankind. Fall: primitive religion,
the national religions of Egypt, Mesopotamia, Greece and Rome; winter:
Oriental religions, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism,
and Shinto; spring: Zoroastrianism, Judaism, Christianity, and Islam. Atten-
tion to origins, religious ideas, organization, and sacred literature.
'"Students who have taken R 201, 202, 203 may enroll for R 301 but not for R 302,303.
SOCIOLOGY 231
Eng 306, 307. The Literature of the English Bible. 3 bours each term.
For description, see page 165.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
R 405. Reading and Conference. (g) Hours to qe arranged.
R 407. Seminar. (g) Hours to be arranged.
Buddhist Philosophy in India. Bloom.
Religious Philosophy of China. Bloom.
Religions in Japan. Bloom.
History of Christian Thought and Institutions. Reynolds.
R 419, 420. Philosophy of Religion. (g) 3'hours each term, fal1 and winter.
Concepts of reality and human nature within a religious perspective, Fall:
maj or ideas of Deity, patterns of reasoning concerning God as personal being,
the problem of evil; winter: idea of man as spiritual, moral, and religious
being in the light of other philosophies of man. R 419 prerequisite to R 420.
R 421. Contemporary Social Problems and Religion. (g) 3 hours spring.
'The idea of ethical duty in a religious perspective; the New Testament and
ethical problems, the ethics of the family, of race, of the political and economic
orders; the concepts of history and human destiny in J udaeo-Christian thought.
R 422. Psychology of Religion. (g) 3 hours.
Contributions of psychology to the understanding of various forms of re-
ligious behavior.
R 423, 424, 425. Contemporary Concepts of God. (g) 3 hours each term.
Contemporary philosophical thought concerning Deity, with special atten-
tion to naturalism, idealism, and existentialism; selected readings from rep-
resentative philosophers of religion such as Dewey, Wieman, Whitehead,
Boodin, Royce, Brightman, Underhill, Radhakrishnan, Niebuhr, Tillich; Bu-
ber, Maritain, etc. R 423 prerequisite to R 424 and R 425.
Anth 444. Religion and Magic of Primitives. (G) 3 hours.
For description, see page 142.
Soc 461. Sociology of Religion. ( G) 3 hours.
For description, see page 237.
Hst 471. Social Factors in American History. (G) 3 hours.
For description, see page 182.
Sociology
Professors: W. T. MARTIN (department head), HARRY ALPERT, THEODORE AN-
DERSON, J. V. BERREMAN, HERBERT BISNO, ROBERT DUBIN, R. A. ELLIS, ]. M.
FOSKETT, JAY JACKSON, BENTON JOHNSON, R. J. PELLEGRIN, W. S. ROBIN-
SON.*
Associate Professors: T. B. JOHANNIS, JR.,t KENNETH POLK, R. H. RODGERS.
Assistant Professors: JOAN ACKER, J. M. ARMER, STEVt:N DEUTSCH, J. R. How-
ARD, GERALD KING, JOHN MACGREGOR, W. E. SCHAFER.
Instructor: GEORGE GRAY.
Associate: FRANCES S. TOOBERT.
Fellows: CHARLES ARM.sBURY, DEAN J ..BOWMAN, LEE CARTER, MICHAEL CHAS-
TAIN, JEFFERS CHERTOK, JOSEPH DAMRELL, PETER ENGBRETSON, LAWRENCE
GOODING, JACK GUDEMAN, DAVID HEIMER, LESLIE HENDRICKSON, CECILE
JOHNSON, JAMES JOHNSON, GEORGE LEWIS, JOHN MCCARTHY, JENNIFER
• On leave of absence 1966·67.
t On sabbatical leave 1966-67.
232 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
McDoWELL, ELDON MAHONEY, JULIO QUINONES-UBARRI, JOSEPH ROBERTS,
G. EDWARD STEPHAN, JAMES STOLZMAN, FRED VAN NOY, RICHARD WHITE,
JOHN WORCESTER.
Assistants: .MARY ADAMS, RICHARD ANDERSON, RONALD ARMSTRONG, EUNICE
BAXTER, FRED BEISSE, LARRY BUFFINGTON, STEVEN BURKETT, HEATHER COX,
HARROLD CURL, ANN DOLFINI, CHARLES DUDLEY, ROGER DURAN, CALVIN
ENDO, JOE FASHING, GARY FEUERBERG, MARVIN FEUERBERG, MARY Lou
FINNE, ALLAN FLYGSTAD, DEAN FREASE, DANIEL GoLDMAN, KAREN HARDING,
JOSEPH HARRY, RITA HAYS, DANIEL HODGES, MERLIN HOFSTETTER, ROGER
IRLE, BROOKE JACOBSEN, JAMES JARVIS, BRYCE JOHNSON, JOHN KLEBE,
CHARLES LANGFORD, LYLE LARSON, RON LITTLE, LIONEL MALDONADO, R. A.
NAUMANN, MARVIN OSTBERG, DUDLEY POSTON, KAREN STEPHAN, C. MI-
CHAEL STUART, THOMAS TAVEGGIA; HAVENS TIPPS, HAROLD WEAVER, JOHN
WESTINE.
SOCIOLOGY is the analytical study of the development, structure, and function
of human groups and societies. It is concerned with the scientific understanding
of human behavior as it relates to, anl. is a consequence of, interaction within
groups.
The undergraduate program in sociology at the University is designed:
(I) to prepare students for gracimue work leading to professional careers in the
field; (2) to provide a basic background for those preparing for caleers in per-
sonnel work, journalism, organizational management, social work and public
welfare, city and regional planning, teaching of social studies, and research in
human relations; and (3) to provide a scientific basis, in knowledge and under-
standing, for constructive adult citizenship.
Alpha Kappa Delta, a national sociology honorary society, has a chapter
on the University campus; all students who have had at least 15 term hours of
work in sociology with a grade-point average of 3.00 or higher and a general
scholastic average of 3.00 or higher are eligible for membership.
Interested sophomores and juniors should inquire about the availability of
undergraduate research participation fellowships.
Brochures describing the undergraduate program in sociology are available in
the department office on request.
Requirements for Bachelor's Degree. Candidates for the bachelor's degree
with a major in sociology must satisfy all general requirements of the University
and the College of Liberal Arts and complete the following required courses in
sociology:
Term Hours
General Sociology (Soc 204, 205, 206)................ 9
Introduction to Social Research (Soc 311)................................................................ 3
Social Psychology (Soc 334).................................................................... 3
Development of Sociology (Soc 470) 3
Any two of the following: American Society (Soc 301), World Population
and Social Structure (Soc 303), The Community (Soc 304), Contem·
porary Social Problems (Soc 305) 6
Majors in sociology are required to complete a minimum of 42 hours in
sociology; not more than 54 hours in sociology may be counted toward a bach-
elor's degree.
A grade-point average of 2.00 or higher in all sociology courses is required
for graduation with a major in sociology.
Secondary-School Teaching of Social Studies. For certification as a teacher
of social studies in Oregon high schools, The Oregon Department of Education
requires (I) the satisfaction of certain minimum standards of subject preparation
and (2) the recommendation of the institution at which the student completes his
subject preparation.
SOCIOLOGY 233
To meet the state standards in social studies and the requirements for recom-
mendation by the University of Oregon, a major in sociology must complete the
following program, selected from the fields of history, geography, political science,
economics, and sociology or anthropology, with a 2.50 GPA or higher: (I) work in
sociology required for a major in the field; (2) 27 term hours in history; (3) 9
term hours in a third field; (4) at least one course in each of two additional fields.
The program must include a minimum of 36 term hours in upper-division courses.
For further information, the student should consult the member of the sociol-
ogy faculty who serves as adviser for prospective teachers.
Honors. See HONORS COLLEGE, pages 132 ff.
Undergraduate Concentration in Social Work. The department offers two
sequences of special value for undergraduate students who are interested in
careers in social welfare: The Social \Velfare Institution (Soc 467, 468, 469) and
Principles and Concepts of Social \Vork (Soc 425,426). A strong background in
several of the social sciences is reconlmended for all students interested in careers
in social welfare.
•The department does not offer graduate study in social work; students inter-
ested in graduate work in the field may consult the School of Social Work, Port-
land State College.
Areas of Study. The department offers introductory courses in General
Sociology (Soc 204, 205, 206) and Principles of Sociology (Soc 300), and spe-
cialized upper-division and graduate courses in the following broad areas:
Methodology. Introduction to Social Research (Soc 31l) ; Sociological Re-
search Methods (Soc 411, 412, 413) ; Theory and Methods in Population and
Ecology (Soc 415); Experimental Sociology (Soc 518).
Social Welfare and Social Work. The Social Welfare Institution (Soc 467,
468, 469) ; Principles and Concepts of Social Work (Soc 425, 426).
Social Psychology. Social Psychology (Soc 334, 335) ; The Family (Soc
423) ; Theory of Small Groups (Soc 430) ; Group Dynamics (Soc 43 I) ; Collective
Behavior (Soc 436); Social Psychology of the Family (Soc 438) ; Analytical
Problems in Social Psychology (Soc 530) ; Propaganda and SocialControl (Soc
532) ; Social Movements (Soc 537).
Social Structures and Processes. American Society (Soc 301) ; Social Organi-
zation (Soc 342, 343); World Population and Social Structure (Soc 303); The
Community (Soc 304) ; Contemporary Social Problems (Soc 305); Criminology
and Delinquency (Soc 440, 441); Urbanization and the City (Soc 442); Social
Control (Soc 443) ; Social Stratification (Soc 451, 452) ; Sociology of Race Rela-
tions (Soc 445) ; Sociology of Work (Soc 446) ; Industrial Sociology (Soc 447) ;
Sociology of Occupations (Soc 448) ; Social Change (Soc 449); Sociology of
Leisure (Soc 490) ; Analytical Problems in Social Structures and Processes (Soc
540) ; Theory of Organization (Soc 541) ; Power and Influence in Society and
Community (Soc 542).
Social Institutions. Social Institutions (Soc 460) ; Sociology of Religion (Soc
461); Sociology of the Family (Soc 462); Social Psychology <.f the Family
(Soc 438) ; Sociology of Education (Soc 491) ; Political Sociology (Soc 465) ;
Analytical Problems in Social Institutions (Soc 560); Values and Social Struc-
ture (Soc 561).
General Theory. Development of Sociology (Soc 470) ; Analytical Problems
in Sociological Theory (Soc 570); History of Social Thought (Soc 571); Devel-
opment of American Sociology (Soc 572) ; Contemporary Sociology (Soc 573) ;
Theory Building in Sociology (Soc 575).
234 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Graduate Work. The graduate program of the Department of Sociology,
leading to the M.A., M.S., and Ph.D. degrees, is an intensive program designed
to train professional sociologists for teaching, research, and administrative posts
in sociology and related fields. Most candidates for the Ph.D. degree first obtain
a master's degree, but occasionally qualified students who have completed one
year of work in residence are permitted to develop programs leading directly to
the Ph.D.
Students are not advised to seek an advanced degree in sociology unless they
have achieved a grade-point average of 3.00 or better in their undergraduate
work in the field; students whose undergraduate major has been in another field
should have a grade-point average of 3.00 in all social science courses taken.
Early in their undergraduate years, students interested in graduate work in
preparation for careers as professional sociologists should consult an adviser in
the department concerning the department's undergraduate preparatory pro-
gram for research and teaching. Recommendations include: (I) satisfaction of the
language requirement for the B.A. degree; (2) a year sequence in mathematics;
(3) at least one upper-division year sequence in two of the following fields-
anthropology, economics, political science, psychology.
Although the department accepts students who are interested only in the
master's degree, its program is primarily intended for doctoral candidates. All
students of good academic ability are encouraged to follow a course of study
leading to the Ph.D. degree.
The Department of Sociology offers graduate study in four broad areas of
concentration: theory and methodology, social psychology, social structures and
processes, and social institutions. Theory and methodology are combined to insure
that no student may concentrate in one without preparation in the other.
A core program, required of every graduate student, is provided in each of
these broad areas. The graduate core courses are open only to students who have
been accepted as candidates for an advanced degree. The core courses with their
prerequisites insure that every graduate student will have at least a minimum
exposure to the subject matter of each of the general areas. The doctoral candidate,
in consultation with his adviser, selects a field of specialization within one of the
four core areas; in his specialized field he is expected to achieve a high level of
competence through an intensive program of study culminating in the doctoral
dissertation.
The department offers two programs leading to the master's degree. One
program, leading to the M.A. degree, is designed as a stepping stone to the Ph.D.
degree. The other leads to a terminal master's degree for students preparing to
enter professional positions other than college or university teaching or research.
No thesis is required in the latter program.
Candidates for the doctor's degree must demonstrate clearly their basic and
serious commitment to a professional career in the social sciences, with particular
emphasis on sociology. The doctoral candidate's dissertation must embody the
results of research and show evidence of originality and ability in independent in-
vestigation. It is recommended that work on the dissertation be begun early in the
doctoral program, so that the candidate's research experience will be an integral
part of his total program of study.
A broad range of research is carried on by members of the staff. Graduate
students often have opportunities to participate in planning and carrying out re-
search projects. Graduate awards of various kinds are available for well qualified
students. Emphasis is placed on close working relationships between students and
faculty.
The department offers a graduate training program in methodology with
three-year fellowships financed by the National Institute of Mental Health. Three-
year fellowships are also provided through the National Defense Education Act.
Graduate teaching assistantships and graduateresearch assistantships are available.
A brochure describing the graduate program in sociology in more detail and
SOCIOLOGY 235
3pecifying the materials that must be submitted with applications for admission
may be obtained from the department. All application material must be submitted
It least two months before the student plans to begin graduate work; stu-
ients wishing to apply for graduate assistantships must submit these materials by
March 1.
LOWER-DIVIS tON COURSES
SOC 204, 205, 206. General Sociology. 3 hours each term.
Introduction to the sociological perspective; basic findings regarding the
development,. structure, and function of human groups and societies, with
emphasis on the descriptive comparison of modern complex societies.
U~PER.DIVISION COURSES
SOC 300. Principles of Sociology. 3 hours.
Fundamental concepts and empirical findings in the field of sociology. Not
open to students who have completed Soc 204, 205.
Soc J01. American Society. 3 hours.
An analysis of American society in terms of its significant structural traits
and their functions; major. changes in American society and selected con-
temporary problems examined in their relation to institutional structures.
Prerequisite: Soc 204, 205 or Soc 300.
Soc 303. World Population and Social Structure. 3 hours.
Introduction to population studies, providing within a sociological framework
an analysis of historical, contemporary, and anticipated population conditions
and trends, as these are related to social situations and the organization of
society. Prerequisite: Soc 204, 205, 206 or Soc 300. Martin.
Soc 304. The Community. 3 hours.
Analysis of the structure and organization of human communities. Pre-
I requisite: Soc 204, 205, 206 or Soc 300.
Soc 305. Contemporary Social Problems. 3 hours.
Introduction to problems associated with the organization of social systems;
deviant behavior and methods of social control. Prerequisite: Soc 204, 205,
206 or Soc 300.
oc 311. Introduction to Social Research. 3 hours.
The development of social research; the nature of scientific inquiry and basic
methods and techniques; examination of representative sociological studies
from the standpoint of methodology. Prerequisite: Soc 204, 205, 206 or con-
sent of instructor. Armer, King, Polk. .
oc 334, 335. Social Psychology. 3 hours each term.
Analysis of psychological processes in relation to social situations. How lan-
guages, perception, learning, thinking, motivation, and attitudes determine
and result from social interaction and group processes. Prerequisite: Soc 204,
205 or Soc 300. Armer, Ellis, MacGregor.
oc 342, 343. Social Organization. 3 hours each term.
Examination in depth of analytical concepts and tools and their application
to theoretical materials dealing with social organization. Prerequisite: Soc
204, 205, 206. Howard.
oc 401. Research. Hours to be arranged.
oc 403. Thesis for Honors Candidates. Hours to be arranged.
oc 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
oc 406. Supervised Field Study. 1 hour each term.
No more than three hours of Supervised Field Study may be counted toward
a degree in sociology.
236 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
SOC 407. Seminar. (G) Hours to be arranged.
Economic Sociology. Deutsch.
Sociology of Education. Armer, Schafer.
Sociology of Leisure. Johanni s.
Juvenile Delinquency. Bisno.
Sociology of Illness and Health. Bisno, Howard.
Migration. Martin.
Problems of Change in Underdeveloped Areas. Deutsch.
Soc411,412, U3. Sociological Research Methods. (G) 3 hours each term.
Basic methodological problems such as the nature of science, the problem of
meaning, formal and empirical systems, the use of models, causal inferencE
under experimental and nonexperimental conditions, and field techniques of
data collection. Prerequisite: elementary statistics; the work of each term is
prerequisite to that of the following term. Ellis, Robinson.
Soc 415. Theory and Methods in Population and Ecology.. (G) 3 hours.
Methodological problems and techniques in demographic and ecological
analysis. Prerequisite: Soc 204, 205 or Soc 303, elementary statistics. Martin.
Soc 423. The Family. (g) 3 hours.
The family in historical perspective. An introduction to the study of the
family as a social institution and small group association. Prerequisite: Soc
204, 205, 206 or Soc 300. Johannis, Rodgers.
Soc 425, 426. Principles and Concepts ·of Social Work. (g) 3 hours each term.
Analysis of the major components in the social-work services, such as the
community setting, the organizational context of services, and the methods
of providing service; emphasis on basic concepts and principles. Prerequisite:
Soc 467,468,469. Acker, Bisno.
Soc 430. Theory of Small Groups. (G) 3 hours.
A systematic review of the influential theoretical and empirical writings,
classical and current, dealing with the structure and functioning of small
groups. Prerequisite: Soc 334 or Psy 215. Jackson, Johannis.
Soc 431. Group Dynamics. (g) 3 hours.
Analysis of the dynamics of group participation and leadership and the char-
acteristics of effective groups. Prerequisite: Soc 430. Jackson.
Soc 436. Collective Behavior. (g) 3 hours.
Social-psychological study of the behavior of persons in such collective con-
texts as crowds, mobs, publics, i.e., in the less stable and predictable phases
of group life. Fads, crazes, rumor, panics, riots, and mass hysteria analyzed
in terms of social and psychological determinants and consequences. Pre-
requisite: Soc 334 or Psy 219. MacGregor.
Soc 438. Social Psychology of the Family. (G) 3 hours.
The dynamics of family interaction throughout the family life cycle. Pre-
requisite: 12 hours in sociology. Johannis, Rodgers.
Soc 440, 441. Criminology and Delinquency. (g) 3 hours each term.
The nature and extent of delinquency and crime as forms of deviant social
behavior; contributing factors; current prevention and treatment programs.
Prerequisite: Soc 204, 205, 206 or Soc 300. Polk.
Soc 442. Urbanization and the City. (G) 3 hours.
Determinants and consequences of urbanization under different conditions;
the city as a social and ecological system. Prerequisite: 9 hours in sociology.
Martin.
Soc 443. Social Control. (G) 3 hours.
Techniques and agencies by which the behavior of crowds, classes, associa-
tions, and publics is controlled. Prerequisite: Soc 334 or Psy 219, or consent
of instructor.
SOCIOLOGY 237
;oc 445. Sociology of Race Relations. (g) 3 hours.
The development of "race consciousness" and emergent problems of race-
culture contacts. Prerequisite: introductory course in sociology, anthro-
pology, or psychology. MacGregor.
;oc 446. Sociology of Work. (G) 3 hours.
Sociological analysis of work in pre-industrial and industrial societies; the
impact of industrial systems and technology on occupational structure, labor
force, labor commitment, the meaning of work, bureaucratization, and in-
dustrial organization. Deutsch.
;oc 447. Industrial Sociology. (G) 3 hours.
The social structure of industry, the sociology of labor unionism and industrial
relations, as influenced by changing political and technological factors, in-
cluding a comparative analysis of industry and society and industrial relations
systems in the developed and developing countries. Deutsch.
;oc 448. Sociology of Occupations. (G) 3 hours.
The nature, functions, and significance of occupational groupings in modern
society; the relationships of occupation to other aspects of life; the sig-
nificance of work for the various forms of social organization; the impact of
change on individual occupations and occupational categories. Pellegrin.
joc 449. Social Change. (G) 3 hours.
Analysis of the processes, characteristics, and conditions of change in large
social systems; systematic examination of various theoretical problems and
[
I formulations. Prerequisite: 9 hours in sociology. Bisno.
oc451,452. Social Stratification. (G) 3 hours.
Systematic analysis of the nature of social classes and castes, their deter-
minants and historical development, and their consequences. Prerequisite;
Soc 204, 205, 206 or Soc 300. Ellis, Johnson.
oc 460. Social Institutions. (G) 3 hours.
Analysis of social organization in terms of a system of interrelated and inter-
dependent institutions; major focus on the development and utilization of
an analytical framework in the examination of selected major institutions in
American and other contemporary societies. Prerequisite: Soc 204, 205, 206
or Soc 300. Johannis.
oc 461. Sociology of Religion. (G) 3 hours.
Sociological analysis of religious belief and behavior; special attention to
the relation between religious institutions and the larger societies of which
they are a part. Prerequisite: Soc 204, 205 or Soc 300. Johnson.
oc 462. Sociology of the Family. (G) 3 hours.
The family as a social institution and its relationship to other social institu-
tions. Prerequisite: 12 hours in sociology. Johannis, Rodgers.
oc 465. Political Sociology. (G) 3 hours.
Sociological theories and concepts brought to bear on the analysis of various
aspects of political theory and behavior; social bases of power and policy
determination; institutional interrelationships; intellectuals and ideologies;
political trends and change; political participation and membership. Pre-
requisite: 9 hours of sociology. Bisno, Deutsch, Howard.
oc 467, 468, 469. The Social Welfare Institution. (g) 3 hours each term.
Social work as a type of professional service offered within the framework
of organized public and private programs, analyzed in terms of theory,
principles, and methods past and present. Variations in ideology, organiza-
tional provisions, and practices related to the broader social milieu. Pre-
requisite; 9 hQurs in sociology; the work of each term is a Prerequisite to
that of the following term. Acker, Bisno.
oc 470. Development of Sociology. (g) 3 hours.
Major writers and ideas that have shaped contemporary sociology; recurrent
238 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
concepts and issues that continue to challenge sociological inquiry. Pn
requisite: 9 hours in upper-division sociology courses. MacGregor.
Soc 490. Sociology of Leisure. (G) 3 hours.
Sociological analysis of nonwork time and leisure behavior; the relationshi
between patterns of use of nonwork time and leisure and other social institt
tions. Prerequisite: 12 hours in sociology. Johannis.
Soc 491. Sociology of Education. (G) 3 hours.
Analysis of the major functions of education for the larger society; effects (
societal change on education; the school and the community; the school 2
a social system. Prerequisite: 9 hours of sociology. Armer, Schafer.
GRADUATE COURSES
*Soc SOL Research. Hours to be arnUlged.
*Soc 502. Supervised College Teaching. Hours to be arranged.
*Soc 503: Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Soc 50S. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Soc 506. Supervised Field Study. 1 hour each term.
Not available for social work experience. No more than three hours of SupeI
vised Field Study may be counted toward a degree in sociology.
Soc 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Comparative Family Systems. Johannis.
Contemporary Research on Family Sociology. Johannis, Rodgers.
Population and Social Structure. Martin.
Sociology of Professions. Bisno.
Sociology of Religion. Johnson.
Sociology of Science. Alpert.
Sociology of Deviant. Behavior.
Social Stratification. Ellis, Johnson.
Sociology of Education. Armer, Schafer.
Primary Human Interaction. Dubin.
Theory of Action. Johnson.
Urbanization. Martin.
Quantitative Sociology. Robinson.
Sociology of Adolescence. Polk.
College Teaching of Sociology. Rodgers.
Role Theory and Research. Jackson.
Social Influence. Jackson.
Organizational Communication. Jackson.
Soc 518. Experimental Sociology. 3 hours.
Critical analysis of selected experiments in >V':lOlOgy; each student formll
lates a research problem and designs an experiment suitable for the testin
of the hypothesis. Prerequisite: elementary statistics. Dubin.
Soc 530. Analytical Problems in Social Psychology. 3 hours.
Core course providing basic graduate orientation in social psychology. PrE
requisite: regular graduate standing; 9 hours in sociology; introductory psy
chology and social psychology. Jackson
Soc 532. Propaganda and Social Control. 3 hours.
Propaganda as a means of social control; the nature of propaganda, the tech
niques used and the psychological and sociological conditions of their effe(
tiveness; the implications of media of mass communication for stability an
change of social systems. Prerequisites: Soc 334 or Psy 219, or consent c
instructor. .
Soc 537. Sodal Movements. 3 hours.
Study. of the endeavors of groups of people to alter the course of events b
their joint activities; social and psychological factors which give rise t
* No-grade course.
SOCIOLOGY 239
social movements and determine their course; the relation of such purposive
collective activity to the process of social and cultural change. Prerequisite:
Soc 334, 335 or consent of instructor.
;oc 540. Social Structure and Processes. 3 hours.
Core course providing basic graduate orientation in problems of social system
organization, stability, and change. Prerequisite: regular graduate standing;
9 hours in sociology, including at least one course in social structures or social
processes. Pellegrin.
,oc 541. Theory of Organization. 3 hours,
The analysis of formal organizations, their functions in social organizations,
their operating characteristics, and the person-organization linkage. Dubin..
;oc 542, Power and Influence in Community and Society. 3 hours.
Critical examination and evaluation of studies of power structures and the
decision-making process, particularly at the community level, in terms of
theoretical and methodological considerations. Pellegrin.
~oc 560. Analytical Problems in Social Institutions. 3 hours.
Core course providing basic graduate orientation to conceptual and theoretical
problems in the area of social institutions. Prerequisite: regular graduate
standing, 9 hours of sociology, including one upper-division course in insti-
tutional area. Foskett.
loc 561. Values and Social Structure. 3 hours.
, Examination of value and belief systems as related to socially patterned be-
havior; consideration of major theoretical perspectives, methods of classifi-
cation, and selected empirical studies. Prerequisite: 9 hours in sociology.
Johnson.
oc 570. Analytical Problems in Sociological Theory. 3 hours.
Core course. The nature and purpose of scientific theory, with special refer-
ence to sociology; critique of existing theoretical models in the field. Pre-
requisite: regular graduate standing. Dubin, Johnson.
oc 571. History of Social Thought. 3 hours.
An historical analysis of Western social thought in terms of its recurrent
problems, its basic concepts, and its relation to contemporary sociological
theory. Foskett.
oc 572. Development of American Sociology. 3 hours.
The emergence of American sociology in the nineteenth century; the prob-
lems, concepts, and theories of leading American sociologists to 1930. Foskett.
oc 573. Contemporary Sociology. 3 hours.
Analysis of the work of leading contemporary sociologists, with special em-
phasis on the problems, concepts, and methods of sociological inquiry.
oc 575. Theory Building in Sociology. 3hours.
Analysis in relation to theories in the behavioral sciences: the components of
a scientific theory; the relationship between theory and research; the nature
of scientific tests of theories. Dubin.
COURSE OFFERED ONLY IN SUMMER SESSIONS
oc 508. Workshop. Hours to be arranged.
Speech
rofessors: BOWER ALY, HERMAN COHEN, R. P. FRIEDMAN, H. W. ROBINSON
(acting department head), J. R. SHEPHERD, GLENN STARLIN, K. S. WOOD.
ssociate Professors: C. A. LEISTNER (department head) * FABER DECHAINE,
• On leave of absence 1966·67.
240 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
E. A. KRETSINGER, DOMINIC LARusso, K. E. MONTGOMERY, W. S. NOBLE
OTTILIE T. SEYBOLT (emeritus).
Assistant Professors: C. W. CARMICHAEL, N. J. CHRISTENSEN, J. V. CUTLE
D. G. FIBIGER, A. L. KADLEC, R. P. MERTZ, B. P. RYAN, R. E. SHERRIFFS.
Instructors: E. L. COLEMAN, CELIA DORRIS, S. D. ELBERSON,· JANET G. ELSE
L. R. HENNINGS, J. D. HERSHBERGER, W. D. HERVEY, W. D. JACOBSON, L. (
JERSTAD, B. O. KJELDAHL, T. C. MEADOR, Lucy A. MELHUISH, D. E. STEINE
P. R. WALDO, KENNETH VVILKINS, ALICE L. ZAPELL.
Assistants: JEAN C. ARMSTRONG, W. M. BERG, W. R. BRENNEN, C. J. CLAVADE'
SCHER, GWEN CLAVADETSCHER, D. C. CUNNINGHAM, A. L. FLOM, D. ]
GRIEVE, A. H. HOLT, Jo ANN PATTON, INEZ LARSEN, F. Q. LEVIN, DIANl'
F. WROCKLAGE.
THE DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH offers major curricula leading to tl
Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science, Master of Arts, Master of Fine Arts (i
theater), Master of Science, and Doctor of Philosophy degrees, with opportuniti4
for study in rhetoric and public address, radio and television broadcasting, spee<
pathology and audiology, and theater.
Work in speech is also offered for students majoring in other fields. For the~
students, the department directs its efforts toward two principal objectives: (l
the development of the ability to communicate thought and feeling; and (2) tl
improvement of powers of appreciation and evaluation in listening.
Practical experience in the various phases of the departmental program
provided through the University Theater, the University Symposium and forens
activities, the Division of Broadcast Services, and the Speech and Hearing Clini
In the planning of its major undergraduate programs, the Department 4
Speech recognizes three principal objectives:
(1) The achievement, by all of its major students, of a broad liberal educ.
tion. The following major requirements relate to this objective:
(a) To complement work in the department, the student must elect courS4
in other departments which are of substantial value in relation to his major pr<
gram, including at least 18 term hours in upper-division courses in related fields.
(b) A maximum of 60 term hours of work in speech is recommended in tl:
student's program for a bachelor's degree.
(2) Sufficient work in the several fields of speech instruction to provide ~
appreciation of the different areas of communication. The following major ri
quirements relate to this obj ective :
(a) The following basic courses are required of all majors: Fundamentals (
Speech (Sp 121, 122) ; Theory and Literature of Rhetoric (Sp 301) ; Advanc~
Interpretation (Sp 311); Speech Science (Sp 371) ; Radio, Television and tl
Public (Sp 448) ; History of the Thea~er (Sp 464).
(b) All majors are required to take a minimum of 40 term hours in speec
courses, at least 24 of which must be in upper-division courses.
(c) A minimum of 9 term hours of work in general psychology or in histol
is required of all majors.
(3) Concentration in at least one of the four following fields: rhetoric ar.
public address, radio and television broadcasting, speech pathology and audiolog
theater. The minimum requirements in each of the four fields are as follows:
(a) Rhetoric and Public Address: Fundamentals of Speech (Sp 123) ; Pul
lie Discussion (Sp 221) or Advanced Public Discussion (Sp 331) ; Argument:
tion, Persuasion, and Discussion (Sp 321, 322, 323) ; Theory and Literature 4
Rhetoric (Sp 302, 303) ; Classical Oratory (Sp 421), British Oratory (Sp 422
American Oratory (Sp 423).
SPEECH 241
(b) Radio and Television Broadcasting: Fundamentals of Broadcasting (Sp
:41) ; Theater Principles (Sp 261, 262, 263) or Play Direction (Sp 364) ; Radio
.nd Television Workshop (Sp 341) ; Radio Workshop (Sp 342, 343) or Tele-
'ision Workshop (Sp 344, 345) ; Radio and Television Script Writing (Sp 347,
48,349) .
(c) Speech Pathology and Audiolog3': Phonetics (Sp 370) ; Speech Patholo-
[y (Sp 481, 482, 483) ; Clinical Speech Therapy (Sp 484, 485, 486) ; Audiology
:Sp 487, 488) ; Seminar: Teaching of Lip Reading (Sp 407).
(d) Theater: Theater Principles (Sp 261,262,263) ; 6 term hours selected
rom Production Workshop (Sp 264, 265, 266), Costume Workshop (Sp 315);
~lements of Acting (Sp 251) ; 3 term hours selected from Technique of Acting
'Sp351, 352) ; Play Direction (Sp 364) ; History of the Theater (Sp 465).
Secondary-School Teaching of Speech and Drama. For certification as a
eacher of speech and drama in Oregon high schools, the Oregon State Department
,f Education requires (l) the satisfaction of certain minimum standards of subject
'reparation and (2) the recommendation of the institution at which the student
ompletes his subject preparation.
For information concerning subject preparation required to meet state stand-
.rds in speech and drama and to obtain the recommendation of the University of
)regon, the student should consult the member of the faculty of the Department of
'peech who serves as adviSer for prospective teachers.
Honors. See HONORS COLLEGE, pages 132 ff.
Committee on Discussion and Debate. The national office of the Com-
ittee on Discussion and Debate of the National University Extension Associa-
on is located on the campus of the University of Oregon. The committee pro-
ides services to high-school debate leagues throughout the United States, inc1ud-
g publication of The Forensic Q2tarterly and related books, distribution of dis-
ssion and debate materials, and maintenance of a forensics library.
Rhetoric and Public Address
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
p 121, 122, 123. Fundamentals of Speech. 3 hours each term.
Proj ects in extempore speaking. Sp 121, 122: emphasis on content, organi-
zation, performance, audience motivation, language, discussion, and parlia-
mentary procedures. Sp 123: emphasis on voice and diction, bodily action and
reading from the printed page; attention to style in the preparation and presen-
tation of speeches. Special section for Honors College students.
p 221. Public Discussion. 2 hours any term.
Preparation of speeches for delivery before public audiences in conjunction
with the University's forensic program. Nobles.
235. Public Speaking. 5 hours any term.
Theory and practice of public speaking, with constructive cntlclsm of per-
formance. Particular attention to individual problems in speechmaking. Not
offered 1967-68.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
301, 302, 303. Theory and Literature of Rhetoric. 3 hours each term.
Selected readings on the principles of rhetoric and public address from Plato
to modern times. Cohen, Carmichael.
242 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Sp 321, 322, 323. Argumentation, Persuasion, and Discussion. 3 hours eac'
tenn.
Fall: argumentation; winter: audience motivation and audience response
spring: principles and practice in various discussion forms. Leistner, N oble~
Sp 331, 332. Advanced Public Discussion. 2 hours each term, winter and spring
Preparation of speeches to be delivered before public audiences in conjunc
tion with the University's forensic pr9gram. Prerequisite: consent of instruc
tor. Nobles.
Sp 407. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Sp 416. Speech Composition. 3 hours any term.
Speech forms, types, and techniques; emphasis on application of basi
rhetorical elements. Designed for prospective high-school teachers and othe
nomnajors. Prerequisite: upper-division standing. Montgomery.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
Sp 421. Classical Oratory. (G) 3 hours.
Rhetorical criticism of masterpieces of Greek and Roman oratory. Prerequi
site: Sp 301 or equivalent. Aly, Nobles.
Sp 422. British Oratory. (G) 3 hours.
British Oratory from Chatham to 1867. Prerequisite: Sp 301 or equivalen
Aly, Cohen.
Sp423. American Oratory. (G) 3 hours.
Study of American oratory to 1840. Prerequisite: Sp 301 or equivalent. AI]
Leistner.
GRADUATE COURSES
*Sp 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
*Sp 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Sp 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Sp 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Introduction to Graduate Study.
Communication Research Methods.
Studies of Attitude Changes.
American Oratory, 1840-1912.
American Oratory, 1912 to the Present.
British Oratory from 1867.
Classical Rhetorical Theory.
Sp 511. Eighteenth-Century Rhetorical Theory. 3 hours.
The neoclassical interpretation of the canons of ancient rhetorical theory; il
relation to the literary criticism, aesthetics, and logic of the period. Cohel
Sp 512. American Public Address. 3 hours.
The history of public speaking in the United States, with emphasis on the reI;
tion of historical development to current problems in criticism. Aly, Leistner
Sp 513. Recent E.hetorical Criticism. 3 hours.
The revival of the Aristotle-Cicero canon; the impact of contemporary lite:
ary critiCIsm on rhetoric; the relevance of content analysis to rhetorical crit
cism. Nobles.
COURSES OFFERED ONLY IN SUMMER SESSIONS AND EXTENSION
Sp225,226. Public Speaking for Business and Professional Men and Womel
2 hours each term.
Sp 424. Speech Forms and Techniques of Group Control. (g) 3 hours.
* No-grade course.
SPEECH
Radio and Television Broadcasting
243
LOWER-DIVISION COURSE
;p 241. Fundamentals of Broadcasting. 2 hours any term.
General survey of broadcasting, including history, growth, social aspects, laws
and policies, station and network organization, programming, the advertiser,
the listener, public interest, standards of criticism, comparison of broadcast
systems, international broadcasting and propaganda. Kretsinger, Starlin,
Sherriffs.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
;p 341. Radio and Television Workshop. 2 hours.
Broadcast performance technique; physical, acoustic, and mechanical theory
and its application; interpretative theory and its application. Prerequisite:
consent of instructor. Hershberger, Kretsinger, Sherriffs.
;p 342, 343. Radio Workshop. 2 hours each term.
Theory and practice of radio broadcasting. Prerequisite: Sp 341. Shepherd.
;p 344, 345. Television Workshop. 2 hours each term.
Theory and practice of television broadcasting. Prerequisite: Sp 341. Hersh-
berger, Kretsinger, Sherriffs.
ip 347, 348, 349. Radio and Television Script Writing. 2 hours each term.
Radio and television writing techniques; theory and practice in the writing of
all major continuity types. Prerequisite: junior standing. Kretsinger, Starlin.
407. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Television problems. Radio-television station policies.
p 407. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
431. Radio-Television News I. 3 hours.
For description see SCHOOL OF JOURNALISM.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
432. Radio-Television News II. (G) 3 hours.
For description see SCHOOL OF JOURNALISM.
p 444. Radio-Television Direction. (G) 3 hours.
Theory and technique involved in the broadcasting directional assignment.
Practice in directing typical formats developed for radio and television. Pre-
requisite: Sp 445, consent of instructor. Shepherd. .
p 445. Radio-Television Production. (G) 3 hours.
Problems and procedures in the synthesis of talent, material, sponsorship, etc.
in broadcast production. Preparation and production of live broadcasts. Pre-
requisite: consent of instructor. Shepherd.
p 446. Radio-Television Programming. (G) 3 hours.
Analysis of values, trends, and procedures in programming broadcast sched-
ules; problems in planning program structure to meet community and public
service needs. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Starlin, Sherriffs.
p 448. Radio and Television and the Public. (G) 3 hours spring.
The influence and importance of broadcasting as a social, political, and cul-
tural force; the development of broadcasting; public-service broadcasting;
the rights and duties of listeners; public opinion and propaganda influence.
Kretsinger, Shepherd, Starlin.
469. Lighting for Television. (G) 2 hours.
Functions of light in the television studio; theories, methods, and special
equipment for lighting television productions. Prerequisite: Sp 263 or consent
of instructor. Hershberger.
244 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Sp 470. Methods in the Production of Educational Television. (G) 3 hours.
Intensive study of distinctive characteristics of instruction hy televisiOI
through both open an dclosed circuit. Studio exercises built around regula
projects and demonstrations of television teaching for critical evaluation ane
analysis. Prerequisite: consent of instructoL Sherriffs.
GRADUATE COURSES
*Sp 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
*Sp 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Sp 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Sp 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Introduction to Graduate Study.
Problems of Education by Television.
British Broadcasting.
Research in Broadcasting.
Sp 541. Theory and Criticism of Broadcasting. 3 hours.
A comparative study of systems of hroadcasting; the development of ethical
artistic, and critical standards in radio and television. Starlin.
Sp 544. Radio-Television Program Evaluation. 3 hours.
Background and development of broadcast measurements; experimental ane
survey procedures applicable to the testing of hypotheses in these media. Pre
requisite: Mth 425 or equivalent. Kretsinger, Mertz.
Speech Pathology and Audiology
LOWER-DIVISION COURSE
Sp 97, 98. Spoken English for the Foreign Student. 3 hours each term.
A phonetic approach to English conversation, vocabulary building, perceptiOl
and practice for those whose native tongue is not English. Two hours 0
language lab each week in addition to the regular class meetings. Admissiol
to Sp 98 by pennission of instruetoL Montgomery.
Sp130. Voice and Articulation. 3 hours any term.
Study and practice in the perception and production of the elements of Amer
ican speech. Limited to students seeking articulatory or vocal improvemenl
Ryan.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Sp 370. Phonetics. 3 hours.
Study of sounds used in speech. Determination of sounds; their symbolic na
ture; their production ; physical and psychological problems involved in thei
perception; sectional differences. Ryan. .
Sp 371. Speech Science. 3 hours.
A study of the anatomy, psychology, and physics of speech. Wood.
Sp 407. Seminar. Hours to he arranged.
Teaching of Lip Reading.
Public School Speech Correction.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
Sp 472. Experimental Phonetics. (G) 3 hours.
Experimental methods in voice and phonetics; analysis and measurement (
variables in the production of speech. I hour of laboratory work require,
Prerequisite: Sp 370, Sp 371 or consent of instructor. Wood.
.. No-grade course.
SPEECH 245
p 481, 482, 483. Speech Pathology. (G) 3 hours each term.
Symptoms, causes, and treatment of speech abnormalities. Fall: functional
articulatory defects, delayed speech, emotional speech disorders; winter:
organic speech disorders, including deviations due to congenital malformation,
injury,' deafness, and neurological impairment; spring: public school speech
correction, specific techniques in the diagnosis and treatment of major speech
problems. Prerequisite: Sp 370, Sp 371 or consent of instructor. Christensen,
Ryan, Wood.
p 484,485,486. Clinical Speech Therapy. (G) 2 hours each term.
Supervised clinical work with speech-defective children and adults, enrolled
for counseling, testing, and treatment in the Speech and Hearing Clinic; group
discussion of case histories and techniques. Prerequisite: Sp 481, 482 or con-
sent of instructor. Christensen, Ryan, Wood.
p 487, 488, 489. Audiology. (G) 3 hours each term.
The auditory function, hearing impairment, and the speech education or re-
education of persons with hearing loss. Fall: anatomy of the ear, psychophy-
sics of hearing, physical attributes of speech sounds, types and causes of hear-
ing loss, speech involvements of deafness; winter: auditory tests and their
clinical interpretation, selection and use of hearing aids; spring: speech and
auditory training, psychology of deafness, school and vocational problems.
Prerequisite: Sp 370, Sp 371 or consent of instructor. Christensen, Ryan,
Wood.
GRADUATE COURSES
Sp 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
p 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
p 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
p 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Introduction to Graduate Study.
Psychology of Speech.
Auditory Disorders.
Stuttering.
Articulation.
Speech and Language Development in Children.
Voice Problems ..
Cleft Palate.
Aphasia.
Behavior Modifitations in Speech Therapy.
Advanced Slleec!t Science.
COURSES OFFERED ONLY IN SUMMER SESSIONS AND EXTENSION
392. Principles and Techniques of Speech Correction. 3 hours (extension
and summer sessions).
490. Lip Reading for the Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing. (G) 3 hours (exten-
sion).
491. Advanced Language Development for the Deaf. (G) 3 hours (exten-
sion) .
492. Voice and Speech for the Deaf. (G) 3 hours (extension).
Theater
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
229. Interpretation. 2 hours.
The application of the principles of oral reading to literature.
* No-grade course.
246 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
II
Sp 251. Elements of Acting. 3 hours.
Elementary principles of acting technique.
Sp252. Make-Up. 1 hour.
The history, purpose, and techniques of application of theatrical make-up; tl
use of make-up in the various theatrical media, with emphasis on stage at
television performers. Fibiger.
Sp 261, 262, 263. Theater Principles. 1 hour each term.
Development of the physical theater; the mechanics of its stage and shop~
planning and construction of stage setttings and properties; basic principii
of stage lighting. Kadlec.
Sp 264, 265, 266. Production Workshop. 2 or 3 hours each term.
Practical experience in the construction, painting, and handling of scener
and in the lighting of plays. Prerequisite: Sp 261, 262, 263, or concurrel
registration. Kadlec..
Sp 267, 268. Appreciation of Drama. 2 hours each term.
Study of design, acting, and playwriting, for the purpose of achieving a bettl
appreciation of the drama. Robinson.
Sp 269. Appreciation of the Motion Picture. 2 hours.
Study of the motion picture as a dramatic art form. Robinson.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Sp 311. Advanced Interpretation. 3 hours.
Instruction in the discovery and oral expression of meaning and feeling
prose, poetry, and dramatic literature. DeChaine.
Sp 315. Costume Workshop. 3 hours.
Instruction in the art and craft of stage costuming; practical experience
the design, construction, and maintenance of theatrical costumes. Fibiger.
Wr 321, 322, 323. Play Writing. 3 hours each term.
For description, see page 166.
Sp 351. Technique of Acting: Voice. 3 hours.
Problems in the use of voice in dramatic roles. Cutler, DeChaine.
Sp 352. Technique of Acting: Characterization. 3 hours.
Problems in the analysis and presentation of characters. Cutler, DeChaine.
Sp 353. Advanced Acting. 3 hours.
Advanced problems in acting technique: study, rehearsal, and performanc
Prerequisite: Sp 251, Sp 351, Sp 352; consent of instructor. Cutler, DeChain
Robinson.
Sp 364. Play Direction. 3 hours.
Sources of dramatic material, choice of plays, casting and rehearsal of player
production organization. DeChaiue, Robinson, Cutler.
Sp 365. Direction of Children's Theater. 3 hours.
History and objectives of theater for the child audience; survey of existir
professional and community children's theater programs; techniques of actin
directing, and producing plays for and by children. DeChaine.
Sp 407. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
Eng 411,412,413. English Drama. (G) 3 hours each term.
For description, see page 166.
Eng 420, 421, 422. Modern Drama. (G) 3 hours each term.
For description, see page 166.
SPEECH 247
)460. Advanced Play Direction. (G) 3 hours.
Advanced theory and practice in direction of plays for public performance.
Prerequisite: Sp 364 or consent of instructor. Cutler, Robinson.
) 461. Introduction to Scene Design. (G) 3 hours.
Basic principles and techniques of theatrical design for the school and com-
munity theater. Prerequisite: Sp 261, 262, 263 or consent of instructor. Kadlec.
) 462. Styles in Scene Design. (G) 3 hours.
History of scene design; historical styles and their use in the design of produc-
tions of theater classics; twentieth-century approaches to production design;
the designer's analysis of the play script. Prerequisite: Sp 461. Kadlec.
) 463. Advanced Problems in Scene Design. (G) 3 hours.
Selected problems in the design of dramatic productions. Prerequisite: Sp 461,
Sp 462; consent of instructor. Kadlec.
) 464, 465, 466. History of the Theater. (G) 3 hours each term.
An historical study of the theatre from ancient to modern times. Cutler,
DeChaine.
) 467, 468. Lighting for the Stage. (G) 2 hours each term.
The functions of lighting on the stage. Fall: the qualities of light, lighting
instruments, control systems; winter: theories and methods of lighting stage
productions. Prerequisite: Sp 263 or consent of instructor. Kadlec.
GRADUATE COURSES
p 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
p 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Introduction to Graduate Study.
Interpretation.
Cinematography.
Theater Structure.
Theater Management. .
History of the American Theater.
Producing the New Play.
Advanced Technical P,actice.
Avant Garde Theatre.
Scandinavian Drama.
551, 552, 553. Theory of Dramatic Production. 3 hours each term.
Fall: theory of acting; winter: theory of dramatic direction; spring: theory
of dramatic structure. Cutler, Robinson.
ureau of Municipal Research and Service
MAN KEHRLI, M.A .
N C. DOYLE, M.A .
NOLD M. WESTLING, B.S. __
NETH C. TOLLENAAR, M.A. _
RGE N. PLATT, B.S., LL.B...
ALD C. ASHMANSKAS, B.A., LL.B.
ALD E. CARLSON, M.P.A...
* N a-grade course.
tan sabbatical leave, fall term, 1966-67.
______ .Directol"
_____ . ....Assistant Director
.. __ ._.Planning and Public Works Consultant
_ .Research Associate
_ . .Research Attorney
____ ..Research Assistant
..Research Assistant in Charge of Portland Office
248 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
W. LANCE TIBDLES, LL.B .....
JAMES R. BELL, M.R.P....
....-..Research Assist:
________ .Associate Director and Coordinat
U Tban Planning Assistance Progr
DONALD N. JOHNSON, B.A.. . Associate Director, Urban Planning Assistance Progr
ROBERT E. KEITH, M.Arch....... . Associate Director, Urban Planning Assistance Progr
ROBERT S. PARKER, :U,A .... .. .Assistant Coordinator, Urhan Planning Assistant Progr
Planning Consultants: .wIARVIN E. GLOEGE, lVI.A.; RICHARD B. HAYWARD, M.e.p.; ]. DA'
ROWE, B.A.; GEORGE J. BRENNER, B.S.. (Medford); CYRUS R. NIMS, B.Arch (Portlan
Associate Planners: TONY N. KOM, l\f.L.A.; II. K. BEALS (PQlrtland); BRIAN AI. MATTSON, B
(Klamath Falls); KENNETH W. SWEENEY, B.S. (Pendleton); E. G. WATSON, M.A. (
bany).
Assistant Planners: HOWARD C. LOVERING) M.D.P.; KAREN :M. SEIDE.L, B.A.; J. FRANK TH
BEAU', :M.A.; GARY L. HOLLOWAY, M.D.P. (Albany).
Planning Technicians: LYNN D. STEIGER, B.B.A.; W. A. FRAZIER, JR., B.S. (Medford); KEI
L. LAY, B.S. (Tillamook); G. A. SCOTT, M.A (Medford).
THE BUREAU OF MUNICIPAL RESEARCH AND SERVICE cc
ducts research in the fields ofpublic administration, public finance, public law, a
public planning related generally to problems of state and local government.
also provides consultation and information service to local officials and provic
technical service and liaisoll in areas of intergovernmental relations. The bure
has been designated by the Oregon legislature to administer the Federal progr;
of urban planning assistance to city, county, and regional planning agencies
Oregon.
It provides an information and liaison service in regard to Federal aid pI
grams for counties, cities, and special districts. The bureau cooperates with 101
government agellcies in the development of programs. It works with local offici
in sponsoring institutes, conferences, and regional in-service training prograr
An extensive library of periodicals, pamphlets, and reference materials
maintained for use by students, faculty members, state and local officials and e
ployes, and civic groups. Reference files are maintained on subjects relating
state and local government. The bureau answers inquiries from individual pub
officials and employes and civic groups.
The bureau works in close cooperation with such organizations of public '
ficials as the Association of Oregon Counties, the League of Oregon Cities, 1
Oregon Finance Officers Association, the Oregon Chapter, International C
Managers Association, the Oregon Chapter, American Public Works Associati,
the Oregon Association of City Police Officers, and others.
School of Architecture
and Allied Arts
'ALTER L. CREESE, Ph.D., Dean of the School of Architecture and Allied Arts.
mRGE M. HODGE, JR., M.S., Assistant to the Dean.
:ANCES S. NEWSOM, M.A., Architecture and Allied Arts Librarian.
Architecture
'ofessors: G. F. ANDREWS, J. L. BRISCOE, R. R. FERENS, F. T. HANNAFORD,
W. S. HAYDEN, G. M. HODGE, JR.
,sociate Professors: DONLYN LYNDON (department head), S. W. BRYAN, PHIL-
IP DOLE, W. L. FASH, BROWNELL FRASIER, L. T. JOHNSON, E. E. MOURSUND.
,sistant Professors: P. C. GILMORE, H. E. HUDSON, T. W. KLEINSASSER, J. L.
NIELSON, M. R. PEASE, D. L. PETING,* D. N. RINEHART, J. M. SAN JOSE,
C. J. SAYERS, R. A. SMITH, J. E. STAFFORD, N. W. THOMPSON, R. L.
UNRUH.
structors: DENISON COOK, ERNEST MUSTER.
:cturers: EUGENIO BATISTA, M. B. CAMPBELL, O. P. POTICHA, J. H. QUINER,
H. DE NORVAL UNTHANK.
5sistants: D. B. DRISCOLL, J. H. EVANS, J. G. GUNTZEL, N. J. HAUN, JEFFREY
OLLSWANG, M. A. SHARKAWAY.
Landscape Architecture
ofessors: F .A. CUTHBERT (department head), H. W. BUFORD, G. S. JETTE,
W. M. RUFF.
sociate Professors: S. F. BOCHKER,*A.M. SOURDRY.
sistant Professors: T. N. KOM, R. J. LOVINGER, E. J. NIELSEN.
sistants: H. C. KERR, ]. J. WARNER.
Urban Planning
sociate Professor: W. R. DALE (department head).
Ftine and Applied Arts
ofessors: JACK WILKINSON (department head), D. J. MCCOSH, A. M. Vin-
CENT, JAN ZACH.
sociate Professors: D. G. FOSTER, R. C. JAMES, C. M. NIXON, V. A. Ross
(emeritus), C. B. RYAN.
sistant Professors: P. E. BUCKNER, LAVERNE KRAUSE, J. V. SOEDER, D. R.
STANNARD, MORRIS YAROWSKY,
tructors: L. J. BECK, J. U. STARCK.
istants: DAVID COTTER, J. J. CRUSON, J. L. DODD, D. L. DUNCAN, F. T. JONES,
M. V. KRISHNAN, L. T. LAO, HOW-CHING LEE, J. H. LEHMAN, J. R. Mc-
DONALD, R. B. MURROW, D. J. POTTER, J. L. STEELE, J. L. STEWART, S. M.
YUNUS, B. D. WILD.
*On leave of absence 1966-67.
[249 J
250 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
Art History
Professors: M. D. Ross (department head), W. S. BALDINGER.
Associate Professor: A. D. McKENZIE.
Assistant Professors: MARIAN C. DONNELLY, PATRICIA LAWRENCE.
Lecturers: ELLEN BALDINGER, ESTHER.]. LEONG.
Assistants: L. E. RENDER, K. R. WEEKS.
Art Education
Professors: T. O. BALLINGER (department head), VINCENT LANIER.
Associate Professors: J. vV. BURGNER, G. L. KENSLER. JUNE K. McFEE.
Assistant Professor: ] ANl!. GEHRING.
Assistants: R. F. BADHAM, MARGARET GOULDING, E. K. HEATHERSHAW, H.
LOCKARD.
THE SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS offers instil
tion leading to baccalaureate and advanced degrees in the fields of architectu
interior architecture, landscape architecture. urban planning, drawing and pai
ing, sculpture, ceramics, weaving, jewelry and metalsmithing, art history, <
art education. Most art studio courses and all courses in art history may be elec
by nonmajors.
Admission. The major curricula in the fields listed above are organized on
upper-division and graduate basis. Freshman students intending to major in <
of these fields are enrolled in the College of Liberal Arts and pursue, for t
years, a program combining liberal arts courses with introductory preprofessiol
courses in the School of Architecture and Allied Arts.
The lower-division preprofessional courses are planned to provide continu
of training and experience in the several major fields throughout the studer
undergraduate years. Educational continuity is further insured through the assil
ment of members of the faculty of the School of Architecture and Allied Arts
advisers to preprofessional students.
Before admission as professional majors, students are expected to satisfy
lower-division requirements of the University.
Students transferring to the University from other collegiate institutions.
work in the School of Architecture and Allied Arts must satisfy the regular low
division requirements, including both liberal arts and preprofessional requiremer
before admission as professional majors. Students transferring from instituti<
outside the Oregon State System of Higher Education must have earned a 2
grade-point average for all courses for which credit is transferred. Credit may
·,transferred for courses that are the equivalent of University offerings; but trans
students wishing credit toward major requirements for upper-division prof
sional work completed at another institution must first submit evidence of abil
for performance at an advanced "level.
Facilities. The school is housed in Lawrence Hall, named in memory of E
F. Lawrence, first dean of the School of Architecture and Allied Arts. The bui
ing contains drafting rooms, exhibition rooms, studios, classrooms, a library, <
staff offices.
The school provides desks, easels, and certain materials that are not read
available for individual purchase. Students supply their own instruments and dra
ing materials; these materials are obtainable from the University Cooperat
Store.
The Architecture and Allied Arts Library is a reference colIection of abc
6,000 books, administered as a branch of the University Library.
ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS 251
All work done by students is the pr<iperty of the school unless other arrange-
~nts are approved by the instructor.
Graduate Work. The School of Architecture and Allied Arts offers grad-
te work leading to master's degrees in architecture, landscape architecture,
Jan planning, drawing and painting, sculpture, ceramics, weaving, art education,
d art history. Graduate programs may emphasize either creative work or tech-
:al, theoretical,· and historical studies. The following graduate degrees are
mted:
Master of Architecture-for creative work in architectural design.
Master of Landscape Architecture-for creative work in landscape design.
Master of Fine Arts-for creative work in drawing and painting, sculpture,
ceramics, or weaving, metalwork and jewelry.
Master of Urban Planning-for work in urban planning.
Master of Arts, Master of Science-for historical and theoretical studies in
the visual arts or art education.
Graduate work in the school is governed by the regulations of the University
aduate School and by special requirements of the School of Architecture and
lied Arts. These special requirements, which apply particularly to graduate
,rk of a creative nature leading to the M.Arch., M.L.Arch., or M.F.A. degree,
l as follows:
(1) A student applying for admission for creative work at the graduate level must submit
lhe dean of the School of Architecture and Allied Arts photographs of recent work or other
terials indieating creative ability,
(2) The student's qualifying examination must include a display of creative work done
ft before and after admission to graduate standing.
(3) The requirements for the IILArch, M.L.Arch, and M.F.A. degree include the com-
ion of a ereative terminal project. The student's plan for his terminal projeet must be
roved by -his graduate committee before it is undertaken.
(4) On the completion of his terminal project, the student must submit as a supplement
e copies of a typewritten report describing the development of the project, the materials
equipment employed, and the technical procedures followed, and give other essential iufor·
ion bearing on the project; the report shonld be doeumented by photographs.
(5) After the completion of the terminal project, bnt before his final examination, the
ent must install a public exhibition presenting the several parts of the project. The School
rchitectnre and Allied Arts reserves the right to retain any part of the material exhibited
n indefinite loan.
(6) After the installation of the exhibition, but before public showing, the project is given
nal review by the graduate committee, in the presence of the candidate. The review is
mpanied by an oral examination of the candidate, whieh may be supplemented by a written
ination.
Architecture
ECURRICULUM IN ARCHITECTURE, leading to the degree of Bache-
of Architecture, is a five-year program. The lower-division program includes
rses which provide acquaintance with the elementary aspects of architecture;
e courses are organized to insure continuity with the professional work begun
he third year. The following courses are required for admission to an upper-
sion major in architecture:
First Year Term Hours
Design Studio I (Arch 187) 9
Painting (Art 290 ) or Sculpture (Art 293) or Drawing (Art 291) 6
Mathematics 12
252 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
Second Year
Design Studio II (Arch 287)........ 9
Architectural Graphics (Arch 231, 232, 233)....... 6
Design Orientation (Arch II, 12, 13) 0
Physics 9
Survey of Visual Arts (ArH 201, 202, 203) or History of \Vestern Art
(ArH 204, 205, 206) 9
Because the upper-division program is planned in continuity with the ba
courses offered during the first two years, students intending to major in archit
ture at the University of Oregon are strongly advised to enter the University
freshmen, in order to profit by this continuous training. Students transferr:
from other institutions, with preprofessional preparation differing from the p
tern indicated above, may be admitted to the professional curriculum upon exa
ination. The following upper-division program is required:
Third Year Term He
Architectural Design (Arch 387) 12
Mechanical Equipment of Bnildings (Arch 320, 321, 322)................................ 9
Theory of Structures I (Arch 369, 370, 371)................ 12
History of Architecture I (ArH 337, 338, 339)........ 9
City Planning I (LA 353, 354, 355) ....•................... 6
Fourth Year
Architectural Design (Arch 487)........................................... IS
Theory of Structures II (Arch 469, 470, 471)........................... 9
History of Architecture II (ArH 437, 438, 439)....................... 9
Surveying for Architects (Arch 317) 2
Art & architecture elective._ _.. 4
Liberal·arts elective .c.................................................................................................... 6
Fundamentals of Speech (Sp 121) 3
Fifth Year
Architectural Design (Arch 587) .......•....................................... 18
Ethics & Practice (Architecture) (Arch 529)............................................................ 2
Working Drawings, Specifications & Estimating (Arch 417, 418, 419).................. 6
Architecture elective c............................... II
Liberal·arts eleetive 9
Business and Construction. Under the joint superViSIOn of the School
Architecture and Allied Arts and the School of Business Administration, the
versity offers a five-year program of study for students who plan to enter the c
struction industry. The program, which leads to a bachelor's degree with a rna
in business administration, combines training in business methods and in the str
tura! phases of architecture. For requirements see pages 284-285.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
*Arch 11,12,13. Design Orientation. No credit.
Lectures on the theory and practice of planning and design, intended to
quaint the student with the scope and nature of the design professi
Required for maj ors in architecture, landscape architecture, and inte
architecture. Normally taken concurrently with Arch 287. 1 hour. D
Moursund.
* N o·grade course~
ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS 253
Arch 121. Construction Materials. 2 hours any term.
Materials and techniques of construction used in buildings and their furnish-
ings. Materials utilized in framing, fabrication, enveloping, surfacing, and
finishing. Aspects of color, scale, texture, techniques for use. Manufacture,
distribution, availability, maintenance, and depreciation. Field trips, demon-
strations, illustrated lectures, and laboratory investigation.
*Arch 187. Design Studio 1. 3 hours each term.
Execution of design projects and exercises intended to familiarize the student
with fundamental form and space concepts of architecture; development of
skill in control of proportion, scale, and design relationships. Students are
encouraged to develop habits of problem formulation and sound bases for
value judgments; the release of the student's potential creative capacities is a
primary concern of the course. Batista, Campbell, Hayden, Hudson, Mour-
sund, Pease, Rinehart, Smith.
Arch 231, 232, 233. Architectural Graphics. 2 hours each term.
Intensive study of systems of drawing. Orthographic projection, descriptive'
geometry. Integration of the media and methods coptrolling delineation and
other expressions of architectural subjects. 6 hours required for majors in
architecture. Cook, Bryan.
*Arch 287. Design Studio II. 3 hours each term.
The major factors which influence design decisions; relation of the physical
and human environment to design; integration of design considerations
involved in the production of an art form. Required for majors in architec-
ture, interior architecture, and landscape architecture. Prerequisite: Arch
187 or equivalent. Gilmore, Hudson, Moursund, Pease, Stafford, Unruh.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Arch 317. Surveying for Architects. 2 hours fall or spring.
Elements of plane surveying adapted to the needs of architects; field practice
in the use of steel tape, level, and transit; determination of building-plot con-
tours and their interpretation on plot-plan drawings; methods of calculating
excavations and fills for building purposes. Quiner.
Arch 320, 321, 322. Mechanical Equipment of Buildings. 3 hours each term.
Principles of plumbing, heating, ventilation, lighting, acoustics. Prerequisite:
Ph 101, 102, 103; Mth 104. Thompson.
Arch 369, 370, 371. Theory of Structures I. 4 hours each tena.
Application of mathematics to the design of building structures. Wood and
steel construction; beams, columns, and simple frames; the relationship of
structural design to architectural design. Prerequisite: algebra, trigonom-
etry, physics. Briscoe, Peting.
*Arch 387. Architectural Design. 1 to 8 hours any ternl.
Exploration of the creative process in architecture through development of
design projects. Methods of problem solution, visual communication; individ-
ual criticisms, review of drawings and models, group discussion, field trips.
Prerequisite: Arch 287. Cook, Kleinsasser, Poticha, Sayers, Thompson.
Arch 401. Special Studies. Hours to be arranged.
Arch 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Arch 407. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Arch 417, 418, 419. Working Drawings, Specifications, and Estimating. 2 hours
each term.
The preparation of working drawings, including scale and full-sized details;
architectural specifications; field supervision of building construction. Bryan.
Arch 420, 421, 422. Building Materials and Construction. (g) 3 hours each
term.
Study of materials and methods of building construction. Contract docu-
* No-grade cou,rse.
254 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
ments and their use. Materials and labor estimating methods used by contrac-
tors and material dealers. Hannaford.
*Arch 487. Architectural Design. I to 10 hours any term.
Extension of creative processes; synthesis and coordination of technological,
cultural, and social aspects of architecture; design projects, individual criti-
cism, group discussions, lectures and discussions by visiting specialists, re-
views of projects. Prerequisite: 12 term hours in Arch 387. Andrews, Batista,
Dole, Fash, Kleinsasser, Lyndon, Rinehart, Sayers, Unthank.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
Arch 469, 470, 471. Theory of Structures II. (G) 3 hours each term.
Wood and steel building trusses, reinforced-concrete building construction;
retaining walls, footings, and foundations for buildings. Prerequisite: Arch
369, 370, 371. Hodge.
Arch 472, 473, 474. Theory of Structures III. (G) 4 hours each term:
Continuous frames, rigid frames, and their effects on architectural design. A
series of problems, presented in conjunction with fifth-year architectural de-
sign. Hannaford.
GRADUATE COURSES
*Arch 501. Special Studies. Hours to be arranged.
Arch 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Arch 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Arch 509. Graduate Terminal Project. Hours to be arranged.
Open only to master's degree candidates.
*Arch 529. Ethics and Practice (Architecture). 2 hours fall or spring.
Problems of professional ethics, business relations, office management, etc.
Open only to fifth-year students. Hayden.
Arch 541. Architecture as Amenity. 2-4 hours.
The effect of social theory on the planning and design of buildings for human
use; concepts of social amenity as a factor in the architectural environment;
direct relations of the field of architecture with the humanities and the sciences.
Hayden.
Arch 542. Architecture as Form. 2-4 hours.
Form and space-ordering concepts in contemporary architecture; procedures
for the solution of aesthetic problems in planning and design; analysis of the
morphology of building space. Lyndon.
*Arch 587. Architectural Design. I to 12 hours any term.
Relation of architecture to the immediate environment and to the city-scape:
analysis of determinant factors influencing planning and design. One-half of
the year is devoted to the solution of problems of extensive scale and broad
scope. The terminal architectural design proj ect is executed as a final half-
year problem under the direction of a thesis committee. Prerequisite: 15
term hours in Arch 487. Andrews, Dole, Fash, Ferens.
Arch 599. Architecture Workshop. 2-4 hours any term.
Investigation of visual and tactile effects in architecture through experimental
construction and demonstration; construction of full-scale mockups repre-
senting three-dimensional architectural space; integrated study of visual
perception phenomena, light behavior, color influence, and perspective effect.
Hayden.
Interior Architecture
The school offers a five-year curriculum in interior architecture leading to
the degree of Bachelor of Interior Architecture. The lower-division program
* No·grade course.
ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS 255
includes courses which provide acquaintance with the more elementary aspects
of interior design, architectural design, and landscape design, organized to provide
continuity with the professional design work begun in the third year. The cur-
riculum is planned to prepare students for the professional practice of interior
design.
For students who do not intend to practice professionally, the school also
offers a two-year upper-division program in interior architecture, following two
years of lower-division work; this program leads to a Bachelor of Science or
Bachelor of Arts degree.
The fol1owing courses are required for admission to an upper-division major
in interior architecture.
Design Studio I (Arch 187) ..
Painting (Art 290)
First Year
Second Year
Term Hours
9
6
Design Studio II (Arch 287)
Architectural Graphics (Arch 231, 232, 233) .
Interior Design (Arch 288) .
Survey of Visual Arts (ArH 201, 202, 203) or History of Western Art (ArH
204, 205, 206) .
Design Orientation (Arch 11, 12, 13) .......
9
6
4
9
o
In the upper-division program, the student is assigned individual problems
involving all phases of interior planning; emphasis is placed on creative develop-
ment. Individual criticism is supplemented by lectures and reviews by members
of the design staff. The student works in the same drafting room with the students
and instructors in architecture and landscape design. The program includes field
trips' to acquaint the students with outstanding examples of current professional
work in interior architecture. Opportunities are provided for col1aboration on
design problems with students in other fields in the arts. Students transferring
from other institutions, with preprofessional preparation differing in some re-
spects from the pattern indicated above, may be admitted to the professional cur-
riculum upon examination.
The fol1owing courses are required in the three-year upper-division program:
Third Year
Interior Design (Arch 388) ..
Materials of Interior Design (Arch 330, 331, 332) ...
Ceramics (Art 255) or Weaving (Art 256) .......
History of Architecture I (ArH 337, 338, 339) ......
Liberal arts ..
Fourth Year
Interior Design (Arch 488) .. ..
HistoT)' of Interior Architecture (ArH 443, 444, 445) .
Furniture & Accessories (Arch 424) ..
Custom Cabinet & Furniture Design (Arch 425, 426)
Advanced Ceramics (Art 455) or Advanced ''leaving (Art 456)
History of Architecture II (ArH 437, 438, 439)
Liberal arts (upper·division) ...
Term Hours
12
9
6
9
12
15
6
2
8
6
9
9
Fifth Year
Interior Design (Arch 588)... 18
Ethics & Ollice Practice (Interior) (Arch 530) 2
Working Drawings in Interior Arch. (Arch 462,463,464)... 9
Workroom Procedures in Interior Design (Arch 449) ....... 1
Art & architecture electives (American Architecture, Background of Modern
Art, or Applied Design).. 9
Liberal arts 9
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Arch·223. Elements of Interior Design', 2 hours.
Introduction to the scope, aim, and techniques of interior design, intended to
provide a comprehensive understanding of the professional field. Open to
nonmajor students with consent of instructor,
256 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
*Arch 288. Interior Design. 2 hours any term.
Introduction to the field of interior design: relation to architecture and the
allied arts; the basic- principles of design and planning processes by which
interior spaces and forms are studied and executed. Nielson, Johnson.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Arch 330, 331, 332. Materials of Interior Design. 3 hours each term.
Critical survey and study of the properties, manufacture, and application of
materials used in interior design;' Field trips to supply sources, etc. Open
only to professional majors. Johnson.
*Arch 388. Interior Design. I to 8 hours any term.
A series of creative problems in interior design; intensive analysis of design;
methods of problem solution; individual criticism, review of design proj ects ;
group discussion and field trips. Prerequisite: Arch 287, 288. Johnson.
Arch 401. Special Studies. Hours to be arranged.
Arch 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Arch 407. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Arch 424. Furniture and Accessories. 2 hours.
Analysis of standard lines of furniture and accessories; emphasis on design
and its development, materials, methods of manufacture and distribution;
furniture construction and techniques of shop drawing. Neilson.
Arch 425, 426. Custom Cabinet and Furniture Design. 4 hours each term.
First term: projects involving the design of custom furniture, preparation of
detailed shop drawings, shop procedure; second term: construction of furni-
ture designed during first term. Prerequisite: Arch 424. Open to nonmajors
with consent of instructor. Nielson. '
Arch 449. Workroom Procedure in Interior Design. 1 hour.
Technical study of old and new materials; design and installation; drawings
and estimates. Visits to workrooms. For professional majors only. Neilson.
Arch 462, 463, 464. Working Drawings in Inte,rior Architecture. 3 hours each
term.
Preparation of working drawings, specifications, and estimates for 'materials
and labor on projects in interior design. For professional majors only. Nielson.
*Arch 488. Interior Design. 1 to 10 hours any term.
A series of advanced creative design problems in interior architecture in-
tended to develop the analytical approach; emphasis on integration with
architecture and landscape design. Individual criticism, group discussions,
and reviews. Prerequisite: 12 term hours in Arch 388. Nielson, Johnson.
GRADUATE COURSES
*Ar\:h 501. Special Studies. Hours to be arrang~d.
Arch 50S. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
. Arch 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged,
Arch 530. Ethics and Office Practice (Interior). 2 hours.
Ethics and office procedure for the interior designer in private practice; trade
contracts, discounts, interprofessional relations ; sources of materials.
*Arch 588. Interior Design.. 1 to 12 hours any term.
Professional interior design problems of increasing complexity for one-half
of the year, involving collaborative problems, field trips, and reviews. A
terminal design project executed as a final half-year problem under the di-
rection of a thesis committee.' Prerequisite: IS term hours in Arch 488. Niel-
son.
* No-grade course.
ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS
Landscape Architecture
257
THE CURRICULUM IN LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, leading to the
degree of Bachelor of Landscape Architecture, is a five-year program. The fol-
lowing courses are required for admission to an upper-division major in landscape
architecture:
First Year Term Hours
Design Studio I (Arch 187) or Basic Design (Art 295) _
Painting (Art 290) or Sculpture (Art 293) or Drawing (Art 291), and 'Vater
Color (Art 292) _
Survey of Visual Arts _(ArH 201, 202, 203) 01' History oi Western Art (ArH
204, 205, 206) 9
Second Year
Landscape Design (LA 289)
Design Studio II (Arch 287) __
Architectural Graphies (Arch 231, 232, 233) _
Design Orientation (Arch 11, 12, 13) _
Surveying for Architects (Arch 317) _
Fundamentals of Speech (Sp 121)
2
9
6
o
2
3
The program provides the student with a broad educational background, to-
gether with technical studies essential for the professional practice of landscape
architecture. Courses in the field are supplemented by courses in art, architectural
design, construction, and city planning. Majors in landscape architecture work side
by side with students of architecture and interior architecture, and have the benefit
of design criticism from the entire faculty of the School of Architecture and Allied
Arts. Opportunities are provided for collaboration on design problems by landscape
and architecture students. The instructional program includes field trips -to ac-
quaint students with outstanding examples of the design and construction of parks,
cemeteries, airports, private properties and subdivisions, golf courses, and planned
civic developments-and for study of the use of various plant materials under diffi-
cult conditions of climate, soil, and exposure.
Students planning to major in landscape architecture may obtain necessary
preparation in mathematics by completing courses in high-school mathematics
through trigonometry.
The following upper-division courses are required for a major in landscape
architecture:
Third Year
Landscape Design (LA 389)
Plant Materials (LA 326, 327, 328)
Landscape Maintenance (LA 358, 359) _
Landscape Construction I (LA 360, 361, 362)
City Planning I (LA 353, 354, 355) _
History of Architecture I (Ar H 337, 338, 339)
Fourth Year
Seminar: Landscape Design Theory (LA 407) _
Landscape Design (LA 489) _
Plant Composition (LA 430,431",432) _
Landscape Field Practice (LA 459) _
Landscape Construction II (LA 460, 461)
History & Literature of Landscape Architecture (ArR 453, 454)
Landscape Structures (LA 366) .. _
History oi Architecture II (ArH 439) _
Term Hours
12
9
4
9
6
9
3
12
9
3
6
6
3
3
Fifth Year
Landscape Design (LA 589) _
Ethics & Practice (Landscape) (LA 433, 434, 435) _ _ _
City Planning II (LA, 499) ,,_ _ _
Seminar in Planning & Housing (LA 508) or Seminar in Planning Adminis- -
tration (LA 507)• .. _c___________________________________ _ : _
24
3
6
6
258 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
During the three upper-division years, the student must complete 6 term
hours of work in sculpture or painting and 9 term hours in electives outside the
school.
The curric\]lum in landscape architecture is accredited by the American So-
ciety of Landscape Architects.
Graduate work is offered in landscape architecture, leading to the degree of
Master of Landscape Architecture. For requirements see page 251.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSE
*LA 289. Landscape Design. 2 hours any term.
Study of the background and principles of landscape design; lectures, field
trips, design of small properties. Open to nonmajors. Bochkor.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
LA 326, 327, 328. Plant Materials. 3 hours each term.
The characteristics, identification, and design uses of trees, shrubs, vines, and
flowers. Open to nonmajors with consent of instructor. Ruff, Sourdry.
LA 358, 359. Landscape Maintenance. 2 hours each term.
Cultivation of landscape plant materials; maintenance problems in relation to
landscape architecture. Ruff.
LA 360, 361, 362. Landscape Construction 1. I to 3 hours each term.
Elementary [)roblems in the construction of landscape features. Prerequisite:
Arch 317. Lovinger, Peting, Bryan.
LA 366. Landscape Structures. 3 hours.
The design and construction of simple wood and masonry landscape struc-
tures. Peting.
*LA 389. Landscape Design. I to.8 hours any term.
A series of problems in landscape architecture, beginning a three-year se-
quence of intensive study in analysis, solution, and presentation. Seminars
and field trips. Prerequisite: Arch 287. Cuthbert, Jette, Ruff, Lovinger,
Sourdry. .
LA 401. Special Studies. Hours to be arranged.
LA 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
LA 407. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
*LA 489. Landscape' Design. I to 10 hours any term.
A series of advanced problems in landscape architecture, with emphasis on
broad planning problems and integration with architecture. Field trips and
seminars. Prerequislte: 9 term hours in LA 389. Cuthbert, Jette, Lovinger,
Ruff, Sourdry.
UPPER·DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
LA 411, 412, 413. Parks, School Grounds, and Recreation Areas. (g) 3 hours
each term.
Principles of landscape design, related to the location and development of land
for school, park, and recreation uses. Topographical factors and construc-
tion and maintenance problems. Planned for students in recreation, urban
planning, and educational administration. Lectures, reports, study trips,
projects. Jette.
*LA 430, 431, 432. Plant Composition. (G) 3 to 6 hours each term.
Design of plantings of trees, shrubs, and flowers. Lectures, field trips, and
drafting. Prerequisite: LA 326, 327, 328. Bochkor.
LA 433, 434, 435. Ethics and Practice (Landscape). (G) I hour each term.
Professional ethics, office management, and principles of superintendence.
Cuthbert, Jette, Ruff.
* No-grade course.
ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS 259
LA 459. Landscape Field Practice. (G) 3 hours.
Problems in making surveys, calculating grading, road layout, and siting.
Bochkor.
LA 460, 461. Landscape Construction II. (G) 3 hours each term.
Advanced problems in landscape construction; retaining walls, drainage, irri-
gation; specification writing. Quiner.
GRADUATE COURSES
*LA 501. Special Studies. Hours to be arranged.
LA 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
LA 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
LA 509. Graduate Terminal Project. Hours to be arranged.
Open only to master's degree candidates.
*LA 589. Landscape Design. 1 to 12 hours any term.
Landscape-design problems of increasing complexity~ Collaborative prob-
lems, field trips, seminars. Third term devoted to terminal project. Pre-
requisite: 12 hours in LA 489.
Urban Planning
THE UNIVERSITY OFFERS A PROGRAM of graduate study leading to
the degree of Master of Urban Planning, for students interested in professional
careers in city planning and in the planning of other areas affected by urbanization.
The program usually requires two years for completion. It is interdisciplinary
in approach, including studies in urban geography, land economics, state and local
government, statistics, sociology, etc., in addition to studies in physical planning,
civic design, and planning administration. A thesis or terminal planning project is
required.
Undergraduate major work in architecture, landscape architecture, civil
engineeering', economics, geography, or political science provides good preparation
for graduate study of urban planning.
LA 353, 354, 355. City Planning 1. 2 hours each term.
Fall and winter: history and significance of city planning; modern achieve-
ments in zoning, housing, and city and regional planning. Spring: economic,
practical, and aesthetic factors.
LA 401. Special Studies. Hours to be arranged.
LA 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
LA 407. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
*LA 499. City Planning II. (G) 1 to 6 hours any term.
Urban and regional planning. Seminars, field study, design laboratory. Pre-
requisite: LA 353, 354, 355. Dale.
LA 501. Special Studies. Hours to be arranged.
LA 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
LA 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
LA 508. Seminar in Planning and Housing. 2 to 3 hours any term.
Discussions of housing and of urban and regional planning problems, led by
faculty members and consultants. Assigned reading. Prerequisite: LA 353,
354, 355; fifth-year or graduate standing; consent of instructor. Dale.
LA 509. Graduate Terminal Project. Hours to be arranged.
.. No·grade course.
260 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
Fine and Applied Arts
Drawing, Painting, and Graphic Arts
Work in drawing and painting at the lower-division level is offered both for
students preparing for advanced professional study and for other University stu-
dents who wish some experience in creative wor~ as a part of a liberal education.
Sufficient studio work is provided to insure adequate technical training as a basis
for an upper-division major in drawing and painting.
At the upper-division level, the special interests of students (landscape, por-
traiture, mural design, commercial applications, etc.) are given attention and en-
couragement. All teaching is through individual criticsim. The student works at his
easel or drawing board on his particular problem, and receives individual help
from the instructor.
The following lower-division courses in art are required as preparation for a
major in drawing and painting or in graphic arts:
Term Hours
Basic Design (Art 295)............................... . 6
Survey of Visual Arts (ArH 201, 202, 203) 01' History of Western Art (ArH
2M, 205, 2(6) 9
Painting (Art 290) 12
Drawing (Art 291) 4
Water Color (Art 292) 2
Drawing and Painting. The upper-division major program leading to a
bachelor's degree with a major in drawing and painting must include a minimum
of 75 hours, normally distributed as follows:
Third Year Term Hours
Painting (Art 390) 9
Drawing (Art 391) .."............................. 9
Composition & Visual Theory (Art 392).. 6
Art history 9
Art electives . 6
Fourth Year Term Hours
Advanced Painting (Art 490) 9
Advanced Drawing (Art 491)... 6
Composition & Visual Theory (Art 492) 9
Art electives _ _.. 12
Graduate work leading to the degree of Master of Fine Arts is offered in the
field of drawing and painting. For requirements, see page 251.
Graphic Arts. The upper-division requirements for a bachelor's degree with
a major in graphic arts are as follows:
Third Year Term Hours
Composition & Visual Theory (Art 392), Visual Continuity (Art 493).. 12
Fundamentals of Print Making (Art 349) :. 6
Calligraphy & Letter Design (Art 382) 2
Drawing (Art 391) 6
Lithography (Art 480). 2
Studio elective __ __ _._. 4
Fourth Year
Composition & Visual Theory (Art 492), Visual Continuity (Art 493)... 12
Fundamentals of Print Making (Art 349).. 6
Drawing (Art 491).............................. 6
Painting (Art 490)........................................... 6
Studio elective 4
Art history :............................ 4
ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS 261
LOWER·DIVISION COURSES
Art 290. Painting. 2 to 3 hours any term.
Instruction in the use of oil color, water color, and other media. Registration
permitted any term, but it is desirable that the work be started in the fall. 12
term hours required for upper-division standing. Krause, Foster, Ryan, Soeder,
Vincent, Yarowsky.
Art 291. Drawing. 1 to 3 hours any term.
Training in observation and selection of significant elements. Registration
permitted any tefIll, but it is desirable that the work be started in the fall. 6
term hours required for upper-division standing. Buckner, Krause, Ryan,
Soeder.
Art 292. Water Color. 2 to 3 hours.
The technique and use of water color, with special attention to its character-
istics as a painting medium. Emphasis on landscape material. May be sub-
stituted for a third term of Art 291 to meet lower-division major requirement.
Open to nonmajors with 4 hours of work in Art 291 or with consent of in-
structor. Ryan, YarowskY.
*Art 295. Basic Design. 2 hours each term.
Programming of information and processes invested in the art of designing;
exercises in understanding the syntax of problem posing. Open to nonmajors.
Special section for Honors College students. Beck, Foster, Ryan, Stannard,
Starck, Yarowsky.
*Art 298. Sketching. 1 hour any term.
Sketching from costumed models, to develop ability to observe clearly and
record accurately. Offered especially for nonmajor students who have had no
previous training in sketching or drawing.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Art 349. Fundamentals of Print Making. 3 hours.
Graphic reproduction and print techniques in silk screen, block printing,
etching, and photographic processes. Starck.
Art 381. Water Color. 2 to 3 hours.
Continuation of Art 292. The technique and use of water color, with particular
attention to landscape material. Ryan, Soeder.
*Art 382. Calligraphy and Letter Design. 2 hours.
Basic historical and contemporary determinants of letter forms; configura-
tion and recognition in relation to communication problems; development of
skill and expression in the formation of letters. Starck.
Art 383. The Graphic Symbol. 2 hours.
Studies in symbolic communication with phonogram, monogram, and logo-
gram. Exploration in the graphic evolution of symbols. Prerequisite: Art 382.
Art 390. Painting. 2 to 4 hours any term.
Third-year painting. Still life, figure, portrait, and landscape; pattern and
space organization; color and design studies; various media and processes.
Prerequisite: 9 hours in Art 290. McCosh, Vincent, Wilkinson.
Art 391. Drawing. 1 to 4 hours any term.
Second sequence in drawing. Space and form representation; analysis and
statement of form; linear and total statement; structure and movement as
factors in drawing; still life and figure; use of various media. Prerequisite:
6 hours in Art 291 or Art 292. Ryan, SoedeL
Art 392. Composition and Visual Theory. 2 to 4 hours any term.
Light, color, and design as they relate to painting problems; relationship of
painting to architecture; mural design and other problems. Open to nonmajors
with consent of instructor. Yarowsky.
*" N a-grade course.
262 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
Art 401. Special Studies. Hours to be arranged.
Art 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Art 407. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Art 481. Water Color. 2 to 4 hours spring.
Advanced work in water color, with particular attention to landscape material.
Open to nonmajors with consent of instructor. Continuation of Art 381.
Ryan, Soeder.
Art 482. Anatomy for Artists. 2 to 4 hours winter.
Study of the principles and formation of the skeletal and muscular structure
of the human figure, as an aid to observation for graphic statements. Pre-
requisite: Art 290 or Art 291.
Art 483. Intaglio Printing Methods. (G) 2 to 4 hours any term.
Etching, drypoint, engraving aquatint, soft ground, lift ground, relief etching
as an extension of drawing. Prerequisite: Art 349 or consent of instructor.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
Art 480. Lithography. (g) 2 to 4 hours any term.
Principles and methods of lithography; practice in all stages from the prepa-
ration of stones to the hand printing of editions. Special emphasis on the medi-
um's contribution to drawing. McCosh.
Art 490. Advanced Painting. (g) 2 to 4 hours any term.
Advanced problems in portrait figure, landscape, and still life, in all media.
Prerequisite: 12 hours in Art 290 or Art 390. Vincent. Wilkinson, McCosh.
Art 491. Advanced Drawing. (g) 1 to 4 hours any term.
Advanced work in drawing. Study of form from the figure. Prerequisite: 6
hours in Art 291 or Art 391. Ryan, Soeder.
Art 492. Composition and Visual Theory. (G). 2 to 4 hours any term.
A study of light, color, surface, and visual processes as related to painting and
visual communication. \Vilkinson.
Art 493. Visual Continuity. (G) 1 to 3 hours any term.
Study of the problems of image sequence and continuity in printed material,
display, photography, and film. Prerequisite: Art 295 or consent of instruc-
tor. Open to nonmajors. Foster.
Art 495. Cinemagraphics. (G) 2 to 4 hours any term.
Study of moving imagery, both diagrammatic and photographic; use of film
in visual communication. Prerequisite: Art 492 or Art 493.
Art 498. Terminal Creative Project. (G) Hours to be arranged.·
Open only to candidates for the B.F:A. degree.
GRADUATE COURSES
*Art 501. Special Studies. Hours to be arranged.
Art 50S. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Art 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Art 509. Terminal Creative Project. Hours to be arranged.
Art 580. Graduate Studies in Print Making. Hours to be arranged.
Advanced work in lithography and engraving. Black-and-white and muitiple-
color process.
Art 590. Graduate Studies in Painting. Hours to be arranged.
Work at an advanced level with problems of color and form, techniques,
processes, and visual theories. Vincent, Wilkinson, Ryan, Soeder.
* No-grade cour~.
ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS 263
Art 591. Graduate Studies in Drawing. Hours to be arranged.
Work at an advanced level with problems of form, technique, processes, and
visual theories.
Sculpture and Applied Design
The program in sculpture and applied design includes instruction and major
curricula in sculpture, ceramics, weaving, and jewelry and metalsmithing.
Sculpture. The degree program in sculpture is planned to provide a sound
foundation for mature investigation of the practical, theoretical, and historical
aspects of the discipline. The student is encouraged to take advantage of the oppor-
tunities offered by the University for liberal education, while at the same time de-
veloping appreciation and technique within the broad field of art.
In the lower-division classes, the emphasis is on elements in the language of
form. Upper-division instruction enlarges upon theoretical perspectives, directing
the student to personal investigations of the physical and expressive provinces of
sculpture, to the study of constructive and destructive elements of light, and to the
use of air as a plastic solid in equal partnership with the visible solid.
The following lower-division courses in art are required as preparation for a
maj or in sculpture:
Term Hours
Basic Design (Art 295) 6
Survey of Visual Arts (ArH 201, 202, 203) Dr History of Western Art (ArH
204, 205, 206)........................................... 9
Elementary Sculpture (Art 293) 9
Drawing or Painting (Art 290 or Art 291)......... 6
The upper-division major program in sculpture, leading to a bachelor's degree,
includes the following required courses:
Third Year Term Hours
Techniques of Sculpture (Art 393)
Art history .
Advanced Drawing (Art 491) .
Fourth Year
Advanced Sculpture courses.
Seminar (Art 407) .
AAA electives
15
9
6
15
6
9
For the requirements for the Master of Fine Arts degree with a major in
sculpture, see page ZS1.
Applied Design. The University offers instruction and major programs in
the following fields of applied-design: ceramics, weaving, and jewelry and metal-
smithing. The following lower-division courses in art are required as preparation
for a major:
Term Hours
Basic Design (Art 295) ..
Survey of Visual Arts (ArH 201, 202, 203) 'or History of \Vestern Art (ArH
204, 205, 206) .
Drawing or Painting (Art 290 01' Art 291) .,.
Applied design ...
9
6
9
The curriculum is designed to acquaint the student with the general character,
techniques, and materials of applied design.
The upper-division major program in applied design, leading to a bachelor's
degree, includes the following required courses:
Third Year Term Hours
Advanced applied design. . 12
Advanced studio course (dtawing, painting, or sculpture) __ .. 6
Art history 0......................... 9
Art electives :....... 9
264 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
Fourth Year
Advanced applied design.............................................. 18
Advanced studio course................ 9
AAA electives . 9
For the requirements for the Master of Fine Arts degree with a major 111
applied arts, see page 251.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
Art 255. Ceramics. 2 to 4 hours any term.
Introduction to ceramics with emphasis on pottery. Instruction offered in hand
construction, throwing, glazing, and firing. Open to nonmajors. James, Stan-
nard.
Art 256. Weaving. 2 to 4 hours any term.
Introduction to basic weaving techniques. The dressing, care, and manipula-
tion of several types of looms. Experimentation with a wide variety of fibers.
Production of textiles of original design on 4- and 8-harness looms. Nixon.
Art257. Jewelry and Metalsmithing. 2 to 4 hours any term.
Introduction to the handworking of nonferrous metals-copper, brass, bronze,
silver, gold; practical information about making jewelry and metal objects-
soldering, stone setting, centrifuge casting, forging, raising. Nixon.
Art 293. Elementary Sculpture. 2 to 4 hours an'y term.
Introduction to materials. Elementary considerations of form; technical and
compositional exercises in clay, plaster, wood, and stone. Sections for pre-
dental students and other nonmajors. Beck, Buckner, Zach.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Art 393. Techniques of Sculpture. 2 to 6 hours any term.
Modeling problems in portraiture, figure study, and group composition. Tech-
nical and aesthetic considerations of the several sculptural media. Beck,
Buckner, Zach.
Art 401. Special Studies. Hours to be arranged.
Art 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Art 407. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
Art 455. Advanced Ceramics. (G) 2 to 4 hours any term.
Advanced studio work on individual projects. Study of clay and glaze ma-
terials and kiln construction. Effect of kiln atmosphere on body and glaze.
Students assume responsibility for firing their own work. 30 term hours re-
quired for majors. Prerequisite: 6 term hours in Art 255. James.
Art 456. Advanced Weaving. (G) 2 to 4 hours any term.
Emphasis on creative. work. Production of a wide variety of handwoven
iabrics. Historical studies, fabric analysis, spinning, dyeing. 30 term hours
required for majors. Nixon.
Art 457. Advanced Jewelry and Metalsmithing. (G) 2 to 4 hours any term.
Emphasis on creative work. Advanced problems in forging, raising, centri-
fuge casting, enameling, etching, stone setting. Nixon.
Art 458. Textile Printing. (G) 2 to 4 hours.
Advanced problems in design and color, applied to standard textiles. Tech-
nique in pattern design and yardage printing. Silk screen, block print, etc.
Gehring.
Art 489. Advanced Metal Casting. (G) 3 hours.
Basic principles of ferrous and nonferrous metal casting in lost wax and sand;
experimental use of polyethylene and other casting methods. Design and
operation of furnaces and ovens.
ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS 265
\rt 494. Advanced Sculpture. (G) 2 to 4 hours any term.
Coordination of sculpture with related fields of architectural, landscape, in-
terior, and industrial design. Buckner, Zach.
\rt 496. Ceramic Sculpture. (G) 2 hours any term.
Techniques in building, modeling, molding, and surfacing terra cotta. Em-
phasis on the character of the materials and their effectiveness as sculptural
media. Study of forms appropriate to residential and civic design. Prerequi-
site: three terms ofArt 293, three terms of Art 255.
\rt 498. Terminal Creative Project. (G) Hours to be arranged.
GRADUATE COURSES
'Art 501. Special Studies. Hours to be arranged.
I\rt 50S. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
I\rt 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Art 509. Terminal Creative Project. Hours to be arranged.
Art History
THE PROGRAM IN ART HISTORY provides: (1) instruction in this basic
lspect of human culture for all University students (all courses in art history are
3pen to nonmajors); (2) the historic background in art and architecture needed
in the several major curricula of the School of Architecture and Allied Arts; and
(3) a core of studies fora major curriculum in the history of art.
The art-history major combines historical study with creative studio practice.
It ·is designed to provide a broad perspective for the understanding of the art of
the past and present, and a basis for critical judgment of individual works of art.
;rhe following lower-division courses are required as preparation for a major:
Term HQUTS
Elementary studio courses (drawing, painting, sculpture, or applied design) .... __ 12
History of Western Art (ArH 204, 205, 206) or Survey of Visual Arts (ArH
201, 202, 203) 9
Two years of French or Gernlan. __ _ _ _._............ 24
I The upper-division major program in art history, leading to a bachelor's
~egree, includes the following required courses:
Thir.d Year
History of art (selected) 18
Language or literature __ 9
Electives (recommended: art studio courses, history, anthropology, philosophy).. 18
Fourth Year
History of art (selected) 18
Aesthetics (PhI 441, 442. 443). 9
Electives (recommended: language or literature, history, anthropology, art
studio courses) 18
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
ArH 1.01, 202, 203. Survey of the Visual Arts. 3 hours each term.
Cultivation of understanding and intelligent enjoyment of the visual arts
through a study of historical and contemporary works; consideration of mo-
tives, media, and forms. Baldinger.
ArH 204, 205, 206. History of Western Art. 3 hours each term.
An historical survey of the visual arts from prehistoric to modern times. Se-
lected works of painting, sculpture, architecture, and other arts are studied
in relation to the cultures producing them. Designed for nO'1major students,
* No-grade course.
t Students will not be permitted to enroll for both ArH 201, 202, 203 and ArH 204, 205,
06.
266 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
as well as for majors in art history. Special section for Honors College stu-
dents. Lawrence, McKenzie.
ArH 207, 208, 209. History of Oriental Art. 3 hours each term.
An historical survey of the visual arts of Greater India, China, and Japan,
from prehistoric to modern times; selected works of painting, sculpture,
architecture, and other arts studied in relation to the culture in which they
were produced. Designed for nonmajors, as well as for majors in art history.
£. Baldinger.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
ArH 337,338, 339. History of Architecture 1. 3 hours each term.
Descriptive and critical analysis of architecture from prehistoric times to the
Renaissance in Italy. Includes the study of ancient, mediaeval, Islamic, and
pre-Columbian American architecture. Ross, Lawrence.
ArH 346, 347, 348. History of Painting. 3 hours each term.
Chronological and interpretative study of the language of painting. Emphasis
on the development of painting from the Renaissance to the nineteenth century.
E. Baldinger.
ArH 372, 373, 374. Ancient Art. 3 hours each term.
Art of Bronze and Iron Age cultures in Mediterranean lands from the third
millenium B.C. to the fourth century A.D. Lawrence.
ArH 375, 376, 377. Mediaeval Art. 3 hours each term.
The art of the Middle Ages in Christian lands; early Christian, Byzantine,
and early mediaeval art; Renaissance art; Gothic art. McKenzie.
ArH 378, 379, 380. Renaissance Art. 3 hours ea<::h term.
Origin and development of Renaissance art in Italy and northern Europe in
the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries.
ArH 401. Special Studies. Hours to be arranged.
ArH 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
ArH 407. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
ArH 437, 438, 4.39. History of Architecture II. (G) 3 hours each term.
Descriptive and critical analysis of architecture from the Renaissance in Italy
to the present day. Evolution of modern architecture. Ross.
ArH 443, 444, 445. History of Interio·r Architecture. 2 hours each term.
History of interior architecture, including the study of contemporary furni-
ture, textiles, rugs, etc., as all art expression.
ArH 453, 454. History and Literature of Landscape Architecture. 3 hours each
term.
History of gardens and public open spaces. Fall: development of the. formal
garden from the end of the Middle Ages to the eighteenth century; winter:
the landscape garden since the eighteenth century, Oriental and modern
garden design. Majors in landscape architecture complete a year sequence
with ArH 439. Ross.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
ArH 440. American Architecture. (G) 3 hours.
History of architecture in the United States. Special emphasis on regional
building in the Pacific Northwest. Seminar discussions and assigned research.
Students wishing to devote additional time to special research projects may
enroll also under ArH 401. Ross.
ArH 446, 447, 448. Japanese Art. (G) 3 hours each term.
Epochs of art in Japan, including architecture, landscape design, sculpture, and
painting, from prehistoric time to the present. Baldinger.
ArH 450,451,452. Art in Latin America. (G) 3 hours each term.
Preconquest art of the Andean, Mexican, Mayan, and related cultures. De-
ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS 267
Child. Art Lab. (ArE 314) .
Introduction to Art Education (ArE 315) ..
Seminar: Student Teaching (ArE 407)
Art in the Junior High School (ArE 316) .
Art in the Senior High School (ArE 414) .
A-rt electives _ _ .
tSttldent Teaching: Junior High (Ed 416 and ArE 407) .
tStudent Teaching: Senior High (Ed 417 and ArE 407) .
velopment of architecture, painting, and sculpture in the Spanish and Portu-
guese colonies from the sixteenth to the nineteenth centuries, with emphasis
on the fusion of European and indigenous elements. Development of modern
art in the twentieth century in Mexico and Brazil. Ross.
ArH 476, 477, 478. Background of Modern Art. (G) 3 hours each term.
Intensive study of the development of art in the nineteenth and early twentieth
centuries. Prerequisite: ArH 201,202,203 or ArH 204, 205, 206. Baldinger.
GRADUATE COURSES
*ArH SOl. Special Studies. Hours to be arranged.
ArH 514. Art History Bibliography. 1 hour.
Introduction to the bibliography of art history. Required for graduate stu-
dents in art history.
*ArH 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
ArH 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
ArH 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Ancient Art.
Mediaeval Art.
Renaissance and Baroque Art.
American Art.
Chinese Art.
Indian Art.
Islamic Architecture.
Prints and Drawings.
History of Film and Photography.
rH 511, 512, 513. The Art Museum. 3 hours each term.
Theories and techniques in the operation of art museums. Baldinger.
Art Education
HE CURRICULUM IN ART EDUCATION leads to the B.S. or B.A. degree.
he program is designed to prepare students for teaching art in junior and senior
igh schools and to vrovide a background for the supervision of art in the elemen-
ary-school program. The following lower-division courses are required as prep-
ration for a major in art education and for admission to student teaching. Art
lectives must include 4 to 6 hours in each of the following areas: drawing and
ainting, sculpture, ceramics, jewelry or weaving.
Term Hours
Basic Design (Art 295)................. 6
Survey of Visual Arts (ArH 201, 202, 203) or History of Western Art (ArH
204, 205, 206) 9
,Human Development & Learning (Ed 315) 5
Art electives (studio).. 24
Psychology 9
The following upper-division courses are required to complete requirements
or a degree with a major in art education:
Third Year Term Hours
3
3
I
3
3
18
6
6
,.. No-grade COUT.se.
t Education courses required for certification by the Oregon State Department of Education.
268 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
Fourth Year
Art electives chosen from: drawing, painting, lithography, water color, composi-
tion and visual theory, visual continuity, sculpture, ceramics, weaving,
printmaking or jewelry................. . 18-24
History of art 9
Seminar: Methods and Research in Secondary·School Art (ArE 407)................. 3
For certification as a teacher of art in Oregon secondary schools, the Oregor
State Department of Education requires (l) the satisfaction of certain minimurr
standards of subject preparation and (2) the recommendation of the institution a'
which the student completes his subject preparation.
Completion of the requirement for a major in art education at the University
meets the state standards for undergraduate preparation and the requirements for
recommendation by the University of Oregon.
A fifth year of preparation is required for permanent certification in Oregon.
Students working toward the completion of fifth-year requirements are advisee
individually concerning the selection' of courses. Students completing a properly
planned fifth-year program may qualify for a master's degree.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
*Art 311, 312. Art in the Elementary School. 2 hours each term.
First term: introduction to the visual arts through laboratory experiences;
design, drawing, painting, and other two-dimensional activities with material>
appropriate for the primary- and intermediate-school child; lectures, groUI
discussions, evaluations, studio work. Second term: continuation of art ex-
periences for the elementary-school child, with emphasis on three-dimensional
form. Art 311 prerequisite to Art 312. Ballinger, Burgner, Gehring, Kensler
Lanier, McFee.
ArE 313. Art in the Elementary School. 3 hours.
Critical examination of individual and group activities currently offered ir
the elementary-school art program; lectures, curriculum design, evaluatior
of process and technique; literature in the field. Satisfies the Oregon State
Department of Education methods-course requirement. Prerequisite: Art 311
312 or consent of the instructor. Ballinger, Burgner, Gehring, Kensler, Lanier
McFee.
ArE 314. Children's Art Laboratory. 3 hours.
Work with children in a supervised art laboratory; designed for students pre·
paring for art teaching at both the elementary and secondary levels. Requirec
of all Art Education majors. Burgner.
ArE 315. Introduction to Art Education. 3 hours fall.
A lecture-laboratory-seminar study'<Jf the growth and developmental stages oj
children in relation to creative experience with visual-art materials. Requirec
of all majors and students working for certification in secondary-school art
Prerequisites: Ed 310; two years of lower-division work in art studio ane
art history courses. Ballinger, Lanier.
ArE 316. Art in the Junior High School. 3 hours winter.
Critical evaluation of ideas, materials, and program content appropriate fOl
art experiences of the pre-adolescent junior-high-school student. Offered con·
currently with the first term of student teaching in junior high school. Lee·
ture, laboratory course. Prerequisite: ArE 314. BaIlinger, Gehring.
ArE 401. Special Studies. Hours to be arranged.
ArE 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
ArE 407. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Methods and Research in Secondary-School Art. Ballinger, Gehring.
Student Teaching: Junior High.
Student Teaching: Senior High.
* N a-grade course.
ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS 269
Ed 416. Supervised Teaching: Junior High School. 5 to 15 hours any term.
Ed 417. Supervised Teaching: Senior High School. 5 to 15 hours any term.
Student teaching experience in the public schools. One hour a day, five days
a week; first term junior high school, second term senior high school. Maxi-
mum credit, 15 hours for two terms. Permission for student teaching must
be obtained from the art-education division. Gehring.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
.rE 409. Practicum. (g) Hours to be arranged.
Practicum experience provided in the use of creative activities as problem-
solving opportunities for the mentally retarded child; laboratory experiences
with art and craft materials. Ballinger, Gehring.
~rE 411. Methods and Research Materials: Art in Elementary Schools. (G)
3 hours fall.
A study of significant literature and research in the field; laboratory investi-
gation of materials, ideas, and methods currently used in elementary schools.
Satisfies state certification requirement for an elementary art-methods course.
Prerequisite: Art 311, 312, previous teaching experience, or consent of the
instructor. Burgner.
HE 414. Art in the Senior High School. (G) 3 hours spring.
A laboratory course designed to explore the possibilities of new and signifi-
cant art activities appropriate for the adolescent. Prerequisite: ArE 314, ArE
315. Foster, Lanier.
GRADUATE COURSES
ArE 501. Special Studies. Hours to be arranged.
rE 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
rE 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
rE 532. Supervision of Children's Art Laboratory. 3 hours any term.
Designed to' provide an opportunity for work with children in a planned labo-
ratory situation; responsibility for program design and supervision of chil-
dren's art activities. Prerequisite: teaching experience or consent of instructor.
Burgner.
rE 535. Art and Architecture for the School Administrator. 3 hours.
Problems of the school administrator in the field of art programming; archi-
tectural principles in relation to school-plant design. Lectures and studio-
laboratory demonstration.
Institute for Community Art Studies
NE K. McFEE, Ed.D..
QRDON L. KENSLER, Ed.D..
SSIE J. LOVANO .....
__________ D hector
....Research Associate
........ .Research Assistant
HE INSTITUTE FOR COMMUNITY ART STUDIES is a research and
blic service organization concerned with public understanding and appreciation
the arts, including architecture, community design, the natural and man-made
nascape, the fine arts, and the traditional and experimental crafts.
Research is concerned with decision making in the arts, behavioral and aes-
etic foundations of theoretical design, educational processes in the arts, and art
a means of social communication and cultural transmission.
Public service activities are focused on the development and evaluation of
neral education programs ill the differellt aspects of the arts in the schools and
mmunities of the state.
.,. ,Na-grade course.
School of Business
Administration
RICHARD W. LINDHOLM, Ph.D., Dean of the School of Business Administration.
KENNETH D. RAMSING, D.B.A., Assistant Dean of the School of Business Admin
istration for Undergraduate Studies.
DONALD L. THOMPSON, Ph.D., Assistant Dean of the School of Business Admin
istration for Graduate Studies.
EDWIN H. CAPLAN, Ph.D., C.P.A., Assistant to the Dean for Curriculum DeveloIJ
ment.
STUART U. RICH, D.B.A., Director of Forest Industries Management Center.
HAROLD STROM, Ph.D., Director of Transport and Logistics Research Center.
Accounting and Business Statistics
Professors: C. E. JOHNSON, C. E. KELLY (emeritus), A. E. MACE, A. B. STILL
MAN (emeritus).
Associate Professors: D. S. HARWOOD, JR. (department head), D. A. BAERNCOPI
E. H. CAPLAN, C. J. LUNESKI, J. W. SOHA, A. L. THOMAS.
Assistant Professors: F. L. MCCARTHY, A. L. PEITERSON, L. E. RICHARDS.
Instructors: L. C. HENRY, R. L. LARSON, ]. E. REINMUTH.
Fellows: C. J. DIRKSEN, JR.,]. M. SMITH, P. W. SOLOMON.
Assistants: R. H. CURRY, W. H. HEFTER, E. R. JOHANSSON, S. N. OLSON.
Finance and Business Environment
Professors: W. J. ROBERT (department head), S. ]. KAGAN, R. W. LINDHOLM
V. P. MORRIS (emeritus), E. W. REED.
Associate Professors: L. P. ANDERSON, W. S. BAUMAN, W. D. RICHINS, K. r:
SKELTON, D. A. WATSON.
Assistant Professor: L. W. Ross, JR.
Instructors: W. H. PARKS, R. K. SMITH, W. G. WATKINSON, G. D. WEIGHT.
Lecturer: WILL GRADER.
Fellows: E. K. GILL, J. G. STRUVE.
Assistants: V. G. CLEMONS, B. J. LINDER, A. N. MEMON, B. C. OSBORN, D. 1
RoscoE, C. L. SANDSTROM, L. D. SPROUSE, HARRY TARBELL.
Marketing, Insurance, and Transportation
Professors: M. R. GREENE (department head), N. H. COMISH (emeritus), A. I
LOMAX (emeritus), S. U. RICH, R. ]. SAMPSON.
Associate Professors: R. R. ANDRUS, J. J. DASSO, N. R. SMITH, H. K. STRON
D. L. THOMPSON.
Assistant Professor: J. R. WISH.*
Instructors: H. O. PRUDEN, D. P. REMINGTON, PAUL SWADENER.
Fellows: D. J. HAWKINS, J. A. MARTILLA.
* On leave of absence 1966-67.
[270 ]
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 271
ssistants: RUDOLF DEUTEKOM, S. C. JAIN, M. A. JUBITZ, J. A. KNUTSEN, M. L.
MURRAY, R. A. ROLL, C. F. STEILEN, R. H. WOODARD.
Personnel and Industrial Management
rofessors: S. C. VANCE (department head),* E. F. BEAL,* J. B. MINER,t A. L.
PORTJo:R, J. P. SCHWITTER.
ssociate Professors: E. H. CONANT, H. C. PYRON, F. J. SEUBERT, L. L. D. SHAF-
FER.
.ssistant Professors: C. M. JONES, K. D. RAMSING.
1structors: D. R. BROWN, T. D. HINTHORNE, L. W. JACOBS, H. G. REENTS, G. W.
STURGEN. .
ellows: C. ]. BELLAS, W. A. SHRODE.
.ssistants: R. W. BOWLES, H. L. FELLINGE, G. A. JOHNSON, E. R. LITTLE, R. S.
PERRY, W. S. TRAUTWEIN.
Secretarial Science
1structor: L. R. NEEDHAM.
'HE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION recognizes, as its
rimary function in the University, the provision of the broad education and
nderstanding essential for responsible careers in the business world, in which
laders must be capable of continued adjustment to changing conditions in the
rm and in the general social, economic, and political environment within which
e firm operates.:j:
To insure such an education for its students, the school requires that under-
aduate majors take one-half of their work in the liberal arts and sciences.
ithin the school, professional courses relate new insights and developments in
e social and natural sciences to the needs of business firms in meeting their
sponsibilities to their owners, employees, and customers.
Although the school is primarily concerned with providing capable admin-
rative, research, and technical personnel for business, its curricula also provide
cellent preparation for careers in government and education.
The instructional program of the school is in two divisions: the Division of
ndergraduate Studies and the Division of Graduate Studies. The Division of
raduate Studies operates under the general direction of the Graduate School
the University.
The School of Business Administration was established in 1914 as the School
Commerce; the present name was adopted in 1921. Its undergraduate program
as accredited in 1923, and its M.B.A. program in 1962, by the American Associa-
n of Collegiate Schools of Business.
The following business honorary and professional societies have active chap-
rs at the University: Alpha Kappa Psi, men's business fraternity; Beta Gamma
gma, business administration scholastic honorary; Beta Alpha Psi, accounting;
elta Nu Alpha, transportation; Eta Mu Pi, merchandising; Insurance Society;
i Chi Theta, business women; Propeller Club, foreign trade.
Scholarships and Awards. For scholarships and fellowships established
ecifically for students in business administration, see pages 104-105. For business
ministration prizes and awards, see pagesI1l-1l2.
• On sabbatical leave 1966-67.
t On leave of absence 1966-67.
~ An undergrad-uate program, combining courses in business and courses in a technical
ld, is offered at Oregon State University, Corvallis, throngh the School of Business and Teeh·
logy. Technical "minors" are available in science, agriculture, engineering, forestry, and
me economics; 27 term hours in the technical minor are required, in addition to courses in
siness. The Oregon State program leads to a bachelor's degree; by action of the State Board
Higher Education, graduate major work in business is offered exclusively at the University
Oregon.
272 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
Forest Industries Management Center. The major activities of the Fon
Industries Management Center include instruction, research, and industry cc
ferences. Introductory training is provided to undergraduate students interest
in job opportunities in forest products companies (lumber, plywood, pulp a
paper).
At the graduate level, the Center offers work leading to the M.B.A. degl
with a major in forest industries management. This program, which supplemel
the regular core curriculum in business administration, is open to students w
undergraduate degrees in fore'stry.
The education, research, and conference programs of the Center are plann
and conducted with the support of executives in the forest industries of the Paci
Northwest, through the Forest Industries Management Center Advisory COl
mittee. The current members of this committee are: James R. Turnbull, executi
vice-president, American Plywood Association; Edward A. Stamm, general sa
manager, Boise-Cascade Corporation; Lester E. Anderson, publisher, Randl
Lengths; Ehrman V. Giustina, partner, Giustina Brothers Lumber and Plywo
Company; Carl A. Newport, chief, Division of Forest Economics Resean
Pacific Northwest Forest and Range Experiment Station; G. Cleveland Edg,
vice-president, Promotion, Western \Vood Products Association; Leonard
Guss, manager, Marketing Research, \Veyerhaeuser Company; Jay L. Lammo
manager, Marketing Services, Georgia-Pacific Corporation.
Conferences and Lectures. Frequent conferences on general and speciali2
business problems are sponsored each year by the School of Business Admin
tration, with the cooperation of business leaders of the Pacific Northwest. The
conferences are usually open to students in the school.
Leaders in various fields of business are regularly invited to the camr
to discuss new developments and professional opportunities with undergradu;
and graduate students.
Transport and Logistics Research Center. The School of Business A
ministration recently established the Transport and Logistics Research Cen'
(TLRC).
The Center's primary purposes are to foster research ill the areas of tral
port and physical distribution management (logistics), and to encourage edu(
tion in the field by involving students in research and bringing them into clo~
contact with faculty and industry. In addition, the Center conducts executive (
velopment programs for industry and government practitioners in the fields
transport and logistics management.
The School has conducted an academic program in transportation and reIat
areas since 1919, and is one of the few schools of business administration offeri
a major academic program in this field.
The Center is assisted by an Industry Advisory Committee, representing
transportation modes and firms engaged in processing, manufacturing and dist
bution. The current members of the committee are: G. C. Brewer, president, U.
Plywood Corp.; William L. Bush, director of transportation, Weyerhaeuser Co
Arthur C. Butler, director, National Highway Users Conference; Braxton
Carr, president, American Waterway Operators; Avery Cloninger, director
transportation, Great Northern Paper Co.; Gerald W. Collins, executive vi,
president, National Defense Transportation Assn.; T. C. Drinkwater, preside
Western Air Lines; John C. Emery, chairman of the board, Emery Air Frei!
Corp.; Albert P. Heiner, vice-president, Kaiser Steel Corp.; Paul B. Hult, pre
dent, Paul B. Hult Lumber Co.; Daniel P. Loomis, president, Assn. of Americ
Railroads; Robert S. MacFarlane, president, Northern Pacific Railway; J.
Manning, traffic manager, Western Wood Products Assn.; O. H. Miller, assist~
vice-president, Scott Paper Company; S. A. Moore, general traffic manager, p,
manente Cement; F. L. O'Neill, general traffic manager, Minnesota Mining a
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 273
anufacturing Co.; W. G. Peoples, vice-president, traffic, Southern Pacific Co.;
iward Pitkin, general manager, Eugene Fruit Growers Assn.; Donald L. Pope,
aterials and systems manager, Omark Industries; C. M. Roddewig, president,
ssn. of Western Railways; Carroll J. Roush, chairman of the board, 0 N C
otor Freight System; F. L. Sigloh, director, transportation and distribution,
Jise-Cascade; Frank A. Smith, vice-president, research, Transportation Assn. of
merica; L. C. Taylor, member of the board, D-C International; James R. Turn-
Ill, executive vice-president, American Plywood Assn.; Herbert G. West, execu-
Ie vice-president, Inland Empire Waterways Assn.; C. G. Zwingle, president,
acific Intermountain Express Co.
)ivisio11 of Undergraduate Studies
HE DIVISION OF UNDERGRADUATE STUDIES of the School of
usiness Administration includes four departments, each of which offers sev-
al maj or options, leading to the B<tchelor of Business Administration, Bachelor
Arts, or Bachelor of Science degrees:
Accounting and Business Statistics-accounting; professional accounting;
business statistics.
Finance and Business Environment-banking; investments; finance manage-
ment; international business; business economics; business teacher edu-
cation. .
Marketing, Insurance, and Transportation-marketing; insurance; transpor-
tation, traffic management, and utilities; real estate; business and con-
struction.
Personnel and Industrial Management-production; personnel; manage-
ment; office administration.
Degrees. The School of Business Administration offers undergraduate major
rk leading to the Bachelor of Business Administration, Bachelor of Science,
d Bachelor of Arts degrees.
Honors. See HONORS COLLEGE, pages 132 ff.
Admission. The undergraduate major curricula in business administration are
ganized on an upper-division basis. Freshman students intending to major
business administration are enrolled in the College of Liberal Arts for a two-
ar prebusiness program, which combines liberal arts courses with introductory
eprofessional courses in the School of Business Administration. The lower-
ision prebusiness courses are planned to provide continuity of training thrqugh-
t the student's undergraduate years. Educational'continuityis further insured
ough the assignment of members of the faculty of the School of Business Ad-
nistration as advisers to prebusiness students.
Students planning to enroll in the School of Business Administration for
per-division major studies leading to a bachelor's degree must make formal
plication to the dean of the school not later than one month before the opening
the term for which admission is sought.
To be eligible for admission, the student must have satisfied all lower-division
uirements of the University, must have a minimum of 93 term hours, must have
intained a C average in English Composition (Wr.l21, 122, 123), and must have
pleted the following required prebusiness courses:
Term Hours
Intra. College Math. (Mth 104, 105, 106) 12
Fundamentals of Speech (Sp 121) 3
Business Law I (FBE 226) :............. 3
274 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
Intro. to Business Statistics (BS 232) 3
Principles of Economics (Ec 201, 202, 203) 9
Fundamentals of Accounting (Ac 221, 222) 6
Business Environment, (MIT 125, 126) is recommended as a freshman el~
tive, but is not required.
Major Requirements. To qualify for a bachelor's degree in the School
Business Administration, the student must complete: (I) a group of core cours
required of all majors, of which Managerial Accounting (Ac 313) and Eleme
tary Inference in Business Statistics (BS 333) must be taken at the University
Oregon campus, (2) Introduction to Numerical Computation (Mth 233), (3) t'
specialized courses required in one of the several major options offered by tl
school, (4) a minimum of 66 term hours of upper-division work at the Universi
of Oregon campus after formal admission as an upper-division major, and (5)
minimum of 90 term hours in courses outside the School of Business Administr
tion. The student must also earn a cumulative 2.00 grade-point average in busine
courses and a 2.00 GPA in business courses taken at the University of Oregon. TI
upper-division core courses are:
Term HotJunior Year
Organization & Interpersonal Relations (PIM 321) .
Financial Institutions (FBE 320) , .
Elements of Marketing (MIT 323, 324) .
'Production Management (PIM 329) . .
Elementary Inf. in Bus. Stat. (BS 333) .
Managerial Accounting (Ac 313) . .
Financial Management (FBE 322) .
Business Law II (FBE 326) : .
3
3
.6
Senior Year
Two of the following courses:
Business Policies (PIM 453) .
Business Fluctuations & Expansion (FBE 466) .
Business History (PIM 480) .
Business Enterprise & Social Responsibility (FBE 434)
Term Hot
The core courses provide all able graduates with a general education for tl
management of business firms and a sound management background for caree
in government and education and for life in our highly competitive and technic
society. The major options offered by the several departments provide speciaIizl
training for a variety of careers in business.
Accounting and Business Statistics
PROGRAMS IN ACCOUNTING AND BUSINESS STATISTICS are d
signed to prepare students for professional careers in these fields and to provide,
students of business with an understanding of the theory and techniques of quan1
tative analysis as a basis for administrative decision making.
Accounting. The major curriculum in accounting is a four-year progra
designed for students who wish to prepare for a professional career in busine
or government service with an emphasis on accounting and quantitative analys
of business data. The major requirements, in addition to the core program of tl
school, are listed below:
Term Hot
Asset Valuation & Incomc Measurement (Ac 350, 3.51)..... 6
Principles of Cost Accounting (Ac 360, 361)............................................................ 6
Corporate A<:counts & Sta:tements (Ae 352)................. 3
Income·Tax Procedures (Ae 411, 412)............................................................. 4
Minimum of II term hours selected from electives listed below................ II
30
'* Not required for the option in husiness teacher' education.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
ELECTIVES
Income·Tax Procedures (Ac 413) .
Special Topics in Accounting (Ac 450, 451) .
Accounting Verification (Ac 440) . .
Management Information Systems (Ac 420, 421) .
Economic Theory (Ec 375, 376, 377) " .
Investments (FBE 464) .
Risk & Insurance' (MIT 354) ; .
Quantitative Analysis for Business Decisions (BS 432) .
Advanced Business Law (FBE 418) .
Operations Research Techniques (PIM 428) .
Seminar: Production Control (PIM 407) .
Computing (Mth 444) .
2
6
3
6
9
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
275
Term ROUTS
All majors in accounting are required to take one year of college mathematics
ring their lower-division years. The year of mathematics should be started at
~ highest possible level. For many accounting majors, this will be Mth 200.
IUrses in computing and mathematics of finance, or their equivalents, may not be
unted toward satisfaction of this requirement.
Business Statistics. The major program in business statistics is designed to
epare the student for a career in business research; primary emphasis is on the
plication of modern statistical methods to business problems. Majors in busi-
ss statistics must complete work in basic mathematics through calculus (equiva-
It of Mth 200, 201, 202, 203 or Mth 204,205,206). Additional courses in mathe-
ltics, accounting, and quantitative methods in economics or other social sciences
b highly recommended. The major requirements, in addition to the core pro-
am of the school, are as follows:
Quantitative Analysis for Business Decisions (BS 432) 3
Special Topics in Business Statistics (BS 433)........................................................ 3
Principles of Cost Accounting (Ac 360) 3
Regression Analysis (BS 434) c......... 3
Computing (Mth 444) 4
Economic Theory (Ec 375, 376) 6
Minimum of 6 term hours selected from electives listed below ." _.... 6
28
ELECTIVES
Principles of Cost Accounting (Ac 361) 3
Industrial Dynamics (BS 435) 3
Problems in Business Finance (FBE 459) . 3
Marketing Research (MIT 415) 3
Operations Research Techniques (PIM 428) 3
Economic Theory (Ec 377) 3
National Income & Business Cycles (Ec 483, 484, 485) 9
Introductory Linear Algebra (Mth 411) 3
Introduction to Statistical Theory (Mth 441, 442, 443) 9
Majors in business statistics must include Business Fluctuations and Expan-
(FBE 466) as a part of their senior core program.
Accounting
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
221,222. Fundamentals of Accounting. 3 hours each term.
Function of accounting as a tool for the planning and administration of
organizations; primary emphasis on analysis and interpretation of financial
data. FirsUerm : position and income statements, conceptual bases for collect-
ing and presenting data, flows of cost, the accounting cycle, depreciation, for-
mation of working capital; second term: inventory and its control, debt-
equity relationships, interest, asset valuation problems, manufacturing costs.
Special sections for Honors College students. Prerequisite: sophomore stand-
ing.
276 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Ac 311. Taxation and Business Policy. 3 hours.
Emphasis on the importance of the type of tax used to realize governffil
revenue goals. New approaches to taxation of the business firm are considet
as well as the impact of the current tax system on business decisions, efficier
of resource use, and the international balance of payments. Prerequisite :
203. Lindholm, Peiterson.
Ac 313. Managerial Accounting. 3 hours.
Cost concepts and decision-making; survey of taxation for its effect on ph
ning; break-even analysis for planning and reporting; internal control; c
tique of accounting reports as elements of information systems; analysis
financial reports from viewpoint of outside interests. Required of all trans
students. Special section for Honors College students. Prerequisite: Ac m
Ac 350, 351. Asset Valuation and Income Measurement. 3 hourseach term.
Accounting principles and procedures in asset valuation and management ~
in the determination of periodic income; problems of measurement and of int
pretation of financial accounting data. Prerequisite: Ac 313. Luneski, Capl
Thomas, McCarthy.
Ac 352. Corporate Accounts and Statements. 3 hours.
Special problems of accounting for corporations; preparation and analysis
corporate financial statements; use of cash-flow and fund statements. P
requisite: Ac 351. Luneski, Thomas, Caplan, McCarthy.
Ac 360, 361. Principles of Cost Accounting. 3 hours each term.
Development, presentation, and interpretation of cost information to aid m:
agement in planning and controlling business operations; methods of collecti
cost information, basic principles of cost reports to management. proble
of cost allocation; use of standard costs for control, various concepts of I
pacity in relation to overhead allocation, cost-volume relationships, varia
budgeting, and analysis of differential costs. Prerequisites: Ac 313, BS 2
Harwood, Caplan.
Ac 407. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
UPPER·DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
(F<>r 500 COMses, <open. only to grad4<a.te sti,dents, see pa.ges 298·299)
Ac 411, 412, 413. Income-Tax Procedures. (G) 2 hours each term.
Professional study and analysis of the Federal and Oregon income-tax stn
ture, and of the problems involved in determining income-tax liabilities; ,
termination of taxable income and computation of taxes for individuals, pa
.nerships, corporations, estates, and trust; introduction to tax research. P
requisite: Ac 313. Peiterson.
Ac 420, 421. Management Information Systems. (G) 3 hours each term.
Study and analysis of information models for the management of comp]
organizations; secondary research on problems arising from indiscrimin:
mechanization of natural systems; generalized definitions of manageffil
information; adjustment to particularized definitions; total-systems fl,
charting; primary research into particularized information systems. Prereq
site: computer course work or experience with mechanized mass-data s:
tems; senior standing or consent of instructor. Harwood.
Ac430. Fund Accounting. (G) 3 hours.
Financial administration and reporting requirements of governmental ~
nonprofit entities, emphasizing the use of fund accounting as a basis .
budgetary control. Consideration of broader theoretical aspects of fund :
counting and its possible extension to profit-oriented entities. Prerequisi
Ac 313. Thomas, Harwood, McCarthy.
Ac'440,441. Accounting Verification. (G) 3 hours each term.
Auditing standards and procedures observed by certified public accounta:
in the examination of the financial statements of business and other organi:
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 277
tions; audit standards and objectives, collection of evidence, evaluation of
internal control, problems of verification and application of procedures, prepa-
ration of programs, work papers, and reports. Prerequisite: Ac 352, Ac 361.
Soha.
Ac 450, 451. Special Topics in Accounting. (G) 3 hours each term.
Advanced topics in financial accounting analysis of cash flows and the capital
budgeting decision; special problems in partnership accounting; accounting
reports for firms in financial difficulties; consolidated financial statements;
estate and trust aCCO\Ults and reports. Prerequisite: Ac 352; one year of
college mathematics. Johnson.
Ac 480, 481. Advanced Accounting Problems. (G) Hours to be arranged.
Problems in professional examinations given by the American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants; emphasis on problem analysis and development
of working papers. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Luneski, Caplan.
Business Statistics
LOWER.DIVISION COURSE
BS 232. Introduction to Business Statistics. 3 hours.
Elementary statistics as a tool for business decision-making. Primary emphasis
on statistical description (tables, charts, and frequency distributions) and the
elements of probability; consideration of index numbers and time series anal-
ysis (trend, cyclical, and seasonal adj ustments) of business data. Prerequisite:
Mth 104. Baerncopf, Mace, Richards, Swadener.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSE
BS 333. Elementary Inference in Business Statistics. 3 hours.
Applications of statistical inference to business situations; sampling and its
role in estimation and hypothesis testing; simple linear regression analysis
and correlation. Special section for Honors College students. Prerequisite:
Mth 104, BS 232 or equivalent. Baerncopf, Mace, Richards, Swadener.
BS 407. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
(For 500 courses, ope" only to gradua:te students, see page 298)
BS 432. Quantitative Analysis for Business Decisions. (G) 3 hours.
Uses of subjective probability and utility theory in dealing with conditions of
risk and uncertainty in business situations; elementary mathematical models
of business behavior. Prerequisite: one year of college mathematics; BS 232,
BS 333 or equivalent. Baerncopf, Mace, Richards.
BS 433. Special Topics in Business Statistics. (G).3 hours.
Design of comparative experiments in business administration; models and·
. methods for analysis of variation in measurement data; weighing of evidence
from comparative business experiments. Prerequisite: one year of college
mathematics; BS 232, BS 333 or equivalent. Baerncopf, Mace, Richards.
BS 434. Applied Regressicm Analysis. (g) 3 hours.
Survey of graphical and numerical procedures for curve fitting based on the
classical method of least squares; application of regression procedures in the
analysis of measurement data and in the elucidation of underlying relationships
governing business and economic behavior. Prerequisite: one year of college
mathematics; BS 232, BS 333 or equivalent; consent of instructor. Mace.
BS 435. Industrial Dynamics. (G) 3 hours.
Analysis of information-decision systems in business organizations; develop-
ment of competence in modeling the dynamic operation of such systems, ii' per-
forming simulation experiments, and in analyzing results. Prerequisite: one
year of col1ege mathematics; consent of instructor. Mace.
278 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
Finance and Business Environment
THE PROGRAM offered by the Department of Finance and Business Environ-
ment is designed to prepare students for careers in the basic fields of domestic
and foreign finance and managerial economics. The courses provide a fundamental
understanding of the application of economic analysis to the solution of problems
of business management and of business finance and financial institutions, with
special attention to the relation of financial policies and operations to the function-
ing of the economic system as a whole.
The department offers five major options: banking, investments, finance man-
agement, international business, and business economics.
Banking. The option in banking is designed to prepare students for careers
in banks and related financial institutions. The major requirements, in addition to
the core program of the school, are listed below:
Term Hours
Risk and Insurance (MIT 354) 3
Mortgage Lcnding (FBE 440) 3
Commercial Bank Management (FBE 460) 3
Investment Management (FBE 363) 3
Minimum of 12 term hours selected from' electives listed below .._ 12
24
ELECTIVES
Case Problems in Financial Management (FBE 340) ;3
Law of Business Transactions (FBE 418) 3
Financial Problems Analysis (FBE 459) 3
Introduction to Real Estate & Urban Land Use (MIT 322) 3
Asset Valuation & Income Measurement (Ac 350, 351) 6
Corporate Accounts & Statements (Ac 352) 3
Monctary & Banking Theory (Ec 411,412, 413) ,................... 9
Public Finanee (Ec 429, 430, 431) 9
Investments. The option in investments is designed to prepare students for
careers in security analysis and research, investment banking, brokerage, and
investment management. The major requirements, in addition to the core program
of the school, are listed below:
Term Hours
Case Problems in Financial Management (FBE 340) 3
Risk & Insurance (MIT 354) 3
Commercial Bank Management (FBE 460) 3
Investment Management (FBE 363) . 3
Investments (FBE 464) 3
Business Fluctuations & Expansion (FBE 466) 3
A minimum of 9 term houTs selected from electives 11sted below............ 9
27
ELECTIVES
Taxation & Fiscal Policy (Ec 319) or Taxation & Business Policy (Ac 311) .
Introduction to Real Estate & Urban Land Use (MIT 322) .
Quantitative Analysis for Business Decisions (BS 432) or
Special Topics in Business Statistics (BS 433) .
Asset Valuation & Income Measurement (Ac 350 or 351) or
Corporate Accounts & Statements (Ac 352) .
Financial Analysis (FBE 459) . : .
Industrial Organization & Public Policy (Ec 460) .
Financial Management. The option in financial management prepares stu-
dents for careers as financial analysts, administrators, and officers in business
enterprises. The major requirements, in addition to the core program of the school,
are listed below:
Term Hours
Case Problems in Financial Management (FBE 340) 3
Financial Analysis (FBE 459) 3
Risk & Insurance (MIT 354) 3
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Taxation & Business Policy (Ac 311) . .
Minimum .-,f 12 term hours selected from electives listed below .
ELECTIVES
Taxation & Fiscal Policy (Ec 319) .
Investments (FBE 464) .
Asset Valuation & Income Measurement (Ac 350, 351)
Corporate Accounts & Statements (Ac 352)
Commercial Bank Management (FBE 460)
Public Utility Management (MIT 467). . .
Investments (FBE 464) .. . .
Quantitative Economic Analysis (Ec 464, 465, 466) .
279
3
12
24
3
3
6
3
3
3
3
9
International Business. The option in international business is designed to
prepare students for careers in overseas and foreign divisions of domestic busi-
nesses. The major requirements, in addition to the core program of the school,
are listed below: -
International Finance Management (FIlE 474)
Foreign Trade Marketing (FBE 475) .' .
Foreign Business Operations (FBE 416) .
Foreign Commercial Law (FIlE 407) .
Minimum of 12 term hours selected from electives listed below
Term Hours
3
3
3
3
12
24
ELECTIVES
International Economics (Ee 440, 441, 442) 9
Money & Banking (Ec 318) 3
International Finance (Ec 320) 3
Ocean Transportation & Distribution Management (MIT 351) _...... 3
Economic Problems of the Pacific (Ec 345) . 3
Foreign language or courses in foreign culture __- __ 9
Students are advised to enrich their training through a wide selection of
courses in foreign languages, geography, history, and political science and addi-
tional courses in economics and business administration.
Business Economics. The option in business economics is designed to inte-
grate economic theory with business practice; the courses provide a broad back-
ground in the principles of economics, with special attention to the relation of
these principles to the management of industrial firms. The student should satisfy
the science group requirement with a year sequence in mathematics. The major
requirements, in addition to the core program of the school, are listed below:
Term Hours
Economic Theory (Ec 375) .....
Seminar: Operations Research (PIM 428)
Taxation & Business Policy (Ac 311) .
Economics of the Firm (FBE 407) .
Minimum of 12 term hours selected from electives listed below
ELECTIVES
Economic Theory (Ec 376, 377) _ .
Industrial Organization & Public Policy (Ec 461)
Monetary & Banking Theory (Ec 411, 412, 413) .
Intra. to Statistical Theory (Mth 441, 442, 443)
National Income & Business Cycles (Ec 483, 484, 485)
Quantitative Economic Analysis (Ec 464, 465, 466) _ .
3
3
3
3
12
24
6
3
9
9
9
9
Majors in business economics are required to take Business Fluctuations and
Expansion (FBE 466) as one of their senior-year core courses. /
LOWER-DIVISION COURSE
FBE 226. Business Law I, 3 hours.
Forms and functions of the law in society. Examination of the American legal
280 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
environment: structure of the courts; trial and appellate procedure; ongm
of rules; methods of legal reasoning; roles of trial participants. Emphasis on
the law of contracts, including appropriate references to the Uniform Com-
mercial Code. Robert, Ross, Skelton.
UPPER~DIVISIONCOURSES
FBE 320. Financial Institutions. 3 hours.
Study of the commercial banking system. Survey of monetary policy and its
relationship to individual banks and the banking system; analysis of the nature
and functions of money and credit and the interrelationship of money, credit,
and the price level; analysis of the sources and uses of funds by financial in-
stitutions; the economic role of these institutions.
FBE 322. Financial Management. 3 hours.
Policies and practices required to plan and control the sources and uses of a
firm's funds; emphasis on formulation, implementation, and modification of
corporate financial policies; management of liquid assets; selection among
alternative investment opportunities; funds acquisition; div"idend policies;
determination of the optimal debt-equity mix. Economic, accounting, and
statistical tools and concepts studied and related to the decision-making
process. Prerequisites: FBE 320, Ac 313.
FHE 326. Business Law II. 3 hours.
The law of· agency; the master-servant relationship, including elementary
labor law; the law of business organizations, including corporations, partner-
ships, and other forms of business association: applications of the Uniform
Commercial Code to investment securities. Robert, Ross, Skelton.
FBE 340. Case Problems in Financial Management. 3 hours.
Analysis of selected problems in financial management of the firm, including
short- and long-term financial requirements, trade credit analysis, special
media of finance, capital budgeting, and profit analysis. Prerequisites: FBE
322. Anderson.
FBE 363.. Investment Management. 3 hours.
Study of different types of bonds and stocks; various investment risks; securi-
ties market and market fluctuations; appraisal of the economy and industries;
investment analysis of corporations and appraisal of their securities. Bauman.
FBE 407. Seminar." Hours to be arranged.
FBE 418. Advanced Business Law. 3 hours.
Study of the several fields of law related to business: negotiable instruments;
sales of personal property; real property, including landlord and tenant and
mechanic's liens; security devices for credit transactions. Prerequisite: FBE
226, FBE 326. Robert.
FBE 420. Law of Administrative Agencies. 3 hours.
History and philosophy of administrative law ; delegation of powers and scope
of the administrative program as determined legislatively ; promulgations and
the right to be heard ; administrative agencies that affect business; licensing
bodies'-<!evelopment, powers, and procedures; zoning, planning, and the
businessman; the role of the businessman as an interested party. Skelton.
FBE 434. Business Enterprise and Social Responsibility. 3 hours.
Analysis of specific management policies as they relate to social objectives;
patterns of governmental regulations; political activities of trade associa-
tions and other special-interest· groups; relation of the growth of corporate
enterprise to public policy and to the responsibilities of business management.
Prerequisite: senior standing. Richins.
FBE 440. Mortgage Lending. 3 hours.
The role of mortgage lending in our economy.; organization and operation of
public and private lending agencies in the residential and commercial real
estate markets; installment land contracts and trust deeds; legal aspects of
real estate lending. Prerequisite: MIT 322 or consent of instructor. Dasso.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 281
FBE 450. Nonbank Financial Intermediaries. 3 hours.
Function, structure, portfolio composition, and investment and lending policies
of financial intermediaries, such as savings avd loan associations, sales finance
companies, mutual savings banks, life insurance companies, leasing companies,
pension plans, and credit unions. Impact of their operations on the money and
capital markets. Prerequisite: FBE ,320. Reed.
FBE 459. Financial Problems Analysis. 3 hours.
Analysis of the financial aspects of complex business problems; diversified
reading in the literature in the field; concepts of interest and opportunity cost;
time value of money and valuation of various income streams; methods of eval-
uating and ordering investment alternatives; concepts of certainty, certainty-
equivalence, and uncertainty related to ·financial decision making. Prerequi-
site: FEE 322. Anderson.
FEE 464. Investments. 3 hours.
Problems of security analysis; appraisal of investment risks and the valuation
of securities; study of investment objectives and developme'nt of portfolio pol-
icies for individual and institutional investors. Prerequisite: FBE 363.
Bauman,
FEE 465. Investment Banking and Capital Markets. 3 hours.
Historical background of investment banking institutions; legal and regu-
latory problems of the origination, syndica~ion, and distribution of security
issues; methods of appraisal and valuation of the principal types of securities,
including municipal and corporate bonds and common and preferred stocks.
FBE 466. Business Fluctuations and Expansion. 3 hours.
Designed to prepare the student to plan successfully in a dynamic business en-
vironment. Analysis of forces that cause pervasive fluctuations in aggregate
business activity; the effects of these fluctuations on individual business firms
and industries. The relationships among long-run trends and shorter cycles;
forecasting techniques and policy measures. The growing impact of gove.rn-
ment decisions on the profits of a particular business and on price and income
levels related to business actions such as inventory and investment policies
which affect economic stability. Prerequisite: senior standing. Kagan, Lind-
holm.
UPPER·DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
(Fay 500 cottyses, open only to gr"du<lte students, see p~es 299-301)
FEE 460. Commercial Bank Management. (g) 3 hours.
Practices, policies, and problems of commercial bank management and opera-
tion; loan and investment administration; regulation and supervision; earn-
ings, expense, and dividend policies; the economic and social importance of
the commercial banking system as the center of the American financial sys-
tem. Prerequisite: FBE 322; senior standing. Reed.
FEE 474. International Finance Management. (G) 3 hours.
The role played by commercial and central banks in various nations of the
world; special emphasis on the methods by which these banks finance the in-
ternational flow of goods, services, and investment. The instruments of foreign
exchange, the setting of exchange rates, and the institutions, both national
and international, which participate in the worldwide flow of funds and goods.
Kagan.
FEE 475. Foreign-Trade Marketing. (G) 3 hours.
Commercial policies of nations and their effects on the decision of foreign
trading and investing business firms; composition of trade between nations
and stability; government controls and promotion; international commodity
agreements; global and regional institutions; structural changes due to in-
dustrialization of emerging nations. Kagan. .
FEE 476. Foreign Business Operations. (G) 3 hours.
Determinants of foreign business decision making in light of case studies;
operations versus licensing; control versus joint venture; problems of taxa-
282 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
tion, labor, and marketing; partners-in-progress approach; skill formation,
managerial training, cooperation with national planning authorities; public
development banks and industrial corporations; emphasis throughout upon
the individual business unit. Kagan.
Marketing, Insurance, and Transportation
THE EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES pf the Department of Marketing, In-
surance, and Transportation are: (I) to provide the student with an understand-
ing of the basic functions of management as they are applied in the areas of
marketing, insurance, transportation, and real estate; (2) to give the student an
opportunity to develop fruitful approaches to the solution of specialized manage-
ment problems in these areas; and (3) to enable the student to develop his
capacity for research and scientific analysis of basic problems in the areas of
marketing, insurance, transportation, and real estate.
The department offers major options in marketing, insurance, transportation,
real estate, and business and construction.
Marketing Advisory Council. The department is aided in its program by the
continuous advice and assistance of a Marketing Advisory Council composed of
prominent representatives from the business community. The members of the coun-
cil are: Don Alvey, Tektronix, Inc.; John L. Aram, vice-president, Weyerhaeuser
Company; C. M. Bishop, J r., manager of sales, Pendleton Woolen Mills; Law-
rence Black, president, Black and Company, Investments; Dwight Call, general
manager, Benson Hotel; Philip Corbit, president, Dimar Company; R. V. Cum-
mins, vice-president and sales director, Standard Insurance Company; Douglas
David, president, North Pacific Lumber Company; Robert P. DeKoning, director
of research, Jantzen, Incorporated; R. W. deWeese, vice-president, sales, Esco
Corporation; Henry T. Eaton, president, Eaton Young; F. Nephi Grigg, president,
Ore-Ida Foods, Inc.; Harold Hirsch, president, White Stag Manufacturing Com-
pany; Charles R. Holloway, Jr., vice-president, Northwest Natural Gas Company;
Donald E. Kennedy, director of sales, Sportswear and Skiwear Division, White
Stag Manufacturing Company; Roald G. Lund, president, R. G. Lund Company;
Arthur F. McGarr, president, Lomac Motors; Palmer C. Macdonald, general
merchandising manager, Blake-Moffit & Towne; Jon Miller, sales manager, Boise
Cascade Corporation; William Moore, vice-president, Portland Bottling Com-
pany; Richard Nelson, director, personnel and marketing research, warehouse
division, Georgia-Pacific Corporation; Joseph Todd, vice-president, marketing,
Omark Industries, Inc. ; Jack J. Saltzman, president, Oregon- Pacific Forest Prod-
ucts Company; Robert Saunders, manager, Eugene branch, McDonald Candy
Company; Robert E. Smith, president, Crow's Digest; Frank M. Warren, Jr.,
president, Portland General Electric Company; Tom Williams, president, Wil-
liams Bakery; Robert Wong, Kubla Khan Food Company.
Marketing. The option in marketing is designed to provide preparation fof
careers in the complex of functions in which the producer and the consumer are
related. There are opportunities for student emphasis on sales and marketing
management, marketing research, advertising, retailing, and foreign marketing.
Special attention is given to the contributions of the behavioral sciences to the
study of marketing. The program includes intensive study of the application of
principles of management to marketing problems. The major requir.ements, in
addition to the core program of the school, are listed below:
Term Hours
Principles of Sociology (Soc 300) 3
Marketing Communications (MIT 442) 3
Marketing Research (MIT 415) 3
Marketing Analysis I (MIT 443) 3
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Marketing Analysis II (MIT 444) .
Analysis of Consumer Behavior (MIT 341) ..........•.... . .
Retail Administration (MIT 330) or
Industrial Marketing (MIT 336) .
A minimum of 6 hours of the electives listed below .
ELECTIVES
American Society (Soc 3(1) . .
Social Stratification (Soc 444) . .
Quantitative Analysis for Business Decisions (BS 432) .
Principles of Advertising (J 341) .
Domestic Transportation & Distribution Management (MIT 349, 3.10) ....
Risk & Insurance (MIT 354) .
Ocean Transportation & Distribution Management (MIT351) .
Operations Research Techniques (PIM 428) .
Seminar: Behavioral Science Research in Marketing (MIT 407) .
Seminar: Economic Sociology (Soc 407) . .
Seminar: Mathematical Models in Marketing (MIT 4(7) .
Seminar: Special Topics in Marketing (MIT 4(7) ......•.................................
Seminar: European Common Market (MIT 4(7) .
Special Topics in Business Statistics (BS 433)· .
Principles of Public Relations (J 459) . .
Social Institutions (Soc 460) .
International Finance Management (FBE 474) .
Foreign·Trade Marketing (FBE 475) .
Foreign Business Operations (FBE 476) .
Cases in Forest Industry Management (MIT 470) . .
283
3
3
3
6
27
3
3
3
2-3
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Risk and Insurance. The risk and insurance option is designed to provide spe-
~ialized education for the student interested in a career in the insurance industry
lr as an insurance specialist in business or government. The program emphasizes
the broad role of risk and risk bearing in business decisions generally. The major
requirements, in addition to the core program of the school, are listed below:
Term Hours
Risk & Insurance (MIT 354) 3
Business Insurance & Risk Management (MIT 455) 3
Life & Health Insurance (MIT 456) ~................................................ 3
Social Insurance (MIT 458) 3
Special Topics in Risk & Insurance (MIT 457) 3
'Minimum of 9 term hours selected from electives listed below. 9
24
ELECTIVES
Taxation & Business Policy (Ac 311) 3
Personnel Management (PIM 412) 3
Special Problems in Bus. Statistics (BS 433) 3
Advanced Business Law (FBE 418) 3
Analysis of Consumer Behavior (MIT 341) 3
Financial Problems Analysis (FBE 340) 3
Introduction to Real Estate & Urban Land Use (MIT 322) 3
Investments (FBE 464) . 3
Building Materials & Construction (AA 420)............................................................ 3
Quantitative Analysis for Business Decisions (BS 432).......................................... 3
Domestic Transportation & Distribution Management (MIT 349, 350) 6
Ocean Transportation & Distribution Management (MIT 35 I) 3
Students who select the risk and insurance option, and who expect to enter
ctuarial and statistical work, should take mathematics to satisfy the science
roup requirement.
Students interested ill qualifying for certification as a CL.D. (chartered life
nderwriter) or a CP.CU. (chartered property casualty underwriter) should
onsult their adviser concerning courses outside the School of Business Adminis-
ation which are of special value in meeting the requirements for these certificates.
* Students interested in actuarial work may elect certain courses in mathematics for the
tisfaetion of this requirement.
284 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
Transportation, Traffic Management, and Utilities. This option is designe,
to prepare students for careers with transportation or utility companies, for traffi
positions with industrial or commercial firms or trade associations, and for gOY
ernmental positions with regulatory agencies or publicly owned utilities. AmericaJ
Governments (PS 201, 202, 203), and Introductory College Mathematics (Mtl
104, 105, 106) are recommended as lower-division electives. The major require
ments, in addition to the core program of the school, are listed below:
3
3
3
9
24
Term HoUl
6Domestic Transportation & Distribution Management (MIT 349, 350) .
Ocean Transportation & Distribution Management (MIT 351) or
Public Utility Management (MIT 467) .
Transportation Regulatory Laws & Procedures (MIT 451) .
Economics of Regulated Industries (Ec 463) .
Minimum of 9 term hours selected from electives listed below _ __
ELECTIVES
Public Utility Management (MIT 467) or
Ocean Transportation & Distribution Management (MIT 351) 3
Special Problems in Transportation & Traffic Management (MIT 452) 3
Principles of Cost Accounting (Ac 360).................................................................... 3
Quantitative Analysis for Business Decisions (BS 432)......................................... 3
Business Insurance & Risk Management (MIT 455) 3
Seminar: Operations Research (PIM 407) 4
Computing (Mtli 444) 4
Advanced Business Law (FBE 418) :....................... 3
Economic Geography (Geog 434) 3
Real Estate. The option in real estate is designed to provide professiona
training in the development, financing, marketing, and management of real estatl
The major requirements, in addition to the core program of the school, are listel
below: '
Term Hou.
Advanced Business Law (FBE 418) .
Introduction to Real Estate & Urban Land Use (MIT 322)
Risk & Insurance (MIT 354) .. .. .
Advanced Real Estate & Urban Laud Use (MIT 430)
Commercial & Industrial Site Location (MIT 418)
Mortgage Lending (FBE 440) ..
Minimum of 6 term hours selected from electives listed below.
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
24
ELECTIVES
Taxation & Business Policy (Ac 311) ..
Business Insurance & Risk Management (MIT 455)
Commercial Bank Management (FBE 460) .
Investments (FBE 464) ..
Analysis of Consumer Behavior (MIT 341)
Building Mat. & Construction (AA 420) ..
Residential Property Development (MIT 431) .
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Business and Construction. A five-year program of study for students wh
plan to enter the construction industry is offered under the joint supervision of th
School of Business Administration and the School of Architecture and Alliel
Arts. The program, which leads to the bachelor's degree with a major in busines
administration, combines sound training in business methods and in the structura
phases of architecture.
The major requirements, in addition to the core program of the School 0
Business Administration, are listed below:
Lower Division Term Hour
Design Studio I (Arch 187) 9
Graphics (Arch 231, 232, 233) 6
Mathematics (Mth 104. lOS, 106) 12
Essentials of Physics (Ph 101,102,103).................................................................... 9
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Upper Division
Advanced Business Law (FBE 418) 3
Introduction· to Real Estate & Urban Land Use (MIT 322) 3
Advanced Real Estate & Urb;m Land Use (MIT 430) .....................•........... 3
Residential Property Development (MIT 43 I) 3
Financial Management (FBE 322) 3
Principles of Cost Accounting (Ac 360) 3
Surveying for Architects (Arch 317) 2
Mechanical Equipment of Buildings (Arch 320, 321, 322) 9
Theory of Structures I (Arch 369, 370, 371) 12
Theory of Structures II (Arch 469, 470, 471) 9
Building Materials & Construction (Arcb 420, 421, 422) 9
Electives in business and architecture (the courses
listed below are recommended) :............. 30
ELECTIVES
285
Term. Hours
Domestic Transportation & Distribution Management (MIT 349, 350) 6
Risk & Insurance (MIT 354) 3
Business Insurance & Risk Management (MIT 455) 3
Taxation & Business Policy (Ac 31 I) 3
History of Architecture I (Arch 337, 338, 339) 9
Theory of Structures III (Arch 472, 473, 474) 12
Commercial & Industrial Site Location (MIT 418) 3
Design Studio II (Arch 287) 9
City Planning I (LA 353, 354, 355) 6
Working Drawings and Specifications (Arch 417, 418, 419) 6
History of Architecture II (Arch 437, 438, 439) 9
Personnel Management (PIM 4-12) 3
Cases in Forest Industries Management (MIT 470) 3
Production Control (PIM 407) 3
LOWER"DIVISION COURSES
lIT 125, 126. Environment of Business. 3 hours each term.
The role and responsibilities of business in society; influence of the historical,
social, political, and economic environments within which business operates;
adjustments to changes in these environments; interrelationships of major
functional areas of business. Sampson.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
IT 322. Introduction to Real Estate and Urban Land Use. 3 hours.
Real-estate principles and practices, with special emphasis on urban land-use
analysis; nature of real property and property rights; organization of the
real-estate industry and real-estate markets; the urban spatial structure and
location analysis; land-use competition; management of real properties; sub-
division and land development; real-estate financing; the impact of govern-
ment policies upon the real-estate industry.
IT 323. Elements of Marketing I. 3 hours.
Marketing as a philosophy of management;· flows of goods and services; pur-
chase motivations-consumer vs. industrial; market forces and opportunities;
product-market integration; selection of marketing channels; marketing
logistics.
IT 324. Elements of Marketing II. 3 hours.
Market cultivation; communication problems; sales promotion; pricing strate-
gies, management of market risks; marketing organization; measuring and
controlling marketing performance; evaluating marketing efficiency.
IT 330. Retail Administration. 3 hours.
Composition of the retailing structure; retailing and economic growth; pro-
ductivity and efficiency of the retail sector; retail pricing; nonprice compe-
tition; retail organization and management; management science and retail-
ing; retailing and the future.
IT 336. Industrial Marketing. 3 hours
The marketing problems of manufacturers of industrial goods, such as ma-
286 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
chinery and equipment, raw and semifabricated materials, industrial supplie:
and component parts; special marketing problems of companies in the defens
industry. Rich.
MIT 341. Analysis of Consumer Behavior. 3 hours.
The consumer-firm relationship analyzed through the application of concep1
drawn from contemporary behavioral science to concrete business cases an
practices; role theory, theories of attitude, change, and principles of perce{
tion given primary emphasis; analysis directed to advertising, display, layou
packaging, design of retail establishments, interpersonal relations of cor
sumer and seller, and business "image." Prerequisite: Psy 201,202 or Sc
204, 205; Psy or Soc 334. Smith.
MIT 349, 350. Domestic Transportation and Distribution Management.
hours each term.
Designed to acquaint the student with principles and practices of transport::
tion which should he known to every businessmen engaged in production c
distribution. The physical transportation plant of the United States andil
performance; carrier responsibilities, services, and cooperation; economi
and legal bases of rates, freight classification and tariff preparation and inter
pretation, rate structures, and relationships between transportation and th
location of economic activity. Organization, management, and services of ill
dustrial traffic departments. Emphasis on the use of transportation in physico
distribution. Prerequisite: Ec 201,202,203 orconsent of instructor. Sampsor
Strom.
MIT 351. Ocean Transportation and Distribution Management. 3 hours.
The role of United States and world ocean shipping in international trade an
development; basic international and United States maritime laws, policiei
and regulations; principal world and United States trade routes; constructio
and operating subsidies; terminal activities, documentation, conferences, rate!
and charters; ocean carrier operations and supporting land-based organiza
tions; principles of marine insurance. Emphasis on the use of ocean transpor
in exporting and importing. Prerequisite: Ec 201, 202, 203 or consent of ill
structor. Sampson, Strom.
MIT 354. Risk and Insurance. 3 hours.
Introduction to the basic principles of insurance from the viewpoint of th
consumer; risk and risk bearing; ways of handling risk; insurance as a devie
to handle risk; principles of insurance buying, including carrier and agenc
selection; major types of private insurance-,-life, property, and liability-wit
emphasis on the underlying economic problems each type is designed to meet
the insurance contract and its legal basis, with emphasis on the elements corr
mon to all insurance contracts; economic and historical significance of insur
ance; insurance regulation. Greene, Swadener.
MIT 407. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
MIT 415. Marketing Research. 3 hours.
Influence of marketing research on the decision-making process; effect
the executive who must use it; uses and misuses. Problem formulation, e
ploratory research, research design, basic observational and sampling requir
ments, data analysis, interpretation, and reporting. Cases analyzed by st
dents; each student develops a research project concerning a local firm. Pr
requisites: BS 232, BS 333, MIT 323, MIT 324, or consent ofinstructor. Re
ington.
MIT 442. Marketing Communications; 3 hours.
Problems of marketing to consumers considered as problems in communi
tion; advertising and sales promotion as formal Channels of communicatio
economics of advertising and sales promotion; marketing communications
they relate to the public and to public policy. Prerequisite: MIT 341. Smit
MIT 443. Marketing Analysis 1. 3 hours.
Analytical methods for solution of marketing problems; including consider
tion of planning and forecasting; uncertainty and decision making; mark
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 287
position analysis; the marketing mix; design of market campaigns, facilities,
organizations, and systems.
..fIT 444. Marketing Analysis II. 3 hours.
Problem areas and problem-solving techniques in marketing. Analysis of
marketing cases in product planning, pricing, distribution channels, consumer
attitudes, advertising, and personal selling. Simple marketing models; appli-
cation of analytical tools developed in economics, mathematics, psychology,
sociology, and other disciplines. Emphasis on the management decision-
making process in marketing. Prerequisite: MIT 443. Greene, Thompson,
Remington.
,fIT 470. Cases in Forest Industries Management. 3 hours.
General management problems in the forest products industries--Iumber, ply-
wood, pulp and paper, construction, and housing; marketing, production,
finance, control, human relations; major emphasis on marketing problems.
Cases, supplemented by field trips. Rich.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
(Fo,. 500 co""ses, open only to graduate students, see pages 301-302)
..fIT 418. Commercial and Industrial Site Location. (G) 3 hours.
Major principles and practices in the site-selection decision-making process,
considered in the light of general location theory, the overall pattern of urban
land use, specific types of business, consumer shopping behavior, real-estate
considerations, and government policy; emphasis on problems of intraregional
rather than interregional site selection and on urban developments.
..fIT 430. Advanced Real Estate and Urban Land Use. (G) 3 hours.
Principles and practices of real-property valuation; factors affecting real-
property values and incomes; relationship between land use and land values;
the appraisal process; policies and problems of real-estate taxation; trends
in real-property values and appraisal procedures. Prerequisite: MIT 322 or
consent of instructor.
lIT 431. Residential Property D~velopment. (G) 3 hours.
The process of residential property development; property development con-
sidered in terms of market analysis, site selection, land planning, arranging
for utilities and services, financing and budgeting, public and private legal
controls. Prerequisite: MIT 322 or consent of instructor.
lIT 451. Transportation Regulatory Laws and Procedures. (G) 3 hours.
The historical background and present status of state and Federal transport
regulation, with particular attention to the Interstate Commerce Act and
other pertinent Federal and state statutes. The or.ganization and procedure of
transport regulatory agencies, and the rules of practice before such bodies.
Prerequisite: MIT 350, Ec 463, or consent of instructor. Sampson, Strom.
lIT 452. Special Problems in Transportation and Traffic Management. (G)
3 hours.
Major national and regional transportation problems. In addition. to class-
room work, each student makes an intensive exploration of a particular prob-
lem or phase of transport or traffic management of regional or national eco-
nomic significance, or a detailed study of a type of carrier related to his
specific career interest. Prerequisite: MIT 350; MIT 351 or MIT 467; or
consent of instructor. Sampson, Strom.
[IT 455. Business Insurance and Risk Management. (G) 3 hours.
. The more important methods of reducing business and personal risks from
physical and moral hazards; maj or contracts of insurance to indemnify for
losses from such perils as fire, windstorm, explosion, transportation, legal
liability, dishonesty, and insolvency of others; loss adjustment practices,
underwriting problems, reinsurance, rate making, consequential losses.
Prerequisite: MIT 354 or consent of instructor. Greene, Swadener.
288 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
MIT 456. Life and Health Insurance. (G) 3 hours.
The chief methods of handling personal risks, in business as well as individu;
application. Analysis of life insurance, annuity, and health insurance cor
tracts from the viewpoint of the insurance consumer; legal and econom
bases of life and health insurance; interpretation of maj or policy provisions
importance of rate making and reserve practices to the policy holder; integn
tion of private policies with social-insurance coverages; estate planning an
the role of income and estate taxation; business and personal uses of wiI:
and trusts; settlement options; pension planning. Prerequisite: MIT 354 c
consent of instructor. Greene, Swadener.
MIT 457. Special Topics in Risk a,nd Insurance. (G) 3 hours.
Analysis of underwriting capa<;ity, writing powers of insurers, insurance (
hold-harmless agreements, causes of insurer failure, insuring of special riski
selection of flexible forms of coverage, international insurance coverage, the
ory of regulation, tax problems in insurance. Greene, Swadener.
MIT 458. Social Insurance. (G) 3 hours.
Analysis of the major kinds of compulsory insurance and their interrelations
old-age and survivors' insurance, unemployment insurance, workmen's com
pensation, nonoccupational disability insurance, and compulsory automobil
insurance; comparison of social and private insurance. Prerequisite :Mr
354 or consent of instructor. Greene, Swadener.
MIT 467. Public Utility Management. (G) 3 hours.
Review of historical and present regulatory laws, agencies, and procedures
problems and poli<;ies of municipal, state, and Federal ownership; managt
ment of various kinds of privately owned utility firms (electric, gas, com
munications, etc.). Organizational structures, price policies, marketing of set
vices, short- and long-range planning, public relations.' Particular emphasi
on problems affecting the Pacific Northwest. Prerequisite: Ec 201,202,203 a
consent of instructor. Sampson, Strom.
COURSES OFFERED ONLY IN EXTENSION
MIT 425. Real-Estate Fundamentals. 3 hours (extension).
MIT 426. Real-Estate Practice. 3 hours (extension).
MIT 427. Real-Estate Appraising. 3 hours (extension).
Personnel and Industrial Management
THE EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVE of the Department of Personnel )
Industrial Management is to provide an understanding of basic manageme~
functions and techniques in the use of people, materials, and equipment in t
operation of a business enterprise.
The department offers major options in production, personnel, managemen
and office administration.
Production. The production option provides specialized knowledge in pre
aration for careers in production management in manufacturing, with emphasis
such areas as methods-time analysis, production control, and quality control.
The major requirements for the production option, in addition to the core pr
gram of the school, are listed below:
Term Hou
Principles of Cost Accounting (Ac 360) .
The following seminars: Computer in Business, ilIethods·Time Analysis,
Production Control, Quality Control (PIl\I 407) 12
Operations Research Techniques (PIM 428) .,.................. J
Introduction to Numerical Control (Mth 233)..... J
Minimwn of 6 term hours selected from electives listed below 6
27
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 289
ELECTIVES
Wage & Salary Administration (PIM 413)..... 3
Quantitative Analysis for Business Decisions (BS 432)........................................ 3
Problems in Personnel Management (PIM 414)...................................................... 3
Risk & Insurance (MIT 354) 3
Principles of Cost Accounting (Ac 361).................................................................... 3
Domestic Transportation & Distribution Mgt. (MIT 349, 350) 6
Computing (Mth 444)..................... 3
Personnel. The personnel option is designed to prepare students for careers
in personnel management and labor relations in business, government, and labor
organizations. The major requirements, in addition to the core program of the
school, are listed below:
Term Hours
Introduction to Numerical Computation (Mth 233) 3
Personnel Management (PIM 412)............................................... 3
Wage & Salary Administration (PIM 413) :..... 3
Problems in Personnel Management (PIM 414)......................... 3
Seminar: Personnel Psychology (PIM 407) 3
Organized Labor (Ec 445) or Labor Legislation (Ec 446)..................... 3
Minimum of 9 term hours selected f-rom- electives listed below __ 9
27
ELECTIVES
Industrial Psychology (Psy 448) 3
Social Psychology (Soc 334, 335) 6
Social Insurance (MIT 458)................................................................................ 3
Industrial Sociology (Soc 456).................................................................................... 3
Organized Labor (Ec 445). 3
Labor Legislation (Ec 446) ,.................................................... 3
Seminar: Problems in Interpersonal Relations (PIM 407) 3
Management. The objective of the management option is to provide education
in business administration with emphasis on management techniques in major
areas, on the application of quantitative methods to managerial problems, and on
an integrated view of business problems confronting top management and the ways
in which they are solved. The major requirements, in addition to the core program
of the school, are listed below:
6
6
27
Term Hours
3
3
3.
3
3
Introduction to Numerical Computation (Mth 233) .
Office Organization and Management (PIM 333) . .
Problems in Production Management (PIM 430) ! .
Personnel Management (PIM 412) .
Operations Research Techniques (PIM 428) .
Two of the following seminars : Organization Psychology (PIM 407), Methods·
Time Analysis (PIM 407), Production Control (PIM 407), Quality
Control (PIM 407), Personnel Psychology (PIM 407) .
Minimum of 6 term hours from electives listed below __
ELECTIVES
Economic Theory (Ec 375) .
Problems in Personnel Management (PIM 414) .
:Management Information Systems (Ac 420, 421) .
Wage & Salary Administration (PIM 413) .
Organized Labor (Ec 445) .
Labor Legislation (Ec 446) .
3
3
6
3
3
3
Students who select the management option are required to take Business
Policies (PIM 453) as a part of their senior core program.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
PIM 321. Organization and Interpersonal Relations. 3 hours.
Principles of management applied to commercial and industrial concerns;
business planning, policy formulation, establishment of procedures, opera-
tions; theory and design of organizational structure; impact of work-flow
290 PROFESSION AL SCHOOLS
plans, leadership patterns, and control systems upon human behavior. Seubert,
Byron.
PIM 323. Business Machines. 2 hours.
Study of ten-key and 'full-key adding machines and the rotary calculator;
development of operating skills; practical applications to business procedures.
PIM 324, 325. Office Practice. 2 hours each term.
Advanced secretarial instruction; general secretarial dut{es, responsibilities,
and procedures; different methods of duplicating; filing systems and their
practical application to business; training in the operation of voice-writing
machines.
PIM 329. Production Management. 3 hours.
Survey of planning, operations, and control of mass-production manufactur-
ing; procurement, handling, and control of materials and control of quantity
and quality. Ways of setting standards and improving methods; use of motion
and time study; automation and automatic processing equipment. Supervision
of operating employees and personnel relations as they affect production work.
Emphasis on principles and relationships rather than specific techniques. Lab-
oratory sessions (including field trips) illustrate selected methods, techniques.
and management tools. Vance, Shaffer, Ramsing.
PIM 333. Office Organization and Management. 2 hours.
Management and organization of the office, with special attention to the
scientific approach to analysis and control; functional office layout and
equipment; selection, training, and supervision of office personnel; place of
automation in the office; planning, organizing, and controlling office services,
such as correspondence, records management, communications. Prerequisite:
junior standing. Jones.
PIM 407. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Methods-Time Analysis. Shaffer.
Quality Control. Ramsing.
Organizational Psychology. Miner
Personnel Psychology.
PIM 428. Operations Research Techniques. 3 hours.
Application of scientific techniques to the solution of complex business prob-
lems through the quantitative comparison of alternatives; linear program-
ming, opportunity cost analysis, expected value analysis, decision-making
processes.
PIM 430. Problems in Production Management. 3 hours.
A "model enterprise" built, and its production management problems ana-
lyzed, with the use of methods of operations research, statistics, and eco-
nomics. Planned to acquaint the students with tools of scientific analysis
and techniques of management which are applicable to problems in production
management.
PIM 453. Business Policies. 3 hours.
The interdependence of the different departments of a business concern. De·
signed to provide an integrated view of business operations, and to coordinate
the more specialized instruction of the school. Prerequisite: senior standin/!;
Vance.
UPPER.DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
(For 500 COl/I'seS, open ,,>110' to [lradllate sPl/de>lts, see pa[les 303-304)
PIM 412. Personnel Management. (g) 3 hours.
Personnel management in the ·modern business organization; personnel poli·
cies and practices conducive to good relations with employees; personne:
problems of small organizations. Shaffer.
PIM 413. Wage and Salary Administration. (G) 3 hours.
Systematic administration of wages and salaries as a means of motivatiOl
and control in the business enterprise. Job analysis, description, and specifica·
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 291
tions; job evaluation methods; community wage arid salary surveys; estab-
lishing wage structures by job evaluation and wage levels by collective
bargaining and other methods; principles and administration of wage incen-
tive plans; evaluating the results of wage incentives; compensating clerical,
supervisory, and management personnel. Prerequisite: PIM 412 or consent
of the instructor. Shaffer:
PIM 414. Problems in Personnel Management. (g) 3 hours.
Major areas of personnel policy determination, with special emphasis on
relations with organized employees at the enterprise level and within the en-
terprise. The impact of union practices on personnel policy and procedures in
both unionized and nonunion enterprises. Prerequisite: PIM 412 or consent
of the instructor: Seubert.
PIM 429. Production Planning and Control. (G) 3 hours.
. Techniques for planning and control of the flow of materials iuto, through,
and out of the industrial concern.
PIM 480. Business History. (G) 3 hours.
Evolving business systems in the changing American business environment
since the colonial period; study of individual business firms and businessmert
that illustrate these systems at critical times in their development; the results
of decisions made at such junctures examined for their significance for busi-
ness management. Jones.
Business Education and Secretarial Science
THE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION offers major options
in business teacher education and in office administration and service courses in
secretarial science.
Business Teacher Education. The option in business teacher education pro-
vides a thorough background in business administration and professional courses
in education to prepare students for the teaching of business and economic sub-
jects in the secondary schools. Two programs have been arranged, one empha-
sizing the teaching of secretarial subj ects, the other emphasizing the teaching of
bookkeeping and basic business; both programs offer preparation for the teaching
of typing.
Secretarial. The requirements are as follows: (1) completion of the core
program of the School of Business Administration (except Production Manage-
ment) , (2) the specialized courses listed below, (3) competence in the skill sub-
jects prerequisite to Applied Stenography (SS 223), demonstrated by examina-
tion or by college-level courses, and (4) completion of the general requirements
for secondary teacher certification.
Term Hours
Principles of Business Education (BEd 421)
Business Education & the Community (BEd 422) .
Typewriting for Business Teachers (BEd 371) .....
Shorthand for Business Teachers (BEd 3v3)
Business & Professional Correspondence (Wr 224)
Applied Stenography (SS 223) .
Office Practice (SS 324, 325) ...
Office Organization & Management (PIM 333)
Personnel :Management (PIAl 412) __
3
3
3
3
4
2
27
Bookkeeping and Basic Business. The requirements are as follows: (1) com-
pletion of the core program of the School of Business Administration (except
292 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
Production Management), (2) the specialized courses listed below, (3) comple-
tion of the general requirements for secondary teacher certification.
Principles of Business Education (BEd 421) .
Business Education & the Community (BEd 422)
Typewriting for Business Teachers (BEd 371)
Bookkeeping for Business Teachers (BEd 372) .
Office Organization & Management (PIM 333) .
Business Machines (SS 323) . .
Taxation and Business Policy (Ac 311) .
Financial Accounting Analysis (Ac 314) .
Personnel Management (PIM 412) .
Minimum of 3 term hours selected from electives listed below _
ELECTIVES
Marketing Communications (MIT 442)
Risk & Insurance (MIT 354) .
Public Finance (Ee 319) .
Term Hours
3
3
3
3
2
2
3
3
3
3
27
3
3
3
For certification as a teacher of business education in Oregon high schools,
the Oregon State Department of Education requires (1) the satisfaction of certain
minimum standards of subject preparation and (2) the recommendation of the
institution at which the student completes his subject preparation. The programs
outlined above satisfy the state standards and the requirements for recommenda-
tion by the University of Oregon. For further information, the student should
consult a member of the business education faculty who serves as adviserto pros-
pective teachers.
Office Administration. The option in office administration is intended to
develop in the student an understanding of scientific management systems as they
apply to business problems, with particular emphasis on office systems and on the
role of automatic data processing. The major requirements, in addition to the core
program of the School of Business Administration, are as follows:
Term Hours
Office Organization & Management (PHI 333) 2
Personnel Management (PIM 412) 3
Seminar: Computers in Business (PIM 407) 3
Advanced Typing (SS 122, 123 or equivalent) 2-4
Business & Professional Correspondence nVr 224) 3
Business Machines (PIM 323) 2
Office Practice (PIM 324, 325) . 4
. Taxation & Business Policy (Ae 311) 3
'1Hnimum of 6 term hours selected from electives listed below __ 6
28-30
ELECTIVES
Wage & Salary Administration (PIM 413) .
Problems in Personnel Management (PIM 414)
Management Information Systems (Ae 420, 421)
Risk & Insurance (MIT 354) .
3
3
6
3
Business Education
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
BEd 371. Typewriting for Business Teachers. 3 hours.
Principles underlying development of typing skill; standards of achieve-
ment; methods and materials of. instruction ; selection of equipment; analysis
of research studies in the field; individual technique improvement; labora.-
tory. Prerequisite: consent of.instructor. Jones.
BEd 372. Bookkeeping for Business Teachers. 3 hours.
Methods and materials of instruction; handling student differences; trends
affecting teaching of bookkeeping. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Jones.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 293
BEd 373. Shorthand for Business Teachers. 3 hours.
Problems in the development of occupational proficiency in shorthand; stand-
ards of achievement; transcription problems; integration of shorthand, typ-
ing, and English; comparison and evaluation of methods; instructionalma-
terials; individual technique improvement. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
Jones.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
BEd 407. Seminar. (g) Hours to be arranged.
BEd 421. Foundations of Business Education. (g) 3 hours.
Objectives of business education; history, trends, issues; professional organi-
zations; contribution of business education to general education; curriculum
construction at the junior and senior high-school and junior-college levels;
measurement in business education; administrative problems of supervision;
significant related research. Prerequisite: senior standing, consent of instruc-
tor. Jones.
BEd 422. Business Education and the Community. (g) 3 hours.
Types of institutions offering business education; current educational attitudes
of business and labor; community surveys and analysis of local needs; guid-
ance programs; placement and followup; school and business standards;
work experience programs; distributive-education programs on local, state,
and national levels ; effects of automation on business education. Prerequisites:
senior standing, consent of instructor. Jones.
COURSE OFFERED ONLY IN SUMMER SESSIONS AND EXTENSION
Ed 508. Workshop. Hours to be arranged.
Secretarial Science
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
S 10. Beginning Typing. No credit.
Principles of touch typing; emphasis on development of speed and accur-
acy. 5 hours laboratory.
S 122, 123. Advanced Typing. 2 hours each term.
Typing of business letters, manuscripts, and various kinds of business forms;
development of speed and accuracy in production. 5 hours laboratory.
S 126, 127, 128. Stenography. 3 hours each term.
Gregg shorthand. SS 126, 127 devoted to the study of basic shorthand theory;
SS 128 devoted to the development of speed in business letter dictation and
transcription. Students must also take SS 122, 123, unless they have had
equivalent training. Students who have had one year of high-school short-
hand may not take SS 126 for credit. Section of SS 126 also offered in Brief-
hand, a system of abbreviating longhand, using only alphabetical characters.
4 recitations.
S 221, 222, 223. Applied Stenography. 3 hours each term.
Combination of shorthand, typewriting, and English into an employable skill ;
emphasis on speed development in dictation and transcription; phrasing tech-
niques, vocabulary development; efficient and correct procedures for the prep-
aration of business letters, forms, manuscripts, and reports. Prerequisite:
SS 128, SS 122, or equivalent. 4 hours recitation. .
Division of Graduate Studies
HE DIVISION OF GRADUATE STUDIES provides: (1) basic profes-
ional business education for entering graduate students who have had little or
o undergraduate work in business administration; (2) advanced work in general
294 PROFESSIO,\J AL SCHOOLS
management and in business specialties for students who have completed an under·
graduate major in business administration; and (3) preparation for careers in col·
lege teaching and research.
Instruction is offered through the Division of Graduate Studies in the field!
listed below. In all fields, instruction in the School of Business Administration i:
supported by courses in cognate fields offered by other divisions of the University
The graduate program is accredited by the American Association of Collegiatt
Schools in Business. .
Accounting-public, industrial, and governmental accounting.
Business Statistics-quantitative analysis for business decisions.
Finance-banking, investments, real estate, finance management.
Forest Industries Management-management of forest products industrie!
(lumber, plywood, pulp and paper, construction and housing).
Managerial Economics-economic principles of business management, busi
ness planning, forecasting, business fluctuations.
International Business-finance, trade, management, foreign commercial law
Risk and Insurance-risk management, personal and property insurance
pensions and group insurance, social insurance.
Marketing-m;rketing policies, marketing research, market communicaitons
price and product policy, consumer behavior, industrial marketing.
Business Organization Theory-management functions, organizational con
flict and change, leadership, group behavior.
Transportation-industrial traffic management, highway, rail, air, and oceal
transportation, public utilities.
Production-operations research, production programming, industrial man
agement, industrial structure and policy.
Personnel-selection, training, wage and salary administration, labor rela·
tions.
Information concerning financial aid available to graduate students is avail·
able on request at the School of Business Administration.
Research and Consultation. Faculty research interests include: impact 0:
computerization, marketing forest products, labor benefit programs, the commer
cial code, bank reserves, accounting theory, forecasting technique, role of the boar<
of directors, consumer behavior, regional growth patterns, cybernetics, investmen
patterns,'commodity flow trends, transportation pricing, and the impact of taxatiol
on foreign trade. Faculty members are consultants to firms in a great many in
dustries, to civic planning groups, and to Federal, state, and local governmenta
agencies.
Master's Program'
THE DIVISION OF GRADUATE STUDIES offers a one- or two-year pro
gram leading to the Master of Business Administration, Master of Science, 0
Master of Arts degree, depending on the prior background of the student. For stu
dents entering with little or no undergraduate work in business, a total of 75 tern
hours of work is required, including a 30-hour first-year core program, all or par
of which may be waived for students who have had equivalent work as under
graduates.
Admission. For admission to the master's program, the student must sat
isfy the general requirements for admission to the Graduate School (see page
116-1l7), and must submit an acceptable score on the Admission Test for Gradu
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 295
tate Study in Business, a letter of purpose, and three letters of recommendation.
Graduate work taken in summer sessions before a student is admitted for-
nally to a graduate program in business must have prior approval of the dean in
>rder to be counted as credit toward an advanced degree.
Core Pr9grams. The first year of the master's program includes a series of
:ore courses and two terms of work in Principles of Economics, planned espe-
:ially for students whose undergraduate studies have been in fields other than
>usiness administration. For these students, the first-year core program is re-
lui red ; all or part of the requirement may be waived for students who have
lad equivalent instruction as undergraduates at the University of Oregon or an-
>ther institution. The first-year core requirement is as follows:
Term Hours
Accounting in Administration (Ac 511, 512) _.. _............ 6
Statistics for Business Decisions (BS 511) _. __ .___ _ __ 3
Financial Environment (FBE 514) _ _ _ _._. __ .. _. 3
Financial Management (FBE 516) ._._ . ._ 3
Legal Environment of Business (FBE 517) , _ __ 3
Industrial Administration (PIM 511) . _ __ . _._ __ 3
Administration of Marketing Function (MIT 511) ._ _. .__ .__ _ _ . 3
Principles of Economics (Ec 201, 202)._._.._ .._ __ _ _._ _. 6
30
Master of Business Administration. The program leading to the M.RA.
legree emphasizes the development of breadth of understanding of business prob-
I ms and of general management skills; the program is well adapted to the
eeds of students who have earned their bachelor's degree in the social sciences,
umanities, sciences, or engineering.
The requirements are: (1) completion of the first-year core program or
quivalent; (2) a minimum of 30 term hours of graduate courses in the School of
usiness Administration, including not more than 18 hours in a field of specializa-
'on; (3) 15 term hours of graduate credit in business courses or related areas
utside the school. A thesis is not required; if the .student elects to submit a thesis,
esis credit (9 term hours) is counted as part of the 18-hour maximum in his
e1d of specialization.
All candidates for the M.B.A. degree are required to take a final written
omprehensive examination, covering the field of specialization and a final oral
amination.
Master of-Science or Master of Arts. The program leading to the M.S. or
.A. degree allows more specialization than the M.B.A. program, and is especially
apted to the needs of students interested in careers in accounting, business sta-
sties and research, and industrial management.
The requirements are: (l) completion of the first-year core program or
uivalent; (2) a minimum of 4S term hours, including completion of a major in a
ecialized area of business, normally 15 hours; (3) a thesis, 9 term hours, in the
ea of specialization; (4) completion of a minor in the school or in a cognate
eld (minimum, 12 term hours) ; (5) for the M.A. degree, competence in a foreign
nguage.
Candidates for the M.S. or M.A. degree are required to take a final written
mprehensive examination covering the major field of specialization and an oral
amination on the thesis.
Minor in Business Administration. A master's candidate with a major in
other field may elect a minor in business administration. The minor may consist
15 term hours in one general field of specialization. The adequacy of the candi-
ta's preparation is reviewed by the school before admission to work for a minor.
296 PROFESSION AL SCHOOLS
Foreign Students. The work of foreign graduate students (other tha
Canadians) during their first year of residence is considered probational. A fOl
eign student will be admitted to candidacy for a master's degree only after th
faculty has had an opportunity to judge the adequacy of his background in busi
ness education, his facility in the English language, and his ability to adjust t
an unfamiliar educational environment. In the program of the Division of Grad
uate Studies, considerable attention is given. to individual student problems, an
especially to the problems of foreign students.
Forest Industries Management. The School of Business Administratiol
through the Forest Industries Management Center, offers graduate work leadin
to the Master of Business Administration degree with a major in forest industrie
management. This program, which· supplements the regular graduate cote currie
ulum in business administration, is designed to train students for managemer
careers in the forest products industries~lumber, plywood, pulp, and paper~a
well as for government careers in this field.
The program is interdisciplinary in nature. It includes course work in all d{
partments within the School of Business Administration as well as courses in othe
divisions of the University. The program is administered by an interdepartment~
committee.
The option in forest industries management is normally open only to student
with undergraduate degrees in forestry. It emphasizes general management issue
of forest products companies, as well as problems in the particular functional area
of marketing, transportation, production, accounting and statistics, and financ.
Attention is also given to the development of skills in the application of quantitativ
techniques to the solution of forest management and business management prot
lems.
The major requirements, in addition to the regular M.B.A. core program (se
page 290), are listed below.
Term HoUl
Inlroduclion 10 Numerical Compulalion (Mlh 233) (no credil)' .
Computer Management (PIM 507) _.... 3
Seminar: Operalions Research or Produclion Control (PIM 507) 3
Seminar in Industrial Marketing (MIT 530) . 3
Problems in Foresl Industries Management (MIT 540) 3
Problems in Business Planning & Forecasting (FBE 530) or
Foreign Business Operations (FBE 476) or
Problems in Business Finance (FBE 545) . .
Adminislrative Control (Ac 540) or Cost Analysis and Interpretation (Ac 562)
18
The student takes 27 term hours in addition to the 18 hours listed above. The
courses may be either within or outside of the School of Business Administratio
The particular courses selected vary depending upon the student's undergradua
maj or within the general field of forestry. Courses are chosen with the guidan
and approval of the interdepartmental committee. Following is a list of suggest
courses:
Computing (Mth 444)
Production Programming (PIM 530)
Personnel Administration (PIM 534)
Marketing Research (MIT 507)'
Pricing Policies (MIT 521)
Physical Distribution Management (M IT 507)
Transportation Theory and Practice (MIT 549)
Quantitative Analysis for Business Decisions (BS 432)
Industrial Dynamics (BS 435)
Building Materials & Construction (AA 420)
.. Students who can ct'emonstrate a proficiency in computer programming may be excus
from this course.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 297
Regional Economics (Ec 414, 415, 416)
Economy of the Pacific Northwest (Ec 418)
International Economics (Ec 440, 441, 442)
For students who have not already had courses in these areas as undergradu-
ates, the following additional courses are also suggested (to be taken at the School
of Forestry, Oregon State University in Corvallis, through joint campus registra-
tion):
Forest Economics (F 412)
Forest Management (F 425)
Industrial Forestry (F 427)
Multiple-Use Management (F 522)
In the courses listed above, the students are required to write major term
papers or case reports relating the contents of the courses to problems and issues
of the forest industries. Copies of these papers are to be furnished to the Director
of the Forest Industries Management Center at the time of submission .to the par-
ticular course instructors.
Business Education. The School of Business Administration offers graduate
work leading to the Master of Science degree with a special field: Business Edu-
cation. The program provides the opportunity for a student to take work in
Business Education, some in Business Administration, and some in Education or
in an elective field. A thesis based on an area of interest to the student in Business
Education is also a part of the program.
The student's specific program will depend to a great extent upon his back-
ground and needs. Careful advising will prepare the individual for the program best
suited to his teaching goals.
Doctoral Program
HE DIVISION OF GRADUATE STUDIES offers a program of advanced
raduate study and research leading to the degree of Doctor of Business Admin-
stration, to careers in college. teaching and administration, and to responsible
esearch positions in business and government.
Admission. For admission to the doctoral program, the student must (1)
atisfy the admission requirements of the Graduate School, (2) have the back-
round of graduate work required for a master's degree in business administration,
nd (3) show evidence of exceptional academic promise.
Degree Requirements. The requirements for the D.B.A. degree are as fo1-
ows: (1) completion of a minimum of 63 term hours of work above the level ex-
)ected for a master's degree in business administration; (2) completion of a mini-
lUm of 9 term hours of work in each of the following areas: business organization
heory and policy; a major functional area of business (accounting, finance, mar-
eting, production); statistics and quantitative control; Advanced Economic
heory (Ec 458, 459, 460) ; a field of study other than business; (3) submission
f a thesis presenting an original and major contribution to an understanding of
he thesis subject, for a minimum of 18 term hours of credit (the student must
nroll for 3 term hours of thesis in each term the thesis is uncompleted after he has
assed his comprehensive examinations, up to a maximum of 36 term hours) ;
4) examinations, including (a) a qualifying examination., normally taken during
he student's second term of doctoral studies, (b) written comprehensive examina-
ions taken not less than one academic year before the student expects to comDlete
ork for the degree, and (c) a final oral defense of the thesis.
Reading knowledge of foreign languages is not required.
PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
Research. Doctoral candidates are expected to become actively engaged il
·the research program of the school. Opportunities for research experience aI"
provided in connection with projects of individual faculty members and in th
comprehensive program of the Bureau of Business Research.
Graduate Courses
Accounting and Business Statistics
*Ac SOL Research. Hours to be arranged.
*Ac 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Ac 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Development of Accounting Thought. Caplan.
Managerial Cost and Budget Analysis. Thomas, Caplan, Soha.
BS 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Industrial Dynamics. Mace.
Quantitative Analysis for Business Decisions. Baerncopf.
Ac 511,512. Accounting in Administration. (p) 3 hours each term.
Accelerated introduction to principles and procedures of accounting and th<
use of accounting data as a basis for business decisions; intensive survey a
the data-creating process followed by study of asset valuation, incOIIl<
measurement, cost analysis and control, and budgeting. Open only to graduatl
students who have not completed a college-level course in accounting.
BS 511. Statistics for Business Decisions. (p) 3 hours.
Accelerated study of business statistics; decision theory applications in busi
ness; probability, estimation, hypothesis testing, uses of subj ective probability
introduction to regression analysis. Open only to graduate students who hav'
not completed BS 232, BS 333 or equivalent. Prerequisite: one year of colleg,
mathematics.
Ac 540. Administrative Control. 3 hours.
Descriptive cybernetics and the concept of c';lI1trol as a property of a)l organ·
ized behavior; control attitudes and practices in human organizations; tra·
ditional and emerging views of the role of control in administration; problem:
of performance measurement; military command and control systems; rudi·
ments of information and communication theory; computer abuses; role 0
man in a controlled system; student papers usually theoretical and related t<
major fields. Harwood.
Ac 542. Accounting Verification. 3 hours.
Analysis of the· problems encountered in exammmg and reporting on th,
financial statements of a business enterprise, verification standards, theorJ
and application of sampling techniques, problems posed by data-processinl
machine systems, innovations in auditing concepts; selection, scope, an<
application of auditing procedures in the continued examination approach
Prerequisite: Ac 440, 441. Soha.
Ac 552. Accounting Theory. 3 hours.
Examination of some of the elements of the conceptual framework underlyinl
financial accounting reports, viewed in part as a postulate structure, in par'
as a series of decisions as to how and when changes in assets and liabilitie
shall be recognized. Readings in accounting literature, study of some curren
controversial areas in financial accounting theory. Course content varies some
what from year to year with changing interests of participants. Prerequisite
Ac 450. Thomas.
Ac 562. Cost Analysis and Interpretation. 3 hours.
Theory of cost analysis and the problem of determining cost for various de
* No·grade course.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 299
cision-makingpurposes; the function of the comptroller in management plan-
ning and .control, marginal and differential costs, the joint-cost problem, direct
costing, budgetmg, intrafirm pricing and pricing policy. Readings in cost ac-
counting literature and case studies. Prerequisite: Ac 361. Harwood, LuneskL
COURSE OFFERED ONLY IN SUMMER SESSIONS AND EXTENSION
.c 508. Workshop. Hours to be arranged.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
(Fordescriptiol1S, see pages 276·277)
.c 411, 412, 413. Income-Tax Procedures. (G) 2 hours each term.
.c 420, 421. Management Information Systems. (G) 3 hours each term.
.c 430. Fund Accounting. (G) 3 hours.
,S 432. Quantitative Analysis for Business Decisions. (G) 3 hours.
S 433. Special Topics in Business Statistics. (G) 3 hours.
;S 434. Applied Regression Analysis. (g) 3 hours.
S 435. Industrial Dynamics. (G) 3 hours.
.c 440, 441. Accounting Verification. (G) 3 hours each term.
.c 450,451. Special Topics in Accounting. (G) 3 hours each term.
.c 480, 481. Advanced Accounting Problems. (G) Hours to be arranged.
Finance and Business Environment
FBE SOL Research. Hours to be arranged.
BE 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
BE 507.· Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
BE 514. Financial Environment. (p) 3 hours.
The financial system as an external environment affecting business and
financial decisions. Characteristics of the overall financial system of an enter-
prise economy; nature and functions of money and credit, and their influence
on product demand and the supply of finance from the standpoint of the
individual business; roles of monetary and fiscal policy, debt management,
and the money and capital markets. Reed, Bauman, Parks.
E 516. Financial Management. (p) 3 hours.
Objectives, tools, methods, and problems of financial management from the
viewpoint of the firm; special problems, including funds acquisition, dividend
policy, capital acquisitions, taxes, mergers, forecasting, and investment bank-
ing. Anderson, Parks.
E 517. Legal Environment of Business. (p) 3 hours.
Designed to provide a basic legal background for the study of business ad-
ministration; contracts, agency, business organization, and fields within the
framework of the Uniform Commercial Code; international aspects of law
and business. Robert.
E 519. Business Ethics. 3 hours.
Ethical and social obligations which businessmen are expected to assume;
critical consideration of presuppositions, opinions, and practices manifest in
business enterprise and in business education. Richins.
E 520. Methods in Business Research. 3 hours.
Research techniques iu business; project design, analysis of data. Watsou.
* No-grade course.
300 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
FBE 525. Managerial Economics. 3 hours.
The varied forms in which economic concepts appear in the operation of indi
vidual business units; emphasis on the approach to problems of managemer
decision making and forward planning through formulation of problems in
conceptually quantitative manner capable of numerical solution. Integratio
of economic principles with various areas of business administration: the rol
of uncertainty given particular attention. Ballaine, Richins.
FBE 530. Problems in Business Planning and Forecasting. 3 hours.
Establishment of business plans for expansion and development on the basi
of economic and market data; planning fundamentals, forecasting procedure~
interrelations of marketing, financial and personnel planning, organization (
the planping and forecasting process; theories of business cycles and econ
omie growth. Lindholm.
FBE 540. Problems in Finance. 3 hours.
Finance function and its relationship to the firm's objectives; asset valuation
profit analysis; choice of capital acquisitions under uncertainty; the influenc
of the capital structure, dividend policy, and growth on the cost of capital
maximization of stock value; cash flow models of the firm; decision rules fo
controlling investment in receivables and inventories. Anderson.
FBE 545. Theory of Finance. 3 hours.
Application of financial principles to business problems such as: evaluation c
financial obj ectives; dividend policies; analysis of capital acquisitions; spe
ciaIized financing media; problems of valuation, merger, and reorganization
role and behavior of capital markets; analysis of cases. Anderson, Park~
Bauman.
FBE 550. Foreign Commercial Law. 3 hours.
Basic legal concepts applicable to. commercial transactions in foreign trade
comparison of commercial law and legal institutions of foreign countries an
the United States; major legal systems, including civil law, Islamic law, an
common law; legal documents involved in foreign-trade transactions; anti
trust problems in international trade. Robert.
FBE 565. Security Analysis. 3 hours.
Comprehensive analysis of specific industries; critical evaluation of firm
within these industries; comparative analysis of these firms' securities an
their potential contribution to stipulated investment objectives. Prerequisite
FBE 464 or equivalent. Bauman.
FBE 566. Investment Problems. 3 hours.
Development of sound principles of investment management: relation (
investment policy to money and capit,al markets and business fluctuations
selection of securities for investment portfolios in the light of long- an
short-range objectives of the investor. Prerequisite: FBE 464 or equivalen
Bauman.
FBE 570. Commercial Banking. 3 hours.
The role of commercial banks in the economy as suppliers of credit to cor
sumers, business firms, and governments; emphasis on factors involved .i
managing the sources and use of funds, b~nk liquidity, and efficacy of t~
banking structure; analysis of loan and investment policies, capital structUl
and adequacy, supervision and regulation, and profitability. Reed.
FBE 571. International Finance and Investment. 3 hours.
The international monetary system; balartce of payments; liquidity; foreigl
exchange market; foreign investment; international and regional financi
institutions. Not open to students who have taken FBE 474.
FBE 572. International Commercial Relations. 3 hours.
Commercial documents; United States trade patterns, composition, and stru,
ture; United States commercial policy; international trade organization~
regional trade groupings; trade of emerging nations. Not open to students wi
have taken FBE 475.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 301
FBE 573. International Business Operations. 3 hours.
Functional management within multinational corporations; case studies of
operations abroad; focus on managerial decision making. Not open to students
who have taken FBE 476.
FBE 575. The Money Market. 3 hours.
Money-market instruments and institutions, and the part they play in the
money market of the nation; analysis of the factors that influence the cost and
availability of credit and money, including the influence of the Federal Re-
serve System and the Treasury. The aim is to develop an ability to analyze
and appraise money-market trends and developments. Reed, Lindholm.
FBE 580. Goverrunent and Private Financial Institutions. 3 hours.
The place and functions of government and private financial institutions in a
business economy; emphasis on their influence in the saving-investment
process and on the implications of their lending and investing policies on the
level of employment and allocation of resources; current problems and pros-
pective developments.
COURSE OFFERED ONLY IN SUMMER SESSIONS AND EXTENSION
.BE 508. Workshop. Hours to be arranged.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
(For descriptions, see pages 281-282)
.BE 460. Commercial Bank Management. (g) 3 hours.
•BE 474. Foreign Exchange and Internation"l Finance Management. (G) 3
hours. .
.BE 475. Foreign-Trade Marketing. (G) 3 hours.
• BE476. Foreign Business Operations. (G) 3 hours.
Marketing, Insurance, and Transportation
'MIT 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
'MIT 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
I'fIT 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Marketing Theory. Remington.
Consumer Behavior. Smith.
Marketing Communication. Smith.
Risk Management. Greene.
Transportation Problems. Sampson.
Physical Distribution Management. Strom.
Marketing Research. Remington, Andrus.
Product Innovation. Andrus.
Entrepreneurship. Smith.
tflT 511. Administration of the Marketing Function. (p) 3 hours.
Environment of marketing decisions; design of a marketing program; nature
and behavior of markets; marketing planning ; product, channel, pricing, and
promotion decisions; marketing and the law; evaluating marketing efficiency.
{IT 520. Marketing Problems and Policies. 3 hours.
Marketing and formal planning; uncertainty and decision making'; marketing
position analysis; problems in the management of the marketing mix; design
of marketing campaigns, facilities, organization, and systems; evaluation of
marketing performance.
HT 521. Pricing Policies. 3 hours.
The development of individual company pricing policies; intra-industry pric-
* No-grade course.
302 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
ing policies and their competitive aspects; influence of trade associations ir
price determination; legislation and pricing; effect of specific court rulings or
price policy. Remington.
MIT 530. Problems in Industrial Marketing. 3 hours.
The marketing of industrial goods; environmental effects on marketing
major issues of product policy, pricing, marketing programs, and marketin~
organization.
MIT 540. Problems in Forest Industries Management. 3 hours.
Historical, economic, social, and technological factors affecting the currenl
and future operations of the forest products industry.
MIT 549. Transportation Theory and Practice. 3 hours.
For graduate students with little or no undergraduate background in trans'
portation. Two hours of lecture-discussion weekly, plus individual consulta·
tions. Extensive reading. Sampson, Strom.
MIT 555. Risk and Insurance Theory. 3 hours.
Major problems of insurance theory; mathematical, psychological, economic
statistical, and legal aspects; relation of business organization to theory ir
risk and insurance; application of theory to practical problems of insuren
and the insured. Greene.
MIT 556. Pensions and Group Insurance. 3 hours.
Economic and business conditions giving rise to the pension movement. Thl
role of private pension plans and group life and disability insurance in overal
employee benefit plans. Funding, tax, actuarial, and legal problems in pension!
and group insurance. Profit-sharing and labor-negotiated plans. Case studie!
of industrial retirement plans. Greene.
MIT 557. Analysis of Business Risk. 3 hours.
The risk-management concept; corporate organization for insurance and ris~
management; analysis of exposure to loss; self-insurance versus commercia
insurance; control of commercial insurance costs; use of captive insurers.
MIT 561. Analysis of Consumer Behavior. 3 hours.
Behavioral-science concepts utilized in the analysis of life-style patterns of th,
ultimate consumer; values and behavioral patterns of consumer segments, an(
their significance for marketing. Not open to students who have taken MrI
341. Smith.
MIT 562. Marketing Communications. 3 hours.
Analysis of the environmental conditions that enhance or inhibit the firms' at.
tempt to design and use the most effective commul1lcatlon for demand cultiva
tion. Prerequisite: MIT 561. Not open to students who have taken MIT 341
Smith.
MIT 563. Marketing Concepts and Theory. 3 hours.
Application of theoretical concepts in the social sciences to the development 0
a theory of marketing. Prerequisite: 9 hours of graduate work in marketing
consent of instructor. Smith.
COURSE OFFERED ONLY IN SUMMER SESSIONS AND EXTENSION
MIT 508. Workshop. Hours to be arranged.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
(For descriptions, see pages 287-288)
MIT 418. Commercial and Industrial Site Location.. (G) 3 hours.
MIT 430. Advanced Real Estate and Urban Land Use. (G) 3 hours.
MIT 431. Residential Property Development. (G) 3 hours.
MIT 451. Transportation Regulatory Laws and Procedures. (G) 3 hours.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 303
,fIT 452. Special Problems in Transportation and Traffic Management (G)
3 hours.
I'lIT 455. Business Insurance and Risk Management. (G) 3 hours.
I'lIT 456. Life and Health Insurance. (G) 3 hours.
I'lIT 457. Special Topics in Risk and Insuranc.e. (G) 3 hours.
I'lIT 458. Social Insurance. (G) 3 hours.
I'lIT 467. Public Utility Management. (G) 3 hours.
Personnel and Industrial Management
PIM 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
PIM 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
)IM 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Research Design. Shaffer.
Computer in Business. Ramsing.
Industrial Management Concepts. Vance.
Comparative Management Systems. Seubert.
)IM 511. Industrial Administration. (p) 3 hours.
Concepts and techniques basic to sound industrial administration; scientific
management, technological change, organization structure and dynamics, de-
cision making; techniques of production control, work measurement, sta-
tistical quality control, newer quantitative tools such as linear programming.
Case studies. Vance.
rIM 528. Concepts in Industrial Management. 3 hours.
Analysis of such organization parameters as capacity, control, authority, pro-
ductivity, etc.; impact of managerial policies and practices on these concepts.
'1M 530. Production Programming. 3 hours.
Analysis of schematic and mathematical models in the allocation of produc-
tive resources in the manufacturing process; linear programming, statistical
techniques, and other quantitative norms applied in production control, equip-
ment replacement analysis, economic lot size determination, and quality con-
trol. Not open to studeilts who have taken PIM 429. Vallce.
'1M 531. Theory of Business Organization. 3 hours.
The role of theory in the social sciences; research and theory dealing with or-
ganizational structure, leadership, communication, evaluation, decision mak-
ing, control; an attempt to integrate traditional and behavioral-science ap-
proaches to organization and organizational behavior. Miner, Seubert.
'1M 532. Problems in Business Policies. 3 hours.
Business policy formulation considered as a derivative of corporate objectives
and philosophy; emphasis on the effects of intra- and extra-organizational
forces which require periodic policy modifications. Analysis of specific case
illustrations on a company and an industry basis. Research into the conceptual
and operational ramifications of a current problem. Seubert, Vance.
'1M 533. Theory of the Industrial Work Group. 3 hours.
Major theories of group formation and behavior considered in terms of their
implications for business management; analysis of the literature concerning
supervisory behavior and leadership, characteristics of managers, group co-
hesiveness, conformity, productivity standards, problem-solving efficiency, and
morale. Miner, Shaffer.
.IM 534. Personnel Administration. 3 hours.
Mobilizing and deploying the human resources of the enterprise, from the
standpoint of the personnel-administration specialist; employment, training,
* N a-grade course,
304 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
evaluation, wage and salary administration; labor relations from the stand
point of the firm; specialist contributions to personnel programs. Shaffer.
PIM 535. Personnel Psychology. 3 hours.
Analysis of studies in psychological literature concerning techniques of per
sonnel selection and screening, methods of evaluating employee and mana
gerial performance, training and management development, effects of workin
conditions on performance, job and equipment design in relation to employe
characteristics, and attitude and morale measures. Miner.
PIM 536. Organizational Conflict and Change. 3 hours.
Factors contributing to internal conflict and to changed patterns of behavia
within organizations, from the viewpoint of business management; manager
ial decision making and conflict; implications of cultural values for the ad
ministration of scientific research groups; labor-management conflict; cc
ercion and manipulation; planned change. Miner, Shaffer.
UPPIER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
(F(}r descriptilJ1ts, see PQ.[jcs 290·291)
PIM 412. Personnel Management. (g) 3 hours.
PIM 413. Wage and Salary Administration. (G) 3 hours.
PIM 414. Problems in Personnel Management. (g) 3 hours.
PIM 429. Production Planning and Control. (G) 3 hours.
PIM 480. Business History. (G) 3 hours.
Dental School
HAROLD ]. NOYES, D.D.S., M.D., Dean of the Dental School.
LOUIS G. TERKLA, D.M.D. Assistant Dean for Academic Affairs.
EUGENE W. BAUER, B.S., Assistant Dean for Business Affairs.
ERNEST A. HURLEY, D.M.D., Registrar.
ROBERT M. DONNELL, M.A., Librarian.
THE UNIVERSITY OF OREGON DENTAL SCHOOL, located in Port-
land, was established through an act of the 1945 Oregon Legislature; the act ac-
cepted the gift of the property of the North Pacific College of Oregon, and incor-
porated the college into the Oregon State System of Higher Education as a school
of the University. The North Pacific College was the outgrowth of the merger In
1900 of the Tacoma Dental College (founded in 1893) and the Oregon College of
Dentistry (founded in 1898).
The Dental School offers a professional curriculum in dentistry, leading to
the degree of Doctor of Dental Medicine, graduate programs leading to the Mas-
ter of Science degree with majors in the fields of anatomy, bacteriology, biochem-
istry, dental materials, operative dentistry and dental materials, oral pathology,
orthodontics, pedodontics, pharmacology, and physiology, and two-year program
for the training of dental hygienists.
The professional curriculum is organized to provide the basic ·scientific
knowledge, the mechanical skills, and the clinical experience essential for com-
petence and success in dentistry. The curriculum requires four years of didactic
and clinical training, following two or more academic years of preprofessional
work in liberal arts in an accredited college or university. The University offers,
on the. Eugene campus, a three-year predental curriculum which satisfies the ad-
mission requirements of the Dental School (see page 157).
Students completing the two-year dental-hygiene program may, by taking
two additional years of work on the Eugene campus, satisfy the requirements for
the Bachelor of Science degree with a major in health education (see SCHOOL OF .
HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, AND RECREATION).
Detailed information concerning the Dental School is published in a separate
atalog ; copies will be furnished on request.
[ 305 ]
II
I
I
School of Education
PAUL B. JACOBSON, Ph.D., Dean of the School of Education.
CLARENCE HINES, D.Ed., Associate Dean of the School of Education.
KEITH GOLDHAMMER, Ph.D., Associate Dean of the School of Education.
Professors: MAX ABBOTT, HAROLD ABEL, C. E. AVERY, 1. B. BERKSON, F. L. BRIS-
SEY, R. O. CARLSON, W. W. CHARTERS, FRANK FARNER, KEITH GOLDHAM·
MER,* GRACE GRAHAM, N. R. HAWK, A. C. HEARN, CLARENCE HINES, C. L.
HUFFAKER (emeritus), P. B. JACOBSON, P. E. KAMBLY,t R. N. LOWE, GEORGE
MARTIN, HOSHANG MEHTA, ARTHUR MITTMAN, R. E. NYE, ARTHUR PEARL,
J. F. RUMMEL, A. A. SANDiN, GUY SHELLENBARGER, V. S. SPRAGUE, F. L,
STETSON (emeritus), HAROLD STOKE, ]. B. STROUD, D. E. TOPE,:j: W. L. VAN
LOAN, H. B. WOOD.
Associate Professors: M. H. ACKER, BARBARA BATEMAN, DOROTHY N. CAND-
LAND,§ ]. E. DE JUNG, E. VV. DILS, L. D. FISK,§ JOHN HANSEN, RICHARI
HILLS, JOHN LALLAS, JOHN LOUGHARY, L. L. LOVELL, ESTHER MATTHEWS,
R. C. MATTSON, FRANCIS NICKERSON, VERNICE T. NYE,t HENRY OSIBOV, HER.
BERT PREHM, JESSIE PUCKETT, RICHARD RANKIN, O. F. SCHAAF, CLARENCE
SCHMINKE, FRANCES G. SCOTT, J. E. SUTTLE,~ JORDAN UTSEY, RUTH WIL-
LARD,:j: MILDRED WILLIAMS.
Assistant Professors: F. A. BENSON, M. B. BERRYHILL, G. K. BOGEN, ROBER1
BOWLIN, HAZEL BRESLIN, C. S. BUMBARGER, O. C. CHRISTENSEN, BARTON
CLEMENTS, ROBERT FUCHIGAMI, JANE GEHRING, SUSAN GILMORE, L. A,
HAMERLYNCK, RONALD HENDERSON, JAMES HOTCHKISS, EDNA KEHL, GREG-
ORY MALTBY, M. C. MARTINSON, VICTOR PERKES, GEORGE PETEIlSEN, GAYLORI
RYBOLT, GEORGE SHEPERD, D. P. TEN BRINKE, ANDREW THOMPSON, SAUL
TOOBERT, H. F. WOLCOTT.
Senior Instructors: JAMES BOOTH, HAZEL E. HOLBOKE, SUSAN MILLER, RUTH
WAUGH.
Instructors: JACQUELINE BROCKWAY, KARL HARDIN, DONALD JACOBS, J. A. KEITH,
JOANNE LAMBETH, MELVIN MEAD, W. L. MILLER, MARGARET NIELSEN, EVA
M. O'NEIL, HOWARD RICHARDSON, MONTANA H. RICKARDS, E. ]. SKINNER
NONDA STONE.
Fellows: W. R. ARNOLD, C. C. BOMONT, L. G. BREEN, D. E. CRUIKSHANK, JOHN
EDMUNDSON, SILVIA HAGE, J. L. HOLMES, JOHN JENSEN, C. W. KNIGHT II
P. R. LUNDY, PAUL LUTZ, R. M. NEUFER, ]ENS ROBINSON, J. C. WHITE.
Assistants : WILLIAM ALDRIDGE, DUANE ANDERS, MURL ANDERSON, BOB ARCHI-
BALD, G. L. BECKER, P. E. BELL, NANCY BUCKLEY, RONALD COLLINS, RICHARI
COWGER, J. R. FISHER, VINCENT GALLO, RODERICK GROSHONG, MERLYN Gun,
SER, R. E. HAMILL, F. L. HEESACKER, E. H. HEUSSER, GERALD HOLLINGS'
WORTH, G. O. HORTON, ROBERT HOSTETTER, DIANE JOHNSTON, ]. C. JONES
ROGER KERSHNER, JOHN KOELLING, JAMES LAURENT, JOSEPH MALIK, JACE
MARTIN, H. E. MAY, W. T. MAYNARD, DIANE MCCOLL, G. H. McINTYRE
J. D. MILLER, GERARD MURPHY, W. A. NELSON, LOVELLA NOLL, MICHAEL
NORTHAM, P. K. PIELE, G. \V. ROBERTSON, ]. S. ROSE, EUGENE SAPAKOFF
A. D. SELINGER, KENNETH SLADE, T. M. STIPEK, FRANCIS THIEMANN, BEV·
ERLY TIMMONS, PAUL TUCKER, CARROLL TYLER, CHRISTINE WALKEN, H. M
WALKER, DENNIS WARNER, Roy YASUI.
* On leave of absence, fall and winter terms, 1966·67.
t On sabhatical leave, winter and spring terms, 1966-67.
t On sabbatical leave, fall term, 1966-67.
§ On leave of ahsence 1966-67.
" On sabbatical leave 1966-67.
[ .306 J
EDUCATION 307
THE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION offers undergraduate and graduate .work
,n teacher education at the elementary and secondary levels. Instruction is' also
)ffered, principally at the graduate level, in the fields of school administration,
;chool psychological services, and higher education.
The University of Oregon is accredited by the National Council for Accred-
tation of Teacher Education for the preparation of elementary and secondary
:eachers, school administrators, and specialists in school personnel services. The
:ouncil has also approved the graduate programs in these fields leading to the
naster's and doctor's degree.
Admission to Teacher Education. Students may enroll in methods courses
n the School of Education only after they have been admitted to the teacher educa-
:ion program. Admission requirements include. (I) at least sophomore standing,
(2) a cumulative GPA of at least 2.25, (3) speech Clearance, (4) writing clearance,
md (5) recommendation by the Office of Student Affairs. Further information and
ldmission application forms may he ohtained in the Teacher Education Office in
:he School of Education.
Undergraduate Program. In planning its teacher education program, the
:Jniversity recognizes three qualifications for a good teacher; (1) a broad and
iberal education; (2) a mastery of suhject matter; (3) a knowledge of child and
ldolescentpsychology and an understanding of professional problems and tech-
liques. .
Students preparing for secondary-school teaching are usually required to
:omplete their work for a bachelor's degree with a major in a subject field-
:aking as electives the professional courses in education required for teacher certi-
ication. An undergraduate major program in education is, however, available
lrincipally for students preparing for elementary-school teaching. The program
eads to the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science, or Bachelor of Education
egree.
Honors. See HONORS COLLEGE, pages 132 ff.
Graduate Program. Professional work in education beyond the undergradu-
te courses required for certification is offered principally at the graduate level.
pecialized graduate work is offered in school administration, curriculum and
upervision, school psychological services, curriculum and instruction, elementary
ducation, secondary education, higher education, educational foundations, and
usic education. Graduate work in education leads to the following degrees: Mas-
r of Arts, Master of Science, Master of Education, Doctor of Philosophy, Doctor
f Education.
Special programs of graduate study are also offered toward the satisfaction of
e Oregon state requirement of a fifth year of college work for the standard sec-
ndary-school certificate. The student may qualify, 0\1 the completion of the fifth
ear, for an interdisciplinary M.A. or M.S. in a program planned especially for
achers or for a departmental degree with a major in a subject field or in educa-
on.
Bureau of Educational Research. The Bureau of Educational Research
nducts basic research in the field of education and provides consultant and
eld services to the schools of the state for the solution of problems related to
e administration, organization, and operation of educational programs.
Affiliated with the Bureau is the Oregon School Study Council, a research and
rvice agency sponsored by the Oregon State Department of Education, the Ore-
on School Boards Association, and the University of Oregon. Its program is
pported by dues paid by participating school districts.
Curriculum Library. The Curriculum Library, located in the University
ibrary, provides facilities for sp'ecialized study of the public school curriculum
308 PROFESSION AL SCHOOLS
",
and for practical research on curriculum problems. The materials of the librar)
include: (I) recent and important courses of study, units, and other curriculurr
materials available in the United States; (2) a comprehensive collection of ele·
mentary- and secondary-school textbooks; (3) an extensive file of standardizer
texts and other instruments of pupil evaluation; (4) a large collection of free anr
inexpensive pamphlets, maps, exhibits, and other material suitable for use in th(
classroom; (5) bibliographies on various phases of the public school curriculum
Placement Service. The University maintains a central Placement Servicl
which provides assistance to graduating students and alumni who are seeking
new or-better teaching and administrative positions at the elementary, secondary
and college levels. See page 90.
Teacher Education
Foundations of Education
Broad fundamental courses offered by the School of Education for students
preparing for teaching and administration at all levels of education are listed
below.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
Ed 310. The School in American Life. 3 hours.
The school as a social institution; the impact of dominant characteristics of
American society on the school; historical developments of elementary and
secondary education; patterns of curriculum development; school organiza-
tion; school law; current issues in education. Wolcott.
Ed 315. Human Development and Learning. 5 hours.
The understanding of children's behavior at various developmental levels
during the school years; learning theories and principles, and application
to classroom situations; individual differences as they effect developmental
and learning patterns; methods of evaluating changes in children's behavior.
Rummel.
Ed 317, 318. Social Foundations of Teaching. 3 hours each term.
First term: the nature and influence of such social determinants of child be
havior as family, class structure, peer groups, mass media of communication
etc.; the social status oJ childhood, emerging rights, agencies concerned wit
children. Second term: the social role of the school, including a study 0
community-analysis techniques as an approach to the school environment
community resources for teaching, and ways of utilizing these resources; edu
cational implication of children's out-of-school activities and problems; com
munity beliefs and practices, and their relation to the curriculum. Graham
Ed 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
Ed 407. Seminar. (G) Hours to be arranged.
Logic and Learning.
Ed 435. Audio-Visual Aids. (G) 4 hours.
The development and use of audio-visual aids in education. Emphasis on actua
learning situations in which radio, recordings, films, slides, pictures, map
charts, etc. are utilized. Sources of materials and equipment; administratio
of audio-visual programs. Anderson.
Ed 440. History of Education. (G) 3 hours.
A general review of the growth and development ofeducation in relation t
the civilization of the times; emphasis on development of educational philoso
phies.
EDUCATION 309
~d 441. History of American Education. (G) 3 hours.
The intellectual development of the United States, with special reference to
the development of the school system. Prerequisite: knowledge of American
history.
~d 445. Modern Philosophies of Education. (G) 3 hours.
An examination of educational philosophies proposed by recent leaders and
critics of American educational theory and practice.
~d 476. School Law and Organization. (G) 2 hours any term.
Oregon laws applying to schools and teachers; teacher personnel policies and
practices; professional organizations; means for continued professional
growth.
~d 491. Social Education. (G) 3 hours.
Structure and functioning of society, as a background for the study and evalu-
ation of education in its varied forms; the contribution of sociological princi-
ples and findings to the improvement of educational practices. Graham.
GRADUATE COURSES
'Ed 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
'Ed 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
~d 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
~d 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Ed 508. Workshop. Hours to be arranged.
Opportunity for group work on special problems.
d 542. Urbanization, the Pupil, and the School. 3 hours.
Prevailing social patterns in urban society that are pertinent to an under-
standing of what pupils learn and study, pupil behavior in general, and school
problems; impact of urbanization on the changing American family, teenage
culture, population migrations, and the school. Emphasis on effects on children.
Graham.
d 545. School and Society in the Recent Past. 3 hours.
Theliberal evolution in modern education; the state and education; freedom in
teaching; education and social ends; the place of religion in secular education.
d 598. Comparative Education. 3 hours.
Educational systems, philosophies, curricula, and recent developments in
European, Asian, African, Pan-American, and other countries of the world;
origins; factors underlying common and unique characteristics of various
educational systems. Wood.
COURSES OFFERED ONLY IN SUMMER SESSIONS AND EXTENSION
d475. Parent-Teacher Organizations. 2 hours (extension and summer ses-
sions) .
d 478. Improvement of Instruction in Reading. (G) 3 hours (extension).
Elementar:y Education
In the field of elementary education the University offers (1) a four-year
rogram leading 'to a bachelor's degree and (2) a full program of graduate work
ading to advanced degrees.
Undergraduate Program. The undergraduate program in elementary edu-
tion is planned to meet the requirements of the Oregon State Board of Education
t a basic certificate. Theprogram includes: (l) a broad distribution of studies
* No..grade courSe.
310 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
in subject fields, (2) three integrated blocks of professional courses, and (3) a
additional group of professional courses. The three blocks must be taken in se
quence, and the instruction included in each block must be taken concurrently.
.................................. 12-15
Professional Courses
General Education Courses*
Arts and Letters:
English Composition (Wr 121, 122, 123) .
Fundamentals of Speech (SI' 121)
Literature (Eng 101, 102, 103, Eng 104, 105, 106, or Eng 107,108,109) ..
Art in the Elementary School (Art 311, 312)
Music Fundamentals (Mus 321, 322)
Electives (language, literature, literary criticism, speech)
Social Science:
History of the United States (one term)
Introduction to Geography (one term)
Sequence in social science-completion of history or geography
sequence or any year seqnence 'which satisfies the social
science group requirement .....
Social science electives (total of 27 term honTs in
social science required)
Science:
General Biology _
Physical Science
Sequence in science~conlpletionof hiology or physical science
sequence or any year sequence, except psychology J which
satisfies the science group requirement _ _ .
t1\Iathematics for Elementary Teachers (l\Ith 121, 122)
Science eleetives (total of 26 term hours in science required) """
Health and Physical Education:
Physical Education (PE 180) . .
Games for the Elementary School (PE 221), Rhythms for the
Elementary School (PE 222), Fund. Body Movement, Posture,
Tumbling (PE 223)
Elementary·School Health Education (HE 450)
Block I:
Human Development & Learning (Ed 315)
Intra. to Basic Classroom Procedures (Ed 33 I)
Block II:
Teaching Language Arts in the Elementary School (Ed 332)
Teaching Reading in the Elementary School (Ed 335) .
Student Teac1)ing (Ed 415)
Block III:
Teaching Social Studies & Science in the Element. School (Eel 334)
Student Teaching (Ed 415)
Additional Professional Courses:
Social Foundations of Teaching (Ed 317)
Teaching :Mathematics in the Elementary School (Ed 333)
Art in the Elementary School (ArE 313)
lVlusic .Methods for Elementary Teachers (::.'lInE 383)
Methods in Elementary·School Phys. Ed. (PE 420)
Chilchen's Literatme (Lib 451)
Term HOUl
9
3
9
4
4
6
6-9
4
4
8-12
6
0-4
.2
3
3
3
4
5
II
3
3
3
3
3
The University also has an elementary teacher education program that in
cludes a period of internship: For information concerning this program, consu:
the Teacher Education Office, School of Education.
Graduate Program. The graduate program in the field of elementary educa
tion is designed to provide continued study opportunities for professional personm
in the field and, with the cooperation of other divisions of the University, to pn
pare master elementary-school teachers, elementary-school principals, supervisor:
and directors, college teachers in the field of elementary education, and othe
specialists with responsibilities for the education of children. A brochure describin
the gradnate program in elementary education will be furnished on request to til
School of Education .
..- Honors College courses may he taken in place of the courses in literature, social scienc
and science listed below as req uirements.
t Stndents who have had equivalent work in mathematies are exempt from this requiremen
EDUCATION 311
UPPER·DIVISION COURSES
Ed 330. Field Experience. 1-2 hours.
Direct experience with children of all ages, with selection of setting deter-
mined by student needs; work with hospitalized, mentally retarded, or delin-
quent children; September experience in a regular classroom during the first
two weeks of the school year; leadership in recreational activities. Holboke.
Ed 331. Introduction to Basic Classroom Procedures. 2 hours.
The elementary teacher's role in the organization of time, space, and materials.
To accompany directed observation and participation in elementary-school
classroom activities, one-half day a week.
Ed 332. Teaching Language Arts in the Elementary School. 3 hours.
Language development from kindergarten through elementary school; em-
phasis on language as a means of thinking and communication. Curriculum,
methods, materials, and evaluation in the teaching of speaking, listening, hand-
writing, spelling, correct language usage, etc. Carlson.
Ed 333. Teaching Mathematics in the Elementary School. 3 hours.
Arithmetic in the elementary-school program. Types of instruction, criteria
for selection, placement, and organization of content. Prerequisite: Ed 315.
Schminke.
Ed .~U 'T'eaching Social Studies and Science in the Elementary SchooLS
hours.
;:'oual studies and science in the elementary-school curriculum. Ways of devel-
oping basic concepts in human relationships and community living. Emphasis
on the effective use of instructional media and on related problems of indiviCl-
ual differences, cultivation of critical thinking, provision for growth and re-
tention, and methods of evaluating results of instruction. Prerequisite: Ed 315.
d 335. Teaching Reading in the Elementary School. 3 hours.
The nature of the reading process; development of reading readiness, word
recognition, study skills, vocabulary, comprehension, and reading interest.
Methods of diagnosing difficulties; evaluation of programs; selection of
materials. Utsey.
Ed 404. Seminar: Elementary Student Teaching. 2 hours.
d 405. Reading and .Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Ed 414. Student Teaching: Kindergarten. 3-15 hours (IS hours maximum
credit) .
Ed 415. Student Teaching: Grades 1-6. 3-15 hours (15 hours maximum credit).
UPPER-DIVISION COURSE CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
d 407. Seminar. (G) Hours to be arranged.
d 451. Early Childhood Education. (G) 3 hours.
Relationship of the development of young children to the educational pro-
grams provided for them. Program planning; group behavior; individual
behavior; the place of the teacher; equipment; activities; books and music
for young children.
GRADUATE COURSES
Ed 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
Ed 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
d 50S. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Independent study for graduate students interested in special problems or
topics in elementary education.
d 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
* No-grade course.
312 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
*Ed 508. Workshop. Hours to be arranged.
Opportunity for group work on special problems.
Ed 534. Science in the Elementary School. 3 hours.
The place of science in the elementary school, with particular reference to th
value of science in the lives of children. Selecting and organizing content; co
ordinating science with elementary-school activities; methods and materials
rooms and equipment. Suttle.
Ed 535. Social Studies in the Elementary School. 3 hours.
Social-education objectives; children's social problems; unit development
work-study skills : organization of the program; materials; research finding
basic to the social education of children. Willard.
Ed 536. Language Arts in the Elementary School. 3 hours.
The role of language arts in the elementary-school program; objectives; re
search findings on language development; the teaching of spelling, writin~
and speaking-listening skills; newer instructional materials; testing and eval
uation. Carlson.
Ed 537. Reading in the Elementary School. 3 hours.
Nature of the reading process, objectives, organization of a desirable readinl
program; reading readiness, reading skills; procedures and materials for de
veloping children's reading abilities; methods of diagnosing difficulties am
evaluating progress; research findings concerning the teaching of children t,
read. Willard. , '
Ed 538. Mathematics in the Elementary School. 3 hours.
Number abilities needed by children; research findings in mathematics educa
tion; designing number experiences; theories of teaching, desirable teachini
procedures, selection and use of materials. Schminke.
Secondary Education
Under Oregon school law, five years of collegiate preparation, includinl
specified work in education and in subject fields, is required for a standard teach
er's certificate. However, graduates of accredited colleges and universities wh
have completed a four-year teacher-education program may, on graduation, b
granted a basic certificate, which is valid for three years. For renewal of th
basic certificate after three years, 24 term hours of work toward the completio
of the fifth-year program are required.
Junior High-School Teaching. The following education courses are recom
mended as part of the preparation of junior high-school teachers:
Term HOUIJunior Year
Human Development & Learning (Ed 315) ,,_______ __ .
Reading in High School & College (Ed 469) : . "
Senior Year
The Junior High School (Ed 484)
Special Methods (Ed 408) _
Student Teaching: Junior High School (Ed 416)
Electives in education _
Graduate Year
Junior High School Curriculum (Ed 571) _
Principles & Practices of Guidance Services (Ed 485) _,
Diagnostic Techniques in the Basic Skills (Ed 465)
Electives in education _
5
3
3
3
10
6
3
3
6
A special program, leading to the bachelor's degree, for prospective j unio
high-school language arts-social studies teachers is offered through the School u
Education. The requirements are as follows:
* No·grade course.
EDUCATION
Language arts:
English Composition {or Teachers (Wr 411)
Modern English Grammar (Eng 492) _
American literature .... _
English literature
Literary Analysis for Teachers (Eng 488) _
History of the English Language (Eng 491)
English electives
Speech elective
313
Term Hours
3
3
9
9
3
3
6
3
Social studies:
Introductory geography . __ .
Geography of North America (Geog 302, 303)
Atlantic and Mediterranean Europe_ (Geog 471) _
Central and Eastern Europe (Geog 472) _
Soviet Union (Geog 473) _ _
Geography electives . __ ..
American history ._ .. .__ __ .
European or world history _ _._ ..
History electives ._ _............ .
Electives in other social-science fields
Professional education _
Including courses recommended above for junior high-school teachers and.
in addition: Seminar: September Experience (Ed 407); Principles of Re-
medial Education (Ed 429); History of American Education (Ed 441)_
9
6
3
3
3
12
9
9
12
15
38
Senior High-School Teaching. The following education courses are recom-
mended as part of the preparation of secondary teachers:
Junior Year
Human Development-& Learning (Ed 315) _
Reading in High School & College (Ed 46,}) _
Term Hours
Senior Year
*Special Secondary Methods (Ed 408)__________ 3
*Stndent Teaching: Junior High (Ed 416) or Senior High (Ed 417) 10
Graduate Year
Philosophy or history of education __
Courses in two of more of the {allowing fields of education: curriculum, evalu·
ation of learning, guidance & counseling, teaching of reading, social
foundations of education, education of the exceptional child, educational
teaching media _............ 12
A student who has completed the courses listed under "junior year" and
"senior year," has attained adequate preparation in a subject field, has earned a
bachelor's degree, and has been recommended to the Oregon State Department of
Education by the University, is eligible for a basic certificate. A student who has
taken part of his preparatory work at another institution, especially an out-of-state
institution, should consult the School of Education concerning allowed equivalents
for the satisfaction of Oregon requirements_
Before assignment to student teaching, a student must obtain the recommen-
dation of his major school or department.
Subject Preparation. Under regulations adopted by the Oregon State Board
of Education, new teachers employed in approved high schools may be assigned to
teach only in those subject fields in which they have been recommended by the
University as having adequate preparation.
One of the student's subject fields l11ust be a field in which the University
offers supervised teaching: art, biology, business, chemistry, English, French,
general science, German, health education, journalism, Latin, librarianship, mathe-
matics, music, physical education, physics, social studies, Spanish, or speech and
.. This work may be taken in the graduate year, but may not be .applied toward a graduate
degree; Ed 416 or Ed 417 is required for the basic eertificate.
314 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
drama. For specific requirements in these fields the student should consult the
special advisers for prospective teachers in each field. Names of advisers are avail-
able upon inquiry at the Certification Office in the School of Education.
The University also has a secondary teacher education program that includes
a period of internship. For details of this program, consult the School of
Education.
Graduate Wark. Most students, while meeting the fifth-year requirements for
standard secondary teacher certification, find it possible to satisfy, at the same
time, the requirements for an interdisciplinary master's degree or for a depart-
mental master's degree in a subject field or in education.
UPPER.DIVISION COURSES
Ed 314. Principles of Secondary Teaching. 3 hours.
Study of the actual classroom teaching process, including classroom organiza-
tion and management, planning teaching units, evaluating pupil learning, and
similar problems. Prerequisite: Ed 315. Kambly.
Ed 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Ed 408. Special Secondary Methods. 1 to 3 hours.
Prerequisite: Ed 315.
*Ed 416. Student Teaching: Junior High School. 3-15 hours.
15 hours maximum credit for Ed 416 or Ed 417 or any combination of these
courses.
. *Ed 417. Student Teaching: Senior High School. 3-15 hours.
15 hours maximum credit for Ed 416 or Ed 417 or any combination of these
courses.
UPPER·DIVISION COURSES' CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
Ed 407. Seminar. (G) Hours to be arranged.
Ed 427. School Activities. (G) 3 hours.
Principles and purposes of school activities; pupil participation in school gov-
ernment; assemblies; clubs, social activities; athletics, speech activities,
drama, music, publications; evaluation of the school activity program. Hearn.
Ed 484. The Junior High School. (G) 3 hours.
Origin and functions of the junior high school; characteristics and needs of
the early adolescent; administration of the junior high school; curriculum
and instruction; guidance; school activities; evaluation. Hansen.
GRADUATE COURSES
*Ed 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
*Ed 503. Thesis. Hoursto be arranged.
Ed 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Ed 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
*Ed 508. Workshop. Hours to be a,rranged.
Opportunity for group work on special problems.
Ed 593. M'ethods in Secondary-School Language Arts. 3 hours.
Review of research in the problems of teaching language arts in the second-
ary schools; observation and participation in demonstration teaching of litera-
ture, grammar, and composition. Designed for administrators and supervisors,
as well as classroom teachers. Prerequisite: teaching experience or consent
of instructor.
• No·grade course.
EDUCATION 315
Ed 594. Methods in Secondary-School Mathematics. 3 hours.
Development of proficiency in the use of the problem-solving approach to the
teaching of topics in arithmetic, algebra, geometry, and advanced high-school
mathematics. Consideration of the strengths, inadequacies, and needed revi-
sions of the present-day mathematics curriculum. Prerequisite; teaching ex-
perience or consent of instructor. Schaaf.
Ed 595. Methods in Secondary-School Science. 3 hours.
Selection of materials for secondary-school science teaching, demonstrations,
science test construction, instructional devices; use and care of microscopes,
meters, and other equipment. Prerequisite; teaching experience or consent
of instructor. Ten Brinke.
Ed 596. Methods in Secondary-School Social Studies. 3 hours.
Trends in the social-studies curriculum; the unit method of teaching; the
core curriculum; social-studies materials and teaching techniques; teaching
reflective thinking; teaching current affairs. Students may work on problems
of individual interest, and prepare materials for use in junior and senior high-
school classes. Prerequisite: teaching experience or consent of instructor.
Williams.
School Psychological Services
, THE DIVISION OF SCHOOL PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICES embraces
the broad fields of educational and psychological services as they relate to both
school and certain nonschool settings. The division offers programs leading to
master's and doctor's degrees in the following fields: counseling, educational psy-
chology, remedial education, and special education. The division also offers service
instruction in these fields as a part of the general teacher education program. Prac-
ticum experiences are provided through the DeBusk Memorial Center, public and
private schools, and a variety of other community agencies.
The program, in all of its phases, is interdisciplinary in character, involving
cooperation of the faculties of the School of Education and of several departments
of the College of Liberal Arts. The courses listed below are those for which the
School of Education has the principal responsibility; students working in the
several fields also take selected courses offered in the college.
A doctoral program in counseling psychology and two-year programs in
rehabilitation counseling and in school psychology, leading to the master's degree,
are offered by the School of Education. Graduate programs in speech pathology
and audiology are offered through the School of Education in collaboration with
the Department of Speech and the University of Oregon Medical School.
Programs of students in the Division of School Psychological Services are
planned according to the student's academic background, experience, and profes-
sional obj ectives. Courses offered satisfy needs of students completing degree or
certification requirements in elementary education. secondary education, and school
administration.
In all fields, supervised practical experience is provided in schools, hospitals,
mental health agencies, juvenile departments, rehabilitation centers, ami other
agencies concerned with learning and adjustment problems of children and adults.
Practicum instruction is organized on two levels. Students who are receiving
their first experience in a field and require relatively close supervision are enrolled
in Ed 409; advanced students who are able to work more independently are en-
rolled in Ed 509.
The programs in rehabilitation counseling and in juvenile correction are ad-
ministered through the Center for Social Service Training and Research. Both
programs lead to the master's degree, and normally require two years for com-
pletion. For further information see CENTER FOR SOCIAL SERVICE TRAINING AND
RESEARCH, page 128.
316 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
Admission to specialization programs requires a formal application procedure.
For information on admission to specific programs contact: Personnel Director,
Graduate Personnel Office. School of Education.
Counseling
UPPER·DIVISION COURSE
Ed 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be -arranged.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
Ed 407. Seminar. (G) Hours to be arranged.
Introduction to Rehabilitation. Acker.
Research in Counseling. Loughary.
Elementary Counseling. Christensen.
Counseling Issues.
Group Counseling. Clements.
Occupational Information. Matthews.
Ed 409. Practicum. Hours to be arranged.
Secondary-School Counseling. Acker, Christensen, Clements, Dunn, Toobert,
Thomas.
Elementary-School Counseling. Christensen.
Family Counseling. Lowe, Christensen.
Group Counseling. Clements, Toobert.
Rehabilitation Counseling. Acker, Dunn, Rybolt.
Introduction to Counseling. Clements.
College Counseling. Gilmore, Thompson.
Ed 485. Principles and Practices of Guidance Services. (G) 3 hours.
The need for guidance services in the schools; tests, inventories, question-
naires, and records; the role of the home and the community in guidance;
counseling the individual student. Clements.
Ed 488. Educational and Vocational Guidance. (G) 3 hours.
Designed primarily for advanced students preparing for positions as counsel-
ors. A study of current materials and trends in educational and vocational op-
portunities. Prerequisite: Ed 424, Ed 485. Matthews.
Ed 492. Functional Aspects of Physical Disability. (G) 3 hours.
Designed to familiarize the student with the impact of physical disability
and chronic illness on vocational capacity; review of basic anatomy and
physiology of several major medical conditions which frequently result in
impairment of physical function. Dunn.
GRADUATE COURSES
*Ed 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
Problems in Rehabilitation Counseling.
Problems in School Counseling.
Counseling Function.
*Ed 503. Thesis.. Hours to be arranged.
Ed 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Ed 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Elementary School Guidance. Christensen.
Counseling Supervision. Acker.
Research in Counseling. Loughary, staff.
Evaluation of Work Potential. Acker, staff.
Ethical and Moral Issues. Gilmore.
Advanced Counseling Theory.
Vocational Development Theory. Matthews.
Professional Practicum. Acker, staff.
* No-grade course.
EDUCATION 317
*Ed 508. Workshop. Hours to be arranged.
Ed 509. Practicum. Hours to be arranged.
Secondary-School Counseling-. Acker, Christensen, Clements, Dunn, Mat-
thews.
Elementary-School Counseling. Christensen.
Family Counseling. Lowe, Christensen.
Group Counseling. Clements, Toobert.
Rehabilitation Counseling. Acker, Dunn, Rybolt.
Field Instruction. Dunn, Rybolt.
Counseling Supervision. Acker.
College Counseling. Gilmore, Thompson, Toobert.
Ed 526. Counseling Theories. 3 hours.
Designed primarily for students preparing for positions in counseling in both
school and nonschool settings; maj or emphasis placed upon counseling points
of view; consideration given to purposes, techniques, and processes of counsel-
ing. Prerequisites: Ed 424, Ed 485, and Psy 527. Gilmore.
Ed 528. Group Testing in Schools and Colleges. 3 hours.
An intensive study of the purposes, uses, administration, scoring, and interpre-
tation of group tests commonly used in public schools and colleges. Testing in 1·1
the areas of achievement, aptitudes, interests, and personality. Designed pri-
marily for advanced students in educational psychology, human development,
psychometrics, and counseling. Prerequisite: Ed 424. Christensen, Hamer-
lynck.
Ed 570. Advanced Functional Aspects of Physical Disability. 3 hours.
Review of the historical and contemporary structures of medical practice,
and of the influence of these structures on patient-physician and physician-
counselor relationships; principles of consultation, with special reference to
medical consultation in counseling; application of the principles of vocational
evaluation, with specific emphasis on the most effective incorporation of medi-
cal data. Thomas.
Ed 589. Organization and Administration of Guidance Services. 3 hours.
Principles and functions of guidance; organizing the guidance program;
guidance personnel; evaluation of the school's guidance services.
Educational Psychology
UPPER-DIVISION COURSE
Ed 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
Ed 407. Seminar. (G) Hours to be arranged.
Developmental Psychology-Child. Abel.
Developmental Psychology-Adolescent. A bel.
Developmental Psychology-Adult. Abel.
Somato Psychology.
Measurement and Nature of Intelligence. Rankin.
Introduction to Design and Analysis of Experiments.
Projective Techniques. Toobert.
Ed 409. Practicum. (G) Hours to be arranged.
Individual Interests Test.
Ed 424. Measurement in Education. (G) 3 hours.
Use and interpretation of informal and standardized tests as supervisory and
guidance instruments for the diagnosis, analysis, evaluation, and improvement
of instruction in the elementary and secondary schools. Test planning, item
writing, essay testing, administration and scoring, analysis of scores and grade
assignment. The course includes simple statistics of test interpretation. Mitt-
man.
• No·grade course.
318 PROFESSION AL SCHOOLS
GRADUATE COURSES
*Ed 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
School Psychology. Lovell.
Problems in Learning. Lovell, Mittman.
*Ed 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Ed 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Ed 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Abnormal Psychology.
Learning.
Theories of Personality.
Advanced Statistics.
Thesis.
Advanced Research Procedures.
*Ed 508. Workshop. Hours to be arranged.
Ed 509. Practicum. Hours to be arranged.
Ed 512. Research Procedures in Education. 3 hours.
The nature and procedures of research in education. Open to graduate students
majoring in other fields. Does not take the place of individual supervision of
the student's thesis. An introductory course in statistics is desirable prepara-
tion. Mittman.
Ed 515,516,517. Educational Statistics. 3 hours each term.
Technique in quantitative and experimental methods. Calculus not required.
Admission after fall term only with consent of instructor.
Ed 525. Theory and Technique of Educational Measurement. 3 hours.
The theoretical bases and principles of educational measurement test theory;
item selection techniques; nature of measurement; units and norms; reliability
and validity; batteries and profiles. Designed primarily for advanced students
in educational psychology and human development. Prerequisite: Ed 424, Ed
515, or equivalent. Lovell, Mittman.
Ed 529, 530, 531. Advanced Educational Psychology. 2 hours each term.
Review of some modern viewpoints in educational psychology, with particular
attention to theories of learning and their application to problems of school
learning. Must be completed in sequence; students who have had a course in
the psychology of learning may be permitted to enter in the winter term.
Prerequisites: courses in educational or general psychology; statistics. Lovell.
Ed 564. Mental Tests. 4 hours.
Selection, administration, and interpretation of individual tests utilized in
testing exceptional and extremely deviate children. Prerequisite: Ed 424, Psy
524 or Psy 525.
Remedial Education
UPPER-DIVISION COURSE
Ed 4{)5. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
UPPER·DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
Ed 407. Seminar. (G) Hours to be arranged.
Social-Emotional Problems. Hotchkiss.
Careers in a Changing World. Pearl.
Alienation of Youth from Education. Pearl.
Working with Marginal Youth. Pearl.
*No·grade course.
EDUCATION 319
Ed 409. Practicum. (G) Hours to be arranged.
Diagnostic-Remedial Clinic. O'Neil.
Diagnostic-Remedial Clinic. Bateman.
Social-Emotional Problems. Hotchkiss.
Ed 428. Psychology of Reading Instruction. (G) 3 hours.
Nature of the reading process; factors of learning and development related
to reading achievement; psychological foundations of methods and materials
of reading instruction; nature and treatment of reading disability.
Ed 429. Principles of Remedial Education. (G) 3 hours.
Survey of remedial education; factors associated with underachievement;
general principles of diagnosis and remediation; diagnostic instruments and
remedial resources. A first course in remedial education, with application to
both elementary and secondary education. O'Neil.
Ed 465. Diagnostic Techniques in the Basic Skills. (G) 3 hours.
Analysis of difficulty in the skills of reading, and related skills; selection,
administration, and interpretation of group and individual diagnostic achieve-
ment tests; diagnostic procedures; development of the diagnostic report. Con-
current enrollment in Practicum: Remedial Clinic-Diagnosis (Ed 409) re-
quired. O'Neil.
Ed 468. Remedial Techniques in the Basic Skills. (G) 3 hours.
Organization and implementation of the remedial program; specific pro-
cedures in the diagnosis and remediation of difficulty in the skills of reading,
and related subjects. Concurrent enrollment in Practicum: Remedial Clinic-
Remediation (Ed 409) required. O'Neil.
d 469. Reading in High School and College. (G) 3 hours.
Nature and scope of the developmental and corrective reading program in all
the content areas (e.g., English, social studies, science, and mathematics) with
an emphasis on methods, materials, and organization.
GRADUATE COURSES
Research. Hours to be arranged.
Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
d 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
d 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Advanced Problems in Theory of Learning Disorders.
Advanced Problems in Research in Learning Disorders.
Advanced Problems in Diagnosis.Remediation of Learning Disorders.
Ed 508. Workshop. Hours to be arranged.
d 509. Practicum. Hours to be arranged.
Diagnosis and Treatment of Extreme Learning Problems. O'Neil.
Extreme Learning Problems.
d 549. Principles and Practices in School Psychology. 2 hours.
Primarily for students majoring in school pyschology. Applications of psycho-
logical knowledge to the educational process; roles of the school psychologist;
relationships to other professional personnel in school and community. Bate-
man.
d 562. Issues in Extreme Learning Difficulty. 3 hours.
Theory and research concerning extreme learning problems in the basic
skills; analysis of differential learning capacity; reading-listening relation-
ships; sensory-motor modes of remediations; social-emotional correlates of
skills disability; therapeutic elements of remediation.
* No-grade course.
320 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
Special Education
UPPER-DIVISION COURSE
Ed 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
Ed 407. Seminar. (G) Hours to be arranged.
Teaching-Mental Retardation. Espeseth.
Teaching-Gifted. Stroud.
Teaching-Physical Disability. Sheperd.
Education of Exceptional Children. Stone.
Research-Exceptional Children. de Jung.
Physical Disability. Sheperd.
Behavior Modification. Crossen.
Behavior Problems' in the Classroom. Christensen.
Ed 409. Practicum. (G) Hours to be arranged.
Exceptional Children-Mental Retardation. Espeseth.
Exceptional Children-Physical Disability. Sheperd.
Administration of Programs for Exceptional Children. Martinson.
Supervision of Special Educational Personnel. Martinson.
Ed 439. The Gifted Child. (G) 3 hours.
The psychology, education, and guidance of the mentally superior and thl
extraordinarily gifted child. Stroud.
Ed 462. Psychology of Exceptional Children. (G) 3 hours.
Characteristics and problems of all types of exceptional children, with specia
emphasis on those with sensory handicaps; consideration of essential educa·
tional adaptations. Mattson.
Ed 463. The Maladjusted Child. (G) 3 hours.
The discovery and treatment of the emotionally and socially maladjusted child
the home, school, and community in relation to the child's mental health. Op
portunities for the observation of family counseling techniques. Christensen.
Ed 464. The Mentally Retarded Child. (G) 3 hours;
The psychology, education, and guidance of the mentally retarded child
Espeseth.
Ed 471. Administration of Special Education. (G) 3 hours.
Organizing, financing, housing, equipping, staffing, and superVlsmg tht
special-education program; desirable educational provisions for each type o'
handicapped child; legal provisions for special education. Martinson.
Ed 489. Curriculum for the Mentally Retarded. (G) 3 hours.
Curriculum, methods, and materials for special classes, developed on the basi!
of the diagnosed characteristics of mentally retarded children. Prerequisite
Ed 464. Espeseth, Sheperd.
GRADUATE COURSES
Ed 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Intensive study of problems relating to educating the handicapped. Areas 0
study are selected in light of the student's interests and professional plans
Mattson.
Ed 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Teaching-Mental Retardation. Espeseth, Sheperd.
Teaching-Physical Disability. Sheperd.
Counseling-Education of Exceptional Children. Hamerlynck.
Problems in Education of Exceptional Children. Stone.
Research-Exceptional Children. de Jung.
Neurological Impairment. Myers.
Physical Disability. Sheperd.
EDUCATION 321
Administration of Pupil Personnel Services. Martinson.
Bio-medical Aspects of Mental Retardation. Prehm.
Psychological Aspects of Mental Retardation. Prehm.
Sociological Aspects of Mental Retardation. Prehm.
Utilization of Community Resources. Richardson.
Advanced Curriculum for Mental Retardation. Sheperd.
*Ed 508. Workshop. Hours to be arranged.
Role-play Techniques. Christensen.
Ed 509. Practicum. Hours to be arranged.
Exceptional Children·-Mental Retardation. Espeseth.
Exceptional Children-Physical Disability. Sheperd.
Administration of Programs for Exceptional Children. Martinson.
Supervision of Special Educational Personnel. Martinson.
Field Research for Administrators. Martinson.
Ed 563. Diagnosis in Mental Retardation. 3 hours.
Critical evaluation of instruments and techniques used in the identification
and diagnosis of mentally retarded children; practice in the solution of prob-
lems involving the mentally retarded. Prerequisite: Ed 424, Ed 464, Ed 489 ;
or consent of instructor.
Educational Administration, Curriculum,
and Supervision
THE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION offers a comprehensive graduate program in
educational administration. The program, which is accredited by the National
Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education, includes two-year programs,
which satisfy requirements for administrative certificates issued by the Oregon
State Department of Education and the membership requirements of the American
Association of School Administrators, and work leading to the Ph.D. and D.Ed.
degrees.
By act of the Oregon Legislature, all persons employed in the Oregon public
schools in administrative positions must hold an Oregoll administrative certificate.
Supervisors must meet the basic or standard norm. To be admitted to the Uni-
versity's programs for administrators and supervisors the student must: (l) hold
a master's degree, or the equivalent, from a standard college or university; (2)
file formal application for admission on a form provided by the School ofEduca-
tion; (J) achieve a satisfactory score on the Miller Analogies Test, or approved
substitute; (4) provide recommendations from at least three persons capable of
evaluating the candidate's teaching and administrative experience; (5) present a
complete program of studies for either' (a) the two-year graduate program in edu-
cational administration or (b) the doctoral program in educational administration,
with the approval of his adviser; (6) be recommended for admission by the Com-
mittee on Advanced Administrative Programs of the School of Education.
, Basic Administrative Certificate, To qualify for an Oregon basic adminis-
trative certificate, the applicant must : (I) hold a valid Oregon teaching certificate;
(2) have completed a five-year general teaching norm at the level to be adminis-
tered; (3) have had three years of successful teaching experience at the' level to
be administered; (4) have completed 9 term hours of graduate study in a college
or university approved by the State Board of Education for the preparation, of
school administrators, this preparation to be applicable to a planned sixth-year
program for the preparation of administrators.
Standard Administrative Certificate. To qualify for an Oregon standard
administrative certificate, the applicant must: (1) hold a valid Oregon standard
.:11- No-grade course.
!
1_,-
322 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
Seminar: Problems of Government Finance
(Ed 507)
Seminar: School Business Administration
(Ed 507)
Seminar: School Surveys (Ed 507)
teacher's certificate; (2) have had five years of successful teaching and adminis-
trative experience, including at least two years in some supervisory or administra-
tive capacity; (3) have completed, for a principal's certificate, 33 term hours or, for
a superintendent's certificate, 45 term hours of upper-division or graduate study in
educational administration subsequent to the master's degree, in a college or uni-
versity approved by the State Board of Education; (4) be recommended by the col-
lege or university in which he has completed his graduate program as having the
qualifications for school administration; (5) have completed specialization require-
ments set by the State Board of Education. At least two-thirds of the work in the
University's programs in educational administration must be completed on the
Eugene campus.
The two-year programs outlined below meet the Oregon State Department
of Education requiremelits for superintendent's and principal's certificates. Ap-
proximately two-thirds of the candidate's program must be completed after he has
received formal notification of admission. Candidates must have an adequate back-
ground in the foundation areas of philosophy, psychology (learning), and sociol-
ogy. Deficiencies in these areas must be remedied prior to or concurrent with ad-
vanced work.
Superintendent's Certificate. The following program satisfies the require-
ments for the superintendent's certificate:
(1) Nine term hours in the following introductory courses: Publit School
Administration (Ed 572), Public School Organization (Ed 573), Secondary
School Administration (Ed 527), or Elementary School Administration (Ed 554).
(2) Not less than 9 term hours in fields of specialization, selected from the
following courses:
School Finance (Ed 575)
School Buildings (Ed 576)
Seminar: Advanced School Law (Ed 507)
Seminar: Change & Organization (Ed 507)
Seminar: Problems of Staff Organization
(Ed 507)
(3) Not less than 12 term hours in the field of curriculum and supervision,
including the following: Secondary School Curriculum (Ed 522), Elementary
School Curriculum (Ed 553), and School Supervision (Ed 574). The remainder
may be selected from the following courses:
Elementary-School Problems (Ed 552) Seminar: Evaluaticn of the Elementary-School
Evaluation of Secondary-School Programs Program (Ed 507)
(Ed 559) Seminar: Pupil Personnel Policies & Services
Secondary-Scha,,1 Problems (Ed 560) in thc Elementary School (Ed 507)
Curriculum Materials (Ed 567) Seminar: The Community College (Ed 507)
Junior High-School Curriculum (Ed 571) Seminar: Procedures of Classroom Observa-
tion & Analysis of Teaching (Ed 507)
(4) Fifteen term hours in advanced graduate seminars. Courses may be se-
lected fr0111 the graduate seminars listed under Educational Administration, below.
(5) Six term hours in research methods and field services, selected from
the following (3 term hours must be in field services) : .
Seminar: Advanced Research Design Educational Statistics (Ed 515, 516,517)
(Ed" 507) Research: Field Studies (Ed 501)
Research Procedures in Education (Ed 512)
(6) Nine term hours in behavioral sciences and humanities, including Group
Dynamics (Soc 431), and Seminar: The Humanities and Education (Ed 507) or
approved substitutes.
Principal's Certificate. The following program satisfies the requirements for
the principal's certificate.
EDUCATION 323
(I) Nine term hours in the following introductory courses: Public School
\dministration (Ed 572), Public School Organization (Ed 573), Secondary
;chool Administration (Ed 527) or Elementary School Administration (Ed 554).
(2) Twelve term hours in Curriculum and Supervision, including: Secondary
;chool Curriculum (Ed 522) or Elementary School Curriculum (Ed 553) or
·unior High School Curriculum (Ed 571) ; Evaluation of the Secondary School
~rogram (Ed 559) or Evaluation of the Elementary School Program (Ed 507) ;
~rocedures of Classroom Observation and Analysis of Teaching (Ed 507);
;chool Supervision (Ed 574). .
(3) Three term hours in research methods and field services, including
~esearch Procedures in Education (Ed 512) or an approved substitute.
(4) Six term hours in the behavioral sciences and humanities.
(5) Three term hours in other administrative courses selected with approval
~f the student's adviser.
Educational Administration
GRADUATE COURSES
'Ed 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
'Ed 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
C<:d 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
!:d 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Administrative Problems. Jacobson, Tope, Carlson.
Advanced School Law. Farner.
Change in Organizations. Carlson.
Education and the Humanities. Goldhammer.
Nature and Problems of Administrative Behavior. Jacobson, staff.
Problems of Government Finance.
Research Design. Farner.
I
Scope and Method of the Social Sciences. Tope, staff.
School Business Administration. Hines.
'Ed 508. Workshop. Hours to be a,rranged.
d 580. School Personnel Administration. 3 hours.
School personnel relationships in their organizational and societal context;
factors in upgrading personnel, salary scheduling, work load, tenure; staff
negotiations.
d 572. Public School Administration.. 3 hours.
Interpersonal relationships in administration; school-board powers, duties,
roles, relationships; the superintendency-roles, responsibilities, issues, prob-
lems; problems of staff personnel; student personnel problems at the local
district level; problems and issues relating to the development of effective
school-community relationships. Tope.
d 573. Public School Organization. 3 hours.
The schools in relation to state and Federal agencies; the intermediate unit,
its purposes, organization, trends; local school districts-problems of organ-
ization, plant planning and management, school business administration,
transportation, school finance, textbooks and supplies; extralegal agencies
affecting education. Tope.
d 575. School Finance. 3 hours.
The problems of school finance and business management; sources of school
income: relationship to the state financial structure; expenditure analysis;
budgeting and accounting. Includes the construction of a school budget. Prere-
* N a-grade course.
324 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
quisite: work in administration and organization; or consent of instructor
Farner.
Ed 576. School Buildings. 3 hours.
Study of the problems involved in planning, financing, and construction 0
school buildings; care and maintenance of buildings; problems of equipment
- Includes analysis of the problems of a specific district. Prerequisite: work it
administration and organization; or consent of instructor. Hines.
See also under School Psychological Services, Ed 471, Ed 485, Ed 589; undel
Higher Education, Ed 592; under Librarianship, Lib 484:
Curriculum and Supervision
GRADUATE COURSES
*Ed 501. Research. Hours to be ar~anged.
*Ed 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Ed 50S. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Ed 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
*Ed 508. Workshop. Hours to be arranged.
Ed 522. Secondary-School Curriculum. 3 hours.
Overview of the secondary-school curriculum, with emphasis on the varioU!
subject fields; organization of the school for curriculum development; educa-
tional objectives; the course of study; evaluation of the secondary-school
curriculum. Hearn.
Ed 527. Secondary-School Administration and Supervision. 3 hours.
The secondary-school principalship; principles of administration, staff rela,
tionships, public relations, and professional growth; business administration;
administration of guidance services, curriculum, and school activities; evalua-
tion of the secondary school. Hearn.
Ed 552. Elementary-School Problems. 4 hours.
A study of current problems, issues, significant research, and theories in tht
field of elementary education. Sandin.
Ed 553. Elementary-School Curriculum. 4 hours.
A systematic study of the elementary-school curriculum, including pupil need~
in everyday life situations, objectives, essentials of a good program, varying
curriculum designs, OI'ganization of learning experiences, evaluation of learn-
ing, and appraisal of newer curriculum practices. Sandin.
Ed 554. Elementary-School Supervision and Administration. 4 hours.
For mature students of elementary education who are preparing for adminis·
trative or supervisory positions. Characteristics of good elementary schools
leadership responsibilities and processes, school organiiation patterns, pupi
personnel policies, school-community relationships. Sandin.
Ed 559. Evaluation of Secondary-School Programs. 3 hours.
Appraisal of secondary schools on the basis of evaluative criteria, wit
special attention to the work of the National Study of Secondary Schoo
Evaluation. Hearn.
Ed 560. Secondary-School Problems. 3 hours.
Current problems in the field of secondary education. Hearn.
Ed 565. Curriculum Foundations. 4 hours.
Implications of basic social, philosophical, and psychological factors in cur
riculum planning and organization; historical background; techniques of cur
riculum planning. Wood.
* N o·grade course.
EDUCATION 325
~d 566. Curriculum Construction. 4 hours.
Survey and appraisal of curricular patterns; state and city programs; courses
of study in major subject areas; techniques of course-of-study planning.
Wood.
~d 567. Curriculum Materials. 4 hours.
Effective use and organization of curriculum materials; text and reference
books, supplementary pamphlet materials, films and slides, records and re-
cordings, pictures, radio, etc.; programmed learning; techniques of unit con-
struction. Wood.
<:d 571. Junior High-School Curriculum. 3 hours.
Instructional programs appropriate for the early adolescent years, with
emphasis upon the various subject fields. Hearn.
<:d 574. School Supervision. 3 hours.
The role of the supervisor in keeping education geared to the changing de-
mands of society; theories of leadership; group processes and individual con-
ference techniques; action research and related approaches to curriculum
change; analysis of concrete supervisory problems. Prerequisite: Teaching
or.administrative experience or consent of instructor.
Higher Education
The program in higher education, offered at the graduate level, includes the
'ollowing courses, together with seminars, individual study, and research.
GRADUATE COURSES
'Ed 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
'Ed 502. Supervised College Teaching. Hours to be arranged.
Lovell, Tope.
~Ed 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Ed 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Ed 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
I Administration of the Community College. Van Loan.
Adult Education. Dahl.
CoIlege Student Personnel. Hawk.
Education in Developing Countries. Wood.
Programs in the Community College. Van Loan.
Ed 508. Workshop. Hours to be arranged.
~d 509. Practicum. Hours to be arranged.
Ed 590. Higher-Education Survey. 3 hours.
I
Problems of higher education. Organization, administration, finance; philoso-
.ph)', purposes, curricula; student and faculty personnel; extension and special
·services. Wood.
~d 591. Teacher-Education Survey. 3 hours.
I Purposes, needs, and objectives of teacher education; present facilities and
types of organization; student-selection procedures; staff; curriculum. Re1a-
l tionships of preservice undergraduate, pre.service graduate, in-service campus,and in-service field training. Kambly.d 592. Administration of Colleges and Universities. 3 hours.
The administration of liberal arts colleges and of complex institutions, such as
universities; business affairs; administration of schools and departments.
Stoke.
d 593. Methods of College Teaching. 3 hours.
Psychology of learning, methods and techniques of college teaching, prepara-
tion for teaching, evaluation of teaching. Wood.
r"h"'OO
School of Health, Physical
Education, and Recreation
ARTHUR A. ESSLINGER, Ph.D., Dean of the School of Health, Physical Education
and Recreation.
Health Education
Professor: F. B. HAAR (department head).
Associate Professors: E. D. FURRER, D. K. GILLESPIE, W. E. SMITH, MIRIAM L.
TUCK.
Assistant Professors: L. D. JACOBSON, THOMAS KERNS, R. E. KIME.
Instructor: B. C. SMITH.
Physical Education
Professors: FLORENCE D. ALDEN (emeritus), W. J. BOWERMAN, L. J. CASANOVA,
H. H. CLARKE,* M. FRANCES DOUGHERTY,t A. A. ESSLINGER, L. A. HARRIS,
D. H. KIRSCH, E. R. KNOLLIN (emeritus), W. P. RHODA, P. O. SIGERSETH,
V. S. SPRAGUE, HARRIET W. THOMSON (emeritus), P. R. W ASHKE, JANET G,
WOODRUFF.
Associate Professors: STEPHEN BELKO, W. B. BRUMBACH, JESSIE PUCKETT,1
EDNA WOOTEN.
Assistant Professors: J. W. BORCHARDT, M. B. COLEY, K. WRIGHT DUNKLEY,
G. L. FREI, JOAN HARiuSTHAL, THERESA M. MALUMPHY, PATRICIA MONT-
GOMERy,:j: CORLEE MUNSON, E. R. REUTER, J. J. ROCHE, J. S. SCHENDEL,
D. P. VAN ROSSEN, LOIS J. YOUNGEI'.
Instructors: JACK ADLER, L. A. BELLISIMO, JOHN BLOOMFIELD, JAN BROEKHOFF,
CLIFFORD BRUBAKER, LEONIDE MAE GAINES, ELIZABETH GLOVER, LINDA
HEARN, P. 1. McHUGH, R. O. OFFICER, MARILYN PARRISH, SUE PRINCE,
J. A. ROBINSON, SONDRA SEKERES, R.]. SMITH, ELBA STAFFORD.
Lecturers: R. O. RANKIN, D. B. SLOCUM.
Assistants: HEMMING ATTERBOM, D. C. BAILEY, D. P. BRISTOW, H. F. BROCKBERG,
JOYCE DALTON, JAMES DENUCCI, ROSE MARIE JOHNSON, J. J. JOSEPH, BRIAN
KELLY, NOELINE KELLY, KATHLEEN KNOWLES, S. J. KURTH, CLAUDE LARCH-
ER, JEANETTE C. LARCHER, MORLAN LEWIS, ALEXANDER McNEILL, JEFFERY
MILLER, ALAN MORTON, G. 1. NEIL, D. A. PHILLIPS, DONNA PICKEL, BARBARA
ROLANDO, PERCY Russo, E. R. SANDSTROM, LAINE SANTA MARIA, DAVID
SEKERES, L. H. TEGHTMEYER, H. E. VENABLES, B. D. WOODS, DEBORAH
WRIGHT.
Recreation and Park M'anagement
Professors: L. S. RODNEY (department head), F. B. NICKERSON.
Associate Professors: A, L. ELLINGSON, PHYLLIS M. FORD.
Assistant Professor: ADELL McMILLAN.
Instructor: L. L. NEAL.
Lecturers: R. M. ARTZ, P. R. BEISTEL, JEWEL GODDARD, GERALD JACOBSON, DON-
ALD LINDLEY, JESSALEE MALLALIEU, W. R.MATSLER, Lou SIMMONS, WIL-
LIAM SPARKS.
* On sabbatical leave, spring term. 1967.
tOn sabbatical leave, winter and spring terms, 1967.
t On leave of absence 1966-67.
[ 326 ]
HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION 327
HE SCHOOL OF HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, AND REG
.EATION is responsible for three programs: (1) service courses in health.
lucation and physical education for men and women; (2) intramural sports for
len and women; (3) professional study, both undergraduate and graduate, iil
~alth education, physical education, dance, and recreation and park managemenL
Service Courses. Courses providing instruction in recreational skills and in
Ie principles of physical conditioning and health are offered for all students.
The University graduation requirements for all students include five term;;
f physical education and a course in health education, unless the student is ex-
lsed by the dean of the schooL* Students may be exempted from one or more
~rms of the physical-education requirement and from the health-education require·
lent on the basis of proficiency examinations.
Courses which satisfy the physical-education requirement are: PE 180 fOl
'omen, PE 190 for men; not more than 1 hour of credit may be earned in theSe
lurses in anyone term. The student's program in physical education is adjusted
) his needs and abilities; whenever possible, the work is adapted to remedy phys-
:al disabilities. Majors and other students preparing for the teaching of physical
iucation in the schools satisfy the requirement with a series of professional ac-
vity courses. A student may not take a service course and a professional activity
lurse for credit at the same time.
Both men and women students satisfy the health-education requirement with
IE 150 or HE 250. Students are urged to satisfy this requil'ement during their
'eshman year.
Elective service courses (regularly scheduled classes) in physical activities
re offered for juniors and seniors. A total of not more than 12 term hours may be
lrned toward graduation in lower-division and upper-division service courses in
hysical education. Not more than 1 hour of credit may be earned in anyone term.
Intramural Sports. The School of Health, Physical Education, and Recrea-
on sponsors a comprehensive program of intramural sports. A primary purpose
f the program is to encourage sportsmanship and friendly relations among the
fudents of the University through athletic competition. Individual and group com-
etitive sports for men are organized under the guidance of the department for men.
'he department for women provides a wide variety of sports for women students.
Itudel!t ~eadership for women's athletics is furnished by the Women's Recreational
~ssoclatlOn.
~ Undergraduate Study. Undergraduate major programs are offered in theelds of health education, physical education, dance, and recreation and park man-ement. Graduates of the school hold positions as: high-school teachers of physi-
1 education and health education; athletic coaches; directors of high-school
hletics; supervisors of health and physical education; community recreation and
ayg-round directors; leaders in YM.CA., Y.W.CA., and other youth-organiza-
on work; directors of restricted and corrective physical education; workers in
e field of physical therapy; college and university teachers and research workers
child growth, health education, physical education, and dance.
Graduate Study. The School of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation
ers graduate work leading to the Master of Arts, Master of Science, Doctor of
ducation, and Doctor of Philosophy degrees.
Candidates for the master's degree may major in one of the following seven
eas or in a combination of related areas: (1) administration of programs, build-
gs and grounds; (2) school health education; (3) corrective activities and
ysical therapy; (4) recreation and park management; (5) anatomy, kinesiol-
* Students who have completed six months of active military service in the Armed Forces
the United S1ates are exempt from three terms of the ]lhysical·education requirement.
328 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
ogy, and physiological training and conditioning factors; (6) morphologica
physiological, and motor aspects of child growth; (7) measurement and evalu;
tion in physical education.
Ph.D. and D.Ed. candidates are expected to concentrate in one of the follov
ing fields of specialization: (l) administration; (2) health education; (3) chil
growth and development; (4) corrective physical education; (5) scientific bas.
of physical education; (6) recreation and park management. The Ph.D. dissert,
tion must be an original contribution to knowledge.
Advance study in dance may be arranged under the interdisciplinary master
program (see page 120).
Fees. Payment of regular University registration fees entitles every studel
to the use of gymnasiums, pools, and showers, to the use of gymnasium and swin
trting suits and towels, and to laundry service, whether or not they are registerc
for physical-education courses. Students are urged to make full use of the gyn
nasium facilities for exercise and recreation.
Facilities. The University's buildings and playfields devoted to physica
education instruction and recreation occupy a 42cacretract at the southeast cornl
of the campus. The Physical Education Building provides offices, classrooms, stuc
halls, and research laboratories for the school and gymnasium facilities for me
The building is planned especially for professional preparation in physical educ;
tion, as well as for the recreational needs of students. The men's swimming po
is adjacent to the Physical Education Building.
The women's gymnasium and the women's swimming pool are in Gerling.
Hall, west of the Physical Education Building across University Street. There al
playing fields for women south and west of Gerlinger.
Adjoining the Physical Education Building to the south is McArthur COllI
basketball pavilion and athletic center of the Associated Students. McArthl
Court seats more than 10,000 spectators.
Playing fields located east and south of the Physical Education Building pro
vide excellent facilities for outdoor 'class instruction and for intramural and inte
collegiate sports. Hayward Stadium, the Associated Students' athletic field, h;
seats for 23,000 spectators. North of Hayward Stadium are six standard COl
crete tennis courts. Eight additional courts are located south of the Educatic
Building.
Institute of Recreation Research and Service. The Institute of Recreatic
Research and Service, maintained by the School of Health, Physical Educatio
and Recreation in conjunction with its instructional program in recreation ar
park management, assists communities in the development of recreation, park, ar
youth-service resources, conducts research in various aspects of recreation deve
opment, and provides information on research findings and nation-wide comml
nity experience as a basis for the solution of recreation problems. The Institu'
sponsors conferences and workshops, and welcomes requests for information ar
assistance from public and private recreation agencies.
Secondary-School Teaching of Health and Physical Education. For ce)
fication asa teacher of health and physical education in Oregon high schools, t~
Oregon State Department of Education requires (I). the satisfaction of certa
minimum standards of subject preparation and (2) the recommendation of t
institution at which the student completes his subject preparation. The followi
programs meet state standards and the requirements for recommendation by t
University of Oregon.
Physical Education. The program includes required undergraduate courses a
additional courses required for permanent certification after a fifth year of prepar
tion:
H-EALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION 329
UNDERGRADUATE
Principles & Practices of Physical Education (PE 341)
Class Techniques in Physical Education (PE 342)
Organization & Admin. of Physical Educ. (PK 343) .
The School Program (PE 445)
Human Anatomy (Bi 391, 392)
Human Physiology (Bi 312, 313) .
PROFESSIONAL ACTIVITIES (MEN)
Fundamentals of Body Movement & Games, Track and Field (PE 195)
Elementary Apparatus (PE 295) .
Folk, Social & Square Dance (PE 395) .
Team Sports, Badminton, Tennis (PE 395) .
Wrestling & Wcight Training (PE 495)
PROFESSIONAL ACTIVITIES (WOMEN)
Tumbling) Apparatus, Track & Field,
Individual & Dual Sports, Swimming (PE 294)
Basic Physical Education, Field Sports, Track,
Square & Ballroom Dancmg, Softball, Swimming (PE 394)
Contemporary Dance, Basketball, Volleyball (PE 494)
FIFTH YEAR
Corrective Physical Education (PE 444)
Tests & Measurements in Physical Education (PE 446)
Kinesiology (PE 472) , .
Physiology of Exercise (PE 473)
Term Hours
3
3
3
3
6
6
4
2
2
4
2
4
6
4
3
3
3
3
H eatth Education. The program includes required undergraduate courses and
dditional courses required for permanent certification after a fifth year of prepara-
ion:
UNDERGRADU ..\TE
General Biology (Bi 101, 102, 103)
School Health Services (HE 465)
Human Anatomy (Bi 391, 392)
Human Physiology (Bi 312, 313)
Nutrition (HEe 225) ...
Safety Education (HE 359)
First Aid (HE 252)
Personal Health Problems (HE 361)
Community Health Problems (HE 362)
Communicable & Noncommunicable Diseases (HE 363)
Health Instruction (HE 464)
FIFTH YF..-AR
Advanced Health Instruction (HE 543) .
Mental Health (HE 540)
Administration of School Health Education (HE 552) .
12
3
6
6
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
Health and Physical Educotion. The Oregon State Department of Education
as set special subject-preparation requirements for positions involving the teach-
g of both health and physical education. A program for the satisfaction of these
equirements may be arranged with advisers ill the School of Health, Physical Edu-
ation, and Recreation.
Physical Education
HE BASIC UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM in physical education,
ading to the Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Physical Education degree, pro-
ides a strong program of professional work. During his freshman and sophomore
ears, the student obtains a sound foundation ill the liberal arts and in the sciences
asic to professional studies, supplemented by introductory instruction in physical-
ducation theory and activities. The upper-division program is devoted principally
professional studies.
The basic program is planned to satisfy the usual needs of the student planning
teach physical education in the public schools; it includes sufficient work in
330 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
health education to enable him to qualify for positions which require the tead
ing of both physical education and health education. Modifications of this progral
may be arranged for students with special interests in such fields as the danci
social studies, and physical therapy. Students who elect a minor in a field othe
than health education are required to complete an approved program in the secon
field, including 21 term hours of work beyond the introductory sequence in th
field.
Superior students who are interested in preparing for careers in the scientifi
and research aspects of physical education may arrange a program in whic
greater concentration in biology, physiology, chemistry, and mathematics is suI::
stituted for certain courses directly related to preparation for secondary-schoc
teaching.
Term ROUlLower Division
General Biology (Hi 101, 102, 103) .
Elementary Chemistry (Ch 101, 102, 103).. . .
Nutrition (HEc 225) ""
Psychology .
Introduction to Health & Physical Education (PE 131) .
First Aid (HE 252) .
Professional activities __ .__ _ __
12
12
2
9
2
3
12
Upper Division
Human Anatomy (Bi 391, 392) ).'..... 6
Human Physiology (Hi 312, 313)................................................................................ 6
Princ. & Practices of Physical Education (PE 341) ...........•.................................... 3
Class Techniques in Physical Education (PE 342) »................. 3
Organ. & Admin. of Physical Education (PE 343).............. 3
Tests & Measurements in Physical Educ. (PE 446).......................................... 3
School Program (PE 445) 3
Corrective Physical Education (PE 444) 3
Kinesiology (PE 472), Physiology of Exercise (PE 473)........................................ 6
Personal Health Problems (HE 361), Community Health Problems (HE 362),
Communicable & Noncommunicable Diseases (HE 363)........................ 9
Health .Instructi.o~ .(HE 464), School Health Service (HE 465) 6
ProfeSSIOnal actrvltres ;............... 12
Social Science Option. Majors in physical education who wish to place a
emphasis on the social sciences in their studies in the liberal arts may, with th
approval of the dean of the School of Health, Physical Education, and Recreatior
substitute selected social science courses for a portion of the science requiremen
in the basic undergraduate curriculum.
Dance Option. The dance option combines professional work in physical edu
cation with special instruction in dance and related arts. There are excellent voca
tional. opportunities in the fields of physical education and recreation for person
whose professional training includes this instruction. In addition to the danc
option, the School of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation offers a majo
curriculum in the dance as a contemporary art form (see pages 336-338). -
Pre-Physical-Therapy Option. Standard schools of physical therapy, whic
are usually operated in conjunction with medical schools, have admission require
ments with strong emphasis on foundation work in the basic sciences. The science
included in the basic curriculum in physical education, together with the under
standing of body movement and exercise activities gained in professional physical
education courses, provide excellent preparation for physical-therapy trainin!
Students interested in this work may arrange a special program, within the geneT<
framework of the physical-education major, but excluding courses especially de
signed to meet the requirement for a teacher's certificate.
Minor for Elementary Teachers. Majors in elementary education may, i
consultation with advisers in the School of Health, Physical Education, an
Recreation, arrange a minor in physical education, including selected theory an
activities courses in addition to work required for elementary teacher certificatiOl
HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION 331
Service Courses for Men
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
E 190. Physical Education (Mim). 1 hour each term, six terms.
A variety of activities taught for physiological and recreational values. Spe-
cial sections for restricted and corrective work. A total of five terms required
for all lower-division men students. 3 hours a week.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
E 390. Physical Education for Junior and Senior Men. 1 hour each term, six
terms.
3 hours a week.
Service Courses for Women
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
E 180. Physical Education (Women). 1 hour each term, six terms.
A variety of activities taught for physiological and recreational values. Spe-
cial sections for restricted and corrective work. A total of five terms required
for all lower-division women students. 3 hours a week.
UPPER.DIVISION COURSES
IE 380. Physical Education for Junior and Senior Women. 1 hour each term,
six terms.
3 hours a week.
Professional Courses
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
131. Introduction to Health and Physical Education. 2 hours fall or spring.
Professional orientation; basic philosophy and obj ectives; professional oppor-
tWlities and qualifications. Puckett, Schendel.
194. Professional Activities (Women). 1-2 hours each term, three terms.
For professional students. Instruction and practice. Fall: field sports, basic
physical education. Winter: tumbling, basketball. Spring: elementary con-
temporary dance, tennis.
195. Professional Activities (Men). 2 hours each term, three terms.
For professional students. Methods, teaching techniques, and basic skills.
Fall: fundamentals of body movement, games. Winter: elementary aquatics.
Spring: track and field.
221. Games for the Elementary School. 1 hour.
Creative games, games or low organization, and fundamental sport skills suit-
able for elementary children. Munson.
223. Fundamental Body Movement, Posture, and Tumbling. 1 hour.
The mechanics of movement, posture, conditioning exercises, stunts, tumbling,
self-testing, apparatus, and evaluation for the elementary-school child. Mun-
son.
291. Life Saving in Aquatic Programs. 2 hours.
Basic skills of life saving in aquatic programs; leads to American Red Cross
certification in senior life saving. Open to men and women students who pass
qualifying tests in swimming.
292. Swimming and Water Safety Instruction. 2 hours.
Analysis, methods of instruction, and evaluation at all age levels; leads to
American Red Cross certification in water safety instruction. Open to men and
women students who pass qualifying tests in swimming and life saving.
332 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
I
PE 294. Professional Activities (Women). 1-2 hours each term, three terms.
For professional students. Instruction and practice. Fall: swimming, badmil
ton. Winter: tumbling, trampoline, and apparatus. Spring: track and fiel
golf.
PE 295. Professional Activities (Men). 2 hours each term, three terms.
For professional students. Methods, teaching techniques, and basic skills. Fal
baseball, basketball. Winter: elementary apparatus. Spring: football ar
touch football.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
PE 341. Principles and Practices of Physical Education. 3 hours faU.
An interpretative study and analysis of the principles and practices of physic
education, through their historical development and in their present applic
ti6n and significance. Sprague.
PE 342. Class Techniques in Physical Education. 3 hours winter.
Organizing and conducting physical-education classes in secondary schoo:
Sprague, Puckett.
PE 343. Organization and Administration of Physical Education. 3 hou
spring.
Planning and organizing the use of buildings, grounds, and recreational are:
for the physical-education program; purchase and care of equipment; budge
ing equipment and operating costs. Sprague.
PE 344. Administration of Aquatic Programs. 3 hours spring.
Organization and administration of aquatic programs. Open to men ar
women majors, and to others with consent of instructor.
PE 361. Care and Prevention of Injuries. 3 hours winter.
Bandaging, massage, and other specialized mechanical aids for the prevel
tion of injuries. Analysis of types of injuries; emergency procedures. Prer
quisite: Bi 391, 392. Rhoda, Sigerseth.
PE 394. Professional Activities (Women). 1-2 hours each term, three terms.
For professional students. Advanced practice and teaching techniques. Fal
fundamental activities, field sports, or· dance composition. Winter: fol
square, and ballroom dance. Spring: softball, swimming.
PE 395. Professional Activities (Men). 2 hours each term, three terms.
For professional students. Methods, teaching techniques and basic skills. Fal
tennis and soccer. Winter: dance. Spring: badminton and volleybal1.
PE 403. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
Thesis based on student's own investigation. Subject chosen after consult
tion with adviser. Credit determined by quality of work done.
PE 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Reading and assignments in connection with other courses for extra cred
Honors readings. Prerequisite: consent of instructor; approval of the dea
PE 406. Special Problems. Hours to be arranged.
Prerequisite: approval of the dean.
PE 420. Methods in Elementary-School Physical Education. 3 hours.
Program development; methods of instruction in elementary-school physic
education. The purposes and requirements of the elementary physical-educ
tion program, with emphasis on program planning, methods, and materials
instruction. Munson.
PE 444. Corrective Physical Education. 3 hours spring.
Survey of common deviations of posture and feet, functional disturbances, ar
crippling conditions found in school children. Consideration of the extent al
limitations of the teacher's responsibility for their amelioration or improv
ment. Prerequisite: Bi 391, 392; PE 472.
HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION 333
445. The School Program. 3 hours winter.
Construction of physical-education and intramural programs, on the basis of
accepted principles, criteria, functions, and evaluations; emphasis on integra-
tion with the total school program. Prerequisite: PE 341, PE 342. Sprague.
465. Football Coaching. 3 hours winter.
Systems of play, strategy, responsibilities of the coach, public relations, con-
ference organization. Casanova.
466. Basketball Coaching. 2 hours winter.
Coaching methods and problems. Fundamentals of team play; comparison of
systems; strategy; training, conditioning; selection of men for positions.
Belko.
467. Baseball Coaching. 2 hours spring.
Review of fundamentals, with emphasis on methods of instruction; problems
and duties of the baseball coach, including baseball ,strategy, baseball psy-
chology, training, conditioning. Kirsch.
.468. Track Coaching. 2 hours spring.
Principles of training; development of performance for each track event;
selection of men for different events; conducting meets. Laboratory experi-
ence in PE 195. Bowerman.
. 472. Kinesiology. 3 hours spring
Action of muscles involved in fundamental movements, calisthenics, gymnas-
tics, and athletics. Prerequisite: Bi 391, 392. Sigerseth.
; 473. Physiology of Exercise. 3 hours spring.
Physiological effects of muscular exercise, physical conditioning, and train-
ing; significance of these effects for health .and for performance in activity
programs. Prerequisite: Bi 312, 313. Sigerseth.
: 494. Professional Activities (Women). 1-2 hours each term, three terms.
I For professional students. Advanced practice and teaching techniques. Fall:
basketball-volleyball officiating, intermediate contemporary dance. Winter:
contemporary dance. Spring: archery, bowling, tennis.
1495. Professional Activities (Men). 2 hours each term, three terms.
For professional students. Methods, teaching techniques, and basic skills. Fall:
wrestling and weight training. Winter: advanced apparatus. Spring: ad-
I vanced aquatics or golf, handball, archery.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
,408. Workshop. '(g) Hours to be arranged.
1421, 422, 423. Foundations of Elementary-School Physical Education. (g)
3 hours each term.
I
Anatomical and physiological factors basic to physical, education in the ele-
mentary schools; motor-skill development in children.
424. Administration of ElementarYcSchool Physical Education. (g) 3
hours.
Modern trends in elementary-school physical education; duties of the physical-
education specialist; organizatiol1 and admil1istration at the primary, inter-
mediate, and upper-grade levels; evaluative procedures and techniques; the
role of elementary physical,'education in outdoor education. Prerequisite:
PE 221, PE 223, PE 420, or consent of instructor. Munson.
446. Tests and Measurements in Physical Education. (G) 3 hours.
Use of tests and measurement in physical education; evaluation of objectives,
programs, and student achievement through measurement techniques. Reuter.
GRADUATE COURSES
501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
* No-grade conrse.
334 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
PE 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Prerequisite: approval of the dean.
PE 506. Special Problems. Hours to be arranged.
Study of selected problems in the field of physical education. Prerequisi
approval of the dean.
PE 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Anatomical. Physiological, and Kinesiological Bases of Physical Educati
Body Growth and Development through Physical Education.
Administration of Physical Education Service Programs.
Philosophy of Physical Education.
Advanced Study in Motor Learning.
Current Literature in Physical Education.
i?E 508. Workshop. Hours to be arranged.
?E 509. Practicum. Hours to be arranged.
Practical experience in handling corrective cases; to be taken in conj unct
with PE 521, PE 522, PE 523.
PE SIS. History and Theories of Physical Education. 3 hours fall.
The history of physical education from the Greeks to modern times; ~
phasis on modern development. Washke.
PE 518. Current Movements in Physical Education. 3 hours.
The different schools of thought and practice which determine the purpo
and procedures in the professional field of physical education. Analysis of
Oregon and other regional public school physical-education progral
Washke.
PE 520. Developmental Program in Physical Education. 3 hours.
Programs to meet individual physical-fitness and social needs through ph)
cal-education activities; case-study techniques, developmental programs, '
velopment of social traits; administrative problems. Prerequisite: PE ~
PE 446. Clarke.
PE 521. Basic Procedures in Corrective Physical Education. 3 hours.
Common postural deviations; causes; basic principles underlying the p
scription of exercise for those conditions which may be handled safely
the physical-education teacher; methods of referral when advisable. P
requisite: Bi 391, 392; PE 472.
PE 522. Advanced Corrective Procedures. 3 hours.
Survey of the orthopaedic conditions which fall in the province of the c,
rective physical-education specialist; recommended therapeutic procedur
the orthopaedic examination; organization of the corrective physical-edu,
tion program in schools and colleges. Prerequisite: PE 521 or consent
instructor.
PE 523. Physical Education of the Handicapped. 3 hours.
The major crippling conditions, such as cerebral palsy and poliomyelitis, <
functional disturbances, such as cardiac ami respiratory conditions; plann
the physical-education program for these conditions.
PE 527. Techniques of Relaxation. 3 hours.
The common causes of fatigue and neuromuscular hypertension; methods
combating them. Theories underlying techniques of relaxation; application
these techniques in daily living and in activities.
PE 531. Muscle Testing and Therapeutic Exercise. 3 hours.
Fundamentals of muscle re-education. Methods of determining specific mm
weaknesses; restoration of. l1ormal function following injury.
PE 532. Heat Therapy and Massage. 3 hours.
The theory and technique of the use of heat and colc! as first-aid measures <
as adj uncts to rehabilitative procedures practiced by physical educators. 1
HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION. RECREATION 335
commonly used techniques of massage, their physiological and mechanical
effect, and their application by physical educators.
~ 533. Motor Skill Learning. 3 hours.
Review of the psychology of learning as it pertains to motor skills; research
bearing upon the teaching and learning of gross motor skills. Prerequisites;
PE 517, PE 540, at least one year's teaching experience. Brumbach.
~ 540. Statistical Methods in P4ysical Education. 3 hours fall.
Elementary statistics applied to research, including central tendency, variabili-
ty, normal probability curve, reliability and correlation. Prerequisite: gradu-
ate standing. Clarke.
~541. Statistical Methods in Physical Education. 3 hours winter.
Advanced statistics applied to research, including variance analysis, co-vari-
ailce analysis, partial and multiple correhJ.tion, regression equations, chi-
square, special correlational techniques, and non-parametric processes. Pre-
requisite; PE 540. Clarke.
~ 544. Methods of Research. 3 hours.
Study of the methods and techniques of research in health, physical education,
and recreation; practice in application to problems of current interest. Clarke.
~ 545. Experimental Design in Physical-Education Research. 4 hours.
Techniques and pr-ocedures of laboratory research in physical education; con-
struction of tests; technical laboratory tests and their use; design of experi-
ments; application of advanced quantitative methods. Prerequisite: PE 446,
PE 540, 541. Clarke.
~ 551. Administration of Physical Education. 3 hours winter.
Organization and administration of the physical-education program at the
college level. Esslinger, Rhoda.
: 552. Administration of Athletics. 3 hours.
Historical development of athletics and their control. Place of athletics in
education; purposes, administrative control, management, operational poli-
cies, care of equipment and facilities. Sprague.
: 553. Intramural Organization and Management. 3 hours.
Nature and purposes of intramural programs; history of their development.
Departmental organization. Relationship of the program to physical-educa-
tion instruction. Administrative problems. Washke.
: 556. Administration of Buildings and Facilities. 3 hours.
Building layout and equipment; the relationship of the various functional
units-equipment service, dressing facilities, activity spaces, administrative
units, permanent and dismant1eable equipment. Rhoda.
: 557. Supervision of Physical Education for City Supervisors. 3 hours.
The purpose of supervision; supervision of staff, facilities, and areas; de-
partmental organization, regulations, and policies. Sprague.'
:558. Curriculum Construction in Physical Education. 3 hours.
Basic elements and procedures of curriculum construction in physical educa-
tion; special application at the city, county, and state' levels. For supervisors
and administrators of physical-education programs. Sprague.
: 559. Professional Preparation in Physical Education. 3 hours.
Historical development of professional preparation in the field of physical
education;' curriculum, evaluation, and recruitment in the development and
conduct of teacher-education programs in physical education. Sprague.
.561. Foundations of Physical Growth. 3 hours.
Concept of growth, objectives in studying growth, procedures in collection
and analysis of growth data. Physical growth from the beginning of prenatal
life to the close of infancy. Prerequisite: Bi 391, 392, PE 472, PE 540.
336 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
Term HI
PE 562. Changes in Body Size and Form During Childhood and Adolescel1
3 hours.
Growth in external dimensions and proportions from late infancy to e,
adulthood. Differences associated with sex, puberty, socio-economic sta'
race, secular periods, health regimen. Prerequisite: PE 561.
PE 563. Growth of Body Tissues and Organs. 3 hours.
Study of materials important to teachers and others concerned with c1
growth. Ossification of the child's skeleton, calcification and eruption of tel
morphologic development of heart and voluntary musculature, age change~
subcutaneous adipose tissue. Prerequisite: PE 561.
PE 564. Morphologic and Physiologic Appraisement of School Childrel1
hours.
Critical examination of various proposals for evaluating individual status:
progress; emphasis on measurement proposals suitable for use in school he,
and physical-education prograll)s. Prerequisi):e: PE 446 or HE 465.
PE 566. Research Methodology for Child Growth. 3 hours.
Anthropometric instruments, landmarks, and methods; reliability of meast
ments and ratings; application of biom~tric procedures.
PE 567. Motor Development in Infancy and Childhood. 3 hours.
Study of the acquisition of motor skills during the first decade of life. F
requisite: PE 446 or Psy 460, or consent of instructor.
PE 572, 573. Gross Anatomy. 3 hours each term.
Principles and facts in the fields of myology, osteology, arthrology, neurc
gy, and angiology of importance to college teachers of physical education v
give instruction in anatomy, kinesiology, and physiology of exercise. Appli
tion to body movement and performance. Prerequisite: Bi 391, 392, or equi'
lent. Sigerseth.
PE 574. Physiological Principles of Advanced Conditioning. 3 hours.
Physiological principles and facts upon which conditioning for competitior
athletic activities and physical performances should be based. Direct appli
tion to training for competition in major sports and individual activit
Prerequisite: Bi 312, 313: PE 473. Sigerseth.
PE 575. Mechanical Analysis of Motor Skills. 3 hours.
Analysis of various physical-education activities to determine their re1at
to laws of physics concerning motion, force, inertia, levers, etc. Prerequisi
Bi 391, 392, PE 472, or equivalent. Sigerseth.
Dance
A MAJOR CURRICULUM IN THE DANCE as a contemporary art form:
a major option combining work in physical education and the dance (see page 3:
are offered by the School of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation. ~
major curriculum provides a broad cultural education and instruction in rela
arts; the requirements are:
Lower Division
General Biology (Bi 101, 102, 103) 01" foreign language. 12
Personal Health (HE 250) 3
Introdu~tion to ~,:s.ic & Its Literature (Mus 201, 202, 203)............................ 9
ProfessIonal acbvltles .. _. __ . ._._ .. __ 4
Electives in supporting fields. 6
Intro. to Cultural Anthropology (Anth 207, 208, 209).................. 9
PsychQlogy . 9
*Psychology Lahoratory . 3
Survey af Visual Arts (ArH 201, 202,203) or foreign language.. .. 9~12
Introduction to Dance (PE 25 1) 2
-II- Required for satisfaction of science group requirement for candidate for B.A. deg
HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION 337
Term Hours
Fundamentals of Rhythm (PE 252)_
Rhythms for the Elementary School
Professional activities
Electives in supporting fields.
(PE 222)
2
I
6
6
Upper Division
History of Philosophy (Phi 301, 302, 303) _
Peoples of the World (Anth 314, 315, 316)
Elementary Dance Composition (PE 351) __
Advance,1 Dance Composition (PE 352) __
Dance Accompaniment (PE 353) _
Dance & P.E. Lab_ (PE 354, 355, 356) _
Aestheties (Phi 441, 442, 443)___________ _ _
Techniques of Teaching Contemporary Danee (PE 494) _
Dance Programs and Production (PE 451) _
History of Dance to 1900 (PE 452) _.______ _ _
History of Dance since 1900 (PE 453) ... _. _
Human Anatomy (Bi 391,392), Kinesiology (PE 472), or year sequence in art,
music, or literature ....._
Dance & P.E. Lab. (PE 454, 455, 456)
Electives in supporting fields .....
9
9
3
3
3
6
9
2
3
3
3
9
6
31
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
?E 222. Rhythms for the Elementary School. 1 hour spring.
The dance program for children in the elementary school, grades one through
six. Locomotor and nonlocomotor movement; dramatization and creative
dance studies; singing games; traditional dance skills and folk dances for
children of the intermediate grades. Offered alternate years. Munson.
)N 251. Introduction to the Dance. 2 hours fall.
An overview of the dance. Introduction to dance history and to the significance
of dance as an art form. Dougherty.
)N 252. Fundamentals of Rhythm. 2 hours spring.
I Rhythm as a basic factor for movement. Rhythmic devices used in the dance.
Notation and rhythmic analysis. Offered alternate years.
N 254,255,256. Dance and Physical Education Laboratories,- 2 hours each
cterm.
Instruction and practice. Fall: contemporary dance; winter: folk and square
dance; spring: contemporary d<ince.
E 257. Movement Notation. 3 hours.
Instruction and practice in labanotation, a process of recording bodily move-
ment on paper; the conversion of the elements of space, time, and bodily
movement into symbols which can be read back and reinterpreted into
movement.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
N 351. Elementary Dance Composition. 3 hours fall.
Analysis of the dance medium, and the relationship of the aspects of time,
space, and force to that medium. Principles of form basic to dance composi-
tion.
N 352. Advanced Dance Composition. 3 hours winter.
Compositional forms and styles in dance. Preclassic and modern dance forms.
Prerequisite: PE 351.
N 353. Dance Accompaniment. 3 hours spring.
Function of accompaniment for dance skills and composition. Types of accom-
paniment-instrumental, percussion, voice. Prerequisite: PE 351. Dougherty.
N 354, 355, 356. Dance and Physical-Education Laboratories. 2 hours each
term.
Advanced instruction and practice. Fall and winter: dance, composition;
spring: ballroom dance.
338 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
DN 403. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
DN 406. Special Problems. Hours to be arranged.
DN 451. Dance Programs and Production. 3 hours winter.
Production problems of staging, lighting, and costuming for the dance; danc,
demonstration and concert. Construction of a dance program as a part of tho
physical-education program for the secondary schools.
DN 452. History of the Dance to 1900. 3 hours fall.
Historical survey of the dance and its relationship to other arts from the basi,
cultures through the late Middle Ages. Dougherty.
DN 453. History of the Dance since 1900. 3 hours spring.
Development of the dance in America. Influences of leading dance artists
dance in education; dance in psychotherapy. Dougherty.
DN 454, 455, 456. Dance and Physical-Education Laboratories. 2 hours ead
term.
Advanced instruction and practice. Fall: technique of teaching contemporar:
dance; winter: dance workshop; spring: dance workshop.
Health Education
A MAJOR PROGRAM OF UNDERGRADUATE STUDY is offered fo
students who wish to specialize in health education. A few Oregon public schoo
systems and many schools in other states organize their health instruction as th
responsibility of one specially trained teacher. Excellent vocational opportunitie
are available in such schools and with public and voluntary health agencies fo
persons with professional training in health education. The curriculum provides;
strong basis for graduate work in health education, public health, physical therapy
and the health sciences. The requirements are as follows:
Lower Division - Term Hour
General Biology (Bi 101, 102, 103) 12
Elementary Chemistry (Oh 101, 102, 103)...................... 12
Psychology.......... ....... 9
General Sociology (Soc 204, 205, 206) 9
Nutrition (HEc 225) 2
First Aid (HE 252) . 3
Personal Health (HE 250) 3
Upper Division
Intro. to Bacteriology (Bi 381), Human Physiology (Bi 312, 313) 9
Human Anatomy (Bi 391, 392)........ 6
Safety Education (HE 358) 3
Personal Health Problems (HE 361) 3
Community Health Problems (HE 362) . 3
Commnnicable & Noncommnnicable Diseases (HE 363)........ 3
Introdnction to Pnblic Health (HE 364, 365, 366).................................................... 9
Social Health (HE 463)................ 3
Health Instruction (HE 464)... 3
School Health Services (HE 465)............................................... 3
Evaluation of School Health Education (HE 466)................... 3
Genetics (Bi 422, 423, 424) 8
Parasitology (Bi 463) or l,itro. to Bacteriology (Bi 382) 4
Dental-Hygiene Option. Students who complete the two-year curriculum i
dental hygiene, offered by the University of Oregon Dental School in Portla\1(
may satisfy the requirement for a B.S. degree, with a major in health educatiOl
on the satisfactory completion of two additional years of work on the Eugene carr
pus of the University. Under an alternative plan, dental-hygiene students may bl
gin their University work with one year of study on the Eugene campus, transit
to the Dental School for two years, and return to the Eugene campus in their ser
HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION 339
ior year to complete general University and professional requirements for a bache-
lor's degree and requirements for a major in health education.
Service Courses
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
HE 150. Health Education. 1 hour any term.
Study of personal health problems which confront the college student; the
basic scientific principles of healthful living. Meets the health-education re-
quirement for men or women. Furrer, Jacobson, Klme.
HE 250. Personal Health. 3 hours any term.
Study of the personal health problems of university men anel women, with
emphasis on implications for family life. Mental health, communicable dis-
eases, degenerative diseases, nutrition. Satisfies the University requirement in
health education for men or women. Furrer, Gillespie, Haar, Jacobson, Ma-
lumphy, Kime, Puckett, Smith, Tuck.
HE 251. Community Health. 3 hours winter.
Methods of handling health and sanitation problems in the community, with
special reference to water supply, food and milk sanitation, sewage disposal,
insect and rodent control; state and county health departments. Kime.
HE 252. First Aid. 3 hours any term.
Immediate and temporary care for a wide variety of inj uries or illnesses;
control of bleeding, care for poisoning, and proper methods of transportation,
splinting, and bandaging. Successful completion of course leads to Red Cross
standard, advanced, and instructors' certificates. Brumbach, Schendel, Smith,
Washke. .
Professional Courses
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
HE 359. Safety Education. 3 hours spring.
Basic principles of safety education; current safety programs as-they apply to
the school, home, and community. Individual and group projects in the or-
ganization of materials for teaching safety education in public schools. Smith.
HE 361. Personal Health Problems. 3 hours fall.
For health teachers in the public schools. Hygienic G,re of the body and other
personal health problems important in health instruction. Prerequisite: junior
standiilg in health or physical education, or consent of instructor. Kime.
HE 362. Community Health Problems. 3 hours winter.
Basic community health problems important in public school health instruc-
tion. Designed primarily for teachers and community leaders. Prerequisite:
junior standing or consent of instructor. Gillespie.
HE 363. Communicable and Noncommunicable Diseases. 3 hours spring.
Nature, prevention, and control of common communicable diseases, considered
in relation to health instruction in the public schools. Prerequisite: junior
standing in science or health and physical education. Gillespie.
HE 364, 365, 366. Introduction to Public Health. 3 hours each term.
Functions and organization of public health; vital statistics; consumer health
problems; functions of voluntary and governmental health organizations:
health education in Oregon public schools, with special emphasis on health
teaching in thc junior and senior high schools. Admission after fall term
only with consent of instructor. Prerequisite: junior standing in science or
health and physical education. Haar.
E 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
E 407. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
340 PROFESSION AL SCHOOLS
HE 467. Driver Education. 3 hours.
Designed to prepare teachers to conduct driver-educatiClIl courses in the sec-
ondary schools. Use of teaching devices, development of instructional units,
behind-the-wheel instruction. Kime.
UPPER·DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
HE 40S. Workshop. (g) Hours to be arranged.
HE 450. Elementary-School Health Education. (g) 3 hours.
The purposes and requirements of the school health service program, with
emphasis on organization and procedures for the school health examination.
Organization and presentation of teaching materials based on the health needs
of the child, community needs, and school health services. Tuck.
HE 463. Social Health. (G) 3 hours.
Social-health content, methods, and materials appropriate for junior and
senior high schools. Prerequisite: senior standing in health education or bi-
ology; graduate standing in education or physical education. Tuck.
HE 464. Health Instruction. (G) 3 hours fall.
Methods and materials in health instruction for junior and senior high schools.
Special emphasis on the construction of health teaching units for Oregon sec-
ondary schools. Prerequisite: HE 361, 362, 363 or consent of instructor.
Gillespie.
HE465. School Health Service. (G) 3 hours winter.
Purpose and procedures of health service in the schools; control of common
communicable diseases; technique of pupil health appraisal by the teacher.
Prerequisite: HE 361, 362, 363 or consent of instructor. Haar, Tuck.
HE 466. Evaluation of School Health Education.. (G) 3 hours.
Appraisal and evaluation of the program in terms of objectives and standards,
with special emphasis on health education in Oregon junior and senior high
schools. Prerequisite: HE 361, 362, 363, HE 464, 465; or consent of instruc-
tor. Kime.
GRADUATE COURSES
*HE 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
*HE 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
HE 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
HE 506. Special Problems. Hours to be arranged.
Study of selected problems in the field of health education.
HE 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Seminars dealing with special aspects of health education are conducted each
term. Open to qualified graduate students.
HE;SOS. Workshop. Hours to be arranged.
HE 540. Mental Health. 3 hours.
The scope of the mental health problem; techniques of identification ai1d
methods of preservation and improvement of the well-being of individuals.
Smith.
HE 542. Basic Issues in Health Education. 3 hours.
Current basic issues and problems in school health education; economic and
social forces affecting health education; implications for programs. Haar.
HE 543. Advanced Health Instruction. 3 hours spring.
Organization of the public-school health-instruction program; for health
teachers, supervisors, and coordinators. Basic steps in the development of the
program. Prerequisite: HE 464 or consent of instructor. Smith.
HE 552. Administration of School Health Education. 3 hours winter.
Organization and administration of the school health program. Haar.
* No-grade course.
HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION 341
Recreation and Park Management
THE DEPARTMENT OF RECREATION AND PARK MANAGEMENT
offers programs of undergraduate and graduate professional study planned to
prepare young men and women for careers in leadership, supervision, and manage-
ment of recreation, park, youth-serving, and community agencies. The programs
provide a broad liberal education, together with professional and technical studies
essential for careers in the field. Graduates in recreation and park management be-
come recreation directors in community centers, playgrounds, the armed forces,
industries, hospitals, churches, and institutions; directors, supervisors, and secre·
taries in youth-serving agencies; superintendents and managers of park depart-
ment and districts; administrators of recreation in cities, counties, and state
agencies; directors of camping and outdoor recreation ; student union managers;
and s~pervisor's in colleges and universities.
The undergraduate major programs lead to the Bachelor of Science degree'
and provide a foundation for graduate work leading to the Master of Science and
doctoral degrees.
Requirements for Bachelor's Degree. The undergraduate curriculum in
recreation management places strong emphasis on courses designed to give the
student a broad liberal education, together with professional study in recreation
leadership and management. The requirements include: (1) courses in liberal arts
which satisfy general University requirements for a bachelor's degree; (2) a
core of basic professional courses; (3) a minimum of 36 term hours in recreation
management, including (a) a core of basic professional courses and (b) courses
providing concentration in one of five professional options; (4) a minimum GPA
of 2.50 in recreational management courses; (5) a minimum of 93 term hours of
work outside the School of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation.
Liberal arts requirements include Fundamentals of Speech (Sp 121) and a
minimum of 36 term hours in social science, including General Sociology (Soc
204, 205, 206) and one term of introductory psychology.
The professional core required of all majors includes the following courses:
Term Hours
Recreation in Society (RM 150) .
History & Theory of Recreation (RJIil 25 I) .
Recreation Leadership (RM 352)
Organization & Administration of Recreation eRN! 370)
School & Community Recreation Programs (RM 499)
Recreation Fiele! Work (RN! 415) .
3
3
3
3
3
9
Options are offered in the following five areas of concentration:
Park and Recreation Administration. The option in park and recreation
administration is designed to provide preparation for careers in the management
of public park and recreation programs and in the supervision and administr.ation
of recreation in public and private agencies' or institutions. Emphasis is placed on
management techniques, managerial problems, park and recreation organization
and operation, and recreation programs and service. The work includes training in
phases of landscape architecture and urban planning related to recreation. The
major requirements, in addition to the core program, are:
Term Hours
Organization & Administration of Recreation (l~M 371) . 6
Parks, School Grounds & Recreation Areas (LA 411, 412, 413) . 9
Recreation & Natural Resources (RM 492) OJ' Youth Agencies (RN! 395) 3
Recreation & Park Facilities (RN! 497) ..... 3
Youth Agencies. The youth-agencies option provides preparation for careers
in voluntary youth-serving recreation organizations and clubs (Y.M.CA.,
342 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
Y.W.CA., Boy and Girl Scouts, etc.). Emphasis is placed on community leader-
ship, group work, and the role of recreation in the social structure of the commun-
ity. The major requirements, in addition to the core program, are:
Camp Counseling (RJ\I 290) 0" approved elective ....
Camp Administration (RM 391) ..
Yonth Agencies (RJ\I 394, 395) or approved elective.
Hnman Development & Learning (Ed 315) ...
Professional activities .. _.
Term Hours
3
3
6
5
6
Recreation Leadership. The option in recreation leadership is designed to
prepare students for leadership in recreation programs in community and youth
centers, playgrounds, hospitals, institutions, service clubs in the armed forces,
etc. The major requirements, in addition to the core program, are:
3
3
3
5
6
Term Hours
4
4
Art in Elementary School (Art 311, 312)
Music Fundamentals (Mus 321, 322) ......
Camp Counseling (RM 290)
Youth Agencies (RM 394) or approved elective
Recreation Leadership (RM 352)
First Aid (HE 252) .. ..
~~7e~~i~,~~e~~~t~i~~I~s~..~.e~':~i~.g(~.d ..3.1.5)::::::::::::::::.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::........
Program Specialties. The option in program specialties is designed to prepare
students for careers in special recreation program areas such ·as music, arts and
crafts, dance, drama, physical education, or athletics. Emphasis is placed on the
development of a high degree of competency in a field ()fspecialization currently
represented in recreation programs. In consultation with his adviser, the student
elects from 24 to 35 hours in courses in a field of specialization. The major require-
ments, in addition to the core program, are:
Term Hours
Camp Counse'ing (RM 290) or approved elective .....
Youth Agencies (RM 394) or approved elective.
Recreation Leadership (RM 352) .. ..
Human Dcvelopment & Learning (Ed 315)................................................................ 5
Courses in area of specialization. _. __ _ 24-35, I".-J
Camping and Outdoor Education. The option in camping and outdoor
education is designed to prepare students' for careers in camp management, super-
vision, or outdoor education in the public schools. The major requirements, in
addition to the core program, are:
Term Hours
4
3
3
3
3 J
3
9-12
Music Fundamentals (Mus 321, 322) ..
Camp Counseling (RM 290) .. ..
Org. & Admin. of Camping (RM 391) .
Camp Ad'Uinistration (RM 391)
Principles of Outdoor Education (RM490) ..; ..
Recreation & Natural Resources (RM 492) ..
Scien.ce .. __, _..... __ .__ ._" _ _'._"""' __ "_.'"
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
RM 150. Recreation in Society. 3 hours.
Concept of community recreation; scope of recreation in American life; the
role of recreation, parks, and sports in human experience and in the structure
of community living. Neal and staff.
RM 251. History and Theory of Recreation. 3 hours fall.
Introduction to the basic historical and philosophical foundations of leisure
and recreation. Neal.
RM 290. Camp Counseling. 3 hours winter.
Orientation to youth work in camps; examination of the values and objectives
of organized camps; understanding campers, camp programs, and staff
responsibilities. Ford.
HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCA TION, RECREATION 343
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
RM 352, 353. Recreation Leadership. 3 hours.
Techniques of group and individual leadership in recreation programs. Exami-
nation of playground and community center leadership and program; leader-
ship in semipublic agencies; recruiting, training, and retaining volunteers.
Ford.
RM 370, 371. Organization and Administration of Recreation. 3 hours each
term.
Administration of public recreation and park services provided by municipal,
district, county, state, and Federal departments; legal provisions; organiza-
tion; finance; public relations. Rodney.
RM 391, 392. Camp Administration. 3 hours each term.
Selected organizational and administrative aspects of organized camping
including: site development, personnel, health, safety, sanitation, programs,
finance, and public relations; emphasis on national standards and local regu-
lations. Ford, Rodney.
RM 394, 395. Youth Agencies. 3 hours each term.
First term: survey of youth-serving organizations; role of agencies in relation
to adolescent-youth problems and character development. Second term: ad-
ministrative organization and management problems of social and voluntary
agencies.
RM 396. Sccial Recreation. 3 hours.
; Methods of developing effective leadership in social-recreation activities.
M 405. Reading and"Conference. Hours to be arranged.
M 407. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Recreation Budgeting and Finance. Rodney.
Recreation Supervision. Neal.
Park Management.
Student Union Management. Ellingson.
College Activity Programming. McMillan.
Youth and Leadership. Nickerson.
M 415. Recreation Field Work. Hours to be arranged (9 hours maximum
credit) .
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
M 408. Workshop. (g) Hours to be arranged.
M 490. Principles of Outdoor Education. (G) 3 hours.
Development of outdoor education and school camping; theories, practices,
educational significance; organization, administration, and program planning.
Ford.
M 492. Recreation and Natural Resources. (G) 3 hours.
Administration of natural resources at the national, 'state, local, and private
levels; emphasis on the understanding of the functions of the recreation pro-
fession in the administration of public wild lands. Ford.
M 497. Recreation and Park Facilities. (G) 3 hours fall.
Acquisition, development, construction, and maintenance of recreational areas,
facilities, and buildings.
M 499. School and Community Recreation Programs. (G) 3 hours.
Principles of program planning for school and community; types of pro-
grams considered in relation to sex and age and individual interests, needs,
and capacities. Rodney, Neal.
GRADUATE COURSES
RM 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
* No·grade course.
344 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
*RM 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged. Ford.
RM 50S. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Prerequisite: approval of department head.
RM 506. Special Problems. Hours to be arranged.
Study of selected problems in recreation. Prerequisite: approval of depart-
ment head.
RM 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Basic Issues in Parks and Recreation.
Public Park Administration.
Problems of Recreation Finance.
Administrative Problems of Recreation.
Philosophical Foundations of Recreation.
Youth and Leadership.
RM 508. Workshop. Hours to be arranged.
RM 552. Problems of Recreation Supervision. 3 hours.
The purpose of supervision; principles and techniques of supervision in a mod·
ern I?rogram of recreation; staff relationships; departmental organization;
policIes, regulations, problems. Rodney.
RM 553. Administration oJ Recreation. 3 hours wiriter.
Organization and administration of recreation programs in recreational dis-
tricts, communities, and municipalities; legal aspects, source of funds, type~
of programs. Rodney.
RM 554, Problems of Camp Management. 3 hours.
Analysis of problems under various types of camp sponsorship; principles
techniques, resources, administrative practices; principles and problems oj
leadership and group behavior. Rodney, Ford.
'* No·grade course.
School of Journalism
JOHN L. HULTENG, M.S., Dean of the School of Journalism.
Professors: C. T. DUNCAN, J. L. HULTENG, W. C. PRICE,* W. F. G. THACHER
(emeritus), G. S. TURNBULL (emeritus), R. M. WALES.
Associate Professors: B. L. FREEMESSER, R. C. HALL (emeritus). R. P. NELSON,
G. R. RARICK, C. C. WEBB.
Assistant Professors: J. D. EWAN, R. K. HALVERSON, K.]. NESTVOLD, D. F. REA.
Lecturer: F. H. LOGGAN.
Assistants: G. A. BELTRAN, BARBARA L. CLOUD, ]. D. MACKELLAR, J. R. OCHS.
A DEPARTMENT OF JOURNALISM was organized at the University of
Oregon in 1912, and was raised to the rank of a professional school in 1916. The
school is accredited by the American Council on Education in Journalism.
Admission. The major program in journalism is organized on an upper-
division and graduate basis. During his freshman and sophomore years, a student
planning to specialize in journalism pursues a preprofessional program which will
insure a sound educational basis for professional study at the upper-division level.
Introduction to Journalism (J 224, 225, 226) is recommended for all prejour-
~lalism students. The following basic courses are open to sophomores: Mechanics
)f Publishing (J 321) ; Reporting I (J 361) ; Principles of Advertising (J 341) ;
Copy Editing I (J 371).
Prejournalism students are advised: (l) to complete as many as possible of
the courses in liberal arts which are required and recommended by the school;
(2) to gain proficiency in the use of the typewriter; and (3) to participate in
~xtracurricular journalistic activities.
Requirements for Bachelor's Degree. In its requirements for an under-
,raduate major, the .School of Journalism places strong emphasis on courses
.vhich will provide a broad liberal education. The requirements in liberal arts are
1S follows:
Lower Division-(l) English or American literature, 18 term hours; (2)
listory, 9 term hours; (3) economics and political science, 9 term hours in each
'1eld, or 9 term hours in either economics or political science and 9 term hours in
me of the following fields: anthropology, geography, philosophy, psychology,
;ociology. All journalism majors are encouraged to study one foreign language
:hrough the second-year college level.
Upper Division-At least two 9-hour sequences in liberal arts courses.
The professional requirements for a bachelor's degree with a major in jour-
lalism are as follows:
(l) Introduction to Journalism (J 224, 225, 226), recommended for all pre-
ournalism maj ors; students who do not take this sequence must later include in
heir programs the following courses: Mechanics of Publishing (J 321), Prin-
:iples of Advertising (J 341), and Reporting I (J 361).
(2) A minimum of 33 term hours in upper-division professional courses (the
* On sabbatical leave 1966·67.
[ 345 ]
346 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
total number of upper- and lower-division hours combined should be limited to </j
hours within the first 186 hours of an undergraduate program).
(3) At least two courses chosen froni each of the following three groups
Group A-Reporting I (J 361) ; Reporting II (J 462) ; Magazine and Featur<
Writing I (J 468); Advertising Copy Writing (J 446); Radio-Television News
(J 431). Group B-Copy Editing I (J 371) ; Copy Editing II (J 372) ; Magazinl
Editing (J 470) ; Seminar: Picture Editing (J 407). Group C-Law of the Pres
(J 485) ; History of J ourualism (J 487) ; Journalism and Public Opinion (J 494)
Senior Thesis (J 403).
(4) A minimum cumulative grade-point average of 2.25.•
In consultation with his adviser, a journalism major selects professiona
courses which will provide a measure of concentration in a special field of jour
nalism. The following concentration programs arc recommended:
Advertising-Principles of Advertising (J 341) ; Advertising Copy Writin!
(J 446) ; Advertising Layout (J 447). Courses selected from the following: Medi;
of Advertising (J 441, 442, 443), Advertising Production (J 440), Advertisin!
Agencies and Departments (J 445), Advertising Problems (J 444), Photograph~
(J 335), Reporting I (J 361), Mechanics of Publishing (J 321).
News-Editorial-Reporting I (J 361) ; Copy Editing I and II (J 371, 372)
Reporting II (J 462) ; History of Journalism (J 487) ; courses selected from the
following: Mechanics of Publishing (J 321), Law of the Press (J 485), Magazil1l
and Feature Writing (J 468, 469), The Community Newspaper (J 424), Photog
raphy (J 335).
Newspaper Managemellt-Mechanics of Publishing (J 321) ; Principles a
Advertisinr:; (J 341) ; Reporting I (J 361) ; Copy Editing I (J 371) ; The Com
mtmity Newspaper (J 424); Newspaper Management (J 421); courses selecte<
from the following: Reporting II (J 462), Photography (J 335), Law of the Pres:
(J 485), Advertising Copy Writing (J 446); Advertising Layout (J 447), Adver
tising Production (J 440).
Radio-Tele7'isio II Jollrllalis11l-Radio-Television News I and II (J 431, 432)
Seminar: Radio-Television News Workshop (J 407) ; Seminar: Television Docu
mentary News Film (J 407); courses selected from the following: Seminar
Radio-Television Station Management (J 407) ; Seminar: Radio-Television Prob
lems (J 407) ; Reporting II (J 462) ; Media of Advertising (J 442, Radio-Te1e
vision Advertising) ; Radio and Television \Vorkshop (Sp 341) ; Radio and Tele
vision Script Writing (Sp 347) ; Radio-Television Direction (Sp 344) ; Radio
Television Production (Sp 445) ;. Radio-Television Programming (Sp 446).
Magazine Journalism.-Magazine and Feature \Vriting (J 468, 469) ; Maga
zine Editing (J 470) ; courses selected from the following: Mechanics of Publish
ing (J 321), Principles of Advertising (J 341), Copy Editing I (J 371), Seminar
Industrial Editing (J 407), Advertising Copy Writing (J 446), Advertising Lay
out (J 447), Law of the Press (J 485).
Public Relations-Principles of Public Relations (J 459) ; Public Relation
Problems (J 483) ; courses selected from the following: Mechanics of Publishini
(J 321), Principles of Ad'lertising (J 341), Reporting I (J 361), Seminar: In
dustrial Editing (J 407), Seminar: Documentary News Film (J 407), Seminar
Public-lZelations Methods (J 407), Advertising Production (J 440), Media (
Advertising (J 443), Advertising Copy Writing (J 446), Advertising Layot
(J 447).
ViSLwl C011l1'11tltlicatioll-Photography (J 335); Photojournalism (J 336)
Seminar: Picture Editing (J 407) ; courses selected from the following: Seminar
JOURNALISM 347
~cumentary Film in Television (J 407), History of Photography (J 407), Phil-
ophy of Photography (J 407), Reporting I (J 361), Radio and Television Work~
op (Sp 341, Sp 345), Principles of Advertising (J 341), Advertising Layout
. 447), Public Relations Problems (J 483), Magazine Editing (J 470), History
Journalism (J 487), Visual Communication Research (J 507).
Secondary-School Teaching of Journalism. For certification as a teacher of
urnalism in Oregon high schools, the Oregon State Department of Education
quires (1) the satisfaction of certain minimum standards of subject preparation
.d (2) the recommendation of the institution at which the student completes his
bject preparation.
To meet the state standards in journalism and the requirements for recom-
~ndation by the University of Oregon, the student should complete the foIlowing
ogram: undergraduate--Reporting I (J 361), Copy Editing I (J 371), The
:ess and Society (J 450); fifth year-Reporting II(J 462), Copy Editing II
372), Supervision of School Publications (J 455) ; additional recommended
eparation-Mechanics of Publishing (J 321), Photography (J 335), Principles
Advertising (J 341).
For further information, the student should consult a member of the journal-
n faculty who serves as adviser fer prospective teachers.
Honors. See HONORS COLLEGE, pages 132 ff.
Graduate Study. The School of Journalism offers work leading to the Master
Arts or Master of Science degree. Programs are provided for candidates with
nsiderable journalistic experience and for those with little experience, under the
lowing plans:
Plan A. Thesis required. Designed for students with an extensive back-
ound in journalism. The candidate may, on request, be permitted to satisfy the
jor requirement with less than the normal 30 term hours of work in journalism.
Plall B. Thesis optional. Designed for students with little or 110 journalistic
ckground. The candidate may take a maximum of 40 term hours of work in
rnalism. If he elects not to write a thesis, he must submit three term papers,
itten under the supervision of his adviser. Plan B students are required to enroll
several basic professional courses that do not carry graduate credit, in addition
completing the 45 hours of graduate credit required for the master's degree.
Facilities. The School of Journalism is housed in Eric W. Allen Hall, a three-
ry brick structure erected in 1954 and named in memory of the late Eric W.
len, the first dean of the School of Journalism. Fully equipped laboratories are
vided for newswriting, editing, advertising, radio-television news, photography,
typography. Current files of newspaper and trade publications are maintained
the Journalism Reading Room; the University Library has an excellent collee-
n of the literature of mass communications. The School of Journalism receives
regular newspaper teletypsetter monitor services of the Associated Press.
ces of the OREGON DAILY EMERALD, the University student newspaper, are 10-
ed on the third floor of Allen Hall. The Eric W. Allen Seminar Room, fur-
hed by contributions from friends and alumni of the school, is a center for meet-
s of journalism seminars and student groups.
The Oregon Newspaper Publishers Assoc.iation and the Oregon Association
Broadcasters have their offices in Allen Hall. The school and these associations
perate in providing placement services for journalism graduates. The Oregon
olastic Press also has its headquarters in Allen Hall.
Scholarships, Awards, and Financial Aid. For scholarships established
cifically for students of journalism, see pages 105-106; for journalism prizes and
ards, see pages 112-113.
348 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
The interest from a $15,000 endowment fund, bequeathed to the Universi
by the late Mrs. C. S. Jackson, widow of the founder of the Oregon Journal, pr
vides no-interest loans to men students majoring in journalism.
/} fund established by Zeta chapter of Gamma Alpha Chi, professional socie
for women in advertising, provides loans for women students majoring in journ<
ism. A fund established and administered by the Oregon Press Women provid
loans for senior women majoring in journalism.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSE
J 224,225,226. Introduction to Journalism. 2 hours each term.
Recommended for prejournalism majors; open to nonmajors. Survey al
criticism of communication media; discussion of journalistic techniques. F.
term: news and editorial functions. Winter term: advertising and public rei
tions. Spring term: production methods. The terms need not be taken
sequence. Nelson, staff.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
J 321. Mechanics of Publishing. 3 hours.
Printing processes and machinery, including their history; recogmtlon
type faces, typographical display, copy fitting; typesetting machines, stere
typing, letterpress, offset, rotogravure, engraving; paper and ink; relationsh
of mechanical to business and editorial departments. Lectures and laborator
Webb.
J 335. Photography. 3 hours.
Study of principles of photography, emphasizing processing and printing
pictures. Consideration given to photographic criticism and communicati"
aspects of photography. Lectures and laboratory. Freemesser.
J 336. Photojournalism. 3 hours.
Study of the documentary and informational aspects of photojournalisl
Creation and editing of a photographic essay; use of color in photograph:
trends in pictorial journalism. Prerequisite: J 335 or consent of instructc
Freemesser.
J 341. Principles of Advertising. 3 hours.
Advertising as a factor in the distributive process; the advertising agenc:
the "campaign" ; the function of research and testing; the selection of medi
newspaper, magazine, broadcasting, outdoor advertising, direct mail. EWd
Wales.
Sp 341. Radio and Television Workshop. 2 hours.
For description, see SPEECH.
Sp 347. Radio and Television Script Writing. 2 hours.
For description, see SPEECH.
J 361. Reporting 1. 4 hours.
Basic training in news writing and reporting; coverage of city and coun
affairs; reporting of special news. Lectures, individual conferences, laboratOl
Hulteng, Rea.
J 371. Copy Editing 1. 3 hours.
Instruction and practi;;e in copyreading and headline writing for the nev.
paper; emphasis on grammar and style. The class edits the daily teleprinl
report of the Associated Press or the United Press International. Lectures a
laboratory. Prerequisite: J 321, J 361._Halverson, Price.
J 372. Copy Editing II. 3 hours.
Instruction and practice in technical and subjective problems involved
evaluation, display, make-up, and processing of written and pictorial ne
matter under time pressure. Prerequisite: J 371. Price.
J 401. Research. Hours to be arranged.
JOURN ALISM 349
J 403. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
J 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
*J 425. Advanced Practice. I to 3 hours.
Field experience in news and advertising practice. Prerequisite: consent of
instructor.
J 431. Radio-Television News 1. 3 hours.
Gathering and writing news for broadcast media. Emphasis on broadcast
style, basic aspects of radio-television news writing, and radio news opera-
tion. Lectures, individual conferences, and laboratory. Nestvold.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
J 407. Seminar. (G) Hours to be arranged.
Editorial Cartooning.
Industrial Communications and Editing.
Documentary Film in Television.
Picture Editing.
Radio-TV Station Management.
Radio-TV Problems.
History of Photography.
Philosophy of Photography.
J 421. Newspaper Management. (G) 3 hours.
Management problems of the newspaper; plant and equipment; personnel;
administration and coordination of editorial, advertising, and mechanical
departments; business office operations. Webb.
J 424. The Community Newspaper. (G) 3 hours.
The weekly, semiweekly, and small daily newspaper in America; historical
development and social role, past and pre5ent; problems of news and editorial
policy peculiar to this distinctive form of journalism. \iVebb.
J 432. Radio-Television News II. (G) 3 hours.
Advanced aspects of the preparation, reporting, and broadcasting of radio-
television news. Emphasis on television news writing and reporting, the
broadcast documentary, and radio-television news interviewing. Lectures and
laboratory. Prerequisite: J 361 or J 431. Nestvold.
J 440. Advertising Production. (G) 3 hours.
Instruction in the technical aspects of advertising. Printing and engraving,
lithography, rotogravure, silk-screen process, paper, ink, and color. Produc-
tion planning of advertising materials. Lectures and laboratory. Prerequisite:
J 321, J 341. Webb.
y441, 442, 443. Media of Advertising. (G) 2 hours each tenl1.
Examination and evaluation of the media of communication as disseminators
of advertising. Fall: newspapers and magazines; winter: radio and television;
spring: direct mail and outdoor advertising. Media selection, buying practices,
research, codes, and agency media departments studied. Prerequisite: J 341.
Ewan, Wales.
r444. Advertising Problems. (G) 3 hours.
The student is given an opportunity to cultivate his judgment through con-
sideration of actual marketing and merchandising problems, in the solution of
which advertising may be a factor. Prerequisite: J 341. \iVales.
~p 444. Radio-Television Direction. (G) 3 hours.
For description, see SPEECH.
,p 445. Radio-Television Production. (G) 3 hours.
For description, see SPEECH.
,p 446. Radio-Television Programming. (G) 3hours.
For description, see SPEECH.
... No-grade course.
350 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
J 445. Advertising Agencies and Departments. (G) 3 hours.
The role of the advertising agency in the creation of advertising materials,
marketing plans, and research; structure and function of the agency; client
relations; merchandising; personnel; financial operations; legal problems.
The company advertising department. Wales.
J 446. Advertising Copy Writing. (G) 3 hours.
Theory and practice in writing advertising copy. Study of style and structure,
with emphasis on persuasive writing. Lectures and laboratory. Prerequisite:
J 341. Ewan, Wales.
J 447. Advertising Layout. (G) 3 hours.
Instruction and practice in graphic design for advertising. Work with type
and illustrations. Consideration given to all media. Prerequisite: J 341. Ewan,
Nelson.
J 450. The Press and Society. (g) 3 hours.
The organization and operation of American newspapers, leading national
magazines, and the media of commercial broadcasting; evaluation of their
functions, duties, and responsibilities in contemporary society. Not open to
journalism majors. Nelson.
J 455. Supervision of School Publications. (G) 2-3 hours.
The teacher's role in guiding student publications in secondary schools. Nor-
ton.
J 459. Principles of Public Relations. (G) 3 hours.
Theory and practice of public relations as viewed by business, government,
and civic organizations; study of mass media as publicity channels; role of the
public relations practitioner; public relations departments and agencies. Ewan,
Nelson.
J 462. Reporting II. (G) 4 hours.
Newspaper reporting of legislative and executive governmental bodies;
political news and other special news areas; civil and criminal courts and
appellate procedure. Prerequisite: J 361. Price, Rarick.
J 468. Magazine and Feature Writing 1. (G) 3 hours.
Writing newspaper and magazine feature articles; book and movie reviewing
for the mass media; study of the problems of marketing magazine and book
manuscripts. Nelson.
J 469. Magazine and Feature Writing II. (G) 2 hours.
Writing and marketing magazine articles. Individual conferences. Prerequi-
site: J 468. Nelson.
J 470. Magazine Editing. (G) 3 hours.
Principles and problems of magazine editing; content selection, use of pic-
tures, headline writing, caption writing, layout, make-up, typography; edi-
torial responsibility. Lectures and laboratory. Nelson.
J 483. Public Relations Problems. (G) 3 hours.
Use of research, decision processes, and program design in the solution of pub·
lic relations problems. Application of principles and techniques in the publi<
relations programs of profit and nonprofit institutions. Role of the mass medic
of communication in such programs. Ethics of public relations. Prerequisite
J 459. Ewan, Nelson, Wales.
J 485. Law of the Press. (G) 3 hours.
The constitutional guarantee of freedom of the press; principal Supreml
Court decisions; legal status of the press as a private business and as a publi!
utility; governmental activity toward improving the press; legal controls o'
publication; libel, right of privacy, copyright, contempt of court, censorship
and radio news regulation. Price.
J 487. History of Journalism. (G) 3 hours.
Study of the changing character of the newspaper, with emphasis on the con·
tributions of outstanding editors, publishers, and inventors. The evolution 0
JOURNALISM 351
freedom of the press, editorial and business standards, mechanics, and adver-
tising practices. Price.
494. Journalism and Public Opinion. (G) 3 hours.
The formation, reinforcement, and change of opinions. The role of major social
and political institutions, with emphasis upon the mass media of communica-
tion. Rarick.
495, 496. Journalism and Contemporary Affairs. (G) 2 hours each term.
Examination of current problems in journalism; evaluation of governmental
and other public policies affecting the mass media; trends in mass communi-
cation. Duncan, Hulteng.
GRADUATE COURSES
] 501. Research in Journalism. Hours to be arranged.
] 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Public Opinion Measurement.
Advertising Research.
Literature of Journalism.
History of Journalism.
Law of the Press.
Propaganda.
The Photo Essay.
Visual Communication Research.
Writing the Nonfiction Book.
512. Communication Theories and Research Methods. 3 hours.
Selection of research problems; planning the study; field research methods,
experimental methods, sampling and measurement problems; theories of
communication; effects of mass communication. Rarick.
564. Editorial Writing. 3 hours.
Analysis and interpretation of news for media of mass communication; edi-
torial policy formulation; editorial page operation. Hulteng.
589. Comparative Foreign Journalism. 3 hours.
History of and contemporary structure of international communications facil-
ities: the flow of worldwide news; conflicting theories of press control, for-
eign correspondence, international censorship, major world newspapers and
broadcasting systems, and historical and contemporary leaders of the world
press. Price.
* N o·grade course.
School of Law
ORLANDO J. HOLLIS, B.S., J.D., Dean of the School of Law.
LOIS 1. BAKER, M.A., Law Librarian.
JAMES H. GRITTON, B.C.S., M.A., J.D., Assistant Law Librarian.
Professors: W. M. BASYE, O. J. HOLLIS, C. G. HOWARD (emeritus), F. R. LAc
H. A. LINDE.
Associate Professors: C. D. CLARK, T. W. MAPP, G. M. PLATT, R. S. SUMMER
H. W. TITus.
Assist<.nt Professors: J. G. HUNTER, G. D. WEATHERFORD.
Special Lecturer: E. C. HARMS.
THE UNIVERSITY OF OREGON SCHOOL OF LAW, established
1884 as a night law school in the city of Portland, was moved to the Eugel
campus in 1915 and reorganized as a regular division of the University. The Scho,
of Law was admitted to the Association of American Law Schools in Decemb,
1919; the standards of the school were approved by the American Bar Associati(
in August 1923.
Facilities. The School of Law is housed in Fenton Hall, a three-story bri(
structure, with a fireproof annex in which the main book collection of the La
Library is located. Fenton Hall, named in honor of the late William David Fel
ton, Oregon attorney and benefactor of the school, was formerly the Universi'
Library. The building was extensively remodeled in 1938 to provide a permanel
home for the School of Law. A new Law Library reading room with model
facilities was provided in 1953.
The holdings of the Law Library total 63,810 volumes, including comple
case reports of the National Reporter System, complete state reports from coloni
times to the establishment of the Reporter System, a substantial collection ,
English and Canadian case law, codes and compilations of state and Federal sta
ute law, standard legal digests and encyclopaedias, etc. Its periodical collection il
cludes files of about 335 legal journals. An excellent collection of publicatiol
relating to Oregon territorial and state law includes an extensive file of Oreg(
Supreme Court briefs.
The Law Library reading rooms are adjacent to the stacks, allowing studen
direct and easy access to the book collections.
Admission to the School of Law. The minimum requirement for admissi(
to the School of Law is three-fourths of the total credit required for a Bachelor,
Arts or Bachelor of Science degree from the institution at which the student con
p1etes his prelegal work-but not less than 140 term hours (the requirement for
student completing his prelegal work at the University of Oregon). The minimu
requirement may include no work taken by correspondence, and may include
maximum of 14 term hours in nontheory courses in military science, hygien
domestic arts, physical education, vocal or instrumental music, or other subjec
of a nontheoretical nature.
The student's prelegal program must include: (1) courses satisfying <
lower-division requirements of the University; (2) basic colleg'e course in aj
counting (Ac 221,222, Ac 313, or equivalent); (3) a minimum of 36 term hours
credit in courses in the general field of social science. An applicant who has 'I'
[352 ]
LAW 353
accalaureate degree need not comply with requirement (I) above. Requirements
2) and (3) may be waived, in deserving cases, on petition.
For admission to the School of Law, a student must have, for all prelegal
,ork, a cumulative grade-point average of at least 2.25 (computed in accordance
,ith the system of grade-point-average determination used by the University of
)regon). This requirement applies to all applicants, including those who hold
egrees.
Applicants for admission to the School of Law must take the uniform Law
ichool Admission Test administered by the Educational Testing Service, and
lave a report of the test score sent to the School of Law prior to the first day of
une preceding the fall term for which admission is sought. Inquiries concern-
Ilg the dates, places, and fee for the Law School Admission Test should be
.ddressed directly to the Educational Testing Service, Box 944, Princeton, N. J.
4704.
An applicant who receives a score of less than 475 on the Law School Admis-
ion Test will not be admitted unless his academic record, when considered to-
'ether with his test score, is of such quality as to justify a prediction of probable
uccess in the study of law.
All students intending to enter the School of Law must file a formal applica-
ion for admission with the dean of the school, from whom official application
orms may be obtained. Applications should be filed before the first day of May
'receding the fall term in which the student intends to enroll.
A student intending to transfer to the University of Oregon from another
stitution and to enter the School of Law must also submit, to the dean of the
hool, complete records of all school work beyond the eighth grade. For failure
submit complete records, the University may cancel the student's registration.
his regulation applies to work taken at other law schools, whether or not the
udent wishes to transfer credit.
Admission to the School of Law is restricted to students who are candidates
r a professional law degree. Students are admitted to the professional study of
w only at the opening of the fall term of each academic year.
Prelegal Program. Students pursning prelegal studies at the- University of
regon are enrolled in the College of Liberal Arts during the three years of the
quired preparatory program. They are, however, assigned academic advisers
om the faculty of the School of Law. The student is allowed considerable free-
m of choice in selecting his courses, as long as his program provides a sub-
antial cultural background. The prelegal adviser, after considering the student's
.gh-school record and any available evidence of his native abilities, assists him in
orking out a program that will provide such a background. The student's pro-
ram should include courses which will enable him to meet all lower-division
quirements by the end of the second year of his prelegal studies.
Law students may qualify for a nonprofessional baccalaureate degree after
e satisfactory completion of prelegal requirements and one year of professional
ork in the School of Law, provided that they have satisfied all general University
quirements for such a degree. For a nonprofessional degree, the major require-
ent in law is 36 term hours (unweighted) in professional courses. The dean of
e School of Law will not recommend a student for the B.A. or B.S. degree with
major in law who has been awarded, or is a candidate for, either of these degrees
ith a major in another field.
Registration and Fees. Law students register and pay their fees at the times
t in the University calendar for registration. Law students pay the regular fees
escribed for all students. Nonresident law students who hold a bachelor's degree
om an accredited college or university are not required to pay the nonresi-
nt fee.
Curriculum and Degrees. The School of Law offers a standard professional
354 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
curriculum leading to the Doctor of Jurisprudence degree. A total of three yea)
of resident professional study in the University of Oregon or another law schru
of recognized standing is required for a law degree, of which, normally, the two la:
years must be in residence at the University of Oregon. The curriculum is al
ranged, as far as possible, to present the fundamental topics of the law during tl
first year, and the more specialized subjects during the second and third years.
Since the school owes its primary responsibility to the people of the state (
Oregon, special emphasis is placed on Oregon substantive law and on Oregc
procedure. Courses based upon the common law are organized to provide H
student a thorough foundation in the fundamental principles of the common la'
and an understanding of the modification of these principles in Oregon by judicii
decisions and statutes.
In the list of courses on pages 355-358, elective courses are indicated with a
asterisk (*). All other courses are required. The school reserves the right to maR
any desirable or necessary changes in courses as listed and described.
A student admitted without a baccalaureate degree must obtain that degn
before entering upon his second year of study in the School of Law.
The School of Law reserves the right to withhold recommendation for tl
granting of a degree to any student who, in the opinion of the faculty of the schoo
does not possess the character and abilities essential to the maintenance of tl
public trust in the legal profession. Regular class attendance is required of stt
dents in the School of Law. Credit for any course may be denied for irregul~
attendance. Classes are regularly scheduled Monday through Saturday.
An honor system, which has been in operation in the School of Law for mar
than forty years, is applicable to all students in the school. The system is explaine
to first-year students at an assembly at the opening of the fall term of each yeal
Students who have met the requirements for admission to the School of Lav
and who have successfully completed courses in law aggregating 123 hours an
have otherwise satisfied the requirements of the University and the School of Lav
will be granted the degree of Doctor of Jurisprudence (J.D.), provided that they
(1) Obtain (at least two years before completing work for the law degree
the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science, or an equivalent degree from this Un:
versity or some other institution of recognized collegiate rank.
(2) Earn a minimum grade-point average of 2.00 in the School of Law.
(3) Comply with such other requirements as the law faculty may from tirr
to time impose.
Transferred Credit. A student as a general rule may transfer not to exce{
one year of credit earned in another law school of recognized standing, provid{
that, at the time he was admitted to the law school from which he wishes to tran:
fer credit, he could have met thethen-existiJ;lg admission requirements oij(t!
University of Oregon School of Law. IiI exceptional cases only, a student may 1
permitted to transfer not to exceed two years of credit. The right to reject'ar
and all such credit is reserved.
Application for admission by a student who has attended another law schoo
will not be considered unless: (1) the school from which transfer is sought is (
the list of schools approved by the American Bar Association and is a memb,
of the Association of American Law Schools; (2) the student is eligible for ro
admission in good standing to the school previously attended ; and (3) the st1
dent's cumulative grade-point average for all professional law courses complet<
is at least 2.00, when computed on the basis of the system of grade-point-avera!
determination used by the University of Oregon. Transferred credit will be a,
cepted, however, only if the student's professional law-school record is of hi~
quality.
In determining whethe,r a student who has transferred credit from anoth>
LAW 355
w school has satisfied the 2.00 grade-point-average requirement for the J.D.
~gree, only grades earned at the University of Oregon will be considered.
Oregon Law Review. The OREGON LAW REVIEW is published quarterly under
Ie editorship of the faculty of the School of Law, with the assistance of a
udent editorial staff, as a service to the members of the Oregon bar and as a
imulus to legal research and productive scholarship on the part of students. The
AW REVIEW has been published continuously since 1921.
Legal Aid. Members of the third-year law class each year have the oppor-
lI1ity to participate on a voluntary, noncredit basis in the legal-aid program
)erated by the Lane County Bar Association. For several years the voluntary
loperation of third-year students has been 100 per cent.
Oral Case Analysis Contest. Law students entering the Lane County Bar
ssociation Oral Case Analysis Contest are afforded the unique opportunity of
scussing a recent case or legal topic of interest with an audience composed
ltirely of lawyers. Any registered law student may enter the contest. The Lane
ounty Bar Association offers each year cash prizes of $65, $40, and $25 to the
ree students judged to have made the best presentations at the weekly luncheon
eetings of the bar association.
Order of the Coif. The Order of the Coif, national law-school honor society,
aintains a chapter in the University of Oregon School of Law. The Order of the
if was founded to encourage high scholarship and to advance the ethical stand-
ds of the legal profession. Members are selected by the faculty during the spring
rm each year from the ten per cent of the third-year class who rank highest in
holarship. Character, as well as scholarship, is considered in selecting members.
Scholarships and Awards. For scholarships and fellowships established
ecifically for students ill the School of Law, see pages 106-108. For prizes and
ards for law students, see pages 113-114.
Placement. The School of Law maintains its own placement service for its
aduates, under the personal direction of the dean of the school. Individual atten-
n is given to the wishes of each graduate concerning his placement. No substan-
problem in finding suitable opportunities to practice law has been experienced
ce the depression days of the 1930s. During the last few years, graduates of the
.001 going into law offices and government positions have received starting
laries ranging from $500 to $600 a month. A very large proportion of the school's
aduates enter the private practice of law.
UPPER-DIVISION SERVICE COURSE
30. Law, Its Processes and Functions. (g) 3 hours.
'Introduction to the legal system for nonlaw students. Law presented not as a
body of rules but as man's chief means of political and social control; judicial
opinions and other primary source materials used to show how the legal
system operates and what its main social functions are. Not open to lower-
division students. Summers.
FIRST-YEAR COURSES
11, 412.413. Contracts. 3 hours fall, 2 hours winter, 3 hours spring.
Formation of simple contracts; consideration; third-party beneficiaries; as-
signments; the Statute of Frauds; performance and breach; illegality; dis-
charge. Platt, Summers.
14,415,416. Property. 3 hours each term.
Possession as a concept in acquisition, retention, transfer, and loss of chattels.
Requisites of valid acquisition and transfer of nonderivative and derivative
356 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
titles to land; descriptions; covenants of title; fixtures. Landowners' inco
poreal interests; easements; licenses, covenants. Creation and characteristi
of common-law estates. Classification and protection of nonpossessory futu
interests. Class gifts; construction problems; rule against perpetuities; powe
of appointment; restraints on alienation. Clark, Weatherford.
L 417, 418. Legal Bibliography and Writing. 1 hour each term.
Legal reference materials: legislative enactments; judieial precedents; class
of law books; training in their use. Preparation of an original manuscri
dealing with a legal subj ect.
L 419. Civil Procedure. 4 hours fall.
Introductory study of procedure in actions at law. The court system; metho-
of trial and appellate review; detailed study of common-law actions and plea
ings. Hollis, Lacy.
L 420, 421. Criminal Law and Procedure. 3 hours fall, 2 hours winter.
Source and function of criminal law; elements of specific crimes and facto
limiting culpability; criminal law and its administration as a technique
social order; procedure in criminal cases; protection of individual rights 1
constitutional and other legal limitations on criminal law enforcement. Hunt(
Lin,je, Titus.
L 422, 423, 424. Torts. 3 hours fall, 2 hours winter, 3 hours spring.
Intentional invasion of interests of personality and property; negligilHce at
causation; pla,intiff's colK1uet as a bar to recovery; liability without leg
fault; fraud and deceit; defamation; malicious proseclAtion; interference wi
advantageous relations. Lacy, Titus.
L 427. Agency. 3 hours spring.
Nature of agency; creation; agent's duty to principal; rights of agent again
principal; claims of third persons; ratification; undisclosed principal; te
mination. Platt.
L 429. Equity. 4 hours spring.
General nature and availability of equitable remedies; historical backgrouIll
specific performance of contracts; inj unctions; interests typically protectl
by courts of equity. Summers.
SECOND-YEAR COURSES
L 434. Secured Land Transactions. 4 hours spring.
Vendor-purchaser and mortgage law; emphasis on functional comparison
land sale contracts, mortgages, and deeds of trust as real property securi
devices in the market place. Clark.
L 435. Commercial Transactions. 4 hours fall.
Secured transactions, sales, documents of title, and introduction to commerc
paper under the Uniform Commercial Code. Summers.
*L 436. Commercial Paper. 3 hours.
Analysis of rights and liabilities of parties to negotiable instruments un
the Uniform Commercial Code. Some comparisons with foreign law will
made. Titus.
*L 440. Insurance. 3 hours.
The insurance business; insurable interest; coverage of contract as to ev
and insured; subrogation; warranties, representations, and concealme
Mapp.
-' *L 441. Land and Water Resources. 3 hours.
The legal aspects of problems arising in land, timber, minerals, and wa
utilization, with special attention to the effect of Federal, state, and 10
legislation on such problems. Clark.
*L 444. Restitution. 3 hours.
Historical background; availability and operation of quasi contracts a
* Elective courses.
LAW 357
other remedies for unjust enrichment; restitution of benefits tortiously ac-
quired or conferred upon unenforceable contracts or because of mistake or
duress. Titus.
L 446. Family Law. 3 hours.
Nature of marriage; annulment; divorce; adoption; legal incidents of status
of husband and wife and parent and child. vVeatherford.
,447,448. Partnerships and Corporations. 4 hours fall, 3 hours winter.
A comparative study of partnerships, corporations, and other business asso-
ciations in lannching the enterprise and in transactions prior to formation;
management, control, and transfer of control in a going concern; managers'
benefits and hazards; asset distributions to members; reorganization of a
solvent enterprise; solvent dissolution. Basye.
,449,450. Constitutional Law. 3 hours tOach term.
The Federal system under the Constitution of the United States; judicial
review in constitutional cases; national and state control over the economy
under the commerce clause; the power to tax and spend and other powers of
Congress; national power in international relations; guarantees of individual
liberty by limitations on governmental power; constitutional issues in state
courts. Linde.
,453. Code Pleading. 4 hours spting.
Pleading under the codes and the Federal rules of civil procedure; parties;
joinder of causes; the pleadings; objections to pleadings; amendments. Hollis.
,454,455. Trusts a,nd Estates. 3 h~urswinter, 4 hours spring.
First term: execution and construction of testamentary and trust instruments;
resulting and constructive trusts. Second term: administration of decedents'
and fiduciary estates; law of intestate succession. Mapp.
THIRD-YEAR COURSES
.458,459. Conflict of Laws. 3 hours each term, fall and winter.
Theoretical basis of decision; jurisdiction; foreign judgments; right under
foreign law in torts, contracts, sales, security transactions, busiRess organiza-
tions, family law. Hollis.
. 460,461. Trial Practice. 3 hours each term, winter and spring.
Jurisdiction; venue; process; judgments; juries; introduction of evidence;
exceptions; findings; verdicts; motions after verdict. Moot court jury trial
spring term. Hollis.
462. Creditors' Rights. 4 hours.
Remedies of and priorities between unsecured creditors; exemptions, fraudu-
lent conveyances; general assignments and creditors' agreements; bankruptcy.
L 471. Legislation. 3 hours spring.
The legislative process; the lawyer's role in policy formulation and law mak-
ing in contrast to litigation; drafting; presentations before legislative com-
! ,mittees and other law-making bodies; lobbying and its regulation; legislative
. 'history and the interpretation of statutes. Linde.
:.. 476. Labor Law. 3 hours.
The law of labor-management relations; common-law background and mod-
ern development; Federal and state regulation ofcollective bargaining, strikes,
and picketing, and of specific employment conditions and practices; the
N.L.R.. B. and other agencies of Iflbor-law administration.
477. The Legal Profession. 2 hours .
.Organization of bench and bar; functions of the legal profession in the ad-
ministration of justice; canons and other standards of professional ethics.
Mapp.
478,479. Evidence. 3 hours each term, fall and wiliter.
Presumptions; burden of proof; judicial notice; hearsay, opinion, and char-
* Elective courses.
358 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
acter evidence; admissions; real evidence; best-evidence rule; parole-evidenc
rule; witnesses. Lacy.
*L 481. Trade Regulation. 4 hours.
Survey of the effect of the major Federal legislation (Sherman, Claytol
Robinson-Patman, Federal Trade Commission Acts) in the anti-trust an
unfair-competition areas. Hunter.
L 482, 483. Federal Taxation. 3 hours each term.
What is income and whose income is it under the Federal income tax; dedu<
tions and credits; when is it income or deductible-accounting problems
capital gains and losses; income-tax problems in corporate distributions an
reorganization; the Federal estate tax--concepts of gross estate, valuatiOi
deductions, credits, and computation of tax; the Federal gift tax; collectio
of Federal taxes, transferee liability, and criminal penalties. Basye.
*L 484. Administrative Law. 4 hours.
The administrative process; delegation of administrative functions and legil
lative and executive control of agency action; formulation and enforcemer
of the administrative program; procedural standards of administrati'Ve action
the nature and scope of judicial review. Linde.
*L 485. Future Interests and Estate Planning. 4 hours.
Recognition and solution of practical problems in lifetime and testamentar
disposition of property; development of the law of future interests withi
the overall framework of estate planning. Individual student assignment (
a practical problem in preparing a family estate plan, including the draftin
of necessary legal instruments. Basye.
*L 486. Securities Regulation. 3 hours.
Analysis ot Federal legislation administered by the Securities and Exchang
Commission and of. state legislation, popnlarly designed as "blue sky laws.
based on the policy of investor protection,
*L 487. Local Government Law. 3 hours spring.
The nature, constitution, powers, and liabilities of municipal corporation
Harms.
L 488. Legal Writing. I hour.
Preparation, under the supervision of a member of the faculty, of a mam
script in the form of a UNote and Comment" suitable for submission to t1
Board of Editors of the OREGON LAW REVIEW.
*L 501. Research. Hours to be arranged,
Open to third-year students, by special arrangement only. The student worl
under the supervision of the instructor in whose field the problem is selecte
Not more than 3 hours per term or a total of 9 term hours of credit may I
earned.
*L 503, Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
A maximum total of 3 hours of credit may be earned.
*L 507, Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Seminars offered in the following subjects as student interest and other COl
ditions may make the instruction feasible:
Administration of Criminal Justice, Lacy.
Compensation for Personal Injuries. Lacy.
Copyright, Trade Mark,and Patent Law.
Current Constitutional Problems. Linde.
International Law. Linde.
Jurisprudence. Linde or Summers.
Legal Problems of Business Planning.
Social Legislation,
* Elective CourseS.
School of Librarianship
LERoy C. MERRITT, Ph.D., Dean of the School of Librarianship.
Professors: ELIZABETH FINDLY, C. W. HINTZ, L. C. MERRITT.
Associate Professors: HOLWAY JONES, R. R. MCCOLLOUGH, lONE PIERRON.
Assistant Professors: CAROLINE FELLER, R. E. KEMPER, CORINNE McNEIR, E. P.
THATCHER.
THE UNIVERSITY OF OREGON School of Librarianship was established in
the faIl of 1966. The University offered undergraduate courses for school librarians
in summer sessions as early as 1920; a regular-session program was established in
the Department of English in 1934. In 1948 the program was transferred to the
School of Education. In 1960-the University was authorized to offer graduate work
in librarianship leading to the Master of Arts or Master of Science degrees. In-
struction in the School of Librarianship is offered primarily at the graduate level,
and leads to the professional degree of Master of Library Science. '
The offices, classrooms, and laboratories of the school are located in the Uni-
versity Library building; the facilities and resources of the Library itself provide
the basic laboratory for students in the school.
The program of the School of Librarianship is designed to provide: (1) grad-
uate instruction in the basic principles and practices of library'service and admin-
.stration; (2) opportunities for in-service training; (3) leadership in the develop-
lent of new and improved concepts and practices in librarianship; (4) training for
chool librarians.
Admission. Requirements for admission to the professional graduate program
f the school include: (I) graduation from an institution of higher education whose
equirements for the bachelor's degree are substantiaIly equivalent to the I'equire-
ents of the University of Oregon; (2) a grade-point average of 3.00 for the
ast two years of the student's academic preparation; (3) a satisfactory score on
he Graduate Record Examination Aptitude Test or on the MiIler Analogies Test;
(4) two years of coIlege-level study of one modern foreign language, or one year
f college-Ievel study of each of two modern foreign languages; (5) for foreign
tudents, proof of proficiency in the English language as measured by the Univer-
ity of Michigan English Language Institute Test or the Princeton University
est of English as a Foreign Language, in lieu of the Aptitude Test or the Miller
nalogies Test.
For application procedures for-admission to graduate standing ill the Univer-
ity, see page 116. Students applying for admission to the School of Librarianship
ust also: (1) have three letters of recommendation (one preferably from a
ibrarian) sent to the dean of the School of Librarianship; (2) arrange for an
nterview with the dean or member of the faculty of the school or \vith a representa-
ive of the school designated by the dean. AIl application procedures must be
ompleted early in the term preceding the term in which the student wishes to enter
he school.
Degree Requirements. The requirements for the M.L.S. degree are as fo1-
ows; (I) 45 term hours of graduate work, including not less than 39 hours in lie
rarianship and at least two graduate courses in another school or department tota1-
ng not less than 4 term hours; (2) completion of a 24-hour core curriculum,
ncluding Lib 411, Lib 421, Lib 431, Lib 442, Lib 512, Lib 521, Lib 571, Lib 572;
[ 359]
360 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
(3) a 3.00 CPA covering all upper-division and graduate courses taken after admis-
sion to the school.
1\ maximum of 15 term hours of graduate work completed at another accred-
ited institution or through the Division of Continuing Education of the Oregor
State System of Higher Education may be accepted for transferred credit. Candi-
dates who hold advanced degrees in another field may be considered to have satis-
fied the requirement for work outside the school, and may take additional course~
in librarianship.
Program for School Librarians. For certification as a school librariar
in Oregon schools, the Oregon State Department of Education requires (1)
the satisfaction of certain minimum standards of preparation in librarianshiI:
and (2) the recommendation of the institution at which the student complete~
his work in librarianship.
The School of Librarianship admits undergraduate students to its course~
for the satisfaction of the Oregon basic norm requirement (18 term hours)
and admits graduate students for the satisfaction of the standard nann re-
quirement (an additional 12 term hours). Students preparing for certification
as school librarians are not required to meet the admission requirements fOI
the professional program leading to the M.L.S. degree.
LOWER-DIVISION SERVICE COURSE
Lib 127. Use of the Library. 1 hour any term.
Training in the use of the card catalog, periodical indexes, and referencE
books; experience in the preparation of bibliographies. As far as possible
problems are coordinated with the individual student's stuoyprogram. Poole
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
Lib 411. Cataloging and Classification. (G) 3 hours.
Instruction and practice in simplified procedures for the classification anC
cataloging of books, films, filmstrips. phonorecords, and maps. Procedure for
ordering and using Library of Congress amI \"/i1son cards. Kemper.
Lib 421. Bibliography and Reference. l G) 3 hours.
Introduction to reference services; evaluation and use of reference materials;
correct bibliographical form; practical problems in the use of reference book~
in schools and other small libraries. KempeL
Lib 431. The Library in Society. (G) 3 hours.
The development of American libraries; their present-day functions as educa-
tional and cultural institutions; legal structure; interlibrary cooperation;
relations with the mass media; Jibrarianship as a profession. Kemper.
Lib 432. The School Library. (G) 3 hours.
Administrative and service problems of school libraries, including coIlecti01'
building and maintenance, staffing, public relations with clientele and support-
ing institutions. Prerequisite: Lib 431. KempeL
Lib 442. Selection and Acquisition of Materials. (G) J hours.
Reviewing media, selection aids, and other means of evaluating and selecting
books and other materials in the light of library objectives. Merritt, Pierron
Lib 445. The Library and Audio-Visual Materials. (G) J hours.
Types, costs, utility, and characteristics of modern sensory aids employed il
communicating ideas; experience in operating various types of equipment
techniques for the extension of the use of audio-visual materials by communit)
groups; sources of information about materials and equipment. Kemper.
Lib 451. Children's Literature. (G) 3 hours.
Survey of children's literature, with emphasis on selection and evaluation 01
books suitable for public and school libraries; reading guidance in relation t<
both personal and curricular needs. Feller.
---_ ..._----
LIBRARIANSHIP 361
G'RADUATE COURSES
Lib 50S. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Lib 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Lib 509. Practicum. 3-5 hours.
Supervised practical experience under the guidance of a professional librarian.
Lib 512. Advanced Cataloging and Classification. 3 hours.
MOI-e-difficult problems in the cataloging and classification of books and other
library materials; survey of theories and experiments in cataloging and classi-
fication, and of their implications for the future. Prerequisite: Lib 411. Kemper.
Lib 523. Government Publications. 3 hours.
The acquisition, organization. and use of government publications of the
United States, selected foreign countries, and international organizations, with
special attention to United States government docmnents. Prerequisite: Lib
421. McNeir. .
Lib 533 The Public Library. 3 hours.
Administrative and service problems of public libraries, including collection
building and maintenance, staffing, public relations with clientele and govern-
ing authority. Prerequisite: Lib 431. Merritt.
Lib 534. The Academic Library. 3 homs.
Administrative and service problems of co]]ege, university, and research li-
braries, including collection building and maintenance, staffing, public relations
with clientele and supporting institution. Prerequisite: Lib 431.
Lib 538. Library Administration. .3 hours.
Principles of administration as applied to the government, organization, staff-
ing, financing, housing, interpretation, and evaluation of libraries. Student
projects relate the principles to specific types of libraries. Prerequisite: 9 hours
in librarianship. Pierron.
Lib 541. History of the Book. 3 homs.
Development of the book in its various forms from earliest times to the pres-
ent: origin and evolution of the alphabet and scripts; history of manuscript'
books; invention and spread of printing; production and distribution of
printed books. Emphasis on the relation of books to social conditions in the
various periods studied. Hintz.
Lib 543. Instructional Materials: Resources and Services. 3 hours.
Organization and administration of the school library as an institutional mate- .
rials center. Prerequisite: Lib 432. Kemper.
ib 555. Young Adult Services. 3 hours.
Survey of books and nonbook materials suitable for students of junior and
senior high-school age; emphasis on selection and evaluation of books, ado-
lescent reading interest, and reading guidance for curricular and personal
needs. Feller.
ib 558. Storytelling. 3 hours.
Fundamental principles of the art of storytelling, including the planning of a
story hour, location of suitable materials for use, and the techniques of learn-
ing and presenting the story; study and selection of literature appropriate for
oral presentation to children of all ages. Feller.
ib 56L Literature of the Humanities. 3 hours.
The role of the humanities in contemporary society; survey of the develop-
ment of the literature associated with the humanistic disciplines, with emphasis
on key men, books, and terminology; acquisition and handling of specialized
resources. McCollough.
ib 562. Literature of the Sciences. 3 homs.
Survey and evaluation of library materials in the fields of science and technol-
ogy; problems of scientific documentation; literature searching methods;
compilation, classification, and reporting of information. Thatcher.
362 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
Lib 563. Literature of the Social Sciences. 3 hours.
Survey of key men and ideas in the social sciences, with emphasis on past
development and present tendencies; source materials for research; selection
of books, maps, periodicals, etc. for school and college libraries and for
personal reading; introduction to the bibliography of each of the social sci-
ences. Designed for all interested students as well as library majors. Jones.
Lib 571. Research in Librarianship. 3 hours.
Survey of library literature, with attention to significant research in librarian-
ship; selection and definition of a project, collection of data, historical, experi-
mental, and descriptive methods, evaluation of data, statistical concepts; values
of research in librarianship. Merritt, Kemper.
Lib 572. Library Automation. 3 hours.
Flow of recorded information in library development and use, with emphasis
on mechanical aids and systems of contl'OJ. Data-processing techniques from
punched cards to computers. Basics of systems analysis and evaluation as
applied to library procedures. Prerequisite: Lib 411. Kemper.
COURSE OFFERED ONLY IN SUMMER SESSIONS
Lib 508. Workshop. Hours to be arranged.
Medical School
DAVID W. E. BAIRD, M.D., LL.D., Dean of the Medical School.
CHARLES N. HOLMAN, M.D., Associate Dean of the Medical School: Medical
Director of Hospitals and Clinics.
WILLIAM A. ZIMMERMAN, B.S., Associate Dean for Business Affairs.
JOSEPH J. ADAMS, B.B.A., Assistant Dean.
CAROLINE H. POMMARANE, B.S., Registrar.
MARGARET HUGHES, B.S., Librarian.
THE UNIVERSITY OF OREGON 'MEDICAL SCHOOL, located in Port-
land, was chartered in 1887, as Oregon's second medical school. The first, the
medical department of Willamette University, was merged with the Univer-
sity of Oregon Medical School in 1913. The campus is a IOI-acre tract in Sam
JackSon Park overlooking the city. Located on the same campus are the University
of Oregon Dental School and the University of Oregon School of Nursing.
The Medical School offers a standard curriculum in medicine, leading to
the M.D. degree, a special five-year combined medical and graduate program,
leading to the M.S. and M.D. degrees, graduate studies in the basic sciences
leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees, programs in medical technology leading
, to the B.S. and M.S. degrees, a two-year program in radiologic technology, an
internship in hospital dietetics, and training in cytotechnology and orthoptic tech-
nique. The school's internship and residency programs provide more than 180 ap-
pointments to qualified physicians. Extensive continuing education programs are
conducted for physicians and medical technologists.
The Medical School's hospitals and clinics, located on the campus, pro-
vide teaching laboratories for clinical studies: 13,000 patients receive medical
services and treatment annually in the school's hospitals: recorded visits to the
school's outpatient clinics total more than 220.000 each year. The Medical School's
research program is supported through funds provided by the state and Federal
govemments and by foundations and private donors: research grant expenditures
total approximately $6,000,000 annually.
Curriculum in Medicine. The curriculum in medicine leading to the M.D.
degree requires a minimum of three years of premedical studies, followed by
four years of work at the Medical School.
A student entering the Medical School without a Bachelor of Arts or Bach-
elor of Science degree must complete the work required for one of these degrees at
the University of Oregon or at the institution at which he received his premedical
preparation, before entering upon the work of the third year in the }ledical School.
The University of Oregon and most of the colleges and universities of the
Pacific f\orthwest recognize credit earned by a student during his first two years
at the Medical School as credit earned in residence toward the bachelor's degree.
A suggested premedical curriculum for students planning to enter the Medical
School is presented on pages 194-195 of this Catalog.
Curriculum in Medical Technology. The curriculum in medical technology
leading to the bachelor's degree is a four-year program, including three years
of work on the Eugene campus of the University, fol1owed by one year at the
Medical School. See page 194 of this Catalog.
Medical School Catalogs. Separate catalogs describing the curriculum in
medicine and the graduate programs in the basic sciences may be obtained from the
Medical School.
[ 363 j
F-
School of Music
ROBERT M. TROTTER, Ph.D., Dean of the School of Music.
Professors: EXINE A. BAILEY, E. A. CYKLER, MILTON DIETERICH (emeritus),
GEORGE HOPKINS, HOMER KELLER, R. E. NYE,* JANE THACHER (emeritus),
R. M. TROTTER, R. S. V AGNER.
Associate Professors: F. W. BITTNER. GEORGE BOUGHTON, FLOYD ELLEFSON, J. M.
GUSTAFSON, JOHN HAMILTON,t J. R. HLADKY, 1. D. LEE,:!: M. D. RISINGER,
ROYCE SALTZMAN, VIRGINIA WHITFIELD, N. E. WILSON, W. c. WOODS.t
Assistant Professors: PETER BERGQUIST, DORIS CALKINS, GABIUEL CHODOS,R. G.
CUNNINGHAM, GARY MARTIN, LAWRENCE MAVES, JAMES MILLER, HAROLD
OWEN, RICHARD TROMBLEY, MONTE TUBB.
Instructors: CHARLES FARMER, MARCIA FARMER, ROBERT HURWITZ.
Assistants: D. W. AEBISCHER, ELIZABETH 1. BERRY, W. P. BUEHNING, D. E.
CUMMINGS, D. S. GOEDECKE, MAYNARD HEDEGAARD, P. E. HILLSTROM, W. W.
HUFFMAN, BILLIE W. KEAN, J. A. KEMPSTER, D. L. KESLER, D. M. LITWIN,
PATRICIA A. MYERS, EARL NORWOOD, D. L. SHRADER,LASZLO VERES, ]. A.
WYCKOFF.
IN THE SCHOOL OF MUSIC, students learn by performing and by listening to
music, by analyzing musical style, and by examining the historical contexts-
artistic, philosophical, social, political, technological-in which our musical heri-
tage has developed. Courses and curricula are planned to provide a vital unity of
musical education and technical training, emphasizing the juncture where ideas
and understanding meet direct experience of musical-beauty.
The school recognizes two basic obligations: (1) the preparation of profes-
sional musicians for careers as performers, teachers, composers, scholars, and
critics; (2) as a part of the University's program of liberal education, instruction
in the history and understanding of music for ail students and instruction in
musical performance for students interested in performance as an a vocation.
A department of music was established at the University of Oregon in 1886.
The School of Music was organized in 1902, and was admitted to membership in
the National Association of Schools of Music in 1928; the standards of the school
are in accordance with the standards set by the association.
Instruction for Nonmajors. The following courses offered by the School of
Music an; planned especially fornonmajor students who have had little or no
previous musical instruction: Introduction to Music and Its Literature (Mus 201,
202, 203) ; Music Fundamentals (Mus 321, 322) ; Listening with Understanding
(Mus 450) ; The Music of Bach and Handel (Mus 451) ; The Classic Symphony
and Sonata (Mus 452); -Introduction to Opera (Mus 453); Introduction to
Twentieth-Century Music (Mus 454).
Nonmajor students who meet proficiency requirements may also enroll for
private performance instruction and for work in several ensemble groups, includ-
ing band, orchestra, chorus, chamber ensemble, and opera workshop.
Admission to Major Curricula. The major curricula in music are organized
on an upper-division and graduate basis. Preparation for the major consists of two
years of work in the College of Liberal Arts, under the guidance of a faculty
* On sahhaticalleave, winter and spring terms, 1966-67.
tOn sabbatical leave 1966-67.
t On sabbatical leave, fall term, 1966-67.
[ 364]
MUSIC 365
adviser from the School of Music. The lower-division program includes intro-
ductory work in music history, theory, and performance, in addition to studies in
the arts and sciences providing a broad intellectual basis for advanced work in the
music major.
It is important that high-school students planning to major in music acquire,
before entering the University, a thorough knowledge of standard musical sym-
bols and terminology, some knowledge of the piano keyboard, considerable pro-
ficiency in performance, and as wide an acquaintance as possible with great ·music.
During registration week, all new students are given auditions to determine
their eligibility for private performance studies and examinations in basic musical
grammar and keyboard knowledge to test their aptitude and readiness for intro-
ductory theoretical studies (information concerning these examinations may be
obtained from the School of Music office). Exceptionally well-prepared and gifted
students may be granted advanced placement or exemption from certain introduc-
tory studies on the basis of the examinations.
Because the upper-division program is pl~nned in continuity with basic courses
taken during the first two years, students planning to major in music at the Uni-
versity of Oregon are strongly advised to enter the University as freshmen. Stu-
dents transferring from other institutions with preprofessional preparation differ-
ing from the University pattern may, however, be admitted to the professional
curriculum if they show satisfactory proficiency by examination.
The proficiency examinations are required of all students, including transfers
and students who have taken their lower-division work at the University, before
admission to upper-division major programs (information concerning these exami-
nations may be obtained from the School of Music office).
All degree candidates in music are required to attend campus musical events
each year of residence as follows: 12 or more credits, 10 events per term; 8-11
credits, 8 events per term; 1-7 credits, 5 events per term.
Facilities. The School of Music is housed in a building complex designed for
instruction, practice, and performance-including an auditorium seating 600 per-
sons, rehearsal rooms, studio-offices, classrooms. and more than fifty practice
rooms. The school's equipment includes William Dowd and Wittmayer concert
harpsichords, a two-manual Schlicker organ, a four-manual Reuter organ, and
a number of Steinway grand pianos. The University Theater in Villard Hall pro-
vides facilities for operas and other stage productions.
The music holdings of the University Library include a large collection of
scores, complete critical editions of the works of the great composers, standard
reference works, and extensive collections of periodicals, recordings, and books
on music. The music collection is supported by gifts from Phi Beta and Mu Phi
Epsilon and a bequest from the late Matthew H. Douglas, former University
librarian. Through acquisitions under the Farmington Plan. the Library has Q
particularly strong and growing collection of contemporary foreign books on music.
Musical Organizations. The University Symphony and String Orchestras,
the University Singers, the University Chorale, University bands, and the Opera
Workshop offer membcrship and performance opportunities to all qualified stu-
dents. Collegium Musicum, a vocal-instrumental group. provides opportunity for
the study of mediaeval, Renaissance, and baroque music. The work of these or-
ganizations is. planned to complement the theoretical and historical courses offered
by the school. A Male Glee Club is available as an extra-curricular activity.
Concerts and Recitals. Frequent concerts and recitals are presented on the
campus throughout the year, by visiting artists, members of the faculty of the
School of Music, and advanced music students. Regularly scheduled concerts
include performances by artists of international fame ·sponsored by the Eugene-
University Civic Music Association and the Little Concert Series.
366 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
Music Fees. Music students pay special fees, in addition to regular registra-
tion fees, for private performance instruction. These fees are due at the time of
registration each term.
Fees for private instruction in piano, voice, violin, cello, organ, and harpsi-
chord are: ten half-hour lessons, $30:00 per term; twenty half-hour lessons,
$50.00 per term.
Fees for private instruction in wind and percussion instruments are: ten
half-hour lessons, $20.00 per term; twenty half-hour lessons, $40.00 per term.
Fees for the use of practice rooms, paid by all students enrolled for private
instruction, are: $5.00 per term for one hour a day ($3.00 for rooms without a
piano) ; $9.00 per term for two hours ($6.00 without a piano) ; $12.00 per term
for three hours; $15.00 per term for four hours. The organ practice fee is $12.00
per term for one hour a day.
Curricula in Music
THE SCHOOL OF MUSIC offers undergraduate curricula leading to the
Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Music degrees and graduate work leading to the
Master of Arts, Master of Music, and Doctor of Musical Arts, degrees.
In the undergraduate program, the candidate for the B.A. degree takes ap-
proximately one-third of his work in music and two-thirds in fields outside the
school. B.A. candidates are advised to plan their programs to broaden their under-
standing of music in its relations to other humanistic fields; studies in art, philoso-
phy, history, languages and literature, speech and drama, and the dance are
especially recommended.
The candidate for the B.Mus. degree takes approximately two-thirds of his
work in the School of Music and one-third in fields outside the schooL
The programs outlined below show only the minimum requirements; addi-
tional studies may be required in the light of individual needs.
Lower-Division Major Requirements. Completion of the following lower-
division work in music is required for admission to all upper-division degree pro-
grams:
First Year Term Hours
Music Theory I (Mus 121, 122, 123)................................... 12
Ensemble (selected from Mus 195, Mus 196, Mus 197) :............... .1
Performance Studies (Private Instruction) (Mus 190) 3
Second Year
Music Thee>ry II (Mus 221, 222, 223)..... 12
History of Music (Mus 204,205,206).......................... 9
Ensemble (selected from Mus 195, Mus 196,. Mus 197)....... 3
Performance Studies (Private Instruction) (Mus 190) 3
All entering students are required to pass a test in piano proficiency or enroll
in Basic Piano (Mus 50) until they have attained the required proficiency. The
test must be passed before enrollment in Music Theory II.
History of Western Civilization (Hst 101, 102, 103) or Problems of Philoso-
phy (Phi 201, 202, 203) is recommended for the satisfaction of the social science
group requirement ; psychology with laboratory is recommended for the satisfac-
tion of the science group requirement.
Candidates for the B.A. degree and voice majors working toward the RMus.
degree must acquire proficiency in French, German, or Italian equivalent to that
expected after two years of college study of the language.
Elementary Aesthetics (Phi 222) and either History of Western Art (ArH
204,205,206) or World Literature (Eng 107, 108, 109) are required for all candi-
dates for the B.A. degree.
MUSIC 367
All candidates for the B.Mus. degree specializing in performance must, dur-
ing their lower-division years, attain performance proficiency equivalent to that
required for the completion of Mus 290. Definitions of competencies at all levels
are available in the School of Music office.
Upper-Division Major Requirements. Completion of the following upper-
division work is required of all candidates for a bachelor's degree with a major
in music:
Music before 1600 (Mus 360), Music from 1600 to 1750 (Mus 361),
Avant-garde Music in the 20th Century (Mus 362).",
Music Literature (400 leve!)''' """',""""','
Upper-division music.._ __ __ .
Term Hours
9
3
12
All candidates for the B.A. degree must, in addition, complete a senior project
demonstrating a satisfactory level of achievement as performer, scholar, or com-
poser.
During their upper-division years, candidates for the B.Mus. degree in all
specialties must, in addition: (1) complete a minimum of 12 term hours in private
performance study on a major instrument or in voice and achieve a proficiency
equivalent to that required for the completion of Mus 290; (2) complete a mini-
mum of 3 term hours of work with an ensemble group chosen from Mus 395, Mus
I
, 396, Mus 397, and Mus 398. Additional requirements in the several specialties are
as follows:
Performance. (1) Achievement of proficiency on a major instrument or in
voice equivalent to that required for the completion of Mus 490; (2) senior recital;
(3) for students specializing in voice, proficiency in piano equivalent to that re-
quired for completion of Mus 190.
MtlSic Theory. (1) Counterpoint I (Mus 333, 334, 335), Counterpoint II
(Mus 433, 434) ; (2) Composition (Mus 340, 341, 342) ; (3) Instrumentation and
Orchestration (Mus 336, 337, 338); (4) upper-division theory or history courses,
6 term hours; (5) senior lecture-recital.
Co11lpositioll. (1) Counterpoint I (Mus 333, 334, 335), Counterpoint II (Mus
433,434); (2) Composition (Mus 340, 341, 342), Composition (Mus 440, 441,
442); (3) Instrumentation and Orchestration (Mus 336, 337, 338); (4) senior
presentation of an original work.
Music Education, All Fields. (1) Satisfaction of education requirements for
an Oregon secondary-teaching certificate (see page 312); (2) 6 term hours se-
lected from Choral Conducting (Mus 385, 386), Instrumental Conducting (Mus
387,388) ; (3) class instruction in techniques (voice, 3 termhours; instrumental,
3 term hours) (Mus 392); (4)-Orielltationto Music Education (Mu£ 316);
(5) Special Teaching Methods (MuE 408),4c6terIflhburs; '(6) Colloquium in
School Music (MuE 418) ; (7) ensemble (Mus 395, Mus 396, Mus 397), 3 term
hours;* (8) additional requirements as stated below.
Music Education, Choral-General. (1) Choral Arranging (Mus 439); (2)
Choral Materials for Schools (MuE 444).
Music Education.lnstru11li'lltal, (1) Instrumentation and Orchestration (Mus
36, 337); (2) Instrumental Techniques (Class Instruction) (Mus 392), 6 term
ours; (3) of the 12 term hours in private performance studies required of all B.
Ius. candidates, a minimum of 9 hours in Mus 390, Mus 391, or Mus 490:
Secondary-School Teaching of Music. For certification as a teacher of music
n Oregon high schools, the Oregon State Department of Education requires (1)
• In addition to ensemble requirement for all B.Mus. candidates.
368 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
the satisfaction of certain minimum standards of subject preparation and (2) the
recommendation of the institution at which the student completes his subject
preparation.
To meet the state standards in music and the requirements for recommendation
by the University of Oregon, the student should complete the general requirements
for a majos in music and the requirements for a music education option, listed
above.
For further information, the student should consult a member of the music
faculty who serves as adviser for prospective teachers.
Honors. See HONORS COLLEGE. pages 132 ff.
Minor for Elementary Teachers and Others. Music theory or fundamentals
(Mus 121, 122, 123 or Mus 321,322, MuE 383); music history or literature (Mus
201, 202, 203 or Mus 204, 205, 206) ; performance study, 3 hours; ensemble, 3
hours; and electives to complete 36 hours.
Graduate Work. The School of Music offers graduate work leading to the
M.A., M.Mus., and D.M.A. degrees.
Master of Arts-n1l!sic history, music theory, music education.
Master of Music-composition, music education, performance and music lit-
erature, church music.
Doctor of Musical Arts-college teaching in the field of performance or of
music education. Requirements include work in music history and literature, music
theory, music pedagogy and curriculum planning; performance, composition, con-
ducting, or arranging; relevant studies outside music. For fmther information,
see the Graduate School Catalog and consult the School of Music.
Candidates for the Doctor of Education degree or the Doctor of Philosophy
degree in the School of Education may choose music education as a field of major
specialization.
During fall-term registration week and the first week of summer session, all
entering candidates for graduate degrees in music, including graduates of the Uni-
versity of Oregon, are required to take a series of examinations to test the
adequacy of their preparation for graduate study. Deficiencies shown by the exami-
nations' must be remedied before the student is formally admitted to candidacy
for a graduate degree. Information concerning the examinations and guides for
study are available in the School of Music office.
Music
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
*Mus 50. Basic Piano. 1 hour any term (3 hours maximum credit.)
Classroom instruction for music majors who receive a low rating on a test oj
keyboard proficiency, and for other students ineligible for piano instruction
at the level of Mus 190. Prerequisite: audition. Kean.
*Mus 51. Basic Voice. 1 hour any term (3 hours maximum credit).
Classroom instruction for students ineligible for voice instruction at the level
of Mus 190. Prerequisite: audition. Risinger, staff.
*Mus 52. Basic Music. 1 hour.
Remedial instruction for music majors who are deficient in preparation fOI
work in music theory. To be taken concurrently with Mus 121.
Mus 121, 122, 123. Music Theory 1. 4 hours each term.
Study of diatonic functional triadic harmony, including modulation to relate<
keys, secondary dominants, two-part counterpoint. Written work correlate<
with sight singing, analysis, aural comprehension, and keyboard application
Bergquist, Hurwitz, Owen, Tubb.
.,. No-grade course.
MUSIC 369
Mus 190. Performance Studies (Private Instruction). 1-4 hours any term.
Individual instruction in the technical and stylistic aspects of artistic solo
performance. Students specializing in performance normally enroll for two
half-hour lessons a week (2 term hours of credit) in their major instrument
each term during their undergraduate years. Maximum credit in performance
studies for nonmajors, 12 term hours; for candidates for B.A. degree with a
major in music, 24 term hours, including not more than 12 hours during
freshman and sophomore years. Information concerning required levels of
proficiency at each level (Mus 190 through Mus 590) may be obtained in the
School of Music office. Prerequisite: audition.
Piano---Bittner, Chodos, Farmer, Cello-Hladky.
Hopkins, Woods. String Bass-Hladky.
Voice-Bailey, Miller, vVilson Woodwind Instruments-Bergquist.
Organ--M. Farmer, Hamilton. Cunningham, Trombley, Vagner.
Harpsichord-Hamilton. Brass Instruments-Lee, Lewis.
Violin-Boughton, Maves. Percussion Instruments-Schrader.
Viola-Boughton. Harp-Calkins.
Mus 195. Band. 1 hour each term (6 hours maximum credit).
Fall: marching band, laboratory band; winter and spring: concert band, sym-
phoni': band. No prerequisites for marching band; audition required for
laboratory, concert, and symphonic band. Upper-division students enroll in
Mus 395. Lee, Vagner, Lewis.
Mus 196. Orchestra. 1 hour each term (6 hours maximum credit) .
Prerequisite: audition; consent of instructor. Upper-division studellts enroll
in Mus 396. Boughton, Maves.
Mus 197. Chorus. 1 hour each term (6 hours maximum credit).
Prerequisite: audition; consent of instructor. Upper-division students enroll
in Mus 397. Risinger, Saltzman, vVilson.
Mus 201, 202, 203. Introduction to Music and Its Literature. 3 hours each term.
Cultivation of understanding and intelligent enjoyment of music through a
study of its elements, forms, and historical styles. For nonmajors; music
majors enroll in Mus 204, 205, 206. Chodos. C. Farmer.
Mus 204, 205, 206. History of Music. 3 hours each term.
Fall: basic stylistic concepts; the classical period through Beethoven. Winter:
the romantic period through Brahms and Mahler. Spring: conservative
trends in the twentieth century. Primarily for music majors. Not open to
students who have had Mus 201, 202, 203. Prerequisite: Mus 121, 122, 123.
C. Farmer, Bergquist.
Mus 221, 222, 223. Music Theory II. 4 hours each term.
Harmonic, melodic, rhythmic, and basic formal practices since 1700. Written
work correlated with sight singing, analysis, keyboard, and aural compre-
hension. Prerequisite: Mus 123 or equivalent; satisfactory rating in test of
keyboard proficiency. Bergquist, Hurwitz, Owen, Tubb.
us 290. Performance (Private Instruction). 1-4 hours any term.
Prerequisite: proficiency required for satisfactory 'completion of Mus 190.
For further information, see Mus 190.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
us 321, 322. Music Fundamentals. 2 hours each term.
Study of musical notation and terminology; rudiments of sight singing and
ear training; introduction to simple melodic and rhythmic instruments. De-
signed to provide students without previous musical training with some
insight into musical language and basic performance skills. Not open to music
majors. Required in the elementary education program and for majors in
recreation leadership and in camping and outdoor education. 1 recitatioll;
1 two-hour laboratory. Gustafson, Martin, Nye, \"Ihitfield, staff.
us 330, 331, 332. Form and Analysis. 2 hours each term.
Stylistic analytical technique, including formal structures and harmonic,
370 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
melodic, and rhythmic practices, applied to compositions from representative
periods and media. Prercquisite: Mus 223. Bergquist, Farmer.
Mus 333, 334, 335. Counterpoint 1. 2 hours each term.
Techniques of two- and three-voice contrapuntal writing as exemplified in
sixteenth-, eighteenth-, and twentieth-century practice. Prerequisite: Mus
223. Hurwitz, Owen.
Mus 336, 337, 338. Instrumentation and Orchestration. 2 hours each term.
Study of the instruments of the orchestra and band; the practical art of
scoring for various instrumental choirs and large ensembles. Prerequisite:
Mus 223. Keller, Owen.
Mus 340, 341,342. Composition 1. 2 hours each term.
Composition in the smaller forms for piano, voice, and small ensembles. Pre-
requisite: Mus 223. Keller.
Mus 360. Music Before 1600. 3 hours.
Plainsong; sacred and secular monody and polyphony through Lassus, the
GabrieIis, Dowland, and Gibbons; instrumental music of the sixteenth cen-
tury; music of the Reformation. Primarily for music majors. Prerequisite:
Mus 206. Hamilton, Trombley.
Mus 361. Music from 1600 to 1750. 3 hours.
Analysis of representative works from Monteverdi to Domenico Scarlatti.
Differentiation of musical styles; various national schools; performance
practices and musical thought; development of forms and procedures that
continue into the twentieth century, such as opera, concerto, fugue, sonata,
etc. Primarily for music majors. Prerequisite: Mus 360. Hamilton, Trombley.
Mus 362. Avant-garde Music in the Twentieth Century. 3 hours.
The concept of newness in music viewed historicaIIy and in the styles of rep-
resentative composers from Satie and Debussy to Stockhausen and Cage.
Primarily for music majors. Prerequisite: Mus 361. Hamilton, staff.
Mus 385, 386. Choral Conducting. 2 hours each term.
Study of conducting techniques, with emphasis Oll practical application to
choral organizations; score reading; analysis and interpretation of choral
literature. Conducting experience with laboratory chorus. Prerequisite: Mus
223; consent of instructor. Risinger, Saltzman. 0
Mus 387, 388. Instrumental Conducting. 2 hours each term.
Baton techniques, with emphasis on practical application to instrumental
organizations; score reading; general problems of the conductor of larger
instrumental ensembles. Conducting experience with laboratory ensembles.
Prerequisite: Mus 223; consent of instructor. Lee, Vagner.
Mus 390. Performance Studies (Private Instruction). 2-4 hours any tenn.
Prerequisite: proficiency required for satisfactory completion of Mus 290;
jury audition. For further information, see Mus 190.
Mus 391. Performance Studies (Private Instruction). 2 hours any term.
Prerequisite: successful completion of Mus 290. For instructors, see Mus. 190.
Mus 392. Instrumental Techniques (Class Instruction). 1 hour any term.
Elementary instruction in orchestral instruments and voice. Primarily for
majors in school music, instrumental option. 2 recitations.
Violin and Viola-Boughton. Oboe and Bassoon-Cunningham.
Clarinet and Saxophone-Vagner, Flute-Trombley.
.Cunningham. French Horn-Lee.
Trumpet and Trombone-Lee, Lewis. Percussion Instruments-Schrader.
Celio and String Bass-Hladky. Voice-Risinger.
Mus 394. Chamber Ensemble. 1 hour each term (6 hours maximum credit).
Study of masterpieces of music through small group rehearsal. For stringed·
instrument and wind-instrument players, pianists, and singers. Prerequisite
audition.
Mus 395. Band. 1 hour each term (6 hours maximum credit).
Fall: marching band, laboratory band; winter and spring: concert band, sym-
MUSIC 371
phonic band. Prerequisite: marching band, upper-division standing; labora-
tory, concert, and symphonic band, upper-div'ision standing and audition. Lee,
Vagner.
i[us 396. Orchestra. 1 hour each term (6 hours maximum credit).
Prerequisite: upper-division standing: audition. Boughton.
i[us 397. Chorus. 1 hour each term (6 hours maximum credit).
Prerequisite: upper-division standing; audition. Risinger, Saltzman, Wilson.
{us 398. Opera Workshop. I hour each term (6 hours maximum credit).
Study of traditional and contemporary operatic literature through analysis,
rehearsal, and performance of complete operas and excerpts; training in stage
movement, diction, and rehearsal techniques. Prerequisite: upper-division
standing; consent of instructor. Miller.
i[us 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Prerequisite: consent of dean.
{us 419. Senior Colloquium in Music. 3 hours.
Exploration of interrelationships among the various areas in music.
i[us 490. Performance Studies (Private Instruction). 2-4 hours any term.
Prerequisite: proficiency required for satisfactory completion of Mus 390;
consent of instructor. For further information, see Mus 190.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
us 407. Seminar. (G) Hours to be arranged.
us 425. Advanced Keyboard Harmony. (G) 2 hours.
Realization of figured bass notation in the light of baroque performance prac-
tices; extempore playing, with analysis and improvised application of diminu-
tion and modulatory technique over chromatic bass lines. Prerequisite: Mus
223, Mus 335, consent of instructor.
us 426, 427. Score Reading. (G) 2 hours.
Analysis of musical scores of compositions for small and large ensembles in-
volving transposition of parts; use of the piano as a means of studying en-
semble scores. Prerequisite: Mus 424 or equivalent.
us 433, 434. Counterpoint II. (G) 2 hours each term.
\Vriting of instrumental polyphony, based on the style of ]. S. Bach; study
of invertible counterpoint and other contrapuntal techniques, with applica-
tion in the canon, two- and three-part invention, and fugue. Prerequisite:
Mus 335. Keller.
us 436, 437. Advanced Orchestration. (G) 2 hours each term.
Continuation of Mus 338. Emphasis on the scoring of original work and on
the arranging of maj or works from other media; study of various styles of
scoring by master composers. Prerequisite: Mus 338. Keller.
us 438. Band Arranging. (G) 3 hours.
Scoring for larger combinations of wind instruments, including the concert
band, the marching band, and the stage band. Prerequisite: Mus 337. Lewis,
Vagner.
us 439. Choral Arranging. (G) 3 hours.
Techniques of arranging for various types of choral groups, both accompanied
and a cappella. Prerequisite: Mus 223. Keller.
us 440, 441, 442. Composition n. (G) 2 hours each term.
Composition in larger forms for large instrumental combinations. Prerequi-
site: Mus 342. Keller.
us 450. Listening with Understanding. (g) 3 hours, fall or winter.
Designed for undergraduate and graduate students with limited musical back-
ground. Introduction to perceptive listening through analysis of various types
372 PROFESSION AL SCHOOLS
of music (Gregorian chant through jazz) ; collateral reading, class discu:
sion, and individual presentation. Not open to music majors or students wit
credit in Mus 201,202,203. Martin, Trombley.
Mus 451. The Music of Bach and Handel. (g-) 3 hours, winter.
Theatrical, churchly, and chamber styles in Germany, France, and Italy, c
represented by selected masterpieces of Bach and Handel; concerto gross(
dance suite, organ chorale, cantata, oratorio, and mass. Primarily for nor
majors. Prerequisite: Mus 203 or Mus 450. Offered alternate years. Martin
Mus 452. The Classic Symphony and Sonata. (g) 3 hours spring.
The classic symphony and sonata as developed by Haydn, Mozart, and Beet!-
oven; elements of style in the Viennese classic period, and its legacy in tl,
nineteenth century. Primarily for llonmajors. Prerequisite: Mus 203 or Ml
450. Offered alternate years.
Mus 453. Introduction to Opera. (g) 3 hours winter.
The fusion of theatrical and musical modes of dramatic expression; cla~
study of such masterpieces as Le nozse di Figaro, Carmen, Otello, Trista
u.nd Isolde, T,Vozseck, Felleas et Melisande. The Rake's Pro.qress. Primaril
for nonmajors. Prerequisite: Mus 203 or Mus 450. Offered alternate year
Maves.
Mus 454. Introduction to Twentieth-Century Music. (g) 3 hours spring.
Evolution and revolution in musical style since Debussy and Mahler; stud
of selected masterpieces by such composers as Stravinsky, Bartok, Schoer
berg, Copland, and Varese. Primarily for nonmaj ors. Prerequisite: Mus ZC
or Mus 450. Offered alternate years. Maves.
Mus 455,456,457. Orchestral Literature. (G) 2 hours each term.
Major types of orchestral music, f.rom the eighteenth to the twentieth cer
tury; dance suite, symphpny, tone poem, descriptive suite; pieces for strin
orchestra. Prerequisite: Mus 361. Offered alternate years. Hladky.
Mus 458. Organ Literature. (G) 3 hours.
The organ in church and concert; organ repertoire from the fifteenth centur
to the present. Prerequisite: Mus 361. Hamilton.
Mus 459. Wind-Instrument Literature. (G) 3 hours.
Survey of literature for brass instruments and woodwinds from the sixteen1
century to post-World War II; emphasis on style as it affects performan(
and on the development of bases for critical judgment. Prerequisite: Mus 36
Vagner.
Mus 460. Song Literature. (G) 3 hours.
Solo songs with accompaniment; the lute air and Purcell; the nineteentl
century art song in Germany and France; twentieth-century British, Amer
can, and continental song literature; development of bases for artistic pe
formance and sound critical judgment through study of text, voice, and accor
paniment. Prerequisite: Mus 361. MiIler, Wilson.
Mus 461, 462, 463. Chamber-Music Literature. (G) 2 hours each term.
Basic literature of the string quartet and other ensembles using piano ar
stringE.; emphasis on style as it affects performance and on the developme
of bases for artistic performance and critical judgment. Prerequisite: M
361. Hladky.
Mus 464. 465. 466. Piano Literature. (G) 2 hours each term.
Solo sonatas, character pieces, the dance suite, theme and variations, frc
Bach to the present; original works for four hands and for two pianos; ke
board idioms and musical styles; development of bases for artistic pedon
ance and sound critical judgment. Prerequisite: Mus 361. Woods.
Mus 467. Hymnology. (G) 3 hours.
History and interpretation of the Christian hymn, both as literature a
music; criteria for the selection of hymn texts and tunes; various denon
national hymnals; the use of hymns in worship. Saltzman.
MUSIC 373
Mus 468. Liturgics. (G) 3 hours.
Study of formal rituals of worship in Eastern and Western churches from
the pre-Christian era to the present, with particular reference to the forms
and styles of their associated music. Saltzman.
Mus 469. Sacred Choral Music. (G) 3 hours.
Survey of choral music for church and concert use based on liturgical and
non liturgical sacred themes; performance practices of various styles; develop-
ment of criteria for judging aesthetic quality of the music and its performance.
Saltzman.
Mus 470,471. Administration of Church Music. (G) 2 hours each term.
Developing the music program of the church; relation of the ministry of music
to the music cOlllmittee, pastor, and parish; volunteer choir organization;
music in the church school. Saltzman.
Mus 472. Music in Worship. (G) 2 hours.
Theory and practice of music in the corporate worship of nonliturgical
churches, with attention to the functions of the congregation, organ, and
choir. Saltzman.
Mus 485, 486. Advanced Conducting. (G) 3 hours each term.
First term: choral; second term; instrumental. Prerequisite; Mus 386 or
Mus 388; consent of instructor. Risinger, Vagner.
Mus 493. Collegium M usicum. (G) 1 hour each term.
Stud.I' of music literature of the mediaeval, Renaissance, and baroque periods
through rehearsals and extensive sight reading; vocal and il1strumental reper-
toire. Owen.
GRADUATE COURSES
,Mus 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
Mus 503.. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
us 505. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
us 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
Composition.
Music History.
Music Theory.
Church Music.
us 511, 512, 513. Research Methods in Music. 3 hours each tenn.
Mus 511; use of gel1eral bibliographical sources and reference materials in
music. Prerequisite to either Mus 512, a consideration of rescarch methods in
music history and theory, or Mus 513, a consideration of methodological prob-
lems in studies of music il1 relation to acoustics, psychology, aesthetics, and
pedagogy. Ivlartin, Trombley.
us 533, 534. Twentieth-Century Counterpoint. 2 hours each term.
Techniques of present-day contrapuntal practice; application in larger con-
trapuntal forms. Prerequisite; Mus 434. Keller.
us 540. 541, 542. Composition for Electronic Media. 3 hours each term.
Electronic-music instruments and techniques; creative use of sound generators
and tape-recording equipment. Prerequisite: graduate standing; consent of
instructor. Keller, Hunter.
us 560. Music in the Middle Ages. 3 hours fall.
Music in the quadrivium; the writings of Boethius; varieties of liturgical
music, particularly Gregorian; performance theories. Pitch notation, rhythmic
theory and early polyphony at Notre Dame; poetic influences on musical form;
French and Italian Ars 110,'(1. Bergquist, Hamilton.
us 561. Music in the Renaissance. 3 hours winter.
The influence of Italian humanism on continental and English styles. Poetic
*No·grade course.
374 PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
and musical practice in mass, motet, and secular choral song. Notational
developments; music printing. Luther and music; neo-Aristotelian rhetorical
theory; Counter-Reformation in Rome and Venice. Bergquist, Hamilton.
Mus 562. Music in the Baroque Era. 3 hours spring.
Musica poetica and humanistic traditions; florid gesture and large statement
in the arts. Monody, concertato, Affektenlehre, fugal .textures; growth,
transfer, and fusion of national and generic styles; performance practices;
the rococo in France and Italy. Bergquist, Hamilton.
Mus 563. Music in the Classical Period. 3 hours fall.
Philosophical sources of classic style in Kant and Rousseau; sensibility,
Sturm und Drang, the gallant style ; dramatic forms and procedures in opera,
sonata, and concerto. Bergquist.
Mus 564. Music in the Romantic Era. 3 hours winter.
The heritage of Beethoven; virtuosic and lyric extremes in instrumental and
vocal styles. Literary.romanticism, descriptive music and the Lied; opera in
France and Italy; Wagner's music drama as Geso111tlmnstwerk; the com-
poser as philosopher, critic and political figure; the rise of music nationalism;
Wagnerism in France; symbolism and Debussy. Bergquist.
Mus 565. Music in the-Twentieth Century. 3 hours spring.
The continuation of romantic ideals; Freud and musical expressionism;
political, sociological, and scholarly influences on composing and performing
style; eclecticism and Stravinsky. Implicationsof recent developments. Berg-
quist.
Mus 590. Performance Studies (Private Instruction). 2-4 hours any term.
Prere(1uisite: proficiency required for satisfactory completion of Mus 490;
sufficient talent to justify the undertaking of graduate studies in performance;
jury audition. For instructors, see Mus 190.
Mus 591. Performance Studies (Private Instruction). 1 hour any term (3
hours maximum credit).
For graduate students not specializing in performance. Prerequisite: profi-
ciency requil'ed to complete Mus 290; jury audition.
Mus 592. Performance Studies (Private Instruction). (p) 1 hour any term (3
hours maximum credit).
For graduate students who need instruction in a supplementary performance
area. Prerequisite: proficiency in another instrument or voice required for
admission to Mus 390 or Mus 391 ; jury audition.
Mus 594. Chamber Ensemble. 1 hour any term.
Mus 595. Symphonic Band. 1 hour any term.
Mus 596. Orchestra. I hour any term.
Mus 597. Chorus. 1 hour any term.
Mus 598. Opera Workshop. 1 hour any term.
Music Education
UPPER·DIVISION COURSES
MuE 316. Orientation to Music Education. 3 hours.
Theory, administration, and effective teaching of school music. Gustafson,
staff.
MuE 383. Music Methods for Elementary Teachers. 3 hours.
Methods of teaching music activities in elementary schools. Required for
students preparing for elementary-school teaching. Prerequisite: Mus 321,
322 or consent of instructor. Gustafson, Martin, Nye, Whitfield.
MUSIC 375
fuE 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Prerequisite: consent of dean.
fuE 408. Special Teaching Methods. 1-3 hours any term.
Parallels student teaching in the elementary and secondary schools. Observa-
tion, reports, and conferences on materials and procedures used in music
teaching. Instrumental: Cunningham, staff; vocal: Ellefson, Gustafson, staff.
ruE 418. Colloquium in School Music. 3 hours.
An analysis of the interrelationships among the various areas of the field of
music, to be taken ill the last term of the senior year. Whitfield.
1uE 426, 427. The General Music Program. 3 hours each term.
Organization, content. and teaching procedures in the teaching of general
music. Elementary (MuE 426) ; Secondary (MuE 427). Gustafson.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES CARRYING GRADUATE CREDIT
ruE 407. Seminar. (G) Hours to be arranged.
ruE 444. Chora,l Materials for Schools.' (G) 2 hours.
Repertoire for choral groups in secondary schools; problems of leadership,
presentation, organization, and program planning. Prerequisite: consent of
instructor. Risinger.
uE 445. String Materials for Schools. (G) 2 hours.
Repertoire for orchestra and other stringed-instrument groups in elementary
and secondary schools; problems of leadership, presentation, organization,
and program planning. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Hladky.
uE 446. Wind-Instrument Materials for Schools. (G) 2 hours.
Repertoire for bands and other wind-instrument groups in elementary and
secondary schools; problems of leadership, presentation, and organization.
Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Cunningham, Lee, Vagner.
GRADUATE COURSES
uE 501. Research. Hours to be arranged.
Prerequisite: consent of dean.
uE 503. Thesis. Hours to be arranged.
uE 50S. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Prerequisite: consent of dean.
uE 507. Seminar. Hours to be arranged.
uE 532. Basic Concepts in the Teaching of Music. 3 hours.
Principles and issues in the teaching of music. Gustafson, N ye, vVhitfield.
uE 533. Music in the Elementary School. 3 hours.
Theory, supervision, curriculum, materials, and procedures of vocal-music
teaching in the elementary schooL Nye.
uE 534. Music in the Junio.: High School. 3 hours.
Continuation ofMuE 533. \Vhitfield.
uE 535. Music in the Senior High School. 3 hours.
Curricula, organization, methods, and materials in senior high-school music,
both vocal and instrumental. Gustafson.
uE 536. Administration of School Music. 3 hours.
Principles underlying a sound policy in the administration of school music
programs; budgets, personnel, curriculum, facilities. Ellefson. Gustafson, Nye.
uE 537. Comparative Music Pedagogy. 3 hours.
Comparative study of the teaching of school music in different cultures; crit-
ical judgment of curricula and methods. Cykler.
uE 591. Advanced Pedagogy. 3 hours any term (9 hours maximum credit).
* No-gTade course.
School of Nursing
JEAN E. BOYLE, M.N., Director of the School of Nursing.
THE UNIVERSITY OF OREGON has offered professional instruction
nursing in Portland since 1919; a degree curriculum was established in 192
Until 1932 the program in nursing was administered through the Portland Di<
sion of the School of Sociology and the Portland School of Social Work. Wh,
the social-work program was discontinued in 1932, instruction in nursing w
transferred to the University of Oregon Medical School, where it was offen
through the Department of Nursing Education. A graduate program, leading
the Master of Science degree, was established in 1955. In the fall of 1960, t]
department was reorganized as the University of Oregon School of Nursing.
The School of Nursing offers two curricula which lead to the Bachelor
Science degree-one for basic student~ with no previous preparation in nursiI
and one for registered nurses from diploma schools of nursing. These prograr
include preparation for beginning positions in public health nursing. An advanc.
curriculum leading to the Master of Science degree provides graduate study aI
advanced professional education.
The first year of the basic degree program is offered on the Eugene camp'
of the University of Oregon (see pages 210-211) and by other accredited colleg
and universities. The following three years of the basic program and ail oth
nursing programs of the School of Nursing are offered on the campus of the Dr
versity of Oregon Medical School in Portland. The School of Nursing utilizes tl
teaching resources of the hospitals and clinics of the Medical School, the Divisi<
of Continuing Education of the Oregon State System of Higher Education al
Portland State College.
Upper-division courses in public health nursing are offered on the Eugel
campus for senior students in the School of Nursing who are assigned to heal
agencies in Eugene for clinical experience.
The baccalaureate program of the School of Nursing is accredited by t
National Accreditation Service and the Oregon State Board of Nursing; t
school is a member of the Department of Baccalaureate and Higher Degree Pr
grams of the National League for Nursing.
Detailed information concerning the School of Nursing is published in
separate catalog, copies of which will be furnished by writing to: Director, UI
versity of Oregon School of Nursing, 3181 S.W. Sam Jackson Park Road, POI
land, Oregon 97201.
[376 ]
Department of Military
Science and Aerospace
Studies
MBERT A. FOSSUM, B.A., Colonel, U.S. Army; Head of Department; In Charge
of Army R.O.T.e. Program.
)HN W. KREITZ, M.S., Lieutenant Colonel, U.S. Air Force; In Charge of Air
Force R.O.T.e. Program. .
HE DEPARTMENT OF MILITARY SCIENCE AND AEROSPACE
rUDIES is organized as a regular instructional division of the University. The
~partment includes a U.S. Army Instructor Group, Senior Division Reserve
fficers' Training Corps, offering instruction in military science, and a unit of the
ir Force Reserve Officers' Training Corps, offering instruction in aerospace
dies.
The mission of the department is to select and prepare students to serve as
mmissioned officers in the United States Army and the United States Air Force,
d to promote understanding of problems and policies of national security. The
truction includes a two-year lower-division program and a two-year upper-
isioll program.
Lower-Division Program. The lower-division program is elective for men
dents who are under 23 years of age on first eurol1ment in the University, who
e citizens of the United States, and who meet prescribed physical standards. Stu-
nts who are members of any of the reserve forces of the armed services or who
ve served 011 active duty in any of the armed services should consult the depart-
nt concerning eligibility for advanced standing.
Upper-Division Program. The upper-division program includes two years of
truction on the University campus, plus a summer training period. Completion
the upper-division program and academic requirements for a bachelor's degree
lifies the student for appointment as a commissioned reserve officer.
The summer training period, normal1y in the summer between the student's
ior and senior years, is conducted at one of the regular installations of the Army
Air Force. It provides application of theory and familiarization with weapons,
rations, organizational methods, and instal1ational activities.
Students enrolled in the upper-division program receive retainer pay for a
al period of not to exceed twenty months (the current rate is $40 a month).
dents are issued all required textbooks and uniforms. During the summer
inillg period, students are rationed and quartered, are paid at the rate for service
demy cadets. and receive a travel allowance of 6 cents a mile to and from the
ining instal1ation.
Admission to Upper-Division Program. To be admitted to the upper-
ision program, a student must have completed either (1) the lower-division
gram offered by the University or (2) a six-week field training course at an
y or Air Force installation during the summer between his sophomore and
ior years. Other qualifications for eligibility are as follows:
(1) Acceptance by the University of Oregon as a regnlarly enrolled stndent.
[ 3771
378 MILITARY AND AEROSPACE STUDIES
(2) Selection for advanced training- by R.O. T.e. and University officials, witb the c
currence of the President of the University of Oregon.
(3) Ability to complete all requirements for appointment as a second lieutenant bef
reaching 28 years of age (if scheduled for Air Force flight training, the student must be abl<
complete all requirements for appointment as a reserve officer before reaching the age of
years, 6 months).
(4) Successful completion of such surveyor general screening tests as may l~e prescrib
(5) United States citizenship.
(6) Physical qualification- for appointment as a commissioner} officer.
(7) Execution of a written agreement with the United States government to complete
two-year upper~d_ivision program, including attendance at the summer training period, and
satisfy the service obligation after graduation.
Relation of R.O.T.C. to Selective Service. Enrollment in the RO.T
.program does not waive the requirement for registration under the Universal M:
tary Training and Service Act of 1951 ; all students who are 18 years of age ml
register with their local draft boards. -
Students accepted for enrollment in the lower-division program may
granted draft deferment. Students enrolled in the upper-division program are (
listed in the armed services reserves until completion of the program. Studel
receiving RO.T.C deferment are required to satisfy their service obtigations
commissioned officers after graduation and appointment.
Military Science
Professor: COLONEL E. A. FOSSUM.
Assistant Professors: CAPTAIN K. W. CHAMPION, MAJOR D. K. WELLS, CAPTA
J. A. ZUMBRUNNEN, CAPTAIN K. L. BEACH. -
Administrative Specialist: SERGEANT MAJOR J. J. FREITAG.
TechnicalSpecialists: MASTER SERGEANT J. N. BARNETT, STAFF SERGEANT A.
AMENT, STAFF SERGEANT C G. McHENDRY.
THE MILITARY SCIENCE PROGRAM has as its principal objective 1
production of junior officers who, by their education, training, and inherent qm
ties, are capable of filling positions of leadership in the active and reserve co
ponents of the United States Army. For students who take only the lower-divisi
program, a second objective is to provide a broad concept of the role and probk
of the United States Army and the part it plays in national defense.
Students who complete the upper-division program, receive a baccalaure:
degree from the University, and qualify for designation as distinguished milit2
graduates may apply for appointment as commissioned officers in the regular Arn
Flight Training. A program of flight training is offered, without charge,
selected students who are enrolled in Military Science IV (Mil 411, 412, 413)
have completed Military Science IV and are still enrolled in the University
undergraduates. Information concerning eligibility requirements may be obtair:
in the Army RO.T.C office.
LOWER·DIVISION COURSES
Mil 121, 122, 123. Military Science 1. 1 hour each term.
Organization of the Army and the Army R.O.T.C; individual weapons
marksmanship; United States Army and national security; counterins
gency; leadership laboratory. Students enrolled must also take a course wit
the general academic area of effective communications, general psycholo
science comprehension, or political institutions and political developm
which carries 2 or more term hours of credit and satisfies the Univer
group requirement.
AEROSPACE STUDIES 379
[ 221, 222, 223. Military Science II. 1 hour each term.
Map and aerial photograph reading; American military history; introduc-
tion to basic tactics and techniques; counterinsurgency; leadership laboratory.
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
1311,312,313. Military Science III. 4 hours each term.
Leadership; military teaching principles; branches of the Army; small-unit
tactics and communications; counterinsurgency; precamp orientation; lead-
ership laboratory.
l411, 412, 413. Military Science IV. 4 hours each term.
Operations: logistics; Army administration; military law; the role of th{
United States in world affairs; counterinsurgency; service orientation; lead··
ership laboratory.
Aerospace Studies
Jfessor :LIEUTENANT COLONEL J. W. KREITZ.
3istant Professors: MAJOR P. E. GUSHWA, MAJOR M. S. NICHOLSON, CAPTAIN
W. E. CUNLIFFE.
ministrative Specialists: TECHNICAL SERGEANT L. BELCHER, JR., STAFF SER-
: GEANT K. W. BASTION,STAFF SERGEANT C. B. WOOD.
E AEROSPACE STUDIES CURRICULUM is designed to provide educa-
that will develop skills andattitudes vital to the career of the professional Air
ce officer, and to qualify college men for commissions in the United States Air
ceo It includes two major activities. University and aerospace instruction and
ership laboratory. .
Students qualify for appointment as commissioned reserve officers upon com-
ion of the upper-division program and the award of the baccalaureate degree.
dents designated as distinguished military graduates may apply for commis-
s in the regular Air Force.
Flight Training. The Air Force offers a flight instruction program to senior
ts who will enter pilot training after commissioning. The flight training, con-
ed at a local F.A.A.-approved civilian flying school, provides flight instruction
ufficient scope to qualify the student in the basic principles of flying in aircraft
5-200 horsepower. Students who successfully complete the flight instruction
ram may qualify for a private pilot's license.
LOWER-DIVISION COURSES
121,122,123. Aerospace Studies I. 1 hour each term.
Causes of the present world conflict, the role of military power in that conflict,
and the responsibilities of an Air Force officer. Study of the interrelationship
of national power factors; a comparative analysis of the democratic, Fascist,
and Communist theories of government; patterns of conflict relative to the
confrontation of opposing systems; the role of military power in national pol-
icy. A study of world military forces, the U. S. Department of Defense, and
the doctrine, mission, and functions of the U. S. Air Force.
I, 222, 223. Aerospace Studies II. 1 hour each term.
Study of world military forces and related political-military issues. The U.S.
Army and the U.S. Navy, their doctrines, missions, and employment con-
cepts; the military forces of NATO, CENTO, and SEATO, and their role
in free world security; the military forces of the U.S.S.R., the Soviet satellite
armies, and the Chinese Communist army. Analysis of the trends and implica-
tions ofworld military power.
380 MILITARY AND AEROSPACE STUDIES
UPPER-DIVISION COURSES
AS 311, 312, 313. Aerospace Studies III. 3 hours each term.
The nature of war; development 'of air power in the United States; mis~
and organization of the Defense Department; Air Force concepts, doctr
and employment; astronautics and space operations; the future developn:
of aerospace power.
AS 405. Reading and Conference. Hours to be arranged.
Supervised individual studies, covering portions of the material of AS 311, .
313 and AS 411, 412, 413. Total credit earned in these sequences and in AS
may not exceed 18 hours. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
AS 411, 412, 413. Aerospace Studies IV. 3 hours each term.
Study of professionalism, leadership, and management; the meaning of I
fessionalism, professional responsibilities, the military justice system, lear
ship theory, functions, and practices, management principles and functi<
problem solving, and management tools, practices, and controls.
Summary of Enrollment and Degrees
Granted 1965-66
ENROLLMENT BY CLASS AND MAJOR, REGULAR SESSIONS, 1965-66
isioll Sp Fr So Jr Sr Gr Total
ege of Liheral Arts:
ower Di\"isioll . ~O6 2,568 2,688 5,462
nthrupology 26 20 83 129
sian Stll(l!es 8 3 11
iologr 49 35 138 222
hemistry 18 21 116 155
cunomies 71 43 109 223
.nglish 150 104 215 469
elleral Arts & Lette-rs . 10 1 11
enend Science 27 28 55
-('neral Social Scicllce 72 59 131
eography 11 12 33 56
eology 21 12 34 67
listol"Y ...._, 102 104 144 350
[athematics (in 52 156 268
[edical TechllOlog) 2~ ,'J 10 2 ~ 76
~oderll & Classical T.angttages 57 67 106 230
:hilosoP~lY 10 10 35 55
hysics 13 14 74 101
olitical SCIence 61 50 100 211
redentistry 85 58 28 10 185
"elaw 166 150 ,),) 7 358
remedicine 160 ]32 36 24 360
'ellursing 77 24 2 15 119
ychology 79 68 119 266·
ciology lOb 75 94 275
)eech 41 26 75 142
('ollege of Liberal Arts. __ 215 3.084 3,085 1,101 862 1,640 9,987
wI of An.:hitectnre & Allied Arts.. 1(li 262 143 572
01 of Business Administration 236 200 298 734
JO) of Edllcatioll _0. 165 136 602 903
01 of Health, Physical Educaticll,
d Recreation ~ 118 147 74 7,) 152 572
01 of Journalism 84 48 43 175
01 of Law 21 180 201
01 of JHusic ~8 48 57 133
rrlisciplinary Stnrlies 137 137
Total Eugellc cn1l1lJus 223 3,20] ... ) ... ") 1,855 1,650 3,~52 13,414,l,_,l_
al School (Portland) *393
ieal School (Portlaod) *454
01 of I\ursing ( Portland) -'409
Total, lTni versity of Oregon 14,670
.. Enrollmel1t at the Dent .. l School. the .Medical School, and the School of Nursing is for
nIl school year, all sessions.
[381 I
382 ENROLLMENT AND DEGREES
ENROLLMENT BY PROFESSIONAL OBJECTIVE, EUGENE CAMPUS,
REGULAR SESSIONS, 1965-66
Field
Liberal arts & interdisciplinary studies ...
Architecture & allied arts _
Business administration
Dentistry
Education
Health, physical edl1cat~on & recreation
Journalism
La-w
1\Iedicine & medical technolog)'
Music
Nursing
Total
1\fen
3,914
828
1,308
174
416
311
238
535
328
132
1
8,185
\Vomen
2,832
390
161
11
1,006
~61
168
24
108
150
118
5,229
1
6
1
1
ENROLLMENT BY SEX, ALL SESSIONS, 1965-66
Sessi011
SUfllme1" session at Eugene, 1965 .
Fall term at Engene, 1965-66
Winter term at Eugene, 1965-66
Spring term at Eugene, 1965~66
Net total, regular sessions at Eugene 1965-66
Net all sessions, Portland schools, 1965-66 _
Net total, all sessions, Ul1iversity- of Oregon 1965-66 _
Men
2,817
7,510
7,092
6,747
8,185
713
_ 10,557
\Vomen
2,189
4,738
4,482
4,333
5,229
543
7,200
1
5
12
11
11
13
1
17
SUMMARY OF DEGREES GRANTED, 1965-66
Advanced degrees:
Doctor of Philosophy
Doctor of Business Admillistration ..
Ho.ctor of Dental 1\1edicine ..
Doctor of Education
Doctor of l\fedicine
Master of Arts
M.aster of Science
l\-1aster of Architecture
:Master of Business Adrninistration .
Nlaster of Education
l\Iaster of Fine Arts
Alaster of Landscape Architecture
1\iaster of M tlsic
Total, advanced degrees
Bachelor's Degrees:
Bachelor of Arts __
Bachelor of Science
Bachelor of A rchitectnre
Bachelor of Business Administration
BaChelor of Education
Bachelor of Interior Architecture _ _ , _ __..
Bachelor of Landscape Architecture
Bachelor of Laws
Bachelor of 1\1usic _'.
Total, bachelor's degrees
Total, degrees granted
~ademie Regulations, 74
:cotlnting, 275, 298
{mission, 74
lmission, Graduate, 116
imission, Special Students, 76
lmission" Transfer Students, 75
Ivanced Placement Program, 75, 135
lvertising, 346
lvising, 83
~rospace Studies, 379
lthropology, 139
"chitecture,251
·chitecture and Allied Arts,
School of, 249
't, 260
·t Education, 267
~'L History, 265
·~s and Letters, General, 137, 170
lian Studies, 144
:t"ronomy, 215
.I'lioIog)', 244
.Iditol's, 87
"\"aTds, 109
l:~heI01-'s Degree, Requirements, 7,
~nking, 278
blogy, 145
!!siness Administration, 270
siness and Construction, 252, 284
siness and Economic Research,
Bureau of, 130
siness Economics, 279
siness Education: 291
siness Statistics, 277, 298
lendar, 8
mping and Outdoor Education, 342
lpuses, 66
misll'y, 151
1ese, 137, :201
ege Teaching, Institute for, 131
mmutlity Art Studies, Institute for, 269
mmunity Studies, Institute for, 129
mparative Literature, 138, 157
mpnting Center, 127
opeFative Houses, 93
ssic5, 198
unseling, 316
Esel ing Center, 90
urse Numhering System, 83
dit hy Examination, 84
rriculum, 321
rriculu111 Lihrary, 307
nce, 330, 336
Busk n1emorial Center, 315
rees, 77, 11 5
grees, Application for, 79
grees Granted, 1965-66, 382
nta1 Hygiene, 305, 338
ntal School, 125, 157,305
ntistry, Preparatory, 157
posits, 86, 92, 118
'igll, Applied, 263
ctor's Degl~ee. Requirements, 122
rmitories, 91
ma,245
"",ing,260
nomics, 158
lcation, Foundations of, 308
Index
Education, School of, 306
Educational Administration, 321
Educational Administration, Center for
Advanced Study of, 129
Educational Psychology, 317
Educational Research, Bureau of, 307
Elementary Education, 309
English, 162
English, Written Requirement, 78, 168
Enrollment, 1965-66, 382
ETh l\[e111orial Union, 114
Exceptional Children, Education of, 320
Examinations, Entrance. 76
Faclllty, 10
Fees, 85, 118
Fees, Music, 366
FelJO\yships," 98, 124
Finance and Business Environment, 278,299
Finance-l\Ianagement, 278
Foreign Students, 90
Forest Industries :Management Center, 272
Frafernities, 92
F\"ench, ~06
Geography, 172
Geology, 175
Geophysics-Geochemistry, 17.5
German, 137,202
Grading System, 84
Graduate Assistantships, 124
Graduate School, 115
Graphic Arts, 260
Greek, 198
Group Requirement, 79
Health, Physical Education, and Recreation,
School of, 326
Health Edueatioll, 338
Health Education Requirement, 7.8
Higher Education, 325
History, 179
Home Economics, 184
Honors, 81,132
Honors College, 132, 137
Housing, Campus, 91
Housing, Off-Campus, 93
Housing for Marricd Students, 93
Housing ;Regulations, 94
Industrial and Labor Relations,
lnstitllte of, 130, 186
11lsnrance, :?8:?, 301
Interclisciplinary Studies, 120
Interior Architecture, 254
International Business, 279
11lterllatiollal Studies and Overseas
Administration, Institute of, 12-8
Investments, 278
Ttalian, 138, :207
Japanese, 137,201
Jallanese Stu~lies, Centel" f01", 144
Journalism, School-of, 345
Lahur Relations, 130, 186
T.andscape Architecture, 257
1."tin, 199
Latin American Studies, 186
Law, School of, 352
Law Library, 352
[383 ]
384 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON
Liberal Arts, College of, 136
Librarianship, School of, 359
Libraries, 67
Library Curriculum, 307
Library, Law, 352
I::ibrary Fines, 70
Linguistics,. 187
Loan Funds, 96, 125
.l\[agazine Jol1rllalism, 350
l\-fallag-ement, 289, 303
l\Iarine Biology, Institute of, 146
Marketing, Insurance, and
Transportation, 282, 301
l\Iarried Students, Housing, 93
Master's Degree, Hequirements, 119
Mathematics, 187
Medical School, 125, 194, 363
Medical Technology, 189,354
Medicine, Prellaratory. 194
Military Science and Aerospace
Studies, .3 77
l\1odern and Classical Languages, 195
l\Ialeclllar Biology, Institute p£, 146
Municipal Hesearch and Service,
Bureau of, 247
11 useum of Art, 7a
Museum, l\1iniature Wagon, 72
l\tluseum of' Natural History, 71
Music, School of, 364
l\:Iusic Education, 367,374
New Student \Vee].;:, 90
Newspaper Management, 346
Nonresident Students, 74, 86, 88
Norwegian, 205
Nursing, Preparatory, 210
Nursing, School of, 125,210,376
Office Administration, 290
Oregon State System of
Higher Education, 5
Painting, 260
Paleontology, 177
Park lVlanagement, 341
Personnel and Industrial
Management, 288, 303
Pharmacy, Preparatory, 211
Ph ilosophy, 211
Physical Education, 329
Placement Service, 90
Physical Education Requirement, 78
Physical Examination, 95
Physical Therapy, 330
Physics, 214
Political Science, 218
Portuguese, 208
Prizes, 109
Production, 288
Psychology, 223
Psychology, Educational, 317
Public Relations, 346
Publications, Official, 72
Radio and Television Broadcasting, 243
llaclio-Television Journalism, 243, 349
Reading-Study Laboratory, 90
Real Estate, 284
Recreation and Park lVlanagement, 341
U.ecreation Research and Service,
Iustitute of, 328
Registration Procedure, 82
H.eligious Studies, 230
H.emedial Education, 318
H.esearch, 126
Rhetoric and Public i\ddress, 241
Romance Languages, 206
llomance Philology, 210
Russian, 137, 204
Scandinavian, 138,205
Scholarship Regulations, 85
Scholarships, 124
School Psychological Services, 315
School Supervision, 321
Science, General, 138, 171
Sculpture, 263
Secondary Education', 312
Secretarial Science, 293
Social Service Training and Hesearch,
Center for, 128
Social Science, General, 139, 171
Spciology, 231
Sororities, 92
Spanish,208
Speech, 239
Speech and IIearing Clinic, 90
Speech Pathology and Audiology, 244
Sports, Intramural, 327
Statistical Laboratory and Computing
Center, 127
Statistics, Business, 277, 298
Student Employment, 96 ~
Student Expenses, 94 t
Student Health Service, 95 \\
Student Life and \Velfare, 89
Student Living, 91
Student Union, 114
Swedish, 205
Teacher Education, 308
Teachers, Graduate Program for, 120
Television Broadcasting, 243
Theater, 245
Theoretical Science, Institute of, 127
Transportation, 284, 301
Gniversity, History of, 65
Gni'\'ersity, Income, 66
'University of Oregon Development Fund,
U rhan Planning, 259
Visual Communication, 346
Volcanology, Center for, 176
Writing, 168
Youth Agencies, 341
F
UNIVERSITY OF .OREGON BULLETIN NO. 140 385 
UNIVERSITY OF OREGON 
CHANGES IN FEES AND DORMITORY 
CHARGES. 1967-68 
Since the printing of the 1967-68 U1Iiversity of Oregon Catalog, the 
Oregon State Board of Higher Education has revised the schedule of 
fees and dormitory charges. The following changes, effective fall 
term. 1967-68, should be noted : 
REGULAR FEES (PAGE 86) 
• Undergraduate students who are residents of Oregon: $12.3 a term 
or $369 for the three-term acac.lemic year. Undergraduate students 
who are not residents of Oregon: $333 a term or $999 for the three-
term academic year. 
• Graduate students (resident and nonresident) : $143 a term or $429 
for the three-term academic year. Teaching and research assist-
ants: $35 a term. 
• Part-time students (resident and nonresident) : $31 to $108.50 a 
term. 
ENTRANCE DEPOSIT (PAGE 74) 
I Advance payment oC $25 deposit at time of admission discontinued. 
All students must, however, continue to make a $25 general deposit 
once each year at the time of first registration (see page 86) . 
DORMtTORY BOARD AND ROOM CHARGES (PAGE 92) 
Multiple occupancy: fall term, $.154; wintel' tel'm, $236; spring 
term, $197. Total for three-term academic year, $787. 
I If a student cancels a fall-term dormitory reservation before Au-
gust I, or winter- or spring-term reservations fourteen calendar 
days before the opening of the term, $40 of the $50 reservation 
deposit will be refunded; $10 will be retained to cover the c()St of 
processing the reservation and the refund. Thc full deposit will, 
however. be refunded if the student fails to qualify for admission 
to the U niveI'Sity. 
SPECIAL EXAMINATION FEE (PAGE 87) 
, For the privilege of taking a special examination for credit a fee 
of $3 per credit hour. 
TESTING AND COUNSELlNG FEE (PAGE 90) 
For full educational and vocat ional testing service of the Counsel-
ing Center, a fee of $7.50. 
MUSIC FEES (PAGE 366) 
Special fees for private performance instruction discontinued for 
majors in music and for students preparing for the teaching of 
music. 
Fees for private instruction ill wind and percussion instruments: 
ten half-hour lessons, $30; twenty half-hour lessons, $50.